~ubuntu-branches/ubuntu/precise/gnome-user-docs/precise

msgid "An applet is a small, interactive application that resides within a panel, for example the <application>Volume Control</application>. Each applet has a simple user interface that you can operate with the mouse or keyboard."

msgstr "Ett panelprogram är ett litet interaktivt program som bor i en panel, till exempel <application>Volymkontroll</application>. Varje panelprogram har ett enkelt användargränssnitt som du kan styra med musen eller tangentbordet."

#: C/glossary.xml:13(glossterm)

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:535(primary)

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:710(secondary)

msgid "desktop"

msgstr "skrivbord"

#: C/glossary.xml:15(para)

msgid "The part of the GNOME Desktop where there are no interface graphical items, such as panels and windows."

msgstr "Delen av GNOME-skrivbordet där det inte finns några grafiska gränssnittsverktyg, såsom paneler och fönster."

#: C/glossary.xml:20(glossterm)

msgid "desktop background"

msgstr "skrivbordsbakgrund"

#: C/glossary.xml:22(para)

msgid "The image or color that is applied to your desktop."

msgstr "Den bild eller färg ditt skrivbord har."

#: C/glossary.xml:26(glossterm)

msgid "desktop object"

msgstr "skrivbordsobjekt"

#: C/glossary.xml:28(para)

msgid "An icon on your desktop that you can use to open your files, folders, and applications. You can use desktop objects to provide convenient access to files, folders, and applications that you use frequently."

msgstr "En ikon på ditt skrivbord som du kan använda för att öppna dina filer, mappar och program. Du kan använda skrivbordsobjekt för att enkelt kunna komma åt filer, mappar och program som du använder ofta."

#: C/glossary.xml:34(glossterm)

msgid "DNS name"

msgstr "DNS-namn"

#: C/glossary.xml:36(para)

msgid "A unique alphabetic identifier for a computer on a network."

msgstr "En unik alfabetisk identifierare för en dator på ett nätverk."

#: C/glossary.xml:40(glossterm)

msgid "drawer"

msgstr "låda"

#: C/glossary.xml:42(para)

msgid "A drawer is a sliding extension to a panel that you can open or close from a drawer icon."

msgstr "En låda är ett glidande tillägg till en panel som du kan öppna eller stänga från en lådikon."

#: C/glossary.xml:47(glossterm)

msgid "file extension"

msgstr "filändelse"

#: C/glossary.xml:49(para)

msgid "The final portion of a file's name, after the last period (.) in the name. For example, the file extension of the file <filename>picture.jpeg</filename> is <filename>jpeg</filename>."

msgstr "Den sista delen i filens namn, efter den sista punkten (.) i namnet. Till exempel, för filen <filename>bild.jpeg</filename> är filändelsen <filename>jpeg</filename>."

#: C/glossary.xml:50(para)

msgid "The file extension can identify the type of a file. <application>Nautilus</application> file manager uses this information when to determine what to do when you open a file. For more on this, see <xref linkend=\"nautilus-open-file\"/>."

msgstr "Filändelsen kan visa vilken filtyp det är. Filhanteraren <application>Nautilus</application> använder den här informationen för att avgöra vad den ska göra när du öppnar en fil. Läs <xref linkend=\"nautilus-open-file\"/> för mer information om det här."

#: C/glossary.xml:54(glossterm)

msgid "format"

msgstr "formatera"

#: C/glossary.xml:56(para)

msgid "To format media is to prepare the media for use with a particular file system. When you format media, you overwrite any existing information on the media."

msgstr "Formatera ett media innebär att man förbereder mediet för att användas med ett speciellt filsystem. När du formaterar media skriver du över all information som fanns innan på mediet."

#: C/glossary.xml:62(glossterm)

msgid "GNOME-compliant application"

msgstr "GNOME-anpassat program"

#: C/glossary.xml:64(para)

msgid "An application that uses the standard GNOME programming libraries is called a GNOME-compliant application. For example, <application>Nautilus</application> file manager and <application>gedit</application> text editor are GNOME-compliant applications."

msgstr "Ett program som använder de programmeringsbibliotek som är standard i GNOME sägs vara ett GNOME-anpassat program. Till exempel är filhanteraren <application>Nautilus</application> och textredigeraren <application>gedit</application> GNOME-anpassade program."

#: C/glossary.xml:70(glossterm)

msgid "IP address"

msgstr "IP-adress"

100

#: C/glossary.xml:72(para)

101

msgid "A unique numeric identifier for a computer on a network."

102

msgstr "En unik sifferidentitet för en dator på ett nätverk."

103

104

#: C/glossary.xml:76(glossterm)

105

msgid "keyboard shortcut"

106

msgstr "tangentbordsgenväg"

107

108

#: C/glossary.xml:78(para)

109

msgid "A <firstterm>keyboard shortcut</firstterm> is a key or combination of keys that provides an alternative to standard ways of performing an action."

110

msgstr "En <firstterm>tangentbordsgenväg</firstterm> är en tangent eller en kombination av tangenter som ger dig ett alternativt sätt för att genomföra en åtgärd."

111

112

#: C/glossary.xml:83(glossterm)

113

msgid "launcher"

114

msgstr "programstartare"

115

116

#: C/glossary.xml:85(para)

117

msgid "A launcher starts a particular application, executes a command, or opens a file. A launcher can reside in a panel or in a menu."

118

msgstr "En programstartare startar ett speciellt program, kör ett kommando, eller öppnar en fil. En programstartare kan ligga i en panel eller i en meny."

119

120

#: C/glossary.xml:90(glossterm)

121

msgid "menubar"

122

msgstr "menyrad"

123

124

#: C/glossary.xml:92(para)

125

msgid "A menubar is a bar at the top of an application window that contains the menus for the application."

126

msgstr "En menyrad är en rad överst i ett programfönster som innehåller menyer för programmet."

127

128

#: C/glossary.xml:97(glossterm)

129

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3856(guilabel)

130

msgid "MIME type"

131

msgstr "MIME-typ"

132

133

#: C/glossary.xml:99(para)

134

msgid "A Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension (MIME) type identifies the format of a file. The MIME type enables applications to read the file. For example, an email application can use the <literal>image/png</literal> MIME type to detect that a Portable Networks Graphic (PNG) file is attached to an email."

135

msgstr "En MIME-typ (Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension) tar reda på i vilket format en fil är. MIME-typen gör så att program kan läsa filen. Till exempel kan ett e-postprogram använda MIME-typen <literal>image/png</literal> för att avgöra att en PNG-fil (Portable Networks Graphic) är bifogad i ett e-postmeddelande."

136

137

#: C/glossary.xml:107(glossterm)

138

msgid "mount"

139

msgstr "montera"

140

141

#: C/glossary.xml:109(para)

142

msgid "To mount is to make a file system available for access. When you mount a file system, the file system is attached as a subdirectory to your file system."

143

msgstr "Montera innebär att ett filsystem blir tillgängligt för åtkomst. När du monterar ett filsystem görs filsystemet till en underkatalog i ditt filsystem."

144

145

#: C/glossary.xml:115(glossterm)

146

msgid "pane"

147

msgstr "panel"

148

149

#: C/glossary.xml:117(para)

150

msgid "A pane is a subdivision of a window. For example, the <application>Nautilus</application> window contains a side pane and a view pane."

151

msgstr "En panel är en underdel av ett fönster. Till exempel har <application>Nautilus</application>-fönstret en sidopanel och en vypanel."

152

153

#: C/glossary.xml:121(glossterm)

154

msgid "preference tool"

155

msgstr "inställningsverktyg"

156

157

#: C/glossary.xml:123(para)

158

msgid "A dedicated software tool that controls a particular part of the behavior of the GNOME Desktop."

159

msgstr "Ett program som inte gör något annat än att kontrollera en speciell del av GNOME-skrivbordet."

160

161

#: C/glossary.xml:128(glossterm)

162

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:105(primary)

163

#: C/gosbasic.xml:584(primary)

164

#: C/gosbasic.xml:713(primary)

165

#: C/gosbasic.xml:853(primary)

166

msgid "shortcut keys"

167

msgstr "tangentgenvägar"

168

169

#: C/glossary.xml:130(para)

170

msgid "Shortcut keys are keystrokes that provide a quick way to perform an action."

171

msgstr "Tangentgenvägar är tangenttryckningar som ger dig ett snabbt sätt att genomföra en åtgärd."

172

173

#: C/glossary.xml:135(glossterm)

174

msgid "stacking order"

175

msgstr "lagerordning"

176

177

#: C/glossary.xml:137(para)

178

msgid "The stacking order is the order in which windows are stacked on top of each other on your screen."

179

msgstr "Lagerordningen är den ordning som fönstrena placeras ovanpå varandra på din skärm."

180

181

#: C/glossary.xml:142(glossterm)

182

msgid "statusbar"

183

msgstr "statusrad"

184

185

#: C/glossary.xml:144(para)

186

msgid "A statusbar is a bar at the bottom of a window that provides information about the current state of what you are viewing in the window."

187

msgstr "En statusrad är en rad nederst i ett fönster som ger information om det aktuella tillståndet för det du tittar på i fönstret."

188

189

#: C/glossary.xml:149(glossterm)

190

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2009(primary)

191

msgid "symbolic link"

192

msgstr "symbolisk länk"

193

194

#: C/glossary.xml:151(para)

195

msgid "A special type of file that points to another file or folder. When you perform an action on a symbolic link, the action is performed on the file or folder to which the symbolic link points."

196

msgstr "En speciell typ av fil som pekar till en annan fil eller mapp. När du genomför en åtgärd på en symbolisk länk utförs den handlingen på filen eller mappen som den symboliska länken pekar på."

197

198

#: C/glossary.xml:157(glossterm)

199

msgid "toolbar"

200

msgstr "verktygsrad"

201

202

#: C/glossary.xml:159(para)

203

msgid "A toolbar is a bar that contains buttons for the most commonly-used commands in an application. Typically, a toolbar appears under a menubar."

204

msgstr "En verktygsrad är en panel som innehåller knappar för de vanligaste kommandona i ett program. Vanligtvis hittar du verktygsraden precis under en menyrad."

205

206

#: C/glossary.xml:164(glossterm)

207

msgid "Uniform Resource Identifier"

208

msgstr "Uniform Resource Identifier (URI)"

209

210

#: C/glossary.xml:166(para)

211

msgid "A Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) is a string that identifies a particular location in a file system or on the Web. For example, the address of a web page is a URI."

212

msgstr "En URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) är en sträng som identifierar en speciell plats i ett filsystem eller på internet. Till exempel är adressen till en webbsida en uri."

213

214

#: C/glossary.xml:172(glossterm)

215

msgid "Uniform Resource Locator"

216

msgstr "Uniform Resource Locator (URL)"

217

218

#: C/glossary.xml:174(para)

219

msgid "A Uniform Resource Locator (URL) is the address of a particular location on the Web."

220

msgstr "En URL (Uniform Resource Locator) är adressen till en speciell plats på internet."

221

222

#: C/glossary.xml:179(glossterm)

223

msgid "view"

224

msgstr "vy"

225

226

#: C/glossary.xml:181(para)

227

msgid "A <application>Nautilus</application> component that enables you to display a folder in a particular way. For example, <application>Nautilus</application> contains an icon view which enables you to display the contents of a folder as icons. <application>Nautilus</application> also contains a list view which enables you to display the contents of a folder as a list."

228

msgstr "En <application>Nautilus</application>-komponent som låter dig visa en mapp på ett speciellt sätt. Till exempel innehåller <application>Nautilus</application> en vy som låter dig visa innehållet i en mapp som ikoner. <application>Nautilus</application> innehåller även en listvy som låter dig visa innehållet i en mapp som en lista."

229

230

#: C/glossary.xml:188(glossterm)

231

msgid "workspace"

232

msgstr "arbetsyta"

233

234

#: C/glossary.xml:190(para)

235

msgid "A workspace is a discrete area in the GNOME Desktop in which you can work."

236

msgstr "En arbetsyta är ett avskilt område på GNOME-skrivbordet där du kan arbeta."

237

238

#: C/gosfeedback.xml:2(title)

239

#: C/user-guide.xml:227(title)

240

msgid "Feedback"

241

msgstr "Återkoppling"

242

243

#: C/gosfeedback.xml:3(para)

244

msgid "This section contains information on reporting bugs in GNOME, making suggestions and comments about GNOME applications or documentation, and ways in which you can help GNOME."

245

msgstr "Det här avsnittet innehåller information om hur man rapporterar fel i GNOME, skickar in förslag och kommentarer om GNOME-program eller dokumentation, och på vilka sätt som du kan hjälpa GNOME."

246

247

#: C/gosfeedback.xml:7(title)

248

msgid "Reporting Bugs"

249

msgstr "Rapportera fel"

250

251

#. NOTE TO TRANSLATORS: This section is material taken from gnome-desktop/desktop-docs/gnome-feedback/ Look for existing translations there before translating it all over again :)

252

#: C/gosfeedback.xml:9(para)

253

msgid "If you have found a bug in one of GNOME applications, please report it! Developers do read all the bug reports and try to fix these bugs. Please try to be as specific as possible when describing the circumstances under which the bug shows (what commands did you enter? which buttons did you click?). If there were any error messages, be sure to include them, too."

254

msgstr "Om du har hittat ett fel i ett av GNOME-programmen, rapportera det! Utvecklarna läser alla felrapporter och försöker rätta till dessa fel. Försök vara så specifik som möjligt när du beskriver de förhållanden som felet uppstod under (vilka kommandon angav du? vilka knappar klickade du på?). Om det visades några felmeddelanden bör du även inkludera dem. "

255

256

#: C/gosfeedback.xml:17(para)

257

msgid "The easiest way to report bugs is by using <application>Bug Buddy</application>, GNOME's built-in bug reporting tool. This will launch automatically in the event that an application crashes. The details GNOME developers need are automatically collected, but you can further help by giving information about what you were doing when the crash took place."

258

msgstr "Det enklaste sättet att rapporera fel på är att använda <application>Bug Buddy</application>, GNOME:s inbyggda felrapporteringsverktyg. Det kommer att startas automatiskt när det händer att ett program kraschar. Detaljerna som GNOME-utvecklarna behöver samlas automatiskt in, men du kan ge ytterligare information om vad du gjorde när kraschen inträffade."

259

260

#: C/gosfeedback.xml:20(para)

261

msgid "You can also submit bugs and browse the list of known bugs by connecting to the <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://bugzilla.gnome.org/\">GNOME bug tracking database</ulink>. You will need to register before you can submit any bugs this way — and do not forget to read <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://bugzilla.gnome.org/bugwritinghelp.html\">Bug Writing Guidelines</ulink>."

262

msgstr "Du kan även skicka in fel och bläddra i listan över kända fel genom att ansluta till <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://bugzilla.gnome.org/\">GNOME:s felbevakningsdatabas</ulink>. Du behöver registrera dig innan du kan skicka in fel på det här sättet — och glöm inte att läsa <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://bugzilla.gnome.org/bugwritinghelp.html\">riktlinjerna för felrapportering</ulink>."

263

264

#: C/gosfeedback.xml:31(para)

265

msgid "Please note that some of GNOME applications are developed outside of GNOME, or by commercial companies (these products are still free software). For example, <application>Inkscape</application>, a vector graphics application, is developed at <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/inkscape/\">SourceForge</ulink>. Bugs reports and comments about these products should be directed to the respective organization or company. If you are using <application>Bug Report Tool</application>, it will automatically send bug reports to the correct database."

266

msgstr "Observera att vissa GNOME-program utvecklas utanför GNOME, eller av kommersiella företag (dessa produkter är fortfarande fri programvara). Till exempel, <application>Inkscape</application>, ett vektorgrafikprogram, utvecklas på <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/inkscape/\">SourceForge</ulink>. Felrapporter och kommentarer om de här produkterna bör skickas till respektive organisation eller företag. Om du använder <application>felrapporteringsverktyget</application>, kommer det automatiskt att skicka felrapporten till den korrekta databasen."

267

268

#: C/gosfeedback.xml:46(title)

269

msgid "Suggestions and Comments"

270

msgstr "Förslag och kommentarer"

271

272

#. NOTE TO TRANSLATORS: This section is material taken from gnome-desktop/desktop-docs/gnome-feedback/ Look for existing translations there before translating it all over again :)

273

#: C/gosfeedback.xml:48(para)

274

msgid "If you have a suggestion or want to request a new feature for one of the applications, it can also be done using the bug tracking database. Submit your suggestion as a bug report as described in <xref linkend=\"feedback-bugs\"/> and at the appropriate step select <guilabel>Severity: Enhancement</guilabel>."

275

msgstr "Om du har förslag eller vill önska en specifik funktion för ett av programmen kan detta även göras via felhanteringsdatabasen. Skicka in ditt förslag som en felrapport som beskrivs i <xref linkend=\"feedback-bugs\"/> och välj <guilabel>Allvarlighetsgrad: Enhancement</guilabel> på lämpligt ställe."

276

277

#: C/gosfeedback.xml:58(title)

278

msgid "Documentation Comments"

279

msgstr "Dokumentationskommentarer"

280

281

#. NOTE TO TRANSLATORS: This section is material taken from gnome-desktop/desktop-docs/gnome-feedback/ Look for existing translations there before translating it all over again :)

282

#: C/gosfeedback.xml:61(para)

283

msgid "If you found an inaccuracy or misprint in one of GNOME documents, or have any comments or suggestions about documentation, please let us know! The easiest way of doing so is by submitting a bug report as explained before and selecting <guilabel>Component: docs</guilabel> at appropriate steps (or <guilabel>general</guilabel> if there is no <guilabel>docs</guilabel> component). If your comment is about general GNOME documentation (such as <citetitle>GNOME Users Guide</citetitle>) rather than specific application manual, select <guilabel>Product: gnome-user-docs</guilabel>."

284

msgstr "Om du hittat en felaktighet eller felskrivning i ett av GNOME-dokumenten, eller har kommentarer eller förslag om dokumentationen, låt oss få veta! Det enklaste sättet att göra detta är att skicka in en felrapport som förklarats tidigare och välja <guilabel>Komponent: docs</guilabel> på lämpliga ställen (eller <guilabel>general</guilabel> om det inte finns någon komponent som kallas <guilabel>docs</guilabel>). Om din kommentar gäller allmänna GNOME-dokumentationen (såsom <citetitle>Användarguide för GNOME-skrivbordet</citetitle>) istället för någon programmanual, välj <guilabel>Produkt: gnome-user-docs</guilabel>."

285

286

#: C/gosfeedback.xml:72(para)

287

msgid "Alternatively, you can just send your comments by email to the <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://live.gnome.org/DocumentationProject\">GNOME Documentation Project</ulink> mailing list; our address is <email>gnome-doc-list@gnome.org</email>. And by the way: if you are not a developer but want to help GNOME — <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://live.gnome.org/DocumentationProject/Join\">join the GDP</ulink> and help us improve GNOME documentation."

288

msgstr "Alternativt kan du helt enkelt skicka dina kommentarer via e-post till sändlistan för <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://live.gnome.org/DocumentationProject\">Dokumentationsprojekt för GNOME</ulink>; vår adress är <email>gnome-doc-list@gnome.org</email>. Förresten: om du inte är en utvecklare men vill hjälpa GNOME — <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://live.gnome.org/DocumentationProject/Join\">gå med i GDP</ulink> och hjälp oss förbättra GNOME-dokumentationen."

289

290

#: C/gosfeedback.xml:88(title)

291

msgid "Joining the GNOME Project"

292

msgstr "Gå med i GNOME-projektet"

293

294

#: C/gosfeedback.xml:89(para)

295

msgid "We hope you enjoy using GNOME and that you find working with GNOME productive. However, there is always room for improvement."

296

msgstr "Vi hoppas att du tycker om GNOME och att du känner dig produktiv när du arbetar med GNOME. Dock finns det alltid utrymme för förbättringar. "

297

298

#: C/gosfeedback.xml:90(para)

299

msgid "GNOME invites you to join our free software community if you have some spare time. There are many different fields. GNOME needs programmers, but it also needs translators, documentation writers, testers, artists, writers, and more."

300

msgstr "GNOME bjuder in dig att gå med i vår fria programvarugemenskap om du har tid över. Det finns många olika områden. GNOME behöver programmerare, men även översättare, dokumentationsförfattare, testare, grafiker, författare och mer."

301

302

#: C/gosfeedback.xml:91(para)

303

msgid "For more information on joining GNOME, please visit <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://live.gnome.org/JoinGnome\">http://live.gnome.org/JoinGnome</ulink>."

304

msgstr "För mer information om hur man går med i GNOME, besök <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://live.gnome.org/JoinGnome\">http://live.gnome.org/JoinGnome</ulink>."

305

306

#: C/gosfeedback.xml:92(para)

307

msgid "For more information on giving feedback on GNOME, such as bug reports, suggestions, and corrections to documentation, see <xref linkend=\"feedback-bugs\"/>."

308

msgstr "För mer information om hur man ger återkoppling till GNOME, såsom felrapporter, förslag, och rättningar till dokumentationen, se <xref linkend=\"feedback-bugs\"/>."

309

310

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

311

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

312

#: C/gostools.xml:321(None)

313

msgid "@@image: 'figures/yelp_window.png'; md5=c7138987ae131fe2c57846a281245d31"

314

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/yelp_window.png'; md5=c7138987ae131fe2c57846a281245d31"

315

316

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

317

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

318

#: C/gostools.xml:589(None)

319

msgid "@@image: 'figures/yelp_preferences.png'; md5=b8beb6c866957938b5e39bc7f72611ec"

320

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/yelp_preferences.png'; md5=b8beb6c866957938b5e39bc7f72611ec"

321

322

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

323

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

324

#: C/gostools.xml:817(None)

325

msgid "@@image: 'figures/yelp_add_bookmark.png'; md5=562a62662f47655337c9bf341ef69f6e"

326

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/yelp_add_bookmark.png'; md5=562a62662f47655337c9bf341ef69f6e"

327

328

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

329

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

330

#: C/gostools.xml:851(None)

331

msgid "@@image: 'figures/yelp_edit_bookmarks.png'; md5=6fb478c10bb9df68dc8d82f3ed4ac89b"

332

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/yelp_edit_bookmarks.png'; md5=6fb478c10bb9df68dc8d82f3ed4ac89b"

333

334

#: C/gostools.xml:3(title)

335

msgid "Tools and Utilities"

336

msgstr "Verktyg"

337

338

#: C/gostools.xml:6(para)

339

msgid "This section describes some of the tools and utilities in the GNOME Desktop."

340

msgstr "Det här avsnittet beskriver några av de verktyg som finns på GNOME-skrivbordet."

341

342

#: C/gostools.xml:10(title)

343

msgid "Running Applications"

344

msgstr "Kör program"

345

346

#: C/gostools.xml:14(primary)

347

msgid "Run Application dialog, using"

348

msgstr "Kör program-dialogen, använda"

349

350

#: C/gostools.xml:16(para)

351

msgid "The <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog gives you access to the command line. When you run a command in the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog, you cannot receive output from the command."

352

msgstr "Dialogen <guilabel>Kör program</guilabel> ger dig tillgång till kommandoraden. När du kör ett kommando med dialogen <guilabel>Kör program</guilabel> kan du inte få utdata från kommandot."

353

354

#: C/gostools.xml:21(para)

355

msgid "To run a command from the command line perform the following steps:"

356

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att köra ett kommando från kommandoraden:"

357

358

#: C/gostools.xml:28(term)

359

msgid "From a panel"

360

msgstr "Från en panel"

361

362

#: C/gostools.xml:29(para)

363

msgid "You can add the <application>Run Application</application> button to any panel. See <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/>. Click on the <guibutton>Run Application</guibutton> panel button to open the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog."

364

msgstr "Du kan lägga till knappen <application>Kör program</application> till valfri panel. Se <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/>. Klicka på panelknappen <guibutton>Kör program</guibutton> för att öppna dialogrutan <guilabel>Kör program</guilabel>."

365

366

#: C/gostools.xml:32(term)

367

msgid "Using shortcut keys"

368

msgstr "Med tangentgenvägar"

369

370

#: C/gostools.xml:34(para)

371

msgid "Press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>. You can change the shortcut keys that display the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog in the <link linkend=\"prefs-keyboard-shortcuts\"><application>Keyboard Shortcuts</application> preference tool</link>."

372

msgstr "Tryck <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>. Du kan ändra tangentgenvägen som visar dialogrutan <guilabel>Kör program</guilabel> i inställningsverktyget <link linkend=\"prefs-keyboard-shortcuts\"><application>Tangentbordsgenvägar</application></link>."

373

374

#: C/gostools.xml:25(para)

375

msgid "Open the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog in any of the following ways: <placeholder-1/>"

376

msgstr "Öppna dialogrutan <guilabel>Kör program</guilabel> på något av följande sätt: <placeholder-1/>"

377

378

#: C/gostools.xml:43(para)

379

msgid "The <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog is displayed."

380

msgstr "Dialogen <guilabel>Kör program</guilabel> visas."

381

382

#: C/gostools.xml:46(para)

383

msgid "Enter the command that you want to run in the blank field, or choose from the list of known applications."

384

msgstr "Ange kommandot som du vill köra i det tomma fältet, eller välj från listan över kända program."

385

386

#: C/gostools.xml:47(para)

387

msgid "If you enter only the location of a file, an appropriate application will launch to open it. If you enter a web page address, your default web browser will open the page. Prefix the web page address with http://, as in http://www.gnome.org."

388

msgstr "Om du endast anger platsen för en fil kommer ett lämpligt program att startas för att öppna den. Om du anger adressen till en webbsida kommer din standardwebbläsare att öppna sidan. Inled webbsidans adress med http://, som i http://www.gnome.org."

389

390

#: C/gostools.xml:50(para)

391

msgid "To choose a command that you ran previously, click the down arrow button beside the command field, then choose the command to run."

392

msgstr "För att välja ett kommando som du tidigare har kört, klicka på nedåtpilen bredvid kommandofältet, välj sedan kommandot som ska köras."

393

394

#: C/gostools.xml:54(para)

395

msgid "You can also use the <guibutton>Run with file</guibutton> button to choose a file to append to the command line. For example, you can enter <application>emacs</application> as the command, then choose a file to edit."

396

msgstr "En annan möjlighet är att använda knappen <guibutton>Kör med fil...</guibutton> för att välja en fil som ska läggas till till kommandoraden. Du kan till exempel skriva <application>emacs</application> som kommandot, och sedan välja vilken fil som ska redigeras."

397

398

#: C/gostools.xml:59(para)

399

msgid "Select the <guilabel>Run in terminal</guilabel> option to run the application or command in a terminal window. Choose this option for an application or command that does not create a window in which to run."

400

msgstr "Välj alternativet <guilabel>Kör i terminal</guilabel> för att öra programmet eller kommandot i ett terminalfönster. Välj det här alternativet för program eller kommandon som inte skapar fönster att köras i."

401

402

#: C/gostools.xml:64(para)

403

msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Run</guibutton> button on the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog."

404

msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Kör</guibutton> i dialogen <guilabel>Kör program</guilabel>."

405

406

#: C/gostools.xml:70(title)

407

msgid "Taking Screenshots"

408

msgstr "Ta skärmbilder"

409

410

#: C/gostools.xml:74(primary)

411

msgid "screenshots, taking"

412

msgstr "skärmbilder, ta"

413

414

#: C/gostools.xml:76(para)

415

msgid "You can take a screenshot in any of the following ways:"

416

msgstr "Du kan ta en skärmbild på något av följande sätt:"

417

418

#: C/gostools.xml:79(para)

419

msgid "From any panel"

420

msgstr "Från en panel"

421

422

#: C/gostools.xml:80(para)

423

msgid "You can add a <guibutton>Take Screenshot</guibutton> button to any panel. For instructions on how to do this, see <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/>. Click on the <guibutton>Take Screenshot</guibutton> button to take a screenshot of the entire screen."

424

msgstr "Du kan lägga till en <guibutton>Ta skärmbild</guibutton>-knapp till valfri panel. Läs <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> för instruktioner om hur du gör det. Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Ta en skärmbild</guibutton> för att ta en skärmbild av hela skärmen."

425

426

#: C/gostools.xml:84(para)

427

msgid "Use shortcut keys"

428

msgstr "Med tangentgenvägar"

429

430

#: C/gostools.xml:85(para)

431

msgid "To take a screenshot, use the following shortcut keys:"

432

msgstr "Använd följande tangentgenväg för att ta en skärmbild:"

433

434

#: C/gostools.xml:93(para)

435

msgid "Default Shortcut Keys"

436

msgstr "Standardtangenter"

437

438

#: C/gostools.xml:96(para)

439

#: C/gostools.xml:152(para)

440

#: C/gospanel.xml:1090(para)

441

#: C/gosbasic.xml:602(para)

442

#: C/gosbasic.xml:731(para)

443

msgid "Function"

444

msgstr "Funktion"

445

446

#: C/gostools.xml:104(keycap)

447

#: C/gostools.xml:113(keycap)

448

#: C/gosbasic.xml:632(keycap)

449

#: C/gosbasic.xml:643(keycap)

450

msgid "Print Screen"

451

msgstr "Print Screen"

452

453

#: C/gostools.xml:108(para)

454

msgid "Takes a screenshot of the entire screen."

455

msgstr "Tar en skärmbild av hela skärmen."

456

457

#: C/gostools.xml:113(keycap)

458

#: C/gosbasic.xml:610(keycap)

459

#: C/gosbasic.xml:620(keycap)

460

#: C/gosbasic.xml:643(keycap)

461

#: C/gosbasic.xml:653(keycap)

462

#: C/gosbasic.xml:666(keycap)

463

#: C/gosbasic.xml:677(keycap)

464

#: C/gosbasic.xml:690(keycap)

465

#: C/gosbasic.xml:739(keycap)

466

#: C/gosbasic.xml:752(keycap)

467

#: C/gosbasic.xml:762(keycap)

468

#: C/gosbasic.xml:772(keycap)

469

#: C/gosbasic.xml:785(keycap)

470

#: C/gosbasic.xml:798(keycap)

471

#: C/gosbasic.xml:808(keycap)

472

#: C/gosbasic.xml:818(keycap)

473

#: C/gosbasic.xml:830(keycap)

#: C/windows-key.page:6(desc)

msgid "The windows key opens the activities overview. You can usually find it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."

msgstr ""

#: C/windows-key.page:10(name)

#: C/video-sending.page:13(name)

#: C/video-dvd.page:13(name)

#: C/user-goodpassword.page:12(name)

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:11(name)

#: C/user-delete.page:15(name)

#: C/user-changepicture.page:11(name)

#: C/user-changepassword.page:15(name)

#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13(name)

#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13(name)

#: C/user-admin-change.page:14(name)

#: C/user-admin-change.page:63(cite)

#: C/user-add.page:12(name)

#: C/user-addguest.page:11(name)

#: C/user-accounts.page:17(name)

#: C/sound-nosound.page:13(name)

#: C/sound-crackle.page:13(name)

#: C/sound-broken.page:14(name)

#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:16(name)

#: C/shell-workspaces.page:14(name)

#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16(name)

#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:15(name)

#: C/shell-windows-states.page:14(name)

#: C/shell-windows.page:15(name)

#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:16(name)

#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:14(name)

#: C/shell-terminology.page:13(name)

#: C/shell-overview.page:15(name)

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:14(name)

#: C/shell-apps-open.page:14(name)

#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:14(name)

#: C/session-screenlocks.page:13(name)

#: C/session-language.page:12(name)

#: C/session-fingerprint.page:12(name)

#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:13(name)

#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:25(cite)

#: C/power-whydim.page:13(name)

#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:11(name)

#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:14(name)

#: C/power-suspendfail.page:15(name)

#: C/power-othercountry.page:12(name)

#: C/power-nowireless.page:14(name)

#: C/power-lowpower.page:11(name)

#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:12(name)

#: C/power-constantfan.page:13(name)

#: C/power-closelid.page:14(name)

#: C/power-brighter.page:15(name)

#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11(name)

#: C/power-batteryslow.page:13(name)

#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:14(name)

#: C/power-batterylife.page:15(name)

#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:14(name)

#: C/power-batterybroken.page:16(name)

#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:11(name)

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:16(name)

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:16(name)

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:16(name)

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:18(name)

#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11(name)

#: C/net-wireless-find.page:12(name)

#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:12(name)

#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:11(name)

#: C/net-wired-connect.page:11(name)

#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:11(name)

#: C/net-antivirus.page:13(name)

#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:11(name)

#: C/look-resolution.page:14(name)

#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:12(name)

#: C/look-background.page:14(name)

#: C/hardware-driver.page:13(name)

#: C/files-search.page:14(name)

#: C/files-rename.page:11(name)

#: C/files-recover.page:13(name)

#: C/files-lost.page:14(name)

#: C/files-autorun.page:15(name)

#: C/fallback-mode.page:12(name)

#: C/display-dimscreen.page:14(name)

#: C/clock-timezone.page:11(name)

#: C/clock-set.page:11(name)

#: C/clock-calendar.page:14(name)

#: C/backup-why.page:19(name)

#: C/backup-where.page:11(name)

100

#: C/backup-what.page:10(name)

101

#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:15(name)

102

#: C/backup-restore.page:14(name)

103

#: C/backup-how.page:15(name)

104

#: C/backup-frequency.page:15(name)

105

#: C/backup-check.page:11(name)

106

#: C/backup-check.page:31(cite)

107

#: C/about-this-guide.page:12(name)

108

msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"

109

msgstr "Dokumentationsprojekt för GNOME"

110

111

#: C/windows-key.page:11(email)

112

#: C/video-sending.page:14(email)

113

#: C/video-dvd.page:14(email)

114

#: C/user-goodpassword.page:13(email)

115

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:12(email)

116

#: C/user-delete.page:16(email)

117

#: C/user-changepicture.page:12(email)

118

#: C/user-changepassword.page:16(email)

119

#: C/user-admin-problems.page:14(email)

120

#: C/user-admin-explain.page:14(email)

121

#: C/user-admin-change.page:15(email)

122

#: C/user-add.page:13(email)

123

#: C/user-addguest.page:12(email)

124

#: C/user-accounts.page:18(email)

125

#: C/sound-nosound.page:14(email)

126

#: C/sound-crackle.page:14(email)

127

#: C/sound-broken.page:15(email)

128

#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:17(email)

129

#: C/shell-workspaces.page:15(email)

130

#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:17(email)

131

#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:16(email)

132

#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15(email)

133

#: C/shell-windows.page:16(email)

134

#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:17(email)

135

#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:15(email)

136

#: C/shell-terminology.page:14(email)

137

#: C/shell-overview.page:16(email)

138

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15(email)

139

#: C/shell-apps-open.page:15(email)

140

#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:15(email)

141

#: C/session-screenlocks.page:14(email)

142

#: C/session-language.page:13(email)

143

#: C/session-fingerprint.page:13(email)

144

#: C/printing-streaks.page:14(email)

145

#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:14(email)

146

#: C/power-whydim.page:14(email)

147

#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:12(email)

148

#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:15(email)

149

#: C/power-suspendfail.page:16(email)

150

#: C/power-othercountry.page:13(email)

151

#: C/power-nowireless.page:15(email)

152

#: C/power-lowpower.page:12(email)

153

#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13(email)

154

#: C/power-constantfan.page:14(email)

155

#: C/power-closelid.page:15(email)

156

#: C/power-brighter.page:16(email)

157

#: C/power-batterywindows.page:12(email)

158

#: C/power-batteryslow.page:14(email)

159

#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:15(email)

160

#: C/power-batterylife.page:16(email)

161

#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:15(email)

162

#: C/power-batterybroken.page:17(email)

163

#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:12(email)

164

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:17(email)

165

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:17(email)

166

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:17(email)

167

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:19(email)

168

#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12(email)

169

#: C/net-wireless-find.page:13(email)

170

#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:13(email)

171

#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12(email)

172

#: C/net-wired-connect.page:12(email)

173

#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12(email)

174

#: C/net-antivirus.page:14(email)

175

#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:13(email)

176

#: C/music-player-newipod.page:12(email)

177

#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:12(email)

178

#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:12(email)

179

#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:12(email)

180

#: C/look-resolution.page:15(email)

181

#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:13(email)

182

#: C/look-background.page:15(email)

183

#: C/hardware-driver.page:14(email)

184

#: C/files-search.page:15(email)

185

#: C/files-rename.page:12(email)

186

#: C/files-recover.page:14(email)

187

#: C/files-lost.page:15(email)

188

#: C/files-autorun.page:16(email)

189

#: C/fallback-mode.page:13(email)

190

#: C/display-dimscreen.page:15(email)

191

#: C/disk-partitions.page:12(email)

192

#: C/disk-format.page:12(email)

193

#: C/disk-check.page:12(email)

194

#: C/disk-capacity.page:12(email)

195

#: C/disk-benchmark.page:12(email)

196

#: C/clock-timezone.page:12(email)

197

#: C/clock-set.page:12(email)

198

#: C/clock-calendar.page:15(email)

199

#: C/backup-why.page:20(email)

200

#: C/backup-where.page:12(email)

201

#: C/backup-what.page:11(email)

202

#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:16(email)

203

#: C/backup-restore.page:15(email)

204

#: C/backup-how.page:16(email)

205

#: C/backup-frequency.page:16(email)

206

#: C/backup-check.page:12(email)

207

#: C/about-this-guide.page:13(email)

208

#| msgid "carlosg@gnome.org"

209

msgid "gnome-doc-list@gnome.org"

210

msgstr "gnome-doc-list@gnome.org"

211

212

#: C/windows-key.page:17(title)

213

msgid "What is the \"windows\" key?"

214

msgstr "Vad är \"Windows\"-tangenten?"

215

216

#: C/windows-key.page:19(p)

217

msgid "When you press the windows key, the activities overview is displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and often has a window/squares icon on it. It is sometimes called the super key, logo key, or system key."

218

msgstr ""

219

220

#: C/windows-key.page:21(p)

221

msgid "If you have an Apple keyboard, there will not be a windows key on your keyboard. The <key>Command (Cmd)</key> key can be used instead."

222

msgstr ""

223

224

#: C/windows-key.page:24(p)

225

msgid "Need to add info on changing the keybinding using the new preferences windows."

226

msgstr ""

227

228

#: C/web-install-moonlight.page:11(name)

229

#: C/web-install-flash.page:11(name)

230

#: C/web-email-virus.page:12(name)

231

#: C/web-default-email.page:11(name)

232

#: C/web-default-browser.page:11(name)

233

#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16(name)

234

#: C/user-addguest.page:15(name)

235

#: C/sound-volume.page:10(name)

236

#: C/printing-setup.page:14(name)

237

#: C/printing-select.page:12(name)

238

#: C/printing-order.page:13(name)

239

#: C/printing-envelopes.page:13(name)

240

#: C/printing-differentsize.page:12(name)

241

#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:13(name)

242

#: C/printing-2sided.page:13(name)

243

#: C/printing.page:13(name)

244

#: C/power-othercountry.page:16(name)

245

#: C/power-batterywindows.page:15(name)

246

#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:18(name)

247

#: C/power-batterylife.page:19(name)

248

#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:18(name)

249

#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:15(name)

250

#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:16(name)

251

#: C/net-slow.page:11(name)

252

#: C/net-proxy.page:12(name)

253

#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:10(name)

254

#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:10(name)

255

#: C/net-othersconnect.page:12(name)

256

#: C/net-manual.page:10(name)

257

#: C/net-editcon.page:15(name)

258

#: C/net-adhoc.page:10(name)

259

#: C/nautilus-list.page:12(name)

260

#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:15(name)

261

#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:14(name)

262

#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:80(cite)

263

#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:143(cite)

264

#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:16(name)

265

#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:12(name)

266

#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:15(name)

267

#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:20(name)

268

#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:11(name)

269

#: C/hardware-problems-bluetooth.page:11(name)

270

#: C/files-tilde.page:12(name)

271

#: C/files-sort.page:12(name)

272

#: C/files-preview-music.page:14(name)

273

#: C/files-hidden.page:11(name)

274

#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15(name)

275

#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:17(name)

276

#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:17(name)

277

#: C/a11y-right-click.page:16(name)

278

#: C/a11y-icon.page:11(name)

279

#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:16(name)

280

#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:17(name)

281

msgid "Phil Bull"

282

msgstr "Phil Bull"

283

284

#: C/web-install-moonlight.page:12(email)

285

#: C/web-install-flash.page:12(email)

286

#: C/web-email-virus.page:13(email)

287

#: C/web-default-email.page:12(email)

288

#: C/web-default-browser.page:12(email)

289

#: C/user-goodpassword.page:17(email)

290

#: C/user-addguest.page:16(email)

291

#: C/sound-volume.page:11(email)

292

#: C/printing-setup.page:15(email)

293

#: C/printing-select.page:13(email)

294

#: C/printing-order.page:14(email)

295

#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14(email)

296

#: C/printing-differentsize.page:13(email)

297

#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14(email)

298

#: C/printing-2sided.page:14(email)

299

#: C/printing.page:14(email)

300

#: C/power-othercountry.page:17(email)

301

#: C/power-batterywindows.page:16(email)

302

#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:19(email)

303

#: C/power-batterylife.page:20(email)

304

#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:19(email)

305

#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:16(email)

306

#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:17(email)

307

#: C/net-slow.page:12(email)

308

#: C/net-proxy.page:13(email)

309

#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:11(email)

310

#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:11(email)

311

#: C/net-othersconnect.page:13(email)

312

#: C/net-manual.page:11(email)

313

#: C/net-editcon.page:16(email)

314

#: C/net-adhoc.page:11(email)

315

#: C/nautilus-list.page:13(email)

316

#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:16(email)

317

#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:15(email)

318

#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:17(email)

319

#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:13(email)

320

#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:16(email)

321

#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:21(email)

322

#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:12(email)

323

#: C/hardware-problems-bluetooth.page:12(email)

324

#: C/files-tilde.page:13(email)

325

#: C/files-sort.page:13(email)

326

#: C/files-preview-music.page:15(email)

327

#: C/files-hidden.page:12(email)

328

#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:16(email)

329

#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:18(email)

330

#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:18(email)

331

#: C/a11y-right-click.page:17(email)

332

#: C/a11y-icon.page:12(email)

333

#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:17(email)

334

#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:18(email)

335

msgid "philbull@gmail.com"

336

msgstr "philbull@gmail.com"

337

338

#: C/web-install-moonlight.page:15(desc)

339

msgid "Some website use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in lets you view these pages."

340

msgstr ""

341

342

#: C/web-install-moonlight.page:19(title)

343

msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"

344

msgstr ""

345

346

#: C/web-install-moonlight.page:21(p)

347

msgid "<app>Silverlight</app> is a plug-in for your web browser which allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Silverlight."

348

msgstr ""

349

350

#: C/web-install-moonlight.page:23(p)

351

msgid "If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux."

352

msgstr ""

353

354

#: C/web-install-moonlight.page:25(p)

355

msgid "If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the Moonlight plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of Silverlight which runs on Linux."

356

msgstr ""

357

358

#: C/web-install-moonlight.page:27(p)

359

msgid "Some Linux distributions have a copy of Moonlight that you can install using their software installer; just open the installer and search for <input>Silverlight</input> or <input>Moonlight</input>."

360

msgstr ""

361

362

#: C/web-install-moonlight.page:29(p)

363

msgid "If your distribution doesn't have a Moonlight software package, see the <link href=\"http://www.mono-project.com/Moonlight\">Moonlight website</link> for more information and installation instructions."

364

msgstr ""

365

366

#: C/web-install-flash.page:15(desc)

367

msgid "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, which display videos and interactive web pages."

368

msgstr ""

369

370

#: C/web-install-flash.page:19(title)

371

msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"

372

msgstr "Installera Flash-tillägget"

373

374

#: C/web-install-flash.page:21(p)

375

msgid "<app>Flash</app> is a plug-in for your web browser which allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Flash."

376

msgstr ""

377

378

#: C/web-install-flash.page:23(p)

379

msgid "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free (but not open-source) download for most web browsers. Most Linux distributions have a version of Flash that you can install through their software installer (package manager) too."

380

msgstr ""

381

382

#: C/web-install-flash.page:26(title)

383

msgid "If Flash is available from the software installer:"

384

msgstr "Om Flash finns tillgängligt från programinstallationen:"

385

386

#: C/web-install-flash.page:28(p)

387

msgid "Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>."

388

msgstr "Öppna programinstallationsprogrammet och sök efter <input>flash</input>."

389

390

#: C/web-install-flash.page:31(p)

391

msgid "Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> or similar and click to install it."

392

msgstr "Leta efter <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> eller liknande och klicka för att installera det."

393

394

#: C/web-install-flash.page:34(p)

395

msgid "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. The web browser should realize that Flash is installed when you open it again and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."

396

msgstr ""

397

398

#: C/web-install-flash.page:39(title)

399

msgid "If Flash is not available from the software installer:"

400

msgstr "Om Flash inte finns tillgängligt från programinstallationen:"

401

402

#: C/web-install-flash.page:41(p)

403

msgid "Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">Flash Player download website</link>. Your browser and operating system should be automatically detected."

404

msgstr ""

405

406

#: C/web-install-flash.page:44(p)

407

msgid "Click where it says <gui>Select a version to download</gui> and choose the type of software installer that works for your Linux distribution. If you don't know which to use, choose the <file>.tar.gz</file> option."

408

msgstr ""

409

410

#: C/web-install-flash.page:47(p)

411

msgid "Look at the <link href=\"http://www.adobe.com/products/flashplayer/productinfo/instructions/\">installation instructions for Flash</link> to learn how to install it for your web browser."

412

msgstr ""

413

414

#: C/web-install-flash.page:52(title)

415

msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"

416

msgstr "Alternativ till Flash med öppen källkod"

417

418

#: C/web-install-flash.page:53(p)

419

msgid "A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."

420

msgstr ""

421

422

#: C/web-install-flash.page:54(p)

423

msgid "You might like to try one of these out if you are dissatisfied with the Flash player, or would like to use as much open-source software as possible on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"

424

msgstr ""

425

426

#: C/web-install-flash.page:56(p)

427

#| msgid "Trash"

428

msgid "Gnash"

429

msgstr "Gnash"

430

431

#: C/web-install-flash.page:57(p)

432

msgid "LightSpark"

433

msgstr "LightSpark"

434

435

#: C/web-install-flash.page:58(p)

436

msgid "SWFdec (no longer being updated)"

437

msgstr "SWFdec (uppdateras inte längre)"

438

439

#: C/web-email-virus.page:16(desc)

440

#: C/web-default-email.page:15(desc)

441

msgid "Change the default email client by going to <gui>System Info</gui> in the <gui>System Settings</gui>."

442

msgstr ""

443

444

#: C/web-email-virus.page:20(title)

445

msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"

446

msgstr "Behöver jag söka igenom min e-post efter virus?"

447

448

#: C/web-email-virus.page:22(p)

449

msgid "Viruses are programs which causes problems if they manage to find their way onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is through email messages."

450

msgstr ""

451

452

#: C/web-email-virus.page:24(p)

453

msgid "Viruses which can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are <link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need to scan your email for viruses."

454

msgstr ""

455

456

#: C/web-email-virus.page:26(p)

457

msgid "You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus software of their own anyway."

458

msgstr ""

459

460

#: C/web-default-email.page:19(title)

461

msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"

462

msgstr ""

463

464

#: C/web-default-email.page:21(p)

465

msgid "When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your word processing application), your default mail application will open up with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"

466

msgstr ""

467

468

#: C/web-default-email.page:25(p)

469

#: C/web-default-browser.page:25(p)

470

#: C/power-whydim.page:31(p)

471

#: C/files-autorun.page:30(p)

472

msgid "Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>System Settings</gui>."

473

msgstr "Klicka på ditt namn på översta raden och klicka på <gui>Systeminställningar</gui>."

474

475

#: C/web-default-email.page:29(p)

476

#: C/web-default-browser.page:29(p)

477

msgid "Open <gui>System Info</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the list on the left side of the window."

478

msgstr ""

479

480

#: C/web-default-email.page:33(p)

481

msgid "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing the <gui>Mail</gui> option."

482

msgstr ""

483

484

#: C/web-default-browser.page:15(desc)

485

msgid "Change the default web browser by going to <gui>System Info</gui> in the <gui>System Settings</gui>."

486

msgstr ""

487

488

#: C/web-default-browser.page:19(title)

489

msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"

490

msgstr ""

491

492

#: C/web-default-browser.page:21(p)

493

msgid "When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"

494

msgstr ""

495

496

#: C/web-default-browser.page:33(p)

497

msgid "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing the <gui>Web</gui> option."

498

msgstr ""

499

500

#: C/web-default-browser.page:37(p)

501

msgid "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default browser again."

502

msgstr ""

503

504

#: C/web.page:11(name)

505

#: C/user-delete.page:19(name)

506

#: C/user-changepicture.page:15(name)

507

#: C/user-add.page:16(name)

508

#: C/user-addguest.page:19(name)

509

#: C/tips-specialchars.page:12(name)

510

#: C/tips.page:10(name)

511

#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:11(name)

512

#: C/sound-usemic.page:10(name)

513

#: C/sound-alert.page:10(name)

514

#: C/shell-session-status.page:16(name)

515

#: C/shell-introduction.page:15(name)

516

#: C/shell-exit.page:16(name)

517

#: C/session-language.page:16(name)

518

#: C/printing-setup.page:26(name)

519

#: C/prefs-display.page:11(name)

520

#: C/prefs-language.page:11(name)

521

#: C/prefs.page:12(name)

522

#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:10(name)

523

#: C/net.page:13(name)

524

#: C/net-macaddress.page:10(name)

525

#: C/net-findip.page:11(name)

526

#: C/net-editcon.page:10(name)

527

#: C/nautilus-views.page:18(name)

528

#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13(name)

529

#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:11(name)

530

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18(name)

531

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18(name)

532

#: C/nautilus-display.page:14(name)

533

#: C/nautilus-connect.page:13(name)

534

#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18(name)

535

#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:12(name)

536

#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:23(name)

537

#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:20(name)

538

#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:18(name)

539

#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:16(name)

540

#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:11(name)

541

#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:19(name)

542

#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:14(name)

543

#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:35(cite)

544

#: C/media.page:11(name)

545

#: C/look-background.page:26(name)

546

#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:11(name)

547

#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:11(name)

548

#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:12(name)

549

#: C/keyboard.page:18(name)

550

#: C/hardware.page:11(name)

551

#: C/files-share.page:15(name)

552

#: C/files-select.page:10(name)

553

#: C/files-search.page:18(name)

554

#: C/files-rename.page:15(name)

555

#: C/files-removedrive.page:10(name)

556

#: C/files.page:12(name)

557

#: C/files-open.page:17(name)

558

#: C/files-lost.page:18(name)

559

#: C/files-delete.page:17(name)

560

#: C/files-browse.page:17(name)

561

#: C/display-lock.page:15(name)

562

#: C/display-dimscreen.page:22(name)

563

#: C/clock.page:17(name)

564

#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:12(name)

565

#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:12(name)

566

#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:12(name)

567

#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:11(name)

568

#: C/a11y-right-click.page:11(name)

569

#: C/a11y.page:11(name)

570

#: C/a11y-mag.page:11(name)

571

#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:12(name)

572

#: C/a11y-font-size.page:11(name)

573

#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11(name)

574

#: C/a11y-contrast.page:12(name)

575

#: C/a11y-braille.page:12(name)

576

#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:12(name)

577

msgid "Shaun McCance"

578

msgstr "Shaun McCance"

579

580

#: C/web.page:12(email)

581

#: C/user-delete.page:20(email)

582

#: C/user-changepicture.page:16(email)

583

#: C/user-add.page:17(email)

584

#: C/user-addguest.page:20(email)

585

#: C/tips-specialchars.page:13(email)

586

#: C/tips.page:11(email)

587

#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:12(email)

588

#: C/sound-usemic.page:11(email)

589

#: C/sound-alert.page:11(email)

590

#: C/shell-session-status.page:17(email)

591

#: C/shell-introduction.page:16(email)

592

#: C/shell-exit.page:17(email)

593

#: C/session-language.page:17(email)

594

#: C/printing-setup.page:27(email)

595

#: C/prefs-display.page:12(email)

596

#: C/prefs-language.page:12(email)

597

#: C/prefs.page:13(email)

598

#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:11(email)

599

#: C/net.page:14(email)

600

#: C/net-macaddress.page:11(email)

601

#: C/net-findip.page:12(email)

602

#: C/net-editcon.page:11(email)

603

#: C/nautilus-views.page:19(email)

604

#: C/nautilus-preview.page:14(email)

605

#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:12(email)

606

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:19(email)

607

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:19(email)

608

#: C/nautilus-display.page:15(email)

609

#: C/nautilus-connect.page:14(email)

610

#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:19(email)

611

#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:13(email)

612

#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:24(email)

613

#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:21(email)

614

#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:19(email)

615

#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:17(email)

616

#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:12(email)

617

#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:20(email)

618

#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:15(email)

619

#: C/media.page:12(email)

620

#: C/look-background.page:27(email)

621

#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12(email)

622

#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:12(email)

623

#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:13(email)

624

#: C/keyboard.page:19(email)

625

#: C/hardware.page:12(email)

626

#: C/files-share.page:16(email)

627

#: C/files-select.page:11(email)

628

#: C/files-search.page:19(email)

629

#: C/files-rename.page:16(email)

630

#: C/files-removedrive.page:11(email)

631

#: C/files.page:13(email)

632

#: C/files-open.page:18(email)

633

#: C/files-lost.page:19(email)

634

#: C/files-delete.page:18(email)

635

#: C/files-browse.page:18(email)

636

#: C/display-lock.page:16(email)

637

#: C/display-dimscreen.page:23(email)

638

#: C/clock.page:18(email)

639

#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:13(email)

640

#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:13(email)

641

#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:13(email)

642

#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:12(email)

643

#: C/a11y-right-click.page:12(email)

644

#: C/a11y.page:12(email)

645

#: C/a11y-mag.page:12(email)

646

#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:13(email)

647

#: C/a11y-font-size.page:12(email)

648

#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:12(email)

649

#: C/a11y-contrast.page:13(email)

650

#: C/a11y-braille.page:13(email)

651

#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:13(email)

652

msgid "shaunm@gnome.org"

653

msgstr "shaunm@gnome.org"

654

655

#: C/web.page:15(desc)

656

msgid "<link xref=\"web#connections\">Internet connections</link>, <link xref=\"web#chat\">starting chats</link>, <link xref=\"web#email\">email accounts</link>, <link xref=\"web#browser\">plug-ins</link>..."

657

msgstr "<link xref=\"web#connections\">Internetanslutningar</link>, <link xref=\"web#chat\">starta chattar</link>, <link xref=\"web#email\">e-postkonton</link>, <link xref=\"web#browser\">tillägg</link>..."

658

659

#: C/web.page:24(title)

660

msgid "Web, email & chat"

661

msgstr "Webb, e-post och chatt"

662

663

#: C/web.page:28(title)

664

msgid "Connections"

665

msgstr "Anslutningar"

666

667

#: C/web.page:30(title)

668

#| msgid "Direct internet connection"

669

msgid "Internet connections"

670

msgstr "Internetanslutningar"

671

672

#: C/web.page:35(title)

673

msgid "Chat"

674

msgstr "Chatt"

675

676

#: C/web.page:37(title)

677

msgid "Chat (instant messaging)"

678

msgstr "Chatt (snabbmeddelanden)"

679

680

#: C/web.page:41(title)

681

msgid "Email"

682

msgstr "E-post"

683

684

#: C/web.page:46(title)

685

msgid "Web"

686

msgstr "Webb"

687

688

#: C/web.page:48(title)

689

#| msgid "Using the Panels"

690

msgid "Browsing the web"

691

msgstr "Surfa på webben"

692

693

#: C/video-sending.page:8(desc)

694

msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."

695

msgstr ""

696

697

#: C/video-sending.page:20(title)

698

msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"

699

msgstr ""

700

701

#: C/video-sending.page:22(p)

702

msgid "If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."

703

msgstr ""

704

705

#: C/video-sending.page:24(p)

706

msgid "To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right codecs installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back."

707

msgstr ""

708

709

#: C/video-sending.page:26(p)

710

msgid "You can check which format your video is in by finding it in the file manager (look for <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview), right-clicking it and selecting <gui>Properties</gui>. Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is listed under <gui>Video</gui>."

711

msgstr ""

712

713

#: C/video-sending.page:28(p)

714

msgid "Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if your video uses the Theora format and you have a friend using Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for \"theora windows media player\". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if it's not installed."

715

msgstr ""

716

717

#: C/video-sending.page:30(p)

718

msgid "If you can't find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Failing that, try converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check the software installer application to see what's available."

719

msgstr ""

720

721

#: C/video-sending.page:33(p)

722

msgid "There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with their video playback application, or the video may not have been created properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."

723

msgstr ""

724

725

#: C/video-dvd.page:8(desc)

726

msgid "You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong region."

727

msgstr ""

728

729

#: C/video-dvd.page:20(title)

730

msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"

731

msgstr "Varför spelas inte dvd-filmer upp?"

732

733

#: C/video-dvd.page:22(p)

734

msgid "If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have the right DVD \"codecs\" installed, or the DVD might be from a different \"region\"."

735

msgstr ""

736

737

#: C/video-dvd.page:25(title)

738

msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"

739

msgstr ""

740

741

#: C/video-dvd.page:26(p)

742

msgid "In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right codecs installed. A codec is some software that allows applications to read a video or audio format. If you try to play a DVD and don't have the right codecs installed, the movie player you're using should tell you about this and offer to install them for you. If this doesn't happen, you'll have to install the codecs manually - ask for help on how to do this using your Linux distribution's support forums or otherwise. The software packages you'll probably need are <app>gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</app> and <app>libdvd0</app>."

743

msgstr ""

744

745

#: C/video-dvd.page:28(p)

746

msgid "DVDs are also \"copy-protected\" using a system called CSS. This prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them unless you have some extra software to handle the copy protection."

747

msgstr ""

748

749

#: C/video-dvd.page:30(p)

750

msgid "You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from <link href=\"http://www.fluendo.com/shop/product/fluendo-dvd-player/\">Fluendo</link>. It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries."

751

msgstr ""

752

753

#: C/video-dvd.page:34(title)

754

msgid "Checking the DVD region"

755

msgstr ""

756

757

#: C/video-dvd.page:35(p)

758

msgid "DVDs have a \"region code\", which tells you in which region of the world you are allowed to play the DVD. DVD players can only play DVDs from the same region as them. For example, if you have a region 1 DVD player, you will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."

759

msgstr ""

760

761

#: C/video-dvd.page:36(p)

762

msgid "If the region of your computer's DVD player and the DVD you are trying to play do not match, you won't be able to play the DVD. It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but you can only do this a few times before it locks into one region permanently."

763

msgstr ""

764

765

#: C/video-dvd.page:37(p)

766

msgid "To change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use <link href=\"http://linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">regionset</link>."

767

msgstr ""

768

769

#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8(desc)

770

msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."

771

msgstr "Använd längre och mer komplicerade lösenord."

772

773

#: C/user-goodpassword.page:20(name)

774

#: C/user-delete.page:11(name)

775

#: C/screen-shot-record.page:13(name)

776

#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13(name)

777

#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:13(name)

778

#: C/printing-booklet.page:13(name)

779

#: C/nautilus-views.page:14(name)

780

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14(name)

781

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14(name)

782

#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:12(name)

783

#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:14(name)

784

#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:19(name)

785

#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:14(name)

786

#: C/mouse.page:16(name)

787

#: C/more-help.page:11(name)

788

#: C/get-involved.page:12(name)

789

#: C/files-copy.page:16(name)

790

#: C/files-browse.page:13(name)

791

#: C/backup-where.page:15(name)

792

#: C/backup-what.page:14(name)

793

#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:11(name)

794

#: C/backup-restore.page:10(name)

795

#: C/backup-how.page:11(name)

796

#: C/backup-frequency.page:11(name)

797

msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"

798

msgstr "Tiffany Antopolski"

799

800

#: C/user-goodpassword.page:21(email)

801

#: C/screen-shot-record.page:14(email)

802

#: C/nautilus-views.page:15(email)

803

#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13(email)

804

#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:20(email)

805

#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:15(email)

806

#: C/mouse.page:17(email)

807

#: C/more-help.page:12(email)

808

#: C/files-copy.page:17(email)

809

#: C/files-browse.page:14(email)

810

#: C/backup-where.page:16(email)

811

#: C/backup-what.page:15(email)

812

#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:12(email)

813

#: C/backup-restore.page:11(email)

814

#: C/backup-how.page:12(email)

815

#: C/backup-frequency.page:12(email)

816

msgid "tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com"

817

msgstr "tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com"

818

819

#: C/user-goodpassword.page:27(title)

820

msgid "Choose a secure password"

821

msgstr "Välj ett säkert lösenord"

822

823

#: C/user-goodpassword.page:30(p)

824

msgid "Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for others (including computer programs) to guess."

825

msgstr ""

826

827

#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34(p)

828

msgid "Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your personal information."

829

msgstr ""

830

831

#: C/user-goodpassword.page:35(p)

832

msgid "People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for choosing a good password:"

833

msgstr ""

834

835

#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39(p)

836

msgid "Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are more symbols to choose from, so more possible passwords that someone would have to check when trying to guess yours."

837

msgstr ""

838

839

#: C/user-goodpassword.page:41(p)

840

msgid "A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A Romance of Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."

841

msgstr ""

842

843

#: C/user-goodpassword.page:47(p)

844

msgid "Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."

845

msgstr ""

846

847

#: C/user-goodpassword.page:50(p)

848

msgid "Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is \"password\" - people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"

849

msgstr ""

850

851

#: C/user-goodpassword.page:53(p)

852

msgid "Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or any family member's name."

853

msgstr ""

854

855

#: C/user-goodpassword.page:56(p)

856

msgid "Do not use any nouns."

857

msgstr ""

858

859

#: C/user-goodpassword.page:59(p)

860

msgid "Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be watching you."

861

msgstr ""

862

863

#: C/user-goodpassword.page:63(p)

864

msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"

865

msgstr ""

866

867

#: C/user-goodpassword.page:69(p)

868

msgid "Use different passwords for different things."

869

msgstr "Använd olika lösenord för olika saker."

870

871

#: C/user-goodpassword.page:73(p)

872

msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."

873

msgstr "Använd olika lösenord för olika konton."

874

875

#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74(p)

876

msgid "If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."

877

msgstr ""

878

879

#: C/user-goodpassword.page:75(p)

880

msgid "It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."

881

msgstr ""

882

883

#: C/user-goodpassword.page:79(p)

884

msgid "Change your passwords regularly."

885

msgstr "Byt dina lösenord regelbundet."

886

887

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:7(desc)

888

msgid "Advanced techniques for resetting your password."

889

msgstr ""

890

891

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:18(title)

892

msgid "I forgot my password!"

893

msgstr "Jag har glömt mitt lösenord!"

894

895

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:19(cite)

896

#: C/user-changepassword.page:25(cite)

897

#: C/user-changepassword.page:36(cite)

898

#: C/user-add.page:26(cite)

899

#: C/tips-specialchars.page:24(cite)

900

#: C/sound-crackle.page:43(cite)

901

#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:25(cite)

902

#: C/shell-windows-states.page:23(cite)

903

#: C/shell-introduction.page:25(cite)

904

#: C/shell-exit.page:26(cite)

905

#: C/session-language.page:26(cite)

906

#: C/printing-streaks.page:23(cite)

907

#: C/printing-setup.page:36(cite)

908

#: C/power-whydim.page:22(cite)

909

#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:24(cite)

910

#: C/power-suspendfail.page:25(cite)

911

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:44(cite)

912

#: C/nautilus-connect.page:76(cite)

913

#: C/nautilus-connect.page:118(cite)

914

#: C/mouse.page:26(cite)

915

#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:33(cite)

916

#: C/files-share.page:24(cite)

917

#: C/disk-check.page:26(cite)

918

#: C/disk-capacity.page:28(cite)

919

#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28(cite)

920

#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28(cite)

921

#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:28(cite)

922

#: C/a11y-braille.page:29(cite)

923

#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:28(cite)

924

#| msgid "Shaun"

925

msgid "shaunm"

926

msgstr "shaunm"

927

928

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:19(p)

929

msgid "Marking final for 3.0. This could use some work for 3.2. There are some less drastic things. Like if there's another admin user on your computer, have them reset your password in the user accounts settings."

930

msgstr ""

931

932

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:23(p)

933

msgid "Also: merge two grubs instructions (almost equal), use clicky-clicky instructions as much as possible, and let's get some real keyring docs integrated in gnome-help then link there."

934

msgstr ""

935

936

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:27(p)

937

msgid "It is important to not only choose <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">a good and secure password</link>, but one that you can also remember. If you have forgotten the password to log in to your computer account, you can follow the following steps to reset it."

938

msgstr ""

939

940

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:32(p)

941

msgid "If you have an encrypted home directory, you will not be able to reset a forgotten password."

942

msgstr ""

943

944

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:36(p)

945

msgid "If you simply want to change your password, see <link xref=\"user-changepassword\"/>."

946

msgstr ""

947

948

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:42(title)

949

msgid "Reset password on Grub2 systems"

950

msgstr ""

951

952

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:45(p)

953

msgid "Restart your computer, and hold down the <key>Shift</key> during bootup to get into the grub menu."

954

msgstr ""

955

956

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:49(p)

957

msgid "If you have a dual-boot machine and you choose at boot time which operating system to boot into, the grub menu should appear without the need to hold down the <key>Shift</key> key."

958

msgstr ""

959

960

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:54(p)

961

msgid "If you are unable to get into the Grub boot menu, and therefore cannot edit any Linux kernel lines, you can <link xref=\"user-forgottenpassword#live-cd\">use a live CD to reset your user password</link>."

962

msgstr ""

963

964

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:59(p)

965

msgid "Press <key>e</key> to edit the line that begins with the word 'linux'. This line may actually be wrapped onto a second line."

966

msgstr ""

967

968

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:64(p)

969

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:142(p)

970

msgid "Add <cmd>init = /bin/sh</cmd> to the end of the line."

971

msgstr ""

972

973

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:69(p)

974

#| msgid ""

975

#| "Press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>up arrow</keycap></keycombo>."

976

msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key> x </key></keyseq> to boot."

977

msgstr "Tryck <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key> x </key></keyseq> för att starta upp."

978

979

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:74(p)

980

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:152(p)

981

msgid "At the <cmd>#</cmd> symbol, type:"

982

msgstr ""

983

984

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:78(cmd)

985

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:156(cmd)

986

msgid "mount -o remount, rw /"

987

msgstr "mount -o remount, rw /"

988

989

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:82(p)

990

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:160(p)

991

msgid "At the next <cmd>#</cmd> symbol type:"

992

msgstr ""

993

994

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:85(p)

995

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:163(p)

996

msgid "<cmd>passwd <var>username</var></cmd>, where <var>username</var> is the username of the account you're changing the password for."

997

msgstr ""

998

999

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:89(p)

1000

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:167(p)

1001

msgid "Debian systems do not have a <cmd>root</cmd> password. Therefore, on Debian systems you would always be changing the password of a particular username, never root."

1002

msgstr ""

1003

1004

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:95(p)

1005

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:173(p)

1006

msgid "You will be prompted to enter a new UNIX password, and to confirm the new password."

1007

msgstr ""

1008

1009

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:100(p)

1010

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:178(p)

1011

msgid "Once the password has been successfully changed:"

1012

msgstr ""

1013

1014

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:103(p)

1015

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:181(p)

1016

msgid "# <cmd>mount -o remount, ro /</cmd>"

1017

msgstr "# <cmd>mount -o remount, ro /</cmd>"

1018

1019

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:108(p)

1020

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:186(p)

1021

#| msgid "Theme"

1022

msgid "Then:"

1023

msgstr "Sedan:"

1024

1025

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:111(p)

1026

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:189(p)

1027

msgid "# <cmd>reboot -f</cmd>"

1028

msgstr "# <cmd>reboot -f</cmd>"

1029

1030

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:116(p)

1031

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:195(p)

1032

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:290(p)

1033

msgid "After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring (since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be accessible. You will need to <link xref=\"#delete-keyring\">delete the old keyring</link> and start a new one."

1034

msgstr ""

1035

1036

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:120(title)

1037

msgid "Reset password on Grub systems"

1038

msgstr ""

1039

1040

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:123(p)

1041

msgid "Restart your computer, and press the <key>Esc</key> during bootup to get into the grub menu."

1042

msgstr ""

1043

1044

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:127(p)

1045

msgid "If you have a dual-boot machine and you choose at boot time which operating system to boot into, the grub menu should appear without the need to hold down the <key>Esc</key> key."

1046

msgstr ""

1047

1048

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:132(p)

1049

msgid "If you are unable to get into the Grub boot menu, and therefore cannot edit any linux kernel lines, you can <link xref=\"#live-cd\">use a live CD</link> to reset your user password."

1050

msgstr ""

1051

1052

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:137(p)

1053

msgid "Press <key>e</key> to edit the line that begins with the word 'kernel'. This line may actually be wrapped onto a second line."

1054

msgstr ""

1055

1056

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:147(p)

1057

#| msgid "Press <keycap>Spacebar</keycap>."

1058

msgid "Press <key>b</key> to boot."

1059

msgstr "Tryck på <key>b</key> för att starta upp."

1060

1061

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:199(title)

1062

msgid "Reset password using a Live CD or USB"

1063

msgstr ""

1064

1065

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:202(p)

1066

msgid "Boot the Live CD or USB."

1067

msgstr ""

1068

1069

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:207(p)

1070

msgid "Mount your drive."

1071

msgstr "Montera din enhet."

1072

1073

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:212(p)

1074

msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> to get the <gui>Run Application</gui> dialog."

1075

msgstr ""

1076

1077

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:217(p)

1078

msgid "Type <cmd>gksudo nautilus</cmd> to launch the file manager with system-wide privileges."

1079

msgstr ""

1080

1081

#. Translators: do not translate the word "home".

1082

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:222(p)

1083

msgid "Within the drive you just mounted, you can check that it is the right drive by clicking <gui> home </gui> and then your username."

1084

msgstr ""

1085

1086

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:228(p)

1087

msgid "Go to the top-level directory of the mounted drive. Then go into the <gui>etc</gui> directory."

1088

msgstr ""

1089

1090

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:231(p)

1091

msgid "Locate the 'shadow' file and make a backup copy:"

1092

msgstr ""

1093

1094

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:235(p)

1095

msgid "Make sure the <gui>Icon view</gui> is selected."

1096

msgstr ""

1097

1098

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:239(p)

1099

#, fuzzy

1100

#| msgid ""

1101

#| "Right-click on the selected item and choose <guimenuitem>Properties</"

1102

#| "guimenuitem>."

1103

msgid "Right-click on the shadow file and select <gui>copy</gui>."

1104

msgstr "Högerklicka på det markerade objektet och välj <guimenuitem>Egenskaper</guimenuitem>."

1105

1106

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:242(p)

1107

#, fuzzy

1108

#| msgid ""

1109

#| "Right-click on the selected item and choose <guimenuitem>Properties</"

1110

#| "guimenuitem>."

1111

msgid "Then right-click in the empty space and select <gui>paste</gui>."

1112

msgstr "Högerklicka på det markerade objektet och välj <guimenuitem>Egenskaper</guimenuitem>."

1113

1114

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:246(p)

1115

msgid "<link xref=\"files-rename\">Rename</link> the backup \"shadow.bak\"."

1116

msgstr ""

1117

1118

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:254(p)

1119

msgid "Edit the original \"shadow\" file with a text editor."

1120

msgstr ""

1121

1122

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:260(p)

1123

msgid "Find your username in for which you have forgotten the password. It should look something like this (the characters after the colon will be different):"

1124

msgstr ""

1125

1126

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:263(p)

1127

msgid "username:$1$2abCd0E or"

1128

msgstr ""

1129

1130

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:266(p)

1131

msgid "username:$1$2abCd0E:13721a:0:99999:7:::"

1132

msgstr ""

1133

1134

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:271(p)

1135

msgid "Replace the characters after the first colon (and before the second colon if it applies) with the hash for a blank password: U6aMy0wojraho"

1136

msgstr ""

1137

1138

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:274(p)

1139

msgid "Save the file, exit out of everything and reboot your computer without the live CD or USB."

1140

msgstr ""

1141

1142

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:279(p)

1143

msgid "When you boot back into your installation, type 'about me' in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Open <gui>About Me</gui> and reset your password."

1144

msgstr ""

1145

1146

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:284(p)

1147

msgid "For <gui>Current password</gui> do not enter anything, as your current password is blank. Just click <gui>Authenticate</gui> and enter a new password."

1148

msgstr ""

1149

1150

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:297(title)

1151

msgid "Get Rid of the Keyring Manager"

1152

msgstr ""

1153

1154

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:299(p)

1155

msgid "This will delete all your saved passwords for wireless networks, instant messaging accounts, etc. Only do this if you can't remember the password you used for your keyring."

1156

msgstr ""

1157

1158

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:304(p)

1159

msgid "Go to your Home folder by typing 'home' in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."

1160

msgstr ""

1161

1162

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:307(p)

1163

msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>h</key></keyseq> (or click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>.)"

1164

msgstr ""

1165

1166

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:310(p)

1167

#| msgid "Double-click on the folder in the view pane."

1168

msgid "Double click on the folder .gnome2"

1169

msgstr "Dubbelklicka på mappen .gnome2"

1170

1171

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:313(p)

1172

#, fuzzy

1173

#| msgid "Double-click on the folder in the view pane."

1174

msgid "Double click on the folder called keyrings."

1175

msgstr "Dubbelklicka på mappen i vypanelen."

1176

1177

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:316(p)

1178

msgid "Delete any files you find in the keyrings folder."

1179

msgstr ""

1180

1181

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:319(p)

1182

#| msgid "Regard the computer as idle after..."

1183

msgid "Restart the computer."

1184

msgstr "Starta om datorn."

1185

1186

#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:323(p)

1187

msgid "After you restart and log in you will be asked to enter your wireless networks password."

1188

msgstr ""

1189

1190

#: C/user-delete.page:7(desc)

1191

msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."

1192

msgstr ""

1193

1194

#: C/user-delete.page:12(email)

1195

#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:14(email)

1196

#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14(email)

1197

#: C/printing-booklet.page:14(email)

1198

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:15(email)

1199

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:15(email)

1200

#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:15(email)

1201

#: C/get-involved.page:13(email)

1202

msgid "tiffany@antopolski.com"

1203

msgstr "tiffany@antopolski.com"

1204

1205

#: C/user-delete.page:25(title)

1206

#| msgid "To delete a search domain"

1207

msgid "Delete a user account"

1208

msgstr "Ta bort ett användarkonto"

1209

1210

#: C/user-delete.page:27(p)

1211

msgid "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can delete that user's account."

1212

msgstr ""

1213

1214

#: C/user-delete.page:32(p)

1215

#: C/user-add.page:36(p)

1216

#: C/user-addguest.page:33(p)

1217

#: C/session-screenlocks.page:27(p)

1218

#: C/printing-setup.page:56(p)

1219

#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:32(p)

1220

#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25(p)

1221

#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:36(p)

1222

#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33(p)

1223

#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:28(p)

1224

#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:30(p)

1225

#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:33(p)

1226

#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:28(p)

1227

#: C/look-background.page:38(p)

1228

#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:32(p)

1229

#: C/display-lock.page:32(p)

1230

#: C/display-dimscreen.page:37(p)

1231

#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:39(p)

1232

#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:37(p)

1233

#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:37(p)

1234

msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."

1235

msgstr ""

1236

1237

#: C/user-delete.page:33(p)

1238

#: C/user-add.page:37(p)

1239

#: C/user-addguest.page:34(p)

1240

#| msgid "Click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>."

1241

msgid "Click <gui>User Accounts</gui>."

1242

msgstr "Klicka på <gui>Användarkonton</gui>."

1243

1244

#: C/user-delete.page:34(p)

1245

msgid "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the bottom-left corner and type your password to make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."

1246

msgstr ""

1247

1248

#: C/user-delete.page:37(p)

1249

msgid "Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui>-</gui> button."

1250

msgstr ""

1251

1252

#: C/user-delete.page:38(p)

1253

msgid "Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Delete the files if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."

1254

msgstr ""

1255

1256

#: C/user-changepicture.page:7(desc)

1257

msgid "Add a bit of your personality to your login and user screens."

1258

msgstr ""

1259

1260

#: C/user-changepicture.page:22(title)

1261

#| msgid "changing screen component"

1262

msgid "Change your login screen photo"

1263

msgstr "Ändra ditt foto på inloggningsskärmen"

1264

1265

#: C/user-changepicture.page:24(p)

1266

msgid "When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."

1267

msgstr ""

1268

1269

#: C/user-changepicture.page:30(p)

1270

#: C/user-changepassword.page:44(p)

1271

msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>My Account</gui>."

1272

msgstr ""

1273

1274

#: C/user-changepicture.page:31(p)

1275

msgid "Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for yourself."

1276

msgstr ""

1277

1278

#: C/user-changepicture.page:35(p)

1279

msgid "If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click <gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."

1280

msgstr ""

1281

1282

#: C/user-changepicture.page:37(p)

1283

msgid "If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking <gui>Take a photo</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the square outline to crop out the parts you don't want. If you don't like the picture you took, click <gui>Discard photo</gui> to try again, or <gui>Cancel</gui> to give up."

1284

msgstr ""

1285

1286

#: C/user-changepassword.page:9(desc)

1287

msgid "Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account settings."

1288

msgstr ""

1289

1290

#: C/user-changepassword.page:22(title)

1291

msgid "Change your password"

1292

msgstr "Välj ditt lösenord"

1293

1294

#: C/user-changepassword.page:26(p)

1295

msgid "We need a note in here about password hints. Share content with user-add"

1296

msgstr ""

1297

1298

#: C/user-changepassword.page:28(p)

1299

msgid "Turns out that you get a dialog to change the keyring password when you log in after changing your password. Mention that in a blurb above the steps above #changepass below. \"When you next log in, you will be asked to.... If you prefer to change the keyring password immediately, do this:"

1300

msgstr ""

1301

1302

#: C/user-changepassword.page:37(p)

1303

msgid "We need pages on the keyring. Link to them from the section below on changing your keyring password. This page can still go final for 3.0.x without that, but leave this comment in for 3.2."

1304

msgstr ""

1305

1306

#: C/user-changepassword.page:42(p)

1307

msgid "It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if you think someone else knows what your password is."

1308

msgstr ""

1309

1310

#: C/user-changepassword.page:45(p)

1311

msgid "Click the button label next to <gui>Password</gui>. It should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a password set."

1312

msgstr ""

1313

1314

#: C/user-changepassword.page:47(p)

1315

msgid "Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."

1316

msgstr ""

1317

1318

#: C/user-changepassword.page:49(p)

1319

#: C/user-add.page:58(p)

1320

msgid "You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful."

1321

msgstr ""

1322

1323

#: C/user-changepassword.page:53(p)

1324

#| msgid "Click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>."

1325

msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."

1326

msgstr "Klicka på <gui>Ändra</gui>."

1327

1328

#: C/user-changepassword.page:56(p)

1329

msgid "Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>. This will help to keep your user account safe."

1330

msgstr ""

1331

1332

#: C/user-changepassword.page:59(title)

1333

msgid "Change the keyring password"

1334

msgstr ""

1335

1336

#: C/user-changepassword.page:61(p)

1337

msgid "If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the keyring password. The keyring keeps you from having to remember lots of different passwords by just requiring one master password to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your keyring password will remain the same as your old password and so the keyring won't be unlocked automatically when you log in."

1338

msgstr ""

1339

1340

#: C/user-changepassword.page:65(p)

1341

msgid "To change your keyring password (to match your login password):"

1342

msgstr ""

1343

1344

#: C/user-changepassword.page:67(p)

1345

msgid "Open the <app>Passwords and Encryption Keys</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."

1346

msgstr ""

1347

1348

#: C/user-changepassword.page:69(p)

1349

msgid "In the <gui>Passwords</gui> tab, right-click on <gui>Passwords: login</gui>. Select <gui>Change Password</gui>."

1350

msgstr ""

1351

1352

#: C/user-changepassword.page:72(p)

1353

msgid "Enter your <gui>Old Password</gui>, followed by your new <gui>Password</gui>, and <gui>Confirm</gui> your new password by entering it again."

1354

msgstr ""

1355

1356

#: C/user-changepassword.page:75(p)

1357

#| msgid "Click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>."

1358

msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui>."

1359

msgstr "Klicka på <gui>OK</gui>."

1360

1361

#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8(desc)

1362

msgid "You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin privileges."

1363

msgstr ""

1364

1365

#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20(title)

1366

msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"

1367

msgstr ""

1368

1369

#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22(p)

1370

msgid "There are a few problems that you might experience because you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some things require you to have admin privileges in order to work, such as:"

1371

msgstr ""

1372

1373

#: C/user-admin-problems.page:26(p)

1374

msgid "Connecting to some networks/wireless networks"

1375

msgstr ""

1376

1377

#: C/user-admin-problems.page:29(p)

1378

msgid "Viewing the contents of a removable disk plugged-in to the computer, or the contents of a different disk partition (e.g. if you have a Windows partition)"

1379

msgstr ""

1380

1381

#: C/user-admin-problems.page:32(p)

1382

#| msgid "browsing applications"

1383

msgid "Installing new applications"

1384

msgstr "Installera nya program"

1385

1386

#: C/user-admin-problems.page:36(p)

1387

msgid "You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</link>."

1388

msgstr ""

1389

1390

#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8(desc)

1391

msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."

1392

msgstr ""

1393

1394

#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20(title)

1395

msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"

1396

msgstr ""

1397

1398

#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22(p)

1399

msgid "As well as the files that you create, your computer also has a number of files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these important system files are changed improperly they can cause various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are also protected."

1400

msgstr ""

1401

1402

#: C/user-admin-explain.page:24(p)

1403

msgid "The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with administrative privileges to change the files or use the applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges."

1404

msgstr ""

1405

1406

#: C/user-admin-explain.page:26(p)

1407

msgid "Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you can temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer (package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will be taken away again."

1408

msgstr ""

1409

1410

#: C/user-admin-explain.page:28(p)

1411

msgid "Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. If you aren't allowed any admin privileges, you will not be able to install software, for example. Some user accounts (for example, the \"root\" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change an important file and break something."

1412

msgstr ""

1413

1414

#: C/user-admin-explain.page:30(p)

1415

msgid "In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your system when you need to, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."

1416

msgstr ""

1417

1418

#: C/user-admin-explain.page:33(title)

1419

msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"

1420

msgstr ""

1421

1422

#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34(p)

1423

msgid "A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a super user. This is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</cmd>; these are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges."

1424

msgstr ""

1425

1426

#: C/user-admin-explain.page:38(title)

1427

msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"

1428

msgstr ""

1429

1430

#: C/user-admin-explain.page:39(p)

1431

msgid "Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, intentionally or unintentionally."

1432

msgstr ""

1433

1434

#: C/user-admin-explain.page:40(p)

1435

msgid "If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change an important file, or run an application which changes something important by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."

1436

msgstr ""

1437

1438

#: C/user-admin-explain.page:41(p)

1439

msgid "Only certain, trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security standpoint."

1440

msgstr ""

1441

1442

#: C/user-admin-change.page:10(desc)

1443

msgid "You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by giving them administrative privileges."

1444

msgstr ""

1445

1446

#: C/user-admin-change.page:21(title)

1447

msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"

1448

msgstr ""

1449

1450

#: C/user-admin-change.page:23(p)

1451

msgid "Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes."

1452

msgstr ""

1453

1454

#: C/user-admin-change.page:27(p)

1455

msgid "Click your name on the top bar, select <gui>System Settings</gui> and open <gui>User Accounts</gui>."

1456

msgstr ""

1457

1458

#: C/user-admin-change.page:31(p)

1459

msgid "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges yourself.)"

1460

msgstr ""

1461

1462

#: C/user-admin-change.page:35(p)

1463

#, fuzzy

1464

#| msgid "Select the folder where you want to create the new document."

1465

msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change and then click the option next to <gui>Account type</gui>."

1466

msgstr "Välj mappen där du vill skapa det nya dokumentet."

1467

1468

#: C/user-admin-change.page:42(p)

1469

msgid "Choose <gui>Administrator</gui> if you want the user to be able to perform administrative tasks, like installing new applications."

1470

msgstr ""

1471

1472

#: C/user-admin-change.page:45(p)

1473

msgid "Choose <gui>Standard</gui> if you don't want the user to be able to perform admin tasks."

1474

msgstr ""

1475

1476

#: C/user-admin-change.page:48(p)

1477

msgid "Choose <gui>Supervised</gui> if you want the user to have an extra-secure user account which has extra restrictions on things like connecting to networks. Use this option if the user is someone you don't know (e.g. a \"guest user\"), or who may try to make unwanted changes to the system."

1478

msgstr ""

1479

1480

#: C/user-admin-change.page:54(p)

1481

msgid "Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when they next log in."

1482

msgstr ""

1483

1484

#: C/user-admin-change.page:59(p)

1485

msgid "The first user account on the system is usually the one that has admin privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first installed the system."

1486

msgstr ""

1487

1488

#: C/user-admin-change.page:64(p)

1489

msgid "Explain how admin privileges can be given to other people, or removed. Warn the reader about how it's unwise to have too many admins on a system."

1490

msgstr ""

1491

1492

#: C/user-add.page:8(desc)

1493

msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."

1494

msgstr ""

1495

1496

#: C/user-add.page:23(title)

1497

#| msgid "To add a new search domain"

1498

msgid "Add a new user account"

1499

msgstr "Lägg till ett nytt användarkonto"

1500

1501

#: C/user-add.page:27(p)

1502

msgid "We need a note in here about password hints. Share content with user-changepassword"

1503

msgstr ""

1504

1505

#: C/user-add.page:31(p)

1506

msgid "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home folder, documents, and settings."

1507

msgstr ""

1508

1509

#: C/user-add.page:38(p)

1510

#: C/user-addguest.page:35(p)

1511

msgid "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the bottom-left corner and type your password to make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."

1512

msgstr ""

1513

1514

#: C/user-add.page:41(p)

1515

#: C/user-addguest.page:38(p)

1516

msgid "In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new user account."

1517

msgstr ""

1518

1519

#: C/user-add.page:43(p)

1520

msgid "If you want the new user to have administrative access to the computer, select <gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date and time."

1521

msgstr ""

1522

1523

#: C/user-add.page:47(p)

1524

msgid "Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if you like. Click <gui>Create</gui> when you're done."

1525

msgstr ""

1526

1527

#: C/user-add.page:50(p)

1528

msgid "The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the user's password. Under <gui>Login Options</gui> click the button label next to <gui>Password</gui>. Use the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list to set the password now, allow the user to log in without a password, or have the user set their password the first time they log in."

1529

msgstr ""

1530

1531

#: C/user-add.page:55(p)

1532

msgid "If you choose <gui>Set a password now</gui>, have the user type their password in the <gui>New password</gui> and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/>."

1533

msgstr ""

1534

1535

#: C/user-add.page:64(p)

1536

msgid "If you like, you can click the image next to the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."

1537

msgstr ""

1538

1539

#: C/user-addguest.page:7(desc)

1540

msgid "Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give them a password."

1541

msgstr ""

1542

1543

#: C/user-addguest.page:26(title)

1544

msgid "Add a guest user account"

1545

msgstr ""

1546

1547

#: C/user-addguest.page:28(p)

1548

msgid "You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the computer on a brief, temporary basis. The guest user will be able to use the programs on your computer, but they won't be able to access your files, mess with your settings, or install software."

1549

msgstr ""

1550

1551

#: C/user-addguest.page:31(title)

1552

msgid "Create a guest user account:"

1553

msgstr ""

1554

1555

#: C/user-addguest.page:40(p)

1556

msgid "Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the guest account administrative access. Then give the account a name like Guest, or any other name you like. The username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if you like. Click <gui>Create</gui> when you're done."

1557

msgstr ""

1558

1559

#: C/user-addguest.page:45(p)

1560

msgid "The new guest user account will be selected. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the button label next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be presented with a window with password options. From the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."

1561

msgstr ""

1562

1563

#: C/user-addguest.page:51(p)

1564

msgid "If you like, you can click the image next to the guest user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."

1565

msgstr ""

1566

1567

#: C/user-accounts.page:7(title)

1568

#| msgid "Usage"

1569

msgid "Users"

1570

msgstr "Användare"

1571

1572

#: C/user-accounts.page:8(desc)

1573

msgid "<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-addguest\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>..."

1574

msgstr ""

1575

1576

#: C/user-accounts.page:24(title)

1577

#| msgid "seconds"

1578

msgid "User accounts"

1579

msgstr "Användarkonton"

1580

1581

#: C/user-accounts.page:26(p)

1582

msgid "Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user account if you know the password."

1583

msgstr ""

1584

1585

#: C/user-accounts.page:30(title)

1586

#| msgid "Actions"

1587

msgid "Accounts"

1588

msgstr "Konton"

1589

1590

#: C/user-accounts.page:32(title)

1591

msgid "Manage user accounts"

1592

msgstr "Hantera användarkonton"

1593

1594

#: C/user-accounts.page:36(title)

1595

#| msgid "Password"

1596

msgid "Passwords"

1597

msgstr "Lösenord"

1598

1599

#: C/user-accounts.page:41(title)

1600

msgid "Privileges"

1601

msgstr ""

1602

1603

#: C/user-accounts.page:43(title)

1604

msgid "User privileges"

1605

msgstr ""

1606

1607

#: C/tips-specialchars.page:16(desc)

1608

msgid "Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, mathematical symbols, and dingbats."

1609

msgstr ""

1610

1611

#: C/tips-specialchars.page:21(title)

1612

msgid "Enter special characters"

1613

msgstr ""

1614

1615

#: C/tips-specialchars.page:25(p)

1616

msgid "Marking complete for 3.0. We didn't get keyboard-inputmethods in. If we get it for 3.0.1, uncomment the last section, write something, and link."

1617

msgstr ""

1618

1619

#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30(p)

1620

msgid "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some different ways you can enter special characters."

1621

msgstr ""

1622

1623

#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35(title)

1624

msgid "Methods to enter characters"

1625

msgstr ""

1626

1627

#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39(title)

1628

msgid "Character map"

1629

msgstr ""

1630

1631

#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40(p)

1632

msgid "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it."

1633

msgstr ""

1634

1635

#: C/tips-specialchars.page:43(p)

1636

msgid "You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. For more information on the character map, see the <link href=\"ghelp:gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."

1637

msgstr ""

1638

1639

#: C/tips-specialchars.page:49(title)

1640

#| msgid "mouse keys"

1641

msgid "Compose key"

1642

msgstr "Compose-tangent"

1643

1644

#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50(p)

1645

msgid "A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter é, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then <key>e</key>."

1646

msgstr ""

1647

1648

#: C/tips-specialchars.page:54(p)

1649

msgid "Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."

1650

msgstr ""

1651

1652

#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57(title)

1653

msgid "Define a compose key"

1654

msgstr ""

1655

1656

#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58(p)

1657

#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:47(p)

1658

#: C/sound-usemic.page:38(p)

1659

#: C/sound-alert.page:27(p)

1660

#: C/session-language.page:35(p)

1661

#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:29(p)

1662

#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:28(p)

1663

#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:33(p)

1664

msgid "Click your name in the top bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."

1665

msgstr ""

1666

1667

#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60(p)

1668

#: C/session-language.page:36(p)

1669

#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30(p)

1670

msgid "Click <gui>Region and Language</gui>."

1671

msgstr "Klicka på <gui>Region och språk</gui>."

1672

1673

#: C/tips-specialchars.page:61(p)

1674

msgid "Select the <gui>Layouts</gui> tab and click <gui>Options</gui>."

1675

msgstr ""

1676

1677

#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63(p)

1678

msgid "Find the group called <gui>Compose key position</gui>. Select the key or keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like <key>Caps Lock</key>, either of the <key>Alt</key> keys, or the menu key. Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer work for their original purpose."

1679

msgstr ""

1680

1681

#: C/tips-specialchars.page:70(p)

1682

msgid "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"

1683

msgstr ""

1684

1685

#: C/tips-specialchars.page:73(p)

1686

msgid "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute accent over that letter, such as é."

1687

msgstr ""

1688

1689

#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75(p)

1690

msgid "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to place a grave accent over that letter, such as è."

1691

msgstr ""

1692

1693

#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78(p)

1694

msgid "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut over that letter, such as ë."

1695

msgstr ""

1696

1697

#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80(p)

1698

msgid "Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron over that letter, such as ē."

1699

msgstr ""

1700

1701

#: C/tips-specialchars.page:83(p)

1702

msgid "For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on Wikipedia</link>."

1703

msgstr ""

1704

1705

#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89(title)

1706

#, fuzzy

1707

#| msgid "mouse pointers"

1708

msgid "Code points"

1709

msgstr "muspekare"

1710

1711

#: C/tips-specialchars.page:90(p)

1712

msgid "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the <gui>Character Details</gui> tab. The code point is the four characters after <gui>U+</gui>."

1713

msgstr ""

1714

1715

#: C/tips-specialchars.page:96(p)

1716

msgid "To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If you often use characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter them quickly."

1717

msgstr ""

1718

1719

#: C/tips-specialchars.page:105(title)

1720

#| msgid "Keyboard Layout Options"

1721

msgid "Keyboard layouts"

1722

msgstr "Tangentbordslayouter"

1723

1724

#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106(p)

1725

msgid "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To learn how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."

1726

msgstr ""

1727

1728

#: C/tips.page:14(desc)

1729

msgid "<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>..."

1730

msgstr "<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Specialtecken</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">genvägar för mittenklick</link>..."

1731

1732

#: C/tips.page:18(title)

1733

msgid "Tips & tricks"

1734

msgstr "Tips och tricks"

1735

1736

#: C/sound-volume.page:14(desc)

1737

msgid "Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each application."

1738

msgstr ""

1739

1740

#: C/sound-volume.page:19(title)

1741

msgid "Change the sound volume"

1742

msgstr "Ändra ljudvolymen"

1743

1744

#: C/sound-volume.page:21(p)

1745

msgid "To change the sound volume, click the volume icon on the top bar and move the volume slider up or down. You can completely turn off sound by checking <gui>Mute</gui>."

1746

msgstr ""

1747

1748

#: C/sound-volume.page:23(p)

1749

msgid "Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look like stylized speakers with \"waves\" coming out of them, and are often near the \"F\" keys (e.g. <key>F7</key>)."

1750

msgstr ""

1751

1752

#: C/sound-volume.page:25(p)

1753

msgid "Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a volume control too."

1754

msgstr ""

1755

1756

#: C/sound-volume.page:28(title)

1757

msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"

1758

msgstr ""

1759

1760

#: C/sound-volume.page:29(p)

1761

msgid "You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing the web, for example - you might want to turn off the volume in the web browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music."

1762

msgstr ""

1763

1764

#: C/sound-volume.page:30(p)

1765

msgid "Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, click the volume icon on the top bar and click <gui>Sound Preferences</gui>. Go to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change the volume of the application there."

1766

msgstr ""

1767

1768

#: C/sound-volume.page:31(p)

1769

msgid "Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its volume."

1770

msgstr ""

1771

1772

#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:15(desc)

1773

msgid "Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."

1774

msgstr ""

1775

1776

#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19(title)

1777

msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"

1778

msgstr ""

1779

1780

#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:21(p)

1781

msgid "You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers usually either connect using a circular TRS (tip, ring, sleeve) plug or with USB."

1782

msgstr ""

1783

1784

#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25(p)

1785

msgid "If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the default device."

1786

msgstr ""

1787

1788

#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:31(p)

1789

msgid "Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound settings. Click your name in the top bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui>, then click <gui>Sound</gui>. On the <gui>Hardware</gui> tab, select your speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui>Test Speakers</gui>. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker."

1790

msgstr ""

1791

1792

#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:40(p)

1793

msgid "If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."

1794

msgstr ""

1795

1796

#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:46(title)

1797

#: C/sound-usemic.page:37(title)

1798

msgid "Select a default audio input device"

1799

msgstr ""

1800

1801

#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:48(p)

1802

#: C/sound-usemic.page:39(p)

1803

#: C/sound-alert.page:28(p)

1804

#| msgid "Click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>."

1805

msgid "Click <gui>Sound</gui>."

1806

msgstr "Klicka på <gui>Ljud</gui>."

1807

1808

#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:49(p)

1809

msgid "On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select the device in the list of devices."

1810

msgstr ""

1811

1812

#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52(p)

1813

msgid "If you don't see your device on the <gui>Output</gui> tab, check the <gui>Hardware</gui> tab. Select your device and try different profiles."

1814

msgstr ""

1815

1816

#: C/sound-usemic.page:14(desc)

1817

msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."

1818

msgstr ""

1819

1820

#: C/sound-usemic.page:18(title)

1821

#| msgid "Using a Different Language"

1822

msgid "Use a different microphone"

1823

msgstr "Använd en annan mikrofon"

1824

1825

#: C/sound-usemic.page:20(p)

1826

msgid "You can use an external microphone for audio conferencing, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam with a microphone, a separate microphone could provide better audio quality."

1827

msgstr ""

1828

1829

#: C/sound-usemic.page:25(p)

1830

msgid "If your microphone has a circular TS (tip, sleeve) plug, plug it into the appropriate socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to the socket. Microphones plugged into a TS socket will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a default input device."

1831

msgstr ""

1832

1833

#: C/sound-usemic.page:32(p)

1834

msgid "If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which microphone to use by default."

1835

msgstr ""

1836

1837

#: C/sound-usemic.page:40(p)

1838

msgid "On the <gui>Input</gui> tab, select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should respond when you speak."

1839

msgstr ""

1840

1841

#: C/sound-usemic.page:44(p)

1842

msgid "If you don't see your device on the <gui>Input</gui> tab, check the <gui>Hardware</gui> tab. Make sure the profile for the device includes \"input\"."

1843

msgstr ""

1844

1845

#: C/sound-nosound.page:8(desc)

1846

msgid "Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the sound card is detected."

1847

msgstr ""

1848

1849

#: C/sound-nosound.page:20(title)

1850

msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"

1851

msgstr ""

1852

1853

#: C/sound-nosound.page:22(p)

1854

msgid "If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to play some music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the problem."

1855

msgstr ""

1856

1857

#: C/sound-nosound.page:25(title)

1858

msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"

1859

msgstr ""

1860

1861

#: C/sound-nosound.page:26(p)

1862

msgid "Click the sound icon on the top panel (it looks like a speaker) and make sure that the sound is not muted or turned right down."

1863

msgstr ""

1864

1865

#: C/sound-nosound.page:27(p)

1866

msgid "Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that key to see if it unmutes the sound."

1867

msgstr ""

1868

1869

#: C/sound-nosound.page:28(p)

1870

msgid "You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check that. Also, click the sound icon on the top panel and choose <gui>Sound Preferences</gui>. When the <gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not muted on there."

1871

msgstr ""

1872

1873

#: C/sound-nosound.page:32(title)

1874

msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"

1875

msgstr ""

1876

1877

#: C/sound-nosound.page:33(p)

1878

msgid "If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back of the computer. This socket is usually light green in color."

1879

msgstr ""

1880

1881

#: C/sound-nosound.page:35(p)

1882

msgid "Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to see if that works."

1883

msgstr ""

1884

1885

#: C/sound-nosound.page:37(p)

1886

msgid "A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."

1887

msgstr ""

1888

1889

#: C/sound-nosound.page:41(title)

1890

#, fuzzy

1891

#| msgid "The name of the file or folder is selected."

1892

msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"

1893

msgstr "Namnet på filen eller mappen är markerat."

1894

1895

#: C/sound-nosound.page:42(p)

1896

msgid "Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to choose the right one."

1897

msgstr ""

1898

1899

#: C/sound-nosound.page:45(p)

1900

msgid "Click the sound icon on the top panel and select <gui>Sound Preferences</gui>."

1901

msgstr ""

1902

1903

#: C/sound-nosound.page:48(p)

1904

msgid "In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Hardware</gui> tab. Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work)."

1905

msgstr ""

1906

1907

#: C/sound-nosound.page:51(p)

1908

msgid "For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list and try each profile."

1909

msgstr ""

1910

1911

#: C/sound-nosound.page:54(p)

1912

msgid "If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other devices that are listed."

1913

msgstr ""

1914

1915

#: C/sound-nosound.page:57(p)

1916

msgid "Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab too."

1917

msgstr ""

1918

1919

#: C/sound-nosound.page:63(title)

1920

msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"

1921

msgstr ""

1922

1923

#: C/sound-nosound.page:64(p)

1924

msgid "Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card are not installed."

1925

msgstr ""

1926

1927

#: C/sound-nosound.page:67(p)

1928

msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."

1929

msgstr ""

1930

1931

#: C/sound-nosound.page:70(p)

1932

msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."

1933

msgstr ""

1934

1935

#: C/sound-nosound.page:73(p)

1936

msgid "A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."

1937

msgstr ""

1938

1939

#: C/sound-nosound.page:77(p)

1940

msgid "If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."

1941

msgstr ""

1942

1943

#: C/sound-nosound.page:79(p)

1944

msgid "You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command in the Terminal. You may have to run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">superuser</link>; either type <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type your password, or type <cmd>su</cmd>, enter the root (administrative) password, then type <cmd>lspci</cmd>. See if an audio controller or audio device is listed—it should have the sound card's make and model number. <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with more detailed information."

1945

msgstr ""

1946

1947

#: C/sound-nosound.page:81(p)

1948

msgid "You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It's best to ask on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for instructions."

1949

msgstr ""

1950

1951

#: C/sound-nosound.page:83(p)

1952

msgid "If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the computer and external USB sound cards."

1953

msgstr ""

1954

1955

#: C/sound-crackle.page:8(desc)

1956

msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."

1957

msgstr ""

1958

1959

#: C/sound-crackle.page:20(title)

1960

msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"

1961

msgstr ""

1962

1963

#: C/sound-crackle.page:22(p)

1964

msgid "If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem with the drivers for the sound card."

1965

msgstr ""

1966

1967

#: C/sound-crackle.page:26(p)

1968

msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."

1969

msgstr ""

1970

1971

#: C/sound-crackle.page:27(p)

1972

msgid "If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."

1973

msgstr ""

1974

1975

#: C/sound-crackle.page:31(p)

1976

msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."

1977

msgstr ""

1978

1979

#: C/sound-crackle.page:32(p)

1980

msgid "Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may need to replace the cable or headphones."

1981

msgstr ""

1982

1983

#: C/sound-crackle.page:36(p)

1984

msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."

1985

msgstr ""

1986

1987

#: C/sound-crackle.page:37(p)

1988

msgid "Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term \"Linux\", to see if other people are having the same problem."

1989

msgstr ""

1990

1991

#: C/sound-crackle.page:38(p)

1992

msgid "You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your sound card."

1993

msgstr ""

1994

1995

#: C/sound-crackle.page:44(p)

1996

msgid "Are we shipping any sort of device manager? If we do (or even if we recommend one, but people need to install it), and if you can get all the information you need about the sound card from that, we should link to that for getting info on your sound card."

1997

msgstr ""

1998

1999

#: C/sound-broken.page:9(desc)

2000

msgid "Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."

2001

msgstr ""

2002

2003

#: C/sound-broken.page:21(title)

2004

msgid "The sound is broken on my computer!"

2005

msgstr "Ljudet är trasigt på min dator!"

2006

2007

#: C/sound-broken.page:23(p)

2008

msgid "There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"

2009

msgstr ""

2010

2011

#: C/sound-alert.page:14(desc)

2012

msgid "Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable alert sounds."

2013

msgstr ""

2014

2015

#: C/sound-alert.page:19(title)

2016

msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"

2017

msgstr ""

2018

2019

#: C/sound-alert.page:21(p)

2020

msgid "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."

2021

msgstr ""

2022

2023

#: C/sound-alert.page:29(p)

2024

msgid "On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will play when you click on it so you can hear what it sounds like."

2025

msgstr ""

2026

2027

#: C/sound-alert.page:33(p)

2028

msgid "Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, and other audio playback."

2029

msgstr ""

2030

2031

#: C/sound-alert.page:37(p)

2032

msgid "To disable alert sounds entirely, just select <gui>Mute</gui>."

2033

msgstr ""

2034

2035

#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:11(desc)

2036

msgid "Go to the Activities overview and click one of the workspaces in the list on the right-hand side of the screen."

2037

msgstr ""

2038

2039

#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24(title)

2040

#| msgid "Switching Between Workspaces"

2041

msgid "Switch between workspaces"

2042

msgstr "Växla mellan arbetsytor"

2043

2044

#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:28(title)

2045

#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:69(title)

2046

msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"

2047

msgstr ""

2048

2049

#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29(p)

2050

msgid "If you have multiple workspaces open, you can click on each workspace to view the open windows on each workspace."

2051

msgstr ""

2052

2053

#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:33(title)

2054

msgid "From workspace and <gui>Activity</gui> overview:"

2055

msgstr ""

2056

2057

#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:37(p)

2058

#| msgid ""

2059

#| "Press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>right "

2060

#| "arrow</keycap></keycombo> to switch to the workspace on the right of the "

2061

#| "current workspace."

2062

msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace."

2063

msgstr "Tryck <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> för att flytta till en arbetsyta som är ovanför den aktuella arbetsytan."

2064

2065

#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:42(p)

2066

#| msgid ""

2067

#| "Press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>right "

2068

#| "arrow</keycap></keycombo> to switch to the workspace on the right of the "

2069

#| "current workspace."

2070

msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is below the current workspace."

2071

msgstr "Tryck <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> för att flytta till en arbetsyta som är nedanför den aktuella arbetsytan."

2072

2073

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

2074

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

2075

#: C/shell-workspaces.page:25(None)

2076

#| msgid ""

2077

#| "@@image: 'figures/lockscreen_icon.png'; "

2078

#| "md5=a5937cc295f73c51d54a0761ae924000"

2079

msgid "@@image: 'figures/shell-workspaces.png'; md5=7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea"

2080

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/shell-workspaces.png'; md5=7bff363fa97b90b297adcd52bd20d6ea"

2081

2082

#: C/shell-workspaces.page:9(desc)

2083

msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."

2084

msgstr ""

2085

2086

#: C/shell-workspaces.page:22(title)

2087

msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"

2088

msgstr ""

2089

2090

#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26(p)

2091

#: C/shell-terminology.page:66(title)

2092

#, fuzzy

2093

#| msgid "Workspaces"

2094

msgid "Workspace selector"

2095

msgstr "Arbetsytor"

2096

2097

#: C/shell-workspaces.page:29(p)

2098

msgid "Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create many workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."

2099

msgstr ""

2100

2101

#: C/shell-workspaces.page:31(p)

2102

msgid "You could use workspaces to organize your work. For example, you could have all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program on one workspace and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music manager could be on a third workspace."

2103

msgstr ""

2104

2105

#: C/shell-workspaces.page:33(p)

2106

msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most side of the screen. A vertical panel will appear with your current workspaces plus an extra empty (having no open application windows on it) workspace."

2107

msgstr ""

2108

2109

#: C/shell-workspaces.page:36(p)

2110

msgid "To add a workspace, move a window from an existing workspace onto the empty workspace in the right panel. To do this, click on an application window in a workspace and drag and drop it onto the empty workspace. This workspace now contains the window you dropped into it, and a new empty workspace should appear at the bottom of the workspace panel."

2111

msgstr ""

2112

2113

#: C/shell-workspaces.page:39(p)

2114

msgid "To remove a workspace simply close all the window in it, or move the window onto a previous workspace."

2115

msgstr ""

2116

2117

#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45(p)

2118

msgid "There is always at least one workspace."

2119

msgstr ""

2120

2121

#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:11(desc)

2122

msgid "Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace."

2123

msgstr ""

2124

2125

#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:24(title)

2126

#| msgid "Show windows from current workspace"

2127

msgid "Move windows to a different workspace"

2128

msgstr "Flytta fönster till en annan arbetsyta"

2129

2130

#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26(p)

2131

msgid "You can move a window between workspaces:"

2132

msgstr ""

2133

2134

#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:30(p)

2135

msgid "Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and make sure you're looking at the <gui>Windows</gui> view."

2136

msgstr ""

2137

2138

#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33(p)

2139

#| msgid "Select a theme in the list of themes."

2140

msgid "Click and drag the window to the right of the screen."

2141

msgstr "Klicka och dra fönstret till höger av skärmen."

2142

2143

#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:36(p)

2144

msgid "The panel with the workspaces will appear."

2145

msgstr ""

2146

2147

#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:39(p)

2148

msgid "Drop the window onto the empty workspace. This will move the window to a new workspace and a new empty workspace will be created."

2149

msgstr ""

2150

2151

#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43(p)

2152

msgid "A faster way of moving windows between workspaces is by using the keyboard:"

2153

msgstr ""

2154

2155

#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:45(p)

2156

msgid "Click on the window to make it live."

2157

msgstr ""

2158

2159

#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:49(p)

2160

#, fuzzy

2161

#| msgid ""

2162

#| "Press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>right "

2163

#| "arrow</keycap></keycombo> to switch to the workspace on the right of the "

2164

#| "current workspace."

2165

msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> to move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace."

2166

msgstr "Tryck <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>högerpil</keycap></keycombo> för att växla till arbetsytan till höger om den aktuella arbetsytan."

2167

2168

#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:52(p)

2169

#, fuzzy

2170

#| msgid ""

2171

#| "Press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>right "

2172

#| "arrow</keycap></keycombo> to switch to the workspace on the right of the "

2173

#| "current workspace."

2174

msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key> ↓</key></keyseq> to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace."

2175

msgstr "Tryck <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>högerpil</keycap></keycombo> för att växla till arbetsytan till höger om den aktuella arbetsytan."

2176

2177

#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:11(desc)

2178

#, fuzzy

2179

#| msgid ""

2180

#| "Press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>up arrow</keycap></keycombo>."

2181

msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."

2182

msgstr "Tryck <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>uppåtpil</keycap></keycombo>."

2183

2184

#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:22(title)

2185

#| msgid "switching between"

2186

msgid "Switch between windows"

2187

msgstr "Växla mellan fönster"

2188

2189

#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:26(p)

2190

msgid "More prose, talk about Alt+`. Maybe a screenshot. 3.0.1"

2191

msgstr ""

2192

2193

#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:32(title)

2194

#| msgid "workspace"

2195

msgid "From a workspace:"

2196

msgstr "Från en arbetsyta:"

2197

2198

#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:34(p)

2199

#, fuzzy

2200

#| msgid ""

2201

#| "Press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>up arrow</keycap></keycombo>."

2202

msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to switch between windows."

2203

msgstr "Tryck <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>uppåtpil</keycap></keycombo>."

2204

2205

#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:39(p)

2206

msgid "The windows are grouped by application and the previews of the applications with multiple windows are available as you click through. The previews show up after a short delay, but you can get them immediately by clicking the ↓ arrow key."

2207

msgstr ""

2208

2209

#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46(p)

2210

msgid "The applications running on other workspaces are displayed after a vertical separator. Including all applications in the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> makes switching between tasks a single step process and provides you with a full picture of what applications are running."

2211

msgstr ""

2212

2213

#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52(p)

2214

msgid "You can move between the preview windows with the → or ← arrow keys or with the mouse pointer."

2215

msgstr ""

2216

2217

#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55(p)

2218

msgid "Previews of applications with a single window are only available when the ↓ arrow is explicitly hit."

2219

msgstr ""

2220

2221

#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58(p)

2222

msgid "It is possible to switch to any window by moving to it with the mouse and clicking."

2223

msgstr ""

2224

2225

#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:70(p)

2226

msgid "Click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to it and leave the overview. If you have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspaces</link> open, you can click on each workspace to view the open windows on each workspace."

2227

msgstr ""

2228

2229

#: C/shell-windows-states.page:9(desc)

2230

msgid "Restore, resize, arrange and hide."

2231

msgstr ""

2232

2233

#: C/shell-windows-states.page:21(title)

2234

msgid "Window operations and modes"

2235

msgstr ""

2236

2237

#: C/shell-windows-states.page:24(p)

2238

msgid "Make more task-based. Maybe split up. Overview doesn't seem as useful as it could be. Revisit hide/minimize terminology. 3.0.1."

2239

msgstr ""

2240

2241

#: C/shell-windows-states.page:28(p)

2242

msgid "Windows work in a very similar way to windows on other operating systems."

2243

msgstr ""

2244

2245

#: C/shell-windows-states.page:32(p)

2246

#: C/shell-windows.page:45(p)

2247

msgid "Briefly explain the different window states that exist and how you can use and recognize those states. Discuss interesting ways of arranging windows (i.e. if there is a \"Tile\" option or something like that). Mention, in passing, how you can move and resize windows in multiple ways."

2248

msgstr ""

2249

2250

#: C/shell-windows-states.page:35(title)

2251

#| msgid "Minimize the window"

2252

msgid "Minimize, restore and close"

2253

msgstr "Minimera, återställ och stäng"

2254

2255

#: C/shell-windows-states.page:40(title)

2256

#| msgid "Minimize Windows"

2257

msgid "Minimize"

2258

msgstr "Minimera"

2259

2260

#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41(p)

2261

#| msgid "To minimize a window"

2262

msgid "To minimize a window, you can:"

2263

msgstr "För att minimera ett fönster kan du:"

2264

2265

#: C/shell-windows-states.page:44(p)

2266

msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window menu. Then press <key>n</key>."

2267

msgstr ""

2268

2269

#: C/shell-windows-states.page:48(p)

2270

msgid "The window 'disappears' into the top left hand corner. It can be <link xref=\"shell-windows-lost\">retrieved</link> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview or by pressing <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to tab through the different open application windows."

2271

msgstr ""

2272

2273

#: C/shell-windows-states.page:56(title)

2274

#| msgid "Colors"

2275

msgid "Close"

2276

msgstr "Stäng"

2277

2278

#: C/shell-windows-states.page:57(p)

2279

#| msgid "Close the window"

2280

msgid "To close the window:"

2281

msgstr "För att stänga fönstret:"

2282

2283

#: C/shell-windows-states.page:60(p)

2284

msgid "Click the <gui> x </gui> in the top right hand corner of the window, or"

2285

msgstr ""

2286

2287

#: C/shell-windows-states.page:65(p)

2288

#| msgid ""

2289

#| "Press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Return</keycap></keycombo>."

2290

msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>, or"

2291

msgstr "Tryck <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq> eller"

2292

2293

#: C/shell-windows-states.page:70(p)

2294

msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window menu. Then press <key>c</key>."

2295

msgstr ""

2296

2297

#: C/shell-windows-states.page:80(title)

2298

#| msgid "Resize the window"

2299

msgid "Resize a window"

2300

msgstr "Ändra storlek på ett fönster"

2301

2302

#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83(p)

2303

msgid "To resize a window, your window first needs to be unmaximized."

2304

msgstr ""

2305

2306

#: C/shell-windows-states.page:87(p)

2307

msgid "The simplest way to resize your window in the horizontal and/or vertical direction is to move the mouse pointer up to the top left corner of the window until it changes into a 'corner-pointer'. When it becomes a 'corner-pointer', click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction."

2308

msgstr ""

2309

2310

#: C/shell-windows-states.page:91(p)

2311

msgid "You can also resize only in the horizontal direction by moving the mouse pointer to the left side of the window until it changes into a 'side-pointer'. When it becomes a 'side-pointer', click+hold+drag to resize the window in the horizontal direction."

2312

msgstr ""

2313

2314

#: C/shell-windows-states.page:95(p)

2315

msgid "To resize in the vertical direction, move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. When it does, click+hold+drag to resize the window in the vertical direction."

2316

msgstr ""

2317

2318

#: C/shell-windows-states.page:101(title)

2319

#| msgid "Show windows from current workspace"

2320

msgid "Ways to arrange windows in your workspace"

2321

msgstr "Olika sätt att arrangera fönster i din arbetsyta"

2322

2323

#: C/shell-windows-states.page:102(p)

2324

msgid "You can automatically arrange two windows side by side. <key>Alt</key> + click and drag one window towards the left until the cursor touches the left side of the screen. The left half of the screen becomes highlighted. Unclick, and your window should automatically take up exactly half your screen. Do the same thing for another window, dragging it to the right side."

2325

msgstr ""

2326

2327

#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108(title)

2328

msgid "Hide windows from view"

2329

msgstr ""

2330

2331

#: C/shell-windows-states.page:109(p)

2332

msgid "To hide a window from view, you can just <link xref=\"shell-windows-states#min-rest-close\">minimize</link> it. It will 'disappear' into the top left hand corner of the window. To be able to access it, enter the <gui>Activities</gui> view."

2333

msgstr ""

2334

2335

#: C/shell-windows.page:10(desc)

2336

#| msgid "position and size of current window"

2337

msgid "Move and organize your windows."

2338

msgstr "Flytta och organisera dina fönster."

2339

2340

#: C/shell-windows.page:22(title)

2341

#| msgid "Show windows from all workspaces"

2342

msgid "Windows and workspaces"

2343

msgstr "Fönster och arbetsytor"

2344

2345

#: C/shell-windows.page:24(p)

2346

msgid "Like other desktops, Gnome uses windows to display your running applications. Using both the <gui>overview</gui> and the <gui>dash</gui>, you can launch new applications and control which window is active."

2347

msgstr ""

2348

2349

#: C/shell-windows.page:26(p)

2350

msgid "In addition to windows, you can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these features."

2351

msgstr ""

2352

2353

#: C/shell-windows.page:46(p)

2354

msgid "Very brief overview of what you can do with windows. Link to relevant topics."

2355

msgstr ""

2356

2357

#: C/shell-windows.page:49(title)

2358

#| msgid "Working with Files"

2359

msgid "Working with windows"

2360

msgstr "Arbeta med fönster"

2361

2362

#: C/shell-windows.page:53(title)

2363

#| msgid "Working with Files"

2364

msgid "Working with workspaces"

2365

msgstr "Arbeta med arbetsytor"

2366

2367

#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:10(desc)

2368

#, fuzzy

2369

#| msgid "Double-click the file."

2370

msgid "Double click on the top title bar."

2371

msgstr "Dubbelklicka på filen."

2372

2373

#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23(title)

2374

#, fuzzy

2375

#| msgid "Unmaximize the window"

2376

msgid "Maximize and unmaximize (restore) a window"

2377

msgstr "Avmaximera fönstret"

2378

2379

#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25(p)

2380

#, fuzzy

2381

#| msgid "To minimize a window"

2382

msgid "To maximize or unmaximize a window, you can:"

2383

msgstr "Minimera ett fönster"

2384

2385

#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:27(p)

2386

#, fuzzy

2387

#| msgid "Double-click on the folder in the view pane."

2388

msgid "Double-click on the title bar of the window."

2389

msgstr "Dubbelklicka på mappen i vypanelen."

2390

2391

#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:31(p)

2392

msgid "To maximize a window, click on the <gui>title bar</gui> of an application, and drag it to the top of the screen. When the <gui>mouse pointer</gui> touches the very top of the screen, the entire screen becomes highlighted. Release the mouse button to maximize the screen."

2393

msgstr ""

2394

2395

#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:37(p)

2396

msgid "To restore the window to its original size, click on the <gui>title bar</gui> of the application, and drag it down from the <gui>top bar</gui>. After the window separates from the <gui>top bar</gui> it will restore itself to an unmaximized state."

2397

msgstr ""

2398

2399

#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:44(p)

2400

msgid "Pressing <key>Alt</key> + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move the window. Some people may find this easier than needing to click in the <gui>title bar</gui> of an application."

2401

msgstr ""

2402

2403

#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:47(p)

2404

msgid "You can also use your keyboard to maximize a window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window menu, and then press <key>x</key>."

2405

msgstr ""

2406

2407

#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:10(desc)

2408

msgid "Check the activities overview or look at other workspaces."

2409

msgstr ""

2410

2411

#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:21(title)

2412

#| msgid "Dialog windows"

2413

msgid "Find a lost window"

2414

msgstr "Hitta ett förlorat fönster"

2415

2416

#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:22(p)

2417

msgid "You may have put the window on a different workspace, or it might be hidden behind another window. You can find it again by using the activities overview."

2418

msgstr ""

2419

2420

#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26(p)

2421

msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</link> and make sure the <gui>Windows</gui> view is selected (rather than <gui>Applications</gui>). If the window you're looking for is on the <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</link> that you're currently using, it will be displayed here. Simply click the window once you've found it to display it again."

2422

msgstr ""

2423

2424

#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:29(p)

2425

msgid "If it is not displayed here, it might be on a different workspace. Click on the different workspaces (in the list on the right-hand side of the screen) to try to find your window."

2426

msgstr ""

2427

2428

#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:32(p)

2429

msgid "You can also right-click on the application in the dash. All open windows of an application will be listed. You can click on the window you wish to switch to in the list."

2430

msgstr ""

2431

2432

#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:36(p)

2433

msgid "A faster method of finding a window is to use the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> window switcher. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and press <key>Tab</key>. Still holding-down the <key>Alt</key> key, press <gui>Tab</gui> to cycle through the list of open windows, or <keyseq><key>Tab</key><key>Shift</key></keyseq> to cycle through it backwards."

2434

msgstr ""

2435

2436

#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:38(p)

2437

msgid "If an application has multiple open windows, there is an arrow below the application icon which is seen when tabbing through the apps. Pressing the down arrow on your keyboard will allow you to tab through the multiple windows."

2438

msgstr ""

2439

2440

#: C/shell-terminology.page:8(desc)

2441

msgid "An overview of terms used to describe different parts of the desktop."

2442

msgstr ""

2443

2444

#: C/shell-terminology.page:20(title)

2445

msgid "Activities, dash, top bar... What are they?"

2446

msgstr ""

2447

2448

#: C/shell-terminology.page:26(title)

2449

#: C/shell-introduction.page:47(title)

2450

msgid "Activities overview"

2451

msgstr ""

2452

2453

#: C/shell-terminology.page:27(p)

2454

msgid "The activities overview is the screen that's displayed when you click the <gui>Activities</gui> button at the top left of the screen."

2455

msgstr ""

2456

2457

#: C/shell-terminology.page:31(title)

2458

#, fuzzy

2459

#| msgid "Flash window titlebar"

2460

msgid "Alt-Tab window switcher"

2461

msgstr "Blink fönstertitelrad"

2462

2463

#: C/shell-terminology.page:32(p)

2464

msgid "When you hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and then press <key>Tab</key>, a window switcher appears. This shows a list of the windows you have open, with a preview and the name of the currently-selected window."

2465

msgstr ""

2466

2467

#: C/shell-terminology.page:36(title)

2468

#, fuzzy

2469

#| msgid "Trash"

2470

msgid "Dash"

2471

msgstr "Papperskorg"

2472

2473

#: C/shell-terminology.page:37(p)

2474

msgid "The dash is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on the left-hand side of the activities overview. Applications that are currently running are also shown here. The dash is sometimes referred to as the dock."

2475

msgstr ""

2476

2477

#: C/shell-terminology.page:41(title)

2478

msgid "Hot corner"

2479

msgstr ""

2480

2481

#: C/shell-terminology.page:42(p)

2482

msgid "The hot corner is the corner at the top left of the screen. When you move the pointer there, the activities overview opens."

2483

msgstr ""

2484

2485

#: C/shell-terminology.page:46(title)

2486

#| msgid "Notification Area"

2487

msgid "Notifications"

2488

msgstr "Notifieringar"

2489

2490

#: C/shell-terminology.page:47(p)

2491

msgid "Notifications are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, telling you that something just happened. For example, when someone chatting with you sends a message, a message will pop up to tell you. If you don't want to deal with a message right now, it hides to your messaging tray. Move your mouse to the bottom-right corner to see your messaging tray."

2492

msgstr ""

2493

2494

#: C/shell-terminology.page:51(title)

2495

#: C/backup-what.page:39(title)

2496

#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:57(p)

2497

#| msgid "System Bell Settings"

2498

msgid "System settings"

2499

msgstr "Systeminställningar"

2500

2501

#: C/shell-terminology.page:52(p)

2502

msgid "The System Settings are where you can change preferences and so on, similar to the Control Panel in Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui> to access them."

2503

msgstr ""

2504

2505

#: C/shell-terminology.page:56(title)

2506

#, fuzzy

2507

#| msgid "Toolbar"

2508

msgid "Top bar"

2509

msgstr "Verktygsrad"

2510

2511

#: C/shell-terminology.page:57(p)

2512

msgid "The top bar is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. The <gui>Activities</gui> button is on one end of the top bar and your user name is on the other."

2513

msgstr ""

2514

2515

#: C/shell-terminology.page:61(title)

2516

#| msgid "Workspaces"

2517

msgid "Workspace"

2518

msgstr "Arbetsyta"

2519

2520

#: C/shell-terminology.page:62(p)

2521

msgid "You can put windows on different workspaces. They are a convenient way of grouping and separating windows."

2522

msgstr ""

2523

2524

#: C/shell-terminology.page:67(p)

2525

msgid "The workspace selector is the list of workspaces that is shown on the right-hand side of the <gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities overview."

2526

msgstr ""

2527

2528

#: C/shell-session-status.page:11(desc)

2529

msgid "Change your chat status and hide notifications."

2530

msgstr ""

2531

2532

#: C/shell-session-status.page:23(title)

2533

msgid "Change your availability"

2534

msgstr ""

2535

2536

#: C/shell-session-status.page:25(p)

2537

msgid "If you're working on something and don't want to be bothered, you can change your status to <gui>Busy</gui>. Just click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Busy</gui>."

2538

msgstr ""

2539

2540

#: C/shell-session-status.page:29(p)

2541

msgid "When you're marked busy, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be available in the messaging tray when you move your mouse to the bottom right corner, and they will be shown to you when you mark yourself available again."

2542

msgstr ""

2543

2544

#: C/shell-session-status.page:36(p)

2545

msgid "If you use GNOME's built-in instant messaging features, this will also change your availability to your chat contacts, so they know not to disturb you."

2546

msgstr ""

2547

2548

#: C/shell-overview.page:9(title)

2549

#| msgid "overview"

2550

msgid "Overview"

2551

msgstr "Översikt"

2552

2553

#: C/shell-overview.page:11(desc)

2554

#| msgid "You can choose fonts for the following parts of the desktop:"

2555

msgid "An overview of the different parts of the desktop."

2556

msgstr "En översikt över de olika delarna av skrivbordet."

2557

2558

#: C/shell-overview.page:22(title)

2559

#| msgid "From the desktop"

2560

msgid "Overview of the desktop"

2561

msgstr "Översikt av skrivbordet"

2562

2563

#: C/shell-overview.page:27(title)

2564

msgid "The Desktop"

2565

msgstr "Skrivbordet"

2566

2567

#: C/shell-overview.page:31(title)

2568

#| msgid "Application windows"

2569

msgid "Applications and windows"

2570

msgstr "Program och fönster"

2571

2572

#: C/shell-overview.page:35(title)

2573

#| msgid "moving files and folders"

2574

msgid "Files and folders"

2575

msgstr "Filer och mappar"

2576

2577

#: C/shell-notifications.page:9(desc)

2578

msgid "Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events happen."

2579

msgstr ""

2580

2581

#: C/shell-notifications.page:13(name)

2582

msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"

2583

msgstr "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"

2584

2585

#: C/shell-notifications.page:14(email)

2586

msgid "marinaz@redhat.com"

2587

msgstr "marinaz@redhat.com"

2588

2589

#: C/shell-notifications.page:20(title)

2590

msgid "Notifications and the Messaging Tray"

2591

msgstr ""

2592

2593

#: C/shell-notifications.page:23(title)

2594

msgid "What's a notification?"

2595

msgstr "Vad är en notifiering?"

2596

2597

#: C/shell-notifications.page:24(p)

2598

msgid "If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a notification will be shown at the bottom of the screen."

2599

msgstr ""

2600

2601

#: C/shell-notifications.page:25(p)

2602

msgid "For example, if you get a new chat message, new updates are available for your computer, or your computer’s battery is low, you will get a notification informing you about that."

2603

msgstr ""

2604

2605

#: C/shell-notifications.page:26(p)

2606

msgid "The notification will first appear as a single line, so as to be least distracting. You can move your mouse over it if you want to see its full content."

2607

msgstr ""

2608

2609

#: C/shell-notifications.page:30(title)

2610

msgid "The Messaging Tray"

2611

msgstr ""

2612

2613

#: C/shell-notifications.page:31(p)

2614

msgid "The Messaging Tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom right corner of the screen and contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."

2615

msgstr ""

2616

2617

#: C/shell-notifications.page:32(p)

2618

msgid "You can view the notifications by clicking on the Messaging Tray items. The items in the Messaging Tray are usually applications that sent you notifications. However, chat notifications are given a special treatment and are represented by the individual contacts who sent you the chat messages."

2619

msgstr ""

2620

2621

#: C/shell-notifications.page:33(p)

2622

msgid "The Messaging Tray is always visible in the Activities Overview."

2623

msgstr ""

2624

2625

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:9(desc)

2626

msgid "Getting around the desktop using the keyboard."

2627

msgstr ""

2628

2629

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:21(title)

2630

#| msgid "keyboard shortcuts"

2631

msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"

2632

msgstr "Användbara tangentbordsgenvägar"

2633

2634

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24(title)

2635

#| msgid "From the desktop"

2636

msgid "Getting around the desktop"

2637

msgstr "Ta sig runt på skrivbordet"

2638

2639

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:26(p)

2640

msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <link xref=\"windows-key\">windows key</link>"

2641

msgstr ""

2642

2643

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:28(p)

2644

msgid "Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop."

2645

msgstr ""

2646

2647

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:31(key)

2648

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:34(key)

2649

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:39(key)

2650

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47(key)

2651

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:53(key)

2652

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:57(key)

2653

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:61(key)

2654

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:65(key)

2655

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:101(key)

2656

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:105(key)

474

2657

msgid "Alt"

475

2658

msgstr "Alt"

476

2659

477

#: C/gostools.xml:116(para)

2660

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:31(key)

2661

msgid "F2"

2662

msgstr "F2"

2663

2664

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:31(p)

2665

msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"

2666

msgstr ""

2667

2668

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:34(key)

2669

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47(key)

2670

msgid "Tab"

2671

msgstr "Tab"

2672

2673

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:35(p)

2674

msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows.</link> Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."

2675

msgstr ""

2676

2677

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:39(key)

2678

msgid "`"

2679

msgstr ""

2680

2681

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40(p)

2682

msgid "Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected application after <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."

2683

msgstr ""

2684

2685

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42(p)

2686

msgid "This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Alt</key> plus whatever key is above <key>Tab</key>."

2687

msgstr ""

2688

2689

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47(key)

2690

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:53(key)

2691

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:57(key)

2692

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:61(key)

2693

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:65(key)

2694

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73(key)

2695

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:77(key)

2696

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81(key)

2697

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:85(key)

2698

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:89(key)

2699

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:105(key)

2700

msgid "Ctrl"

2701

msgstr "Ctrl"

2702

2703

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48(p)

2704

msgid "Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, applications list, and search field."

2705

msgstr ""

2706

2707

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:53(key)

2708

msgid "D"

2709

msgstr "D"

2710

2711

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:54(p)

2712

#| msgid "Minimize all windows and give focus to the desktop."

2713

msgid "Hide all windows and show the desktop."

2714

msgstr "Dölj alla fönster och visa skrivbordet."

2715

2716

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:57(key)

2717

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:61(key)

2718

msgid "Up/Down"

2719

msgstr ""

2720

2721

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58(link)

2722

#| msgid "Switching Between Workspaces"

2723

msgid "Switch between workspaces."

2724

msgstr "Växla mellan arbetsytor."

2725

2726

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:61(key)

2727

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:105(key)

2728

msgid "Shift"

2729

msgstr "Skift"

2730

2731

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:62(link)

2732

#, fuzzy

2733

#| msgid "Save the current document to disk."

2734

msgid "Move the current window to a different workspace."

2735

msgstr "Spara aktuellt dokument till disk."

2736

2737

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:65(key)

2738

msgid "L"

2739

msgstr ""

2740

2741

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:66(link)

2742

#| msgid "Lock Screen"

2743

msgid "Lock the screen."

2744

msgstr "Lås skärmen."

2745

2746

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:71(title)

2747

#, fuzzy

2748

#| msgid "Using shortcut keys"

2749

msgid "Common editing shortcuts"

2750

msgstr "Med tangentgenvägar"

2751

2752

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73(key)

2753

msgid "A"

2754

msgstr ""

2755

2756

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:74(p)

2757

#| msgid "Select all items in a folder"

2758

msgid "Select all text or items in a list."

2759

msgstr "Markera all text eller alla objekt i en lista."

2760

2761

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:77(key)

2762

msgid "X"

2763

msgstr "X"

2764

2765

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:78(p)

2766

#, fuzzy

2767

#| msgid "Cut the selected text or region and place it on the clipboard."

2768

msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."

2769

msgstr "Klipp ut markerad text eller område och placera det i urklipp."

2770

2771

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81(key)

2772

msgid "C"

2773

msgstr "C"

2774

2775

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:82(p)

2776

#| msgid "Copy the selected text or region onto the clipboard."

2777

msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."

2778

msgstr "Kopiera markerad text eller objekt till urklipp."

2779

2780

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:85(key)

2781

msgid "V"

2782

msgstr "V"

2783

2784

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86(p)

2785

msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."

2786

msgstr "Klistra in innehållet i urklipp."

2787

2788

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:89(key)

2789

msgid "Z"

2790

msgstr "Z"

2791

2792

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90(p)

2793

msgid "Undo the last action."

2794

msgstr "Ångra senaste åtgärden."

2795

2796

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:95(title)

2797

msgid "Capturing from the screen"

2798

msgstr ""

2799

2800

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:97(key)

2801

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:101(key)

2802

#, fuzzy

2803

#| msgid "Port"

2804

msgid "Print"

2805

msgstr "Port"

2806

2807

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98(p)

2808

#| msgid "Taking Screenshots"

2809

msgid "Take a screenshot."

2810

msgstr "Ta en skärmbild."

2811

2812

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102(p)

478

2813

#| msgid "Takes a screenshot of the window that has focus."

479

msgid "Takes a screenshot of the window which is active."

480

msgstr "Tar en skärmbild av fönstret som är aktivt."

481

482

#: C/gostools.xml:122(para)

483

msgid "You can use the <link linkend=\"prefs-keyboard-shortcuts\"><application>Keyboard Shortcuts</application> preference tool</link> to modify the default shortcut keys."

484

msgstr "Du kan använda <link linkend=\"prefs-keyboard-shortcuts\">inställningsverktyget för <application>Tangentbordsgenvägar</application></link> för att ändra standardgenvägarna."

485

486

#: C/gostools.xml:126(para)

487

msgid "From the Menubar"

488

msgstr "Från skrivbordsmenyn"

489

490

#: C/gostools.xml:127(para)

491

msgid "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu><guimenuitem>Accessories</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Take Screenshot</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

492

msgstr "Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Program</guimenu><guimenuitem>Tillbehör</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Ta en skärmbild</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

493

494

#: C/gostools.xml:131(para)

495

msgid "From the Terminal"

496

msgstr "Från terminalen"

497

498

#: C/gostools.xml:132(para)

499

msgid "You can use the <command>gnome-screenshot</command> command to take a screenshot. The <command>gnome-screenshot</command> command takes a screenshot of the entire screen, and displays the <guilabel>Save Screenshot</guilabel> dialog. Use the <guilabel>Save Screenshot</guilabel> dialog to save the screenshot."

500

msgstr "Du kan använda kommandot <command>gnome-screenshot</command> för att ta en skärmbild. Kommandot <command>gnome-screenshot</command> tar en skärmbild av hela skärmen, och visar dialogrutan <guilabel>Spara skärmbild</guilabel>. Använd dialogrutan <guilabel>Spara skärmbild</guilabel> för att spara skärmbilden."

501

502

#: C/gostools.xml:138(para)

503

msgid "You can also use options on the <command>gnome-screenshot</command> command as follows:"

504

msgstr "Du kan också använda följande flaggor till kommandot <command>gnome-screenshot</command>:"

505

506

#: C/gostools.xml:149(para)

507

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1220(para)

508

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3922(para)

509

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4063(para)

510

msgid "Option"

511

msgstr "Flagga"

512

513

#: C/gostools.xml:160(command)

514

msgid "--window"

515

msgstr "--window"

516

517

#: C/gostools.xml:164(para)

518

msgid "Takes a screenshot of the window that has focus."

519

msgstr "Tar en skärmbild av fönstret som har fokus."

520

521

#: C/gostools.xml:170(replaceable)

522

msgid "seconds"

523

msgstr "sekunder"

524

525

#: C/gostools.xml:170(command)

526

msgid "--delay=<placeholder-1/>"

527

msgstr "--delay=<placeholder-1/>"

528

529

#: C/gostools.xml:174(para)

530

msgid "Takes a screenshot after the specified number of seconds, and displays the <guilabel>Save Screenshot</guilabel> dialog. Use the <guilabel>Save Screenshot</guilabel> dialog to save the screenshot."

531

msgstr "Tar en skärmbild efter det specificerade antalet sekunder, och visar sedan <guilabel>Spara skärmbild</guilabel>-dialogen. Använd dialogen <guilabel>Spara skärmbild</guilabel> för att spara skärmbilden."

532

533

#: C/gostools.xml:185(command)

534

msgid "--include-border"

535

msgstr "--include-border"

536

537

#: C/gostools.xml:189(para)

538

msgid "Takes a screenshot including the border of the window."

539

msgstr "Tar en skärmbild inklusive fönstrets ram."

540

541

#: C/gostools.xml:195(command)

542

msgid "--remove-border"

543

msgstr "--remove-border"

544

545

#: C/gostools.xml:199(para)

546

msgid "Takes a screenshot without the border of the window."

547

msgstr "Tar en skärmbild utan fönstrets ram."

548

549

#: C/gostools.xml:205(command)

550

msgid "--border-effect=shadow"

551

msgstr "--border-effect=shadow"

552

553

#: C/gostools.xml:209(para)

554

#| msgid "Takes a screenshot and adds a shadow bevel effect arround it."

555

msgid "Takes a screenshot and adds a shadow bevel effect around it."

556

msgstr "Tar en skärmbild och lägger till en skuggeffekt runt den."

557

558

#: C/gostools.xml:215(command)

559

msgid "--border-effect=border"

560

msgstr "--border-effect=border"

561

562

#: C/gostools.xml:219(para)

563

#| msgid "Takes a screenshot and adds a border effect arround it."

564

msgid "Takes a screenshot and adds a border effect around it."

565

msgstr "Tar en skärmbild och lägger till en rameffekt runt den."

566

567

#: C/gostools.xml:225(command)

568

msgid "--interactive"

569

msgstr "--interactive"

570

571

#: C/gostools.xml:229(para)

572

msgid "Opens a window that lets you set options before taking the screenshot."

573

msgstr "Öppnar ett fönster som låter dig ställa in alternativ innan du tar skärmbilden."

574

575

#: C/gostools.xml:235(command)

576

msgid "--help"

577

msgstr "--help"

578

579

#: C/gostools.xml:239(para)

580

msgid "Displays the options for the command."

581

msgstr "Visar flaggor för kommandot."

582

583

#: C/gostools.xml:248(para)

584

msgid "When you take a screenshot, the <guilabel>Save Screenshot</guilabel> dialog opens. To save the screenshot as an image file, enter the filename for the screenshot, choose a location from the drop-down list and click the <guilabel>Save</guilabel> button. You can also use the <guilabel>Copy to Clipboard</guilabel> button to copy the image to the clipboard or transfer it to another application by drag-and-drop."

585

msgstr "När du tar en skärmbild så öppnas dialogen <guilabel>Spara skärmbild</guilabel>. För att spara skärmbilden som en bildfil, ange filnamnet för skärmbilden, välj en plats från rullgardinslistan och klicka på knappen <guilabel>Spara</guilabel>. Du kan även använda knappen <guilabel>Kopiera till urklipp</guilabel> för att kopiera bilden till urklipp eller överföra den till ett annat program genom att dra och släppa den."

586

587

#: C/gostools.xml:258(title)

588

msgid "Yelp Help Browser"

589

msgstr "Hjälpbläddraren Yelp"

590

591

#: C/gostools.xml:260(primary)

592

msgid "Yelp"

593

msgstr "Yelp"

594

595

#: C/gostools.xml:265(title)

596

#: C/gospanel.xml:15(title)

597

#: C/gosoverview.xml:30(title)

598

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:41(title)

599

msgid "Introduction"

600

msgstr "Introduktion"

601

602

#: C/gostools.xml:267(para)

603

msgid "The <application>Yelp Help Browser</application> application allows you to view documentation regarding GNOME and other components through a variety of formats. These formats include docbook files, HTML help pages, man pages and info pages (support for man pages and info pages may optionally be compiled in). Despite the different formats supported, Yelp does its best to provide a unified look and feel regardless of the original document format."

604

msgstr "<application>Hjälpbläddraren Yelp</application> visar dig dokumentation om GNOME och andra komponenter från ett stort antal format. De här formaten inkluderar docbook-filer, HTML-hjälpsidor, man-sidor och info-sidor (stöd för man- och info-sidor går att kompilera in). Trotts de olika format som stöds gör Yelp sitt bästa för att ge alla dokument samma utseende och uppförande."

605

606

#: C/gostools.xml:274(para)

607

msgid "<application>Yelp Help Browser</application> is internationalised, meaning that it has support to view documents in different languages. The documents must be localised or translated for each language and installed properly for Yelp Help Browser to be able to view them."

608

msgstr "<application>Hjälpbläddraren Yelp</application> är internationaliserad, vilket betyder att den har stöd för att visa dokument på olika språk. Dokumenten måste lokalanpassas eller översättas för varje språk och installeras korrekt för att Hjälpbläddraren Yelp ska kunna visa dem."

609

610

#: C/gostools.xml:283(title)

611

msgid "Starting Yelp"

612

msgstr "Starta Yelp"

613

614

#: C/gostools.xml:286(title)

615

msgid "To Start <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>"

616

msgstr "För att starta <application>Hjälpbläddraren Yelp</application>"

617

618

#: C/gostools.xml:288(para)

619

msgid "You can start <application>Yelp Help Browser</application> in the following ways:"

620

msgstr "Du kan starta <application>Hjälpbläddraren Yelp</application> på följande sätt:"

621

622

#: C/gostools.xml:292(term)

623

msgid "<guimenu>System</guimenu> Menu"

624

msgstr "<guimenu>System</guimenu>-menyn"

625

626

#: C/gostools.xml:295(para)

627

msgid "Choose <application>Help</application>"

628

msgstr "Välj <application>Hjälp</application>"

629

630

#: C/gostools.xml:300(term)

631

msgid "Command Line"

632

msgstr "Kommandorad"

633

634

#: C/gostools.xml:303(para)

635

msgid "Execute the following command: <command>yelp</command>"

636

msgstr "Kör följande kommando: <command>yelp</command>"

637

638

#: C/gostools.xml:311(title)

639

msgid "Interface"

640

msgstr "Gränssnitt"

641

642

#: C/gostools.xml:313(para)

643

msgid "When you start <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>, you will see the following window appear."

644

msgstr "När du startar <application>Hjälpbläddraren Yelp</application> kommer du att se följande fönster."

645

646

#: C/gostools.xml:317(title)

647

msgid "<application>Yelp Help Browser</application> Window"

648

msgstr "<application>Yelp</application>-fönster"

649

650

#: C/gostools.xml:316(para)

651

msgid "<placeholder-1/><application>Yelp Help Browser</application> contains the following elements in <xref linkend=\"fig-yelp-window\"/>"

652

msgstr "<placeholder-1/><application>Hjälpbläddraren Yelp</application> innehåller följande element i <xref linkend=\"fig-yelp-window\"/>"

653

654

#: C/gostools.xml:329(interface)

655

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:205(para)

656

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:394(para)

657

msgid "Menubar"

658

msgstr "Menyrad"

659

660

# Det här bör felrapporteras.

661

# Fil (Egenskaper för programstartare) användas på annat ställe och även Arkiv (meny)

662

# DENNA SKA VARA OK NU

663

#: C/gostools.xml:334(guimenu)

664

msgid "File"

665

msgstr "Arkiv"

666

667

#: C/gostools.xml:337(para)

668

msgid "Use this menu to Open a New Window, view the About this Document page, Print the current document, or Close the window."

669

msgstr "Använd den här menyn för att öppna ett nytt fönster, visa en sida om detta dokumentet, skriva ut det här dokumentet, eller stänga fönstret."

670

671

#: C/gostools.xml:344(guimenu)

672

msgid "Edit"

673

msgstr "Redigera"

674

675

#: C/gostools.xml:347(para)

676

msgid "Use this menu to Copy, Select all, Find..., or to set your Preferences."

677

msgstr "Använd den här menyn för att kopiera, markera allt, söka eller för att göra inställningar."

678

679

#: C/gostools.xml:353(guimenu)

680

msgid "Go"

681

msgstr "Gå"

682

683

#: C/gostools.xml:356(para)

684

msgid "Use this menu to navigate Back, Forward, to the Help Topics page. When viewing a DocBook document, use this menu to navigate to the Next Section, Previous Section or to the Contents."

685

msgstr "Använd den här menyn för att gå bakåt, framåt eller till sidan för hjälprubriker. När du visar ett DocBook-dokument kan du använda den här menyn för att gå till nästa avsnitt, föregående avsnitt eller till innehållsförteckningen."

686

687

#: C/gostools.xml:364(guimenu)

688

msgid "Bookmarks"

689

msgstr "Bokmärken"

690

691

#: C/gostools.xml:367(para)

692

msgid "Use this menu to Add Bookmark(s), or Edit Bookmark(s)."

693

msgstr "Använd den här menyn för att lägga till eller redigera bokmärken."

694

695

#: C/gostools.xml:373(guimenu)

696

msgid "Help"

697

msgstr "Hjälp"

698

699

#: C/gostools.xml:376(para)

700

msgid "View information about Yelp Help Browser and contributors to the project through the <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem> menuitem. Open this document with the <guimenuitem>Contents</guimenuitem> menuitem or by pressing <keycap>F1</keycap>."

701

msgstr "Visa information om Hjälpbläddraren Yelp och de som bidragit till projektet genom menyvalet <guimenuitem>Om</guimenuitem>. Oppna det här dokumentet genom att välja <guimenuitem>Innehåll</guimenuitem> eller genom att trycka på <keycap>F1</keycap>."

702

703

#: C/gostools.xml:388(interface)

704

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:408(para)

705

msgid "Toolbar"

706

msgstr "Verktygsrad"

707

708

#: C/gostools.xml:393(guibutton)

709

msgid "Back"

710

msgstr "Bakåt"

711

712

#: C/gostools.xml:396(para)

713

msgid "Use this button to navigate back in your document history."

714

msgstr "Använd den här knappen för att gå bakåt i din dokumenthistorik."

715

716

#: C/gostools.xml:402(guibutton)

717

msgid "Forward"

718

msgstr "Framåt"

719

720

#: C/gostools.xml:405(para)

721

msgid "Use this button to navigate forward in your document history."

722

msgstr "Använd den här knappen för att gå framåt i din dokumenthistorik."

723

724

#: C/gostools.xml:411(guibutton)

725

msgid "Help Topics"

726

msgstr "Hjälprubriker"

727

728

#: C/gostools.xml:414(para)

729

msgid "Use this button to return to the main table of contents (shown in <xref linkend=\"fig-yelp-window\"/>)."

730

msgstr "Använd den här knappen för att gå till huvudinnehållsförteckningen (visas i <xref linkend=\"fig-yelp-window\"/>)."

731

732

#: C/gostools.xml:423(interface)

733

msgid "Browser Pane"

734

msgstr "Bläddrarpanel"

735

736

#: C/gostools.xml:426(para)

737

msgid "The browser pane is where you will be presented with the table of contents or the documentation. Use the table of contents to navigate to the documentation you need."

738

msgstr "Bläddrarpanelen är där du kommer presenteras av innehållsförteckningen eller dokumentationen. Använd innehållsförteckningen för att navigera till dokumentet du behöver."

739

740

#: C/gostools.xml:438(title)

741

msgid "Using Yelp"

742

msgstr "Använda Yelp"

743

744

#: C/gostools.xml:441(title)

745

msgid "Open a Document"

746

msgstr "Öppna ett dokument"

747

748

#: C/gostools.xml:447(para)

749

#| msgid ""

750

#| "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>Help</guimenu><guimenuitem>Contents</"

751

#| "guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

752

msgid "In an application, click <menuchoice><guimenu>Help</guimenu><guimenuitem>Contents</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

753

msgstr "I ett program, klicka på <menuchoice><guimenu>Hjälp</guimenu><guimenuitem>Innehåll</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

754

755

#: C/gostools.xml:455(para)

756

#| msgid ""

757

#| "To open a document in <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>, use "

758

#| "the Table of Contents to navigate to the desired document."

759

msgid "Use the Table of Contents to navigate to the desired document."

760

msgstr "Använd innehållsförteckningen för att navigera till önskat dokument."

761

762

#: C/gostools.xml:458(para)

763

msgid "You can drag a Docbook XML file from Nautilus to the Yelp window or launcher."

764

msgstr "Du kan dra en Docbook XML-fil från Nautilus till Yelp-fönstret eller programstartare."

765

766

#: C/gostools.xml:461(para)

767

#| msgid "Press the <keycap>Backspace</keycap> key."

768

msgid "Press the <keycap>F1</keycap> key."

769

msgstr "Tryck på <keycap>F1</keycap>-tangenten."

770

771

#: C/gostools.xml:443(para)

772

#| msgid ""

773

#| "To set your preferences in <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>:"

774

msgid "To open a document in <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>: <placeholder-1/>"

775

msgstr "För att öppna ett dokument i <application>Hjälpbläddraren Yelp</application>: <placeholder-1/>"

776

777

#: C/gostools.xml:466(para)

778

msgid "Alternatively, you may view a particular document by invoking Yelp Help Browser from the command line or dragging files to Yelp. See <xref linkend=\"yelp-open-specific\"/> for more on this."

779

msgstr "Du kan även visa ett specifikt dokument genom att anropa Hjälpbläddraren Yelp från kommandoraden eller genom att dra filer till Yelp. Se <xref linkend=\"yelp-open-specific\"/> för mer information om det här."

780

781

#: C/gostools.xml:472(title)

782

msgid "Open a New Window"

783

msgstr "Öppna ett nytt fönster"

784

785

#: C/gostools.xml:474(para)

786

msgid "To open a new window:"

787

msgstr "För att öppna ett nytt fönster:"

788

789

#: C/gostools.xml:478(para)

790

msgid "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>New Window</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

791

msgstr "Klicka på <menuchoice><guimenu>Arkiv</guimenu><guimenuitem>Nytt fönster</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

792

793

#: C/gostools.xml:486(para)

794

msgid "Use the key combination <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>N</keycap></keycombo>"

795

msgstr "Använd tangentkombinationen <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>N</keycap></keycombo>"

796

797

#: C/gostools.xml:493(title)

798

msgid "About This Document"

799

msgstr "Om detta dokument"

800

801

#: C/gostools.xml:495(para)

802

msgid "To view information about the currently open document:"

803

msgstr "För att visa information om det öppnade dokumentet:"

804

805

#: C/gostools.xml:499(para)

806

msgid "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>About This Document</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

807

msgstr "Klicka på <menuchoice><guimenu>Arkiv</guimenu><guimenuitem>Om detta dokument</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

808

809

#: C/gostools.xml:506(para)

810

msgid "This option is only available for DocBook documentation. Legal notices and documentation contributors are usually listed in this section."

811

msgstr "Det här alternativet finns endast för DocBook-dokumentation. Juridiska noteringar och en lista över vilka som hjälpt till med dokumentationen finns vanligtvis i det här avsnittet."

812

813

#: C/gostools.xml:513(title)

814

msgid "Print a Page"

815

msgstr "Skriv ut en sida"

816

817

#: C/gostools.xml:515(para)

818

msgid "To print any page that you are able to view in <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>:"

819

msgstr "För att skriva ut en sida du kan se i <application>Hjälpbläddraren Yelp</application>:"

820

821

#: C/gostools.xml:519(para)

822

msgid "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Print this Page</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

823

msgstr "Klicka på <menuchoice><guimenu>Arkiv</guimenu><guimenuitem>Skriv ut den här sidan</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

824

825

#: C/gostools.xml:529(title)

826

msgid "Print a Document"

2814

msgid "Take a screenshot of a window."

2815

msgstr "Ta en skärmbild av ett fönster."

2816

2817

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:105(key)

2818

msgid "R"

2819

msgstr ""

2820

2821

#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106(link)

2822

msgid "Start and end screencast recording."

2823

msgstr ""

2824

2825

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

2826

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

2827

#: C/shell-introduction.page:34(None)

2828

#| msgid ""

2829

#| "@@image: 'figures/open_drawer.png'; md5=ce13f1ec9eaed826ef4e113de0cd5d9c"

2830

msgid "@@image: 'figures/shell-top-bar.png'; md5=cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd"

2831

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/shell-top-bar.png'; md5=cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd"

2832

2833

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

2834

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

2835

#: C/shell-introduction.page:50(None)

2836

#| msgid ""

2837

#| "@@image: 'figures/hyperlink_pointer.png'; "

2838

#| "md5=41030ede726c6f3d9f1bd1f05456f3f6"

2839

msgid "@@image: 'figures/shell-activities.png'; md5=e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2"

2840

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/shell-activities.png'; md5=e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2"

2841

2842

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

2843

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

2844

#: C/shell-introduction.page:62(None)

2845

#| msgid ""

2846

#| "@@image: 'figures/yelp_edit_bookmarks.png'; "

2847

#| "md5=6fb478c10bb9df68dc8d82f3ed4ac89b"

2848

msgid "@@image: 'figures/shell-dash.png'; md5=6743f2c22420cb61bf0f1885f3ca8876"

2849

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/shell-dash.png'; md5=6743f2c22420cb61bf0f1885f3ca8876"

2850

2851

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

2852

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

2853

#: C/shell-introduction.page:96(None)

2854

#: C/clock-calendar.page:28(None)

2855

#| msgid ""

2856

#| "@@image: 'figures/naut_search_results.png'; "

2857

#| "md5=cdb07b97b638c6157d40d57373fcc5d4"

2858

msgid "@@image: 'figures/shell-appts.png'; md5=a8fd39344b169993fcd49eed38a55c5f"

2859

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/shell-appts.png'; md5=a8fd39344b169993fcd49eed38a55c5f"

2860

2861

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

2862

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

2863

#: C/shell-introduction.page:114(None)

2864

#| msgid ""

2865

#| "@@image: 'figures/hyperlink_pointer.png'; "

2866

#| "md5=41030ede726c6f3d9f1bd1f05456f3f6"

2867

msgid "@@image: 'figures/shell-exit.png'; md5=92aa5189eefa383d710da00cf52fb339"

2868

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/shell-exit.png'; md5=92aa5189eefa383d710da00cf52fb339"

2869

2870

#: C/shell-introduction.page:9(desc)

2871

msgid "A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities overview."

2872

msgstr ""

2873

2874

#: C/shell-introduction.page:22(title)

2875

#| msgid "Introduction"

2876

msgid "Introduction to GNOME"

2877

msgstr "Introduktion till GNOME"

2878

2879

#: C/shell-introduction.page:26(p)

2880

msgid "Add a section on messages for 3.0.1"

2881

msgstr ""

2882

2883

#: C/shell-introduction.page:29(p)

2884

msgid "GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you first log in, you will see an empty desktop and the top bar."

2885

msgstr ""

2886

2887

#: C/shell-introduction.page:35(p)

2888

msgid "GNOME shell top bar"

2889

msgstr ""

2890

2891

#: C/shell-introduction.page:38(p)

2892

msgid "The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar and appointments, and system properties like sound, networking, and power. Under your name in the top bar, you can set your availability, change your profile or settings, log out or switch users, or turn off your computer."

2893

msgstr ""

2894

2895

#: C/shell-introduction.page:51(p)

2896

#| msgid "action buttons"

2897

msgid "Activities button"

2898

msgstr "Aktiviteter-knappen"

2899

2900

#: C/shell-introduction.page:54(p)

2901

msgid "To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> button, or just throw your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can also press the <link xref=\"windows-key\">windows key</link> on your keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can also just start typing to search your applications, files, and folders."

2902

msgstr ""

2903

2904

#: C/shell-introduction.page:63(p)

2905

#, fuzzy

2906

#| msgid "Trash"

2907

msgid "The dash"

2908

msgstr "Papperskorg"

2909

2910

#: C/shell-introduction.page:66(p)

2911

msgid "On the left of the overview, you will find the dash. The dash shows you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to open that application. If the application is already running, clicking the icon will bring up the most recently used window."

2912

msgstr ""

2913

2914

#: C/shell-introduction.page:71(p)

2915

msgid "To pick a window in a running application, or to open a new window, right-click on the application icon. You can also drag the icon to the overview, or onto any workspace thumbnail on the right."

2916

msgstr ""

2917

2918

#: C/shell-introduction.page:75(p)

2919

msgid "When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. Click any window to focus that window and exit the overview. You can also use the scroll wheel on your mouse to zoom in on any window thumbnail."

2920

msgstr ""

2921

2922

#: C/shell-introduction.page:80(p)

2923

msgid "Click <gui>Applications</gui> to enter the applications overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. Click any application to run it, or drag an application to the overview or onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash to make it a favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when they're not running, so you can access them quickly."

2924

msgstr ""

2925

2926

#: C/shell-introduction.page:88(link)

2927

#| msgid "terminating applications"

2928

msgid "Learn more about starting applications."

2929

msgstr "Läs mer om hur man startar program."

2930

2931

#: C/shell-introduction.page:89(link)

2932

#| msgid "Show windows from all workspaces"

2933

msgid "Learn more about windows and workspaces."

2934

msgstr "Läs mer om fönster och arbetsytor."

2935

2936

#: C/shell-introduction.page:94(title)

2937

msgid "Clock, calendar & appointments"

2938

msgstr "Klocka, kalender och möten"

2939

2940

#: C/shell-introduction.page:97(p)

2941

#: C/clock-calendar.page:29(p)

2942

msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"

2943

msgstr "Klocka, kalender och möten"

2944

2945

#: C/shell-introduction.page:100(p)

2946

msgid "Click the clock in the middle of the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can also access the date and time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</app> calendar directly from the menu."

2947

msgstr ""

2948

2949

#: C/shell-introduction.page:106(link)

2950

msgid "Learn more about the calendar and appointments."

2951

msgstr "Läs mer om kalendern och möten."

2952

2953

#: C/shell-introduction.page:111(title)

2954

msgid "You and your computer"

2955

msgstr "Du och din dator"

2956

2957

#: C/shell-introduction.page:115(p)

2958

#, fuzzy

2959

#| msgid "User Name"

2960

msgid "User menu"

2961

msgstr "Användarnamn"

2962

2963

#: C/shell-introduction.page:118(p)

2964

msgid "Click your name in the top-right corner to manage your profile and your computer."

2965

msgstr ""

2966

2967

#: C/shell-introduction.page:121(p)

2968

msgid "You can quickly set your availability directly from the menu. When you use the <app>Empathy</app> instant messaging application, this will set your status for your contacts to see."

2969

msgstr ""

2970

2971

#: C/shell-introduction.page:125(p)

2972

msgid "If you set yourself to Busy, you won't be bothered by message popups at the bottom of your screen. Messages will still be available in the message tray when you move your mouse to the bottom-right corner. But only urgent messages will be presented, such as when your battery is critically low."

2973

msgstr ""

2974

2975

#: C/shell-introduction.page:131(link)

2976

msgid "Learn more about changing your availability."

2977

msgstr ""

2978

2979

#: C/shell-introduction.page:135(p)

2980

msgid "The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the system settings."

2981

msgstr ""

2982

2983

#: C/shell-introduction.page:138(p)

2984

msgid "When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other people from using it. You can quickly switch users without logging out completely to give somebody else access to the computer. Or you can suspend or power off the computer from the menu."

2985

msgstr ""

2986

2987

#: C/shell-introduction.page:144(link)

2988

msgid "Learn more about switching users, logging out, and turning off your computer."

2989

msgstr ""

2990

2991

#: C/shell-exit.page:10(desc)

2992

msgid "Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and so on."

2993

msgstr ""

2994

2995

#: C/shell-exit.page:23(title)

2996

msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"

2997

msgstr "Logga ut, stäng av, växla användare"

2998

2999

#: C/shell-exit.page:27(p)

3000

msgid "More links would be good, especially in #logout. Could go final as-is. Incomplete for now"

3001

msgstr ""

3002

3003

#: C/shell-exit.page:31(p)

3004

#, fuzzy

3005

#| msgid ""

3006

#| "When you have finished using your computer, you can choose to do one of "

3007

#| "the following:"

3008

msgid "When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it (to save power), or leave it powered on and just log out."

3009

msgstr "När du har använt din dator färdigt kan du välja att göra något av följande:"

3010

3011

#: C/shell-exit.page:35(title)

3012

msgid "Log out or switch users"

3013

msgstr "Logga ut eller växla användare"

3014

3015

#: C/shell-exit.page:36(p)

3016

msgid "To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave yourself logged in and just switch users. If you just switch users, all of your applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it when you log back in."

3017

msgstr ""

3018

3019

#: C/shell-exit.page:40(p)

3020

msgid "To log out or switch users, click your name on the top bar and select the appropriate option."

3021

msgstr ""

3022

3023

#: C/shell-exit.page:48(title)

3024

#| msgid "Lock Screen"

3025

msgid "Lock the screen"

3026

msgstr "Lås skärmen"

3027

3028

#: C/shell-exit.page:49(p)

3029

msgid "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your screen to prevent other people from accessing your files and running applications. When you return, simply enter your password to log back in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of time."

3030

msgstr ""

3031

3032

#: C/shell-exit.page:55(p)

3033

msgid "To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock Screen</gui>."

3034

msgstr ""

3035

3036

#: C/shell-exit.page:58(p)

3037

msgid "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by clicking <gui>Switch User</gui> on the password screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are finished."

3038

msgstr ""

3039

3040

#: C/shell-exit.page:67(title)

3041

#, fuzzy

3042

#| msgid "Sound"

3043

msgid "Suspend"

3044

msgstr "Ljud"

3045

3046

#: C/shell-exit.page:69(p)

3047

msgid "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a laptop, GNOME suspends your computer automatically when you close your lid. This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of your computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during suspend."

3048

msgstr ""

3049

3050

#: C/shell-exit.page:74(p)

3051

msgid "To suspend your computer manaully, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Suspend</gui>."

3052

msgstr ""

3053

3054

#: C/shell-exit.page:82(title)

3055

msgid "Shut down or restart"

3056

msgstr "Stäng av eller starta om"

3057

3058

#: C/shell-exit.page:84(p)

3059

msgid "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, first log out by clicking your name on the top bar and selecting <gui>Log Out</gui>. You will be returned to the login screen. On the login screen, click the power icon on the top bar and select either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Shut Down</gui>."

3060

msgstr ""

3061

3062

#: C/shell-exit.page:90(p)

3063

msgid "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."

3064

msgstr ""

3065

3066

#: C/shell-exit.page:95(p)

3067

msgid "If you need to shut down or restart quickly, you can do it without logging out. Click your name on the top bar, then hold down the <key>Alt</key> key. The <gui>Suspend</gui> option will change to <gui>Power Off</gui>. Select this to shut down or restart."

3068

msgstr ""

3069

3070

#: C/shell-apps-open.page:10(desc)

3071

msgid "Launch apps from the the activities overview."

3072

msgstr ""

3073

3074

#: C/shell-apps-open.page:21(title)

3075

#| msgid "startup applications"

3076

msgid "Start applications"

3077

msgstr "Starta program"

3078

3079

#: C/shell-apps-open.page:23(p)

3080

msgid "Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left of the screen to show the <gui>Activities Overview</gui>. This is where you can find all of your applications. (You can open the overview by pressing the <link xref=\"windows-key\">windows key</link> too.)"

3081

msgstr ""

3082

3083

#: C/shell-apps-open.page:25(p)

3084

msgid "There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the activities overview:"

3085

msgstr ""

3086

3087

#: C/shell-apps-open.page:30(p)

3088

msgid "Start typing the name of an application - it should search for it instantly. (If this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top right of the screen and then start typing.) Then, click the application's icon to start it."

3089

msgstr ""

3090

3091

#: C/shell-apps-open.page:34(p)

3092

msgid "Click the <gui>Applications</gui> heading at the top of the screen to see a list of applications you can run. You can filter them by type using the categories on the right, or search using the search bar at the top right. Click the application's icon to start it."

3093

msgstr ""

3094

3095

#: C/shell-apps-open.page:38(p)

3096

msgid "Some applications have icons in the dash (the vertical strip of icons on the left-hand side of the activities overview). Click one of those to start that application."

3097

msgstr ""

3098

3099

#: C/shell-apps-open.page:39(p)

3100

msgid "If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."

3101

msgstr ""

3102

3103

#: C/shell-apps-open.page:43(p)

3104

msgid "You can launch an application in a separate workspace by dragging an application's icon from the dash (or from the list of applications), and dropping it on one of the workspaces on the right-hand side of the screen. The application will open in the workspace that you choose."

3105

msgstr ""

3106

3107

#: C/shell-apps-open.page:49(title)

3108

msgid "Quickly running a command"

3109

msgstr "Kör ett kommando snabbt"

3110

3111

#: C/shell-apps-open.page:50(p)

3112

msgid "Another, more advanced way of running an application is to use its command name, which you can do by pressing <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, entering a command, and then pressing <key>Enter</key>."

3113

msgstr ""

3114

3115

#: C/shell-apps-open.page:51(p)

3116

msgid "For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). The name of the app is the command to launch the program."

3117

msgstr ""

3118

3119

#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:10(desc)

3120

msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."

3121

msgstr ""

3122

3123

#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:21(title)

3124

msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"

3125

msgstr ""

3126

3127

#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:23(p)

3128

msgid "To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</link> for easy access:"

3129

msgstr ""

3130

3131

#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:25(p)

3132

msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link>."

3133

msgstr ""

3134

3135

#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:27(p)

3136

msgid "Find the application you want to add to the dash by clicking on <gui>Applications</gui>. Right-click on the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."

3137

msgstr ""

3138

3139

#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:28(p)

3140

msgid "Alternately, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."

3141

msgstr ""

3142

3143

#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32(p)

3144

msgid "To remove an application icon from the dash, right click on the application icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>. You can also drag the application icon to the Trash icon on the dash to remove it."

3145

msgstr ""

3146

3147

#: C/session-screenlocks.page:9(desc)

3148

msgid "Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Screen</gui> settings."

3149

msgstr ""

3150

3151

#: C/session-screenlocks.page:20(title)

3152

msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"

3153

msgstr ""

3154

3155

#: C/session-screenlocks.page:22(p)

3156

msgid "If you leave for computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This is done for security reasons (so no-one can mess with your work if you leave the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself too quickly."

3157

msgstr ""

3158

3159

#: C/session-screenlocks.page:24(p)

3160

msgid "To wait for a longer period before automatically locking the screen:"

3161

msgstr ""

3162

3163

#: C/session-screenlocks.page:28(p)

3164

#: C/display-lock.page:33(p)

3165

#: C/display-dimscreen.page:38(p)

3166

#| msgid "Close the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>."

3167

msgid "Select <gui>Screen</gui>."

3168

msgstr "Välj <gui>Skärm</gui>."

3169

3170

#: C/session-screenlocks.page:29(p)

3171

#, fuzzy

3172

#| msgid "Select the resolution to use for the screen from the drop-down list."

3173

msgid "Change the value in the <gui>Lock screen after</gui> drop-down list."

3174

msgstr "Välj upplösningen som du vill använda för skärmen från rullgardinslistan."

3175

3176

#: C/session-screenlocks.page:33(p)

3177

msgid "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch <gui>Lock</gui> off."

3178

msgstr ""

3179

3180

#: C/session-language.page:8(desc)

3181

msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."

3182

msgstr ""

3183

3184

#: C/session-language.page:23(title)

3185

msgid "Change language"

3186

msgstr "Ändra språk"

3187

3188

#: C/session-language.page:27(p)

3189

msgid "How do you change the system language, i.e. the language of the login screen or even the boot process?"

3190

msgstr ""

3191

3192

#: C/session-language.page:31(p)

3193

msgid "You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."

3194

msgstr ""

3195

3196

#: C/session-language.page:37(p)

3197

msgid "Select your desired language on the <gui>Language</gui> tab. Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the language the software was originally developed in, usually American English."

3198

msgstr ""

3199

3200

#: C/session-language.page:42(p)

3201

msgid "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click your name in the top bar and select <gui>Log Out</gui> to log out."

3202

msgstr ""

3203

3204

#: C/session-language.page:47(p)

3205

msgid "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should update the folder names."

3206

msgstr ""

3207

3208

#: C/session-fingerprint.page:8(desc)

3209

msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner."

3210

msgstr ""

3211

3212

#: C/session-fingerprint.page:16(name)

3213

#: C/printing-setup.page:22(name)

3214

#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:18(name)

3215

#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:11(name)

3216

#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:12(name)

3217

#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:16(name)

3218

#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:16(name)

3219

#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:16(name)

3220

msgid "Paul W. Frields"

3221

msgstr "Paul W. Frields"

3222

3223

#: C/session-fingerprint.page:17(email)

3224

#: C/printing-setup.page:23(email)

3225

#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:19(email)

3226

#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12(email)

3227

#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:13(email)

3228

#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:17(email)

3229

#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:17(email)

3230

#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:17(email)

3231

msgid "stickster@gmail.com"

3232

msgstr "stickster@gmail.com"

3233

3234

#: C/session-fingerprint.page:23(title)

3235

msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"

3236

msgstr "Logga in med ett fingeravtryck"

3237

3238

#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24(p)

3239

msgid "If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your fingerprint and use it to log in. You must have administrative privileges to perform these steps."

3240

msgstr ""

3241

3242

#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25(p)

3243

msgid "First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you."

3244

msgstr ""

3245

3246

#: C/session-fingerprint.page:27(p)

3247

msgid "If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a clean, lint-free cloth, and retry."

3248

msgstr ""

3249

3250

#: C/session-fingerprint.page:31(p)

3251

msgid "Select your user name in the upper right-hand corner, then choose \"My Account\"."

3252

msgstr ""

3253

3254

#: C/session-fingerprint.page:34(p)

3255

msgid "Unlock your account using the \"Unlock\" button at the bottom left of the User Accounts tool."

3256

msgstr ""

3257

3258

#: C/session-fingerprint.page:37(p)

3259

msgid "Enter your password at the prompt."

3260

msgstr ""

3261

3262

#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40(p)

3263

msgid "Select the \"Disabled\" option next to \"Fingerprint Login\"."

3264

msgstr ""

3265

3266

#: C/session-fingerprint.page:43(p)

3267

msgid "Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose your right index finger, your left index finger, or a different finger. Then select \"Forward\"."

3268

msgstr ""

3269

3270

#: C/session-fingerprint.page:46(p)

3271

msgid "Swipe the finger you selected three times at moderate speed over your fingerprint reader. Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes your fingerprint properly, the corresponding picture of a hand will transform into a picture of a fingerprint with a check mark. After the third swipe, you will see the message \"Done!\""

3272

msgstr ""

3273

3274

#: C/session-fingerprint.page:49(p)

3275

msgid "Select \"Forward\". You will see a confirmation message that your fingerprint was saved successfully. Select \"Close\" to finish."

3276

msgstr ""

3277

3278

#: C/session-fingerprint.page:52(p)

3279

msgid "Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."

3280

msgstr ""

3281

3282

#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55(p)

3283

msgid "Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-hand corner and then select \"Log Out...\"."

3284

msgstr ""

3285

3286

#: C/session-fingerprint.page:58(p)

3287

msgid "A confirmation message will appear. Select \"Log Out\" to confirm. The login screen appears."

3288

msgstr ""

3289

3290

#: C/session-fingerprint.page:61(p)

3291

msgid "At the login screen, select your user name from the list. The password entry form will appear."

3292

msgstr ""

3293

3294

#: C/session-fingerprint.page:64(p)

3295

msgid "Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right of your name."

3296

msgstr ""

3297

3298

#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66(p)

3299

msgid "The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer runs out, the button will disappear and you will only be permitted to log in with a password. If you want to try again, select the \"Cancel\" button and return to the previous step."

3300

msgstr ""

3301

3302

#: C/session-fingerprint.page:70(p)

3303

msgid "Swipe the finger you registered over your fingerprint scanner. You will be logged in."

3304

msgstr ""

3305

3306

#: C/session-fingerprint.page:73(p)

3307

msgid "If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your password. To unlock it, enter your password."

3308

msgstr ""

3309

3310

#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9(desc)

3311

msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what's happening on your screen."

3312

msgstr ""

3313

3314

#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20(title)

3315

#| msgid "Screen Resolution Preferences"

3316

msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"

3317

msgstr "Skärmbilder och skärminspelningar"

3318

3319

#: C/screen-shot-record.page:22(p)

3320

msgid "You can take a picture of your screen (a screenshot) or record a video of what's happening on the screen (a screencast). This is useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for example; screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture/video files, so you can email them and share them on the web."

3321

msgstr ""

3322

3323

#: C/screen-shot-record.page:25(title)

3324

#| msgid "Taking Screenshots"

3325

msgid "Take a screenshot"

3326

msgstr "Ta en skärmbild"

3327

3328

#: C/screen-shot-record.page:26(p)

3329

#, fuzzy

3330

#| msgid "Takes a screenshot of the entire screen."

3331

msgid "To take a picture of what's on your screen:"

3332

msgstr "Tar en skärmbild av hela skärmen."

3333

3334

#: C/screen-shot-record.page:29(p)

3335

msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open the <app>Screenshot</app> tool."

3336

msgstr ""

3337

3338

#: C/screen-shot-record.page:33(p)

3339

msgid "In the window that appears, choose what to take a picture of."

3340

msgstr ""

3341

3342

#: C/screen-shot-record.page:34(p)

3343

msgid "You can take a picture of the whole of the screen (<gui>Grab the whole desktop</gui>), just the window that you're currently using (<gui>Grab the current window</gui>), or you can select an area of the screen by dragging a box around it (<gui>Select the area to grab</gui>)."

3344

msgstr ""

3345

3346

#: C/screen-shot-record.page:37(p)

3347

msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."

3348

msgstr ""

3349

3350

#: C/screen-shot-record.page:40(p)

3351

msgid "If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the cursor will change into a cross. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."

3352

msgstr ""

3353

3354

#: C/screen-shot-record.page:45(p)

3355

msgid "The <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window will now appear. Choose where to save the screenshot and click <gui>Save</gui>."

3356

msgstr ""

3357

3358

#: C/screen-shot-record.page:54(title)

3359

msgid "Make a screencast"

3360

msgstr ""

3361

3362

#: C/screen-shot-record.page:55(p)

3363

msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"

3364

msgstr ""

3365

3366

#: C/screen-shot-record.page:61(p)

3367

msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Control</key><key>Shift</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key></keyseq> to start recording what's on your screen."

3368

msgstr ""

3369

3370

#: C/screen-shot-record.page:62(p)

3371

msgid "A red circle is displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen when the recording is in progress."

3372

msgstr ""

3373

3374

#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66(p)

3375

msgid "Once you've finished, press <keyseq><key>Control</key><key>Shift</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."

3376

msgstr ""

3377

3378

#: C/screen-shot-record.page:70(p)

3379

msgid "A file named <file>shell-%d%u-%c.webm</file> will be saved in your Home folder."

3380

msgstr ""

3381

3382

#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71(p)

3383

msgid "In the file name, %d is the date, %u is a string of letters that makes the file name unique, and %c is a counter that is incremented each time a recording is made within a single session."

3384

msgstr ""

3385

3386

#: C/screen-shot-record.page:75(p)

3387

msgid "You can <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename</link> the file as you wish."

3388

msgstr ""

3389

3390

#: C/printing-streaks.page:8(desc)

3391

msgid "If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels or clean the print head."

3392

msgstr ""

3393

3394

#: C/printing-streaks.page:13(name)

3395

#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:12(name)

3396

#: C/music-player-newipod.page:11(name)

3397

#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:11(name)

3398

#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:11(name)

3399

#: C/disk-partitions.page:11(name)

3400

#: C/disk-format.page:11(name)

3401

#: C/disk-check.page:11(name)

3402

#: C/disk-capacity.page:11(name)

3403

#: C/disk-benchmark.page:11(name)

3404

msgid "GNOME Documentation Team"

3405

msgstr "GNOME-dokumentationsteam"

3406

3407

#: C/printing-streaks.page:20(title)

3408

msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"

3409

msgstr ""

3410

3411

#: C/printing-streaks.page:24(p)

3412

msgid "This had a seealso and two inline links to printing-inklevel. I removed printing-inklevel for 3.0. If it gets written, add the links back."

3413

msgstr ""

3414

3415

#: C/printing-streaks.page:28(p)

3416

msgid "If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with the printer or a low ink/toner supply."

3417

msgstr ""

3418

3419

#: C/printing-streaks.page:32(p)

3420

#, fuzzy

3421

#| msgid "adding to file"

3422

msgid "Fading text or images"

3423

msgstr "lägg till fil"

3424

3425

#: C/printing-streaks.page:33(p)

3426

msgid "You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."

3427

msgstr ""

3428

3429

#: C/printing-streaks.page:37(p)

3430

#, fuzzy

3431

#| msgid "Create and delete files"

3432

msgid "Streaks and lines"

3433

msgstr "Skapa och ta bort filer"

3434

3435

#: C/printing-streaks.page:38(p)

3436

msgid "If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially-blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's instruction manual)."

3437

msgstr ""

3438

3439

#: C/printing-streaks.page:42(p)

3440

#, fuzzy

3441

#| msgid "adding colors"

3442

msgid "Wrong colors"

3443

msgstr "lägg till färger"

3444

3445

#: C/printing-streaks.page:43(p)

3446

msgid "The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."

3447

msgstr ""

3448

3449

#: C/printing-streaks.page:47(p)

3450

msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"

3451

msgstr ""

3452

3453

#: C/printing-streaks.page:48(p)

3454

msgid "If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for details on how to do this."

3455

msgstr ""

3456

3457

#: C/printing-setup.page:9(desc)

3458

msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."

3459

msgstr ""

3460

3461

#: C/printing-setup.page:18(name)

3462

#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:14(name)

3463

#: C/printing-paperjam.page:14(name)

3464

#: C/printing-order.page:17(name)

3465

#: C/printing-envelopes.page:17(name)

3466

#: C/printing-differentsize.page:16(name)

3467

#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:17(name)

3468

#: C/printing-2sided.page:17(name)

3469

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:15(name)

3470

#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:11(name)

3471

#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:10(name)

3472

#: C/net-macaddress.page:14(name)

3473

#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:10(name)

3474

#: C/net-findip.page:16(name)

3475

#: C/more-help.page:16(name)

3476

#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:12(name)

3477

#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:12(name)

3478

#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:12(name)

3479

#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:12(name)

3480

msgid "Jim Campbell"

3481

msgstr "Jim Campbell"

3482

3483

#: C/printing-setup.page:19(email)

3484

#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:15(email)

3485

#: C/printing-paperjam.page:15(email)

3486

#: C/printing-order.page:18(email)

3487

#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18(email)

3488

#: C/printing-differentsize.page:17(email)

3489

#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:18(email)

3490

#: C/printing-2sided.page:18(email)

3491

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:16(email)

3492

#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:12(email)

3493

#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:11(email)

3494

#: C/net-macaddress.page:15(email)

3495

#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:11(email)

3496

#: C/net-findip.page:17(email)

3497

#: C/more-help.page:17(email)

3498

#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:13(email)

3499

#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:13(email)

3500

#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:13(email)

3501

#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:13(email)

3502

msgid "jwcampbell@gmail.com"

3503

msgstr "jwcampbell@gmail.com"

3504

3505

#: C/printing-setup.page:32(title)

3506

#| msgid "Setting up a Printer"

3507

msgid "Set up a local printer"

3508

msgstr "Ställ in en lokal skrivare"

3509

3510

#: C/printing-setup.page:33(p)

3511

msgid "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to your computer."

3512

msgstr ""

3513

3514

#: C/printing-setup.page:37(p)

3515

msgid "Do we have anything on what to do when your printer isn't found? 3.0.1?"

3516

msgstr ""

3517

3518

#: C/printing-setup.page:42(p)

3519

msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."

3520

msgstr ""

3521

3522

#: C/printing-setup.page:45(p)

3523

msgid "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to authenticate to install them."

3524

msgstr ""

3525

3526

#: C/printing-setup.page:48(p)

3527

msgid "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or Configure to make additional changes in the printer setup."

3528

msgstr ""

3529

3530

#: C/printing-setup.page:52(p)

3531

msgid "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer settings."

3532

msgstr ""

3533

3534

#: C/printing-setup.page:57(p)

3535

#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35(p)

3536

#| msgid "Click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>."

3537

msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."

3538

msgstr "Klicka på <gui>Skrivare</gui>."

3539

3540

#: C/printing-setup.page:59(p)

3541

#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:41(p)

3542

#, fuzzy

3543

#| msgid ""

3544

#| "Click on the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> buttons in the location bar."

3545

msgid "Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the bottom-left corner and enter your password."

3546

msgstr "Klicka på knapparna för <guilabel>Plats</guilabel> i adressraden."

3547

3548

#: C/printing-setup.page:61(p)

3549

#, fuzzy

3550

#| msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Write</guibutton> button."

3551

msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button."

3552

msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Skriv</guibutton>."

3553

3554

#: C/printing-setup.page:62(p)

3555

msgid "In the pop-up window, select <gui>Local</gui> on the left and your new printer on the right. Click <gui>Add</gui>."

3556

msgstr ""

3557

3558

#: C/printing-setup.page:66(p)

3559

msgid "After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."

3560

msgstr ""

3561

3562

#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:9(desc)

3563

msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."

3564

msgstr ""

3565

3566

#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:24(title)

3567

#, fuzzy

3568

#| msgid "Executing the Default Action"

3569

msgid "Set the default printer"

3570

msgstr "Kör standardåtgärden"

3571

3572

#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:25(p)

3573

msgid "If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."

3574

msgstr ""

3575

3576

#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:27(p)

3577

msgid "You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer."

3578

msgstr ""

3579

3580

#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38(p)

3581

msgid "Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."

3582

msgstr ""

3583

3584

#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:44(p)

3585

#, fuzzy

3586

#| msgid "Executing the Default Action"

3587

msgid "Select the <gui>Default</gui> option."

3588

msgstr "Kör standardåtgärden"

3589

3590

#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:48(p)

3591

msgid "When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, unless you choose a different printer for that specific output."

3592

msgstr ""

3593

3594

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

3595

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

3596

#: C/printing-select.page:33(None)

3597

#| msgid ""

3598

#| "@@image: 'figures/openwindows_menu.png'; "

3599

#| "md5=5de74eda192636868298a97043530d75"

3600

msgid "@@image: 'figures/printing-select.png'; md5=e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4"

3601

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/printing-select.png'; md5=e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4"

3602

3603

#: C/printing-select.page:7(desc)

3604

msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."

3605

msgstr ""

3606

3607

#: C/printing-select.page:18(title)

3608

#| msgid "Print a Page"

3609

msgid "Print only certain pages"

3610

msgstr "Skriv endast ut vissa sidor"

3611

3612

#: C/printing-select.page:20(p)

3613

#, fuzzy

3614

#| msgid "To print an entire document:"

3615

msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"

3616

msgstr "För att skriva ut ett helt dokument:"

3617

3618

#: C/printing-select.page:24(p)

3619

#: C/printing-differentsize.page:28(p)

3620

#| msgid ""

3621

#| "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Print this Page</"

3622

#| "guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

3623

msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"

3624

msgstr "Klicka på <guiseq><gui>Arkiv</gui><gui>Skriv ut</gui></guiseq>"

3625

3626

#: C/printing-select.page:25(p)

3627

msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose <gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."

3628

msgstr ""

3629

3630

#: C/printing-select.page:26(p)

3631

msgid "Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."

3632

msgstr ""

3633

3634

#: C/printing-select.page:30(p)

3635

msgid "For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."

3636

msgstr ""

3637

3638

#: C/printing-paperjam.page:9(desc)

3639

msgid "How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that you have."

3640

msgstr ""

3641

3642

#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20(title)

3643

msgid "Clearing a paper jam"

3644

msgstr ""

3645

3646

#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22(p)

3647

msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."

3648

msgstr ""

3649

3650

#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24(p)

3651

msgid "The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."

3652

msgstr ""

3653

3654

#: C/printing-paperjam.page:26(p)

3655

msgid "Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the <gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the print job again."

3656

msgstr ""

3657

3658

#: C/printing-order.page:8(desc)

3659

msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."

3660

msgstr ""

3661

3662

#: C/printing-order.page:23(title)

3663

#, fuzzy

3664

#| msgid "language, logging in in different"

3665

msgid "Make pages print in a different order"

3666

msgstr "språk, logga in med annat"

3667

3668

#: C/printing-order.page:26(title)

3669

#, fuzzy

3670

#| msgid "Reversed Order"

3671

msgid "Reverse"

3672

msgstr "Omvänd ordning"

3673

3674

#: C/printing-order.page:29(p)

3675

msgid "Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can reverse this printing order."

3676

msgstr ""

3677

3678

#: C/printing-order.page:32(p)

3679

#, fuzzy

3680

#| msgid "Reversed Order"

3681

msgid "To reverse the order:"

3682

msgstr "Omvänd ordning"

3683

3684

#: C/printing-order.page:36(p)

3685

#: C/printing-order.page:53(p)

3686

#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:29(p)

3687

#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:87(p)

3688

#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:28(p)

3689

#: C/printing-2sided.page:31(p)

3690

#| msgid ""

3691

#| "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Print this Page</"

3692

#| "guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

3693

msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."

3694

msgstr "Klicka på <guiseq><gui>Arkiv</gui><gui>Skriv ut</gui></guiseq>."

3695

3696

#: C/printing-order.page:37(p)

3697

msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under Copies, check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."

3698

msgstr ""

3699

3700

#: C/printing-order.page:42(title)

3701

msgid "Collate"

3702

msgstr ""

3703

3704

#: C/printing-order.page:45(p)

3705

msgid "If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). Collating will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order instead."

3706

msgstr ""

3707

3708

#: C/printing-order.page:49(p)

3709

msgid "To Collate:"

3710

msgstr ""

3711

3712

#: C/printing-order.page:54(p)

3713

msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under Copies check <gui>Collate</gui>."

3714

msgstr ""

3715

3716

#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8(desc)

3717

msgid "Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen the correct paper size."

3718

msgstr ""

3719

3720

#: C/printing-envelopes.page:23(title)

3721

msgid "Print envelopes and labels"

3722

msgstr ""

3723

3724

#: C/printing-envelopes.page:25(p)

3725

msgid "Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for example."

3726

msgstr ""

3727

3728

#: C/printing-envelopes.page:28(title)

3729

#, fuzzy

3730

#| msgid "Printing Preferences"

3731

msgid "Printing onto envelopes"

3732

msgstr "Inställningar för utskrifter"

3733

3734

#: C/printing-envelopes.page:30(p)

3735

msgid "There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appear, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>paper type</gui> as \"envelope\" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>paper size</gui> to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."

3736

msgstr ""

3737

3738

#: C/printing-envelopes.page:32(p)

3739

msgid "Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see which way is the right way up."

3740

msgstr ""

3741

3742

#: C/printing-envelopes.page:35(p)

3743

msgid "Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelop in."

3744

msgstr ""

3745

3746

#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7(desc)

3747

msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."

3748

msgstr ""

3749

3750

#: C/printing-differentsize.page:22(title)

3751

msgid "Change the paper size when printing"

3752

msgstr ""

3753

3754

#: C/printing-differentsize.page:24(p)

3755

msgid "If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the document."

3756

msgstr ""

3757

3758

#: C/printing-differentsize.page:29(p)

3759

#, fuzzy

3760

#| msgid "Select the file in the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>."

3761

msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."

3762

msgstr "Välj filen i <guilabel>Träd</guilabel>."

3763

3764

#: C/printing-differentsize.page:30(p)

3765

#, fuzzy

3766

#| msgid "Select the resolution to use for the screen from the drop-down list."

3767

msgid "Under the Paper column, choose your Paper size from the drop-down list."

3768

msgstr "Välj upplösningen som du vill använda för skärmen från rullgardinslistan."

3769

3770

#: C/printing-differentsize.page:31(p)

3771

msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."

3772

msgstr ""

3773

3774

#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34(p)

3775

msgid "You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different orientation:"

3776

msgstr ""

3777

3778

#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39(gui)

3779

#| msgid "Port"

3780

msgid "Portrait"

3781

msgstr "Stående"

3782

3783

#: C/printing-differentsize.page:40(gui)

3784

msgid "Landscape"

3785

msgstr "Liggande"

3786

3787

#: C/printing-differentsize.page:41(gui)

3788

#, fuzzy

3789

#| msgid "Reversed Order"

3790

msgid "Reverse portrait"

3791

msgstr "Omvänd ordning"

3792

3793

#: C/printing-differentsize.page:42(gui)

3794

#, fuzzy

3795

#| msgid "Reversed Order"

3796

msgid "Reverse landscape"

3797

msgstr "Omvänd ordning"

3798

3799

#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:8(desc)

3800

msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."

3801

msgstr ""

3802

3803

#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23(title)

3804

msgid "Cancel a print job"

3805

msgstr ""

3806

3807

#. Needs review!

3808

#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:27(p)

3809

msgid "If you accidentally started printing a document, you can quickly cancel the print so you don't need to waste any ink or paper. Click the printer icon on the top bar and then click <gui>Cancel</gui>."

3810

msgstr ""

3811

3812

#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29(p)

3813

msgid "If this doesn't cancel the print like you expected, try holding down the <gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."

3814

msgstr ""

3815

3816

#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:31(p)

3817

msgid "As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off and then on again. Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though - if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should probably just leave it where it is."

3818

msgstr ""

3819

3820

#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19(title)

3821

msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"

3822

msgstr ""

3823

3824

#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:21(p)

3825

#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:23(p)

3826

msgid "These instruction are for printing a booklet from a PDF document. If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first export it to a PDF. Make sure the document has a multiple of 4 pages. You may need to add up to 3 blank pages."

3827

msgstr ""

3828

3829

#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:24(p)

3830

msgid "To print:"

3831

msgstr ""

3832

3833

#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34(p)

3834

#| msgid "Close the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>."

3835

msgid "Choose the <gui>General</gui> tab."

3836

msgstr "Välj fliken <gui>Allmänt</gui>."

3837

3838

#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37(p)

3839

msgid "Under Range, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."

3840

msgstr ""

3841

3842

#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:42(p)

3843

#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34(p)

3844

msgid "Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, and a multiple of 4):"

3845

msgstr ""

3846

3847

#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:45(p)

3848

#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:35(p)

3849

msgid "n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11..."

3850

msgstr ""

3851

3852

#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46(p)

3853

msgid "...until you have typed all of the pages."

3854

msgstr ""

3855

3856

#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50(p)

3857

#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:36(p)

3858

#| msgid "applets"

3859

msgid "Examples:"

3860

msgstr "Exempel:"

3861

3862

#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51(p)

3863

#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:38(p)

3864

msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,5</input>"

3865

msgstr ""

3866

3867

#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52(p)

3868

#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:39(p)

3869

msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"

3870

msgstr ""

3871

3872

#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53(p)

3873

msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"

3874

msgstr ""

3875

3876

#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54(p)

3877

msgid "16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"

3878

msgstr ""

3879

3880

#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55(p)

3881

#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40(p)

3882

msgid "20 page booklet: Type <input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"

3883

msgstr ""

3884

3885

#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60(p)

3886

#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:92(p)

3887

#, fuzzy

3888

#| msgid "Close the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>."

3889

msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."

3890

msgstr "Stäng <guilabel>Träd</guilabel>."

3891

3892

#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63(p)

3893

msgid "Under Layout, in the <gui>Two-side</gui> menu, select <gui>One Sided</gui>."

3894

msgstr ""

3895

3896

#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:66(p)

3897

msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> menu, select <gui>2</gui>."

3898

msgstr ""

3899

3900

#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:69(p)

3901

#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:53(p)

3902

msgid "In the <gui>Page ordering</gui> menu, select <gui>Left to right</gui>."

3903

msgstr ""

3904

3905

#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:72(p)

3906

msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Odd sheets</gui>."

3907

msgstr ""

3908

3909

#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:77(p)

3910

#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:100(p)

3911

#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:58(p)

3912

#| msgid "Click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>."

3913

msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."

3914

msgstr "Klicka på <gui>Skriv ut</gui>."

3915

3916

#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82(p)

3917

msgid "When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer."

3918

msgstr ""

3919

3920

#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:95(p)

3921

msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Even sheets</gui>."

3922

msgstr ""

3923

3924

#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8(desc)

3925

msgid "Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) using normal A4/Letter-size paper."

3926

msgstr ""

3927

3928

#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:19(title)

3929

#, fuzzy

3930

#| msgid "Parent folder selector"

3931

msgid "Print folded booklets"

3932

msgstr "Föräldramappväljare"

3933

3934

#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:21(p)

3935

msgid "You can make folded booklets (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing options."

3936

msgstr ""

3937

3938

#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26(p)

3939

#, fuzzy

3940

#| msgid "To print an entire document:"

3941

msgid "To print a booklet:"

3942

msgstr "För att skriva ut ett helt dokument:"

3943

3944

#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:32(p)

3945

msgid "Go to the <gui>General</gui> tab. Under Range, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."

3946

msgstr ""

3947

3948

#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44(p)

3949

msgid "Now, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."

3950

msgstr ""

3951

3952

#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:47(p)

3953

msgid "Under Layout, in the <gui>Two-side</gui> option, select <gui>Short Edge (Flip)</gui>."

3954

msgstr ""

3955

3956

#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50(p)

3957

msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option, select <gui>2</gui>."

3958

msgstr ""

3959

3960

#: C/printing-booklet.page:8(desc)

3961

msgid "How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."

3962

msgstr ""

3963

3964

#: C/printing-booklet.page:19(title)

3965

#, fuzzy

3966

#| msgid "Print a Document"

3967

msgid "Print a booklet"

827

3968

msgstr "Skriv ut ett dokument"

828

3969

829

#: C/gostools.xml:531(para)

830

msgid "To print an entire document:"

831

msgstr "För att skriva ut ett helt dokument:"

832

833

#: C/gostools.xml:535(para)

834

msgid "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Print this Document</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

835

msgstr "Klicka på <menuchoice><guimenu>Arkiv</guimenu><guimenuitem>Skriv ut det här dokumentet</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

836

837

#: C/gostools.xml:542(para)

838

msgid "This option is only available for DocBook documentation."

839

msgstr "Det här alternativet finns bara för DocBook-dokumentation."

840

841

#: C/gostools.xml:548(title)

842

msgid "Close a Window"

843

msgstr "Stäng ett fönster"

844

845

#: C/gostools.xml:550(para)

846

msgid "To close a window in <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>, do the following:"

847

msgstr "Gör följande för att stänga ett fönster i <application>Hjälpbläddraren Yelp</application>:"

848

849

#: C/gostools.xml:554(para)

850

msgid "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Close Window</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

851

msgstr "Klicka på <menuchoice><guimenu>Arkiv</guimenu><guimenuitem>Stäng fönster</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

852

853

#: C/gostools.xml:562(para)

854

msgid "Use the key combination <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>"

855

msgstr "Använd tangentkombinationen <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>"

856

857

#: C/gostools.xml:569(title)

858

msgid "Set Preferences"

859

msgstr "Ändra inställningar"

860

861

#: C/gostools.xml:571(para)

862

msgid "To set your preferences in <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>:"

863

msgstr "För att ändra inställningar i <application>Hjälpbläddraren Yelp</application>:"

864

865

#: C/gostools.xml:575(para)

866

msgid "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

867

msgstr "Klicka på <menuchoice><guimenu>Redigera</guimenu><guimenuitem>Inställningar</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

868

869

#: C/gostools.xml:573(para)

870

msgid "<placeholder-1/>A window will appear that looks like <xref linkend=\"yelp-preferences\"/>:"

871

msgstr "<placeholder-1/>Ett fönster kommer att visas som ser ut som <xref linkend=\"yelp-preferences\"/>:"

872

873

#: C/gostools.xml:585(title)

874

msgid "<application>Yelp Help Browser</application> Preferences Window"

875

msgstr "Inställningsfönstret i <application>Hjälpbläddraren Yelp</application>"

876

877

#: C/gostools.xml:584(para)

878

msgid "<placeholder-1/>The options that are available in this dialog have the following functions:"

879

msgstr "<placeholder-1/>Alternativen som finns i den här dialogen har följande funktioner:"

880

881

#: C/gostools.xml:597(guilabel)

882

msgid "Use system fonts"

883

msgstr "Använd systemtypsnitt"

884

885

#: C/gostools.xml:600(para)

886

msgid "Check this option to display documentation using the default fonts used by the GNOME Desktop."

887

msgstr "Kryssa i det här alternativet för att visa dokumentation med standardtypsnitten som används av GNOME-skrivbordet."

888

889

#: C/gostools.xml:603(para)

890

msgid "To choose your own fonts to display documentation, uncheck this option and click on the buttons next to the text <guilabel>Variable Width</guilabel> or <guilabel>Fixed Width</guilabel>."

891

msgstr "För att välja dina egna typsnitt för att visa dokumentation, ta bort krysset från det här alternativet och kryssa för knapparna bredvid texten <guilabel>Variabelt breddsteg</guilabel> eller <guilabel>Fast breddsteg</guilabel>."

892

893

#: C/gostools.xml:610(guilabel)

894

msgid "Variable Width"

895

msgstr "Variabelt breddsteg"

896

897

#: C/gostools.xml:613(para)

898

msgid "This is the font to use when a static or fixed width font is not required. The majority of text will be of this type."

899

msgstr "Det här typsnittet kommer användas när ett typsnitt med statisk eller fast bredd inte behövs. Nästan all text kommer använda det här typsnittet."

900

901

#: C/gostools.xml:620(guilabel)

902

msgid "Fixed Width"

903

msgstr "Fast breddsteg"

904

905

#: C/gostools.xml:623(para)

906

msgid "This is the font to use when all text characters need to be of the same size. This font is usually used to indicate commands, program blocks, or other text that falls under these categories."

907

msgstr "Det här är typsnittet som används när alla tecken måste vara av samma storlek. Det här typsnittet används främst för att skriva kommandon, programblock eller annan text som faller under någon av de här kategorierna."

908

909

#: C/gostools.xml:634(guilabel)

910

msgid "Browse with caret"

911

msgstr "Bläddra med markör"

912

913

#: C/gostools.xml:637(para)

914

msgid "Click this option if you would like see a caret or cursor in the <xref linkend=\"yelp-browser-pane\"/>. This allows you to browse the document more easily by showing where the cursor is located in the document."

915

msgstr "Kryssa för det här alternativet om du vill se en markör i <xref linkend=\"yelp-browser-pane\"/>. Det här låter dig bläddra i dokumentet enklare genom att du kan se var markören är."

916

917

#: C/gostools.xml:647(title)

918

msgid "Go Back in Document History"

919

msgstr "Gå bakåt i dokumenthistoriken"

920

921

#: C/gostools.xml:649(para)

922

msgid "To go back in the document history:"

923

msgstr "För att gå bakåt i dokumenthistoriken:"

924

925

#: C/gostools.xml:653(para)

926

msgid "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Back</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

927

msgstr "Klicka på <menuchoice><guimenu>Gå</guimenu><guimenuitem>Bakåt</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

928

929

#: C/gostools.xml:661(para)

930

msgid "Use the key combination <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Left</keycap></keycombo>"

931

msgstr "Använd tangentkombinationen <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Vänsterpil</keycap></keycombo>"

932

933

#: C/gostools.xml:666(para)

934

msgid "Use the <guibutton>Back</guibutton> button in the <interface>Toolbar</interface>"

935

msgstr "Använd knappen <guibutton>Bakåt</guibutton> i <interface>Verktygsraden</interface>"

936

937

#: C/gostools.xml:673(title)

938

msgid "Go Forward in Document History"

939

msgstr "Gå framåt i dokumenthistoriken"

940

941

#: C/gostools.xml:675(para)

942

msgid "To go forward in the document history:"

943

msgstr "För att gå framåt i dokumenthistoriken;"

944

945

#: C/gostools.xml:679(para)

946

msgid "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Forward</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

947

msgstr "Klicka på <menuchoice><guimenu>Gå</guimenu><guimenuitem>Framåt</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

948

949

#: C/gostools.xml:687(para)

950

msgid "Use the key combination <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Right</keycap></keycombo>"

951

msgstr "Använd tangentkombinationen <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Högerpil</keycap></keycombo>"

952

953

#: C/gostools.xml:692(para)

954

msgid "Use the <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> button in the <interface>Toolbar</interface>"

955

msgstr "Använd knappen <guibutton>Framåt</guibutton> i <interface>Verktygsraden</interface>"

956

957

#: C/gostools.xml:699(title)

958

msgid "Go to Help Topics"

959

msgstr "Gå till hjälprubriker"

960

961

#: C/gostools.xml:701(para)

962

msgid "To go to the Help Topics:"

963

msgstr "För att gå till hjälprubriker;"

964

965

#: C/gostools.xml:705(para)

966

msgid "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Help Topics</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

967

msgstr "Klicka på <menuchoice><guimenu>Gå</guimenu><guimenuitem>Hjälprubriker</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

968

969

#: C/gostools.xml:713(para)

970

msgid "Use the key combination <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Home</keycap></keycombo>"

971

msgstr "Använd tangentkombinationen <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Home</keycap></keycombo>"

972

973

#: C/gostools.xml:718(para)

974

msgid "Use the <guibutton>Help Topics</guibutton> button in the <interface>Toolbar</interface>"

975

msgstr "Använd knappen <guibutton>Hjälpämnen</guibutton> i <interface>Verktygsraden</interface>"

976

977

#: C/gostools.xml:725(title)

978

msgid "Go to Previous Section"

979

msgstr "Gå till föregående avsnitt"

980

981

#: C/gostools.xml:727(para)

982

msgid "To go to the previous section:"

983

msgstr "För att gå till det föregående avsnittet:"

984

985

#: C/gostools.xml:731(para)

986

msgid "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Previous Section</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

987

msgstr "Klicka på <menuchoice><guimenu>Gå</guimenu><guimenuitem>Föregående avsnitt</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

988

989

#: C/gostools.xml:739(para)

990

msgid "Use the key combination <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Up</keycap></keycombo>"

991

msgstr "Använd tangentkombinationen <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Uppåtpil</keycap></keycombo>"

992

993

#: C/gostools.xml:743(para)

994

#: C/gostools.xml:767(para)

995

#: C/gostools.xml:786(para)

996

msgid "This option is only available in DocBook formatted documents."

997

msgstr "Det här alternativet finns bara i DocBook-formaterade dokument."

998

999

#: C/gostools.xml:749(title)

1000

msgid "Go to Next Section"

1001

msgstr "Gå till nästa avsnitt"

1002

1003

#: C/gostools.xml:751(para)

1004

msgid "To go to the next section:"

1005

msgstr "För att gå till nästa avsnitt:"

1006

1007

#: C/gostools.xml:755(para)

1008

msgid "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Next Section</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

1009

msgstr "Klicka på <menuchoice><guimenu>Gå</guimenu><guimenuitem>Nästa avsnitt</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

1010

1011

#: C/gostools.xml:763(para)

1012

msgid "Use the key combination <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Down</keycap></keycombo>"

1013

msgstr "Använd tangentkombinationen <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Nedåtpil</keycap></keycombo>"

1014

1015

#: C/gostools.xml:773(title)

1016

msgid "Go to Contents"

1017

msgstr "Gå till innehållsförteckningen"

1018

1019

#: C/gostools.xml:775(para)

1020

msgid "To go to the contents for a document:"

1021

msgstr "För att gå till innehållsförteckningen för ett dokument:"

1022

1023

#: C/gostools.xml:779(para)

1024

msgid "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Contents</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

1025

msgstr "Klicka på <menuchoice><guimenu>Gå</guimenu><guimenuitem>Innehåll</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

1026

1027

#: C/gostools.xml:792(title)

1028

msgid "Add a Bookmark"

1029

msgstr "Lägg till ett bokmärke"

1030

1031

#: C/gostools.xml:794(para)

1032

msgid "To add a bookmark for a particular document:"

1033

msgstr "För att lägga till ett bokmärke för ett speciellt dokument:"

1034

1035

#: C/gostools.xml:798(para)

1036

msgid "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add Bookmark</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

1037

msgstr "Klicka på <menuchoice><guimenu>Bokmärken</guimenu><guimenuitem>Lägg till bokmärke</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

1038

1039

#: C/gostools.xml:806(para)

1040

msgid "Use the key combination <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>D</keycap></keycombo>"

1041

msgstr "Använd tangentkombinationen <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>D</keycap></keycombo>"

1042

1043

#: C/gostools.xml:796(para)

1044

msgid "<placeholder-1/>A window will appear that looks like <xref linkend=\"yelp-add-bookmark\"/>."

1045

msgstr "<placeholder-1/> Ett fönster kommer visas som ser ut som <xref linkend=\"yelp-add-bookmark\"/>."

1046

1047

#: C/gostools.xml:813(title)

1048

msgid "Add Bookmark Window"

1049

msgstr "Lägg till bokmärkesfönstret"

1050

1051

#: C/gostools.xml:812(para)

1052

msgid "<placeholder-1/>Enter your desired bookmark title in to the <guilabel>Title</guilabel> text entry field. Then click <guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add the bookmark, or click <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to cancel the request."

1053

msgstr "<placeholder-1/>Skriv det namn du vill ge bokmärket i textfältet <guilabel>Titel</guilabel>. Klicka sedan på <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> för att lägga till bokmärket, eller klicka på <guibutton>Avbryt</guibutton> för att avbryta tilläggningen."

1054

1055

#: C/gostools.xml:827(title)

1056

msgid "Edit Bookmarks"

1057

msgstr "Redigera bokmärken"

1058

1059

#: C/gostools.xml:829(para)

1060

msgid "To edit your collection of bookmarks:"

1061

msgstr "För att redigera din samling av bokmärken:"

1062

1063

#: C/gostools.xml:833(para)

1064

msgid "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu><guimenuitem>Edit Bookmarks...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

1065

msgstr "Klicka på <menuchoice><guimenu>Bokmärken</guimenu><guimenuitem>Redigera bokmärken...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

1066

1067

#: C/gostools.xml:840(para)

1068

msgid "Use the key combination <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>B</keycap></keycombo>"

1069

msgstr "Använd tangentkombinationen <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>B</keycap></keycombo>"

1070

1071

#: C/gostools.xml:831(para)

1072

msgid "<placeholder-1/>A window will appear that looks like <xref linkend=\"yelp-edit-bookmarks\"/>."

1073

msgstr "<placeholder-1/>Ett fönster kommer visas som ser ut som <xref linkend=\"yelp-edit-bookmarks\"/>."

1074

1075

#: C/gostools.xml:847(title)

1076

msgid "Edit Bookmarks Window"

1077

msgstr "Redigera bokmärkesfönstret"

1078

1079

#: C/gostools.xml:846(para)

1080

msgid "<placeholder-1/>You can manage your bookmarks using this window in the following ways:"

1081

msgstr "<placeholder-1/>Du kan hantera dina bokmärken med det här fönstret på följande sätt:"

1082

1083

#: C/gostools.xml:859(guibutton)

1084

msgid "Open"

1085

msgstr "Öppna"

1086

1087

#: C/gostools.xml:862(para)

1088

msgid "Use this button to open the selected bookmark in a new window."

1089

msgstr "Använd den här knappen för att öppna det valda bokmärket i ett nytt fönster."

1090

1091

#: C/gostools.xml:868(guibutton)

1092

msgid "Rename"

1093

msgstr "Byt namn"

1094

1095

#: C/gostools.xml:871(para)

1096

msgid "Use this button to rename the title of your bookmark."

1097

msgstr "Använd den här knappen för att andra namnet på ditt bokmärke."

1098

1099

#: C/gostools.xml:877(guibutton)

1100

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:646(guilabel)

1101

msgid "Remove"

1102

msgstr "Ta bort"

1103

1104

#: C/gostools.xml:880(para)

1105

msgid "Use this button to delete the bookmark from your collection."

1106

msgstr "Använd den här knappen för att ta bort bokmärket från din samling."

1107

1108

#: C/gostools.xml:857(para)

1109

msgid "<placeholder-1/>Once you are finished managing your bookmarks, click the <guibutton>Close</guibutton> button to exit the <interface>Edit Bookmarks Window</interface>."

1110

msgstr "<placeholder-1/>När du är färdig med att hantera dina bokmärken stänger du <interface>Redigera bokmärkesfönstret</interface> genom att klicka på knappen <guibutton>Stäng</guibutton>."

1111

1112

#: C/gostools.xml:890(title)

1113

msgid "Get Help"

1114

msgstr "Få hjälp"

1115

1116

#: C/gostools.xml:892(para)

1117

msgid "To get help using <application>Yelp Help Browser</application> (and see this document):"

1118

msgstr "För att få hjälp med <application>Hjälpbläddraren Yelp</application> (och läsa det här dokumentet):"

1119

1120

#: C/gostools.xml:897(para)

1121

msgid "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>Help</guimenu><guimenuitem>Contents</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

1122

msgstr "Klicka på <menuchoice><guimenu>Hjälp</guimenu><guimenuitem>Innehåll</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

1123

1124

#: C/gostools.xml:910(title)

1125

msgid "Advanced Features"

1126

msgstr "Avancerade funktioner"

1127

1128

#: C/gostools.xml:914(title)

1129

msgid "Opening Specific Documents"

1130

msgstr "Öppna specifika dokument"

1131

1132

#: C/gostools.xml:917(title)

1133

msgid "Opening Documents from the File Manager"

1134

msgstr "Öppna dokument från filhanteraren"

1135

1136

#: C/gostools.xml:918(para)

1137

msgid "To open a document, such as an XML file, from the file manager, open the document in <application>Nautilus</application> File Manager, or drag the icon from <application>Nautilus</application> to the <application>Yelp</application> document pane or launcher."

1138

msgstr "För att öppna ett dokument, såsom en XML-fil, från filhanteraren, öppna dokumentet i filhanteraren <application>Nautilus</application>, eller dra ikonen från <application>Nautilus</application> till dokumentpanelen i <application>Yelp</application> eller programstartare."

1139

1140

#: C/gostools.xml:924(title)

1141

msgid "Using the Command Line to Open Documents"

1142

msgstr "Använd kommandoraden för att öppna dokument"

1143

1144

#: C/gostools.xml:926(para)

1145

msgid "Yelp Help Browser supports opening documents from the command line. There are a number of URIs (Uniform Resource Identifiers) that can be used. These include:"

1146

msgstr "Hjälpbläddraren Yelp har stöd för att dokument öppnas från kommandoraden. Det finns ett antal URI:er (Uniform Resource Identifiers) som kan användas. Några av dessa är:"

1147

1148

#: C/gostools.xml:932(option)

1149

msgid "file:"

1150

msgstr "file:"

1151

1152

#: C/gostools.xml:935(para)

1153

msgid "Use this URI when you want to access a file with yelp, for example:"

1154

msgstr "Använd den här URI:n när du vill komma åt en fil med yelp, till exempel:"

1155

1156

#: C/gostools.xml:938(userinput)

1157

#, no-wrap

1158

msgid "yelp file:///usr/share/gnome/help/gcalctool/C/gcalctool.xml"

1159

msgstr "yelp file:///usr/share/gnome/help/gcalctool/sv/gcalctool.xml"

1160

1161

#: C/gostools.xml:944(term)

1162

msgid "<option>ghelp:</option> or <option>gnome-help:</option>"

1163

msgstr "<option>ghelp:</option> eller <option>gnome-help:</option>"

1164

1165

#: C/gostools.xml:948(para)

1166

msgid "Use this URI when you want to access GNOME help documents, which are typically written in DocBook format."

1167

msgstr "Använd den här URI:n när du vill komma åt GNOMEs hjälpdokument, som oftast skrivs i DocBook-formatet."

1168

1169

#: C/gostools.xml:951(userinput)

1170

#, no-wrap

1171

msgid "yelp ghelp:gcalctool"

1172

msgstr "yelp ghelp:gcalctool"

1173

1174

#: C/gostools.xml:953(para)

1175

msgid "If you want to open the help document at a particular section, append a question mark to the end of the URI, followed by the section id."

1176

msgstr "Lägg till ett frågetecken på slutet av URI:en följt av avsnittets id om du vill öppna ett speciellt avsnitt i ett hjälpdokument."

1177

1178

#: C/gostools.xml:956(userinput)

1179

#, no-wrap

1180

msgid "yelp ghelp:user-guide?yelp-advanced-cmdline"

1181

msgstr "yelp ghelp:user-guide?yelp-advanced-cmdline"

1182

1183

#: C/gostools.xml:961(option)

1184

msgid "man:"

1185

msgstr "man:"

1186

1187

#: C/gostools.xml:964(para)

1188

msgid "Use this URI when you want to access a particular man page. You can append the section of the man page you would like to view if there are multiple man pages with the same name. The section number should be enclosed in parenthesis and therefore it may be necessary to escape the argument so that the shell does not interpret the parenthesis."

1189

msgstr "Använd den här URI:n när du vill komma åt en speciell man-sida. Du kan lägga till avsnittet av man-sidan du vill visa om det finns flera man-sidor med samma namn. Avsnittsnumret bör stå inuti parenteser, och därför kan det vara nödvändigt att skriva det som en specialsekvens så att skalet inte tolkar parenteserna."

1190

1191

#: C/gostools.xml:971(userinput)

1192

#, no-wrap

1193

msgid "yelp man:gcalctool"

1194

msgstr "yelp man:gcalctool"

1195

1196

#: C/gostools.xml:973(para)

1197

msgid "or"

1198

msgstr "eller"

1199

1200

#: C/gostools.xml:975(userinput)

1201

#, no-wrap

1202

msgid "yelp 'man:intro(1)'"

1203

msgstr "yelp 'man:intro(1)'"

1204

1205

#: C/gostools.xml:976(userinput)

1206

#, no-wrap

1207

msgid "yelp 'man:intro(2)'"

1208

msgstr "yelp 'man:intro(2)'"

1209

1210

#: C/gostools.xml:981(option)

1211

msgid "info:"

1212

msgstr "info:"

1213

1214

#: C/gostools.xml:984(para)

1215

msgid "Use this URI when you want to access a particular GNU info page."

1216

msgstr "Använd den har URI:n när du vill komma åt en specifik GNU info-sida."

1217

1218

#: C/gostools.xml:987(userinput)

1219

#, no-wrap

1220

msgid "yelp info:make"

1221

msgstr "yelp info:make"

1222

1223

#: C/gostools.xml:996(title)

1224

msgid "Refreshing Content on Demand"

1225

msgstr "Uppdatera innehåll efter önskemål"

1226

1227

#: C/gostools.xml:998(para)

1228

msgid "<application>Yelp Help Browser</application> supports the <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>R</keycap></keycombo> shortcut keys, which will reload the DocBook document that is currently open. This allows developers to view changes to documents as they are made."

1229

msgstr "<application>Hjälpbläddraren Yelp</application> har stöd för tangentgenvägen <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>R</keycap></keycombo>, vilket kommer att läsa om DocBook-dokumentet som är öppet just nu. Det här gör att utvecklarna kan visa ändringarna i dokumenten när de görs."

1230

1231

#: C/gostools.xml:1006(title)

1232

msgid "More Information"

1233

msgstr "Mer information"

1234

1235

#: C/gostools.xml:1008(para)

1236

msgid "This section details some of the helper applications which <application>Yelp Help Browser</application> uses, and provides resources where you can get more information about <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>."

1237

msgstr "Det här avsnittet behandlar några av de hjälpprogram som <application>Hjälpbläddraren Yelp</application> använder, och länkar till resurser där du kan få mer information om <application>Hjälpbläddraren Yelp</application>."

1238

1239

#: C/gostools.xml:1013(title)

1240

msgid "Scrollkeeper"

1241

msgstr "Scrollkeeper"

1242

1243

#: C/gostools.xml:1015(para)

1244

msgid "<application>Yelp Help Browser</application> uses scrollkeeper to generate the table of contents for DocBook and HTML documentation, and also keep track of translations for each document."

1245

msgstr "<application>Hjälpbläddraren Yelp</application> använder scrollkeeper för att generera innehållsförteckningar för DocBook- och HTML-dokumentation, och håller även reda på översättningar för varje dokument."

1246

1247

#: C/gostools.xml:1021(title)

1248

msgid "GNOME Documentation Utilites"

1249

msgstr "Dokumentationsverktyg för GNOME"

1250

1251

#: C/gostools.xml:1023(para)

1252

msgid "The documentation distributed with GNOME uses this set of utilities for a variety of things:"

1253

msgstr "Dokumentationen som distribueras med GNOME använder den här verktygsuppsättningen för en mängd olika saker:"

1254

1255

#: C/gostools.xml:1028(para)

1256

msgid "Ease translation of documents to different languages."

1257

msgstr "Förenkla översättning av dokument till olika språk."

1258

1259

#: C/gostools.xml:1032(para)

1260

msgid "Provide a set of tools to help package and install documentation into the correct location and register the documentation with scrollkeeper."

1261

msgstr "Erbjuda en uppsättning verktyg för att hjälpa till med att paketera och installera dokumentation till rätt plats och registrera dokumentationen med scrollkeeper."

1262

1263

#: C/gostools.xml:1038(para)

1264

msgid "Perform conversion from DocBook format to a format suitable for display."

1265

msgstr "Genomför konvertering från DocBook-formatet till ett format som är lämpligt att visa."

1266

1267

#: C/gostools.xml:1026(para)

1268

msgid "<placeholder-1/><application>Yelp Help Browser</application> relies on <ulink url=\"ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt\">GNOME XSLT Stylesheets</ulink> to perform conversion from DocBook to HTML. <ulink url=\"ghelp:gnome-doc-make\">GNOME Documentation Build Utilities</ulink> are relied upon by application authors to install and register documentation within the help system."

1269

msgstr "<placeholder-1/><application>Hjälpbläddraren Yelp</application> använder <ulink url=\"ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt\">GNOME XSLT:s formatmallar</ulink> för att genomföra konverteringen från DocBook till HTML. <ulink url=\"ghelp:gnome-doc-make\">GNOME Dokumentationsbyggverktyg</ulink> används av programskapare för att installera och registrera dokumentation i hjälpsystemet."

1270

1271

#: C/gostools.xml:1047(title)

1272

msgid "Homepage and Mailing List"

1273

msgstr "Webbsida och sändlista"

1274

1275

#: C/gostools.xml:1049(para)

1276

msgid "For further information on <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>, please visit the Documentation Project homepage, <ulink url=\"http://live.gnome.org/Yelp\">http://live.gnome.org/Yelp</ulink>, or subscribe to the mailing list, <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-doc-devel-list\">gnome-doc-devel-list@gnome.org</ulink>."

1277

msgstr "För ytterligare information om <application>Hjälpbläddraren Yelp</application>, besök dokumentationsprojektets webbsida, <ulink url=\"http://live.gnome.org/Yelp\">http://live.gnome.org/Yelp</ulink>, eller prenumerera på sändlistan, <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-doc-devel-list\">gnome-doc-devel-list@gnome.org</ulink>."

1278

1279

#: C/gostools.xml:1056(title)

1280

msgid "Joining the GNOME Documentation Project"

1281

msgstr "Gå med i GNOME:s Dokumentationsprojekt"

1282

1283

#: C/gostools.xml:1058(para)

1284

msgid "If you are interesting in helping produce and update documentation for the GNOME project, please visit the Documentation Project homepage: <ulink url=\"http://live.gnome.org/DocumentationProject\">http://live.gnome.org/DocumentationProject</ulink>"

1285

msgstr "Om du är intresserad i att hjälpa till att producera och uppdatera dokumentationen för GNOME-projektet, besök webbsidan för dokumentationsprojektet: <ulink url=\"http://live.gnome.org/DocumentationProject\">http://live.gnome.org/DocumentationProject</ulink>"

1286

1287

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

1288

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

1289

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:139(None)

1290

#: C/gospanel.xml:1050(None)

1291

msgid "@@image: 'figures/lockscreen_icon.png'; md5=a5937cc295f73c51d54a0761ae924000"

1292

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/lockscreen_icon.png'; md5=a5937cc295f73c51d54a0761ae924000"

1293

1294

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:2(title)

1295

msgid "Desktop Sessions"

1296

msgstr "Skrivbordssessioner"

1297

1298

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:7(remark)

1299

msgid "Needs better intro"

1300

msgstr "Behöver bättre introduktion"

1301

1302

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:8(remark)

1303

msgid "This chapter needs work"

1304

msgstr "Det här kapitlet behöver arbetas på"

1305

1306

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:11(para)

1307

msgid "This chapter provides the information you need to log in to and shut down GNOME, and to start, manage, and end a desktop session."

1308

msgstr "Det har kapitlet ger dig den information du behöver för att logga in i och stänga av GNOME, och för att starta, hantera, och avsluta skrivbordssessionen."

1309

1310

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:15(title)

1311

msgid "Starting a Session"

1312

msgstr "Starta en session"

1313

1314

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:17(primary)

1315

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:47(primary)

1316

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:92(primary)

1317

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:147(primary)

1318

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:182(primary)

1319

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:281(primary)

1320

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:285(primary)

1321

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2890(primary)

1322

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2920(primary)

1323

msgid "sessions"

1324

msgstr "sessioner"

1325

1326

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:18(secondary)

1327

msgid "starting"

1328

msgstr "starta"

1329

1330

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:20(para)

1331

msgid "A <firstterm>session</firstterm> is the period of time you spend using GNOME, between logging in and logging out. During a session, you use your applications, print, browse the web, and so on."

1332

msgstr "En <firstterm>session</firstterm> är den tidsperiod som du tillbringar i GNOME, mellan inloggning och utloggning. Under en session använder du dina program, skriver ut, surfar på Internet, och så vidare."

1333

1334

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:21(para)

1335

msgid "Logging in to GNOME begins your session. The login screen is your gateway to the GNOME Desktop: it is where you enter your username and password and select options such as the language you want GNOME to use for your session."

1336

msgstr "När du loggar in i GNOME påbörjas din session. Inloggningsskärmen är din port till GNOME-skrivbordet: det är var du skriver ditt användarnamn och lösenord, och saker som vilket språk du vill att GNOME ska använda under din session."

1337

1338

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:22(para)

1339

msgid "Normally, logging out ends the session, but you can choose to save the state of your session and restore it next time you use GNOME: see <xref linkend=\"gosstartsession-2\"/>."

1340

msgstr "Vanligtvis avslutas en session när du loggar ut, men du kan välja att spara tillståndet för din session och återställa den nästa gång du använder GNOME: se <xref linkend=\"gosstartsession-2\"/>."

1341

1342

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:45(title)

1343

msgid "Logging in to GNOME"

1344

msgstr "Logga in i GNOME"

1345

1346

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:48(secondary)

1347

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:51(primary)

1348

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:100(primary)

1349

msgid "logging in"

1350

msgstr "logga in"

1351

1352

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:52(secondary)

1353

msgid "to session"

1354

msgstr "till session"

1355

1356

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:55(primary)

1357

msgid "start session"

1358

msgstr "starta session"

1359

1360

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:57(para)

1361

msgid "To log in to a session, perform the following steps:"

1362

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att logga in till en session:"

1363

1364

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:60(para)

1365

msgid "On the login screen, click on the <guilabel>Session</guilabel> icon. Choose the GNOME Desktop from the list of available desktop environments. Most users will not need to perform this step, as GNOME is usually the default desktop environment already."

1366

msgstr "Klicka på ikonen <guilabel>Session</guilabel> på inloggningsskärmen. Välj GNOME-skrivbordet från listan över tillgängliga skrivbordsmiljöer. De flesta användare kommer inte att behöva genomföra detta steg, eftersom GNOME oftast redan är den skrivbordsmiljö som är standard."

1367

1368

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:66(para)

1369

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:111(para)

1370

msgid "Enter your username in the <guilabel>Username</guilabel> field on the login screen, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>."

1371

msgstr "Skriv ditt användarnamn i fältet <guilabel>Användarnamn</guilabel> på inloggningsskärmen, och tryck sedan på <keycap>Retur</keycap>."

1372

1373

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:70(para)

1374

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:115(para)

1375

msgid "Enter your password in the <guilabel>Password</guilabel> field on the login screen, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>."

1376

msgstr "Skriv ditt lösenord i fältet <guilabel>Lösenord</guilabel> på inloggningsskärmen, och tryck sedan på <keycap>Retur</keycap>."

1377

1378

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:74(para)

1379

msgid "When you log in successfully, GNOME will take a short amount of time to start up. When it is ready, you will see the Desktop and you can begin using your computer."

1380

msgstr "När din inloggning lyckas så kommer GNOME att ta en kort tid att starta upp. När det är färdigt så kommer du att se skrivbordet och du kan börja använda din dator."

1381

1382

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:75(para)

1383

msgid "The first time you log in, the session manager starts a new session. If you have logged in before and saved the settings for the previous session when you logged out, then the session manager restores your previous session."

1384

msgstr "Första gången du loggar in så kommer sessionshanteraren att starta en ny session. Om du har loggat in tidigare, och sparat inställningarna för den tidigare sessionen när du loggade ut, så kommer sessionshanteraren att återställa din förra session."

1385

1386

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:79(para)

1387

msgid "If you want to shut down or restart the system before you log in, click on the <guilabel>System</guilabel> icon on the login screen. A dialog is displayed. Select the option that you require, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."

1388

msgstr "Om du vill stänga av eller starta om systemet innan du loggar in så klickar du på <guilabel>System</guilabel>-ikonen i inloggningsskärmen. En dialogruta kommer att visas. Välj det alternativet som du vill och klicka sedan på <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."

1389

1390

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:82(para)

1391

msgid "Your system distributor or vendor may have altered the login screen so that it no longer has a <guilabel>System</guilabel> icon. In this case, the option to shut down the computer may be found by clicking the <guilabel>Other</guilabel> icon, or by clicking a separate <guibutton>Shut Down</guibutton> button."

1392

msgstr "Din systemdistributör eller leverantör kan ha ändrat inloggningsskärmen så att den inte längre har en <guilabel>System</guilabel>-ikon. I det fallet kan alternativet för att stänga av datorn hittas genom att klicka på ikonen <guilabel>Annat</guilabel>, eller genom att klicka på en separat <guibutton>Stäng av</guibutton>-knapp."

1393

1394

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:90(title)

1395

msgid "Using a Different Language"

1396

msgstr "Använd ett annat språk"

1397

1398

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:93(secondary)

1399

msgid "different language, logging in"

1400

msgstr "annat språk, inloggning"

1401

1402

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:97(primary)

1403

msgid "language, logging in in different"

1404

msgstr "språk, logga in med annat"

1405

1406

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:101(secondary)

1407

msgid "to session in different language"

1408

msgstr "till session på annat språk"

1409

1410

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:103(para)

1411

msgid "To log in to a session in a different language, perform the following actions."

1412

msgstr "För att logga in till en session på ett annat språk måste du göra följande."

1413

1414

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:107(para)

1415

msgid "On the login screen, click on the <guilabel>Language</guilabel> icon. Choose the language you require from the list of available languages."

1416

msgstr "Klicka på <guilabel>Språk</guilabel>-ikonen. Välj det språk du vill ha från listan över tillgängliga språk."

1417

1418

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:120(para)

1419

msgid "When you log in to a session in a different language, you are changing the language for the user interface but are not changing the keyboard layout. To choose a different keyboard layout, use the <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gswitchit\"><application>Keyboard Indicator</application></ulink> applet."

1420

msgstr "När du loggar in till en session på ett annat språk så ändrar du språket för användargränssnittet men ändrar inte tangentbordets layout. För att välja en annan tangentbordslayout, använd panelprogrammet <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gswitchit\"><application>Tangentbordsindikator</application></ulink>."

1421

1422

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:126(para)

1423

#| msgid ""

1424

#| "Your system distributor or vendor may have altered the login screen so "

1425

#| "that it no longer has a <guilabel>Language</guilabel> icon. In this case, "

1426

#| "the option to shut down the computer may be found by clicking the "

1427

#| "<guilabel>Other</guilabel> icon."

1428

msgid "Your system distributor or vendor may have altered the login screen so that it no longer has a <guilabel>Language</guilabel> icon. In this case, the option to change the session's language may be found by clicking the <guilabel>Other</guilabel> icon."

1429

msgstr "Din systemdistributör eller leverantör kan ha ändrat inloggningsskärmen så att den inte längre har en <guilabel>Språk</guilabel>-ikon. I det fallet kan alternativet för att ändra sessionens språk hittas genom att klicka på ikonen <guilabel>Annat</guilabel>."

1430

1431

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:133(title)

1432

msgid "Locking Your Screen"

1433

msgstr "Lås din skärm"

1434

1435

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:142(phrase)

1436

#: C/gospanel.xml:1053(phrase)

1437

msgid "Lock screen icon."

1438

msgstr "Ikon för lås skärm"

1439

1440

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:148(secondary)

1441

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:151(primary)

1442

#: C/gospanel.xml:1069(primary)

1443

msgid "locking screen"

1444

msgstr "låsa skärmen"

1445

1446

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:154(primary)

1447

#: C/gospanel.xml:1063(secondary)

1448

#: C/gospanel.xml:1066(primary)

1449

msgid "Lock button"

1450

msgstr "Låsknapp"

1451

1452

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:156(para)

1453

msgid "Locking your screen prevents access to your applications and information, allowing you to leave your computer unattended. While your screen is locked, the <link linkend=\"prefs-screensaver\">screensaver</link> runs."

1454

msgstr "Låsning av din skärm förhindrar åtkomst till dina program och information vilket gör att du kan lämna din dator obevakad. När din skärm är låst så körs <link linkend=\"prefs-screensaver\">skärmsläckaren</link>."

1455

1456

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:158(para)

1457

msgid "To lock the screen, perform one of the following actions:"

1458

msgstr "För att låsa skärmen, gör något av följande:"

1459

1460

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:162(para)

1461

msgid "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guimenuitem>Lock Screen</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

1462

msgstr "Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guimenuitem>Lås skärmen</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

1463

1464

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:165(para)

1465

msgid "If the <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button is present on a panel, click on the <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button."

1466

msgstr "Om knappen <guibutton>Lås skärmen</guibutton> finns i panelen kan du klicka på den."

1467

1468

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:167(para)

1469

msgid "The <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button is not present on the panels by default. To add it, see <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/>."

1470

msgstr "Knappen <guibutton>Lås skärmen</guibutton> finns inte på panelerna som standard. Se <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> för att lägga till den."

1471

1472

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:170(para)

1473

msgid "To unlock the screen, move your mouse or press any key, enter your password in the locked screen dialog, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>."

1474

msgstr "För att låsa upp skärmen rör du på musen eller trycker på valfri tangent, skriver in ditt lösenord i dialogen som kommer fram, och tryck sedan på <keycap>Retur</keycap>."

1475

1476

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:171(para)

1477

msgid "If another user wants to use the computer while it is locked, they can move the mouse or press a key and then click <guibutton>Switch User</guibutton>. The login screen will be displayed and they can log in using their user account. They will not be able to access any of your applications or information. When they log out, the screen will be locked again and you can access your session by unlocking the screen."

1478

msgstr "Om en annan användare vill använda datorn när den är låst så kan de förflytta musen eller trycka på en tangent och sedan klicka på <guibutton>Växla användare</guibutton>. Inloggningsskärmen kommer att visas och de kan logga in med sitt användarkonto. De kommer inte kunna komma åt några av dina program eller din information. När du loggar ut så kommer skärmen att låsas igen och du kan komma åt din session genom att låsa upp skärmen."

1479

1480

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:172(para)

1481

msgid "You can leave a message for a user who has locked their screen. Move the mouse or press any key and then click <guibutton>Leave Message</guibutton>. Type your message into the box and press <guibutton>Save</guibutton>. Your message will be displayed when the user unlocks their screen."

1482

msgstr "Du kan lämna ett meddelande till en användare som har låst sin skärm. Förflytta musen eller tryck på en tangent och klicka sedan på <guibutton>Lämna meddelande</guibutton>. Skriv ditt meddelande i rutan och tryck på <guibutton>Spara</guibutton>. Ditt meddelande kommer att visas när användaren låser upp sin skärm."

1483

1484

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:176(title)

1485

msgid "Setting Programs to Start Automatically When You Log In"

1486

msgstr "Ställ in program att automatiskt starta när du loggar in"

1487

1488

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:178(primary)

1489

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:42(primary)

1490

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:101(primary)

1491

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:163(primary)

1492

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:330(primary)

1493

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:540(see)

1494

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:543(primary)

1495

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:705(primary)

1496

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:893(primary)

1497

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:964(primary)

1498

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1079(primary)

1499

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1265(primary)

1500

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1468(primary)

1501

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1739(primary)

1502

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2138(primary)

1503

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2489(primary)

1504

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2612(primary)

1505

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2886(primary)

1506

msgid "preference tools"

1507

msgstr "inställningsverktyg"

1508

1509

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:179(secondary)

1510

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2887(secondary)

1511

msgid "Sessions"

1512

msgstr "Sessioner"

1513

1514

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:183(secondary)

1515

msgid "startup"

1516

msgstr "uppstart"

1517

1518

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:185(para)

1519

msgid "You can choose for certain programs to be started automatically when you log in to a session. For example, you might want a web browser to be started as soon as you log in. Programs which start automatically when you log in are called <firstterm>startup programs</firstterm>. Startup programs are automatically saved and safely closed by the session manager when you log out, and are restarted when you log in."

1520

msgstr "Du kan välja att vissa program ska startas automatiskt när du loggar in i en session. Till exempel kanske du vill starta en webbläsare direkt när du loggar in. Program som startas automatiskt vid inloggning kallas för <firstterm>uppstartsprogram</firstterm>. Uppstartsprogram sparas automatiskt och stängs säkert av sessionshanteraren när du loggar ut och återstartas när du loggar in."

1521

1522

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:191(para)

1523

msgid "The <application>Sessions</application> preference tool allows you to define which programs are started automatically when you log in. It has two tabs, the <guilabel>Startup Programs</guilabel> tab and the <guilabel>Options</guilabel> tab."

1524

msgstr "Inställningsverktyget <application>Sessioner</application> låter dig definiera vilka program som startas automatiskt när du loggar in. Det har två flikar, fliken <guilabel>Uppstartsprogram</guilabel> och fliken <guilabel>Alternativ</guilabel>."

1525

1526

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:197(title)

1527

msgid "Startup Programs Tab"

1528

msgstr "Filken Uppstartsprogram"

1529

1530

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:201(para)

1531

msgid "You can use the Startup Programs tab to add, modify, and remove startup programs."

1532

msgstr "Du kan använda fliken Uppstartsprogram för att lägga till, ändra och ta bort uppstartsprogram."

1533

1534

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:203(para)

1535

msgid "A list of startup programs is displayed on this tab. The list shows a short description of each program, along with a checkbox which denotes whether the startup program is enabled or not. Programs which are not enabled will not be started automatically when you log in."

1536

msgstr "En lista över uppstartsprogram visas i denna flik. Listan visar en kort beskrivning för varje program, tillsammans med en kryssruta som antyder huruvida uppstartsprogrammet är aktiverat eller inte. Program som inte är aktiverade kommer inte att startas automatiskt när du loggar in."

1537

1538

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:209(title)

1539

msgid "Enabling/Disabling Startup Programs"

1540

msgstr "Aktivera/inaktivera uppstartsprogram"

1541

1542

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:210(para)

1543

msgid "To enable a program to start up automatically, check the checkbox corresponding to that program."

1544

msgstr "Kryssa i kryssrutan som motsvarar programmet för att aktivera automatisk start av programmet."

1545

1546

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:212(para)

1547

msgid "To disable a program from starting automatically, uncheck the checkbox."

1548

msgstr "Kryssa ur kryssrutan för att inaktivera ett program från att startas automatiskt."

1549

1550

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:216(title)

1551

msgid "Adding A New Startup Program"

1552

msgstr "Lägg till ett nytt uppstartsprogram"

1553

1554

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:217(para)

1555

msgid "To add a new startup program, perform the following steps:"

1556

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att lägga till ett nytt uppstartsprogram:"

1557

1558

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:220(para)

1559

msgid "Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. This will open the <application>Add Startup Program</application> dialog box."

1560

msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton>. Detta kommer att öppna dialogrutan <application>Lägg till uppstartsprogram</application>."

1561

1562

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:224(para)

1563

msgid "Use the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> text box to specify a name for the new startup program."

1564

msgstr "Använd textrutan <guilabel>Namn</guilabel> för att ange ett namn för det nya uppstartsprogrammet."

1565

1566

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:228(para)

1567

msgid "Use the <guilabel>Command</guilabel> text box to specify the command which will invoke the application. For example, the command <userinput>gedit</userinput> will start the <application>Gedit Text Editor</application>. If you do not know the exact command, click <guibutton>Browse</guibutton> to choose the path of the command."

1568

msgstr "Använd textrutan <guilabel>Kommando</guilabel> för att ange kommandot vilket kommer att starta programmet. Till exempel kommer kommandot <userinput>gedit</userinput> att starta <application>Textredigeraren Gedit</application>. Om du inte vet det exakta kommandot, klicka på <guibutton>Bläddra</guibutton> för att välja sökvägen för kommandot."

1569

1570

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:235(para)

1571

msgid "Enter a description of the application in the <guilabel>Comments</guilabel> text box. You will see this as the description of the program in the list of startup programs."

1572

msgstr "Ange en beskrivning för programmet i textrutan <guilabel>Kommentarer</guilabel>. Du kommer att se denna som beskrivningen av programmet i listan över uppstartsprogram."

1573

1574

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:240(para)

1575

msgid "Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. The application will be added to the list of startup programs with its checkbox in the checked (enabled) state."

1576

msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton>. Programmet kommer att läggas till i listan över uppstartsprogram med dess kryssruta i kryssat (aktiverad) tillstånd."

1577

1578

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:247(title)

1579

msgid "Removing A Startup Program"

1580

msgstr "Ta bort ett uppstartsprogram"

1581

1582

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:248(para)

1583

msgid "To remove a startup program, select it from the list of startup programs and click <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>."

1584

msgstr "För att ta bort ett uppstartsprogram, markera det i listan över uppstartsprogram och klicka på <guibutton>Ta bort</guibutton>."

1585

1586

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:252(title)

1587

msgid "Editing A Startup Program"

1588

msgstr "Redigera ett uppstartsprogram"

1589

1590

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:253(para)

1591

msgid "To edit an existing startup program, select it from the list of startup programs and click <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>. A dialog will appear which allows you to edit the properties of the program. See <xref linkend=\"gosstartsession-212\"/> for more information on the options available in this dialog."

1592

msgstr "För att redigera ett befintligt uppstartsprogram, välj det från listan över uppstartsprogram och klicka på <guibutton>Redigera</guibutton>. En dialogruta kommer att visas som låter dig redigera egenskaperna för programmet. Se <xref linkend=\"gosstartsession-212\"/> för mer information om alternativen som finns tillgängliga i denna dialogruta."

1593

1594

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:262(title)

1595

msgid "Session Options Tab"

1596

msgstr "Fliken Sessionsalternativ"

1597

1598

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:266(para)

1599

msgid "The session manager can remember which applications you have running when you log out and can automatically restart them when you log in again. If you would like this to happen every time you log out, check <guilabel>Automatically remember running applications when logging out</guilabel>. If you would like this to happen only once, click <guibutton>Remember Currently Running Application</guibutton> before logging out."

1600

msgstr "Sessionshanteraren kan komma ihåg vilka program som du har igång när du loggar ut och kan automatiskt starta om dem när du loggar in igen. Om du vill att detta ska ske varje gång som du loggar ut så kan du kryssa i <guilabel>Kom automatiskt ihåg körande program vid utloggning</guilabel>. Om du vill att detta endast ska ske en gång så kan du klicka på <guibutton>Kom ihåg för närvarande körande program</guibutton> innan du loggar ut."

1601

1602

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:277(title)

1603

msgid "Ending a Session"

1604

msgstr "Avsluta en session"

1605

1606

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:282(secondary)

1607

msgid "ending"

1608

msgstr "avsluta"

1609

1610

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:286(secondary)

1611

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:289(primary)

1612

msgid "logging out"

1613

msgstr "logga ut"

1614

1615

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:292(primary)

1616

msgid "quit"

1617

msgstr "stänga"

1618

1619

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:295(primary)

1620

msgid "shutdown"

1621

msgstr "stänga av"

1622

1623

#. commenting this out for now. A shot of the shutdown button would be good too.

1624

#. <screenshot>

1625

#. <mediaobject>

1626

#. <imageobject>

1627

#. <imagedata fileref="figures/logout_icon.png" format="PNG"/>

1628

#. </imageobject>

1629

#. <textobject>

1630

#. <phrase>Log Out icon.</phrase>

1631

#. </textobject>

1632

#. </mediaobject>

1633

#. </screenshot>

1634

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:310(para)

1635

msgid "When you have finished using your computer, you can choose to do one of the following:"

1636

msgstr "När du har använt din dator färdigt kan du välja att göra något av följande:"

1637

1638

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:313(para)

1639

msgid "Log out, leaving the computer ready for another user to begin working with it. To log out of GNOME, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guimenuitem>Log Out <replaceable>username</replaceable></guimenuitem></menuchoice> ."

1640

msgstr "Logga ut och lämna datorn redo för att en annan användare ska kunna arbeta med den. För att logga ut ur GNOME, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guimenuitem>Logga ut <replaceable>användarnamn</replaceable></guimenuitem></menuchoice> ."

1641

1642

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:316(para)

1643

msgid "Shut down your computer and switch off the power. To shut down, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guimenuitem>Shut Down</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and click <guibutton>Shut Down</guibutton> on the dialog that appears."

1644

msgstr "Stäng av din dator och slå av strömmen. För att stänga av, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guimenuitem>Stäng av</guimenuitem></menuchoice> och klicka på <guibutton>Stäng av</guibutton> i dialogrutan som visas."

1645

1646

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:319(para)

1647

msgid "Depending on your computer's configuration, you can also <firstterm>Hibernate</firstterm> your computer. During hibernation, less power is used, but all of the applications and documents that you have open are preserved and will still be open when you resume from hibernation. You can resume from hibernation by moving your mouse or pressing a key."

1648

msgstr "Beroende på din dators konfiguration så kan du också försätta din dator i <firstterm>viloläge</firstterm>. Under detta viloläge så kommer mindre ström att användas men alla de program och dokument som du har öppnade kommer att behållas och kommer fortfarande att vara öppnade när du återställer datorn från viloläget. Du kan återställa datorn från viloläge genom att förflytta din mus eller trycka på en tangent."

1649

1650

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:324(para)

1651

msgid "Some vendors and distributors allow you to hibernate your computer in two ways, often called Hibernate and <firstterm>Suspend</firstterm>. Both of these will preserve your open files and applications, but one will switch off the power to your computer while the other will leave the computer running in a state that uses less power."

1652

msgstr "Vissa leverantörer och distributörer låter dig att försätta din dator i olika sovlägen, ofta kallade viloläge och <firstterm>vänteläge</firstterm>. Båda två kommer att behålla dina öppnade filer och program, men en kommer att stänga av strömmen till din dator medans den andra kommer att lämna datorn körande i ett tillstånd som använder mindre ström."

1653

1654

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:327(para)

1655

msgid "When you end a session, applications with unsaved work will warn you. You can choose to save your work, or cancel the command to log out or shut down."

1656

msgstr "När du avslutar din session kommer program med osparat arbete att varna dig. Du kan välja att spara ditt arbete, eller avbryta kommandot för att logga ut eller stänga ner."

1657

1658

#: C/gosstartsession.xml:329(para)

1659

msgid "Before you end a session, you might want to save your current settings so that you can restore the session later. In the <link linkend=\"prefs-sessions\"><application>Sessions</application></link> preference tool, you can select an option to automatically save your current settings."

1660

msgstr "Innan du avslutar sessionen kanske du vill spara dina nuvarande inställningar så att du kan återställa sessionen senare. I inställningsverktyget <link linkend=\"prefs-sessions\"><application>Sessioner</application></link> kan du välja att dina inställningar alltid ska sparas."

1661

1662

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

1663

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

1664

#: C/gospanel.xml:343(None)

1665

msgid "@@image: 'figures/four_hide_button.png'; md5=932231a03b23ecdb2563af3460091151"

1666

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/four_hide_button.png'; md5=932231a03b23ecdb2563af3460091151"

1667

1668

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

1669

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

1670

#: C/gospanel.xml:524(None)

1671

msgid "@@image: 'figures/panel_object_popup_menu.png'; md5=35135b4653e42312c3e83f399ec6d406"

1672

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/panel_object_popup_menu.png'; md5=35135b4653e42312c3e83f399ec6d406"

1673

1674

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

1675

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

1676

#: C/gospanel.xml:691(None)

1677

msgid "@@image: 'figures/sample_applet.png'; md5=d61c0b0d5b4a5758c5c8ec210c1682e1"

1678

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/sample_applet.png'; md5=d61c0b0d5b4a5758c5c8ec210c1682e1"

1679

1680

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

1681

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

1682

#: C/gospanel.xml:1023(None)

1683

msgid "@@image: 'figures/force_quit.png'; md5=4e6cd725cd4977eaeab464ce4ff266ce"

1684

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/force_quit.png'; md5=4e6cd725cd4977eaeab464ce4ff266ce"

1685

1686

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

1687

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

1688

#: C/gospanel.xml:1137(None)

1689

msgid "@@image: 'figures/logout_icon.png'; md5=b695adb45b2eaed0d80203635a70a5bb"

1690

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/logout_icon.png'; md5=b695adb45b2eaed0d80203635a70a5bb"

1691

1692

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

1693

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

1694

#: C/gospanel.xml:1170(None)

1695

msgid "@@image: 'figures/run_button.png'; md5=68e8f81b231ed542e57349c93241f3f7"

1696

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/run_button.png'; md5=68e8f81b231ed542e57349c93241f3f7"

1697

1698

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

1699

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

1700

#: C/gospanel.xml:1205(None)

1701

msgid "@@image: 'figures/searchtool_button.png'; md5=e6210d7a387eccba73a76c215f078611"

1702

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/searchtool_button.png'; md5=e6210d7a387eccba73a76c215f078611"

1703

1704

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

1705

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

1706

#: C/gospanel.xml:1251(None)

1707

msgid "@@image: 'figures/show_desktop_button.png'; md5=c228bbe71372d2a5afb76c3c7943e739"

1708

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/show_desktop_button.png'; md5=c228bbe71372d2a5afb76c3c7943e739"

1709

1710

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

1711

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

1712

#: C/gospanel.xml:1329(None)

1713

msgid "@@image: 'figures/open_drawer.png'; md5=ce13f1ec9eaed826ef4e113de0cd5d9c"

1714

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/open_drawer.png'; md5=ce13f1ec9eaed826ef4e113de0cd5d9c"

1715

1716

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

1717

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

1718

#: C/gospanel.xml:1519(None)

1719

msgid "@@image: 'figures/openwindows_menu.png'; md5=5de74eda192636868298a97043530d75"

1720

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/openwindows_menu.png'; md5=5de74eda192636868298a97043530d75"

1721

1722

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

1723

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

1724

#: C/gospanel.xml:1551(None)

1725

msgid "@@image: 'figures/notification_area_icon.png'; md5=973b76c720b51d9495208ab2d62ecdec"

1726

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/notification_area_icon.png'; md5=973b76c720b51d9495208ab2d62ecdec"

1727

1728

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

1729

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

1730

#: C/gospanel.xml:1571(None)

1731

msgid "@@image: 'figures/menu_bar_applet.png'; md5=dd0eee59732d5d03d0f90299ef9fa1bd"

1732

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/menu_bar_applet.png'; md5=dd0eee59732d5d03d0f90299ef9fa1bd"

1733

1734

#: C/gospanel.xml:2(title)

1735

msgid "Using the Panels"

1736

msgstr "Använda panelerna"

1737

1738

#: C/gospanel.xml:11(para)

1739

msgid "This chapter describes how to use the panels at the top and bottom of the GNOME Desktop, how to customize the objects that appear on them, and how to add new panels to the desktop."

1740

msgstr "Det här kapitlet beskriver hur man använder panelerna i över- och underkant av GNOME-skrivbordet, hur man anpassar objekten som visas på dem, och hur man lägger till nya paneler på skrivbordet."

1741

1742

#: C/gospanel.xml:21(primary)

1743

#: C/gospanel.xml:36(primary)

1744

#: C/gospanel.xml:92(primary)

1745

#: C/gospanel.xml:129(primary)

1746

#: C/gospanel.xml:137(primary)

1747

#: C/gospanel.xml:148(primary)

1748

#: C/gospanel.xml:305(primary)

1749

#: C/gospanel.xml:332(primary)

1750

#: C/gospanel.xml:364(primary)

1751

#: C/gospanel.xml:376(primary)

1752

#: C/gospanel.xml:394(primary)

1753

msgid "panels"

1754

msgstr "paneler"

1755

1756

#: C/gospanel.xml:22(secondary)

1757

#: C/gospanel.xml:42(secondary)

1758

#: C/gospanel.xml:98(secondary)

1759

#: C/gospanel.xml:665(secondary)

1760

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:44(secondary)

1761

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1143(tertiary)

1762

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2461(secondary)

1763

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2619(tertiary)

1764

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2628(secondary)

1765

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2889(secondary)

1766

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3349(tertiary)

1767

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:17(secondary)

1768

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:26(secondary)

1769

msgid "introduction"

1770

msgstr "introduktion"

1771

1772

#: C/gospanel.xml:25(para)

1773

msgid "A panel is an area in the GNOME Desktop where you have access to certain actions and information, no matter what the state of your application windows. For example, in the default GNOME panels, you can launch applications, see the date and time, control the system sound volume, and more."

1774

msgstr "En panel är ett område på GNOME-skrivbordet där du har åtkomst du vissa åtgärder och information, oavsett tillståndet för dina programfönster. Till exempel, i standardpanelerna i GNOME, kan du starta program, se datum och tid, kontrollera systemets ljudvolym, och mycket mer. "

1775

1776

#: C/gospanel.xml:26(para)

1777

msgid "You can customize panels to your liking. You can change their behavior and appearance, and you can add or remove objects from your panels. You can create multiple panels, and choose different properties, objects, and backgrounds for each panel. You can also hide panels."

1778

msgstr "Du kan anpassa panelerna så de passar dig. Du kan ändra deras beteende och utseende, och du kan lägga till eller ta bort objekt från dina paneler. Du kan skapa flera paneler, och välja olika egenskaper, objekt, och bakgrunder för varje panel. Du kan även dölja paneler."

1779

1780

#: C/gospanel.xml:27(para)

1781

msgid "By default, the GNOME Desktop contains a panel at the top edge of the screen, and a panel at the bottom edge of the screen. The following sections describe these panels."

1782

msgstr "Som standard innehåller GNOME-skrivbordet en panel i överkanten av skärmen och en panel på nederkaten av skärmen. Följande avsnitt beskriver dessa paneler."

1783

1784

#: C/gospanel.xml:32(title)

1785

msgid "Top Edge Panel"

1786

msgstr "Överkantspanel"

1787

1788

#: C/gospanel.xml:37(secondary)

1789

#: C/gospanel.xml:38(see)

1790

#: C/gospanel.xml:41(primary)

1791

#: C/gospanel.xml:1505(primary)

1792

#: C/gospanel.xml:1510(secondary)

1793

msgid "top edge panel"

1794

msgstr "överkantspanel"

1795

1796

#: C/gospanel.xml:44(para)

1797

msgid "By default, the top edge panel contains the following objects:"

1798

msgstr "Som standard innehåller överkantspanelen följande objekt:"

1799

1800

#: C/gospanel.xml:45(para)

1801

#: C/gospanel.xml:101(para)

1802

msgid "Your distribution of GNOME may have altered this default setup."

1803

msgstr "Din utgåva av GNOME kan ha ändrat den här standardinställningen."

1804

1805

#: C/gospanel.xml:49(term)

1806

msgid "<application>Menu Bar</application> applet"

1807

msgstr "Panelprogrammet <application>Menyrad</application>"

1808

1809

#: C/gospanel.xml:50(para)

1810

msgid "The Menu Bar contains the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu>, <guimenu>Places</guimenu>, and <guimenu>System</guimenu> menus. For more on the menu bar, see <xref linkend=\"menubar\"/>."

1811

msgstr "Menyraden innehåller menyerna <guimenu>Program</guimenu>, <guimenu>Platser</guimenu> och <guimenu>System</guimenu>. För mer information om menyraden, se <xref linkend=\"menubar\"/>."

1812

1813

#: C/gospanel.xml:53(term)

1814

msgid "A set of application launcher icons"

1815

msgstr "En uppsättning programstartarikoner."

1816

1817

#: C/gospanel.xml:54(para)

1818

msgid "The exact number of icons depends on your GNOME distribution, but in general you will find at least a launcher for the <application>Web Browser</application>, an <application>Email client</application> and the <application>Help Browser</application>. Click on any launcher icon to open the corresponding application."

1819

msgstr "Det exakta antalet ikoner beror på din GNOME-distribution, men oftast hittar du minst en programstartare för <application>Webbläsare</application>, en <application>E-postklient</application> samt <application>Hjälpvisare</application>. Klicka på en programstartarikon för att öppna motsvarande program."

1820

1821

#: C/gospanel.xml:57(term)

1822

msgid "<application>Notification Area</application> applet"

1823

msgstr "Panelprogrammet <application>Notifieringsyta</application>"

1824

1825

#: C/gospanel.xml:58(para)

1826

msgid "Displays icons from other applications that may require your attention, or that you may want to access without switching from your current application window. For more on this, see <xref linkend=\"panels-notification-area\"/>."

1827

msgstr "Visar ikoner från andra program som kan behöva din uppmärksamhet, eller som du kanske vill komma åt utan att växla från ditt aktuella programfönster. För mer information om det här, se <xref linkend=\"panels-notification-area\"/>."

1828

1829

#: C/gospanel.xml:59(para)

1830

msgid "Until an application adds an icon to the notification area, only a narrow bar is visible."

1831

msgstr "Endast en smal rad är synlig tills ett program lägger till en ikon på notifieringsytan."

1832

1833

#: C/gospanel.xml:65(term)

1834

msgid "<application>Clock</application> applet"

1835

msgstr "Panelprogrammet <application>Klocka</application>"

1836

1837

#: C/gospanel.xml:66(para)

1838

msgid "The <application>Clock</application> shows the current time. Click on the time to open a small calendar. You can also view a world map by clicking the <guilabel>Locations</guilabel> expansion label. For more on this, see the <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:clock\">Clock Applet Manual</ulink>."

1839

msgstr "<application>Klocka</application> visar den aktuella tiden. Klicka på tiden för att öppna en liten kalender. Du kan också visa en världskarta genom att klicka på etiketten <guilabel>Platser</guilabel>. För mer information om det här, se <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:clock\">Handbok för panelprogrammet Klocka</ulink>."

1840

1841

#: C/gospanel.xml:70(term)

1842

msgid "<application>Volume Control</application> applet"

1843

msgstr "Panelprogrammet <application>Volymkontroll</application>"

1844

1845

#: C/gospanel.xml:72(para)

1846

msgid "The <application>Volume Control</application> enables you to control the volume of the speakers on your system. For more on this, see the <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gnome-volume-control\">Volume Control Manual</ulink>."

1847

msgstr "<application>Volymkontroll</application> låter dig kontrollera volymen för högtalarna för ditt system. För mer information om det här, se <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gnome-volume-control\">Handbok för Volymkontroll</ulink>."

1848

1849

#: C/gospanel.xml:75(term)

1850

msgid "<indexterm><primary>top edge panel</primary><secondary>window list icon</secondary></indexterm><application>Window Selector</application> icon"

1851

msgstr "<indexterm><primary>överkantspanel</primary><secondary>fönsterlistikon</secondary></indexterm><application>Fönsterväljare</application>-ikon"

1852

1853

#: C/gospanel.xml:81(para)

1854

msgid "The <application>Window Selector</application> lists all of your open windows. To give focus to a window, click on the window selector icon at the extreme right of the top edge panel, then select the window. For more on this, see <xref linkend=\"windows-focus\"/>."

1855

msgstr "<application>Fönsterväljare</application> listar alla dina öppna fönster. För att ge fokus till ett fönster, klicka på fönsterväljarikonen längst åt höger på överkantspanelen, markera sedan fönstret. För mer information om det här, se <xref linkend=\"windows-focus\"/>."

1856

1857

#: C/gospanel.xml:88(title)

1858

msgid "Bottom Edge Panel"

1859

msgstr "Nederkantspanel"

1860

1861

#: C/gospanel.xml:93(secondary)

1862

#: C/gospanel.xml:94(see)

1863

#: C/gospanel.xml:97(primary)

1864

#: C/gospanel.xml:103(primary)

1865

msgid "bottom edge panel"

1866

msgstr "nederkantspanel"

1867

1868

#: C/gospanel.xml:100(para)

1869

msgid "By default, the bottom edge panel contains the following objects:"

1870

msgstr "Som standard innehåller nederkantspanelen följande objekt:"

1871

1872

#: C/gospanel.xml:104(secondary)

1873

msgid "default contents"

1874

msgstr "standardinnehåll"

1875

1876

#: C/gospanel.xml:108(term)

1877

msgid "<guibutton>Show Desktop</guibutton> button"

1878

msgstr "Knappen <guibutton>Visa skrivbord</guibutton>"

1879

1880

#: C/gospanel.xml:109(para)

1881

msgid "Click on this button to minimize all open windows and show the desktop. Click it again to restore all of the windows to their previous state."

1882

msgstr "Klicka på den här knappen för att minimera alla öppna fönster och visa skrivbordet. Klicka på den igen för att återställa fönstren till deras tidigare tillstånd."

1883

1884

#: C/gospanel.xml:112(term)

1885

msgid "<application>Window List</application> applet"

1886

msgstr "Panelprogrammet <application>Fönsterlista</application>"

1887

1888

#: C/gospanel.xml:113(para)

1889

msgid "Displays a button for each window that is open. The <application>Window List</application> enables you to minimize and restore windows. For more on this, see <xref linkend=\"windowlist\"/>."

1890

msgstr "Visar en knapp för varje fönster som är öppnat. <application>Fönsterlista</application> låter dig minimera och återställa fönster. För mer information om det här, se <xref linkend=\"windowlist\"/>."

1891

1892

#: C/gospanel.xml:116(term)

1893

msgid "<application>Workspace Switcher</application> applet"

1894

msgstr "Panelprogrammet <application>Arbetsyteväxlare</application>"

1895

1896

#: C/gospanel.xml:117(para)

1897

msgid "Enables you to switch between your workspaces. For more on workspaces, see <xref linkend=\"overview-workspaces\"/>."

1898

msgstr "Låter dig växla mellan dina arbetsytor. För mer information om arbetsytor, se <xref linkend=\"overview-workspaces\"/>."

1899

1900

#: C/gospanel.xml:123(title)

1901

msgid "Managing Panels"

1902

msgstr "Hantera paneler"

1903

1904

#: C/gospanel.xml:130(secondary)

1905

msgid "managing"

1906

msgstr "hantera"

1907

1908

#: C/gospanel.xml:132(para)

1909

msgid "The following sections describe how to manage your panels."

1910

msgstr "Följande avsnitt beskriver hur du hanterar dina paneler."

1911

1912

#: C/gospanel.xml:133(para)

1913

msgid "To interact with a panel, you must click on a vacant space on the panel rather than on any of the objects it holds. If the hide buttons are visible on the panel, you can also middle-click or right-click on one of them to select the panel."

1914

msgstr "För att interagera med en panel så måste du klicka på ett ledigt utrymme på panelen, istället för något av de objekt som den innehåller. Om döljknapparna är synliga på panelen så kan du även mittenklicka eller högerklicka på en av dem för att markera panelen."

1915

1916

#: C/gospanel.xml:135(title)

1917

msgid "Moving a Panel"

1918

msgstr "Flytta en panel"

1919

1920

#: C/gospanel.xml:138(secondary)

1921

#: C/gospanel.xml:547(secondary)

1922

msgid "moving"

1923

msgstr "flytta"

1924

1925

#: C/gospanel.xml:140(para)

1926

#| msgid ""

1927

#| "Drag a panel to another side of the screen to move it there. Click on any "

1928

#| "vacant space on the panel to begin the drag."

1929

msgid "To move a panel to another side of the screen, press and hold <keycap>ALT</keycap> and drag the panel to its new location. Click on any vacant space on the panel to begin the drag."

1930

msgstr "För att flytta en panel till andra sidan av skärmen, tryck och håll ner <keycap>ALT</keycap>-tangenten och dra panelen till dess nya plats. Klicka på ett ledigt utrymme på panelen för att börja att dra den."

1931

1932

#: C/gospanel.xml:141(para)

1933

msgid "A panel that is not set to expand to the full width of the screen can be dragged away from the edge of the screen and placed anywhere. See <xref linkend=\"panel-properties\"/> for details on how to set a panel's expand property."

1934

msgstr "En panel som inte är inställd till att fällas ut till den fullständiga bredden av skärmen kan dras bort från kanten av skärmen och placeras på valfritt utrymme. Se <xref linkend=\"panel-properties\"/> för information om hur man ställer in utfällningsegenskapen för en panel."

1935

1936

#: C/gospanel.xml:144(title)

1937

msgid "Panel Properties"

1938

msgstr "Panelegenskaper"

1939

1940

#: C/gospanel.xml:149(secondary)

1941

#: C/gospanel.xml:506(secondary)

1942

#: C/gospanel.xml:783(secondary)

1943

#: C/gospanel.xml:1404(secondary)

1944

msgid "modifying properties"

1945

msgstr "ändra egenskaper"

1946

1947

#: C/gospanel.xml:151(para)

1948

msgid "You can change the properties of each panel, such as the position of the panel, the hide behavior, and the visual appearance."

1949

msgstr "Du kan ändra egenskaperna för varje panel, såsom positionen för panelen, beteendet för att dölja den, och det visuella utseendet."

1950

1951

#: C/gospanel.xml:154(para)

1952

msgid "To modify the properties of a panel, right-click on a vacant space on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>. The <guilabel>Panel Properties</guilabel> dialog contains two tabbed sections, <guilabel>General</guilabel> and <guilabel>Background</guilabel>."

1953

msgstr "För att ändra egenskaperna för en panel, högerklicka på ett ledigt utrymme på panelen, välj sedan <guimenuitem>Egenskaper</guimenuitem>. Dialogrutan <guilabel>Panelegenskaper</guilabel> innehåller två flikade sektioner, <guilabel>Allmänt</guilabel> och <guilabel>Bakgrund</guilabel>."

1954

1955

#: C/gospanel.xml:157(title)

1956

msgid "General Properties Tab"

1957

msgstr "Fliken för allmänna egenskaper"

1958

1959

#: C/gospanel.xml:158(para)

1960

msgid "In the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab, you can modify panel size, position, and hiding properties. The following table describes the dialog elements on the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tabbed section:"

1961

msgstr "I fliken <guilabel>Allmänt</guilabel> kan du ändra panelstorlek, position och egenskaper för att dölja objekt. Följande tabell beskriver dialogelementen i fliksektionen <guilabel>Allmänt</guilabel>:"

1962

1963

#: C/gospanel.xml:167(para)

1964

#: C/gospanel.xml:253(para)

1965

#: C/gospanel.xml:1426(para)

1966

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2404(para)

1967

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3036(para)

1968

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3158(para)

1969

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3405(para)

1970

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3976(para)

1971

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4131(para)

1972

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:69(para)

1973

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:223(para)

1974

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:578(para)

1975

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:979(para)

1976

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1375(para)

1977

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1521(para)

1978

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1762(para)

1979

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1898(para)

1980

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1997(para)

1981

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2070(para)

1982

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2178(para)

1983

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2339(para)

1984

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2521(para)

1985

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2667(para)

1986

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2737(para)

1987

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2799(para)

1988

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2935(para)

1989

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:3010(para)

1990

msgid "Dialog Element"

1991

msgstr "Dialogelement"

1992

1993

#: C/gospanel.xml:170(para)

1994

#: C/gospanel.xml:256(para)

1995

#: C/gospanel.xml:584(para)

1996

#: C/gospanel.xml:1429(para)

1997

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:198(para)

1998

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:387(para)

1999

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1223(para)

2000

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1389(para)

2001

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2066(para)

2002

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2407(para)

2003

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2671(para)

2004

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3039(para)

2005

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3161(para)

2006

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3296(para)

2007

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3408(para)

2008

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3633(para)

2009

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3781(para)

2010

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3925(para)

2011

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3979(para)

2012

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4066(para)

2013

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4134(para)

2014

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4217(para)

2015

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:72(para)

2016

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:226(para)

2017

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:581(para)

2018

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:982(para)

2019

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1378(para)

2020

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1524(para)

2021

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1765(para)

2022

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1901(para)

2023

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2000(para)

2024

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2073(para)

2025

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2181(para)

2026

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2342(para)

2027

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2524(para)

2028

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2670(para)

2029

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2740(para)

2030

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2802(para)

2031

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2938(para)

2032

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:3013(para)

3970

#: C/printing-booklet.page:21(p)

3971

msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF. If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, you will need to export it to PDF first. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 number of pages (4, 8, 12, 16,...)."

3972

msgstr ""

3973

3974

#: C/printing-booklet.page:24(p)

3975

msgid "If your <app>LibreOffice</app> document does not have a multiple of 4 pages, add the required number of blank pages at the end of the document before exporting to PDF."

3976

msgstr ""

3977

3978

#: C/printing-booklet.page:25(p)

3979

msgid "If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"

3980

msgstr ""

3981

3982

#: C/printing-booklet.page:31(p)

3983

msgid "Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank pages needed."

3984

msgstr ""

3985

3986

#: C/printing-booklet.page:34(p)

3987

msgid "Export the blank pages to a PDF."

3988

msgstr ""

3989

3990

#: C/printing-booklet.page:37(p)

3991

msgid "Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app>, placing the blank pages at the end."

3992

msgstr ""

3993

3994

#: C/printing-booklet.page:42(p)

3995

#, fuzzy

3996

#| msgid "Select the mouse pointer theme that you require from the list box."

3997

msgid "Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list below:"

3998

msgstr "Välj muspekartemat som du önskar från listrutan."

3999

4000

#: C/printing-2sided.page:8(desc)

4001

msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."

4002

msgstr ""

4003

4004

#: C/printing-2sided.page:23(title)

4005

msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"

4006

msgstr ""

4007

4008

#: C/printing-2sided.page:25(p)

4009

msgid "You can print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"

4010

msgstr ""

4011

4012

#: C/printing-2sided.page:36(p)

4013

msgid "Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list."

4014

msgstr ""

4015

4016

#: C/printing-2sided.page:39(p)

4017

msgid "Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to experiment with your printer to see how it works."

4018

msgstr ""

4019

4020

#: C/printing-2sided.page:44(p)

4021

msgid "You can print more than one page of the document per side of paper too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."

4022

msgstr ""

4023

4024

#: C/printing.page:8(desc)

4025

msgid "Learn about printing and using the more advanced features of your printer."

4026

msgstr ""

4027

4028

#: C/printing.page:19(title)

4029

#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:52(p)

4030

#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:63(p)

4031

#: C/hardware.page:47(title)

4032

#, fuzzy

4033

#| msgid "terminating"

4034

msgid "Printing"

4035

msgstr "terminera"

4036

4037

#: C/printing.page:23(title)

4038

msgid "Setup"

4039

msgstr ""

4040

4041

#: C/printing.page:25(title)

4042

#| msgid "Setting up a Printer"

4043

msgid "Set up a printer"

4044

msgstr "Ställ in en skrivare"

4045

4046

#: C/printing.page:30(title)

4047

#| msgid "Selected Layouts"

4048

msgid "Sizes and layouts"

4049

msgstr "Storlekar och layouter"

4050

4051

#: C/printing.page:32(title)

4052

msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"

4053

msgstr ""

4054

4055

#: C/printing.page:38(desc)

4056

msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong..."

4057

msgstr ""

4058

4059

#: C/printing.page:40(title)

4060

msgid "Printer problems"

4061

msgstr "Skrivarproblem"

4062

4063

#: C/prefs-display.page:15(desc)

4064

msgid "<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-resolution\">size and rotation</link>, <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">brightness</link>..."

4065

msgstr "<link xref=\"look-background\">Bakgrund</link>, <link xref=\"look-resolution\">storlek och rotering</link>, <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">ljusstyrka</link>..."

4066

4067

#: C/prefs-display.page:24(title)

4068

#| msgid "Display Preferences"

4069

msgid "Display & screen"

4070

msgstr "Visning och skärm"

4071

4072

#: C/prefs-language.page:15(desc)

4073

msgid "<link xref=\"session-language\">Change language</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>..."

4074

msgstr "<link xref=\"session-language\">Ändra språk</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">tangentbordslayouter</link>..."

4075

4076

#: C/prefs-language.page:23(title)

4077

msgid "Language & region"

4078

msgstr "Språk och region"

4079

4080

#: C/prefs.page:9(title)

4081

msgid "Settings"

4082

msgstr "Inställningar"

4083

4084

#: C/prefs.page:16(desc)

4085

msgid "<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</link>..."

4086

msgstr "<link xref=\"keyboard\">Tangentbord</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mus</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-display\">visning</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-language\">språk</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">användarkonton</link>..."

4087

4088

#: C/prefs.page:26(title)

4089

#| msgid "Use system fonts"

4090

msgid "User & system settings"

4091

msgstr "Inställningar för användare och system"

4092

4093

#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:9(desc)

4094

msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."

4095

msgstr ""

4096

4097

#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:20(title)

4098

msgid "My computer will not turn on"

4099

msgstr "Min dator vill inte starta"

4100

4101

#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:22(p)

4102

msgid "There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."

4103

msgstr ""

4104

4105

#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:26(p)

4106

msgid "This is a complicated topic. Give troubleshooting steps/reasons for why the computer won't turn on. Some of the reasons may be down to hardware failure."

4107

msgstr ""

4108

4109

#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:27(p)

4110

msgid "This was marked incomplete as of 2011-04-04. I marked it final for 3.0. If there's more to add, revisit for 3.2."

4111

msgstr ""

4112

4113

#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32(title)

4114

msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"

4115

msgstr ""

4116

4117

#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33(p)

4118

msgid "Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop)."

4119

msgstr ""

4120

4121

#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:37(title)

4122

msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"

4123

msgstr ""

4124

4125

#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:38(p)

4126

msgid "A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/RAM) and a faulty motherboard."

4127

msgstr ""

4128

4129

#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42(title)

4130

msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"

4131

msgstr ""

4132

4133

#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43(p)

4134

msgid "If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off (or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. These beeps are sometimes referred to as beep codes, and the pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in for repairs."

4135

msgstr ""

4136

4137

#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:47(title)

4138

msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"

4139

msgstr ""

4140

4141

#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:48(p)

4142

msgid "The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."

4143

msgstr ""

4144

4145

#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:49(p)

4146

msgid "This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."

4147

msgstr ""

4148

4149

#: C/power-whydim.page:9(desc)

4150

msgid "When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power."

4151

msgstr ""

4152

4153

#: C/power-whydim.page:20(title)

4154

msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"

4155

msgstr ""

4156

4157

#: C/power-whydim.page:23(p)

4158

msgid "We have a few disparate pages on this. We should consider consolidating or rethinking how we cross-link them."

4159

msgstr ""

4160

4161

#: C/power-whydim.page:26(p)

4162

msgid "When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the computer again, the screen will brighten."

4163

msgstr ""

4164

4165

#: C/power-whydim.page:28(p)

4166

msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"

4167

msgstr ""

4168

4169

#: C/power-whydim.page:35(p)

4170

msgid "Open <gui>Screen</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui>."

4171

msgstr ""

4172

4173

#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:7(desc)

4174

msgid "Look in <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Power</gui></guiseq> for the option to change this."

4175

msgstr ""

4176

4177

#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:18(title)

4178

msgid "I want the computer to turn off when I press the power button"

4179

msgstr ""

4180

4181

#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:20(p)

4182

msgid "When you press the power button on your computer, a window will pop up asking what you want to do - whether you want to turn off the computer, send it to sleep and so on. You can make it so that one of these options happens automatically when you press the power button, rather than showing this window."

4183

msgstr ""

4184

4185

#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:22(p)

4186

msgid "Click your name at the top of the screen, select <gui>System Settings</gui> and double-click <gui>Power</gui>. Change the option labeled <gui>When the power button is pressed</gui>. For example, if you choose <gui>Suspend</gui>, the computer will go to sleep when you press the power button. The default option is <gui>Ask me</gui>."

4187

msgstr ""

4188

4189

#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:9(desc)

4190

msgid "Suspend sends it to sleep; hibernate saves your files but completely switches off the power."

4191

msgstr ""

4192

4193

#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:21(title)

4194

msgid "What happens when I suspend/hibernate the computer?"

4195

msgstr ""

4196

4197

#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:25(p)

4198

msgid "Marking final for 3.0. Would like a slightly better explanation on what \"saved to disk\" means for hibernate. As written, could be confused with open files being saved, which they aren't, per se. Link to topics on controlling suspend/hibernate behavior."

4199

msgstr ""

4200

4201

#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:31(p)

4202

msgid "When you suspend the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that doesn't work, try pressing the power button."

4203

msgstr ""

4204

4205

#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:33(p)

4206

msgid "When you hibernate the computer, all of your applications and documents remain open (actually, they are saved to disk) and the computer completely switches off, so it doesn't use any power. It is like shutting down, but your applications and documents will still be open when you switch on the computer again."

4207

msgstr ""

4208

4209

#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:35(p)

4210

msgid "Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend/hibernate on your computer to see if it does work."

4211

msgstr ""

4212

4213

#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:38(title)

4214

msgid "Always save your work before suspending/hibernating"

4215

msgstr ""

4216

4217

#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:39(p)

4218

msgid "You should save all of your work before suspending or hibernating the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents can't be recovered when you switch on the computer again."

4219

msgstr ""

4220

4221

#: C/power-suspendfail.page:10(desc)

4222

msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend/hibernate."

4223

msgstr ""

4224

4225

#: C/power-suspendfail.page:22(title)

4226

msgid "Why won't my computer turn back on after I sent it to sleep?"

4227

msgstr ""

4228

4229

#: C/power-suspendfail.page:26(p)

4230

msgid "Marked incomplete as of 2011-04-04. Marking final for 3.0. Revisit for 3.2"

4231

msgstr ""

4232

4233

#: C/power-suspendfail.page:29(p)

4234

msgid "If you send your computer to sleep (suspend it) or hibernate it, then try to wake it up or turn it back on, you may find that it doesn't work as you expected. This could be because suspend/hibernate aren't supported properly by your hardware."

4235

msgstr ""

4236

4237

#: C/power-suspendfail.page:32(title)

4238

msgid "My computer is asleep and won't wake up"

4239

msgstr ""

4240

4241

#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33(p)

4242

msgid "If you sent your computer to sleep (suspended it) and then press a key or click the mouse, it should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does not happen, try pressing the power button (don't hold it in; just press it once)."

4243

msgstr ""

4244

4245

#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34(p)

4246

msgid "If this still doesn't help, make sure that your computer's monitor is switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."

4247

msgstr ""

4248

4249

#: C/power-suspendfail.page:35(p)

4250

msgid "As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding-in the power button for 5-10 seconds. You will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You should then be able to turn on the computer again, though."

4251

msgstr ""

4252

4253

#: C/power-suspendfail.page:36(p)

4254

msgid "If this happens every time you send your computer to sleep, the suspend feature may not work with your hardware."

4255

msgstr ""

4256

4257

#: C/power-suspendfail.page:40(title)

4258

msgid "None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"

4259

msgstr ""

4260

4261

#: C/power-suspendfail.page:41(p)

4262

msgid "If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen because you had installed a software update which required the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of hibernating."

4263

msgstr ""

4264

4265

#: C/power-suspendfail.page:43(p)

4266

msgid "It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because the hardware doesn't support it properly. This might be because of a problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it doesn't, it's probably a problem with your computer's drivers."

4267

msgstr ""

4268

4269

#: C/power-suspendfail.page:47(title)

4270

msgid "My wireless connection (or other hardware) doesn't work when I wake up my computer"

4271

msgstr ""

4272

4273

#: C/power-suspendfail.page:48(p)

4274

msgid "If you send your computer to sleep or hibernate it and then wake it up again, you may find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device doesn't work properly. This could be because the device's driver doesn't properly support suspend/hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."

4275

msgstr ""

4276

4277

#: C/power-suspendfail.page:49(p)

4278

msgid "If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it works."

4279

msgstr ""

4280

4281

#: C/power-suspendfail.page:50(p)

4282

msgid "If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this doesn't work, you may need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."

4283

msgstr ""

4284

4285

#: C/power.page:12(name)

4286

#: C/clock-calendar.page:35(cite)

4287

msgid "Natalia Ruz"

4288

msgstr "Natalia Ruz"

4289

4290

#: C/power.page:13(email)

4291

#: C/look-resolution.page:19(email)

4292

#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:17(email)

4293

#: C/look-background.page:23(email)

4294

#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:16(email)

4295

#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:17(email)

4296

#: C/display-dimscreen.page:19(email)

4297

#: C/disk-check.page:16(email)

4298

#: C/disk-capacity.page:16(email)

4299

#: C/disk-benchmark.page:16(email)

4300

msgid "nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl"

4301

msgstr "nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl"

4302

4303

#: C/power.page:17(desc)

4304

msgid "<link xref=\"power-suspendhibernate\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">energy savings</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen dimming</link>..."

4305

msgstr ""

4306

4307

#: C/power.page:25(title)

4308

#| msgid "Network Settings"

4309

msgid "Power settings"

4310

msgstr "Ströminställningar"

4311

4312

#: C/power.page:28(title)

4313

#| msgid "Type to test settings"

4314

msgid "Battery settings"

4315

msgstr "Batteriinställningar"

4316

4317

#: C/power.page:32(title)

4318

#| msgid "Emblems"

4319

msgid "Problems"

4320

msgstr "Problem"

4321

4322

#: C/power-othercountry.page:7(desc)

4323

msgid "Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a travel adapter."

4324

msgstr ""

4325

4326

#: C/power-othercountry.page:23(title)

4327

msgid "Will my computer work with a different country's power supply?"

4328

msgstr ""

4329

4330

#: C/power-othercountry.page:25(p)

4331

msgid "Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer should work with a different country's power supply as long as you have an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."

4332

msgstr ""

4333

4334

#: C/power-othercountry.page:27(p)

4335

msgid "If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for your power adapter. Many laptops are delivered with more than one plug for their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."

4336

msgstr ""

4337

4338

#: C/power-othercountry.page:29(p)

4339

msgid "If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many computers don't have a switch like this, and will happily work with either voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked \"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."

4340

msgstr ""

4341

4342

#: C/power-othercountry.page:32(p)

4343

msgid "Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch everything off first if you can."

4344

msgstr ""

4345

4346

#: C/power-nowireless.page:10(desc)

4347

msgid "Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is sent to sleep and don't wake up again properly."

4348

msgstr ""

4349

4350

#: C/power-nowireless.page:21(title)

4351

msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"

4352

msgstr ""

4353

4354

#: C/power-nowireless.page:23(p)

4355

msgid "If you have sent your computer to sleep (suspended it) or hibernated it, you may find that your wireless internet connection doesn't work when you wake it up again. This happens when the wireless device's <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> don't fully support certain power saving features. Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the computer wakes up."

4356

msgstr ""

4357

4358

#: C/power-nowireless.page:25(p)

4359

msgid "If this happens, try turning your wireless connection off and then on again. If you have a power switch for the wireless card, turn it off and then on again and see if it works. Some laptops have a keyboard shortcut that can be used to turn the wireless on and off; its icon often looks like a \"radio beacon\". You can also try clicking the network icon on the top bar and unchecking <gui>Enable wireless</gui>, waiting for a few seconds, and the re-checking it."

4360

msgstr ""

4361

4362

#: C/power-nowireless.page:27(p)

4363

msgid "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should get the wireless working again."

4364

msgstr ""

4365

4366

#: C/power-lowpower.page:7(desc)

4367

msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."

4368

msgstr ""

4369

4370

#: C/power-lowpower.page:18(title)

4371

msgid "Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?"

4372

msgstr ""

4373

4374

#: C/power-lowpower.page:20(p)

4375

msgid "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will automatically hibernate (that is, it will save all of your open documents and applications, and then turn off). It does this to make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have time to shut down properly either."

4376

msgstr ""

4377

4378

#: C/power-lowpower.page:22(p)

4379

msgid "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by clicking your name at the top of the screen, selecting <gui>System Settings</gui>, and then opening the <gui>Power</gui> settings. Look at the <gui>When power is critically low</gui> setting. You can choose for the computer to hibernate or shut down; if you choose shut down, your applications and documents will not be saved before the computer turn off."

4380

msgstr ""

4381

4382

#: C/power-lowpower.page:24(p)

4383

msgid "Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you didn't save it before the computer hibernated. You may be able to <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with hibernation</link> though."

4384

msgstr ""

4385

4386

#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:8(desc)

4387

msgid "Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which can be damaging."

4388

msgstr ""

4389

4390

#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:19(title)

4391

msgid "My computer gets really hot"

4392

msgstr "Min dator blir väldigt varm"

4393

4394

#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:21(p)

4395

msgid "Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is normal: it's simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is overheating, which can potentially cause damage."

4396

msgstr ""

4397

4398

#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:23(p)

4399

msgid "Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. It's generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient cooling."

4400

msgstr ""

4401

4402

#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:25(p)

4403

msgid "If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the computer's cooling system may not be able to remove heat and circulate cool air fast enough."

4404

msgstr ""

4405

4406

#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27(p)

4407

msgid "Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."

4408

msgstr ""

4409

4410

#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:29(p)

4411

msgid "Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, in order to prevent damage from occurring. If your computer keeps shutting down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will probably need to get it repaired."

4412

msgstr ""

4413

4414

#: C/power-constantfan.page:8(desc)

4415

msgid "Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running hot."

4416

msgstr ""

4417

4418

#: C/power-constantfan.page:20(title)

4419

msgid "Why is the laptop fan always running?"

4420

msgstr ""

4421

4422

#: C/power-constantfan.page:22(p)

4423

msgid "If your laptop's cooling fan is always running, it could be that the hardware that controls the laptop's cooling system isn't very well supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of the time."

4424

msgstr ""

4425

4426

#: C/power-constantfan.page:24(p)

4427

msgid "If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link href=\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> can be installed to control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your computer."

4428

msgstr ""

4429

4430

#: C/power-constantfan.page:26(p)

4431

msgid "It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your laptop which may help."

4432

msgstr ""

4433

4434

#: C/power-closelid.page:10(desc)

4435

msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."

4436

msgstr ""

4437

4438

#: C/power-closelid.page:21(title)

4439

msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"

4440

msgstr ""

4441

4442

#: C/power-closelid.page:23(p)

4443

msgid "When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will suspend in order to save power. This means that the computer is not actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can wake it up by opening the lid. If it doesn't wake up, try clicking the mouse or pressing a key. If that still doesn't work, press the power button."

4444

msgstr ""

4445

4446

#: C/power-closelid.page:25(p)

4447

msgid "Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their hardware isn't completely supported by the operating system (e.g. the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are unable to wake up your computer after you've closed the lid. You can try to <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."

4448

msgstr ""

4449

4450

#: C/power-closelid.page:28(title)

4451

msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"

4452

msgstr ""

4453

4454

#: C/power-closelid.page:29(p)

4455

msgid "If you don't want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank the screen, rather than suspend, when the lid is closed:"

4456

msgstr ""

4457

4458

#: C/power-closelid.page:32(p)

4459

msgid "Move your mouse to the Activities menu to activate the overview."

4460

msgstr ""

4461

4462

#: C/power-closelid.page:35(p)

4463

msgid "Choose <gui>Applications</gui> and locate the Terminal in the list, or type \"terminal\" to locate it. Click the <gui>Terminal</gui> icon to start the application."

4464

msgstr ""

4465

4466

#: C/power-closelid.page:38(p)

4467

msgid "To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this command and hit <key>Enter</key>:"

4468

msgstr ""

4469

4470

#: C/power-closelid.page:39(code)

4471

#, no-wrap

4472

msgid "gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugin.power lid-close-battery-action blank"

4473

msgstr "gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugin.power lid-close-battery-action blank"

4474

4475

#: C/power-closelid.page:42(p)

4476

msgid "To change the setting used when running on AC power, type this command and hit <key>Enter</key>:"

4477

msgstr ""

4478

4479

#: C/power-closelid.page:43(code)

4480

#, no-wrap

4481

msgid "gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugin.power lid-close-ac-action blank"

4482

msgstr "gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugin.power lid-close-ac-action blank"

4483

4484

#: C/power-closelid.page:46(p)

4485

msgid "There are other settings available besides \"blank,\" such as \"nothing,\" which causes the computer to do nothing."

4486

msgstr ""

4487

4488

#: C/power-brighter.page:11(desc)

4489

msgid "Laptops and desktop monitors usually have buttons that you can press to change the brightness."

4490

msgstr ""

4491

4492

#: C/power-brighter.page:22(title)

4493

msgid "How can I make the screen brighter?"

4494

msgstr ""

4495

4496

#: C/power-brighter.page:24(p)

4497

msgid "If you have a laptop or netbook, there are probably some screen brightness controls on the keyboard. They usually have stylized \"sun\" icons, and are often on or above the function keys (e.g. <key>F4</key>). On some laptops, you must hold-down the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key and then press one of the brightness keys to change the screen brightness. For example, you might press <keyseq><key>Fn</key><key>F4</key></keyseq> to decrease the brightness and <keyseq><key>Fn</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> to increase it."

4498

msgstr ""

4499

4500

#: C/power-brighter.page:26(p)

4501

msgid "You can also change the brightness by clicking your name on the top panel, selecting <gui>System Settings</gui> and then opening the <gui>Screen</gui> preferences."

4502

msgstr ""

4503

4504

#: C/power-brighter.page:28(p)

4505

msgid "If you have a desktop computer, you should be able to use controls on the monitor to change the brightness of the screen. How you do this depends very much on what monitor you have - some have specific buttons to change brightness, whereas others have buttons which you use to navigate on-screen menus."

4506

msgstr ""

4507

4508

#: C/power-brighter.page:30(p)

4509

msgid "If you have increased the brightness to the maximum but it's still not bright enough, you may need to adjust the contrast or gamma settings of the screen instead. Not all screens allow you to change both of these settings, however."

4510

msgstr ""

4511

4512

#: C/power-batterywindows.page:7(desc)

4513

msgid "Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the cause of this problem."

4514

msgstr ""

4515

4516

#: C/power-batterywindows.page:22(title)

4517

msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"

4518

msgstr ""

4519

4520

#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24(p)

4521

msgid "Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including them in Linux is difficult."

4522

msgstr ""

4523

4524

#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26(p)

4525

msgid "Unfortunately, there's not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">simple power-saving methods</link> helps, though. If your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."

4526

msgstr ""

4527

4528

#: C/power-batterywindows.page:28(p)

4529

msgid "Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give different estimates. See <link xref=\"power-batteryestimate\"/> for more information."

4530

msgstr ""

4531

4532

#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7(desc)

4533

msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."

4534

msgstr ""

4535

4536

#: C/power-batteryslow.page:20(title)

4537

msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it's on battery?"

4538

msgstr ""

4539

4540

#: C/power-batteryslow.page:22(p)

4541

msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in order to conserve power. The laptop's processor (CPU) switches to a slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the battery should last longer."

4542

msgstr ""

4543

4544

#: C/power-batteryslow.page:24(p)

4545

msgid "This feature is called CPU frequency scaling."

4546

msgstr ""

4547

4548

#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:9(desc)

4549

msgid "Don't let the battery run down too far."

4550

msgstr ""

4551

4552

#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:25(title)

4553

msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"

4554

msgstr ""

4555

4556

#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:27(p)

4557

msgid "As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong their useful lifetime, although you shouldn't expect a big difference."

4558

msgstr ""

4559

4560

#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:31(p)

4561

msgid "Don't let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge before the battery gets very low; recharging when it is only partially discharged is more efficient."

4562

msgstr ""

4563

4564

#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:34(p)

4565

msgid "Heat has a detrimental effect on a battery's charging efficiency. Don't let the battery get any warmer than it has to."

4566

msgstr ""

4567

4568

#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:37(p)

4569

msgid "Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original battery - always buy replacements when you need them."

4570

msgstr ""

4571

4572

#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:42(p)

4573

msgid "This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which are the most common type. Other types of battery may behave differently."

4574

msgstr ""

4575

4576

#: C/power-batterylife.page:10(desc)

4577

msgid "Tips to reduce your computer's power consumption."

4578

msgstr ""

4579

4580

#: C/power-batterylife.page:26(title)

4581

msgid "How can I use less power and improve battery life?"

4582

msgstr ""

4583

4584

#: C/power-batterylife.page:28(p)

4585

msgid "Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment. If you have a laptop, this will also help to increase the amount of time it can run on battery for."

4586

msgstr ""

4587

4588

#: C/power-batterylife.page:31(title)

4589

#| msgid "General"

4590

msgid "General tips"

4591

msgstr "Allmänna tips"

4592

4593

#: C/power-batterylife.page:35(p)

4594

msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it can be woken up very quickly."

4595

msgstr ""

4596

4597

#: C/power-batterylife.page:38(p)

4598

msgid "Turn off the computer when you will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but modern computers are quite robust, so this shouldn't be an issue."

4599

msgstr ""

4600

4601

#: C/power-batterylife.page:41(p)

4602

msgid "Use the Power Management preferences to change your power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: you can <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">automatically dim</link> the display or send it to sleep after a certain time; <link xref=\"power-brighter\">reduce the display's brightness</link> (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref=\"power-suspendhibernate\">automatically go to sleep</link> if you haven't used it for a certain period of time."

4603

msgstr ""

4604

4605

#: C/power-batterylife.page:44(p)

4606

msgid "Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you're not using them."

4607

msgstr ""

4608

4609

#: C/power-batterylife.page:50(title)

4610

msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"

4611

msgstr "Bärbara datorer, ultraportabla och andra enheter med batterier"

4612

4613

#: C/power-batterylife.page:54(p)

4614

msgid "<link xref=\"power-brighter\">Reduce the screen's brightness</link>; powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop's power consumption."

4615

msgstr ""

4616

4617

#: C/power-batterylife.page:55(p)

4618

msgid "Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you can use to reduce the brightness."

4619

msgstr ""

4620

4621

#: C/power-batterylife.page:58(p)

4622

msgid "If you don't need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, which takes quite a bit of power."

4623

msgstr ""

4624

4625

#: C/power-batterylife.page:59(p)

4626

msgid "Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can turn it on again when you need it."

4627

msgstr ""

4628

4629

#: C/power-batterylife.page:65(title)

4630

msgid "More advanced tips"

4631

msgstr "Fler avancerade tips"

4632

4633

#: C/power-batterylife.page:69(p)

4634

msgid "Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use more power when they have more work to do."

4635

msgstr ""

4636

4637

#: C/power-batterylife.page:70(p)

4638

msgid "Most of your running applications do very little when you're not actively using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the internet, play music or movies, or run distributed calculations can impact your power consumption."

4639

msgstr ""

4640

4641

#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:9(desc)

4642

#, fuzzy

4643

#| msgid ""

4644

#| "The information that is displayed in icon captions and the date format."

4645

msgid "The battery life that is displayed is only an estimate."

4646

msgstr "Informationen som visas i ikontexter och datumformatet."

4647

4648

#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:25(title)

4649

msgid "It says X minutes of battery remaining, but that's not true"

4650

msgstr ""

4651

4652

#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:27(p)

4653

msgid "When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time remaining it reports is different to how long the battery actually lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be estimated. The estimates should get better over time, though."

4654

msgstr ""

4655

4656

#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:29(p)

4657

msgid "In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."

4658

msgstr ""

4659

4660

#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:31(p)

4661

msgid "Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."

4662

msgstr ""

4663

4664

#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:33(p)

4665

msgid "As the battery discharges, the Power Manager will figure-out its discharge properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They will never be completely accurate, though."

4666

msgstr ""

4667

4668

#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:36(p)

4669

msgid "If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of days!), the Power Manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to make a sensible estimate."

4670

msgstr ""

4671

4672

#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:37(p)

4673

msgid "If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug it in and let it recharge again, the Power Manager should be able to get the data it needs."

4674

msgstr ""

4675

4676

#: C/power-batterybroken.page:11(desc)

4677

msgid "Your battery is probably not broken; it's more likely that it's just old."

4678

msgstr ""

4679

4680

#: C/power-batterybroken.page:23(title)

4681

msgid "Why does it say my battery is broken?"

4682

msgstr ""

4683

4684

#: C/power-batterybroken.page:25(p)

4685

msgid "When you first log in, you might see a message that says:"

4686

msgstr ""

4687

4688

#: C/power-batterybroken.page:27(em)

4689

msgid "Battery may be broken. Your battery has a very low capacity which means that it may be old or broken."

4690

msgstr ""

4691

4692

#: C/power-batterybroken.page:30(p)

4693

msgid "This message is displayed when the computer detects that your battery is not capable of storing much charge. The most likely reason for this is that your battery is old; it's probably not broken, so there's no need to worry."

4694

msgstr ""

4695

4696

#: C/power-batterybroken.page:32(p)

4697

msgid "Over time, all laptop batteries lose their ability to store charge. After a while (normally a year or more), the battery will only be able to store a fraction of the charge that it could when it was new. The message above is shown when this happens."

4698

msgstr ""

4699

4700

#: C/power-batterybroken.page:34(p)

4701

msgid "If your computer/battery is relatively new, it should be capable of holding a high percentage of its design charge. If it can't, then your battery may be broken and you might need to seek a replacement."

4702

msgstr ""

4703

4704

#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:19(desc)

4705

msgid "Delete the network connection that keeps being connected to accidentally."

4706

msgstr ""

4707

4708

#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:23(title)

4709

msgid "My computer connects to the wrong network"

4710

msgstr "Min dator ansluter till fel nätverk"

4711

4712

#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:25(p)

4713

msgid "When you turn your computer on or move to a different location, your computer will automatically try to connect to wireless networks that you have connected to in the past. If it tries to connect to the wrong network each time (that is, not the one that you want it to connect to), do the following:"

4714

msgstr ""

4715

4716

#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:29(p)

4717

msgid "Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Edit Connections</gui>."

4718

msgstr ""

4719

4720

#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:33(p)

4721

msgid "Go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab and find the network that you don't want it to keep connecting to."

4722

msgstr ""

4723

4724

#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:37(p)

4725

msgid "Click that network once to select it and click <gui>Delete</gui>. Your computer won't try to connect to that network any more."

4726

msgstr ""

4727

4728

#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:42(p)

4729

msgid "If you want to connect to the network you just deleted at some point in the future, simply select it from the list of wireless networks that appears when you click the network icon on the top panel - just as you would connect to any other wireless network."

4730

msgstr ""

4731

4732

#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:15(desc)

4733

msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."

4734

msgstr "WEP och WPA är sätt att kryptera data på trådlösa nätverk."

4735

4736

#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:19(title)

4737

msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"

4738

msgstr "Vad betyder WEP och WPA?"

4739

4740

#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22(p)

4741

msgid "Explain these terms, and explain wireless security and why it's a good idea."

4742

msgstr ""

4743

4744

#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:25(p)

4745

msgid "WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used to secure your wireless connection. WEP stands for Wired Equivalent Privacy, and WPA stands for Wireless Protected Access. WPA2 represents the second version of the WPA standard."

4746

msgstr ""

4747

4748

#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:27(p)

4749

msgid "Using some encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your wireless network."

4750

msgstr ""

4751

4752

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:12(name)

4753

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:12(name)

4754

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:12(name)

4755

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:11(name)

4756

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:14(name)

4757

msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"

4758

msgstr ""

4759

4760

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20(desc)

4761

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:20(desc)

4762

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:20(desc)

4763

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:19(desc)

4764

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:22(desc)

4765

msgid "Troubleshoot your connection to a wireless network."

4766

msgstr "Felsök din anslutning till ett trådlöst nätverk."

4767

4768

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:24(title)

4769

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:24(title)

4770

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:24(title)

4771

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:26(title)

4772

msgid "Resolve problems with wireless connections"

4773

msgstr ""

4774

4775

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:27(title)

4776

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:34(p)

4777

msgid "Performing an initial check"

4778

msgstr ""

4779

4780

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:28(p)

4781

msgid "Our first step will be to verify some basic network connectivity information."

4782

msgstr ""

4783

4784

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:30(p)

4785

msgid "Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a wired internet connection."

4786

msgstr ""

4787

4788

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:31(p)

4789

msgid "If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a wireless-USB adapter, or a PCMCIA card), make sure that it is inserted into the proper slot on your computer."

4790

msgstr ""

4791

4792

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32(p)

4793

msgid "If your wireless card is inside of your computer, make sure that your wireless adapter switch is turned on."

4794

msgstr ""

4795

4796

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:33(p)

4797

msgid "In the <gui>Top Bar</gui>, make sure that you have not set the <gui>Wireless</gui> setting to <gui>Off</gui>."

4798

msgstr ""

4799

4800

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:34(p)

4801

msgid "Open a <app>terminal</app> window (such as <app>gnome-terminal</app>), and enter the following command:"

4802

msgstr ""

4803

4804

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:35(cmd)

4805

msgid "nm-tool"

4806

msgstr "nm-tool"

4807

4808

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38(p)

4809

msgid "The <app>nm-tool</app> program will display information about your network hardware and connection status. If output from the wireless connection section contains the text, <code>State: Connected</code>, it means that your wireless adapter is working and it is connected to your wireless router."

4810

msgstr ""

4811

4812

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:40(p)

4813

msgid "If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review your router and ISP setup guides, or contact your ISP for support."

4814

msgstr ""

4815

4816

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:41(p)

4817

msgid "If the output from the <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> command did not indicate that you were connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next portion of the troubleshooting guide."

4818

msgstr ""

4819

4820

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:27(title)

4821

msgid "Gather information about your computer and network hardware:"

4822

msgstr ""

4823

4824

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:28(p)

4825

msgid "To best troubleshoot your wireless connection you will need some items and some information. Although you might not have all of these items, collect what you can:"

4826

msgstr ""

4827

4828

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:30(p)

4829

msgid "Your laptop and wireless router (of course!)"

4830

msgstr ""

4831

4832

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:31(p)

4833

msgid "The packaging and contents for your device (particularly the user guide for your router)"

4834

msgstr ""

4835

4836

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:32(p)

4837

msgid "A driver disc - even if it only contains Windows drivers"

4838

msgstr ""

4839

4840

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:33(p)

4841

msgid "If possible, have access to an alternate working internet connection for downloading software and drivers"

4842

msgstr ""

4843

4844

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:36(p)

4845

msgid "It is also helpful to have the following information available. Again, just collect what you can:"

4846

msgstr ""

4847

4848

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38(p)

4849

msgid "The name of the manufacturer for your computer, wireless adapter and router"

4850

msgstr ""

4851

4852

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:39(p)

4853

msgid "The complete model number of your computer and router"

4854

msgstr ""

4855

4856

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:40(p)

4857

msgid "Any version numbers that may be printed on your devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look carefully."

4858

msgstr ""

4859

4860

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:41(p)

4861

msgid "Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself or the components it uses. Wireless implementation chips are often operated by firmware, a type of software written specifically for that chip."

4862

msgstr ""

4863

4864

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:43(p)

4865

msgid "Once you have these items and this information, click <gui>Next</gui> in the upper-right portion of this page to continue."

4866

msgstr ""

4867

4868

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:26(p)

4869

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:25(p)

4870

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:28(p)

4871

msgid "This guide is designed to help you troubleshoot and resolve problems with accessing a wireless network."

4872

msgstr ""

4873

4874

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29(title)

4875

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:28(title)

4876

msgid "Checking your system hardware"

4877

msgstr ""

4878

4879

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:30(p)

4880

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:29(p)

4881

msgid "Our first step will be to see if your computer recognizes your wireless adapter."

4882

msgstr ""

4883

4884

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:32(p)

4885

msgid "Open a <app>terminal</app> window, and enter <cmd>sudo lshw -C network</cmd>."

4886

msgstr ""

4887

4888

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33(p)

4889

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:32(p)

4890

msgid "If you get no response, you may need to install the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer."

4891

msgstr ""

4892

4893

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:34(p)

4894

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:33(p)

4895

msgid "Read the output from the command, and check for the Wireless interface section. If your wireless adapter is detected, the output should look similar to this:"

4896

msgstr ""

4897

4898

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:55(p)

4899

msgid "If a wireless device is listed, then continue to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers page</link>."

4900

msgstr ""

4901

4902

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:56(p)

4903

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:55(p)

4904

msgid "If a wireless device is not listed, the next steps will help you to locate the hardware information."

4905

msgstr ""

4906

4907

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59(title)

4908

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:58(title)

4909

msgid "Further wireless hardware checks"

4910

msgstr ""

4911

4912

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:60(p)

4913

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:59(p)

4914

msgid "Because your wireless adapter was not found with the previous command, you need to take further steps to make sure your computer recognizes your adapter."

4915

msgstr ""

4916

4917

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61(p)

4918

msgid "The steps you take will depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that you use with your computer: PCI (internal), USB, or PCMCIA."

4919

msgstr ""

4920

4921

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:62(p)

4922

msgid "Internal PCI adapters are most common, and are found on laptops made within the past few years. PCMCIA adapters are external, card-style adapters, and are more common on older laptops."

4923

msgstr ""

4924

4925

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64(title)

4926

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:63(title)

4927

msgid "Checking for a PCI (internal) device"

4928

msgstr ""

4929

4930

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:65(p)

4931

msgid "To check if your computer can recognizes your PCI wireless adapter, enter <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> into a terminal window. The terminal will display a list of PCI devices that it has found on your computer."

4932

msgstr ""

4933

4934

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:66(p)

4935

msgid "Although this may be a bit difficult to read-through, look for the name and model number of your wireless adapter. Here is an example of what a PCI device listing may look like:"

4936

msgstr ""

4937

4938

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:70(p)

4939

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:79(p)

4940

msgid "If your device is recognized by the previous command, great! Proceed to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers</link> page. If the above command does not show any output related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions at the bottom of this page."

4941

msgstr ""

4942

4943

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:73(title)

4944

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:66(title)

4945

msgid "Checking for a USB device"

4946

msgstr ""

4947

4948

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74(p)

4949

msgid "To check if your computer recognizes your USB wireless adapter, enter <cmd>sudo lsusb</cmd> into a terminal window. The terminal will display a list of USB devices that it has found on your computer."

4950

msgstr ""

4951

4952

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:75(p)

4953

msgid "Although it may be difficult to read-through, look for the name and model number of your USB wireless adapter. Here is some sample output from the <cmd>lsusb</cmd> command:"

4954

msgstr ""

4955

4956

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82(title)

4957

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:69(title)

4958

msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"

4959

msgstr ""

4960

4961

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:83(p)

4962

#, fuzzy

4963

#| msgid "To modify properties for a drawer perform the following steps:"

4964

msgid "To check if your computer recognizes your PCMCIA adapter, complete the following steps:"

4965

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att ändra egenskaperna för en låda:"

4966

4967

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:85(p)

4968

msgid "Start your computer without the wireless adapter plugged in."

4969

msgstr ""

4970

4971

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:86(p)

4972

msgid "Log in when/if prompted."

4973

msgstr ""

4974

4975

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:87(p)

4976

msgid "When the desktop loads, open a terminal window and type the following command:"

4977

msgstr ""

4978

4979

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88(cmd)

4980

msgid "sudo tail -f /var/log/messages"

4981

msgstr ""

4982

4983

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89(p)

4984

msgid "Insert your wireless adapter into an available slot."

4985

msgstr ""

4986

4987

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:90(p)

4988

#, fuzzy

4989

#| msgid "The following explains the difference between the two modes:"

4990

msgid "Repeat the command above, and note the difference between the two."

4991

msgstr "Följande förklarar skillnaden mellan dessa två lägen:"

4992

4993

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:93(p)

4994

msgid "If your device is recognized by the previous command, great! Proceed to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers</link> page."

4995

msgstr ""

4996

4997

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:95(p)

4998

msgid "If your device is not recognized by any of the above commands, it may mean that your device is not working, or that your device is not supported by your operating system."

4999

msgstr ""

5000

5001

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:96(p)

5002

msgid "To get additional help, post a message to a user forum appropriate to your operating system (e.g., Fedora, OpenSUSE, or Ubuntu forums, etc.), or post a message to an appropriate mailing list."

5003

msgstr ""

5004

5005

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:23(title)

5006

msgid "Checking for wireless device drivers"

5007

msgstr ""

5008

5009

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31(p)

5010

msgid "Open a <app>terminal</app> window, and enter <cmd>sudo lshw -C network</cmd>"

5011

msgstr ""

5012

5013

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:54(p)

5014

msgid "If a wireless device is listed, then continue to the Device Drivers page"

5015

msgstr ""

5016

5017

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:60(p)

5018

msgid "The next steps will depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that you use with your computer: PCI (internal), USB, or PCMCIA."

5019

msgstr ""

5020

5021

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:61(p)

5022

msgid "PCMCIA is an external, card-style adapter, and is more common on older hardware."

5023

msgstr ""

5024

5025

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30(p)

5026

msgid "Due to the technical nature of trouble-shooting network problems, this guide contains some commands that will need to be entered into a <app>terminal</app> window. While this may seem intimidating at first, do not be afraid! The guide will direct you at each step."

5027

msgstr ""

5028

5029

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32(p)

5030

msgid "We will proceed through the following tasks to connect your computer to the internet:"

5031

msgstr ""

5032

5033

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:35(p)

5034

msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"

5035

msgstr ""

5036

5037

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36(p)

5038

msgid "Checking your hardware"

5039

msgstr ""

5040

5041

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37(p)

5042

msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"

5043

msgstr ""

5044

5045

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38(p)

5046

msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"

5047

msgstr ""

5048

5049

#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40(p)

5050

msgid "To get started, click on the Next link in the upper-right portion of the page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through each step in the guide."

5051

msgstr ""

5052

5053

#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15(desc)

5054

msgid "Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Connect to Hidden Wireless Network</gui>."

5055

msgstr ""

5056

5057

#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19(title)

5058

msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"

5059

msgstr "Anslut till ett dolt, trådlöst nätverk"

5060

5061

#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21(p)

5062

msgid "It is possible to set-up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden\" - that is, it won't show up in the list of networks which is displayed when you click the network icon on the top bar (or the list of wireless networks on any other computer)."

5063

msgstr ""

5064

5065

#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:23(p)

5066

msgid "To connect to a hidden wireless network, click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Connect to Hidden Wireless Network</gui>. In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of wireless security and click <gui>Connect</gui>."

5067

msgstr ""

5068

5069

#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25(p)

5070

msgid "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station/router to see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID (Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: <gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui>."

5071

msgstr ""

5072

5073

#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27(p)

5074

msgid "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings; look for terms like WEP and WPA."

5075

msgstr ""

5076

5077

#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30(p)

5078

msgid "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still detectable."

5079

msgstr "Du kanske tror att dölja ditt trådlösa nätverk kommer att förbättra säkerheten genom att förhindra personer som inte känner till det från att ansluta. I praktiken, detta är inte fallet, blir nätverket svårare att hitta men är fortfarande möjligt att hitta."

5080

5081

#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16(desc)

5082

msgid "The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless networks nearby, or you might be out of range."

5083

msgstr ""

5084

5085

#: C/net-wireless-find.page:20(title)

5086

msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"

5087

msgstr "Jag kan inte se mitt trådlösa nätverk i listan"

5088

5089

#: C/net-wireless-find.page:22(p)

5090

msgid "There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network icon on the top bar."

5091

msgstr ""

5092

5093

#: C/net-wireless-find.page:26(p)

5094

msgid "If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."

5095

msgstr ""

5096

5097

#: C/net-wireless-find.page:30(p)

5098

msgid "If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks."

5099

msgstr ""

5100

5101

#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34(p)

5102

msgid "You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."

5103

msgstr ""

5104

5105

#: C/net-wireless-find.page:38(p)

5106

msgid "The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so and then check if the network has appeared in the list."

5107

msgstr ""

5108

5109

#: C/net-wireless-find.page:42(p)

5110

msgid "The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."

5111

msgstr ""

5112

5113

#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20(desc)

5114

msgid "You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect properly."

5115

msgstr ""

5116

5117

#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24(title)

5118

msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"

5119

msgstr ""

5120

5121

#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:26(p)

5122

msgid "You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the top bar will rotate if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time."

5123

msgstr ""

5124

5125

#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29(title)

5126

#| msgid "Wireless interfaces"

5127

msgid "Weak wireless signal"

5128

msgstr "Svag trådlös signal"

5129

5130

#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31(p)

5131

msgid "A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you and the base station can also weaken the signal."

5132

msgstr ""

5133

5134

#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:33(p)

5135

msgid "The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."

5136

msgstr ""

5137

5138

#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38(title)

5139

msgid "Network connection not being established properly"

5140

msgstr ""

5141

5142

#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40(p)

5143

msgid "Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected. This normally happens because your computer was only partially successful in connecting to the network—it managed to establish a connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so was disconnected."

5144

msgstr ""

5145

5146

#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:42(p)

5147

msgid "A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because the network requires a username to log in, for example)."

5148

msgstr ""

5149

5150

#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47(title)

5151

msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"

5152

msgstr ""

5153

5154

#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:49(p)

5155

msgid "Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens very regularly, you may want to consider using different hardware."

5156

msgstr ""

5157

5158

#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54(title)

5159

msgid "Busy wireless networks"

5160

msgstr ""

5161

5162

#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:56(p)

5163

msgid "Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."

5164

msgstr ""

5165

5166

#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:16(desc)

5167

msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."

5168

msgstr ""

5169

5170

#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:20(title)

5171

msgid "Connect to a wireless network"

5172

msgstr "Anslut till ett trådlöst nätverk"

5173

5174

#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:23(p)

5175

msgid "Quick procedure for connecting to a wireless network. Link to other pages explaining problems/things that could go wrong at each step. Remember the net-wireless-hidden topic should be linked in"

5176

msgstr ""

5177

5178

#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:26(p)

5179

msgid "Here is how to connect to a wireless network:"

5180

msgstr ""

5181

5182

#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:29(p)

5183

msgid "If you have a wireless hardware switch on your computer, make sure that it is turned on."

5184

msgstr ""

5185

5186

#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30(p)

5187

msgid "Click on the <gui>network</gui> icon in the <gui>top bar</gui>, and look for your desired network."

5188

msgstr ""

5189

5190

#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32(p)

5191

msgid "Select the name of your desired wireless network."

5192

msgstr ""

5193

5194

#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:33(p)

5195

msgid "If the name of your wireless network isn't in the list, click <gui>More...</gui> to be presented with more network names."

5196

msgstr ""

5197

5198

#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36(p)

5199

msgid "If the network is protected by a password or encryption key, you will be asked for a <gui>Key</gui>. Enter the password or encryption key, and click <gui>Connect</gui>."

5200

msgstr ""

5201

5202

#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:37(p)

5203

msgid "The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect to the network."

5204

msgstr ""

5205

5206

#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40(p)

5207

msgid "If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. Fewer bars indicate a weaker connection to the network."

5208

msgstr ""

5209

5210

#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:42(p)

5211

msgid "A stronger connection to the network does not necessarily mean that you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download speeds."

5212

msgstr ""

5213

5214

#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:44(p)

5215

msgid "Connecting to a wireless network is easy in most cases, but there can sometimes be problems."

5216

msgstr ""

5217

5218

#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:45(p)

5219

msgid "If you experience any trouble with accessing your network, visit some of the other networking-related help topics by clicking on one of the \"See Also\" links at the bottom of this page."

5220

msgstr ""

5221

5222

#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:15(desc)

5223

msgid "Click the network icon on the top panel and switch Airplane Mode to ON."

5224

msgstr ""

5225

5226

#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19(title)

5227

msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"

5228

msgstr ""

5229

5230

#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:21(p)

5231

msgid "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons; to save battery power, for example."

5232

msgstr ""

5233

5234

#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:23(p)

5235

msgid "To do this, click the network icon on the top panel and switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. This will turn off your wireless connection until you switch off airplane mode again."

5236

msgstr ""

5237

5238

#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:25(p)

5239

msgid "Using Airplane Mode will completely turn off both wireless and Bluetooth connections."

5240

msgstr ""

5241

5242

#: C/net-wired-connect.page:15(desc)

5243

msgid "To set-up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable."

5244

msgstr ""

5245

5246

#: C/net-wired-connect.page:19(title)

5247

msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"

5248

msgstr "Anslut till ett trådbundet (Ethernet) nätverk"

5249

5250

#: C/net-wired-connect.page:21(p)

5251

msgid "To set-up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. The network icon on the top panel should rotate for a few seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."

5252

msgstr ""

5253

5254

#: C/net-wired-connect.page:23(p)

5255

msgid "If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, the other end should be plugged into a switch, router, wall socket or similar (depending on the network setup you have)."

5256

msgstr ""

5257

5258

#: C/net-wired-connect.page:26(p)

5259

msgid "You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable (at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."

5260

msgstr ""

5261

5262

#: C/net-wired-connect.page:29(p)

5263

msgid "If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic set-up (DHCP). In this case you'll have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it manually</link>."

5264

msgstr ""

5265

5266

#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:14(desc)

5267

msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."

5268

msgstr ""

5269

5270

#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:18(title)

5271

#| msgid "IP address"

5272

msgid "What is an IP address?"

5273

msgstr "Vad är en IP-adress?"

5274

5275

#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:20(p)

5276

msgid "IP address stands for Internet Protocol address, and each device that is connected to a network (such as the Internet) has one."

5277

msgstr ""

5278

5279

#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22(p)

5280

msgid "An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."

5281

msgstr ""

5282

5283

#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:24(p)

5284

msgid "Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."

5285

msgstr ""

5286

5287

#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:26(p)

5288

msgid "An IP address can either be dynamic or static. Dynamic IP addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer accesses the network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP addresses are more common that static addresses--static IP addresses are typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as administering a server."

5289

msgstr ""

5290

5291

#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:15(desc)

5292

msgid "VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to set-up a VPN connection."

5293

msgstr ""

5294

5295

#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:19(title)

5296

msgid "Connect to a VPN"

5297

msgstr "Anslut till ett VPN"

5298

5299

#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:21(p)

5300

msgid "A VPN (or Virtual Private Network) is a way of connecting to a local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually encrypted to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to without logging in."

5301

msgstr ""

5302

5303

#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:23(p)

5304

msgid "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which VPN client you need to use. Then, go to the software installer application and search for the <app>NetworkManager</app> package which works with your VPN (if there is one) and install it."

5305

msgstr ""

5306

5307

#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:26(p)

5308

msgid "If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will probably have to download and install some client software from the company that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some different instructions to get that working."

5309

msgstr ""

5310

5311

#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:29(p)

5312

msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"

5313

msgstr ""

5314

5315

#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:33(p)

5316

msgid "Click the network icon on the top bar and, under <gui>VPN Connections</gui>, select <gui>Configure VPN</gui>."

5317

msgstr ""

5318

5319

#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:37(p)

5320

msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."

5321

msgstr ""

5322

5323

#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:41(p)

5324

msgid "Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering details like your username and password as you go."

5325

msgstr ""

5326

5327

#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:45(p)

5328

msgid "When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the connection you just created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will change as it tries to connect."

5329

msgstr ""

5330

5331

#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:49(p)

5332

msgid "Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the network icon, clicking <gui>Edit Connections</gui> and going to the <gui>VPN</gui> tab."

5333

msgstr ""

5334

5335

#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:53(p)

5336

msgid "To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and click <gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."

5337

msgstr ""

5338

5339

#: C/net-slow.page:15(desc)

5340

msgid "Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it could be the time of day."

5341

msgstr ""

5342

5343

#: C/net-slow.page:19(title)

5344

msgid "The internet seems slow"

5345

msgstr ""

5346

5347

#: C/net-slow.page:21(p)

5348

msgid "If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of things could be causing the slow down."

5349

msgstr ""

5350

5351

#: C/net-slow.page:23(p)

5352

msgid "A couple of quick fixes to try are closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"

5353

msgstr ""

5354

5355

#: C/net-slow.page:27(p)

5356

msgid "Busy time of day"

5357

msgstr ""

5358

5359

#: C/net-slow.page:28(p)

5360

msgid "Internet service providers commonly set-up internet connections so that they are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the evenings, for example)."

5361

msgstr ""

5362

5363

#: C/net-slow.page:32(p)

5364

msgid "Downloading lots of things at once"

5365

msgstr ""

5366

5367

#: C/net-slow.page:33(p)

5368

msgid "If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."

5369

msgstr ""

5370

5371

#: C/net-slow.page:37(p)

5372

#, fuzzy

5373

#| msgid "configuring connection"

5374

msgid "Unreliable connection"

5375

msgstr "konfigurera anslutning"

5376

5377

#: C/net-slow.page:38(p)

5378

msgid "Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."

5379

msgstr ""

5380

5381

#: C/net-slow.page:42(p)

5382

msgid "Low wireless connection signal"

5383

msgstr ""

5384

5385

#: C/net-slow.page:43(p)

5386

msgid "If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network icon on the top bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the internet may seem slow because you don't have a very strong signal."

5387

msgstr ""

5388

5389

#: C/net-slow.page:47(p)

5390

#, fuzzy

5391

#| msgid "Direct internet connection"

5392

msgid "Using a slower mobile internet connection"

5393

msgstr "Direkt Internetanslutning"

5394

5395

#: C/net-slow.page:48(p)

5396

msgid "If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is going slowly, you may have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast \"mobile broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection like GPRS."

5397

msgstr ""

5398

5399

#: C/net-slow.page:52(p)

5400

msgid "Web browser has a problem"

5401

msgstr "Webbläsaren har ett problem"

5402

5403

#: C/net-slow.page:53(p)

5404

msgid "Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem which makes them run slow. This could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website which the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."

5405

msgstr ""

5406

5407

#: C/net-proxy.page:16(desc)

5408

msgid "A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security purposes."

5409

msgstr ""

5410

5411

#: C/net-proxy.page:20(title)

5412

msgid "What is a proxy?"

5413

msgstr "Vad är en proxyserver?"

5414

5415

#: C/net-proxy.page:22(p)

5416

msgid "A web proxy filters websites that you look at. They are commonly used in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging-in, or to do security checks on websites."

5417

msgstr ""

5418

5419

#: C/net-proxy.page:24(p)

5420

msgid "When you go to a website, the text and images on that website pass through the proxy first before reaching your computer. The proxy will scan the contents of the website and will decide whether to display it or whether to show you a different page, for example."

5421

msgstr ""

5422

5423

#: C/net-proxy.page:26(p)

5424

msgid "An example of where proxies are commonly used is in universities. When a student connects to the university's wireless network and tries to visit a website, the proxy will instead redirect them to a log-in page. They will then log-in to the network and can go to the page they were trying to look at. Someone who is not a student will get the same log-in page but will not have log-in details, so will be unable to browse the web. This stops people who are not authorized from using the connection."

5425

msgstr ""

5426

5427

#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:14(desc)

5428

msgid "Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, turn the wireless card off and on again..."

5429

msgstr ""

5430

5431

#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:18(title)

5432

msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"

5433

msgstr ""

5434

5435

#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:20(p)

5436

msgid "If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect to a wireless network, try some of the following:"

5437

msgstr ""

5438

5439

#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:24(p)

5440

msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"

5441

msgstr ""

5442

5443

#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:25(p)

5444

msgid "Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters wrong."

5445

msgstr ""

5446

5447

#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:29(p)

5448

msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"

5449

msgstr ""

5450

5451

#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:30(p)

5452

msgid "The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f). If you have access to the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> option when asked for your password (for example, select <gui>WEP 40/128-bit Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted connection)."

5453

msgstr ""

5454

5455

#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:34(p)

5456

msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"

5457

msgstr ""

5458

5459

#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:35(p)

5460

msgid "Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."

5461

msgstr ""

5462

5463

#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:39(p)

5464

msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"

5465

msgstr ""

5466

5467

#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:40(p)

5468

msgid "When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, use trial and error to go through the different options."

5469

msgstr ""

5470

5471

#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:44(p)

5472

msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"

5473

msgstr ""

5474

5475

#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:45(p)

5476

msgid "Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different firmware). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."

5477

msgstr ""

5478

5479

#: C/net.page:17(desc)

5480

msgid "<link xref=\"net#problems\">Connection problems</link>, <link xref=\"net#wireless\">wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net#wired\">wired</link>, <link xref=\"net#sharing\">sharing files</link>, <link xref=\"net#security\">security</link>, <link xref=\"net#security\">anti-virus</link>..."

5481

msgstr "<link xref=\"net#problems\">Anslutningsproblem</link>, <link xref=\"net#wireless\">trådlöst</link>, <link xref=\"net#wired\">trådbundet</link>, <link xref=\"net#sharing\">dela ut filer</link>, <link xref=\"net#security\">säkerhet</link>, <link xref=\"net#security\">anti-virus</link>..."

5482

5483

#: C/net.page:28(title)

5484

#| msgid "Internet and Network"

5485

msgid "Internet & networking"

5486

msgstr "Internet och nätverk"

5487

5488

#: C/net.page:32(title)

5489

#: C/hardware.page:41(title)

5490

msgid "Troubleshooting"

5491

msgstr "Felsökning"

5492

5493

#: C/net.page:34(title)

5494

#, fuzzy

5495

#| msgid "Direct internet connection"

5496

msgid "Troubleshooting internet connection problems"

5497

msgstr "Direkt Internetanslutning"

5498

5499

#: C/net.page:39(title)

5500

#: C/net-editcon.page:55(title)

5501

#| msgid "Files"

5502

msgid "Wireless"

5503

msgstr "Trådlöst"

5504

5505

#: C/net.page:41(title)

5506

#| msgid "Wireless interfaces"

5507

msgid "Wireless connections"

5508

msgstr "Trådlösa anslutningar"

5509

5510

#: C/net.page:46(title)

5511

#| msgid "read"

5512

msgid "Wired"

5513

msgstr "Trådbundet"

5514

5515

#: C/net.page:48(title)

5516

#| msgid "Connections"

5517

msgid "Wired connections"

5518

msgstr "Trådbundna anslutningar"

5519

5520

#: C/net.page:53(title)

5521

#| msgid "searching files"

5522

msgid "Sharing files"

5523

msgstr "Dela ut filer"

5524

5525

#: C/net.page:55(title)

5526

msgid "Sharing files on the network"

5527

msgstr "Dela ut filer på nätverket"

5528

5529

#: C/net.page:59(title)

5530

#: C/net-editcon.page:96(gui)

5531

msgid "Security"

5532

msgstr "Säkerhet"

5533

5534

#: C/net.page:73(title)

5535

msgid "VPN"

5536

msgstr "VPN"

5537

5538

#: C/net.page:75(title)

5539

#| msgid "Connections"

5540

msgid "VPN connections"

5541

msgstr "VPN-anslutningar"

5542

5543

#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:14(desc)

5544

msgid "You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the connection settings."

5545

msgstr ""

5546

5547

#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:18(title)

5548

#, fuzzy

5549

#| msgid "Allow other users to control your desktop"

5550

msgid "Other users can't control the network connections"

5551

msgstr "Tillåt andra användare att styra ditt skrivbord"

5552

5553

#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:20(p)

5554

msgid "If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. This makes it so that everyone on the computer can connect using that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."

5555

msgstr ""

5556

5557

#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:22(p)

5558

msgid "The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the connection."

5559

msgstr ""

5560

5561

#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:24(p)

5562

msgid "If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, make it so the connection is not available to everyone on the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for the connection."

5563

msgstr ""

5564

5565

#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:27(title)

5566

msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"

5567

msgstr ""

5568

5569

#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:29(p)

5570

#: C/net-othersconnect.page:28(p)

5571

#: C/net-manual.page:26(p)

5572

#: C/net-adhoc.page:62(p)

5573

msgid "Click the network icon on the top bar and click <gui>Edit Connections</gui>."

5574

msgstr ""

5575

5576

#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:33(p)

5577

msgid "Find the connection you want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves. Click to select it and then click <gui>Edit</gui>."

5578

msgstr ""

5579

5580

#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:37(p)

5581

msgid "You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only admin users can do this."

5582

msgstr ""

5583

5584

#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:41(p)

5585

msgid "Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."

5586

msgstr ""

5587

5588

#: C/net-othersconnect.page:20(title)

5589

msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"

5590

msgstr ""

5591

5592

#: C/net-othersconnect.page:22(p)

5593

msgid "If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they may not be entering the right wireless security password."

5594

msgstr ""

5595

5596

#: C/net-othersconnect.page:24(p)

5597

msgid "You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it without being asked any questions. To do this:"

5598

msgstr ""

5599

5600

#: C/net-othersconnect.page:32(p)

5601

msgid "Find the connection you want everyone to be able to use. Click to select it and then click <gui>Edit</gui>."

5602

msgstr ""

5603

5604

#: C/net-othersconnect.page:36(p)

5605

msgid "Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only admin users can do this."

5606

msgstr ""

5607

5608

#: C/net-othersconnect.page:40(p)

5609

msgid "Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without entering any further details."

5610

msgstr ""

5611

5612

#: C/net-manual.page:18(title)

5613

#, fuzzy

5614

#| msgid "Network Settings"

5615

msgid "Manually set network settings"

5616

msgstr "Nätverksinställningar"

5617

5618

#: C/net-manual.page:20(p)

5619

msgid "If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your router or switch."

5620

msgstr ""

5621

5622

#: C/net-manual.page:22(p)

5623

#, fuzzy

5624

#| msgid "To modify a connection settings"

5625

msgid "To manually set your network settings:"

5626

msgstr "Ändra inställningar för en anslutning"

5627

5628

#: C/net-manual.page:30(p)

5629

msgid "Find the network connection that you want to set-up manually. For example, if you plug-in to the network with a cable, look at the <gui>Wired</gui> tab."

5630

msgstr ""

5631

5632

#: C/net-manual.page:34(p)

5633

msgid "Click the connection you want to edit to select it, then click <gui>Edit</gui>."

5634

msgstr ""

5635

5636

#: C/net-manual.page:38(p)

5637

msgid "Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> option to <gui>Manual</gui>."

5638

msgstr ""

5639

5640

#: C/net-manual.page:42(p)

5641

msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the IP address, network mask and default gateway IP address into the corresponding columns of the <gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> or <key>Tab</key> after typing each address."

5642

msgstr ""

5643

5644

#: C/net-manual.page:43(p)

5645

msgid "These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."

5646

msgstr ""

5647

5648

#: C/net-manual.page:47(p)

5649

msgid "Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the corresponding field, separated by commas."

5650

msgstr ""

5651

5652

#: C/net-manual.page:51(p)

5653

msgid "Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, go to the network icon on the top bar and connect to it. Test the network settings by trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example."

5654

msgstr ""

5655

5656

#: C/net-macaddress.page:18(desc)

5657

msgid "The unique code assigned to network hardware."

5658

msgstr ""

5659

5660

#: C/net-macaddress.page:22(title)

5661

msgid "What is a MAC address?"

5662

msgstr "Vad är en MAC-adress?"

5663

5664

#: C/net-macaddress.page:24(p)

5665

msgid "A MAC address is the unique code that is assigned by the manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an ethernet card). MAC stands for Media Access Control, and each code is intended to be unique to a particular device."

5666

msgstr ""

5667

5668

#: C/net-macaddress.page:26(p)

5669

msgid "A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."

5670

msgstr ""

5671

5672

#: C/net-macaddress.page:28(p)

5673

msgid "You can easily identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"

5674

msgstr ""

5675

5676

#: C/net-macaddress.page:30(p)

5677

#: C/net-findip.page:29(p)

5678

#, fuzzy

5679

#| msgid ""

5680

#| "Right-click on the CD icon, and choose <guimenuitem>Copy Disc</"

5681

#| "guimenuitem>."

5682

msgid "Right-click on the <gui>network icon</gui> in the <gui>top bar</gui>."

5683

msgstr "Högerklicka på cd-ikonen och välj <guimenuitem>Kopiera skiva</guimenuitem>."

5684

5685

#: C/net-macaddress.page:31(p)

5686

#: C/net-findip.page:30(p)

5687

msgid "Select <gui>Connection information</gui>."

5688

msgstr "Välj <gui>Anslutningsinformation</gui>."

5689

5690

#: C/net-macaddress.page:32(p)

5691

msgid "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."

5692

msgstr ""

5693

5694

#: C/net-macaddress.page:35(p)

5695

#: C/net-findip.page:34(p)

5696

#, fuzzy

5697

#| msgid ""

5698

#| "Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Panel "

5699

#| "Properties</guilabel> dialog."

5700

msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui> to close the <gui>Connection Information</gui> window."

5701

msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Stäng</guibutton> för att stänga dialogrutan <guilabel>Panelegenskaper</guilabel>."

5702

5703

#: C/net-macaddress.page:37(p)

5704

msgid "In practice, a MAC address may sometimes legitimately need to be modified, or \"spoofed.\" For example, some internet service providers may require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the network card stops working, and you need to change your network card, the service won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address."

5705

msgstr ""

5706

5707

#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:14(desc)

5708

msgid "Using a static IP address can make it easier to administer some network services."

5709

msgstr ""

5710

5711

#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:18(title)

5712

msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"

5713

msgstr ""

5714

5715

#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:20(p)

5716

msgid "This article explains how to create a fixed (or static) IP address on your local network. Depending on the plan you have with your Internet service provider (or ISP), you may or may not have a fixed IP address on the internet. If you are not sure which type of connection you have from your service provider, contact your provider for more information."

5717

msgstr ""

5718

5719

#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21(p)

5720

msgid "Here is how to create a fixed IP address on your network:"

5721

msgstr ""

5722

5723

#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:23(p)

5724

msgid "Make sure that your ethernet cable is plugged into the computer."

5725

msgstr ""

5726

5727

#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:24(p)

5728

msgid "Click the <gui>network icon</gui> in the <gui>top bar</gui>, and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."

5729

msgstr ""

5730

5731

#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25(p)

5732

msgid "Select <gui>Wired</gui> from the list of connection types, and then click <gui>Options</gui>."

5733

msgstr ""

5734

5735

#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26(p)

5736

#, fuzzy

5737

#| msgid "Click on the <guilabel>Permissions</guilabel> tab."

5738

msgid "Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab."

5739

msgstr "Klicka på fliken <guilabel>Rättigheter</guilabel>."

5740

5741

#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27(p)

5742

msgid "Change the <gui>Method</gui> to Manual."

5743

msgstr ""

5744

5745

#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28(p)

5746

msgid "If no connection information exists, or if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."

5747

msgstr ""

5748

5749

#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29(p)

5750

msgid "Enter the desired IP Address, Net Mask, and Gateway information into the appropriate boxes."

5751

msgstr ""

5752

5753

#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30(p)

5754

msgid "If necessary, enter desired Domain Name Server address into the <gui>DNS servers</gui> box."

5755

msgstr ""

5756

5757

#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31(p)

5758

#| msgid "Click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>."

5759

msgid "Click <gui>Save</gui>."

5760

msgstr "Klicka på <gui>Spara</gui>."

5761

5762

#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:32(p)

5763

#| msgid "Shows Network Settings main window."

5764

msgid "Close the network settings window."

5765

msgstr "Stäng fönstret för nätverksinställningar."

5766

5767

#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:7(desc)

5768

msgid "Look at a list of programs that can be allowed through your system's firewall."

5769

msgstr ""

5770

5771

#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:18(title)

5772

msgid "Firewall port list"

5773

msgstr ""

5774

5775

#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19(p)

5776

msgid "The following table lists ports used by your system's firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or allow access</link> to GNOME programs over the network. There are thousands of ports in use, so this table isn't complete. Instead, it presents some of the most common ports you may want to configure on your system. In some cases, the vendor of your GNOME desktop may have pre-configured access to these ports when the system was installed."

5777

msgstr ""

5778

5779

#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:25(p)

5780

msgid "Port"

5781

msgstr "Port"

5782

5783

#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:28(p)

5784

#: C/nautilus-list.page:29(gui)

5785

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:54(gui)

5786

msgid "Name"

5787

msgstr "Namn"

5788

5789

#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:31(p)

2033

5790

msgid "Description"

2034

5791

msgstr "Beskrivning"

2035

5792

2036

#: C/gospanel.xml:178(guilabel)

2037

msgid "Orientation"

2038

msgstr "Orientering"

2039

2040

#: C/gospanel.xml:182(para)

2041

msgid "Select the position of the panel on your screen. Click on the required position for the panel."

2042

msgstr "Välj positionen för panelen på din skärm. Klicka på den önskade positionen för panelen."

2043

2044

#: C/gospanel.xml:189(guilabel)

2045

#: C/gospanel.xml:1437(guilabel)

2046

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3641(guilabel)

2047

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3800(guilabel)

5793

#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:38(p)

5794

msgid "5353/udp"

5795

msgstr "5353/udp"

5796

5797

#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:41(p)

5798

msgid "mDNS, Avahi"

5799

msgstr "mDNS, Avahi"

5800

5801

#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:44(p)

5802

msgid "Allows systems to find each other, and describe their service offerings, without you having to configure it"

5803

msgstr ""

5804

5805

#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:49(p)

5806

msgid "631/udp"

5807

msgstr "631/udp"

5808

5809

#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:55(p)

5810

msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network"

5811

msgstr ""

5812

5813

#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:60(p)

5814

msgid "631/tcp"

5815

msgstr "631/tcp"

5816

5817

#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:66(p)

5818

msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network"

5819

msgstr ""

5820

5821

#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:71(p)

5822

msgid "5298/tcp"

5823

msgstr "5298/tcp"

5824

5825

#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:74(p)

5826

#| msgid "Preferences"

5827

msgid "Presence"

5828

msgstr "Närvaro"

5829

5830

#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:77(p)

5831

msgid "Allows you to advertise your status, such as \"online\" or \"busy\""

5832

msgstr ""

5833

5834

#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:82(p)

5835

msgid "5900/tcp"

5836

msgstr "5900/tcp"

5837

5838

#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:85(p)

5839

#| msgid "From the desktop"

5840

msgid "Remote desktop"

5841

msgstr "Fjärrskrivbord"

5842

5843

#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:88(p)

5844

msgid "Allows you to share your desktop for viewing or remote assistance"

5845

msgstr ""

5846

5847

#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:93(p)

5848

msgid "3689/tcp"

5849

msgstr "3689/tcp"

5850

5851

#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:96(p)

5852

msgid "Music sharing"

5853

msgstr "Musikdelning"

5854

5855

#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:99(p)

5856

msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network"

5857

msgstr ""

5858

5859

#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:8(desc)

5860

msgid "You can control what programs are accessible by the network."

5861

msgstr ""

5862

5863

#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:19(title)

5864

msgid "Enabling and blocking firewall access"

5865

msgstr ""

5866

5867

#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:20(p)

5868

msgid "Your system may be equipped with a firewall that allows it to block programs from being accessible by other network users."

5869

msgstr ""

5870

5871

#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:21(p)

5872

msgid "Many GNOME programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you may need to adjust the firewall to allow these services to work as intended. For instance, if your GNOME desktop was installed along with a larger software distribution, the firewall may also be pre-configured by the vendor."

5873

msgstr ""

5874

5875

#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:22(p)

5876

msgid "Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to its assigned port on the firewall. To allow access, follow these steps."

5877

msgstr ""

5878

5879

#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26(p)

5880

msgid "To locate your system's firewall tool, open the Overview, and type \"firewall\"."

5881

msgstr ""

5882

5883

#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28(p)

5884

msgid "If this step doesn't locate the appropriate tool, consult the documentation for your overall operating system for the correct application name. To open the application, hit <keyseq type=\"combo\"><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, type that name, and hit <key>Enter</key>."

5885

msgstr ""

5886

5887

#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32(p)

5888

msgid "To allow access to the desired port number through the firewall, enable the port. To block access, disable the port. Repeat this step as needed."

5889

msgstr ""

5890

5891

#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:35(p)

5892

msgid "Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by the firewall tool."

5893

msgstr ""

5894

5895

#: C/net-findip.page:19(desc)

5896

msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."

5897

msgstr ""

5898

5899

#: C/net-findip.page:23(title)

5900

#| msgid "IP address"

5901

msgid "Find your IP address"

5902

msgstr "Hitta din IP-adress"

5903

5904

#: C/net-findip.page:25(p)

5905

msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you to troubleshoot problems with your internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have two IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network and an IP address for your computer on the internet."

5906

msgstr ""

5907

5908

#: C/net-findip.page:27(p)

5909

msgid "Find your internal IP address:"

5910

msgstr "Hitta din interna IP-adress:"

5911

5912

#: C/net-findip.page:31(p)

5913

msgid "Your internal IP address will be displayed as the <gui>IP Address</gui>."

5914

msgstr ""

5915

5916

#: C/net-findip.page:36(p)

5917

msgid "Find your external, internet IP address:"

5918

msgstr ""

5919

5920

#: C/net-findip.page:38(p)

5921

msgid "Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</link>."

5922

msgstr "Besök <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</link>."

5923

5924

#: C/net-findip.page:39(p)

5925

msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you"

5926

msgstr ""

5927

5928

#: C/net-editcon.page:19(desc)

5929

msgid "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."

5930

msgstr ""

5931

5932

#: C/net-editcon.page:23(title)

5933

#| msgid "Direct internet connection"

5934

msgid "Edit a wireless connection"

5935

msgstr "Redigera en trådlös anslutning"

5936

5937

#: C/net-editcon.page:26(p)

5938

msgid "This topic needs significant revision to be comprehensive. A number of settings remain undocumented."

5939

msgstr ""

5940

5941

#: C/net-editcon.page:29(p)

5942

msgid "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a wireless network connection. To edit a connection, select it in the <gui>Network</gui> settings, then click <gui>Options</gui>."

5943

msgstr ""

5944

5945

#: C/net-editcon.page:34(p)

5946

msgid "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks."

5947

msgstr ""

5948

5949

#: C/net-editcon.page:38(title)

5950

#: C/net-editcon.page:104(title)

5951

#: C/net-editcon.page:138(title)

5952

msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"

5953

msgstr ""

5954

5955

#: C/net-editcon.page:41(gui)

5956

msgid "Connect automatically"

5957

msgstr "Anslut automatiskt"

5958

5959

#: C/net-editcon.page:42(p)

5960

msgid "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this wireless network whenever it is in range."

5961

msgstr ""

5962

5963

#: C/net-editcon.page:43(p)

5964

msgid "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't disconnect from one available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."

5965

msgstr ""

5966

5967

#: C/net-editcon.page:47(gui)

5968

msgid "Available to all users"

5969

msgstr "Tillgängligt för alla användare"

5970

5971

#: C/net-editcon.page:48(p)

5972

msgid "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked this option, you will only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the password themselves."

5973

msgstr ""

5974

5975

#: C/net-editcon.page:49(p)

5976

msgid "If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."

5977

msgstr ""

5978

5979

#: C/net-editcon.page:58(gui)

5980

msgid "SSID"

5981

msgstr "SSID"

5982

5983

#: C/net-editcon.page:59(p)

5984

msgid "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the settings of your wireless router or base station)."

5985

msgstr ""

5986

5987

#: C/net-editcon.page:63(gui)

5988

#, fuzzy

5989

#| msgid "Code"

5990

msgid "Mode"

5991

msgstr "Kod"

5992

5993

#: C/net-editcon.page:64(p)

5994

msgid "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where there is no base station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."

5995

msgstr ""

5996

5997

#: C/net-editcon.page:65(p)

5998

msgid "If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, <gui>Band</gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or only <gui>B/G</gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too."

5999

msgstr ""

6000

6001

#: C/net-editcon.page:69(gui)

6002

msgid "BSSID"

6003

msgstr "BSSID"

6004

6005

#: C/net-editcon.page:70(p)

6006

msgid "This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers that's supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an SSID but it will have a BSSID."

6007

msgstr ""

6008

6009

#: C/net-editcon.page:74(gui)

6010

msgid "Device MAC address"

6011

msgstr ""

6012

6013

#: C/net-editcon.page:75(p)

6014

msgid "A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."

6015

msgstr ""

6016

6017

#: C/net-editcon.page:76(p)

6018

msgid "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."

6019

msgstr ""

6020

6021

#: C/net-editcon.page:80(gui)

6022

msgid "Cloned MAC address"

6023

msgstr ""

6024

6025

#: C/net-editcon.page:81(p)

6026

msgid "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC address rather than its real one."

6027

msgstr ""

6028

6029

#: C/net-editcon.page:85(gui)

6030

msgid "MTU"

6031

msgstr "MTU"

6032

6033

#: C/net-editcon.page:86(p)

6034

msgid "This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the connection is."

6035

msgstr ""

6036

6037

#: C/net-editcon.page:93(title)

6038

#| msgid "Wireless interfaces"

6039

msgid "Wireless Security"

6040

msgstr "Trådlös säkerhet"

6041

6042

#: C/net-editcon.page:97(p)

6043

msgid "This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites you're visiting and so on."

6044

msgstr ""

6045

6046

#: C/net-editcon.page:98(p)

6047

msgid "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of wireless encryption."

6048

msgstr ""

6049

6050

#: C/net-editcon.page:106(p)

6051

msgid "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see different ways of getting/setting that information."

6052

msgstr ""

6053

6054

#: C/net-editcon.page:107(p)

6055

#| msgid "The following table shows the default emblems:"

6056

msgid "The following methods are available:"

6057

msgstr "Följande metoder finns tillgängliga:"

6058

6059

#: C/net-editcon.page:110(gui)

6060

msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"

6061

msgstr ""

6062

6063

#: C/net-editcon.page:111(p)

6064

msgid "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) connected to the network which decides which settings your computer should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."

6065

msgstr ""

6066

6067

#: C/net-editcon.page:115(gui)

6068

msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"

6069

msgstr ""

6070

6071

#: C/net-editcon.page:116(p)

6072

msgid "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS server to use)."

6073

msgstr ""

6074

6075

#: C/net-editcon.page:120(gui)

6076

#, fuzzy

6077

#| msgid "Manually"

6078

msgid "Manual"

6079

msgstr "Manuellt"

6080

6081

#: C/net-editcon.page:121(p)

6082

msgid "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."

6083

msgstr ""

6084

6085

#: C/net-editcon.page:125(gui)

6086

#, fuzzy

6087

#| msgid "Local Files Only"

6088

msgid "Link-Local Only"

6089

msgstr "Endast lokala filer"

6090

6091

#: C/net-editcon.page:126(p)

6092

msgid "Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together so they communicate amongst themselves."

6093

msgstr ""

6094

6095

#: C/net-editcon.page:130(gui)

6096

msgid "Disabled"

6097

msgstr ""

6098

6099

#: C/net-editcon.page:131(p)

6100

msgid "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."

6101

msgstr ""

6102

6103

#: C/net-editcon.page:139(p)

6104

msgid "This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular at the moment."

6105

msgstr ""

6106

6107

#: C/net-antivirus.page:8(desc)

6108

msgid "There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."

6109

msgstr ""

6110

6111

#: C/net-antivirus.page:20(title)

6112

msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"

6113

msgstr "Behöver jag ett anti-virus-program?"

6114

6115

#: C/net-antivirus.page:22(p)

6116

msgid "If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the background, constantly checking for computer viruses which might find their way onto your computer and cause problems."

6117

msgstr ""

6118

6119

#: C/net-antivirus.page:24(p)

6120

msgid "Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use it. Viruses which affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, and security problems which viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."

6121

msgstr ""

6122

6123

#: C/net-antivirus.page:26(p)

6124

msgid "Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to worry about them at the moment."

6125

msgstr ""

6126

6127

#: C/net-antivirus.page:28(p)

6128

msgid "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the software installer or search online - a number of applications are available."

6129

msgstr ""

6130

6131

#: C/net-adhoc.page:14(desc)

6132

msgid "You can connect computers together by forming an ad-hoc wireless network."

6133

msgstr ""

6134

6135

#: C/net-adhoc.page:18(title)

6136

msgid "Connect directly to another computer with a wireless connection"

6137

msgstr ""

6138

6139

#: C/net-adhoc.page:20(p)

6140

msgid "You can connect computers together by forming an ad-hoc wireless network. This is useful if one of the computers has a printer connected to it that you want to share, or if you want to transfer files between them, for example. With a normal (infrastructure) wireless network, you would connect both computers to a wireless network provided by wireless base station or router. If you don't have a base station, however, an ad-hoc network will still allow you to connect the computers to each other."

6141

msgstr ""

6142

6143

#: C/net-adhoc.page:22(p)

6144

msgid "To set-up an ad-hoc wireless network:"

6145

msgstr ""

6146

6147

#: C/net-adhoc.page:25(p)

6148

msgid "On one of the computers, click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Edit Connections</gui>."

6149

msgstr ""

6150

6151

#: C/net-adhoc.page:29(p)

6152

msgid "Go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab and click <gui>Add</gui>."

6153

msgstr ""

6154

6155

#: C/net-adhoc.page:33(p)

6156

msgid "In the window that appears, choose a name for the wireless network and then look at the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab."

6157

msgstr ""

6158

6159

#: C/net-adhoc.page:37(p)

6160

msgid "Choose an <gui>SSID</gui>. This is the name of the network that other people will be able to see."

6161

msgstr ""

6162

6163

#: C/net-adhoc.page:41(p)

6164

msgid "Change the <gui>Mode</gui> to <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> and leave the other settings at their defaults. Click <gui>Save</gui>."

6165

msgstr ""

6166

6167

#: C/net-adhoc.page:45(p)

6168

msgid "On the other computer, click the network icon on the top bar and look for a network with the SSID you chose. It might take a minute or two to appear in the list."

6169

msgstr ""

6170

6171

#: C/net-adhoc.page:46(p)

6172

msgid "Click it to connect to the ad-hoc network. You will be able to access network shares and so on, like you would if both computers were connected to a conventional wireless network."

6173

msgstr ""

6174

6175

#: C/net-adhoc.page:50(p)

6176

msgid "These instructions will be different if one of the computers is not running Linux. You may find it easiest to set-up the ad-hoc network on the Linux computer and connect to it using the other computer."

6177

msgstr ""

6178

6179

#: C/net-adhoc.page:52(p)

6180

msgid "Also note that some wireless network cards do not support ad-hoc networking, so you will not be able to use them to create an ad-hoc network."

6181

msgstr ""

6182

6183

#: C/net-adhoc.page:55(title)

6184

#, fuzzy

6185

#| msgid "Internet and Network"

6186

msgid "Securing an ad-hoc network"

6187

msgstr "Internet och nätverk"

6188

6189

#: C/net-adhoc.page:56(p)

6190

msgid "Anyone in the area will be able to connect to your ad-hoc network, so it's not very secure. You can add a <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> to the network to protect it from unauthorized access."

6191

msgstr ""

6192

6193

#: C/net-adhoc.page:58(p)

6194

#| msgid "To Add a Color"

6195

msgid "To add a password:"

6196

msgstr "För att lägga till ett lösenord:"

6197

6198

#: C/net-adhoc.page:66(p)

6199

msgid "Go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab, select the ad-hoc wireless network and click <gui>Edit</gui>."

6200

msgstr ""

6201

6202

#: C/net-adhoc.page:70(p)

6203

msgid "Go to the <gui>Wireless Security</gui> tab and change the <gui>Security</gui> from <gui>None</gui>."

6204

msgstr ""

6205

6206

#: C/net-adhoc.page:74(p)

6207

msgid "Choose your own password and then click <gui>Save</gui>. The other computers connected to the ad-hoc connection will have to reconnect and you'll have to enter the password on each of them."

6208

msgstr ""

6209

6210

#: C/nautilus-views.page:8(desc)

6211

msgid "Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."

6212

msgstr ""

6213

6214

#: C/nautilus-views.page:24(title)

6215

#, fuzzy

6216

#| msgid "file manager preferences"

6217

msgid "File manager views preferences"

6218

msgstr "inställningar för filhanterare"

6219

6220

#: C/nautilus-views.page:25(p)

6221

msgid "You can control the default view for new folders, how files and folders are sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. In any file manager window, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the <gui>Views</gui> tab."

6222

msgstr ""

6223

6224

#: C/nautilus-views.page:32(title)

6225

#| msgid "Default Emblem"

6226

msgid "Default view"

6227

msgstr "Standardvy"

6228

6229

#: C/nautilus-views.page:35(gui)

6230

msgid "View new folders using"

6231

msgstr "Visa nya mappar med"

6232

6233

#: C/nautilus-views.page:36(p)

6234

msgid "By default, new folders are shown in icon view. You can select a view for each folder as you browse, and the file manager will remember which view you prefer for each folder. But if you often use the list or compact views, you can use these views by default."

6235

msgstr ""

6236

6237

#: C/nautilus-views.page:40(p)

6238

msgid "Change the view for an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu by clicking <gui>Icons</gui>, <gui>List</gui>, or <gui>Compact</gui>."

6239

msgstr ""

6240

6241

#: C/nautilus-views.page:44(gui)

6242

msgid "Arrange items"

6243

msgstr "Ordna objekt"

6244

6245

#: C/nautilus-views.page:45(p)

6246

msgid "You can arrange the items in your folder by name, file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last accessed, or when they were trashed. You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder using the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></guiseq> menu, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. See <link xref=\"files-sort\"/> for details. This menu only affects the current folder, and the file manager will remember your preferred sorting technique for each folder."

6247

msgstr ""

6248

6249

#: C/nautilus-views.page:52(p)

6250

msgid "Use the <gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to change the default order used in new folders."

6251

msgstr ""

6252

6253

#: C/nautilus-views.page:56(gui)

6254

msgid "Sort folders before files"

6255

msgstr "Sortera mappar före filer"

6256

6257

#: C/nautilus-views.page:57(p)

6258

msgid "By default, the file manager will show all folders before files. Folders and files will each be arranged according to the selected sort order. If you would rather not treat folders specially and have them mixed with files according to the sort order, select this option."

6259

msgstr ""

6260

6261

#: C/nautilus-views.page:63(gui)

6262

msgid "Show hidden and backup files"

6263

msgstr "Visa dolda filer och säkerhetskopior"

6264

6265

#: C/nautilus-views.page:64(p)

6266

msgid "The file manager does not display hidden files or folders by default. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for information on hidden files. You can show hidden files in an individual window from the <gui>View</gui> menu. If you prefer to always show hidden files, or want to see hidden files in every open file manager window, select this option."

6267

msgstr ""

6268

6269

#: C/nautilus-views.page:75(title)

6270

#, fuzzy

6271

#| msgid "Icon view"

6272

msgid "Icon view defaults"

6273

msgstr "Ikonvy"

6274

6275

#: C/nautilus-views.page:78(gui)

6276

#: C/nautilus-views.page:101(gui)

6277

#: C/nautilus-views.page:123(gui)

6278

#, fuzzy

6279

#| msgid "Icon View Default zoom level"

6280

msgid "Default zoom level"

6281

msgstr "Standardzoomnivå för ikonvyn"

6282

6283

#: C/nautilus-views.page:79(p)

6284

msgid "You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in icon view. You can do this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."

6285

msgstr ""

6286

6287

#: C/nautilus-views.page:83(p)

6288

msgid "In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level. See <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\"/> for more information."

6289

msgstr ""

6290

6291

#: C/nautilus-views.page:87(gui)

6292

msgid "Text beside icons"

6293

msgstr "Text bredvid ikoner"

6294

6295

#: C/nautilus-views.page:88(p)

6296

msgid "Selecting this option will place folder and file names to the right of icons, rather than below them. This is a more compact layout that allows you to see more information at once."

6297

msgstr ""

6298

6299

#: C/nautilus-views.page:97(title)

6300

#, fuzzy

6301

#| msgid "Compact Layout"

6302

msgid "Compact view defaults"

6303

msgstr "Kompakt layout"

6304

6305

#: C/nautilus-views.page:102(p)

6306

msgid "You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in compact view. You can do this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."

6307

msgstr ""

6308

6309

#: C/nautilus-views.page:108(gui)

6310

msgid "All columns have the same width"

6311

msgstr "Alla kolumner har samma bredd"

6312

6313

#: C/nautilus-views.page:109(p)

6314

msgid "By default, each column in compact view is as wide as it needs to be to fit the names of the items in that column. Selecting this option will make all the columns have the same width. This will make files and folders that have names longer than the column width be displayed with an ellipsis (...) at the end."

6315

msgstr ""

6316

6317

#: C/nautilus-views.page:120(title)

6318

#, fuzzy

6319

#| msgid "List view"

6320

msgid "List view defaults"

6321

msgstr "Listvy"

6322

6323

#: C/nautilus-views.page:124(p)

6324

msgid "You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view. You can do this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."

6325

msgstr ""

6326

6327

#: C/nautilus-views.page:134(title)

6328

msgid "Tree view defaults"

6329

msgstr ""

6330

6331

#: C/nautilus-views.page:135(p)

6332

msgid "You can show a full folder tree in your file manager sidebar by selecting <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Tree</gui></guiseq>. By default, the tree sidebar only shows folders. If you want to show files in the sidebar as well, turn <gui>Show only folders</gui> off."

6333

msgstr ""

6334

6335

#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8(desc)

6336

msgid "Control when thumbnails and previews are used for files."

6337

msgstr ""

6338

6339

#: C/nautilus-preview.page:19(title)

6340

#, fuzzy

6341

#| msgid "file manager preferences"

6342

msgid "File manager preview preferences"

6343

msgstr "inställningar för filhanterare"

6344

6345

#: C/nautilus-preview.page:21(p)

6346

msgid "The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image and video files, and can also preview text files and sound files. Previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can control when previews are made. In any file manager window, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the <gui>Preview</gui> tab."

6347

msgstr ""

6348

6349

#: C/nautilus-preview.page:27(p)

6350

msgid "By default, all previews are only done for local files on your computer or connected external drives. The file manager can <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set some or all of the preview options to <gui>Always</gui>."

6351

msgstr ""

6352

6353

#: C/nautilus-preview.page:36(gui)

6354

#| msgid "Files"

6355

msgid "Text Files"

6356

msgstr "Textfiler"

6357

6358

#: C/nautilus-preview.page:37(p)

6359

msgid "The icon for plain text files looks like a piece of paper with text inside. The file manager automatically extracts the first few lines of text from the file and shows it in the icon. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."

6360

msgstr ""

6361

6362

#: C/nautilus-preview.page:44(gui)

6363

msgid "Other Previewable Files"

6364

msgstr ""

6365

6366

#: C/nautilus-preview.page:45(p)

6367

msgid "The file manager can automatically create thumbnails for images, videos, PDF files, and various other file types. Applications with custom file types can even provide thumbnail support for files they create. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives. You can also only allow thumbnails to be created for files below a certain file size."

6368

msgstr ""

6369

6370

#: C/nautilus-preview.page:53(gui)

6371

#| msgid "Sound Events"

6372

msgid "Sound Files"

6373

msgstr "Ljudfiler"

6374

6375

#: C/nautilus-preview.page:54(p)

6376

msgid "You can <link xref=\"files-preview-music\">preview music and other sounds files</link> by hovering your mouse. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."

6377

msgstr ""

6378

6379

#: C/nautilus-preview.page:60(gui)

6380

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:59(title)

6381

msgid "Folders"

6382

msgstr "Mappar"

6383

6384

#: C/nautilus-preview.page:61(p)

6385

msgid "If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."

6386

msgstr ""

6387

6388

#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:17(title)

6389

#| msgid "file manager preferences"

6390

msgid "File manager preferences"

6391

msgstr "Inställningar för filhanterare"

6392

6393

#: C/nautilus-list.page:7(desc)

6394

#, fuzzy

6395

#| msgid ""

6396

#| "The information that is displayed in icon captions and the date format."

6397

msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."

6398

msgstr "Informationen som visas i ikontexter och datumformatet."

6399

6400

#: C/nautilus-list.page:18(title)

6401

#, fuzzy

6402

#| msgid "file manager preferences"

6403

msgid "File manager list columns preferences"

6404

msgstr "inställningar för filhanterare"

6405

6406

#: C/nautilus-list.page:20(p)

6407

msgid "There are 12 columns of information that you can display in the file manager's list view. Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the <gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select which columns will be visible."

6408

msgstr ""

6409

6410

#: C/nautilus-list.page:23(p)

6411

#, fuzzy

6412

#| msgid ""

6413

#| "Use the <guibutton>Move Up</guibutton> and <guibutton>Move Down</"

6414

#| "guibutton> buttons to specify the position of columns in list view."

6415

msgid "Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the order in which the selected columns will appear."

6416

msgstr "Använd knapparna <guibutton>Flytta uppåt</guibutton> och <guibutton>Flytta nedåt</guibutton> för att ange positionen för kolumner i listvyn."

6417

6418

#: C/nautilus-list.page:30(p)

6419

#, fuzzy

6420

#| msgid "The name of the file or folder is selected."

6421

msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."

6422

msgstr "Namnet på filen eller mappen är markerat."

6423

6424

#: C/nautilus-list.page:33(gui)

6425

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73(title)

2048

6426

msgid "Size"

2049

6427

msgstr "Storlek"

2050

6428

2051

#: C/gospanel.xml:193(para)

2052

msgid "Use the spin box to specify the size of the panel."

2053

msgstr "Använd väljaren för att ange storleken på panelen."

2054

2055

#: C/gospanel.xml:199(guilabel)

2056

msgid "Expand"

2057

msgstr "Fäll ut"

2058

2059

#: C/gospanel.xml:203(para)

2060

msgid "By default, a panel expands to the full length of the edge of the screen where it is located. A panel that does not expand can be moved away from the screen edges to any part of the screen."

2061

msgstr "Som standard fälls en panel ut till full längd mot kanten av skärmen där den finns. En panel som inte fälls ut kan flyttas bort från skärmkanterna till valfri del av skärmen."

2062

2063

#: C/gospanel.xml:209(guilabel)

2064

msgid "Autohide"

2065

msgstr "Dölj automatiskt"

2066

2067

#: C/gospanel.xml:213(para)

2068

msgid "Select this option if you want the panel to only be fully visible when the mouse pointer is over it. The panel hides off-screen along its longest edge, leaving a narrow part visible along the edge of the desktop. Move the mouse pointer over the visible part of the panel to make it move back into view."

2069

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet om du vill att panelen endast ska vara fullständigt synlig när muspekaren är över panelen. Panelen döljs utanför skärmen och lämnar kvar en liten del längs kanten på skrivbordet. Flytta muspekaren över den synliga delen av panelen för att få den att flyttas in på skärmen."

2070

2071

#: C/gospanel.xml:219(guilabel)

2072

#: C/gospanel.xml:1459(guilabel)

2073

msgid "Show hide buttons"

2074

msgstr "Visa döljknappar"

2075

2076

#: C/gospanel.xml:223(para)

2077

msgid "Select this option to display hide buttons at each end of your panel. Clicking on a hide button moves the panel lenthways, hiding it off-screen except for the hide button at the opposite end. Click this hide button to restore the panel to being fully visible."

2078

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att visa döljknapparna på varje sida av din panel. Om du klickar på en döljknapp flyttas panelen längs med och döljer den utanför skärmen förutom döljknappen på motsatt sida. Klicka på döljknappen igen för att panelen ska vara fullständigt synlig igen."

2079

2080

#: C/gospanel.xml:230(guilabel)

2081

#: C/gospanel.xml:1470(guilabel)

2082

msgid "Arrows on hide buttons"

2083

msgstr "Pilar på döljknapp"

2084

2085

#: C/gospanel.xml:234(para)

2086

msgid "Select this option to display arrows on the hide buttons, if the hide button is enabled."

2087

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att visa pilar på döljknapparna, om döljknapparna är aktiverade."

2088

2089

#: C/gospanel.xml:244(title)

2090

msgid "Background Properties Tab"

2091

msgstr "Fliken för bakgrundsegenskaper"

2092

2093

#: C/gospanel.xml:245(para)

2094

msgid "You can choose the type of background for the panel in the <guilabel>Background</guilabel> tab. The choices are as follows:"

2095

msgstr "Du kan välja typ av bakgrund för panelen i fliken <guilabel>Bakgrund</guilabel>. Valmöjligheterna är följande:"

2096

2097

#: C/gospanel.xml:264(guilabel)

2098

msgid "None (use system theme)"

2099

msgstr "Ingen (använd systemtemat)"

2100

2101

#: C/gospanel.xml:268(para)

2102

msgid "Select this option to have the panel use the settings in the <link linkend=\"prefs-theme\"><application>Appearance</application> preference tool</link>. This keeps your panel's background looking the same as the rest of the desktop and applications."

2103

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att få panelen att använda inställningarna i <link linkend=\"prefs-theme\">inställningsverktyget <application>Utseende</application></link>. Det här tillåter att bakgrunden i din panel ser likadan ut som resten av skrivbordet och programmen."

2104

2105

#: C/gospanel.xml:274(guilabel)

2106

msgid "Solid color"

2107

msgstr "Enfärgad"

2108

2109

#: C/gospanel.xml:278(para)

2110

msgid "Select this option to specify a single color for the panel background. Click on the <guibutton>Color</guibutton> button to display the color selector dialog. Choose the color that you require from the color selector dialog."

2111

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att ange en färg för bakgrunden i panelen. Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Färg</guibutton> för att visa färgväljaren. Välj den färg som du önskar från färgväljaren."

2112

2113

#: C/gospanel.xml:282(para)

2114

msgid "Use the <guilabel>Style</guilabel> slider to specify the degree of transparency or opaqueness for the color. For example, to make the panel transparent, move the slider to the <guilabel>Transparent</guilabel> end."

2115

msgstr "Använd draglisten <guilabel>Stil</guilabel> för att ange graden av genomskinlighet eller opakhet för färgen. För att till exempel föra panelen genomskinlig, flytta draglisten till början av <guilabel>Genomskinlig</guilabel>."

2116

2117

#: C/gospanel.xml:290(guilabel)

2118

msgid "Background image"

2119

msgstr "Bakgrundsbild"

2120

2121

#: C/gospanel.xml:294(para)

2122

msgid "Select this option to specify an image for the panel background. Click on the button to browse for an image file. When you have selected the file, click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."

2123

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att ange en bild som bakgrund i panelen. Klicka på knappen för att bläddra efter en bildfil. När du har valt filen, klicka på <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."

2124

2125

#: C/gospanel.xml:306(secondary)

2126

msgid "changing background"

2127

msgstr "ändra bakgrund"

2128

2129

#. Shaun, why does this bit here change the vertical space between the previous

2130

#. table and the following paragraph?

2131

#: C/gospanel.xml:311(para)

2132

msgid "You can also drag a color or image on to a panel to set the color or image as the background of the panel. You can drag a color or image from many applications. For example:"

2133

msgstr "Du kan även dra en färg eller bild till en panel för att ställa in färgen eller bilden som bakgrund i panelen. Du kan dra en färg eller bild från många program. Till exempel:"

2134

2135

#: C/gospanel.xml:316(para)

2136

msgid "You can drag a color from any color selector dialog."

2137

msgstr "Du kan dra en färg från valfri färgväljardialog."

2138

2139

#: C/gospanel.xml:319(para)

2140

msgid "You can drag an image file from the <application>Nautilus</application> file manager to set it as the background of the panel."

2141

msgstr "Du kan dra en bildfil från filhanteraren <application>Nautilus</application> för att ställa in den som bakgrund i panelen."

2142

2143

#: C/gospanel.xml:322(para)

2144

msgid "You can drag a color or a pattern from the <link linkend=\"nautilus-backgrounds-and-emblems\"><guilabel>Backgrounds and Emblems</guilabel> dialog</link> in <application>Nautilus</application> file manager to a panel to set it as the background."

2145

msgstr "Du kan dra en färg eller ett mönster från dialogrutan <link linkend=\"nautilus-backgrounds-and-emblems\"><guilabel>Bakgrunder och emblem</guilabel></link> i filhanteraren <application>Nautilus</application> till en panel för att ställa in den som bakgrund."

2146

2147

#: C/gospanel.xml:326(para)

2148

msgid "Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Panel Properties</guilabel> dialog."

2149

msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Stäng</guibutton> för att stänga dialogrutan <guilabel>Panelegenskaper</guilabel>."

2150

2151

#: C/gospanel.xml:330(title)

2152

msgid "Hiding a Panel"

2153

msgstr "Dölj en panel"

2154

2155

#: C/gospanel.xml:333(secondary)

2156

msgid "hiding"

2157

msgstr "dölj"

2158

2159

#: C/gospanel.xml:335(para)

2160

msgid "You can hide or show a panel if it has hide buttons. If the hide buttons are not visible on a panel, modify the panel properties so that the hide buttons are visible."

2161

msgstr "Du kan dölja eller visa en panel om den har döljknappar. Om döljknapparna inte är synliga på en panel, ändra panelegenskaperna så att döljknapparna blir synliga."

2162

2163

#: C/gospanel.xml:338(para)

2164

msgid "Hide buttons are at either end of a panel. The hide buttons contain an optional arrow icon. The following illustration shows hide buttons."

2165

msgstr "Döljknapparna är på varsin sida av en panel. Döljknapparna innehåller en valfri pilikon. Följande illustration visar döljknapparna."

2166

2167

#: C/gospanel.xml:346(phrase)

2168

msgid "A horizontal panel and a vertical panel, both with hide buttons."

2169

msgstr "En horisontell panel och en vertikal panel, båda med döljknappar."

2170

2171

#: C/gospanel.xml:350(para)

2172

msgid "To hide a panel, click on one of the hide buttons. The panel shrinks in the direction of the arrow on the hide button. The hide button at the other end of the panel remains visible."

2173

msgstr "För att dölja en panel, klicka på en av döljknapparna. Panelen minskas i den riktning som pilen på döljknappen anger. Döljknappen på andra sidan av panelen är fortfarande synlig."

2174

2175

#: C/gospanel.xml:353(para)

2176

msgid "To show a hidden panel again, click on the visible hide button. The panel expands in the direction of the arrow on the hide button. Both hide buttons are now visible."

2177

msgstr "För att visa en dold panel igen, klicka på den synliga döljknappen. Panelen fälls ut i den riktning som pilen på döljknappen anger. Båda döljknapparna är ny synliga."

2178

2179

#: C/gospanel.xml:356(para)

2180

msgid "You can set a panel to autohide. When you set autohide, the panel hides automatically when the mouse is not pointing to the panel. The panel reappears when you point to the part of the screen where the panel resides. To set your panel to autohide, <link linkend=\"panel-properties\">modify the properties</link> of the panel."

2181

msgstr "Du kan ställa in en panel till att automatiskt döljas. När du ställer in automatisk döljning så kommer panelen att automatiskt döljas när du inte pekar på panelen med muspekaren. Panelen visas igen när du pekar på den del av skärmen där panelen ligger. <link linkend=\"panel-properties\">Ändra egenskaperna</link> för panelen för att ställa in att din panel ska döljas automatiskt."

2182

2183

#: C/gospanel.xml:362(title)

2184

msgid "Adding a New Panel"

2185

msgstr "Lägg till en ny panel"

2186

2187

#: C/gospanel.xml:365(secondary)

2188

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2805(secondary)

2189

msgid "adding new"

2190

msgstr "lägg till ny"

2191

2192

#: C/gospanel.xml:367(para)

2193

msgid "To add a panel, right-click on a vacant space on any panel, then choose <guimenuitem>New Panel</guimenuitem>. The new panel is added to the GNOME Desktop. The new panel contains no objects. You can customize the new panel to suit your preferences."

2194

msgstr "För att lägga till en panel, högerklicka på ett ledigt utrymme på någon panel och välj sedan <guimenuitem>Ny panel</guimenuitem>. Den nya panelen läggs till på GNOME-skrivbordet. Den nya panelen innehåller som standard inga objekt. Du kan anpassa den nya panelen för att passa dina behov."

2195

2196

#: C/gospanel.xml:372(title)

2197

msgid "Deleting a Panel"

2198

msgstr "Ta bort en panel"

2199

2200

#: C/gospanel.xml:377(secondary)

2201

msgid "deleting"

2202

msgstr "borttagning"

2203

2204

#: C/gospanel.xml:379(para)

2205

msgid "To delete a panel from the GNOME Desktop, right-click on the panel that you want to delete, then choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Delete This Panel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

2206

msgstr "För att ta bort en panel från GNOME-skrivbordet, högerklicka på panelen som du vill ta bort och välj sedan <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Ta bort den här panelen</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

2207

2208

#: C/gospanel.xml:382(para)

2209

msgid "You must always have at least one panel in the GNOME Desktop. If you have only one panel in the GNOME Desktop, you cannot delete that panel."

2210

msgstr "Du måste alltid ha åtminstone en panel på GNOME-skrivbordet. Om du endast har en panel på GNOME-skrivbordet, kan du inte ta bort den panelen."

2211

2212

#: C/gospanel.xml:390(title)

2213

msgid "Panel Objects"

2214

msgstr "Panelobjekt"

2215

2216

#: C/gospanel.xml:395(secondary)

2217

#: C/gospanel.xml:396(see)

2218

#: C/gospanel.xml:403(primary)

2219

#: C/gospanel.xml:471(primary)

2220

#: C/gospanel.xml:505(primary)

2221

#: C/gospanel.xml:546(primary)

2222

#: C/gospanel.xml:632(primary)

2223

#: C/gospanel.xml:647(primary)

2224

#: C/gospanel.xml:668(primary)

2225

#: C/gospanel.xml:705(primary)

2226

#: C/gospanel.xml:1007(primary)

2227

#: C/gospanel.xml:1062(primary)

2228

#: C/gospanel.xml:1149(primary)

2229

#: C/gospanel.xml:1182(primary)

2230

#: C/gospanel.xml:1217(primary)

2231

#: C/gospanel.xml:1240(primary)

2232

#: C/gospanel.xml:1279(primary)

2233

#: C/gospanel.xml:1316(primary)

2234

#: C/gospanel.xml:1541(primary)

2235

msgid "panel objects"

2236

msgstr "panelobjekt"

2237

2238

#: C/gospanel.xml:398(para)

2239

msgid "This section describes the objects that you can add to and use from your panels."

2240

msgstr "Det här avsnittet beskriver objekten som du kan lägga till och använda i dina paneler."

2241

2242

#: C/gospanel.xml:401(title)

2243

msgid "Interacting With Panel Objects"

2244

msgstr "Interagera med panelobjekt"

2245

2246

#: C/gospanel.xml:404(secondary)

2247

msgid "interacting with"

2248

msgstr "interagera med"

2249

2250

#: C/gospanel.xml:406(para)

2251

msgid "You use the mouse buttons to interact with a panel object in the following ways:"

2252

msgstr "Du kan använda musknapparna för att interagera med ett panelobjekt på följande sätt:"

2253

2254

#: C/gospanel.xml:410(term)

2255

#: C/gosbasic.xml:150(para)

2256

msgid "Left-click"

2257

msgstr "Vänsterklick"

2258

2259

#: C/gospanel.xml:412(para)

2260

msgid "Launches the panel object."

2261

msgstr "Startar panelobjektet."

2262

2263

#: C/gospanel.xml:416(term)

2264

#: C/gosbasic.xml:160(para)

2265

msgid "Middle-click"

2266

msgstr "Mittenklick"

2267

2268

#: C/gospanel.xml:418(para)

2269

msgid "Enables you to grab an object, then drag the object to a new location."

2270

msgstr "Låter dig fånga ett objekt och sedan dra objektet till en ny plats."

2271

2272

#: C/gospanel.xml:423(term)

2273

#: C/gosbasic.xml:169(para)

2274

msgid "Right-click"

2275

msgstr "Högerklick"

2276

2277

#: C/gospanel.xml:425(para)

2278

msgid "Opens the panel object popup menu."

2279

msgstr "Öppnar panelobjektets popuppmeny."

2280

2281

#: C/gospanel.xml:432(title)

2282

msgid "To Select an Applet"

2283

msgstr "Välj ett panelprogram"

2284

2285

#: C/gospanel.xml:434(primary)

2286

#: C/gospanel.xml:664(primary)

2287

#: C/gospanel.xml:669(secondary)

2288

#: C/gospanel.xml:670(see)

2289

#: C/gospanel.xml:1537(primary)

2290

msgid "applets"

2291

msgstr "panelprogram"

2292

2293

#: C/gospanel.xml:435(secondary)

2294

msgid "selecting"

2295

msgstr "välja"

2296

2297

#: C/gospanel.xml:437(para)

2298

msgid "Some restrictions apply on where you can click on an applet in order to display the panel object popup menu, or to move the applet, as follows:"

2299

msgstr "Vissa begränsningar gäller på var du kan klicka på ett panelprogram för att visa panelobjektets popupmeny, eller för att flytta panelprogrammet. Följande gäller:"

2300

2301

#: C/gospanel.xml:441(para)

2302

msgid "Some applets have popup menus of applet-specific commands that open when you right-click on particular parts of the applet. For example, the <application><link linkend=\"windowlist\">Window List</link></application> applet has a vertical handle on the left side, and buttons that represent your windows on the right side. To open the panel object popup menu for the <application>Window List</application> applet, you must right-click on the handle. If you right-click on a button on the right side, a popup menu for the button opens."

2303

msgstr "Vissa panelprogram har popupmenyer för panelprogramsspecifika kommandon som öppnas när du högerklickar på specifika delar av panelprogrammet. Till exempel har panelprogrammet <application><link linkend=\"windowlist\">Fönsterlista</link></application> ett vertikalt handtag på vänstra sidan och knappar som representerar dina fönster på högra sidan. För att öppna panelobjektets popupmeny för panelprogrammet <application>Fönsterlista</application> måste du högerklicka på handtaget. Om du högerklickar på en knapp på högra sidan kommer en popupmeny för knappen att öppnas."

2304

2305

#: C/gospanel.xml:450(para)

2306

msgid "Some applets have areas that you cannot use to select the applet. For example, the <application>Command Line</application> applet has a field in which you enter commands. You cannot middle-click or right-click on this field to select the applet. Instead, middle-click or right-click on another part of the applet."

2307

msgstr "Vissa panelprogram har områden som du inte kan använda för att välja panelprogrammet. Till exempel har panelprogrammet <application>Kommandorad</application> ett fält i vilket du kan mata in kommandon. Du kan inte mittenklicka eller högerklicka på det här fältet för att välja panelprogrammet. Mitten- eller högerklicka istället på andra delar av panelprogrammet."

2308

2309

#: C/gospanel.xml:462(title)

2310

msgid "Adding an Object to a Panel"

2311

msgstr "Lägg till ett objekt till en panel"

2312

2313

#: C/gospanel.xml:472(secondary)

2314

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2317(tertiary)

2315

msgid "adding"

2316

msgstr "lägg till"

2317

2318

#: C/gospanel.xml:474(para)

2319

msgid "To add an object to a panel, perform the following steps:"

2320

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att lägga till ett objekt till en panel:"

2321

2322

#: C/gospanel.xml:476(para)

2323

msgid "Right-click on a vacant space on a panel to open the panel popup menu."

2324

msgstr "Högerklicka på ett ledigt utrymme på en panel för att öppna panelens popuppmeny."

2325

2326

#: C/gospanel.xml:479(para)

2327

msgid "Choose <guisubmenu>Add to Panel</guisubmenu>."

2328

msgstr "Välj <guisubmenu>Lägg till i panel</guisubmenu>."

2329

2330

#: C/gospanel.xml:481(para)

2331

msgid "The <guilabel>Add to Panel</guilabel> dialog opens.The available panel objects are listed alphabetically, with <link linkend=\"launchers\">launchers</link> at the top."

2332

msgstr "Dialogrutan <guilabel>Lägg till i panel</guilabel> öppnas. De tillgängliga panelobjekten är listade i alfabetisk ordning, med <link linkend=\"launchers\">programstartare</link> på toppen."

2333

2334

#: C/gospanel.xml:482(para)

2335

msgid "You can type a part of the name or description of an object in the <guilabel>find</guilabel> box. This will narrow the list to those objects that match what you type."

2336

msgstr "Du kan ange en del av namnet eller beskrivningen för ett objekt i <guilabel>sök</guilabel>-fältet. Det här kommer att minska ner listan till endast de objekt som matchar det som du har angivit."

2337

2338

#: C/gospanel.xml:483(para)

2339

msgid "To restore the full list, delete the text in the <guilabel>find</guilabel> box."

2340

msgstr "Ta bort texten i <guilabel>sök</guilabel>-fältet för att återställa den fullständiga listan."

2341

2342

#: C/gospanel.xml:486(para)

2343

msgid "Either drag an object from the list to a panel, or select an object from the list and click <guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add it at the spot on the panel where you first right-clicked."

2344

msgstr "Antingen dra ett objekt från listan till en panel eller välj ett objekt från listan och klicka på <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> för att lägga till det på den plats i panelen som du högerklickade på."

2345

2346

#: C/gospanel.xml:492(para)

2347

#| msgid ""

2348

#| "You can add also add any item in the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu "

2349

#| "to the panel: right-click the menu item and choose <guimenuitem>Add this "

2350

#| "launcher to panel</guimenuitem>."

2351

msgid "You can also add any item in the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu to the panel: right-click the menu item and choose <guimenuitem>Add this launcher to panel</guimenuitem>."

2352

msgstr "Du kan även lägga till objekt från <guimenu>Program</guimenu>-menyn till panelen: högerklicka på menyobjektet och välj <guimenuitem>Lägg till den här programstartaren på panelen</guimenuitem>."

2353

2354

#: C/gospanel.xml:494(para)

2355

msgid "Each launcher corresponds to a <filename>.desktop</filename> file. You can drag a <filename>.desktop</filename> file on to your panels to add the launcher to the panel."

2356

msgstr "Varje programstartare motsvarar en <filename>.desktop</filename>-fil. Du kan dra en <filename>.desktop</filename>-fil till dina paneler för att lägga till programstartaren till panelen."

2357

2358

#: C/gospanel.xml:501(title)

2359

msgid "Modifying the Properties of an Object"

2360

msgstr "Ändra egenskaper för ett objekt"

2361

2362

#: C/gospanel.xml:510(para)

2363

msgid "The command that starts a launcher application."

2364

msgstr "Kommandot som startar en programstartare."

2365

2366

#: C/gospanel.xml:510(para)

2367

msgid "The location of the source files for a menu."

2368

msgstr "Platsen för källfilerna för en meny."

2369

2370

#: C/gospanel.xml:510(para)

2371

msgid "The icon that represents the object."

2372

msgstr "Ikonen som representerar objektet."

2373

2374

#: C/gospanel.xml:508(para)

2375

msgid "Some panel objects, such as launchers and drawers, have a set of associated properties. The properties are different for each type of object. The properties specify details such as the following: <placeholder-1/>"

2376

msgstr "Vissa panelobjekt, såsom programstartare och lådor, har en uppsättning med associerade egenskaper. Egenskaperna är olika för varje typ av objekt. Egenskaperna anger detaljer såsom följande: <placeholder-1/>"

2377

2378

#: C/gospanel.xml:511(para)

2379

msgid "To modify the properties of an object, perform the following steps:"

2380

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att ändra egenskaperna för ett objekt:"

2381

2382

#: C/gospanel.xml:515(primary)

2383

msgid "panel object popup menu, illustration"

2384

msgstr "popupmeny för panelobjekt, illustration"

2385

2386

#: C/gospanel.xml:517(para)

2387

msgid "Right-click on the object to open the panel object popup menu, as shown in <xref linkend=\"gospanel-FIG-54\"/>."

2388

msgstr "Högerklicka på objektet för att öppna popupmenyn för panelobjektet, som visas i <xref linkend=\"gospanel-FIG-54\"/>."

2389

2390

#: C/gospanel.xml:520(title)

2391

msgid "Panel Object Popup Menu"

2392

msgstr "Popupmeny för panelobjekt"

2393

2394

#: C/gospanel.xml:527(phrase)

2395

msgid "Panel object popup menu. Menu items: Properties, Remove From Panel, Lock, Move."

2396

msgstr "Popupmeny för panelobjekt. Menyobjekt: Egenskaper, Ta bort från panel, Lås, Flytta."

2397

2398

#: C/gospanel.xml:534(para)

2399

msgid "Choose <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>. Use the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialog to modify the properties as required. The properties in the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialog depend on which object you select in step 1."

2400

msgstr "Välj <guimenuitem>Egenskaper</guimenuitem>. Använd dialogrutan <guilabel>Egenskaper</guilabel> för att ändra egenskaperna som önskas. Egenskaperna i dialogrutan <guilabel>Egenskaper</guilabel> beror på vilket objekt du valde i första steget."

2401

2402

#: C/gospanel.xml:539(para)

2403

msgid "Close the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialog."

2404

msgstr "Stäng dialogrutan <guilabel>Egenskaper</guilabel>."

2405

2406

#: C/gospanel.xml:544(title)

2407

msgid "Moving a Panel Object"

2408

msgstr "Flytta ett panelobjekt"

2409

2410

#: C/gospanel.xml:549(para)

2411

msgid "You can move panel objects within a panel, and from one panel to another panel. You can also move objects between panels and drawers."

2412

msgstr "Du kan flytta panelobjekt inom en panel, och från en panel till en annan panel. Du kan även flytta objekt mellan paneler och lådor."

2413

2414

#: C/gospanel.xml:551(para)

2415

msgid "To move a panel object, middle-click and hold on the object and drag the object to a new location. When you release the middle mouse button, the object anchors at the new location."

2416

msgstr "För att flytta ett panelobjekt, mittenklicka och håll kvar objektet, dra sedan objektet till den nya platsen. När du släpper mittenknappen kommer objektet att fastna på den nya platsen."

2417

2418

#: C/gospanel.xml:554(para)

2419

msgid "Alternatively, you can use the panel object popup menu to move an object, as follows:"

2420

msgstr "Alternativt kan du använda popupmenyn för panelobjekt för att flytta ett objekt:"

2421

2422

#: C/gospanel.xml:558(para)

2423

msgid "Right-click on the object, then choose <guimenuitem>Move</guimenuitem>."

2424

msgstr "Högerklicka på objektet, välj sedan <guimenuitem>Flytta</guimenuitem>."

2425

2426

#: C/gospanel.xml:561(para)

2427

msgid "Point to the new location for the object, then click any mouse button to anchor the object to the new location. This location can be on any panel that is currently in the GNOME Desktop."

2428

msgstr "Peka på den nya platsen för objektet, klicka sedan med någon musknapp för att fästa objektet på den nya platsen. Den här platsen kan vara på någon panel som för närvarande finns på GNOME-skrivbordet."

2429

2430

#: C/gospanel.xml:566(para)

2431

msgid "Movement of a panel object affects the position of other objects on the panel. To control how objects move on a panel, you can specify a movement mode. To specify the movement mode, press one of the following keys as you move the panel object:"

2432

msgstr "Flytt av ett panelobjekt påverkar positionen för andra objekt på panelen. För att kontrollera hur objekt flyttas på en panel kan du ange ett flyttläge. För att ange flyttläget, tryck på en av följande tangenter när du flyttar panelobjektet:"

2433

2434

#: C/gospanel.xml:578(para)

2435

msgid "Key"

2436

msgstr "Tangent"

2437

2438

#: C/gospanel.xml:581(para)

2439

msgid "Movement Mode"

2440

msgstr "Flyttläge"

2441

2442

#: C/gospanel.xml:591(para)

2443

msgid "No key"

2444

msgstr "Ingen tangent"

2445

2446

#: C/gospanel.xml:594(para)

2447

msgid "Switched movement"

2448

msgstr "Växlad flyttning"

2449

2450

#: C/gospanel.xml:597(para)

2451

msgid "The object swaps places with other panel objects. Switched movement is the default movement mode."

2452

msgstr "Objektet byter plats med andra panelobjekt. Växlad flyttning är standardläget för flyttning."

2453

2454

#: C/gospanel.xml:603(para)

2455

msgid "<keycap>Alt</keycap> key"

2456

msgstr "<keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangenten"

2457

2458

#: C/gospanel.xml:606(para)

2459

msgid "Free movement"

2460

msgstr "Fri flyttning"

2461

2462

#: C/gospanel.xml:609(para)

2463

msgid "The object jumps over other panel objects into the next vacant space on the panel."

2464

msgstr "Objektet hoppar över andra panelobjekt till nästa lediga utrymme på panelen."

2465

2466

#: C/gospanel.xml:615(para)

2467

msgid "<keycap>Shift</keycap> key"

2468

msgstr "<keycap>Skift</keycap>-tangenten"

2469

2470

#: C/gospanel.xml:618(para)

2471

msgid "Push movement"

2472

msgstr "Tryckflyttning"

2473

2474

#: C/gospanel.xml:621(para)

2475

msgid "The object pushes other panel objects further along the panel."

2476

msgstr "Objektet trycker bort andra panelobjekt längs panelen."

2477

2478

#: C/gospanel.xml:630(title)

2479

msgid "Locking a Panel Object"

2480

msgstr "Lås ett panelobjekt"

2481

2482

#: C/gospanel.xml:633(secondary)

2483

msgid "locking"

2484

msgstr "låsning"

2485

2486

#: C/gospanel.xml:636(primary)

2487

msgid "locking panel objects"

2488

msgstr "lås panelobjekt"

2489

2490

#: C/gospanel.xml:638(para)

2491

msgid "You can lock panel objects so that the objects stay in the same position on the panel. Use this if you do not want some panel objects to change position when you move other panel objects."

2492

msgstr "Du kan låsa panelobjekt så att objekten stannar på samma position i panelen. Använd den här om du inte vill att några panelobjekt ska ändra position när du flyttar andra panelobjekt."

2493

2494

#: C/gospanel.xml:641(para)

2495

msgid "To lock an object to its current location in the panel, right-click on the object to open the panel object popup menu, then select <guimenuitem>Lock To Panel</guimenuitem>. Deselect this to unlock the object."

2496

msgstr "För att låsa ett objekt till dess aktuella plats i panelen, högerklicka på objektet för att öppna panelobjektets popupmeny, välj sedan <guimenuitem>Lås till panel</guimenuitem>. Avmarkera den för att låsa upp objektet."

2497

2498

#: C/gospanel.xml:645(title)

2499

msgid "Removing a Panel Object"

2500

msgstr "Ta bort ett panelobjekt"

2501

2502

#: C/gospanel.xml:648(secondary)

2503

msgid "removing"

2504

msgstr "borttagning"

2505

2506

#: C/gospanel.xml:650(para)

2507

msgid "To remove an object from a panel, right-click on the object to open the panel object popup menu and then choose <guimenuitem>Remove From Panel</guimenuitem>."

2508

msgstr "För att ta bort ett objekt från en panel, högerklicka på objektet för att öppna panelobjektets popupmeny och välj sedan <guimenuitem>Ta bort från panelen</guimenuitem>."

2509

2510

#: C/gospanel.xml:662(title)

2511

msgid "Applets"

2512

msgstr "Panelprogram"

2513

2514

#: C/gospanel.xml:672(para)

2515

msgid "An applet is a small application whose user interface resides within a panel. The following figure shows the following applets, from left to right:"

2516

msgstr "Ett panelprogram (applet) är ett litet program vars användargränssnitt finns i en panel. Följande figur visar följande panelprogram, från vänster till höger:"

2517

2518

#: C/gospanel.xml:677(para)

2519

msgid "<application><link linkend=\"windowlist\">Window List</link></application>: Displays the windows currently open on your system."

2520

msgstr "<application><link linkend=\"windowlist\">Fönsterlista</link></application>: Visar fönstren som för närvarande är öppnade på ditt system."

2521

2522

#: C/gospanel.xml:681(para)

2523

msgid "<application>Volume Control</application>: Enables you to control the volume of the speaker on your system."

2524

msgstr "<application>Volymkontroll</application>: Låter dig styra högtalarvolymen på ditt system."

2525

2526

#: C/gospanel.xml:685(para)

2527

msgid "<application>Clock</application>: Shows the current date and time."

2528

msgstr "<application>Klocka</application>: Visar aktuellt datum och tid."

2529

2530

#: C/gospanel.xml:694(phrase)

2531

msgid "Sample applets. The context describes the graphic."

2532

msgstr "Exempelpanelprogram. Sammanhanget beskriver grafiken."

2533

2534

#: C/gospanel.xml:701(title)

2535

msgid "Launchers"

2536

msgstr "Programstartare"

2537

2538

#: C/gospanel.xml:706(secondary)

2539

#: C/gospanel.xml:707(see)

2540

#: C/gospanel.xml:743(primary)

2541

#: C/gospanel.xml:782(primary)

2542

msgid "launchers"

2543

msgstr "programstartare"

2544

2545

#: C/gospanel.xml:709(para)

2546

msgid "A <firstterm>launcher</firstterm> is an object that performs a specific action when you open it."

2547

msgstr "En <firstterm>programstartare</firstterm> är ett objekt som genomför en specifik åtgärd när du öppnar den."

2548

2549

#: C/gospanel.xml:710(para)

2550

msgid "You can find launchers in the panels, in the panel menubar, and on the desktop. A launcher is represented by an icon in all of these locations."

2551

msgstr "Du kan hitta programstartar i panelerna, i panelens menyrad och på skrivbordet. En programstartare representeras av en ikon på dessa platser."

2552

2553

#: C/gospanel.xml:711(para)

2554

msgid "You might use a launcher to do any of the following:"

2555

msgstr "Du kan använda en programstartare för att göra något av följande:"

2556

2557

#: C/gospanel.xml:714(para)

2558

msgid "Start a particular application."

2559

msgstr "Starta ett specifikt program."

2560

2561

#: C/gospanel.xml:717(para)

2562

msgid "Execute a command."

2563

msgstr "Köra ett kommando."

2564

2565

#: C/gospanel.xml:720(para)

2566

msgid "Open a folder."

2567

msgstr "Öppna en mapp."

2568

2569

#: C/gospanel.xml:723(para)

2570

msgid "Open a Web browser at a particular page on the Web."

2571

msgstr "Öppna en webbläsare på en specifik sida på webben."

2572

2573

#: C/gospanel.xml:726(para)

2574

msgid "Open special <firstterm>Uniform Resource Identifiers</firstterm> (URIs). The GNOME Desktop contains special URIs that enable you to access particular functions from the file manager. <indexterm><primary>special URI locations</primary><secondary>and launchers</secondary></indexterm>"

2575

msgstr "Öppna speciella <firstterm>Uniform Resource Identifiers</firstterm> (URI:er). GNOME-skrivbordet innehåller speciella uri:er som låter dig komma åt specifika funktioner från filhanteraren. <indexterm><primary>speciella URI-platser</primary><secondary>och programstartare</secondary></indexterm>"

2576

2577

#: C/gospanel.xml:733(para)

2578

msgid "You can modify the properties of a launcher. For example, the properties of a launcher include the name of the launcher, the icon that represents the launcher, and how the launcher runs. For more on this, see <xref linkend=\"launchers-modify\"/>."

2579

msgstr "Du kan ändra egenskaperna för en programstartare. Till exempel inkluderar egenskaperna för en programstartare namnet på programstartaren, ikonen som representerar programstartaren och hur programstartaren kör. För mer information om det här, se <xref linkend=\"launchers-modify\"/>."

2580

2581

#: C/gospanel.xml:736(para)

2582

msgid "In certain situations, a launcher in a menu might not show an icon. For example, if it specifies no icon to display, or if the entire menu is set to show no icons."

2583

msgstr "I vissa situationer kanske en programstartare i en meny inte visar någon ikon. Till exempel om den inte anger någon ikon att visa eller om hela menyn är inställd till att inte visa några ikoner."

2584

2585

#: C/gospanel.xml:741(title)

2586

msgid "Adding a Launcher to a Panel"

2587

msgstr "Lägg till en programstartare till en panel"

2588

2589

#: C/gospanel.xml:744(secondary)

2590

#: C/gospanel.xml:992(secondary)

2591

#: C/gospanel.xml:1276(secondary)

2592

#: C/gospanel.xml:1365(secondary)

2593

msgid "adding to panel"

2594

msgstr "lägg till i panel"

2595

2596

#: C/gospanel.xml:746(para)

2597

msgid "You can add a launcher to a panel in one of the following ways:"

2598

msgstr "Du kan lägga till en programstartare till en panel på ett av följande sätt:"

2599

2600

#: C/gospanel.xml:750(para)

2601

#: C/gospanel.xml:1370(term)

2602

msgid "From the panel popup menu"

2603

msgstr "Från panelens popupmeny"

2604

2605

#: C/gospanel.xml:751(para)

2606

msgid "Right-click on any vacant space on the panel, then choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>. The <link linkend=\"panels-addobject\"><guilabel>Add to Panel</guilabel> dialog</link> opens."

2607

msgstr "Högerklicka på ett ledigt utrymme på panelen och välj sedan <guimenu>Lägg till i panelen</guimenu>. Dialogrutan <link linkend=\"panels-addobject\"><guilabel>Lägg till i panelen</guilabel></link> öppnas."

2608

2609

#: C/gospanel.xml:753(para)

2610

msgid "To create a new launcher, select <guilabel>Custom Application Launcher</guilabel> from the list. A <guilabel>Create Launcher</guilabel> dialog is displayed. For more information on the properties in this dialog, see <xref linkend=\"launchers-properties\"/>."

2611

msgstr "För att skapa en ny programstartare, välj <guilabel>Anpassad programstartare</guilabel> från listan. Dialogrutan <guilabel>Skapa programstartare</guilabel> visas. För mer information om egenskaperna i den här dialogrutan, se <xref linkend=\"launchers-properties\"/>."

2612

2613

#: C/gospanel.xml:756(para)

2614

msgid "Alternatively, to add an existing launcher to the panel, select <guilabel>Application Launcher</guilabel> from the list. Choose the launcher that you want to add from the list of menu items."

2615

msgstr "Alternativt kan du lägga till en befintlig programstartare till panelen genom att välja <guilabel>Programstartare</guilabel> från listan. Välj programstartaren som du vill lägga till från listan över menyobjekt."

2616

2617

#: C/gospanel.xml:760(para)

2618

#: C/gospanel.xml:1382(term)

2619

msgid "From any menu"

2620

msgstr "Från valfri meny"

2621

2622

#: C/gospanel.xml:761(para)

2623

msgid "To add a launcher to a panel from a menu, perform one of the following steps:"

2624

msgstr "Genomför ett av följande steg för att lägga till en programstartare till en panel från en meny:"

2625

2626

#: C/gospanel.xml:764(para)

2627

msgid "Open a menu that contains the launcher. Drag the launcher on to the panel."

2628

msgstr "Öppna en meny som innehåller programstartaren. Dra programstartaren till panelen."

2629

2630

#: C/gospanel.xml:766(para)

2631

msgid "Open the menu that contains the launcher and right-click on the title of the launcher. Choose <guimenuitem>Add this launcher to panel</guimenuitem>. This method will only work if the launcher is on a sub-menu of the menu that you opened."

2632

msgstr "Öppna menyn som innehåller programstartaren och högerklicka på programstartarens titel. Välj <guimenuitem>Lägg till den här programstartaren på panelen</guimenuitem>. Denna metod kommer endast att fungera om programstartare finns i en undermeny till menyn som du öppnat."

2633

2634

#: C/gospanel.xml:771(para)

2635

msgid "From the file manager"

2636

msgstr "Från filhanteraren"

2637

2638

#: C/gospanel.xml:772(para)

2639

msgid "To add a launcher to a panel from the file manager, find the <filename>.desktop</filename> file for the launcher in your file system, then drag the <filename>.desktop</filename> file to the panel."

2640

msgstr "För att lägga till en programstartare till en panel från filhanteraren ska du leta fram <filename>.desktop</filename>-filen för programstartaren i ditt filsystem, dra sedan <filename>.desktop</filename>-filen till panelen."

2641

2642

#: C/gospanel.xml:778(title)

2643

msgid "Modifying a Launcher"

2644

msgstr "Ändra en programstartare"

2645

2646

#: C/gospanel.xml:785(para)

2647

msgid "To modify the properties of a launcher in a panel, perform the following steps:"

2648

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att ändra egenskaperna för en programstartare i en panel:"

2649

2650

#: C/gospanel.xml:789(para)

2651

msgid "Right-click on the launcher to open the panel object popup menu."

2652

msgstr "Högerklicka på programstartaren för att öppna panelobjektets popupmeny."

2653

2654

#: C/gospanel.xml:793(para)

2655

msgid "Choose <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>. Use the <guilabel>Launcher Properties</guilabel> dialog to modify the properties as required. For more information on the <guilabel>Launcher Properties</guilabel> dialog, see <xref linkend=\"launchers-properties\"/>."

2656

msgstr "Välj <guimenuitem>Egenskaper</guimenuitem>. Använd dialogrutan <guilabel>Egenskaper för programstartare</guilabel> för att ändra egenskaperna som önskas. För mer information om dialogrutan <guilabel>Egenskaper för programstartare</guilabel>, se <xref linkend=\"launchers-properties\"/>."

2657

2658

#: C/gospanel.xml:798(para)

2659

msgid "Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Launcher Properties</guilabel> dialog."

2660

msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Stäng</guibutton> för att stänga dialogrutan <guilabel>Egenskaper för programstartaren</guilabel>."

2661

2662

#: C/gospanel.xml:805(title)

2663

msgid "Launcher Properties"

2664

msgstr "Egenskaper för programstartare"

2665

2666

#. To Create a Launcher With the Create Launcher Dialog

2667

#: C/gospanel.xml:809(para)

2668

msgid "When you create or edit a launcher, the following properties can be set:"

2669

msgstr "När du skapar eller redigerar en programstartare kan följande egenskaper ställas in:"

2670

2671

#: C/gospanel.xml:811(term)

2672

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2081(para)

2673

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3652(guilabel)

2674

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3811(guilabel)

6429

#: C/nautilus-list.page:34(p)

6430

msgid "The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."

6431

msgstr ""

6432

6433

#: C/nautilus-list.page:38(gui)

6434

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:60(gui)

2675

6435

msgid "Type"

2676

6436

msgstr "Typ"

2677

6437

2678

#: C/gospanel.xml:813(para)

2679

msgid "Use the drop-down list to specify whether this launcher starts an application or opens a location:"

2680

msgstr "Använd rullgardinslistan för att ange huruvida den här programstartaren startar ett program eller öppnar en plats:"

2681

2682

#: C/gospanel.xml:815(term)

2683

msgid "Application"

2684

msgstr "Program"

2685

2686

#: C/gospanel.xml:817(para)

2687

msgid "The launcher starts an application."

2688

msgstr "Programstartaren startar ett program."

2689

2690

#: C/gospanel.xml:820(term)

2691

msgid "Application in Terminal"

2692

msgstr "Program i terminal"

2693

2694

#: C/gospanel.xml:822(para)

2695

msgid "The launcher starts an application through a terminal window."

2696

msgstr "Programstartaren startar ett program genom ett terminalfönster."

2697

2698

#: C/gospanel.xml:825(term)

2699

#: C/gospanel.xml:848(term)

2700

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2089(para)

2701

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2426(guilabel)

6438

#: C/nautilus-list.page:39(p)

6439

msgid "Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 audio, and more."

6440

msgstr ""

6441

6442

#: C/nautilus-list.page:42(gui)

6443

msgid "Date Modified"

6444

msgstr "Ändringsdatum"

6445

6446

#: C/nautilus-list.page:43(p)

6447

#, fuzzy

6448

#| msgid "The date and time at which the object was last viewed."

6449

msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."

6450

msgstr "Datum och tid när objektet senast visades."

6451

6452

#: C/nautilus-list.page:47(gui)

6453

msgid "Date Accessed"

6454

msgstr "Åtkomstdatum"

6455

6456

#: C/nautilus-list.page:48(p)

6457

#, fuzzy

6458

#| msgid "The date and time at which the object was last viewed."

6459

msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was accessed."

6460

msgstr "Datum och tid när objektet senast visades."

6461

6462

#: C/nautilus-list.page:51(gui)

6463

msgid "Group"

6464

msgstr "Grupp"

6465

6466

#: C/nautilus-list.page:52(p)

6467

msgid "The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users might be in groups according to department or project."

6468

msgstr ""

6469

6470

#: C/nautilus-list.page:57(gui)

6471

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:85(title)

2702

6472

msgid "Location"

2703

6473

msgstr "Plats"

2704

6474

2705

#: C/gospanel.xml:827(para)

2706

msgid "The launcher opens a file, web page or other location."

2707

msgstr "Programstartaren öppnar en film webbsida eller annan plats."

2708

2709

#: C/gospanel.xml:831(para)

2710

msgid "If you are editing a location launcher, this drop-down list will not be displayed. If you are editing an application launcher, the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> option will not be available."

2711

msgstr "Om du redigerar en platsstartare så kommer denna rullgardingslista inte att visas. Om du redigerar en programstartare så kommer alternativet <guilabel>Plats</guilabel> inte att vara tillgänglig."

2712

2713

#: C/gospanel.xml:836(term)

2714

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2073(para)

2715

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2415(guilabel)

2716

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3789(guilabel)

2717

msgid "Name"

2718

msgstr "Namn"

2719

2720

#: C/gospanel.xml:838(para)

2721

msgid "This is the name that is displayed if you add the launcher to a menu or to the desktop."

2722

msgstr "Detta är namnet som visas om du lägger till programstartaren till en meny eller till skrivbordet."

2723

2724

#: C/gospanel.xml:842(term)

2725

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:234(guilabel)

2726

msgid "Command"

2727

msgstr "Kommando"

2728

2729

#: C/gospanel.xml:844(para)

2730

msgid "For an application launcher, specify a command to execute when you click on the launcher. For sample commands, see <xref linkend=\"launchers-properties-commands\"/>."

2731

msgstr "För en programstartare ska du ange ett kommando att köra när du klickar på programstartaren. För exempelkommandon, se <xref linkend=\"launchers-properties-commands\"/>."

2732

2733

#: C/gospanel.xml:850(para)

2734

msgid "For a location launcher, specify the location to be opened. Click <guibutton>Browse</guibutton> to select a location on your computer, or type a web address to launch a web page. For sample locations, see <xref linkend=\"launchers-properties-commands\"/>"

2735

msgstr "För en programstartare för en plats ska du ange platsen som ska öppnas. Klicka på <guibutton>Bläddra</guibutton> för att välja en plats på din dator, eller ange en webbadress för att starta en webbsida. För exempelplatser, se <xref linkend=\"launchers-properties-commands\"/>"

2736

2737

#: C/gospanel.xml:856(term)

2738

msgid "Comment"

2739

msgstr "Kommentar"

2740

2741

#: C/gospanel.xml:858(para)

2742

msgid "This is displayed as a tooltip when you point to the launcher icon on the panel."

2743

msgstr "Det här visas som ett verktygstips när du pekar på programstartarens ikon i panelen."

2744

2745

#: C/gospanel.xml:864(para)

2746

msgid "To choose an icon for the launcher, click on the icon button, which displays a generic icon by default. An icon selector dialog is displayed. Choose an icon from the dialog."

2747

msgstr "För att välja en ikon för programstartaren, klicka på ikonknappen som visar en allmän ikon som standard. En ikonväljardialog visas. Välj en ikon från dialogrutan."

2748

2749

#: C/gospanel.xml:865(para)

2750

msgid "To change the icon for the launcher, click on the button showing the current icon. An icon selector dialog is displayed. Choose an icon from the dialog."

2751

msgstr "För att ändra ikonen för programstartaren, klicka på knappen som visas den aktuella ikonen. En ikonväljardialog visas. Välj en ikon från dialogrutan."

2752

2753

#: C/gospanel.xml:868(title)

2754

msgid "Launcher Commands and Locations"

2755

msgstr "Kommandon för programstartare och platser"

2756

2757

#: C/gospanel.xml:871(para)

2758

msgid "Examples of commands and locations that you can use in the <guilabel>Launcher Properties</guilabel> dialog can be found below."

2759

msgstr "Exempel på kommandon och platser som du kan använda i dialogrutan <guilabel>Egenskaper för programstartaren</guilabel> kan hittas nedan."

2760

2761

#: C/gospanel.xml:873(para)

2762

msgid "If you choose <guilabel>Application</guilabel> or <guilabel>Application in Terminal</guilabel> from the <guilabel>Type</guilabel> drop-down box, the <guilabel>Command</guilabel> text box will be displayed. The following table shows some sample commands and the actions that the commands perform:"

2763

msgstr "Om du väljer <guilabel>Program</guilabel> eller <guilabel>Program i terminal</guilabel> från rullgardinslistan <guilabel>Typ</guilabel> så kommer textrutan <guilabel>Kommando</guilabel> att visas. Följande tabell visar några exempelkommandon och åtgärderna som dessa kommandon genomför:"

2764

2765

#: C/gospanel.xml:882(para)

2766

msgid "Sample Application Command"

2767

msgstr "Exempelkommando för program"

2768

2769

#: C/gospanel.xml:885(para)

2770

#: C/gospanel.xml:936(para)

2771

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:755(para)

2772

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1490(para)

2773

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1615(para)

2774

#: C/gosbasic.xml:131(para)

2775

#: C/gosbasic.xml:872(para)

2776

#: C/gosbasic.xml:965(para)

2777

msgid "Action"

2778

msgstr "Åtgärd"

2779

2780

#: C/gospanel.xml:893(command)

2781

msgid "gedit"

2782

msgstr "gedit"

2783

2784

#: C/gospanel.xml:897(para)

2785

msgid "Starts the <application>gedit</application> text editor application."

2786

msgstr "Startar textredigeraren <application>gedit</application>."

2787

2788

#: C/gospanel.xml:903(command)

2789

msgid "gedit /home/user/loremipsum.txt"

2790

msgstr "gedit /home/användare/loremipsum.txt"

2791

2792

#: C/gospanel.xml:907(para)

2793

msgid "Opens the file <filename>/home/user/loremipsum.txt</filename> in the <application>gedit</application> text editor application."

2794

msgstr "Öppnar filen <filename>/home/användare/loremipsum.txt</filename> i textredigeraren <application>gedit</application>."

2795

2796

#: C/gospanel.xml:913(command)

2797

msgid "nautilus /home/user/Projects"

2798

msgstr "nautilus /home/användare/Projekt"

2799

2800

#: C/gospanel.xml:917(para)

2801

#: C/gospanel.xml:959(para)

2802

msgid "Opens the folder <filename>/home/user/Projects</filename> in a File Browser window."

2803

msgstr "Öppnar mappen <filename>/home/användare/Projekt</filename> i ett filbläddrarfönster."

2804

2805

#: C/gospanel.xml:923(para)

2806

msgid "If you choose <guilabel>Location</guilabel> from the <guilabel>Type</guilabel> drop-down box, the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> text box will be displayed. The following table shows some sample locations and the actions that will happen if you click on the launcher:<indexterm><primary>special URIs</primary><secondary>launchers</secondary></indexterm>"

2807

msgstr "Om du väljer <guilabel>Plats</guilabel> från rullgardinslistan <guilabel>Typ</guilabel> så kommer textrutan <guilabel>Plats</guilabel> att visas. Följande tabell visar några exempelplatser och åtgärder som kommer att ske om du klickar på programstartaren:<indexterm><primary>speciella URI:er</primary><secondary>programstartare</secondary></indexterm>"

2808

2809

#: C/gospanel.xml:933(para)

2810

msgid "Sample Location"

2811

msgstr "Exempelplats"

2812

2813

#: C/gospanel.xml:944(command)

2814

msgid "file:///home/user/loremipsum.txt"

2815

msgstr "file:///home/användare/loremipsum.txt"

2816

2817

#: C/gospanel.xml:948(para)

2818

msgid "Opens the file <filename>/home/user/loremipsum.txt</filename> in the default viewer for its file type."

2819

msgstr "Öppnar filen <filename>/home/användare/loremipsum.txt</filename> i standardvisaren för dess filtyp."

2820

2821

#: C/gospanel.xml:955(command)

2822

msgid "file:///home/user/Projects"

2823

msgstr "file:///home/användare/Projekt"

2824

2825

#: C/gospanel.xml:965(command)

2826

msgid "http://www.gnome.org"

2827

msgstr "http://www.gnome.org"

2828

2829

#: C/gospanel.xml:969(para)

2830

msgid "Opens the GNOME website in your default browser."

2831

msgstr "Öppnar GNOME-webbplatsen i din standardwebbläsare."

2832

2833

#: C/gospanel.xml:975(command)

2834

msgid "ftp://ftp.gnome.org"

2835

msgstr "ftp://ftp.gnome.org"

2836

2837

#: C/gospanel.xml:979(para)

2838

msgid "Opens the GNOME FTP site in your default browser."

2839

msgstr "Öppnar GNOME:s ftp-plats i din standardwebbläsare."

2840

2841

#: C/gospanel.xml:989(title)

2842

#: C/gosbasic.xml:50(titleabbrev)

2843

msgid "Buttons"

2844

msgstr "Knappar"

2845

2846

#: C/gospanel.xml:991(primary)

2847

#: C/gospanel.xml:996(see)

2848

#: C/gospanel.xml:1003(primary)

2849

#: C/gospanel.xml:1058(primary)

2850

#: C/gospanel.xml:1145(primary)

2851

#: C/gospanel.xml:1178(primary)

2852

#: C/gospanel.xml:1213(primary)

2853

#: C/gospanel.xml:1236(primary)

2854

msgid "buttons"

2855

msgstr "knappar"

2856

2857

#: C/gospanel.xml:995(primary)

2858

msgid "action buttons"

2859

msgstr "åtgärdsknappar"

2860

2861

#: C/gospanel.xml:998(para)

2862

msgid "You can add buttons to your panels to provide quick access to common actions and functions."

2863

msgstr "Du kan lägga till knappar till dina paneler för att tillhandahålla snabb åtkomst till vanliga åtgärder och funktioner."

2864

2865

#: C/gospanel.xml:1001(title)

2866

msgid "Force Quit Button"

2867

msgstr "Tvinga avslut-knappen"

2868

2869

#: C/gospanel.xml:1004(secondary)

2870

msgid "Force Quit"

2871

msgstr "Tvinga avslut"

2872

2873

#: C/gospanel.xml:1008(secondary)

2874

#: C/gospanel.xml:1011(primary)

2875

msgid "Force Quit button"

2876

msgstr "Tvinga avslut-knapp"

2877

2878

#: C/gospanel.xml:1014(primary)

2879

msgid "terminating applications"

2880

msgstr "terminering av program"

2881

2882

#: C/gospanel.xml:1017(primary)

2883

#: C/gosoverview.xml:408(primary)

2884

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:714(secondary)

2885

msgid "applications"

2886

msgstr "program"

2887

2888

#: C/gospanel.xml:1018(secondary)

2889

msgid "terminating"

2890

msgstr "terminera"

2891

2892

#: C/gospanel.xml:1026(phrase)

2893

msgid "Force Quit icon."

2894

msgstr "Tvinga avslut-ikon."

2895

2896

#: C/gospanel.xml:1030(para)

2897

msgid "The <guibutton>Force Quit</guibutton> button allows you to click on a window to force an application to quit. This button is useful if you want to terminate an application that does not respond to your commands, if the application has frozen or crashed, for example."

2898

msgstr "Knappen <guibutton>Tvinga avslut</guibutton> låter klicka på ett fönster för att tvinga ett program att avslutas. Den här knappen är användbar om du vill terminera ett program som inte svarar på dina kommandon, till exempel om programmet har frusit eller kraschat."

2899

2900

#: C/gospanel.xml:1034(para)

2901

msgid "To add a <guibutton>Force Quit</guibutton> button to a panel, right-click on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, then choose <application>Force Quit</application> from the Add to Panel dialog. See <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> for more on this."

2902

msgstr "För att lägga till en <guibutton>Tvinga avslut</guibutton>-knapp till en panel, högerklicka på ett ledigt utrymme på panelen. Välj <guimenu>Lägg till i panelen</guimenu>, välj sedan <application>Tvinga avslut</application> från dialogrutan Lägg till i panel. Se <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> för mer information om det här."

2903

2904

#: C/gospanel.xml:1038(para)

2905

msgid "To terminate an application, click on the <guibutton>Force Quit</guibutton> button, then click on a window from the application that you want to terminate. If you do not want to terminate an application after you have clicked on the <guibutton>Force Quit</guibutton> button, press <keycap>Esc</keycap>."

2906

msgstr "För att terminera ett program, klicka på knappen <guibutton>Tvinga avslut</guibutton>, klicka sedan på ett fönster från det program som du vill terminera. Om du inte vill terminera ett program efter att du har klickat på knappen <guibutton>Tvinga avslut</guibutton>, tryck på <keycap>Esc</keycap>."

2907

2908

#: C/gospanel.xml:1044(title)

2909

msgid "Lock Screen Button"

2910

msgstr "Lås skärmen-knappen"

2911

2912

#: C/gospanel.xml:1059(secondary)

2913

msgid "Lock"

2914

msgstr "Lås"

2915

2916

#: C/gospanel.xml:1071(para)

2917

msgid "The <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button locks your screen and activates your screensaver when you click on it. To access your session again, you must enter your password."

2918

msgstr "<guibutton>Lås skärmen</guibutton>-knappen låser din skärm och aktiverar din skärmsläckare när du klickar på den. För att komma åt din session igen så måste du ange ditt lösenord."

2919

2920

#: C/gospanel.xml:1074(para)

2921

msgid "To add a <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button to a panel, right-click on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, then choose <application>Lock Screen</application> from the Add to Panel dialog. See <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> for more on this."

2922

msgstr "För att lägga till en <guibutton>Lås skärmen</guibutton>-knapp till en panel, högerklicka på ett ledigt utrymme på panelen. Välj <guimenu>Lägg till i panel</guimenu>, välj sedan <application>Lås skärmen</application> från dialogen Lägg till i panelen. Se <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> för mer information om det här."

2923

2924

#: C/gospanel.xml:1076(para)

2925

msgid "Right-click on the <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button to open a menu of screensaver-related commands. <xref linkend=\"gosstartsession-TBL-83\"/> describes the commands that are available from the menu."

2926

msgstr "Högerklicka på <guibutton>Lås skärmen</guibutton>-knappen för att öppna en meny med kommandon relaterade till skärmsläckaren. <xref linkend=\"gosstartsession-TBL-83\"/> beskriver tillgängliga kommandon i menyn."

2927

2928

#: C/gospanel.xml:1080(title)

2929

msgid "Lock Screen Menu Items"

2930

msgstr "Menyobjekt i Lås skärmen"

2931

2932

#: C/gospanel.xml:1087(para)

2933

msgid "Menu Item"

2934

msgstr "Menyobjekt"

2935

2936

#: C/gospanel.xml:1098(guimenuitem)

2937

msgid "Activate Screensaver"

2938

msgstr "Aktivera skärmsläckare"

2939

2940

#: C/gospanel.xml:1102(para)

2941

msgid "Activates the screensaver immediately."

2942

msgstr "Aktiverar omedelbart skärmsläckaren."

2943

2944

#: C/gospanel.xml:1103(para)

2945

msgid "This will also lock the screen if you have set <guilabel>Lock screen when screensaver is active</guilabel> in the <application>Screensaver</application> preference tool."

2946

msgstr "Det här kommer även att låsa skärmen om du har ställt in <guilabel>Lås skärmen när skärmsläckaren är aktiv</guilabel> i <application>skärmsläckarens</application> inställningsverktyg."

2947

2948

#: C/gospanel.xml:1110(guimenuitem)

2949

msgid "Lock Screen"

2950

msgstr "Lås skärmen"

2951

2952

#: C/gospanel.xml:1114(para)

2953

msgid "Locks the screen immediately. This command performs the same function as when you click on the <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button."

2954

msgstr "Låser omedelbart skärmen. Det här kommandot genomför samma funktion som när du klickar på knappen <guibutton>Lås skärmen</guibutton>"

2955

2956

#: C/gospanel.xml:1121(guimenuitem)

2957

msgid "Properties"

2958

msgstr "Egenskaper"

2959

2960

#: C/gospanel.xml:1125(para)

2961

msgid "Opens the <link linkend=\"prefs-screensaver\"><application>Screensaver</application> preference tool</link>, with which you can configure the type of screensaver that is displayed when you lock the screen."

2962

msgstr "Öppnar <link linkend=\"prefs-screensaver\"><application>skärmsläckarens</application> inställningsverktyg</link>, med vilken du kan konfigurera den typ av skärmsläckare som ska visas när du låser skärmen."

2963

2964

#: C/gospanel.xml:1133(title)

2965

msgid "Log Out Button"

2966

msgstr "Logga ut-knappen"

2967

2968

#: C/gospanel.xml:1140(phrase)

2969

msgid "Log Out icon."

2970

msgstr "Logga ut-ikon."

2971

2972

#: C/gospanel.xml:1146(secondary)

2973

msgid "Log Out"

2974

msgstr "Logga ut"

2975

2976

#: C/gospanel.xml:1150(secondary)

2977

#: C/gospanel.xml:1153(primary)

2978

msgid "Log Out button"

2979

msgstr "Logga ut-knappen"

2980

2981

#: C/gospanel.xml:1155(para)

2982

msgid "The <guibutton>Log Out</guibutton> button allows you to log out of a GNOME session or switch to a different user account."

2983

msgstr "Knappen <guibutton>Logga ut</guibutton> låter dig logga ut från en GNOME-session eller växla till ett konto för en annan användare."

2984

2985

#: C/gospanel.xml:1157(para)

2986

msgid "To add a <guibutton>Log Out</guibutton> button to a panel, right-click on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, then choose <application>Log Out</application> from the Add to Panel dialog. See <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> for more on this."

2987

msgstr "För att lägga till en <guibutton>Logga ut</guibutton>-knapp till en panel, högerklicka på ett ledigt utrymme på panelen. Välj <guimenu>Lägg till i panel</guimenu>, välj sedan <application>Logga ut</application> från dialogen Lägg till i panelen. Se <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> för mer information om det här."

2988

2989

#: C/gospanel.xml:1161(para)

2990

msgid "To log out of your session or switch users, click on the <guibutton>Log Out</guibutton> button and then click on the appropriate button in the dialog that appears."

2991

msgstr "För att logga ut från din session eller växla användare, klicka på knappen <guibutton>Logga ut</guibutton> och klicka sedan på lämplig knapp i dialogrutan som visas."

2992

2993

#: C/gospanel.xml:1166(title)

2994

msgid "Run Button"

2995

msgstr "Kör-knappen"

2996

2997

#: C/gospanel.xml:1173(phrase)

2998

msgid "Run Application icon."

2999

msgstr "Kör program-ikon."

3000

3001

#: C/gospanel.xml:1179(secondary)

3002

msgid "Run"

3003

msgstr "Kör"

3004

3005

#: C/gospanel.xml:1183(secondary)

3006

#: C/gospanel.xml:1186(primary)

3007

msgid "Run button"

3008

msgstr "Kör-knappen"

3009

3010

#: C/gospanel.xml:1188(para)

3011

msgid "The <guibutton>Run</guibutton> button opens the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog, which allows you to start an application by choosing it from a list."

3012

msgstr "<guibutton>Kör</guibutton>-knappen öppnar dialogrutan <guilabel>Kör program</guilabel>, som låter dig starta ett program genom att välja det från en lista."

3013

3014

#: C/gospanel.xml:1191(para)

3015

msgid "To add a <guibutton>Run</guibutton> button to a panel, right-click on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, then choose <application>Run Application</application> from the Add to Panel dialog. See <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> for more on this."

3016

msgstr "För att lägga till en <guibutton>Kör</guibutton>-knapp till en panel, högerklicka på ett ledigt utrymme på panelen. Välj <guimenu>Lägg till i panel</guimenu>, välj sedan <application>Kör program</application> från dialogen Lägg till i panelen. Se <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> för mer information om det här."

3017

3018

#: C/gospanel.xml:1195(para)

3019

msgid "To open the <application>Run Application</application> dialog, click on the <guibutton>Run</guibutton> button."

3020

msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Kör</guibutton> för att öppna dialogrutan <application>Kör program</application>."

3021

3022

#: C/gospanel.xml:1197(para)

3023

msgid "For more information on the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog, see <xref linkend=\"gospanel-23\"/>."

3024

msgstr "För mer information om dialogrutan <guilabel>Kör program</guilabel>, se <xref linkend=\"gospanel-23\"/>."

3025

3026

#: C/gospanel.xml:1201(title)

3027

msgid "Search Button"

3028

msgstr "Sök-knappen"

3029

3030

#: C/gospanel.xml:1208(phrase)

3031

msgid "Search Tool icon."

3032

msgstr "Sökverktygsikon."

3033

3034

#: C/gospanel.xml:1214(secondary)

3035

msgid "Search"

3036

msgstr "Sök"

3037

3038

#: C/gospanel.xml:1218(secondary)

3039

#: C/gospanel.xml:1221(primary)

3040

msgid "Search button"

3041

msgstr "Sök-knappen"

3042

3043

#: C/gospanel.xml:1223(para)

3044

msgid "The <guibutton>Search</guibutton> button opens the <application>Search Tool</application>, which allows you to search for files on your computer."

3045

msgstr "<guibutton>Sök</guibutton>-knappen öppnar <application>Sökverktyg</application>, som låter dig söka efter filer på din dator."

3046

3047

#: C/gospanel.xml:1226(para)

3048

msgid "To add a <guibutton>Search</guibutton> button to a panel, right-click on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, then choose <application>Search for Files</application> from the Add to Panel dialog. See <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> for more on this."

3049

msgstr "För att lägga till en <guibutton>Sök</guibutton>-knapp till en panel, högerklicka på ett ledigt utrymme på panelen. Välj <guimenu>Lägg till i panel</guimenu>, välj sedan <application>Sök efter filer</application> från dialogen Lägg till i panelen. Se <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> för mer information om det här."

3050

3051

#: C/gospanel.xml:1228(para)

3052

msgid "To open the <application>Search Tool</application>, click on the <guibutton>Search</guibutton> button."

3053

msgstr "För att öppna <application>Sökverktyg</application>, klicka på knappen <guibutton>Sök</guibutton>."

3054

3055

#: C/gospanel.xml:1230(para)

3056

msgid "For more information on the <application>Search Tool</application>, see the <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gnome-search-tool\">Search Tool Manual</ulink>."

3057

msgstr "För mer information om <application>Sökverktyg</application>, se <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gnome-search-tool\">Handbok för sökverktyget</ulink>."

3058

3059

#: C/gospanel.xml:1234(title)

3060

msgid "Show Desktop Button"

3061

msgstr "Visa skrivbord-knappen"

3062

3063

#: C/gospanel.xml:1237(secondary)

3064

msgid "Minimize Windows"

3065

msgstr "Minimera fönster"

3066

3067

#: C/gospanel.xml:1241(secondary)

3068

#: C/gospanel.xml:1245(primary)

3069

msgid "Minimize Windows button"

3070

msgstr "Minimera fönster-knappen"

3071

3072

#: C/gospanel.xml:1254(phrase)

3073

msgid "Show Desktop icon."

3074

msgstr "Visa skrivbord-ikon."

3075

3076

#: C/gospanel.xml:1258(para)

3077

msgid "You can use the <guibutton>Show Desktop</guibutton> button to minimize all open windows and show the desktop."

3078

msgstr "Du kan använda knappen <guibutton>Visa skrivbord</guibutton> för att minimera alla öppna fönster och visa skrivbordet."

3079

3080

#: C/gospanel.xml:1259(para)

3081

msgid "To add a <guibutton>Show Desktop</guibutton> button to a panel, right-click on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, then choose <application>Show Desktop</application> from the Add to Panel dialog. See <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> for more on this."

3082

msgstr "För att lägga till en <guibutton>Visa skrivbord</guibutton>-knapp till en panel, högerklicka på ett ledigt utrymme på panelen. Välj <guimenu>Lägg till i panel</guimenu>, välj sedan <application>Visa skrivbord</application> från dialogen Lägg till i panelen. Se <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> för mer information om det här."

3083

3084

#: C/gospanel.xml:1263(para)

3085

msgid "To minimize all windows and show the desktop, click on the <guibutton>Show Desktop</guibutton> button. To restore all windows to their previous state, click it again."

3086

msgstr "För att minimera alla fönster och visa skrivbordet, klicka på knappen <guibutton>Visa skrivbord</guibutton>. Klicka på samma knapp igen för att återställa alla fönster till deras tidigare tillstånd."

3087

3088

#: C/gospanel.xml:1269(title)

3089

msgid "Menus"

3090

msgstr "Menyer"

3091

3092

#: C/gospanel.xml:1275(primary)

3093

#: C/gospanel.xml:1280(secondary)

3094

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:16(primary)

3095

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:20(primary)

3096

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:38(primary)

3097

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:97(primary)

3098

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:897(primary)

3099

msgid "menus"

3100

msgstr "menyer"

3101

3102

#: C/gospanel.xml:1282(para)

3103

msgid "You can add the following types of menu to your panels:"

3104

msgstr "Du kan lägga till följande typer av menyer till dina paneler:"

3105

3106

#: C/gospanel.xml:1285(para)

3107

msgid "<guimenu>Menu Bar</guimenu>: You can access almost all of the standard applications, commands, and configuration options from the menus in the Menu Bar. It contains the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu>, <guimenu>Places</guimenu>, and <guimenu>System</guimenu> menus."

3108

msgstr "<guimenu>Menyrad</guimenu>: Du kan komma åt nästan alla standardprogram, kommandon och konfigurationsalternativ från menyerna i menyraden. Den innehåller menyerna <guimenu>Program</guimenu>, <guimenu>Platser</guimenu> och <guimenu>System</guimenu>."

3109

3110

#: C/gospanel.xml:1289(para)

3111

msgid "To add a <guimenu>Menu Bar</guimenu> to a panel, right-click on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, then choose <application>Menu Bar</application> from the Add to Panel dialog. See <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> for more on this."

3112

msgstr "För att lägga till en <guibutton>Menyrad</guibutton> till en panel, högerklicka på ett ledigt utrymme på panelen. Välj <guimenu>Lägg till i panel</guimenu>, välj sedan <application>Menyrad</application> från dialogen Lägg till i panelen. Se <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> för mer information om det här."

3113

3114

#: C/gospanel.xml:1295(para)

3115

msgid "<guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu>: The Main Menu contains the same items as the Menu Bar, but organizes them into one menu instead of three. It takes up less space on the panels as a result."

3116

msgstr "<guimenu>Huvudmeny</guimenu>: Huvudmenyn innehåller samma objekt som menyraden men organiserar dem i en meny istället för tre. Den tar därför upp mindre utrymme på panelerna."

3117

3118

#: C/gospanel.xml:1298(para)

3119

msgid "To add a <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> to a panel, right-click on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, then choose <application>Main Menu</application> from the Add to Panel dialog. See <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> for more on this."

3120

msgstr "För att lägga till en <guibutton>Huvudmeny</guibutton> till en panel, högerklicka på ett ledigt utrymme på panelen. Välj <guimenu>Lägg till i panel</guimenu>, välj sedan <application>Huvudmeny</application> från dialogen Lägg till i panelen. Se <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> för mer information om det här."

3121

3122

#: C/gospanel.xml:1304(para)

3123

msgid "<guimenu>Submenus</guimenu>: You can add a submenu of the Menu Bar or Main Menu directly to the panel. For example, you can add the <guimenu>Games</guimenu> submenu of the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu to the panel."

3124

msgstr "<guimenu>Undermenyer</guimenu>: Du kan lägga till en undermeny till menyraden eller huvudmenyn direkt på panelen. Till exempel kan du lägga till undermenyn <guimenu>Spel</guimenu> för menyn <guimenu>Program</guimenu> till panelen."

3125

3126

#: C/gospanel.xml:1307(para)

3127

msgid "To add a submenu to a panel, open the submenu, right-click on a launcher, then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Entire menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add this as menu to panel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

3128

msgstr "För att lägga till en undermeny till en panel, öppna undermenyn, högerklicka på en programstartare, välj sedan <menuchoice><guimenu>Hela menyn</guimenu><guimenuitem>Lägg till detta som en meny på panelen</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

3129

3130

#: C/gospanel.xml:1314(title)

3131

msgid "Drawers"

3132

msgstr "Lådor"

3133

3134

#: C/gospanel.xml:1317(secondary)

3135

#: C/gospanel.xml:1318(see)

3136

#: C/gospanel.xml:1343(primary)

3137

#: C/gospanel.xml:1347(primary)

3138

#: C/gospanel.xml:1364(primary)

3139

#: C/gospanel.xml:1394(primary)

3140

#: C/gospanel.xml:1403(primary)

3141

msgid "drawers"

3142

msgstr "lådor"

3143

3144

#: C/gospanel.xml:1320(para)

3145

msgid "A drawer is an extension of a panel. You can open and close a drawer in the same way that you can show and hide a panel. A drawer can contain all panel objects, including launchers, menus, applets, and other drawers. When you open a drawer, you can use the objects in the same way that you use objects on a panel."

3146

msgstr "En låda är en utökning av en panel. Du kan öppna och stänga en låda på samma sätt som du kan visa eller dölja en panel. En låda kan innehålla alla panelobjekt, inklusive programstartare, menyer, panelprogram och andra lådor. När du öppnar en låda så kan du använda objekten på samma sätt som du använder objekt på en panel."

3147

3148

#: C/gospanel.xml:1325(para)

3149

msgid "The following figure shows an open drawer that contains two panel objects."

3150

msgstr "Följande figur visar en öppnad låda som innehåller två panelobjekt."

3151

3152

#: C/gospanel.xml:1332(phrase)

3153

msgid "Open drawer. The context describes the graphic."

3154

msgstr "Öppen låda. Sammanhanget beskriver grafiken."

3155

3156

#: C/gospanel.xml:1336(para)

3157

msgid "The arrow on the icon indicates that it represents a drawer or menu."

3158

msgstr "Pilen på lådans ikon indikerar att den representerar en låda eller meny."

3159

3160

#: C/gospanel.xml:1338(para)

3161

msgid "You can add, move, and remove objects from drawers in the same way that you add, move, and remove objects from panels."

3162

msgstr "Du kan lägga till, flytta, och ta bort objekt från lådor på samma sätt som du lägger till, flyttar, och tar bort objekt från paneler."

3163

3164

#: C/gospanel.xml:1341(title)

3165

msgid "To Open and Close a Drawer"

3166

msgstr "Öppna och stäng en låda"

3167

3168

#: C/gospanel.xml:1344(secondary)

3169

msgid "opening"

3170

msgstr "öppnar"

3171

3172

#: C/gospanel.xml:1348(secondary)

3173

msgid "closing"

3174

msgstr "stänger"

3175

3176

#: C/gospanel.xml:1350(para)

3177

msgid "To open a drawer, click on the drawer's icon in a panel. You can close a drawer in the following ways:"

3178

msgstr "För att öppna en låda, klicka på lådans ikon i en panel. Du kan stänga en låda på följande sätt:"

3179

3180

#: C/gospanel.xml:1354(para)

3181

msgid "Click on the drawer's icon."

3182

msgstr "Klicka på lådans ikon."

3183

3184

#: C/gospanel.xml:1357(para)

3185

msgid "Click on the drawer hide button."

3186

msgstr "Klicka på lådans döljknapp."

3187

3188

#: C/gospanel.xml:1362(title)

3189

msgid "To Add a Drawer to a Panel"

3190

msgstr "Lägg till en låda till en panel"

3191

3192

#: C/gospanel.xml:1367(para)

3193

msgid "You can add a drawer to a panel in the following ways:"

3194

msgstr "Du kan lägga till en låda till en panel på följande sätt:"

3195

3196

#: C/gospanel.xml:1373(para)

3197

msgid "Right-click on any vacant space on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>."

3198

msgstr "Högerklicka på ett ledigt utrymme på panelen, välj sedan <guimenuitem>Lägg till i panel</guimenuitem>."

3199

3200

#: C/gospanel.xml:1375(para)

3201

msgid "In the <application>Add to Panel</application> dialog, select <guilabel>Drawer</guilabel>. Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>, then click <guibutton>Close</guibutton>."

3202

msgstr "I dialogrutan <application>Lägg till i panelen</application>, välj <guilabel>Låda</guilabel>. Klicka på <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton>, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Stäng</guibutton>."

3203

3204

#: C/gospanel.xml:1384(para)

3205

msgid "You can add a menu as a drawer object to a panel."

3206

msgstr "Du kan lägga till en meny som ett lådobjekt till en panel."

3207

3208

#: C/gospanel.xml:1385(para)

3209

msgid "To add a menu as a drawer to a panel, open the menu from the panel. Right-click on any launcher in the menu, then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Entire menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add this as drawer to panel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

3210

msgstr "För att lägga till en meny som en låda till en panel, öppna menyn från panelen. Högerklicka på någon programstartare i menyn, välj sedan <menuchoice><guimenu>Hela menyn</guimenu><guimenuitem>Lägg till detta som en låda på panelen</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

3211

3212

#: C/gospanel.xml:1392(title)

3213

msgid "To Add an Object to a Drawer"

3214

msgstr "Lägg till ett objekt till en låda"

3215

3216

#: C/gospanel.xml:1395(secondary)

3217

msgid "adding objects to"

3218

msgstr "lägg till objekt till"

3219

3220

#: C/gospanel.xml:1397(para)

3221

msgid "You add an object to a drawer in the same way that you add objects to panels. For more information, see <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/>."

3222

msgstr "Du kan lägga till ett objekt till en låda på samma sätt som du lägger till objekt till paneler. För mer information, se <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/>."

3223

3224

#: C/gospanel.xml:1401(title)

3225

msgid "To Modify Drawer Properties"

3226

msgstr "Ändra lådans egenskaper"

3227

3228

#: C/gospanel.xml:1406(para)

3229

msgid "You can modify the properties of each drawer individually. For example, you can change the visual appearance of the drawer and whether it has hide buttons."

3230

msgstr "Du kan ändra egenskaperna för varje låda individuellt. Du kan till exempel ändra det visuella utseendet för lådan och huruvida den har döljknappar."

3231

3232

#: C/gospanel.xml:1409(para)

3233

msgid "To modify properties for a drawer perform the following steps:"

3234

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att ändra egenskaperna för en låda:"

3235

3236

#: C/gospanel.xml:1412(para)

3237

msgid "Right-click on the drawer, then choose <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> to display the <guilabel>Drawer Properties</guilabel> dialog. The dialog displays the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tabbed section."

3238

msgstr "Högerklicka på lådan, välj sedan <guimenuitem>Egenskaper</guimenuitem> för att visa dialogrutan <guilabel>Lådegenskaper</guilabel>. Dialogrutan visar fliken <guilabel>Allmänt</guilabel>."

3239

3240

#: C/gospanel.xml:1417(para)

3241

msgid "Select the properties for the drawer in the dialog. The following table describes the elements on the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tabbed section:"

3242

msgstr "Välj egenskaperna för lådan i dialogrutan. Följande tabell beskriver elementen i fliksektionen <guilabel>Allmänt</guilabel>:"

3243

3244

#: C/gospanel.xml:1441(para)

3245

msgid "Specify the width of the drawer when it is open."

3246

msgstr "Ange bredden för lådan när den är öppen."

3247

3248

#: C/gospanel.xml:1447(guilabel)

3249

msgid "Icon"

3250

msgstr "Ikon"

3251

3252

#: C/gospanel.xml:1451(para)

3253

msgid "Choose an icon to represent the drawer. Click on the <guibutton>Icon</guibutton> button to display an icon selector dialog. Choose an icon from the dialog and click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to confirm your choice."

3254

msgstr "Välj en ikon att representera lådan. Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Ikon</guibutton> för att visa en ikonväljare. Välj en ikon från dialogrutan och klicka på <guibutton>OK</guibutton> för att bekräfta ditt val."

3255

3256

#: C/gospanel.xml:1463(para)

3257

msgid "Select this option to display hide buttons on your drawer. When you click one of the buttons, the drawer will close."

3258

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att visa döljknappar på din låda. Lådan kommer att stängas när du klicka på en av knapparna."

3259

3260

#: C/gospanel.xml:1474(para)

3261

msgid "Select this option to display arrows on the hide buttons, if the hide buttons are enabled."

3262

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att visa pilar på döljknapparna, om döljknappar har aktiverats."

3263

3264

#: C/gospanel.xml:1483(para)

3265

msgid "You can use the <guilabel>Background</guilabel> tabbed section to set the background for the drawer. For information on how to complete the <guilabel>Background</guilabel> tabbed section, see <xref linkend=\"panel-properties\"/>. You can also drag a color or image on to a drawer to set the color or image as the background of the drawer. For more information, see <xref linkend=\"panel-properties-background\"/>."

3266

msgstr "Du kan använda fliksektionen <guilabel>Bakgrund</guilabel> för att ställa in bakgrunden för lådan. För information om hur man använder fliksektionen <guilabel>Bakgrund</guilabel>, se <xref linkend=\"panel-properties\"/>. Du kan också dra en färg eller bild till en låda för att ställa in färgen eller bilden som en bakgrund för lådan. För mer information, se <xref linkend=\"panel-properties-background\"/>."

3267

3268

#: C/gospanel.xml:1489(para)

3269

msgid "Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Drawer Properties</guilabel> dialog."

3270

msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Stäng</guibutton> för att stänga dialogrutan <guilabel>Lådegenskaper</guilabel>."

3271

3272

#. a temporary home for things that should one day be in a greater list of panel objects

3273

#: C/gospanel.xml:1496(title)

3274

msgid "Default Panel Objects"

3275

msgstr "Standardpanelobjekt"

3276

3277

#: C/gospanel.xml:1498(para)

3278

msgid "This section covers the panel objects that appear in the default GNOME desktop."

3279

msgstr "Det här avsnittet beskriver panelobjekten som visas som standard på GNOME-skrivbordet."

3280

3281

#: C/gospanel.xml:1501(title)

3282

msgid "Window Selector Applet"

3283

msgstr "Panelprogrammet Fönsterväljare"

3284

3285

#: C/gospanel.xml:1506(secondary)

3286

msgid "window selector icon"

3287

msgstr "fönsterväljarikon"

3288

3289

#: C/gospanel.xml:1509(primary)

3290

msgid "window selector"

3291

msgstr "fönsterväljare"

3292

3293

#: C/gospanel.xml:1512(para)

3294

msgid "You can view a list of all windows that are currently open. You can also choose a window to give focus to. To view the window list, click on the <application>Window Selector</application> applet. The following figure shows an example of the <application>Window Selector</application> applet:"

3295

msgstr "Du kan visa en lista över alla fönster som för närvarande är öppna. Du kan även välja ett fönster att ge fokus till. För att visa fönsterlistan, klicka på panelprogrammet <application>Fönsterväljare</application>. Följande figur visar ett exempel på panelprogrammet <application>Fönsterväljare</application>:"

3296

3297

#: C/gospanel.xml:1522(phrase)

3298

msgid "Window selector applet displayed from the top edge panel."

3299

msgstr "Panelprogrammet Fönsterväljare visad från överkantspanelen."

3300

3301

#: C/gospanel.xml:1526(para)

3302

msgid "To give focus to a window, select the window from the <application>Window Selector</application> applet."

3303

msgstr "För att ge fokus till ett fönster, välj fönstret i panelprogrammet <application>Fönsterväljare</application>."

3304

3305

#: C/gospanel.xml:1527(para)

3306

msgid "The <application>Window Selector</application> lists the windows in all workspaces. The windows in all workspaces other than the current workspace are listed under a separator line."

3307

msgstr "<application>Fönsterväljare</application> listar fönstren i alla arbetsytor. Fönstren i alla arbetsytor förutom de som finns på den aktuella arbetsytan listas under en avgränsande linje."

3308

3309

#: C/gospanel.xml:1533(title)

3310

msgid "Notification Area Applet"

3311

msgstr "Panelprogrammet Notifieringsyta"

3312

3313

#: C/gospanel.xml:1538(secondary)

3314

msgid "Notification Area"

3315

msgstr "Notifieringsyta"

3316

3317

#: C/gospanel.xml:1542(secondary)

3318

#: C/gospanel.xml:1546(primary)

3319

msgid "Notification Area applet"

3320

msgstr "Panelprogrammet Notifieringsyta"

3321

3322

#: C/gospanel.xml:1554(phrase)

3323

msgid "Notification Area icon."

3324

msgstr "Notifieringsyta-ikon."

3325

3326

#: C/gospanel.xml:1558(para)

3327

msgid "The <application>Notification Area</application> applet displays icons from various applications to indicate activity in the application. For example, when you use the <application>CD Player</application> application to play a CD, a CD icon is displayed in the <application>Notification Area</application> applet. The graphic above illustrates the CD icon in the <application>Notification Area</application> applet."

3328

msgstr "Panelprogrammet <application>Notifieringsyta</application> visar ikoner från olika program för att indikera aktivitet i programmet. Till exempel när du använder programmet <application>CD-spelare</application> för att spela upp en cd-skiva kommer en cd-ikon att visas i panelprogrammet <application>Notifieringsyta</application>. Figuren ovanför illustrerar cd-ikonen i panelprogrammet <application>Notifieringsyta</application>."

3329

3330

#: C/gospanel.xml:1567(title)

3331

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:21(secondary)

3332

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:22(see)

3333

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:25(primary)

3334

msgid "Menu Bar"

3335

msgstr "Menyrad"

3336

3337

#: C/gospanel.xml:1574(phrase)

3338

#| msgid "Menu Bar applet. Menus: Applications, Places, Desktop."

3339

msgid "Menu Bar applet. Menus: Applications, Places, System."

3340

msgstr "Panelprogrammet Menyrad. Menyer: Program, Platser, System."

3341

3342

#: C/gospanel.xml:1578(para)

3343

msgid "The <application>Menu Bar</application> contains the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu>, <guimenu>Places</guimenu>, and <guimenu>System</guimenu> menus. You can access almost all of the standard applications, commands, and configuration options from the <application>Menu Bar</application>. For more on using the Menu Bar, see <xref linkend=\"menubar\"/>."

3344

msgstr "<application>Menyrad</application> innehåller menyerna <guimenu>Program</guimenu>, <guimenu>Platser</guimenu> och <guimenu>System</guimenu>. Du kan komma åt nästan alla standardprogram, kommandon och konfigurationsalternativ från <application>Menyrad</application>. För mer information om hur man använder menyraden, se <xref linkend=\"menubar\"/>."

3345

3346

#: C/gospanel.xml:1589(title)

3347

msgid "Window List"

3348

msgstr "Fönsterlista"

3349

3350

#: C/gospanel.xml:1591(para)

3351

msgid "The <application>Window List</application> applet enables you to manage the windows that are open on the GNOME desktop. Window List uses a button to represent each window or group of windows that is open. The state of the buttons in the applet varies depending on the state of the window that the button represents. The following table explains the possible states of the <application>Window List</application> buttons."

3352

msgstr "Panelprogrammet <application>Fönsterlista</application> låter dig hantera fönstren som är öppnade på GNOME-skrivbordet. Fönsterlista använder en knapp för att representera varje fönster eller grupp av fönster som är öppnade. Tillståndet för knapparna i panelprogrammet varierar beroende på tillståndet för fönstret som knappen representerar. Följande tabell förklarar de möjliga tillstånden för knapparna i <application>Fönsterlista</application> ."

3353

3354

#: C/gospanel.xml:1598(para)

3355

msgid "State"

3356

msgstr "Tillstånd"

3357

3358

#: C/gospanel.xml:1599(para)

3359

msgid "Indicates..."

3360

msgstr "Indikerar..."

3361

3362

#: C/gospanel.xml:1604(para)

3363

msgid "The button is pressed in."

3364

msgstr "Knappen är intryckt."

3365

3366

#: C/gospanel.xml:1605(para)

3367

msgid "The window has focus."

3368

msgstr "Fönstret har fokus."

3369

3370

#: C/gospanel.xml:1608(para)

3371

msgid "The button appears faded. The button text is surrounded by square brackets."

3372

msgstr "Knappen visas som tonad. Knapptexten är inom hakparanteser."

3373

3374

#: C/gospanel.xml:1609(para)

3375

msgid "The window is minimized."

3376

msgstr "Fönstret är minimerat."

3377

3378

#: C/gospanel.xml:1612(para)

3379

msgid "The button is not pressed in, and is not faded."

3380

msgstr "Knappen är inte intryckt och är inte uttonad."

3381

3382

#: C/gospanel.xml:1613(para)

3383

msgid "The window is displayed on the desktop and is not minimized."

3384

msgstr "Fönstret visas på skrivbordet och är inte minimerat."

3385

3386

#: C/gospanel.xml:1616(para)

3387

msgid "There is a number in parentheses at the end of the button title."

3388

msgstr "Det finns en siffra inom paranteser på slutet av knappens titel."

3389

3390

#: C/gospanel.xml:1617(para)

3391

msgid "The button represents a group of buttons."

3392

msgstr "Knappen representerar en grupp av knappar."

3393

3394

#: C/gospanel.xml:1625(title)

3395

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1160(title)

3396

msgid "Usage"

3397

msgstr "Användning"

3398

3399

#: C/gospanel.xml:1626(para)

3400

msgid "You can use <application>Window List</application> to perform the following tasks:"

3401

msgstr "Du kan använda <application>Fönsterlista</application> för att genomföra följande uppgifter:"

3402

3403

#: C/gospanel.xml:1629(para)

3404

msgid "To give focus to a window"

3405

msgstr "Ge fokus till ett fönster"

3406

3407

#: C/gospanel.xml:1630(para)

3408

msgid "If you click on the Window List button that represents a window that is on the desktop but does not have focus, the applet gives focus to the window."

3409

msgstr "Om du klickar på den knapp i Fönsterlista som representerar ett fönster på skrivbordet men som inte har fokus så kommer panelprogrammet att ge fokus till det fönstret."

3410

3411

#: C/gospanel.xml:1633(para)

3412

msgid "To minimize a window"

3413

msgstr "Minimera ett fönster"

3414

3415

#: C/gospanel.xml:1634(para)

3416

msgid "If you click on the Window List button that represents the window that has focus, the applet minimizes the window."

3417

msgstr "Om du klickar på den knapp i Fönsterlista som representerar fönstret som har fokus så kommer panelprogrammet att minimera fönstret."

3418

3419

#: C/gospanel.xml:1637(para)

3420

msgid "To restore a minimized window"

3421

msgstr "Återställ ett minimerat fönster"

3422

3423

#: C/gospanel.xml:1638(para)

3424

msgid "If you click on the Window List button that represents a minimized window, the applet restores the window."

3425

msgstr "Om du klickar på den knapp i Fönsterlista som representerar ett minimerat fönster så kommer panelprogrammet att återställa fönstret."

3426

3427

#: C/gospanel.xml:1642(para)

3428

msgid "You can change the order of the Window List buttons by dragging a button to a different location on the Window List."

3429

msgstr "Du kan ändra ordningen för knapparna i Fönsterlista genom att dra en knapp till en annan plats i Fönsterlista."

3430

3431

#: C/gospanel.xml:1647(title)

3432

msgid "Preferences"

3433

msgstr "Inställningar"

3434

3435

#: C/gospanel.xml:1648(para)

3436

msgid "To configure the <application>Window List</application>, right-click on the handle to the left of the window buttons, then choose <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>. The following preferences can be changed:"

3437

msgstr "För att konfigurera <application>Fönsterlista</application>, högerklicka på handtaget till vänster om fönsterknapparna, välj sedan <guimenuitem>Inställningar</guimenuitem>. Följande inställningar kan ändras:"

3438

3439

#: C/gospanel.xml:1657(guilabel)

3440

msgid "Window List Content"

3441

msgstr "Innehåll i fönsterlista"

3442

3443

#: C/gospanel.xml:1659(para)

3444

msgid "To specify which windows to display in the Window List, select one of the following options:"

3445

msgstr "Välj ett av följande alternativ för att ange vilka fönster som ska visas i Fönsterlista:"

3446

3447

#: C/gospanel.xml:1662(guilabel)

3448

msgid "Show windows from current workspace"

3449

msgstr "Visa fönster från aktuell arbetsyta"

3450

3451

#: C/gospanel.xml:1663(para)

3452

msgid "Select this option to only show the windows that are open in the current workspace."

3453

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att endast visa fönstren som är öppnade på den aktuella arbetsytan."

3454

3455

#: C/gospanel.xml:1665(guilabel)

3456

msgid "Show windows from all workspaces"

3457

msgstr "Visa fönster från alla arbetsytor"

3458

3459

#: C/gospanel.xml:1666(para)

3460

msgid "Select this option to show the windows that are open in all workspaces."

3461

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att visa fönstren som är öppnade på alla arbetsytor."

3462

3463

#: C/gospanel.xml:1672(guilabel)

3464

msgid "Window Grouping"

3465

msgstr "Fönstergruppering"

3466

3467

#: C/gospanel.xml:1674(para)

3468

msgid "To specify when the Window List should group windows that belong to the same application, select one of the following options:"

3469

msgstr "Välj ett av följande alternativ för att ange när Fönsterlista ska gruppera fönster som tillhör samma program:"

3470

3471

#: C/gospanel.xml:1677(guilabel)

3472

msgid "Never group windows"

3473

msgstr "Gruppera aldrig fönster"

3474

3475

#: C/gospanel.xml:1678(para)

3476

msgid "Select this option to never group windows of the same application under one button."

3477

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att aldrig gruppera fönster av samma program under en knapp."

3478

3479

#: C/gospanel.xml:1681(guilabel)

3480

msgid "Group windows when space is limited"

3481

msgstr "Gruppera fönster då utrymmet är begränsat"

3482

3483

#: C/gospanel.xml:1682(para)

3484

msgid "Select this option to group windows of the same application under one button when the space on the panel is restricted."

3485

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att gruppera fönster av samma program under en knapp när utrymmet på panelen är begränsat."

3486

3487

#: C/gospanel.xml:1685(guilabel)

3488

msgid "Always group windows"

3489

msgstr "Gruppera alltid fönster"

3490

3491

#: C/gospanel.xml:1686(para)

3492

msgid "Select this option to always group windows of the same application under one button."

3493

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att alltid gruppera fönster från samma program under en knapp."

3494

3495

#: C/gospanel.xml:1692(guilabel)

3496

msgid "Restoring Minimized Windows"

3497

msgstr "Återställning av minimerade fönster"

3498

3499

#: C/gospanel.xml:1694(para)

3500

msgid "To define how the Window List behaves when you restore windows, select one of the following options."

3501

msgstr "Välj ett av följande alternativ för att definiera hur Fönsterlista ska uppträda när du återställer fönster:"

3502

3503

#: C/gospanel.xml:1697(guilabel)

3504

msgid "Restore to current workspace"

3505

msgstr "Återställ på aktuell arbetsyta"

3506

3507

#: C/gospanel.xml:1698(para)

3508

msgid "Select this option to restore a window from the applet to the current workspace, even if the window did not previously reside in the current workspace."

3509

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att återställa ett fönster från panelprogrammet till den aktuella arbetsytan, även om fönstret inte tidigare fanns på den aktuella arbetsytan."

3510

3511

#: C/gospanel.xml:1700(guilabel)

3512

msgid "Restore to native workspace"

3513

msgstr "Återställ på ursprunglig arbetsyta"

3514

3515

#: C/gospanel.xml:1701(para)

3516

msgid "Select this option to switch to the workspace in which a window originally resided when you restore the window from the applet."

3517

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att växla till den arbetsyta i vilket ett fönstret ursprungligen fanns när du återställde fönstret från panelprogrammet."

3518

3519

#: C/gospanel.xml:1704(para)

3520

msgid "These options are only available if <guilabel>Show windows from all workspaces</guilabel> is selected in the <guilabel>Window List Content</guilabel> section of the dialog."

3521

msgstr "Detta alternativ är endast tillgängligt om <guilabel>Visa fönster från alla arbetsytor</guilabel> har markerats i sektionen <guilabel>Innehåll i fönsterlista</guilabel> i dialogrutan."

3522

3523

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

3524

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

3525

#: C/gosoverview.xml:209(None)

3526

msgid "@@image: 'figures/titlebar_window.png'; md5=b3624c3e2eeb934a16ff5689c8163f44"

3527

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/titlebar_window.png'; md5=b3624c3e2eeb934a16ff5689c8163f44"

3528

3529

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

3530

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

3531

#: C/gosoverview.xml:350(None)

3532

msgid "@@image: 'figures/workspace_switcher_applet.png'; md5=00b75c538008ce6d01801ae2eb907af9"

3533

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/workspace_switcher_applet.png'; md5=00b75c538008ce6d01801ae2eb907af9"

3534

3535

#: C/gosoverview.xml:3(title)

3536

msgid "Desktop Overview"

3537

msgstr "Skrivbordsöversikt"

3538

3539

#: C/gosoverview.xml:20(para)

3540

msgid "This chapter introduces you to some of the very basic components of the desktop. These components include <glossterm>Windows</glossterm>, <glossterm>Workspaces</glossterm>, and <glossterm>Applications</glossterm>. Almost all the work (or play) that you do in GNOME will involve these very basic components."

3541

msgstr "Det här kapitelet introducerar dig till några mycket grundläggande komponenter för skrivbordet. Dessa komponenter inkluderar <glossterm>Fönster</glossterm>, <glossterm>Arbetsytor</glossterm> och <glossterm>Program</glossterm>. Nästan allt arbete (eller lek) som du gör i GNOME involverar dessa mycket grundläggande komponenter."

3542

3543

#: C/gosoverview.xml:23(para)

3544

msgid "This chapter describes the default configuration of GNOME. Your vendor or system administrator may have configured your desktop to look different than what is described here."

3545

msgstr "Det här kapitlet beskriver standardkonfigurationen för GNOME. Din leverantör eller systemadministratör kan ha konfigurerat ditt skrivbord för att se annorlunda ut än vad som beskrivs här."

3546

3547

#: C/gosoverview.xml:36(primary)

3548

msgid "GNOME Desktop components, introducing"

3549

msgstr "GNOME-skrivbordskomponenter, introducering"

3550

3551

#: C/gosoverview.xml:39(para)

3552

msgid "When you start a desktop session for the first time, you should see a default startup screen, with panels, windows, and various icons."

3553

msgstr "När du startar en skrivbordssession för första gången kommer du att se en standardstartbild med paneler, fönster och olika ikoner."

3554

3555

#: C/gosoverview.xml:43(para)

3556

msgid "The major components of the GNOME Desktop are as follows:"

3557

msgstr "Huvudkomponenterna för GNOME-skrivbordet är följande:"

3558

3559

#: C/gosoverview.xml:47(term)

3560

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:133(term)

3561

msgid "Desktop"

3562

msgstr "Skrivbord"

3563

3564

#: C/gosoverview.xml:48(para)

3565

msgid "The desktop itself is behind all of the other components on the desktop. You can place objects on the desktop to access your files and directories quickly, or to start applications that you use often. See <xref linkend=\"overview-desktop\"/> for more information."

3566

msgstr "Själva skrivbordet finns bakom alla de andra komponenterna på skrivbordet. Du kan placera objekt på skrivbordet för att snabbt komma åt dina filer och kataloger, eller starta program som du ofta använder. Se <xref linkend=\"overview-desktop\"/> för mer information."

3567

3568

#: C/gosoverview.xml:54(term)

3569

msgid "Panels"

3570

msgstr "Paneler"

3571

3572

#: C/gosoverview.xml:55(para)

3573

msgid "The <firstterm>panels</firstterm> are the two bars that run along the top and bottom of the screen. By default, the top panel shows you the GNOME main menu bar, the date and time, and a set of application launcher icons, and the bottom panel shows you the list of open windows and the workspace switcher."

3574

msgstr "<firstterm>Panelerna</firstterm> är de två raderna som går längs övre och nedre delen av skärmen. Som standard visar den övre panelen GNOME:s huvudmenyrad, datum och tid samt en uppsättning programstartarikoner. Den nedre panelen visar en lista över öppna fönster och arbetsyteväxlaren."

3575

3576

#: C/gosoverview.xml:56(para)

3577

msgid "Panels can be customized to contain a variety of tools, such as other menus and launchers, and small utility applications, called <firstterm>panel applets</firstterm>. For example, you can configure your panel to display the current weather for your location. For more information on panels, see <xref linkend=\"panels\"/>."

3578

msgstr "Paneler kan anpassas till att innehålla många olika verktyg, såsom andra menyer och programstartare och små verktygsprogram som kallas för <firstterm>panelprogram</firstterm>. Till exempel kan du konfigurera din panel att visa det aktuella vädret för ditt geografiska område. För mer information om paneler, se <xref linkend=\"panels\"/>."

3579

3580

#: C/gosoverview.xml:63(term)

3581

#: C/gosoverview.xml:138(title)

3582

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:965(secondary)

3583

msgid "Windows"

3584

msgstr "Fönster"

3585

3586

#: C/gosoverview.xml:64(para)

3587

msgid "Most applications run inside of one or more windows. You can display multiple windows on your desktop at the same time. Windows can be resized and moved around to accommodate your workflow. Each window has a <firstterm>titlebar</firstterm> at the top with buttons which allow you to minimize, maximize, and close the window. For more information on working with windows, see <xref linkend=\"overview-windows\"/>."

3588

msgstr "De flesta program kör inne i ett eller flera fönster. Du kan visa flera fönster på ditt skrivbord samtidigt. Fönster kan förstoras, förminskas och flyttas runt för att anpassas till ditt arbetssätt. Varje fönster har en <firstterm>titellist</firstterm> på överdelen med knappar som låter dig minimera, maximera och stänga fönstret. För mer information om hur man arbetar med fönster, se <xref linkend=\"overview-windows\"/>."

3589

3590

#: C/gosoverview.xml:74(term)

3591

#: C/gosoverview.xml:332(title)

3592

msgid "Workspaces"

3593

msgstr "Arbetsytor"

3594

3595

#: C/gosoverview.xml:75(para)

3596

msgid "You can subdivide your desktop into separate <firstterm>workspaces</firstterm>. Each workspace can contain several windows, allowing you to group related tasks together. For more information on working with workspaces, see <xref linkend=\"overview-workspaces\"/>."

3597

msgstr "Du kan dela upp ditt skrivbord i olika <firstterm>arbetsytor</firstterm>. Varje arbetsyta kan innehålla flera fönster och låter dig gruppera relaterade uppgifter. För mer information om hur man arbetar med arbetsytor, se <xref linkend=\"overview-workspaces\"/>."

3598

3599

#: C/gosoverview.xml:83(term)

3600

msgid "File Manager"

3601

msgstr "Filhanterare"

3602

3603

#: C/gosoverview.xml:84(para)

3604

msgid "The <application>Nautilus</application> file manager provides access to your files, folders, and applications. You can manage the contents of folders in the file manager and open the files in the appropriate applications. See <xref linkend=\"nautilus\"/> for more information."

3605

msgstr "Filhanteraren <application>Nautilus</application> tillhandahåller åtkomst till dina filer, mappar och program. Du kan hantera innehållet i mappar i filhanteraren och öppna filerna med lämpliga program. Se <xref linkend=\"nautilus\"/> för mer information."

3606

3607

#: C/gosoverview.xml:92(term)

3608

msgid "Control Center"

3609

msgstr "Kontrollpanel"

3610

3611

#: C/gosoverview.xml:93(para)

3612

msgid "You can customize your computer using the <application>Control Center</application>, which can be found in the <guimenu>System</guimenu> menu on the top panel menubar. Each preference tool in the Control Center allows you to change a particular part of the behavior of your computer. See <xref linkend=\"prefs\"/> for more information on the Control Center."

3613

msgstr "Du kan anpassa din dator med hjälp av <application>Kontrollpanel</application>, som kan hittas i <guimenu>System</guimenu>-menyn i överpanelens menyrad. Varje inställningsverktyg i kontrollpanelen låter dig ändra en specifik del av beteendet för din dator. Se <xref linkend=\"prefs\"/> för mer information om kontrollpanelen."

3614

3615

#: C/gosoverview.xml:103(para)

3616

msgid "Your vendor or system administrator can make configuration changes to suit your needs, so your desktop might not match exactly what is described in this manual. Nevertheless, this manual provides a useful introduction to using the various components of your desktop."

3617

msgstr "Din leverantör eller systemadministratör kan göra konfigurationsändringar för att passa dina behov så det är inte säkert att ditt skrivbord ser exakt ut som det som beskrivs i den här handboken. Oavsett tillhandahåller den här handboken en användbar introduktion till hur man använder de olika komponenterna som ditt skrivbord innehåller."

3618

3619

#: C/gosoverview.xml:110(title)

3620

msgid "The Desktop"

3621

msgstr "Skrivbordet"

3622

3623

#: C/gosoverview.xml:113(para)

3624

msgid "The desktop lies behind all other components on your screen. When no windows are visible, the desktop is that part of the screen between the top and bottom panels. You can place files and folders on the desktop that you want to have easy access to."

3625

msgstr "Skrivbordet ligger bakom alla andra komponenter på din skärm. När inga fönster är synliga är skrivbordet den del som finns mellan de övre och nedre panelerna. Du kan placera filer och mappar på skrivbordet som du vill ha lättåtkomliga."

3626

3627

#: C/gosoverview.xml:114(para)

3628

msgid "The desktop also has several special objects on it:"

3629

msgstr "Skrivbordet innehåller även flera speciella objekt:"

3630

3631

#: C/gosoverview.xml:116(para)

3632

msgid "The <interface>Computer</interface> icon gives you access to CDs, removable media such as floppy disks, and also the entire filesystem (also known as the root filesystem). By default, you do not have the security permissions to read other users' files or edit system files, but you may need to do so something such as configure a web server on the computer."

3633

msgstr "Ikonen <interface>Dator</interface> ger dig åtkomst till cd-skivor, flyttbart media såsom disketter, och även hela filsystemet (kallas även för rotfilsystemet). Som standard har du inte de rättigheter som krävs för att läsa filer som ägs av andra eller redigera systemfiler, men du kan behöva göra någoting som exempelvis konfiguration av en webbserver på datorn."

3634

3635

#: C/gosoverview.xml:117(para)

3636

msgid "Your Home Folder, labelled <interface><replaceable>username</replaceable>'s Home</interface>, where all of your personal files are kept. You can also open this folder from the <guimenu>Places</guimenu> menu."

3637

msgstr "Din hemmapp, märkt som <interface><replaceable>användarnamn</replaceable></interface>, där alla dina personliga filer finns lagrade. Du kan även öppna den här mappen från menyn <guimenu>Platser</guimenu>."

3638

3639

#: C/gosoverview.xml:118(para)

3640

msgid "The <interface>Trash</interface> is a special folder in which to place files and folders you no longer need. For more on this, see <xref linkend=\"nautilus-trash\"/>."

3641

msgstr "<interface>Papperskorgen</interface> är en speciell mapp i vilken du kan placera filer och mappar som du inte längre behöver. För mer information om det här, se <xref linkend=\"nautilus-trash\"/>."

3642

3643

#: C/gosoverview.xml:119(para)

3644

msgid "When you insert a CD, a flash drive, or other removable media, or a device containing files such as a music player or a digital camera, an icon representing this device will appear on the desktop."

3645

msgstr "När du matar in en cd-skiva, ett minneskort eller annat flyttbart media, eller en enhet som innehåller filer såsom en musikspelare eller en digitalkamera så kommer en ikon som representerar enheten att visas på skrivbordet."

3646

3647

#: C/gosoverview.xml:122(para)

3648

msgid "As you work with your computer, the desktop becomes obscured by the windows you are working with. To quickly reveal the desktop by minimizing all windows, you can do one of the following:"

3649

msgstr "När du arbetar med din dator kommer skrivbordet att skymmas av fönstren som du arbetar med. För att snabbt visa skrivbordet genom att minimera alla fönster kan du göra ett av följande:"

3650

3651

#: C/gosoverview.xml:125(para)

3652

msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Show Desktop</guibutton> button at the far left of the <link linkend=\"bottom-panel\">bottom panel</link>."

3653

msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Visa skrivbord</guibutton> till vänster om <link linkend=\"bottom-panel\">nedre panelen</link>."

3654

3655

#: C/gosoverview.xml:126(para)

3656

msgid "Press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>D</keycap></keycombo>."

3657

msgstr "Tryck på <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>D</keycap></keycombo>."

3658

3659

#: C/gosoverview.xml:129(para)

3660

msgid "Either action will also restore your windows to their previous state. Alternatively, you can switch to another workspace to see the desktop."

3661

msgstr "Båda åtgärderna kommer även att återställa dina fönster till sina föregående positioner. Alternativt kan du byta till en annan arbetsyta för att se skrivbordet."

3662

3663

#: C/gosoverview.xml:131(para)

3664

msgid "You can change the colour of the desktop background or the image displayed there. For more on this, see <xref linkend=\"prefs-desktopbackground\"/>."

3665

msgstr "Du kan ändra färgen på skrivbordsbakgrunden eller bilden som visas där. För mer information om det här, se <xref linkend=\"prefs-desktopbackground\"/>."

3666

3667

#: C/gosoverview.xml:133(para)

3668

msgid "The files and folders you put on the desktop are stored in a special folder within your Home Folder, called <filename>Desktop</filename>. Like any other folder, you can put files and other folders directly into it. The only difference is that anything placed into the Desktop folder will then show up on desktop itself."

3669

msgstr "Filerna och mapparna som du lägger på skrivbordet lagras i en speciell mapp i din hemmapp som kallas <filename>Skrivbord</filename>. Precis som många andra mappar så kan du lägga filer och andra mappar direkt i den. Den enda skillnaden är att allting som placeras i mappen Skrivbord även kommer att dyka upp på själva skrivbordet."

3670

3671

#: C/gosoverview.xml:144(primary)

3672

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:344(secondary)

3673

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:326(primary)

3674

msgid "windows"

3675

msgstr "fönster"

3676

3677

#: C/gosoverview.xml:145(secondary)

3678

#: C/gosoverview.xml:339(secondary)

3679

#: C/gosoverview.xml:409(secondary)

3680

msgid "overview"

3681

msgstr "översikt"

3682

3683

#: C/gosoverview.xml:148(para)

3684

msgid "A <firstterm>window</firstterm> is a rectangular area of the screen, usually with a border all around and a title bar at the top. You can think of a window as a screen within the screen. Each window displays an application, allowing you to to have more than one application visible, and work on more than one task at a time. You can also think of windows as pieces of paper on your desktop: they can overlap, or be side by side, for example."

3685

msgstr "Ett <firstterm>fönster</firstterm> är en rektangulär yta av skärmen, vanligtvis med en ram runt sig och en titellist på toppen. Du kan tänka dig ett fönster som en skärm inom skärmen. Varje fönster visar ett program och låter dig ha fler än ett program synligt och arbeta med fler än en uppgift på en gång. Du kan även tänka dig fönster som delar av ett papper på skrivbordet: de kan överlappa varandra eller till exempel radas upp sida vid sida."

3686

3687

#: C/gosoverview.xml:150(para)

3688

msgid "You can control a window's position of the screen, as well as its size. You can control which windows overlap other windows, so the one you want to work with is completely visible. For more about moving and resizing windows, see <xref linkend=\"windows-manipulating\"/>."

3689

msgstr "Du kan kontrollera positionen för ett fönster på skärmen, såväl som dess storlek. Du kan kontrollera vilka fönster som överlappar varandra så det fönster som du vill arbeta med är fullständigt synligt. För mer information om hur man flyttar och ändrar storlek på fönster, se <xref linkend=\"windows-manipulating\"/>."

3690

3691

#: C/gosoverview.xml:152(para)

3692

msgid "Each window is not necessarily a different application. An application usually has one main window, and may open additional windows at the request of the user."

3693

msgstr "Varje fönster är inte nödvändigtvis bara ett program. Ett program har ofta ett huvudfönster och kan öppna ytterligare fönster om användaren begär det."

3694

3695

#: C/gosoverview.xml:154(para)

3696

msgid "The rest of this section describes the different types of windows and how you can interact with them."

3697

msgstr "Resten av det här avsnittet beskriver de olika fönstertyperna och hur du kan interagera med dem."

3698

3699

#: C/gosoverview.xml:158(title)

3700

msgid "Types of Windows"

3701

msgstr "Fönstertyper"

3702

3703

#: C/gosoverview.xml:163(para)

3704

msgid "There are two main types of window:"

3705

msgstr "Det finns två huvudtyper av fönster:"

3706

3707

#: C/gosoverview.xml:167(term)

3708

msgid "Application windows"

3709

msgstr "Programfönster"

3710

3711

#: C/gosoverview.xml:169(para)

3712

msgid "Application windows allow all the minimize, maximize and close operations through the buttons on the titlebar. When opening an application you will usually see a window of this type appear."

3713

msgstr "Programfönster erbjuder funktionerna minimera, maximera och stänga genom knapparna på titellisten. När du öppnar ett program kommer du vanligtvis att se ett fönster av den här typen."

3714

3715

#: C/gosoverview.xml:176(term)

3716

msgid "Dialog windows"

3717

msgstr "Dialogfönster"

3718

3719

#: C/gosoverview.xml:178(para)

3720

msgid "Dialog windows appear at the request of an application window. A dialog window may alert you to a problem, ask for confirmation of an action, or request input from you."

3721

msgstr "Dialogfönster visas på begäran av ett programfönster. Ett dialogfönster kan larma dig angående ett problem, fråga efter bekräftelse för en åtgärd eller begära att du ska ange någonting."

3722

3723

#: C/gosoverview.xml:180(para)

3724

msgid "For example, if you tell an application to save a document, a dialog will ask you where you want to save the new file. If you tell an application to quit while it is still busy, it may ask you to confirm that you want it to abandon work in progress."

3725

msgstr "Om du till exempel säger till ett program att spara ett dokument kommer en dialog att fråga dig var du vill spara den nya filen. Om du säger till programmet att avslutas samtidigt som det är upptaget kan det fråga dig om att bekräfta att du vill avbryta allt pågående arbete."

3726

3727

#: C/gosoverview.xml:182(para)

3728

msgid "Some dialogs do not allow you to interact with the main application window until you have closed them: these are called <firstterm>modal</firstterm> dialogs. Others can be left open while you work with the main application window: these are called <firstterm>transient</firstterm> dialogs."

3729

msgstr "Vissa dialoger låter dig inte interagera med huvudprogramfönstret tills du har stängt dem: dessa kallas för <firstterm>modal</firstterm>-dialoger. Andra kan lämnas kvar öppnade under tiden du arbetar i huvudprogramfönstret: dessa kallas för <firstterm>transient</firstterm>-dialoger."

3730

3731

#: C/gosoverview.xml:184(para)

3732

msgid "You can select the text in a dialog with the mouse. This allows you to copy it to the clipboard (by right-clicking the text and selecting <guilabel>Copy</guilabel>), and paste it into another application. This is useful if you wish to quote the text you see in a dialog when requesting support on the Internet."

3733

msgstr "Du kan markera texten i en dialogruta med musen. Det här låter dig kopiera det till urklipp (genom att högerklicka på texten och välja <guilabel>Kopiera</guilabel>) för att sedan klistra in det i ett annat program. Detta kan vara användbart om du vill citera texten som du ser i en dialogruta när du begär support på Internet."

3734

3735

#: C/gosoverview.xml:192(title)

3736

msgid "Manipulating Windows"

3737

msgstr "Manipulera fönster"

3738

3739

#: C/gosoverview.xml:197(para)

3740

msgid "You can change the size and position of windows on the screen. This allows you to see more than one application and do different tasks at the same time. For example, you might want to read text on a web page while writing with a word processor, or to change to another application to do a different task or check its progress."

3741

msgstr "Du kan ändra storleken och positionen för fönster på skärmen. Det gör att du kan se fler än ett program och göra flera olika uppgifter på samma gång. Till exempel så kanske du vill läsa text på en webbsida samtidigt som du skriver i en ordbehandlare; eller helt enkelt växla till ett annat program för att göra en annan uppgift."

3742

3743

#: C/gosoverview.xml:199(para)

3744

msgid "You can <firstterm>minimize</firstterm> a window if you are not currently interested in seeing it. This hides it from view. You can <firstterm>maximise</firstterm> a window to fill the whole screen so you can give it your full attention."

3745

msgstr "Du kan <firstterm>minimera</firstterm> ett fönster om du inte för närvarande är intresserad av att se det. Det här döjer det från att visas. Du kan <firstterm>maximera</firstterm> ett fönster för att fylla hela skärmen så att du kan ge dig full uppmärksamhet."

3746

3747

#: C/gosoverview.xml:201(para)

3748

msgid "<anchor id=\"gosoverview-FIG-33\"/>Most of these actions are carried out by using the mouse on different parts of the the window's frame (see <xref linkend=\"mouse-actions\"/> for a recap of using the mouse). The top edge of the window frame, called the <firstterm>titlebar</firstterm> because it also displays the title of the window, contains several buttons that change the way the window is displayed."

3749

msgstr "<anchor id=\"gosoverview-FIG-33\"/>De flesta av dessa åtgärder genomförs med hjälp av musen på olika delar av fönstrets ram (se <xref linkend=\"mouse-actions\"/> för en genomgång för användningen av musen). Överdelen av fönstrets ram kallas för <firstterm>titellist</firstterm> därför att den även visar titelns på fönster och innehåller flera knappar som ändrar det sätt på vilket fönstret visas."

3750

3751

#: C/gosoverview.xml:202(para)

3752

msgid "<xref linkend=\"fig-titlebar-anno-window\"/> shows the titlebar for a typical application window. From left to right, this contains the Window Menu button, the window title, the minimize button, the maximize button, and the close button."

3753

msgstr "<xref linkend=\"fig-titlebar-anno-window\"/> visar titellisten för ett vanligt programfönster. Det innehåller, från vänster till höger, fönstermenyknappen, fönstertiteln, minimeringsknapp, maximeringsknapp och stängningsknappen."

3754

3755

#: C/gosoverview.xml:205(title)

3756

msgid "Titlebar for a Typical Application Window"

3757

msgstr "Titellist för ett vanligt programfönster"

3758

3759

#: C/gosoverview.xml:212(phrase)

3760

msgid "Titlebar of application window frame."

3761

msgstr "Titellist för programfönsterram."

3762

3763

#: C/gosoverview.xml:218(para)

3764

msgid "All actions can also be carried out from the Window Menu. To open this, click on the Window Menu button at the left-hand edge of the titlebar. Common actions can also be carried out with keyboard shortcuts: see <xref linkend=\"shortcuts-window\"/> for a simple list of these. The following lists the actions you can carry out on a window, with the mouse or the keyboard:"

3765

msgstr "Alla åtgärder kan även genomföras från fönstermenyn. För att öppna den här, klicka på fönstermenyknappen på vänstra kanten av titellisten. Vanliga åtgärder kan även genomföras med tangentgenvägar: se <xref linkend=\"shortcuts-window\"/> för en enkel lista över dessa. Följande listar de åtgärder som du kan genomföra på ett fönster, med musen eller tangentbordet:"

3766

3767

#: C/gosoverview.xml:222(term)

3768

msgid "Move the window"

3769

msgstr "Flytta fönstret"

3770

3771

#: C/gosoverview.xml:224(para)

3772

msgid "Drag the titlebar to move the window. You can click on any part of the titlebar except the buttons at either end to begin the drag action. The window will move on the screen as you drag the mouse. On less powerful computers, the movement of the window may be represented by moving an outline of its frame."

3773

msgstr "Dra titellisten för att flytta fönstret. Du kan klicka på valfri del av titellisten, förutom knapparna på båda sidorna, för att påbörja flytten. Fönstret kommer att flyttas på skärmen när du flyttar musen. På mindre kraftfulla datorer kan flytt av fönster representeras av en konturlinje av fönstrets yttermått."

3774

3775

#: C/gosoverview.xml:226(para)

3776

msgid "You can also choose Move from the Window Menu, or press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F7</keycap></keycombo>, and then either move the mouse or press the keyboard arrow keys to move the window."

3777

msgstr "Du kan även välja Flytta från fönstermenyn, eller trycka på <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F7</keycap></keycombo> och sedan antingen flytta musen eller trycka på tangentbordets piltangenter för att flytta fönstret."

3778

3779

#: C/gosoverview.xml:229(para)

3780

msgid "You can also press-and-hold <keycap>Alt</keycap> and drag any part of the window."

3781

msgstr "Du kan även trycka och hålla kvar <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangenten och dra i någon del av fönstret."

3782

3783

#: C/gosoverview.xml:231(para)

3784

msgid "As you move the window, some parts of the screen will give slight resistance to movement. This is to help you align windows more easily to the edges of the desktop, the panels, and the edges of other windows."

3785

msgstr "När du flyttar fönstret kommer vissa delar av skärmen att ge lite motstånd till fönsterflyttningen. Det är för att hjälpa dig att rada upp fönstren enklare mot kanterna för skrivbordet, panelerna och kanterna för andra fönster."

3786

3787

#: C/gosoverview.xml:233(para)

3788

msgid "You can also press-and-hold <keycap>Shift</keycap> while you move the window to cause it to only move between the corners of the desktop and other windows."

3789

msgstr "Du kan även trycka och hålla kvar <keycap>Skift</keycap>-tangenten när du flyttar fönstret för att det endast ska flyttas mellan kanterna för skrivbordet och andra fönster."

3790

3791

#: C/gosoverview.xml:235(para)

3792

msgid "If the <keycap>Num Lock</keycap> key is off, you can use the arrows on the numeric keypad, as well as the <keycap>7</keycap>, <keycap>9</keycap>, <keycap>1</keycap>, and <keycap>3</keycap> keys to move diagonally."

3793

msgstr "Om <keycap>Num Lock</keycap>-tangenten inte är aktiverad kan du använda piltangenterna på det numeriska tangentbordet, såväl som tangenterna <keycap>7</keycap>, <keycap>9</keycap>, <keycap>1</keycap> och <keycap>3</keycap> för att flytta fönstret diagonalt."

3794

3795

#: C/gosoverview.xml:239(term)

3796

msgid "Resize the window"

3797

msgstr "Ändra storlek på fönstret"

3798

3799

#: C/gosoverview.xml:241(para)

3800

msgid "Drag one of the borders to expand or contract the window on that side. Drag a corner to change two sides at once. The <link linkend=\"mouse-pointers\">resize pointer</link> appears when your mouse is in the correct position to begin the drag action."

3801

msgstr "Dra i en av kanterna för att expandera eller minska fönstret på den sidan. Dra i ett hörn för att ändra båda sidorna samtidigt. <link linkend=\"mouse-pointers\">Ändra storlek-pekaren</link> visas när din mus är på den korrekta positionen för att påbörja flyttningen."

3802

3803

#: C/gosoverview.xml:243(para)

3804

msgid "You can also choose Resize from the Window Menu, or press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F8</keycap></keycombo>. The resize pointer appears. Move the mouse in the direction of the edge you want to resize, or press one of the keyboard arrows keys. The pointer changes to indicate the chosen edge. Now you can use the mouse or the arrow keys to move this edge of the window. Click the mouse or press <keycap>Return</keycap> to accept the change. Press <keycap>Escape</keycap> to cancel the resize action and return the window to its original size and shape."

3805

msgstr "Du kan även välja Ändra storlek från fönstermenyn, eller trycka på <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F8</keycap></keycombo>. Ändra storlek-pekaren visas. Flytta musen i riktningen för kanten som du vill ändra storlek på, eller tryck på en av tangentbordets piltangenter. Pekaren ändras för att indikera den valda kanten. Nu kan du använda musen eller piltangeterna för att flytta den här kanten av fönstret. Klicka med musen eller tryck på <keycap>Retur</keycap> för att acceptera ändringen. Tryck på <keycap>Escape</keycap> för att avbryta storleksändringen och låt fönstret återgå till dess ursprungliga storlek och form."

3806

3807

#: C/gosoverview.xml:248(term)

3808

msgid "Minimize the window"

3809

msgstr "Minimera fönstret"

3810

3811

#: C/gosoverview.xml:250(para)

3812

msgid "Click on the Minimize button in the titlebar, the leftmost of the group of three on the right. This removes the window from view. The window can be restored to its previous position and size on the screen from the <firstterm>window list</firstterm> on the <link linkend=\"gospanel-3\">bottom edge panel</link> or the <firstterm>window selector</firstterm> in the top panel."

3813

msgstr "Klicka på Minimera-knappen i titellisten, den vänstra av de tre knapparna på höger sida. Den här tar bort fönstret från att vara synligt. Fönstret kan återställas till sin tidigare position och storlek på skärmen från <firstterm>fönsterlista</firstterm> på <link linkend=\"gospanel-3\">nederkantspanelen</link> eller <firstterm>fönsterväljaren</firstterm> i övre panelen."

3814

3815

#: C/gosoverview.xml:252(para)

3816

msgid "You can also choose Minimize from the Window Menu, or press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F9</keycap></keycombo>."

3817

msgstr "Du kan även välja Minimera från fönstermenyn, eller trycka på <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F9</keycap></keycombo>."

3818

3819

#: C/gosoverview.xml:257(para)

3820

msgid "A minimized window is shown in the window list and the window selector with [ ] around its title."

3821

msgstr "Ett minimerat fönster visas i fönsterlistan och fönsterväljaren med [ ] runt dess titel."

3822

3823

#: C/gosoverview.xml:263(term)

3824

msgid "Maximize the window"

3825

msgstr "Maximera fönstret"

3826

3827

#: C/gosoverview.xml:265(para)

3828

msgid "Click on the Maximize button in the titlebar, the middle of the group of three on the right. This expands the window so it fills the screen (the panels remain visible)."

3829

msgstr "Klicka på Maximera-knappen i titellisten, den mellersta av de tre knapparna på höger sida. Den expanderar fönstret så att det fyller hela skärmen (panelerna är dock fortfarande synliga)."

3830

3831

#: C/gosoverview.xml:266(para)

3832

msgid "You can also choose Maximize from the Window Menu, or press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo>, or double-click any part of the titlebar except the buttons at either end."

3833

msgstr "Du kan även välja Maximera från fönstermenyn, eller trycka på <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo>, eller dubbelklicka på någon del av titellisten förutom knapparna på varsin sida."

3834

3835

#: C/gosoverview.xml:270(para)

3836

msgid "If you prefer, you can assign the double-click action to <firstterm>roll up</firstterm> the window: see <xref linkend=\"prefs-windows\"/>."

3837

msgstr "Om du föredrar kan du tilldela dubbelklicksåtgärden till att <firstterm>rulla upp</firstterm> fönstret: se <xref linkend=\"prefs-windows\"/>."

3838

3839

#: C/gosoverview.xml:275(term)

3840

msgid "Unmaximize the window"

3841

msgstr "Avmaximera fönstret"

3842

3843

#: C/gosoverview.xml:277(para)

3844

msgid "When a window is maximized, click again on the Maximize button to restore it to its previous position and size on the screen."

3845

msgstr "När ett fönster är maximerat kan du klicka igen på Maximera-knappen för att återställa det till sin tidigare position och storlek på skärmen."

3846

3847

#: C/gosoverview.xml:279(para)

3848

msgid "You can also choose Unmaximize from the Window Menu, press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F5</keycap></keycombo>, or double-click any part of the titlebar except the buttons at either end."

3849

msgstr "Du kan även välja Avmaximera från fönstermenyn, tryck på <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F5</keycap></keycombo>, eller dubbelklicka på någon del av titellisten förutom knapparna på varsin sida."

3850

3851

#: C/gosoverview.xml:284(term)

3852

msgid "Close the window"

3853

msgstr "Stäng fönstret"

3854

3855

#: C/gosoverview.xml:286(para)

3856

msgid "Click the Close button, the rightmost of the group of three on the right. Closing the window may also close the application itself. The application will ask you to confirm closing a window that contains unsaved work."

3857

msgstr "Klicka på Stäng-knappen, den högra av de tre knapparna på höger sida. Stängning av fönstret kan även stänga själva programmet. Programmet kommer att be dig om att bekräfta om fönstret som stängs innehåller arbete som inte har sparats."

3858

3859

#: C/gosoverview.xml:291(remark)

3860

msgid "Workspaces commands or a link to them still to go in this section, perhaps"

3861

msgstr "Kommandon för arbetsytor eller en länk till dem behöver fortfarande inkluderas i det här avsnittet, kanske"

3862

3863

#: C/gosoverview.xml:296(title)

3864

msgid "Giving Focus to a Window"

3865

msgstr "Ge fokus till ett fönster"

3866

3867

#: C/gosoverview.xml:299(para)

3868

msgid "To work with an application, you need to give the <firstterm>focus</firstterm> to its window. When a window has focus, any actions such as mouse clicks, typing text, or keyboard shortcuts, are directed to the application in that window. Only one window can have focus at a time. The window that has focus will appear on top of other windows, so nothing covers any part of it. It may also have a different appearance from other windows, depending on your choice of <link linkend=\"prefs-theme\"> theme</link>."

3869

msgstr "För att arbeta med ett program behöver du ge <firstterm>fokus</firstterm> till dess fönster. När ett fönster har fokus kommer åtgärder såsom musklick, textinmatning eller tangentgenvägar att dirigeras till programmet i det fönstret. Endast ett fönster kan ha fokus samtidigt. Fönstret som har fokus kommer att visas över andra fönster så att inget annat fönster täcker det. Det kan även särskiljas från andra fönster, beroende på ditt val av <link linkend=\"prefs-theme\"> tema</link>."

3870

3871

#: C/gosoverview.xml:300(para)

3872

msgid "You can give the focus to a window in any of the following ways:"

3873

msgstr "Du kan ge fokus till ett fönster på något av följande sätt:"

3874

3875

#: C/gosoverview.xml:303(para)

3876

msgid "With the mouse, click on any part of the window, if the window is visible."

3877

msgstr "Klicka med musen på någon del av fönstret, om fönstret är synligt."

3878

3879

#: C/gosoverview.xml:308(para)

3880

msgid "On the bottom panel, click on the <guibutton>window list button</guibutton> that represents the window in the <application>Window List</application>."

3881

msgstr "På nedre panelen, klicka på <guibutton>fönsterlistknappen</guibutton> som representerar fönstret i <application>Fönsterlista</application>."

3882

3883

#: C/gosoverview.xml:313(para)

3884

msgid "On the top panel, click the <guibutton>window list icon</guibutton> and choose the window you want to switch to from the list. The <guibutton>window list icon</guibutton> is at the extreme right of the panel, and its icon matches that of the current window's <guibutton>Window Menu button</guibutton>."

3885

msgstr "På övre panelen, klicka på <guibutton>fönsterlistikonen</guibutton> och välj fönstret som du vill byta till från listan. <guibutton>Fönsterlistikonen</guibutton> är den ikon som ligger längst till höger på panelen och dess ikon matchar det aktuella fönstrets <guibutton>fönstermenyknapp</guibutton>."

3886

3887

#: C/gosoverview.xml:316(para)

3888

msgid "If the window you choose is on a different workspace, you will be switched to that workspace. For more on workspaces, see <xref linkend=\"overview-workspaces\"/>."

3889

msgstr "Om fönstret som du väljer finns på en annan arbetsyta kommer du att flyttas till den arbetsytan. För mer information om arbetsytor, se <xref linkend=\"overview-workspaces\"/>."

3890

3891

#: C/gosoverview.xml:321(para)

3892

msgid "With the keyboard, hold the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key and press the <keycap>Tab</keycap> key. A pop-up window appears with a list of icons representing each window. While still holding <keycap>Alt</keycap>, press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to move the selection along the list: a black rectangle frames the selected icon and the position of the window it corresponds to is highlighted with a black border. When the window you want to see is selected, release the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key. Using <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo> instead of just <keycap>Tab</keycap> cycles through the icons in reverse order."

3893

msgstr "Håll nere <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangenten och tryck på <keycap>tabulator</keycap>-tangenten. Ett popupfönster visas med en lista över ikoner som representerar varje fönster. Under tiden du håller ner <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangenten, tryck på <keycap>tabulator</keycap>-tangenten för att flytta markeringen i listan: en svart rektangel ramar in den markerade ikonen och positionen för fönstret den motsvarar visas med en svart ram. När fönstret som du vill se är markerat kan du släppa <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangenten. Använd <keycombo><keycap>Skift</keycap><keycap>tabulator</keycap></keycombo> istället för bara <keycap>tabulator</keycap>-tangenten för att växla ikoner i omvänd ordning."

3894

3895

#: C/gosoverview.xml:324(para)

3896

msgid "You can customize the shortcut used to perform this action with the <link linkend=\"prefs-keyboard-shortcuts\">Keyboard Shortcuts preference tool</link>."

3897

msgstr "Du kan anpassa genvägen som används för att genomföra den här åtgäden med inställningsverktyget <link linkend=\"prefs-keyboard-shortcuts\">Tangentbordsgenvägar</link>."

3898

3899

#: C/gosoverview.xml:338(primary)

3900

#: C/gosoverview.xml:367(primary)

3901

#: C/gosoverview.xml:394(primary)

3902

msgid "workspaces"

3903

msgstr "arbetsytor"

3904

3905

#: C/gosoverview.xml:341(para)

3906

msgid "Workspaces allow you to manage which windows are on your screen. You can imagine workspaces as being virtual screens, which you can switch between at any time. Every workspace contains the same desktop, the same panels, and the same menus. However, you can run different applications, and open different windows in each workspace. The applications in each workspace will remain there when you switch to other workspaces."

3907

msgstr "Arbetsytor låter dig hantera vilka fönster som finns på din skärm. Du kan föreställa dig arbetsytor som virtuella skärmar, vilka du kan växla mellan när som helst. Varje arbetsyta innehåller samma skrivbord, samma paneler och samma menyer. Dock kan du köra olika program och öppna olika fönster på varje arbetsyta. Programmen i varje arbetsyta kommer att finnas kvar där när du byter till andra arbetsytor."

3908

3909

#: C/gosoverview.xml:343(para)

3910

msgid "By default, four workspaces are available. You can switch between them with the <application>Workspace Switcher</application> applet at the right of the <link linkend=\"bottom-panel\">bottom panel</link>. This shows a representation of your workspaces, by default a row of four rectangles. Click on one to switch to that workspace. In <xref linkend=\"gosoverview-FIG-42\"/>, <application>Workspace Switcher</application> contains four workspaces. The first three workspaces contain open windows. The last workspace does not contain currently open windows. The currently active workspace is highlighted."

3911

msgstr "Som standard finns det fyra arbetsytor tillgängliga. Du kan byta mellan dem med panelprogrammet <application>Arbetsyteväxlare</application> på höger sida av <link linkend=\"bottom-panel\">nedre panelen</link>. Den visar en representation av dina arbetsytor, som standard en rad med fyra rektanglar. Klicka på en för att växla till den arbetsytan. I <xref linkend=\"gosoverview-FIG-42\"/> innehåller <application>Arbetsyteväxlare</application> fyra arbetsytor. De första tre arbetsytorna innehåller öppnade fönster. Den sista arbetsytan innehåller för närvarande inga öppnade fönster. Den för närvarande aktiva arbetsytan är markerad."

3912

3913

#: C/gosoverview.xml:346(title)

3914

msgid "Workspaces Displayed in Workspace Switcher"

3915

msgstr "Arbetsytor visade i Arbetsyteväxlare"

3916

3917

#: C/gosoverview.xml:353(phrase)

3918

msgid "Workspace Switcher. The context describes the graphic."

3919

msgstr "Arbetsyteväxlare. Sammanhanget beskriver figuren."

3920

3921

#: C/gosoverview.xml:359(para)

3922

msgid "Each workspace can have any number of applications open in it. The number of workspaces can be customized: see <xref linkend=\"workspace-add\"/>."

3923

msgstr "Varje arbetsyta kan ha ett valfritt antal program öppnade. Antalet arbetsytor kan anpassas: se <xref linkend=\"workspace-add\"/>."

3924

3925

#: C/gosoverview.xml:361(para)

3926

msgid "Workspaces enable you to organize the GNOME Desktop when you run many applications at the same time. One way to use workspaces is to allocate a specific function to each workspace: one for email, one for web browsing, one for graphic design, etc. However, everyone has their own preference and you are in no way restricted to only using workspaces like this."

3927

msgstr "Arbetsytor låter dig organisera GNOME-skrivbordet när du kör många program samtidigt. Ett sätt att använda arbetsytor på är att allokera en specifik funktion till varje arbetsyta: en för e-post, en för webbsurfning, en för grafikredigering, etc. Dock har alla sina egna behov och du är på intet sätt begränsad till att endast använda arbetsytorna på det här sättet."

3928

3929

#: C/gosoverview.xml:365(title)

3930

msgid "Switching Between Workspaces"

3931

msgstr "Växla mellan arbetsytor"

3932

3933

#: C/gosoverview.xml:368(secondary)

3934

msgid "switching between"

3935

msgstr "växla mellan"

3936

3937

#: C/gosoverview.xml:370(para)

3938

msgid "You can switch between workspaces in any of the following ways:"

3939

msgstr "Du kan växla mellan olika arbetsytor på något av följande sätt:"

3940

3941

#: C/gosoverview.xml:373(para)

3942

msgid "In the <application>Workspace Switcher</application> applet in the bottom panel, click on the workspace where you want to work."

3943

msgstr "I panelprogrammet <application>Arbetsyteväxlare</application> i nedre panelen, klicka på arbetsytan där du vill arbeta."

3944

3945

#: C/gosoverview.xml:376(para)

3946

msgid "Move the mouse pointer over the <application>Workspace Switcher</application> applet in the bottom panel, and scroll the mouse wheel."

3947

msgstr "Flytta muspekaren över panelprogrammet <application>Arbetsyteväxlare</application> i nedre panelen och rulla med mushjulet."

3948

3949

#: C/gosoverview.xml:379(para)

3950

msgid "Press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>right arrow</keycap></keycombo> to switch to the workspace on the right of the current workspace."

3951

msgstr "Tryck <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>högerpil</keycap></keycombo> för att växla till arbetsytan till höger om den aktuella arbetsytan."

3952

3953

#: C/gosoverview.xml:383(para)

3954

msgid "Press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>left arrow</keycap></keycombo> to switch to the workspace on the left of the current workspace."

3955

msgstr "Tryck <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>vänsterpil</keycap></keycombo> för att växla till arbetsytan till vänster om den aktuella arbetsytan."

3956

3957

#: C/gosoverview.xml:387(para)

3958

msgid "The arrow shortcut keys work according to how your workspaces are set out in the <application>Workspace Switcher</application> applet. If you change your panel so workspaces are displayed vertically instead of horizontally, use <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>up arrow</keycap></keycombo> and <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>down arrow</keycap></keycombo> to switch workspaces."

3959

msgstr "Pilgenvägstangenterna fungerar på på samma sätt som hur dina arbetsytor är placerade i panelprogrammet <application>Arbetsyteväxlare</application>. Om du ändrar din panel så att arbetsytorna visas vertikalt istället för horisontellt kan du använda <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>uppåtpil</keycap></keycombo> och <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>nedåtpil</keycap></keycombo> för att växla arbetsyta."

3960

3961

#: C/gosoverview.xml:390(title)

3962

msgid "Adding Workspaces"

3963

msgstr "Lägg till arbetsytor"

3964

3965

#: C/gosoverview.xml:395(secondary)

3966

msgid "specifying number of"

3967

msgstr "ange antalet"

3968

3969

#: C/gosoverview.xml:397(para)

3970

msgid "To add workspaces to the GNOME Desktop, right-click on the <application>Workspace Switcher</application> applet, then choose <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>. The <guilabel>Workspace Switcher Preferences</guilabel> dialog is displayed. Use the <guilabel>Number of workspaces</guilabel> spin box to specify the number of workspaces that you require."

3971

msgstr "För att lägga till arbetsytor till GNOME-skrivbordet, högerklicka på panelprogrammet <application>Arbetsyteväxlare</application>, välj sedan <guimenuitem>Inställningar</guimenuitem>. Dialogrutan <guilabel>Inställningar för arbetsyteväxlare</guilabel> kommer att visas. Använd väljaren för <guilabel>Antal arbetsytor</guilabel> för att ange antalet arbetsytor som du behöver."

3972

3973

#: C/gosoverview.xml:404(title)

3974

msgid "Applications"

3975

msgstr "Program"

3976

3977

#: C/gosoverview.xml:412(para)

3978

msgid "An <firstterm>application</firstterm> is a type of computer program that allows you to perform a particular task. You might use applications to create text documents such as letters or reports; to work with spreadsheets; to listen to your favorite music; to navigate the Internet; or to create, edit, or view images and videos. For each of these tasks, you would use a different application."

3979

msgstr "Ett <firstterm>program</firstterm> är en typ av datorprogram som låter dig genomföra en specifik uppgift. Du kan använda program för att skapa textdokument såsom brev eller rapporter, arbeta med kalkylark, lyssna på din favoritmusik, surfa på nätet eller för att skapa, redigera eller visa bilder och videoklipp. För varje typ av dessa uppgifter skulle du använda ett specifikt program."

3980

3981

#: C/gosoverview.xml:414(para)

3982

msgid "To launch an application, open the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu and choose the application you want from the submenus. For more on this, see <xref linkend=\"applications-menu\"/>."

3983

msgstr "För att starta ett program, öppna menyn <guimenu>Program</guimenu> och välj programmet som du vill köra från undermenyerna. För mer information om det här, se <xref linkend=\"applications-menu\"/>."

3984

3985

#: C/gosoverview.xml:416(para)

3986

msgid "The applications that are part of GNOME include the following:"

3987

msgstr "Programmen som är en del av GNOME inkluderar följande:"

3988

3989

#: C/gosoverview.xml:419(para)

3990

msgid "<ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gedit\"><application>Gedit Text Editor</application></ulink> can read, create, or modify any kind of simple text without any formatting."

3991

msgstr "<ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gedit\"><application>Textredigeraren Gedit</application></ulink> kan läsa, skapa eller ändra alla former av enkel text utan någon formatering."

3992

3993

#: C/gosoverview.xml:420(para)

3994

msgid "<ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gnome-dictionary\"><application>Dictionary</application></ulink> allows you to look up definitions of a word."

3995

msgstr "<ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gnome-dictionary\"><application>Ordbok</application></ulink> låter dig slå upp definitioner av ett ord."

3996

3997

#: C/gosoverview.xml:421(para)

3998

msgid "<ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:eog\"><application>Image Viewer</application></ulink> can display single image files, as well as large image collections."

3999

msgstr "<ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:eog\"><application>Bildvisare</application></ulink> kan visa enstaka bildfiler, såväl som stora bildsamlingar."

4000

4001

#: C/gosoverview.xml:422(para)

4002

msgid "<ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gcalctool\"><application>Calculator</application></ulink> performs basic, financial, and scientific calculations."

4003

msgstr "<ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gcalctool\"><application>Miniräknare</application></ulink> genomför grundläggande, finansiella och vetenskapliga beräkningar."

4004

4005

#: C/gosoverview.xml:423(para)

4006

msgid "<ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gucharmap\"><application>Character Map</application></ulink> lets you choose letters and symbols from the <firstterm>Unicode</firstterm> character set and paste them into any application. If you are writing in several languages, not all of the characters you need will be on your keyboard."

4007

msgstr "<ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gucharmap\"><application>Teckentabell</application></ulink> låter dig välja bokstäver och symboler från teckenuppsättningen <firstterm>Unicode</firstterm> och klistra in dem i något program. Om du skriver text på flera olika språk så finns kanske inte alla tecken som du behöver på ditt tangentbord."

4008

4009

#: C/gosoverview.xml:424(para)

4010

msgid "<link linkend=\"nautilus\"><application>Nautilus File Manager</application></link> displays your folders and their contents. Use this to copy, move and classify your files, and to access CDs, USB flash drives, and any other removable media. When you choose an item from the <link linkend=\"places-menu\"><guimenu>Places</guimenu> menu</link>, a <application>Nautilus File Manager</application> window opens showing that location."

4011

msgstr "Filhanteraren <link linkend=\"nautilus\"><application>Nautilus</application></link> visar dina mappar och deras innehåll. Använd den för att kopiera, flytta och klassificera dina filer, och för att komma åt cd-skivor, usb-lagringsenheter eller andra typer av flyttbara media. När du väljer ett objekt från menyn <link linkend=\"places-menu\"><guimenu>Places</guimenu></link> så kommer ett <application>Nautilus</application>-fönster att öppnas och visa dig platsen."

4012

4013

#: C/gosoverview.xml:425(para)

4014

msgid "<ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gnome-terminal\"><application>Terminal</application></ulink> gives you access to the system command line."

4015

msgstr "<ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gnome-terminal\"><application>Terminal</application></ulink> ger dig åtkomst till systemets kommandorad."

4016

4017

#: C/gosoverview.xml:428(para)

4018

msgid "Further standard GNOME applications include games, music and video players, a web browser, software accessibility tools, and utilities to manage your system. Your distributor or vendor may have added other applications, such as a word processor and a graphics editor. They may also provide you with a way to install further applications."

4019

msgstr "Ytterligare standardprogram i GNOME inkluderar spel, musik och videouppspelare, en webbläsare, hjälpmedelsverktyg och verktyg för att hantera ditt system. Din leverantör eller tillverkare kan ha lagt till andra GNOME-program såsom en ordbehandlare och ett ritprogram. De kan även tillhandahålla ett sätt att installera ytterligare program."

4020

4021

#: C/gosoverview.xml:430(para)

4022

msgid "All GNOME applications have many features in common, which makes it easier to learn how to work with a new GNOME application. The rest of this section describes some of these features."

4023

msgstr "Alla GNOME-program har många gemensamma funktioner som gör det enklare att lära sig hur man arbetar med ett nytt GNOME-program. Resten av det här avsnittet beskriver några av dessa funktioner."

4024

4025

#: C/gosoverview.xml:433(title)

4026

msgid "Common Features"

4027

msgstr "Gemensamma funktioner"

4028

4029

#: C/gosoverview.xml:435(para)

4030

msgid "The applications that are provided with the GNOME Desktop share many common features, such as similar open and save dialogs and similar-looking icons. This is because they have all been developed using the GNOME development platform. An application developed using this platform is called a <firstterm>GNOME-compliant application</firstterm>. For example, <application>Nautilus</application> and the <application>gedit</application> text editor are GNOME-compliant applications."

4031

msgstr "Programmen som tillhandahålls med GNOME-skrivbordet delar flera gemensamma funktioner, såsom dialogrutor för att öppna och spara filer och enhetliga ikoner. Detta är på grund av att alla har utvecklats med hjälp av GNOME:s utvecklingsplattform. Ett program som utvecklas med hjälp av denna plattform kallas för ett <firstterm>GNOME-standardiserat program</firstterm>. Till exempel är <application>Nautilus</application> och textredigeraren <application>gedit</application> GNOME-standardiserade program."

4032

4033

#: C/gosoverview.xml:437(para)

4034

msgid "Some of the features of GNOME-compliant applications are as follows:"

4035

msgstr "Några av funktionerna för GNOME-godkända program är:"

4036

4037

#: C/gosoverview.xml:440(para)

4038

msgid "Consistent look-and-feel"

4039

msgstr "Enhetligt utseende och känsla"

4040

4041

#: C/gosoverview.xml:441(para)

4042

msgid "GNOME-compliant applications have a consistent look-and-feel. You can use the <link linkend=\"prefs-theme\"><application>Appearance</application> preference tool</link> to change the look-and-feel of your GNOME-compliant applications."

4043

msgstr "GNOME-standardiserade program har enhetlig utseende och känsla. Du kan använda <link linkend=\"prefs-theme\">inställningsverktyget <application>Utseende</application></link> för att ändra utseendet och känslan för dina GNOME-standardiserade program."

4044

4045

#: C/gosoverview.xml:444(para)

4046

msgid "Menubars, toolbars, and statusbars"

4047

msgstr "Menyrader, verktygsrader och statusrader"

4048

4049

#: C/gosoverview.xml:445(para)

4050

msgid "Most GNOME-compliant applications have a menubar, a toolbar, and a statusbar. The menubars usually have a similar structure; for example, the <guimenu>Help</guimenu> menu always contains an <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem> menu item."

4051

msgstr "De flesta GNOME-standardiserade program har en menyrad, en verktygsrad och en statusrad. Menyraderna har oftast en liknande struktur; till exempel innehåller menyn <guimenu>Hjälp</guimenu> alltid menyobjektet <guimenuitem>Om</guimenuitem>."

4052

4053

#: C/gosoverview.xml:448(para)

4054

msgid "A <firstterm>toolbar</firstterm> is a bar that appears under the menubar. A toolbar contains buttons for the most commonly-used commands. A <firstterm>statusbar</firstterm> is a bar at the bottom of a window that provides information about the current state of what you are viewing in the window. Applications might also contains other bars. For example, <application>Nautilus</application> contains a location bar."

4055

msgstr "En <firstterm>verktygsrad</firstterm> är en rad som visas under menyraden. En verktygsrad innehåller knappar för de flesta kommandon som används ofta. En <firstterm>statusrad</firstterm> är en rad i nederkanten av ett fönster som tillhandahåller information om det aktuella tillståndet för det du visar i fönstret. Program kan även innehålla andra typer av rader. Till exempel så innehåller <application>Nautilus</application> en adressrad."

4056

4057

#: C/gosoverview.xml:452(para)

4058

msgid "Default shortcut keys"

4059

msgstr "Standardgenvägstangenter"

4060

4061

#: C/gosoverview.xml:453(para)

4062

msgid "GNOME-compliant applications use the same shortcut keys to perform the same actions. See <xref linkend=\"keyboard-skills\"/> for a list of common shortcut keys."

4063

msgstr "GNOME-standardiserade program använder samma genvägstangenter för att genomföra samma åtgärder. Se <xref linkend=\"keyboard-skills\"/> för en lista över gemensamma genvägstangenter."

4064

4065

#: C/gosoverview.xml:457(para)

4066

msgid "Drag-and-drop"

4067

msgstr "Dra och släpp"

4068

4069

#: C/gosoverview.xml:458(para)

4070

msgid "When you drag-and-drop something into a GNOME-compliant application, it will recognize the format of the items that you dragged and will handle them in an appropriate manner. For example, when you drag a HTML file from a <application>Nautilus</application> window to a web browser, the file is displayed in HTML format in the browser. However, when you drag the HTML file to a text editor, the file is displayed in plain text format in the text editor."

4071

msgstr "När du drar-och-släpper någonting in i ett GNOME-standardiserat program så kommer det att känna igen formatet på objekten som du har dragit och kommer att hantera dem på ett lämpligt sätt. När du till exempel drar en HTML-fil från ett <application>Nautilus</application>-fönster till en webbläsare så kommer filen att visas i HTML-format i webbläsaren. Dock när du drar HTML-filen till en textredigerare så kommer filen att visas i vanligt textformat i textredigeraren."

4072

4073

#: C/gosoverview.xml:469(title)

4074

msgid "Working With Files"

4075

msgstr "Arbeta med filer"

4076

4077

#: C/gosoverview.xml:470(para)

4078

msgid "The work you do with an application is stored in <firstterm>files</firstterm>. These may be on your computer's hard drive, or on a removable device such as a USB flash drive. You <firstterm>open</firstterm> a file to examine it or work on it, and you <firstterm>save</firstterm> a file to store your work. When you are done working with a file, you <firstterm>close</firstterm> it."

4079

msgstr "Arbetet som du gör i ett program lagras i <firstterm>filer</firstterm>. Dessa kan finnas på hårddisken i din dator eller på en flyttbar enhet såsom ett usb-minne. Du <firstterm>öppnar</firstterm> en fil för att granska den eller arbeta med den och du <firstterm>sparar</firstterm> en fil för att lagra ditt arbete. När du har arbetat klart med en fil så <firstterm>stänger</firstterm> du den."

4080

4081

#: C/gosoverview.xml:471(para)

4082

msgid "All GNOME applications use the same dialogs for opening and saving files, presenting you with a consistent interface. The following sections cover the open and the save dialog in detail."

4083

msgstr "Alla GNOME-program använder samma typ av dialogrutor för att öppna och spara filer vilket ger ett enhetligt gränssnitt. Följande avsnitt beskriver ingående dialogrutorna för att öppna och spara filer."

4084

4085

#: C/gosoverview.xml:474(title)

4086

msgid "Choosing a File to Open"

4087

msgstr "Välj en fil att öppna"

4088

4089

#: C/gosoverview.xml:475(para)

4090

msgid "The <guilabel>Open File</guilabel> dialog allows you to choose a file to open in an application."

4091

msgstr "Dialogrutan <guilabel>Öppna fil</guilabel> låter dig välja en fil att öppna i ett program."

4092

4093

#: C/gosoverview.xml:476(para)

4094

msgid "The right-hand pane of the dialog lists files and folders in the current location. You can use the mouse or the arrow keys on your keyboard to select a file."

4095

msgstr "Den högra panelen i dialogrutan listar filer och mappar i den aktuella platsen. Du kan använda musen eller piltangenterna på ditt tangentbord för att välja en fil."

4096

4097

#: C/gosoverview.xml:477(para)

4098

msgid "Once a file is selected in the list, perform one of the following actions to open it:"

4099

msgstr "Genomför en av följande åtgärder när en fil har markerats i listan för att öppna den:"

4100

4101

#: C/gosoverview.xml:479(para)

4102

msgid "Click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>."

4103

msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Öppna</guibutton>."

4104

4105

#: C/gosoverview.xml:480(para)

4106

msgid "Press <keycap>Return</keycap>."

4107

msgstr "Tryck på <keycap>Retur</keycap>."

4108

4109

#: C/gosoverview.xml:481(para)

4110

msgid "Press <keycap>Spacebar</keycap>."

4111

msgstr "Tryck <keycap>Blanksteg</keycap>."

4112

4113

#: C/gosoverview.xml:482(para)

4114

msgid "Double-click the file."

4115

msgstr "Dubbelklicka på filen."

4116

4117

#: C/gosoverview.xml:484(para)

4118

msgid "If you open a folder or a location instead of a file, the <guilabel>Open File</guilabel> dialog updates to show the contents of that folder or location."

4119

msgstr "Om du öppnar en mapp eller en plats istället för en fil kommer dialogrutan <guilabel>Öppna fil</guilabel> att uppdateras för att visa innehållet för den mappen eller platsen."

4120

4121

#: C/gosoverview.xml:486(para)

4122

msgid "To change the location shown in the right-hand pane, do one of the following:"

4123

msgstr "Gör ett av följande alternativ för att ändra platsen som visas i högra panelen:"

4124

4125

#: C/gosoverview.xml:488(para)

4126

msgid "Open a folder that is listed in the current location."

4127

msgstr "Öppna en mapp som är listad i den aktuella platsen."

4128

4129

#: C/gosoverview.xml:489(para)

4130

msgid "Open an item in the left-hand pane. This pane lists places such as your Documents folder, your Home Folder, media such as CDs and flash drives, places on your network, and your <link linkend=\"nautilus-bookmarks\">bookmarks</link>."

4131

msgstr "Öppna ett objekt i vänstra panelen. Den här panelen listar platser såsom din Dokument-mapp, din Hem-mapp, media såsom cd-skivor och minneskort, platser på ditt nätverk och dina <link linkend=\"nautilus-bookmarks\">bokmärken</link>."

4132

4133

#: C/gosoverview.xml:490(para)

4134

msgid "Click one of the buttons in the path bar above the file listing pane. This shows the hierarchy of folders that contain your current location. Use the arrow buttons to either side of the button bar if the list of folders is too long to fit."

4135

msgstr "Klicka på en av knapparna i sökvägsraden ovanför fillistningspanelen. Den visar mapphierarkin som finns i din aktuella plats. Använd pilknapparna på varsin sida av knappraden om listan över mappar för lång för att passa in."

4136

4137

#: C/gosoverview.xml:493(para)

4138

msgid "The lower part of the <guilabel>Open File</guilabel> dialog may contain further options specific to the current application."

4139

msgstr "Den nedre delen av dialogrutan <guilabel>Öppna fil</guilabel> kan innehålla ytterligare alternativ specifika för det aktuella programmet."

4140

4141

#: C/gosoverview.xml:496(title)

4142

msgid "Filtering the File List"

4143

msgstr "Filtrera fillistan"

4144

4145

#: C/gosoverview.xml:497(para)

4146

msgid "You can restrict the file list to show only files of certain types. To do this, choose a file type from the drop-down list beneath the file list pane. The list of file types depends on the application you are currently using. For example, a graphics application will list different image file formats, and a text editor will list different types of text file."

4147

msgstr "Du kan begränsa fillistan till att endast visa filer av vissa typer. För att göra det här, välj en filtyp från rullgardinslistan under fillistpanelen. Listan över filtyper beror på programmet som du för närvarande använder. Till exempel kommer ett grafikprogram att lista olika bildfilformat och en textredigerare kommer att lista olika typer av textfiler."

4148

4149

#: C/gosoverview.xml:501(title)

4150

msgid "Find-as-you-type"

4151

msgstr "Sök-när-du-skriver"

4152

4153

#: C/gosoverview.xml:502(para)

4154

msgid "If you know the name of the file you want to open, begin typing it: the file list will jump to show you files whose names begin with the characters you type. Arrow keys will now select from only these files. The characters you have typed appear in a pop-up window at the base of the file list."

4155

msgstr "Om du vet namnet på filen som du vill öppna kan du börja skriva in det: fillistan kommer att hoppa till det namn som börjar med de tecknen som du angav. Piltangenterna kommer nu att välja endast från dessa filer. Tecknen som du angav visas i ett popupfönster i nederkant av fillistan."

4156

4157

#: C/gosoverview.xml:503(para)

4158

msgid "To cancel find-as-you-type, press <keycap>Esc</keycap>."

4159

msgstr "För att avbryta sök-när-du-skriver, tryck på <keycap>Esc</keycap>."

4160

4161

#: C/gosoverview.xml:507(title)

4162

msgid "Choosing a folder"

4163

msgstr "Välj en mapp"

4164

4165

#: C/gosoverview.xml:508(para)

4166

msgid "You might sometimes need to choose a folder to work with rather than open a file. For example, if you use <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:file-roller\"><application>Archive Manager</application></ulink> to extract files from an archive, you need to choose a folder to place the files into. In this case, the files in the current location are greyed out, and pressing <guibutton>Open</guibutton> when a folder is selected will choose that folder."

4167

msgstr "Ibland kanske du behöver välja en mapp att arbeta med istället för att öppna en fil. Om du till exempel använder <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:file-roller\"><application>Arkivhanterare</application></ulink> för att extrahera filer från ett arkiv, behöver du välja en mapp att placera filerna i. I det här fallet är filerna i den aktuella platsen gråmarkerade och trycker man <guibutton>Öppna</guibutton> när en mapp är markerade kommer den att välja den mappen."

4168

4169

#: C/gosoverview.xml:512(title)

4170

msgid "Open Location"

4171

msgstr "Öppna plats"

4172

4173

#: C/gosoverview.xml:513(para)

4174

msgid "You can type a full or relative path to the file you want to open. Press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo> or click the button at the top left of the window to show (or hide) the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> field. Alternatively, begin typing a full path starting with <filename>/</filename> to show the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> field."

4175

msgstr "Du kan ange en fullständig eller relativ sökväg till filen som du vill öppna. Tryck på <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo> eller klicka på knappen i övre vänstra hörnet av fönstret för att visa (eller dölja) fältet <guilabel>Plats</guilabel>. Alternativt kan du börja skriva in en fullständig sökväg som börjar med <filename>/</filename> för att visa fältet <guilabel>Plats</guilabel>."

4176

4177

#: C/gosoverview.xml:514(para)

4178

msgid "Type a path from the current location, or an absolute path beginning with <filename>/</filename> or <filename>~/</filename>. The <guilabel>Location</guilabel> field has the following features to simplify the typing of a full filename:"

4179

msgstr "Ange en sökväg från den aktuella platsen eller en absolut sökväg som börjar med <filename>/</filename> eller <filename>~/</filename>. Fältet <guilabel>Plats</guilabel> har följande funktioner för att förenkla inskrivningen av ett fullständigt filnamn:"

4180

4181

#: C/gosoverview.xml:516(para)

4182

msgid "A drop-down of possible file and folder names is displayed once you begin typing. Use <keycap>down arrow</keycap> and <keycap>up arrow</keycap> and <keycap>Return</keycap> to choose from the list."

4183

msgstr "En rullgardinslista över möjliga fil- och mappnamn visas när du börjar skriva. Använd <keycap>nedåtpil</keycap>, <keycap>uppåtpil</keycap> och <keycap>Retur</keycap> för att välja från listan."

4184

4185

#: C/gosoverview.xml:517(para)

4186

msgid "If the part of the name typed uniquely identifies a file or folder, the name is auto-completed. Press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to accept the suggested text. For example, if you type \"Do\", and the only object in the folder beginning with \"Do\" is <filename>Documents</filename>, then the entire name appears in the field."

4187

msgstr "Om den del av namnet som angivits identifierar en unik fil eller mapp kommer namnet att automatiskt kompletteras. Tryck på <keycap>tabulator</keycap> för att acceptera den föreslagna texten. Till exempel om du skriver \"Do\" och det enda objektet i mappen börjar med \"Do\" är <filename>Dokument</filename> kommer det fullständiga namnet att visas i fältet."

4188

4189

#: C/gosoverview.xml:522(title)

4190

msgid "Opening Remote Locations"

4191

msgstr "Öppna fjärrplatser"

4192

4193

#: C/gosoverview.xml:523(para)

4194

msgid "You can open files in remote locations by choosing the location from the left panel, or by typing a path to a remote location into the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> field."

4195

msgstr "Du kan öppna filer i fjärrplatser genom att välja platsen från vänstra panelen, eller genom att skriva in en sökväg till en fjärrplats i fältet <guilabel>Plats</guilabel>."

4196

4197

#: C/gosoverview.xml:524(para)

4198

msgid "If you require a password to access the remote location, you will be asked for it when you open it."

4199

msgstr "Om du måste ange ett lösenord för att komma åt fjärrplatsen kommer du att bli tillfrågad efter det när du öppnar den."

4200

4201

#: C/gosoverview.xml:528(title)

4202

msgid "Adding and Removing Bookmarks"

4203

msgstr "Lägg till och ta bort bokmärken"

4204

4205

#: C/gosoverview.xml:529(para)

4206

msgid "To add the current location to the bookmarks list, press <guibutton>Add</guibutton>, or right-click a folder in the file list and choose <guimenuitem>Add to Bookmarks</guimenuitem>. You can add any folder that is listed in the current location by dragging it to the bookmarks list."

4207

msgstr "För att lägga till den aktuella platsen till bokmärkeslistan, tryck på <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> eller högerklicka på en mapp i fillistan och välj <guimenuitem>Lägg till i bokmärken</guimenuitem>. Du kan lägga till valfri mapp som är listad i den aktuella platsen genom att dra den till bokmärkeslistan."

4208

4209

#: C/gosoverview.xml:530(para)

4210

msgid "To remove a bookmark from the list, select it and press <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>."

4211

msgstr "För att ta bort ett bokmärke från listan, markera det och tryck på <guibutton>Ta bort</guibutton>."

4212

4213

#: C/gosoverview.xml:531(para)

4214

msgid "Changes you make to the bookmarks list also affect the <guimenu>Places</guimenu> menu. For more on bookmarks, see <xref linkend=\"nautilus-bookmarks\"/>."

4215

msgstr "Ändringar som du gör i bokmärkeslistan påverkar även menyn <guimenu>Platser</guimenu>. För mer information om bokmärken, se <xref linkend=\"nautilus-bookmarks\"/>."

4216

4217

#: C/gosoverview.xml:534(title)

4218

msgid "Showing hidden files"

4219

msgstr "Visa dolda filer"

4220

4221

#: C/gosoverview.xml:535(para)

4222

msgid "To show hidden files in the file list, right-click in the file list and choose <guimenuitem>Show Hidden Files</guimenuitem>. For more on hidden files, see <xref linkend=\"nautilus-managing-hidden-files\"/>."

4223

msgstr "För att visa dolda filer i fillistan, högerklicka i fillistan och välj <guimenuitem>Visa dolda filer</guimenuitem>. För mer information om dolda filer, se <xref linkend=\"nautilus-managing-hidden-files\"/>."

4224

4225

#: C/gosoverview.xml:539(title)

4226

msgid "Saving a File"

4227

msgstr "Spara en fil"

4228

4229

#: C/gosoverview.xml:540(para)

4230

msgid "The first time you save your work in an application, the <guilabel>Save As</guilabel> dialog will ask you for a location and name for the new file. When you save the file on subsequent occasions it will be updated immediately and you will not be asked to re-enter a location or name for the file. To save to a new file, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

4231

msgstr "Första gången som du sparar ditt arbete i ett program så kommer dialogrutan <guilabel>Spara som</guilabel> att fråga dig efter en plats och ett namn för den nya filen. När du sparar samma fil vid senare tillfällen så kommer den att uppdateras direkt och du kommer inte att bli tillfrågad om att ange en plats eller namn för filen. För att spara till en ny fil, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Arkiv</guimenu><guimenuitem>Spara som</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

4232

4233

#: C/gosoverview.xml:541(para)

4234

msgid "You can enter a filename and choose a location to save in from the drop-down list of bookmarks and commonly-used locations."

4235

msgstr "Du kan ange ett filnamn och välja en plats att spara i från rullgardinslistan med bokmärken och ofta använda platser."

4236

4237

#: C/gosoverview.xml:544(title)

4238

msgid "Saving in another location"

4239

msgstr "Spara på en annan plats"

4240

4241

#: C/gosoverview.xml:545(para)

4242

msgid "To save the file in a location not listed in the drop-down list, click the <guilabel>Browse for other folders</guilabel> expansion label. This shows a file browser similar to the one in the <guilabel>Open File</guilabel> dialog."

4243

msgstr "För att spara filen i en plats som inte listas i rullgardinslistan, klicka på <guilabel>Bläddra efter andra mappar</guilabel>. Den visar en filbläddrare som liknar den som finns i dialogrutan <guilabel>Öppna fil</guilabel>."

4244

4245

#: C/gosoverview.xml:546(para)

4246

msgid "The expanded <guilabel>Save File</guilabel> dialog has the same features as the <link linkend=\"filechooser-open\"><guilabel>Open File</guilabel> dialog</link>, such as filtering, find-as-you-type, and adding and removing bookmarks."

4247

msgstr "Den expanderade dialogrutan <guilabel>Spara fil</guilabel> har samma funktioner som dialogrutan <link linkend=\"filechooser-open\"><guilabel>Öppna fil</guilabel></link>, såsom filtrering, sök-när-du-skriver och lägga till och ta bort bokmärken."

4248

4249

#: C/gosoverview.xml:550(title)

4250

msgid "Replacing an existing file"

4251

msgstr "Ersätt en befintlig fil"

4252

4253

#: C/gosoverview.xml:551(para)

4254

msgid "If you type in the name of an existing file, you will be asked whether you wish to replace the existing file with your current work. You can also do this by choosing the file you want to overwrite in the browser."

4255

msgstr "Om du skriver in namnet på en befintlig fil kommer du att bli tillfrågad huruvida du vill ersätta den befintliga filen med ditt aktuella arbete. Du kan även göra det här genom att välja filen som du vill skriva över i filbläddraren."

4256

4257

#: C/gosoverview.xml:555(title)

4258

msgid "Typing a Path"

4259

msgstr "Ange en sökväg"

4260

4261

#: C/gosoverview.xml:556(para)

4262

msgid "To specify a path to save a file, type it into the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> field. A drop-down of possible file and folder names is displayed once you begin typing. Use <keycap>down arrow</keycap> and <keycap>up arrow</keycap> and <keycap>Return</keycap> to choose from the list. If only one file or folder matches the partial name you have typed, press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to complete the name."

4263

msgstr "För att ange en sökväg för att spara en fil, ange den i fältet <guilabel>Namn</guilabel>. En rullgardinslista över möjliga fil- och mappnamn visas när du börjar skriva. Använd <keycap>nedåtpil</keycap>, <keycap>uppåtpil</keycap> och <keycap>Retur</keycap> för att välja från listan. Om det endast finns en fil eller mapp som matchar det delvis angivna namnet som du matat in, tryck på <keycap>tabulator</keycap>tangenten för att komplettera namnet."

4264

4265

#: C/gosoverview.xml:560(title)

4266

msgid "Creating a New Folder"

4267

msgstr "Skapa en ny mapp"

4268

4269

#: C/gosoverview.xml:561(para)

4270

msgid "If you would like to create a new folder to save your file in, press the <guibutton>Create Folder</guibutton> button. Type a name for the new folder and press <keycap>Return</keycap>. You can then choose to save your file in the new folder, as you would with any other folder."

4271

msgstr "Om du vill skapa en ny mapp att spara din fil i så kan du trycka på knappen <guibutton>Skapa mapp</guibutton>. Ange ett namn för den nya mappen och tryck på <keycap>Retur</keycap>. Du kan sedan välja att spara din fil i den nya mappen, precis som med vilken annan mapp."

4272

4273

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

4274

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

4275

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:88(None)

4276

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:361(None)

4277

msgid "@@image: 'figures/naut_browser_mode.png'; md5=44b92e32cdc342cd5624b1be5626386d"

4278

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/naut_browser_mode.png'; md5=44b92e32cdc342cd5624b1be5626386d"

4279

4280

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

4281

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

4282

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:109(None)

4283

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:171(None)

4284

msgid "@@image: 'figures/naut_spatial_mode.png'; md5=f2f8e037d14274ac04e1df45664f2103"

4285

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/naut_spatial_mode.png'; md5=f2f8e037d14274ac04e1df45664f2103"

4286

4287

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

4288

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

4289

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:156(None)

4290

msgid "@@image: 'figures/naut_spatial_view.png'; md5=08673c38f4b4327f94f298c73b0d270b"

4291

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/naut_spatial_view.png'; md5=08673c38f4b4327f94f298c73b0d270b"

4292

4293

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

4294

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

4295

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:604(None)

4296

msgid "@@image: 'figures/naut_button_bar.png'; md5=447c19259a84de017f4431ea205bed03"

4297

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/naut_button_bar.png'; md5=447c19259a84de017f4431ea205bed03"

4298

4299

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

4300

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

4301

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:624(None)

4302

msgid "@@image: 'figures/naut_go_to_location.png'; md5=f5731ef77db819a54be69cab8806529a"

4303

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/naut_go_to_location.png'; md5=f5731ef77db819a54be69cab8806529a"

4304

4305

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

4306

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

4307

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:641(None)

4308

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:981(None)

4309

msgid "@@image: 'figures/naut_search_bar.png'; md5=60a9a159dee2d7ad5c035ed794845798"

4310

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/naut_search_bar.png'; md5=60a9a159dee2d7ad5c035ed794845798"

4311

4312

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

4313

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

4314

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:995(None)

4315

msgid "@@image: 'figures/naut_search_results.png'; md5=cdb07b97b638c6157d40d57373fcc5d4"

4316

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/naut_search_results.png'; md5=cdb07b97b638c6157d40d57373fcc5d4"

4317

4318

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

4319

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

4320

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1009(None)

4321

msgid "@@image: 'figures/naut_refine_search.png'; md5=c3d58f408fd7ec2f6965a0f06e05c43e"

4322

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/naut_refine_search.png'; md5=c3d58f408fd7ec2f6965a0f06e05c43e"

4323

4324

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

4325

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

4326

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1030(None)

4327

msgid "@@image: 'figures/nautilus_restore_saved_search.png'; md5=1b7dbb7d82639abe4d9f8cc75bc2c80f"

4328

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/nautilus_restore_saved_search.png'; md5=1b7dbb7d82639abe4d9f8cc75bc2c80f"

4329

4330

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

4331

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

4332

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1156(None)

4333

msgid "@@image: 'figures/naut_spatial_icon_view.png'; md5=c2dd3a38476c26a924c2673c6bb6de93"

4334

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/naut_spatial_icon_view.png'; md5=c2dd3a38476c26a924c2673c6bb6de93"

4335

4336

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

4337

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

4338

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1173(None)

4339

msgid "@@image: 'figures/naut_spatial_list_view.png'; md5=99693c429ea6f6889793a85b0c8fb099"

4340

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/naut_spatial_list_view.png'; md5=99693c429ea6f6889793a85b0c8fb099"

4341

4342

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

4343

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

4344

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1399(None)

4345

msgid "@@image: 'figures/naut_zoom_out_button.png'; md5=372c3f4288c029af11bac9c9012f7d8c"

4346

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/naut_zoom_out_button.png'; md5=372c3f4288c029af11bac9c9012f7d8c"

4347

4348

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

4349

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

4350

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1419(None)

4351

msgid "@@image: 'figures/naut_normal_size_button.png'; md5=5bf2b3af293a950536ca593cd49b2f5e"

4352

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/naut_normal_size_button.png'; md5=5bf2b3af293a950536ca593cd49b2f5e"

4353

4354

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

4355

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

4356

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1441(None)

4357

msgid "@@image: 'figures/naut_zoom_in_button.png'; md5=0369994f20b3221243b5b7550a5a9318"

4358

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/naut_zoom_in_button.png'; md5=0369994f20b3221243b5b7550a5a9318"

4359

4360

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

4361

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

4362

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1634(None)

4363

#: C/gosbasic.xml:417(None)

4364

msgid "@@image: 'figures/move_pointer.png'; md5=1a4e4a188a0132fc783c465d42c52426"

4365

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/move_pointer.png'; md5=1a4e4a188a0132fc783c465d42c52426"

4366

4367

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

4368

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

4369

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1654(None)

4370

#: C/gosbasic.xml:434(None)

4371

msgid "@@image: 'figures/copy_pointer.png'; md5=228984e885befffd71ae4eadd7ee790e"

4372

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/copy_pointer.png'; md5=228984e885befffd71ae4eadd7ee790e"

4373

4374

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

4375

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

4376

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1677(None)

4377

#: C/gosbasic.xml:451(None)

4378

msgid "@@image: 'figures/link_pointer.png'; md5=8fb4e2d2fcaea8b59a653a3d8fc85b5a"

4379

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/link_pointer.png'; md5=8fb4e2d2fcaea8b59a653a3d8fc85b5a"

4380

4381

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

4382

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

4383

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1733(None)

4384

#: C/gosbasic.xml:470(None)

4385

msgid "@@image: 'figures/ask_pointer.png'; md5=bd23edcf2659006110ce30a14f0abb35"

4386

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/ask_pointer.png'; md5=bd23edcf2659006110ce30a14f0abb35"

4387

4388

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

4389

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

4390

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2452(None)

4391

msgid "@@image: 'figures/naut_trash_launcher.png'; md5=42951c298a8bc2e3cd779e636e64efcd"

4392

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/naut_trash_launcher.png'; md5=42951c298a8bc2e3cd779e636e64efcd"

4393

4394

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

4395

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

4396

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2634(None)

4397

msgid "@@image: 'figures/naut_emblem.png'; md5=4dfffab4440360f5b2a307b42fa50691"

4398

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/naut_emblem.png'; md5=4dfffab4440360f5b2a307b42fa50691"

4399

4400

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

4401

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

4402

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2681(None)

4403

msgid "@@image: 'figures/naut_link_emblem.png'; md5=7fefb663977d2a003bc86b8eb61e9100"

4404

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/naut_link_emblem.png'; md5=7fefb663977d2a003bc86b8eb61e9100"

4405

4406

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

4407

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

4408

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2699(None)

4409

msgid "@@image: 'figures/naut_nowrite_emblem.png'; md5=06a5b7050d82e38d2f54048a1f698092"

4410

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/naut_nowrite_emblem.png'; md5=06a5b7050d82e38d2f54048a1f698092"

4411

4412

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

4413

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

4414

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2716(None)

4415

msgid "@@image: 'figures/naut_noread_emblem.png'; md5=e54419d1a042a072d0a56effcc13278a"

4416

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/naut_noread_emblem.png'; md5=e54419d1a042a072d0a56effcc13278a"

4417

4418

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2(title)

4419

msgid "Working with Files"

4420

msgstr "Arbeta med filer"

4421

4422

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:37(para)

4423

msgid "This chapter describes how to use the <application>Nautilus</application> file manager."

4424

msgstr "Det här kapitlet beskriver hur man använder filhanteraren <application>Nautilus</application>."

4425

4426

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:43(primary)

4427

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:130(primary)

4428

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:267(primary)

4429

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:343(primary)

4430

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:560(primary)

4431

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:587(primary)

4432

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:655(primary)

4433

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:659(primary)

4434

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:732(primary)

4435

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:820(primary)

4436

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:860(primary)

4437

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:878(primary)

4438

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:891(primary)

4439

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:905(primary)

4440

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:919(primary)

4441

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:944(primary)

4442

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:972(primary)

4443

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1020(primary)

4444

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1046(primary)

4445

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1141(primary)

4446

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1188(primary)

4447

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1336(primary)

4448

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1354(primary)

4449

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1474(primary)

4450

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1595(primary)

4451

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1750(primary)

4452

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1793(primary)

4453

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1837(primary)

4454

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1856(primary)

4455

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1878(primary)

4456

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1921(primary)

4457

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1942(primary)

4458

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1972(primary)

4459

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2005(primary)

4460

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2033(primary)

4461

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2198(primary)

4462

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2315(primary)

4463

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2365(primary)

4464

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2569(primary)

4465

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2573(primary)

4466

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2609(primary)

4467

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2617(primary)

4468

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2622(primary)

4469

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2735(primary)

4470

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2839(primary)

4471

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2988(primary)

4472

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3141(primary)

4473

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3248(primary)

4474

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3273(primary)

4475

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3343(primary)

4476

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3347(primary)

4477

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3385(primary)

4478

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3518(primary)

4479

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3601(primary)

4480

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3606(primary)

4481

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3905(primary)

4482

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4175(primary)

4483

msgid "file manager"

4484

msgstr "filhanterare"

4485

4486

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:47(title)

4487

msgid "File Manager Functionality"

4488

msgstr "Filhanterarens funktionalitet"

4489

4490

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:48(para)

4491

msgid "The <application>Nautilus</application> file manager provides a simple and integrated way to manage your files and applications. You can use the file manager to do the following:"

4492

msgstr "Filhanteraren <application>Nautilus</application> tillhandahåller ett enkelt och integrerat sätt att hantera dina filer och program på. Du kan använda filhanteraren till att göra följande saker:"

4493

4494

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:52(para)

4495

msgid "Create folders and documents"

4496

msgstr "Skapa mappar och dokument"

4497

4498

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:53(para)

4499

msgid "Display your files and folders"

4500

msgstr "Visa dina filer och mappar"

4501

4502

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:54(para)

4503

msgid "Search and manage your files"

4504

msgstr "Söka och hantera dina filer"

4505

4506

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:55(para)

4507

msgid "Run scripts and launch applications"

4508

msgstr "Köra skript och starta program"

4509

4510

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:56(para)

4511

msgid "Customize the appearance of files and folders"

4512

msgstr "Anpassa utseendet på filer och mappar"

4513

4514

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:57(para)

4515

msgid "Open special locations on your computer"

4516

msgstr "Öppna speciella platser på din dator"

4517

4518

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:58(para)

4519

msgid "Write data to a CD or DVD"

4520

msgstr "Skriva data till en cd eller dvd"

4521

4522

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:59(para)

4523

msgid "Install and remove fonts"

4524

msgstr "Installera och ta bort typsnitt"

4525

4526

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:61(para)

4527

msgid "The file manager lets you organize your files into folders. Folders can contain files and may also contain other folders. Using folders can help you find your files more easily."

4528

msgstr "Filhanteraren låter dig organisera dina filer i mappar. Mappar kan innehålla filer och kan även innehåll andra mappar. Användning av mappar kan hjälpa dig att hitta dina filer på ett enklare sätt."

4529

4530

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:62(para)

4531

msgid "<application>Nautilus</application> also manages the desktop. The desktop lies behind all other visible items on your screen. The desktop is an active component of the way you use your computer."

4532

msgstr "<application>Nautilus</application> hanterar även skrivbordet. Skrivbordet ligger bakom alla andra synliga objekt på din skärm. Skrivbordet är en aktiv komponent med vilken du använder din dator."

4533

4534

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:65(para)

4535

msgid "Every user has a Home Folder. The Home Folder contains all of the user's files. The desktop is another folder. The desktop contains special icons allowing easy access to the users Home Folder, Trash, and also removable media such as floppy disks, CDs and USB flashdrives."

4536

msgstr "Varje användare har en hemmapp. Hemmappen innehåller alla användarens filer. Skrivbordet är en annan mapp. Skrivbordet innehåller specialikoner som tillåter enkelt åtkomst till användarens hemmapp, papperskorg och även flyttbara media såsom disketter, cd-skivor och usb-lagringsenheter."

4537

4538

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:67(para)

4539

msgid "<application>Nautilus</application> is always running while you are using GNOME. To open a new <application>Nautilus</application> window, double-click on an appropriate icon on the desktop such as <guimenuitem>Home</guimenuitem> or <guimenuitem>Computer</guimenuitem>, or choose an item from <link linkend=\"places-menu\"><guimenuitem>Places</guimenuitem> menu</link> on the top panel."

4540

msgstr "<application>Nautilus</application> kör alltid när du använder GNOME. För att öppna ett nytt <application>Nautilus</application>-fönster, dubbelklicka på en lämplig ikon på skrivbordet, som till exempel <guimenuitem>Hem</guimenuitem> eller <guimenuitem>Dator</guimenuitem>, eller välj ett objekt från menyn <link linkend=\"places-menu\"><guimenuitem>Platser</guimenuitem></link> från överkantspanelen."

4541

4542

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:68(para)

4543

msgid "In GNOME many things are files, such as word processor documents, spreadsheets, photos, movies, and music."

4544

msgstr "I GNOME är många saker filer, såsom ett ordbehandlardokument, kalkylark, foton, filmer och musik."

4545

4546

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:72(title)

4547

msgid "File Manager Presentation"

4548

msgstr "Presentation av filhanteraren"

4549

4550

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:73(para)

4551

msgid "<application>Nautilus</application> provides two modes in which you can interact with your filesystem: spatial and browser mode. You may decide which method you prefer and set <application>Nautilus</application> to always use this by selecting (or deselecting) <guilabel>Always open in browser windows</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Behavior</guilabel> tab of the <link linkend=\"nautilus-preferences\">Nautilus preferences dialog</link>."

4552

msgstr "<application>Nautilus</application> tillhandahåller två lägen i vilka du kan interagera med ditt filsystem: spatialt och bläddringsläget. Du kan bestämma vilken metod du föredrar och ställa in <application>Nautilus</application> till att alltid använda den här genom att välja (eller inte välja) <guilabel>Öppna alltid i bläddringsfönster</guilabel> i fliken <guilabel>Beteende</guilabel> under <link linkend=\"nautilus-preferences\">Nautilus inställningsdialogruta</link>."

4553

4554

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:74(para)

4555

msgid "Spatial mode is the default in GNOME, but your distributor, vendor, or system administrator may have configured <application>Nautilus</application> to use browser mode by default."

4556

msgstr "Spatialt läge är standard i GNOME, men din distributör, tillverkare eller systemadministratör kan ha konfigurerat <application>Nautilus</application> till att använda bläddringsläget som standard."

4557

4558

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:75(para)

4559

msgid "The following explains the difference between the two modes:"

4560

msgstr "Följande förklarar skillnaden mellan dessa två lägen:"

4561

4562

#. BROWSER

4563

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:78(term)

4564

msgid "Browser mode: browse your files and folders"

4565

msgstr "Bläddringsläge: bläddra bland dina filer och mappar"

4566

4567

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:80(para)

4568

msgid "The file manager window represents a browser, which can display any location. Opening a folder updates the current file manager window to show the contents of the new folder."

4569

msgstr "Filhanterarfönstret representeras som en bläddrare som kan visa valfri plats. Öppning av en mapp uppdaterar det aktuella filhanterarfönstret för att visa innehållet i den nya mappen."

4570

4571

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:81(para)

4572

msgid "As well as the folder contents, the browser window displays a toolbar with common actions and locations, a location bar that shows the current location in the hierarchy of folders, and a sidebar that can hold different kinds of information."

4573

msgstr "Så väl som mappinnehållet kan bläddrarfönstret visa en verktygsrad men allmänn åtgärder och platser, en adressrad som visar den aktuella platsen i mapphierarkin, och en sidopanel som kan innehålla olika typer av information."

4574

4575

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:82(para)

4576

msgid "In Browser Mode, you typically have fewer file manager windows open at a time. For more information on using browser mode see <xref linkend=\"nautilus-browser-mode\"/>."

4577

msgstr "I bläddringsläget kan du vanligtvis mindre antal filhanterarfönster öppnade samtidigt. För mer information om hur man använder bläddringsläget, se <xref linkend=\"nautilus-browser-mode\"/>."

4578

4579

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:84(title)

4580

msgid "<application>Nautilus</application> in browser mode."

4581

msgstr "<application>Nautilus</application> i bläddringsläge."

4582

4583

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:91(phrase)

4584

msgid "Nautilus in browser mode."

4585

msgstr "Nautilus i bläddringsläge."

4586

4587

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:99(term)

4588

msgid "Spatial mode: navigate your files and folders as objects"

4589

msgstr "Spatialt läge: navigera bland dina filer och mappar som objekt"

4590

4591

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:101(para)

4592

msgid "The file manager window represents a particular folder. Opening a folder opens the new window for that folder. Each time you open a particular folder, you will find its window displayed in the same place on the screen and the same size as the last time you viewed it (this is the reason for the name 'spatial mode')."

4593

msgstr "Filhanterarfönstret representerar en specifik mapp. Öppning av en mapp öppnar det nya fönstret för den mappen. Varje gång du öppnar en specifik mapp kommer du att hitta dess fönster på samma plats på skärmen och samma storlek som förra gången du öppnade det (det här är anledningen till namnet \"spatialt läge\")."

4594

4595

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:102(para)

4596

msgid "Using spatial mode may lead to more open file manager windows on the screen. On the other hand, some users find that representing files and folders as though they were real physical objects with particular locations makes it easier to work with them. For more information on using spatial mode see <xref linkend=\"nautilus-spatial-mode\"/>"

4597

msgstr "Användning av spatialt läge kan leda till att fler öppna filhanterarfönster finns på skärmen. Dock kan vissa användare tycka att representation av filer och mappar som om de var riktiga fysiska objekt med specifika platser gör det enklare att arbeta med dem. För mer information om hur man använder det spatiala läget, se <xref linkend=\"nautilus-spatial-mode\"/>"

4598

4599

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:105(title)

4600

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:112(phrase)

4601

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:167(title)

4602

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:174(phrase)

4603

msgid "Three Folders Opened in Spatial Mode."

4604

msgstr "Tre mappar öppnade i spatialt läge."

4605

4606

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:118(para)

4607

msgid "Notice how, when in spatial mode, <application>Nautilus</application> indicates an open folder with a different icon."

4608

msgstr "Observera hur, när du är i spatialt läge, <application>Nautilus</application> indikerar en öppnad mapp med en annan ikon."

4609

4610

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:127(title)

4611

msgid "Spatial Mode"

4612

msgstr "Spatialt läge"

4613

4614

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:131(secondary)

4615

msgid "navigating"

4616

msgstr "navigering"

4617

4618

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:133(para)

4619

msgid "The following section describes how to browse your system using the <application>Nautilus</application> file manager when configured in spatial mode. In spatial mode, each <application>Nautilus</application> window corresponds to a single folder. When you open a folder its window appears at the same place on the screen as the last time you looked at it. This is the default behaviour in <application>Nautilus</application>."

4620

msgstr "Följande avsnitt beskriver hur man bläddrar i ditt system med filhanteraren <application>Nautilus</application> när den är konfigurerad för spatialt läge. I spatialt läge motsvarar varje <application>Nautilus</application>-fönster en mapp. När du öppnar en mapp kommer dess innehåll att visas på samma plats på skärmen som senaste gången du såg på det. Det här är standardbeteendet i <application>Nautilus</application>."

4621

4622

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:134(para)

4623

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:347(para)

4624

msgid "For a comparison of browser mode and spatial mode, see <xref linkend=\"nautilus-presentation\"/>."

4625

msgstr "För en jämförelse mellan bläddringsläget och spatialt läge, se <xref linkend=\"nautilus-presentation\"/>."

4626

4627

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:136(title)

4628

msgid "Spatial Windows"

4629

msgstr "Spatiala fönster"

4630

4631

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:137(para)

4632

msgid "A new spatial window opens each time you open a folder. To open a folder, do one of the following:"

4633

msgstr "Ett nytt spatialt fönster öppnas varje gång du öppnar en mapp. Gör ett av följande för att öppna en mapp:"

4634

4635

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:140(para)

4636

msgid "Double-click the folder's icon on the desktop or an existing window"

4637

msgstr "Dubbelklicka på mappens ikon på skrivbordet eller ett befintligt fönster"

4638

4639

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:141(para)

4640

msgid "Select the folder, and press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>O</keycap></keycombo>."

4641

msgstr "Välj mappen och tryck på <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>O</keycap></keycombo>."

4642

4643

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:142(para)

4644

msgid "Select the folder, and press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>down arrow</keycap></keycombo>"

4645

msgstr "Välj mappen och tryck på <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>nedåtpil</keycap></keycombo>"

4646

4647

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:143(para)

4648

msgid "Choose an item from the <link linkend=\"places-menu\"><guimenuitem>Places</guimenuitem> menu</link> on the top panel. Your Home Folder and folders you have bookmarked are listed here. For more on bookmarks, see <xref linkend=\"nautilus-bookmarks\"/>."

4649

msgstr "Välj ett objekt från menyn <link linkend=\"places-menu\"><guimenuitem>Platser</guimenuitem></link> på överkantspanelen. Din hemmapp och mappar som du har bokmärkt finns listade här. För mer information om bokmärken, se <xref linkend=\"nautilus-bookmarks\"/>."

4650

4651

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:146(para)

4652

msgid "To close the current folder while opening the new one, hold down <keycap>Shift</keycap> when double-clicking, or press <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>down arrow</keycap></keycombo>."

4653

msgstr "För att stänga den aktuella mappen under tiden den nya öppnas, håll nere <keycap>Skift</keycap> när du dubbelklickar, eller tryck på <keycombo><keycap>Skift</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>nedåtpil</keycap></keycombo>."

4654

4655

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:148(para)

4656

msgid "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-FIG-504\"/> shows a spatial mode window that displays the contents of the Computer folder."

4657

msgstr "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-FIG-504\"/> visar ett fönster i spatialt läge som visar innehållet i mappen Dator."

4658

4659

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:151(title)

4660

msgid "Contents of a folder in a spatial mode.<indexterm><primary>file manager</primary><secondary>icon view</secondary><tertiary>illustration</tertiary></indexterm>"

4661

msgstr "Innehållet i en mapp i spatialt läge.<indexterm><primary>filhanterare</primary><secondary>ikonvy</secondary><tertiary>illustration</tertiary></indexterm>"

4662

4663

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:159(phrase)

4664

msgid "Displaying a folder in spatial mode."

4665

msgstr "Visning av en mapp i spatialt läge."

4666

4667

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:164(para)

4668

msgid "In spatial mode each open <application>Nautilus</application> windows shows only one location. Selecting a second location will open a second <application>Nautilus</application> window. Because each location remembers the previous position on screen in which it was opened it allows you to easily recognize folders when many of them are open at once."

4669

msgstr "I spatialt läge visar varje öppnade <application>Nautilus</application>-fönster endast en plats. Val av en andra plats kommer att öppna ytterligare ett <application>Nautilus</application>-fönster. Därför att varje plats kommer ihåg den tidigare positionen på skärmen när den öppnades låter den dig lätt känna igen mappar när flera av dem har öppnats samtidigt."

4670

4671

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:165(para)

4672

msgid "Some people consider spatial mode better, particularly for moving files or folders to different location, others find the number of open windows daunting. <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-FIG-naut-spatial-many-open\"/> shows an example of spatial browsing with many open locations."

4673

msgstr "Vissa personer anser att spatialt läge är bättre, speciellt för flytt av filer eller mappar till olika platser, andra tycker att antalet öppna fönster är jobbigt. <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-FIG-naut-spatial-many-open\"/> visar ett exempel på spatial bläddring med många öppnade platser."

4674

4675

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:180(para)

4676

msgid "Because spatial mode will fill your screen with <application>Nautilus</application> windows it is important to be able to reposition them effectively. By holding the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key and clicking anywhere within the bounds of a <application>Nautilus</application> window you may reposition it simply, instead of requiring that you reposition it by dragging its title bar."

4677

msgstr "På grund av att det spatiala läget kommer att fylla upp din skärm med <application>Nautilus</application>-fönster så är det viktigt att kunna positionera om dem effektivt. Genom att hålla ner <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangenten och klicka någonstans i ett <application>Nautilus</application>-fönster så kan du enkelt positionera om dem istället för att positionera om dem med hjälp av att dra dem i deras titellist."

4678

4679

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:184(title)

4680

msgid "Spatial Window Components"

4681

msgstr "Komponenter i spatiala fönster"

4682

4683

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:185(para)

4684

msgid "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-85\"/> describes the components of file object windows."

4685

msgstr "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-85\"/> beskriver komponenterna i filobjektfönster."

4686

4687

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:188(title)

4688

msgid "The Spatial Window Components"

4689

msgstr "Komponenterna i spatiala fönster"

4690

4691

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:195(para)

4692

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:384(para)

4693

msgid "Component"

4694

msgstr "Komponent"

4695

4696

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:208(para)

4697

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:397(para)

4698

msgid "Contains menus that you use to perform tasks in the file manager."

4699

msgstr "Innehåller menyer som du kan använda för att genomföra åtgärder i filhanteraren."

4700

4701

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:209(para)

4702

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:398(para)

4703

msgid "You can also open a popup menu from file manager windows. To open this popup menu right-click in a file manager window. The items in this menu depend on where you right-click. For example, when you right-click on a file or folder, you can choose items related to the file or folder. When you right-click on the background of a view pane, you can choose items related to the display of items in the view pane."

4704

msgstr "Du kan även öppna en popupmeny från filhanterarfönstren. För att öppna den här popupmenyn ska du högerklicka i ett filhanterarfönster. Objekten i den här menyn beror på var du högerklickade. Till exempel när du högerklickar på en fil eller mapp kan du välja objekt som relaterar till filen eller mappen. När du högerklickar på bakgrunden i en vypanel kan du välja objekt som relaterar till visning av objekt i vypanelen."

4705

4706

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:220(para)

4707

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:521(para)

4708

msgid "View pane"

4709

msgstr "Vypanel"

4710

4711

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:223(para)

4712

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:524(para)

4713

msgid "Shows the contents of the following:"

4714

msgstr "Visar innehållet för följande:"

4715

4716

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:226(para)

4717

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:527(para)

4718

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2472(para)

4719

msgid "Folders"

4720

msgstr "Mappar"

4721

4722

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:229(para)

4723

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:530(para)

4724

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3137(primary)

4725

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3142(secondary)

4726

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3143(see)

4727

msgid "FTP sites"

4728

msgstr "FTP-servrar"

4729

4730

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:232(para)

4731

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:533(para)

4732

msgid "Windows shares"

4733

msgstr "Windows-utdelningar"

4734

4735

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:235(para)

4736

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:536(para)

4737

msgid "WebDAV servers"

4738

msgstr "WebDAV-servrar"

4739

4740

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:238(para)

4741

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:539(para)

4742

msgid "Locations that correspond to special URIs"

4743

msgstr "Platser som motsvarar speciella uri:er"

4744

4745

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:245(para)

4746

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:546(para)

4747

msgid "Statusbar"

4748

msgstr "Statusrad"

4749

4750

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:248(para)

4751

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:549(para)

4752

msgid "Displays status information."

4753

msgstr "Visar statusinformation."

4754

4755

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:253(para)

4756

msgid "Parent folder selector"

4757

msgstr "Föräldramappväljare"

4758

4759

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:256(para)

4760

msgid "This drop-down list shows the hierarchy of the folder. Choose a folder from the list to open it."

4761

msgstr "Den här rullgardinslistan visar mapphierarkin. Välj en mapp från listan för att öppna den."

4762

4763

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:257(para)

4764

msgid "Hold down <keycap>Shift</keycap> while choosing from the list to close the current folder as you open the new one."

4765

msgstr "Håll nere <keycap>Skift</keycap> när du väljer från listan för att stänga den aktuella mappen när du öppnar den nya."

4766

4767

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:265(title)

4768

msgid "Displaying Your Home Folder in a Spatial Window"

4769

msgstr "Visa din hemmapp i ett spatialt fönster"

4770

4771

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:268(secondary)

4772

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:269(see)

4773

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:272(primary)

4774

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:660(secondary)

4775

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:661(see)

4776

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:664(primary)

4777

msgid "Home location"

4778

msgstr "Hemplats"

4779

4780

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:273(secondary)

4781

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:665(secondary)

4782

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2485(secondary)

4783

msgid "displaying"

4784

msgstr "visning"

4785

4786

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:275(para)

4787

msgid "To display your Home Folder, perform one of the following actions:"

4788

msgstr "Genomför följande åtgärder för att visa din hemmapp:"

4789

4790

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:279(para)

4791

msgid "Double-click on the <guilabel>Home</guilabel> object on the desktop."

4792

msgstr "Dubbelklicka på objektet <guilabel>Hem</guilabel> på skrivbordet."

4793

4794

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:283(para)

4795

msgid "From a folder window's menubar, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</guimenu><guimenuitem>Home Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

4796

msgstr "Från menyraden för ett mappfönster, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Platser</guimenu><guimenuitem>Hemmapp</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

4797

4798

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:285(para)

4799

msgid "From the top panel menubar, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</guimenu><guimenuitem>Home Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

4800

msgstr "Från överkantspanelen, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Platser</guimenu><guimenuitem>Hemmapp</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

4801

4802

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:287(para)

4803

msgid "The spatial window displays the contents of your Home Folder."

4804

msgstr "Det spatiala fönstret visar innehållet i din hemmapp."

4805

4806

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:290(title)

4807

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:714(title)

4808

msgid "Displaying a Parent Folder"

4809

msgstr "Visning av föräldramapp"

4810

4811

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:291(para)

4812

msgid "A parent folder is the folder that contains the current folder. To display the contents of your current folder's parent, do one of the following:"

4813

msgstr "En föräldramapp är mappen som innehåller den aktuella mappen. Gör något av följande för att visa innehållet för föräldern till din aktuella mapp:"

4814

4815

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:294(para)

4816

msgid "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open Parent</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

4817

msgstr "Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Arkiv</guimenu><guimenuitem>Öppna förälder</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

4818

4819

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:297(para)

4820

msgid "Press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>up arrow</keycap></keycombo>."

4821

msgstr "Tryck <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>uppåtpil</keycap></keycombo>."

4822

4823

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:299(para)

4824

msgid "Choose from the parent folder selector at the bottom left of the window."

4825

msgstr "Välj från föräldramappsväljaren på nedre vänstra delen av fönstret."

4826

4827

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:301(para)

4828

msgid "To close the current folder while opening the parent, hold down <keycap>Shift</keycap> while choosing from the parent folder selector, or press <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>up arrow</keycap></keycombo>."

4829

msgstr "För att stänga den aktuella mappen när föräldern öppnas, håll nere <keycap>Skift</keycap> när du väljer från föräldramappsväljaren, eller tryck på <keycombo><keycap>Skift</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>uppåtpil</keycap></keycombo>."

4830

4831

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:304(title)

4832

msgid "Closing Folders"

4833

msgstr "Stäng mappar"

4834

4835

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:305(para)

4836

msgid "To close folders you may simply click on the close window button, this however may not be the most efficient way to close many windows. If you would like to view only the current folder, and not the folders you opened to reach the current folder, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Close Parent Folders</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. If want to close all folders on the screen, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Close All Folders</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

4837

msgstr "För att stänga mappar kan du helt enkelt klicka på fönsterstängningsknappen, dock behöver det inte vara det effektivaste sättet att stänga många fönster på. Om du vill endast visa den aktuella mappen, och inte mapparna som du öppnat för att nå fram till den aktuella mappen, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Arkiv</guimenu><guimenuitem>Stäng föräldramappar</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Om du vill stänga alla mappar på skärmen, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Arkiv</guimenu><guimenuitem>Stäng alla mappar</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

4838

4839

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:310(title)

4840

msgid "Displaying a Folder in a Browser Window"

4841

msgstr "Visa en mapp i en bläddringsfönster"

4842

4843

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:311(para)

4844

msgid "If you wish to display a single folder in browser mode, while otherwise continuing to work in spatial mode, perform the following steps:"

4845

msgstr "Genomför följande steg om du önskar visa en enda mapp i bläddringsläget, under tiden arbete i spatialt läge fortsätter: "

4846

4847

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:314(para)

4848

msgid "Select a folder while in spatial mode."

4849

msgstr "Välj en mapp när du är i spatialt läge."

4850

4851

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:317(para)

4852

msgid "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Browse Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

4853

msgstr "Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Arkiv</guimenu><guimenuitem>Bläddra i mapp</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

4854

4855

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:322(title)

4856

msgid "Opening a Location"

4857

msgstr "Öppna en plats"

4858

4859

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:323(para)

4860

msgid "You can open a folder or other location in spatial mode by typing its name."

4861

msgstr "Du kan öppna en mapp eller annan plats i spatialt läge genom att ange dess namn."

4862

4863

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:324(para)

4864

msgid "Choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keysym>L</keysym></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open Location</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, and type the path or URI of the location you wish to open."

4865

msgstr "Välj <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keysym>L</keysym></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>Arkiv</guimenu><guimenuitem>Öppna plats</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, och ange sökvägen eller uri till den plats som du önskar öppna."

4866

4867

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:338(title)

4868

msgid "Browser Mode"

4869

msgstr "Bläddringsläge"

4870

4871

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:346(para)

4872

msgid "The following section describes how to browse your system using the <application>Nautilus</application> file manager when configured in browser mode. In browser mode, opening a folder updates the current file manager to show the contents of the new folder."

4873

msgstr "Följande avsnitt beskriver hur man bläddrar i ditt system med filhanteraren <application>Nautilus</application> när den är konfigurerad i bläddringsläget. I bläddringsläget uppdateras den aktuella filhanteraren för att visa innehållet i den nya mappen när du öppnar en mapp."

4874

4875

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:349(title)

4876

msgid "The File Browser Window"

4877

msgstr "Filbläddringsfönstret"

4878

4879

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:352(para)

4880

msgid "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu><guimenuitem>System Tools</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>File Browser</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

4881

msgstr "Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Program</guimenu><guimenuitem>Systemverktyg</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Filbläddrare</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

4882

4883

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:353(para)

4884

msgid "While in spatial mode you may open a folder in browser mode by right clicking on that folder and choosing <guimenuitem>Browse Folder</guimenuitem>. A new file browser window will then open and display the contents of the selected folder."

4885

msgstr "När du är i spatialt läge kan du öppna en mapp i bläddringsläget genom att högerklicka på mappen och välja <guimenuitem>Bläddra i mapp</guimenuitem>. Ett nytt filbläddrarfönster kommer att öppnas och visa innehållet för den valda mappen."

4886

4887

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:354(para)

4888

msgid "If <application>Nautilus</application> is set to always open browser windows, double clicking any folder will open a browser window, see <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-56\"/>."

4889

msgstr "Om <application>Nautilus</application> är inställd att alltid öppna bläddringsfönster kommer ett dubbelklick på en mapp att öppna ett bläddringsfönster, se <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-56\"/>."

4890

4891

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:350(para)

4892

msgid "You can access the file browser in the following ways: <placeholder-1/>"

4893

msgstr "Du kan komma åt filbläddraren på följande sätt: <placeholder-1/>"

4894

4895

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:357(title)

4896

msgid "Contents of a Folder in a File Browser Window"

4897

msgstr "Innehållet i en mapp i ett filbläddringsfönster"

4898

4899

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:364(phrase)

4900

msgid "A folder in a file browser window."

4901

msgstr "En mapp i ett filbläddringsfönster."

4902

4903

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:370(para)

4904

msgid "In some distributions of the GNOME Desktop, the <guibutton>Home</guibutton> toolbar button might have another designation, for example, <guibutton>Documents</guibutton>."

4905

msgstr "I vissa utgåvor av GNOME-skrivbordet kan verktygsradsknappen <guibutton>Hem</guibutton> ha en annan benämning, till exempel <guibutton>Dokument</guibutton>."

4906

4907

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:373(title)

4908

msgid "The File Browser Window Components"

4909

msgstr "Komponenterna i filbläddrarfönstret"

4910

4911

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:374(para)

4912

msgid "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-83\"/> describes the components of a file browser window."

4913

msgstr "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-83\"/> beskriver komponenterna i ett filbläddringsfönster."

4914

4915

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:377(title)

4916

msgid "File Browser Window Components"

4917

msgstr "Komponenter i filbläddrarfönster"

4918

4919

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:411(para)

4920

msgid "Contains buttons that you use to perform tasks in the file manager."

4921

msgstr "Innehåller knappar som du kan använda för att genomföra uppgifter i filhanteraren."

4922

4923

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:414(para)

4924

msgid "<guibutton>Back</guibutton> Returns to the previously visited location. The adjacent drop down list also contains a list of the most recently visited locations to allow you to return to them faster."

4925

msgstr "<guibutton>Bakåt</guibutton> Återgår till den senaste besökta platsen. Den närliggande rullgardinslistan innehåller även en lista över de senaste besökta platserna för att snabbare låta dig återgå till dem."

4926

4927

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:417(para)

4928

msgid "<guimenu>Forward</guimenu> Performs the opposite function to the <guibutton>Back</guibutton> toolbar item. If you have previously navigated back in time then this button returns you to the present."

4929

msgstr "<guimenu>Framåt</guimenu> Genomför den motsatta funktionen till verktygsradsobjektet <guibutton>Bakåt</guibutton>. Om du tidigare navigerade bakåt kommer den här knappen låta dig återgå till tidigare platser."

4930

4931

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:420(para)

4932

msgid "<guibutton>Up</guibutton> Moves up one level to the parent of the current folder."

4933

msgstr "<guibutton>Upp</guibutton> Flyttar en nivå uppåt till föräldern för den aktuella mappen."

4934

4935

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:423(para)

4936

msgid "<guibutton>Reload</guibutton> Refreshes the contents of the current folder."

4937

msgstr "<guibutton>Läs om</guibutton> Uppdaterar innehållet i den aktuella mappen."

4938

4939

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:426(para)

4940

msgid "<guibutton>Home</guibutton> Opens your Home Folder."

4941

msgstr "<guibutton>Hem</guibutton> Öppnar din hemmapp."

4942

4943

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:429(para)

4944

msgid "<guibutton>Computer</guibutton> Opens your Computer folder."

4945

msgstr "<guibutton>Dator</guibutton> Öppnar din datormapp."

4946

4947

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:432(para)

4948

msgid "<guibutton>Search</guibutton> Opens the search bar."

4949

msgstr "<guibutton>Sök</guibutton> Öppnar sökraden."

4950

4951

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:439(para)

4952

msgid "Location bar"

4953

msgstr "Adressrad"

4954

4955

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:442(para)

4956

msgid "The location bar is a very powerful tool for navigating your computer. It can appear in three different ways depending on your selection. For more on using the location bar see <xref linkend=\"nautilus-location-bar\"/>. In all three configurations the location bar always contains the following items."

4957

msgstr "Adressraden är ett mycket kraftfullt verktyg för att navigiera i din dator. Den kan visas på tre olika sätt beroende på ditt val. För mer information om hur man använder adressraden, se <xref linkend=\"nautilus-location-bar\"/>. I alla tre konfigurationer kommer adressraden alltid att innehålla följande objekt."

4958

4959

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:445(para)

4960

msgid "<guimenu>Zoom</guimenu> buttons: Enable you to change the size of items in the view pane."

4961

msgstr "<guimenu>Zoom</guimenu>-knappar: Låter dig ändra storleken på objekten i vypanelen."

4962

4963

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:449(para)

4964

msgid "<guilabel>View as</guilabel> drop-down list: Enables you to choose how to show items in your view pane."

4965

msgstr "Rullgardinslistan <guilabel>Visa som</guilabel>: Låter dig välja hur objekt i din vypanel ska visas."

4966

4967

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:458(para)

4968

msgid "Side pane"

4969

msgstr "Sidopanel"

4970

4971

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:461(para)

4972

msgid "Performs the following functions:"

4973

msgstr "Genomför följande funktioner:"

4974

4975

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:464(para)

4976

msgid "Shows information about the current file or folder."

4977

msgstr "Visar information om aktuell fil eller mapp."

4978

4979

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:467(para)

4980

msgid "Enables you to navigate through your files."

4981

msgstr "Låter dig navigera genom dina filer."

4982

4983

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:470(para)

4984

msgid "To display the side pane, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Side Pane</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The side pane contains a drop-down list that enables you to choose what to show in the side pane. You can choose from the following options:"

4985

msgstr "För att visa sidopanelen, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Visa</guimenu><guimenuitem>Sidopanel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Sidopanelen innehåller en rullgardinslista som låter dig välja vad som ska visas i sidopanelen. Du kan välja från följande alternativ:"

4986

4987

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:476(guilabel)

4988

msgid "Places"

4989

msgstr "Platser"

4990

4991

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:478(para)

4992

msgid "Displays places of particular interest."

4993

msgstr "Visar specifikt intressanta platser."

4994

4995

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:482(guilabel)

4996

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3630(para)

4997

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3778(para)

4998

msgid "Information"

4999

msgstr "Information"

5000

5001

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:484(para)

5002

msgid "Displays the icon and information about the current folder. Buttons may appear in the side pane, these buttons enable you to perform actions on the current folder, other than the default action."

5003

msgstr "Visar ikonen och information om den aktuella mappen. Knappar kan visas i sidopanelen, tre knappar som låter dig genomföra åtgärder på den aktuella mappen, andra åtgärder än standardåtgärden."

5004

5005

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:489(guilabel)

5006

msgid "Tree"

5007

msgstr "Träd"

5008

5009

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:491(para)

5010

msgid "Displays a hierarchical representation of your file system. You can use the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel> to navigate through your files."

5011

msgstr "Visar en hierarkisk representation av ditt filsystem. Du kan använda <guilabel>Träd</guilabel> för att navigera dig genom dina filer."

5012

5013

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:496(guilabel)

5014

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:861(secondary)

5015

msgid "History"

5016

msgstr "Historik"

5017

5018

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:498(para)

5019

msgid "Contains a history list of files, folders, FTP sites, and URIs that you have recently visited."

5020

msgstr "Innehåller en historiklista över filer, mappar, FTP-platser och URI:er som du senast besökte."

5021

5022

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:503(guilabel)

5023

msgid "Notes"

5024

msgstr "Anteckningar"

5025

5026

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:505(para)

5027

msgid "Enables you to add notes to your files and folders."

5028

msgstr "Låter dig lägga till anteckningar till dina filer och mappar."

5029

5030

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:509(guilabel)

5031

msgid "Emblems"

5032

msgstr "Emblem"

5033

5034

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:511(para)

5035

msgid "Contains emblems that you can add to a file or folder."

5036

msgstr "Innehåller emblem som du kan lägga till på en fil eller mapp."

5037

5038

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:514(para)

5039

msgid "To close the side pane, click on the <guibutton>X</guibutton> button at the top right of the side pane."

5040

msgstr "För att stänga sidopanelen, klicka på <guibutton>X</guibutton>-knappen i övre högra hörnet av sidopanelen."

5041

5042

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:558(title)

5043

msgid "Showing and Hiding File Browser Window Components"

5044

msgstr "Visa och dölja filbläddrarfönstrets komponenter"

5045

5046

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:561(secondary)

5047

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:588(secondary)

5048

msgid "window components, showing and hiding"

5049

msgstr "fönsterkomponenter, visa och dölja"

5050

5051

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:564(para)

5052

msgid "To show or hide any of the components of the file browser described in <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-83\"/> select any of the following items from the menu:"

5053

msgstr "För att visa eller dölja någon av komponenterna för filbläddraren som beskrivs i <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-83\"/>, välj något av följande objekt från menyn:"

5054

5055

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:567(para)

5056

msgid "To hide the side pane, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Side Pane</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. To display the side pane again, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Side Pane</guimenuitem></menuchoice> again. Alternatively you may press <keycap>F9</keycap> to toggle the visibility of the side pane."

5057

msgstr "För att dölja sidopanelen, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Visa</guimenu><guimenuitem>Sidopanel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. För att visa sidopanelen igen, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Visa</guimenu><guimenuitem>Sidopanel</guimenuitem></menuchoice> igen. Alternativt kan du trycka på <keycap>F9</keycap> för att växla synligheten för sidopanelen."

5058

5059

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:571(para)

5060

msgid "To hide the toolbar, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Main Toolbar</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. To display the toolbar again, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Main Toolbar</guimenuitem></menuchoice> again."

5061

msgstr "För att dölja verktygsraden, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Visa</guimenu><guimenuitem>Huvudverktygsrad</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. För att visa verktygsraden igen, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Visa</guimenu><guimenuitem>Huvudverktygsrad</guimenuitem></menuchoice> igen."

5062

5063

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:575(para)

5064

msgid "To hide the location bar, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Location Bar</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. To display the location bar again, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Location Bar</guimenuitem></menuchoice> again."

5065

msgstr "För att dölja adressraden, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Visa</guimenu><guimenuitem>Adressrad</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. För att visa adressraden igen, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Visa</guimenu><guimenuitem>Adressrad</guimenuitem></menuchoice> igen."

5066

5067

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:579(para)

5068

msgid "To hide the statusbar, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Statusbar</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. To display the statusbar again, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Statusbar</guimenuitem></menuchoice> again."

5069

msgstr "För att dölja statusraden, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Visa</guimenu><guimenuitem>Statusrad</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. För att visa statusraden igen, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Visa</guimenu><guimenuitem>Statusrad</guimenuitem></menuchoice> igen."

5070

5071

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:585(title)

5072

msgid "Using the Location Bar"

5073

msgstr "Användning av adressraden"

5074

5075

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:591(para)

5076

msgid "The file browser's location bar can show either a location field, a button bar, or a search field. Each is useful in different situations."

5077

msgstr "Filbläddrarens adressrad kan visa antingen ett adressfält, en knapprad eller ett sökfält. Varje funktion är användbar i olika situationer."

5078

5079

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:596(guilabel)

5080

msgid "Button bar"

5081

msgstr "Knapprad"

5082

5083

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:597(para)

5084

msgid "By default the button bar is shown. This shows a row of buttons representing the current location's hierarchy, with a button for each containing folder. Click on the button to jump between folders in the hierarchy. You can return to the original folder, which is shown as the last button in the row."

5085

msgstr "Som standard visas knappraden. Den visar en rad av knappar som representerar den aktuella platsen hierarki, med en knapp för varje mapp. Klicka på knappen för att hoppa mellan mappar i hierarkin. Du kan återvända till den ursprungliga mappen, som visas som den sista knappen i raden."

5086

5087

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:598(para)

5088

msgid "You can also drag buttons, for example to another location, in order to copy a folder."

5089

msgstr "Du kan även dra knappar, till exempel till en annan plats, för att kopiera en mapp."

5090

5091

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:600(title)

5092

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:607(phrase)

5093

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:637(title)

5094

msgid "The button bar."

5095

msgstr "Knappraden."

5096

5097

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:614(guilabel)

5098

msgid "Text Location Bar"

5099

msgstr "Textadressrad"

5100

5101

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:615(para)

5102

msgid "The text location bar shows the current location as a text path, for example: '/home/user/Documents'. The location field is particularly useful for jumping to a known folder very quickly."

5103

msgstr "Textadressraden visar den aktuella platsen som en textsökväg, till exempel: \"/home/användare/Documents\". Adressfältet är speciellt användbart för att snabbt hoppa till en känd mapp."

5104

5105

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:616(para)

5106

msgid "To go to a new location, type a new path or edit the current one, then press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. The path field automatically completes what you are typing when there is only one possibility. To accept the suggested completion, press <keycap>Tab</keycap>."

5107

msgstr "För att gå till en ny plats, ange en ny sökväg eller redigera den aktuella, tryck sedan på <keycap>Enter</keycap>. Sökvägsfältet kompletterar automatiskt vad du skriver in när det endast finns en möjlig sökväg. För att acceptera den föreslagna kompletteringen, tryck på <keycap>tabulator</keycap>."

5108

5109

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:617(para)

5110

msgid "To always use the text location bar, click on the toggle button at the left of the location bar."

5111

msgstr "För att alltid använda textadressraden, klicka på växlingsknappen till vänster om adressraden."

5112

5113

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:618(para)

5114

msgid "To quickly switch to the text location bar while using the button bar, press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Location</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or press <keycap>Leading Slash (/)</keycap> to type a path from the root directory. The location bar shows the location buttons again after you press <keycap>Enter</keycap> or cancel with <keycap>Escape</keycap>."

5115

msgstr "För att snabbt växla till textadressraden när du använder knappraden, tryck på <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Gå</guimenu><guimenuitem>Plats</guimenuitem></menuchoice> eller tryck på <keycap>inledande snedsteg (/)</keycap> för att ange en sökväg från rotkatalogen. Adressraden visar adressknappar igen efter att du har tryckt på <keycap>Enter</keycap> eller avbryt med <keycap>Esc</keycap>."

5116

5117

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:620(title)

5118

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:627(phrase)

5119

msgid "The location bar."

5120

msgstr "Adressraden."

5121

5122

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:634(guilabel)

5123

msgid "Search bar"

5124

msgstr "Sökrad"

5125

5126

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:635(para)

5127

msgid "By pressing <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> or selecting the <guibutton>Search</guibutton> toolbar button the search bar appears. For more information on searching see <xref linkend=\"nautilus-searching\"/>. The search bar is excellent for locating files of folders when you are not sure of their exact location."

5128

msgstr "Genom att trycka på <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> eller välja verktygsradsknappen <guibutton>Sök</guibutton> kommer sökraden att visas. För mer information om sökningar, se <xref linkend=\"nautilus-searching\"/>. Sökraden är mycket bra för att hitta filer eller mappar när du inte är helt säker på var de finns."

5129

5130

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:644(phrase)

5131

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:977(title)

5132

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:984(phrase)

5133

msgid "The search bar."

5134

msgstr "Sökraden."

5135

5136

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:653(title)

5137

msgid "Displaying Your Home Folder"

5138

msgstr "Visa din hemmapp"

5139

5140

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:656(secondary)

5141

msgid "Home folder"

5142

msgstr "Hemmapp"

5143

5144

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:667(para)

5145

msgid "To quickly display your Home Folder, perform one of the following actions from a file browser window:"

5146

msgstr "Genomför en av följande åtgärder från ett filbläddrarfönster för att snabbt visa din Hem-mapp: "

5147

5148

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:671(para)

5149

msgid "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Home</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

5150

msgstr "Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Gå</guimenu><guimenuitem>Hem</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

5151

5152

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:674(para)

5153

msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Home</guibutton> toolbar button."

5154

msgstr "Klicka på verktygsradsknappen <guibutton>Hem</guibutton>."

5155

5156

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:677(para)

5157

msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Home</guibutton> button in the Places side pane."

5158

msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Hem</guibutton> i sidopanelen till Platser."

5159

5160

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:680(para)

5161

msgid "The file browser window displays the contents of your Home Folder."

5162

msgstr "Filbläddrarfönstret visar innehållet i din Hem-mapp."

5163

5164

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:683(title)

5165

msgid "Displaying a Folder"

5166

msgstr "Visa en mapp"

5167

5168

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:684(para)

5169

msgid "The contents of a folder can be displayed in either list or icon view by selecting the appropriate item in the location bar <guilabel>View as</guilabel> menu. For more information on the list and icon view see <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-7\"/>"

5170

msgstr "Innehållet för en mapp kan visas i antingen list- eller ikonvy genom att välja det lämpliga objektet i adressradens meny <guilabel>Visa as</guilabel>. För mer information om list- och ikonvyn, se <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-7\"/>"

5171

5172

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:687(para)

5173

msgid "Double-click on the folder in the view pane."

5174

msgstr "Dubbelklicka på mappen i vypanelen."

5175

5176

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:690(para)

5177

msgid "Use the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel> in the side pane. For more information, see <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-27\"/>."

5178

msgstr "Använd <guilabel>Träd</guilabel> i sidopanelen. För mer information, se <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-27\"/>."

5179

5180

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:694(para)

5181

msgid "Click on the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> buttons in the location bar."

5182

msgstr "Klicka på knapparna för <guilabel>Plats</guilabel> i adressraden."

5183

5184

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:698(para)

5185

msgid "Press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo> to show the text <guilabel>Location</guilabel> field, type the path of the folder that you want to display, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>. The <guilabel>Location</guilabel> field includes an autocomplete feature. As you type a path, the file manager reads your file system. When you type enough characters to uniquely identify a directory, the file manager completes the name of the directory in the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> field."

5186

msgstr "Tryck på <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo> för att visa textfältet <guilabel>Plats</guilabel>, ange sökvägen för mappen som du vill visa och tryck sedan på <keycap>Retur</keycap>. Fältet <guilabel>Plats</guilabel> inkluderar en funktion för automatisk komplettering. När du anger en sökväg kommer filhanteraren att läsa ditt filsystem. När du anger tillräckligt många tecken för att unikt identifiera en katalog kommer filhanteraren att komplettera namnet för katalogen i fältet <guilabel>Plats</guilabel>."

5187

5188

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:706(para)

5189

msgid "Use the <guibutton>Back</guibutton> toolbar button and the <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> toolbar button to browse through your navigation history."

5190

msgstr "Använd verktygsradsknapparna <guibutton>Bakåt</guibutton> och <guibutton>Framåt</guibutton> för att bläddra genom din navigeringshistorik."

5191

5192

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:709(para)

5193

msgid "To change to the folder that is one level above the current folder, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Up</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternatively, click on the <guibutton>Up</guibutton> toolbar button."

5194

msgstr "För att byta till mappen som är en nivå ovanför den aktuella mappen, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Gå</guimenu><guimenuitem>Upp</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternativt kan du klicka på verktygsradsknappen <guibutton>Upp</guibutton>."

5195

5196

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:715(para)

5197

msgid "The parent folder of the current folder which you are browsing is the one which exists, in a hierarchical representation, one level above the current. To display the contents of parent folder, perform one of the following steps:"

5198

msgstr "Föräldramappen för den aktuella mappen som du bläddrar i är den som finns, i en hierarkisk representation, en nivå ovanför den aktuella. Genomför ett av följande steg för att visa innehållet i föräldramappen:"

5199

5200

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:719(para)

5201

msgid "Press the <guibutton>Up</guibutton> button on the toolbar."

5202

msgstr "Tryck på knappen <guibutton>Upp</guibutton> på verktygsraden."

5203

5204

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:722(para)

5205

msgid "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open Parent</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menubar."

5206

msgstr "Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Gå</guimenu><guimenuitem>Öppna förälder</guimenuitem></menuchoice> från menyraden."

5207

5208

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:725(para)

5209

msgid "Press the <keycap>Backspace</keycap> key."

5210

msgstr "Tryck på <keycap>Backsteg</keycap>-tangenten."

5211

5212

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:730(title)

5213

msgid "Using the Tree From the Side Pane"

5214

msgstr "Använd trädet från sidopanelen"

5215

5216

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:733(secondary)

5217

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:736(primary)

5218

msgid "Tree, using"

5219

msgstr "Träd, användning"

5220

5221

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:738(para)

5222

msgid "The <guilabel>Tree</guilabel> view is one of the most useful features of the side pane. It displays a hierarchical representation of your file system and provides a convenient way to browse and to navigate your file system. To display the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel> in the side pane, choose <guimenuitem>Tree</guimenuitem> from the drop-down list at the top of the side pane."

5223

msgstr "<guilabel>Träd</guilabel>-vyn är en av de mest användbara funktionerna för sidopanelen. Den visar en hierarkisk representation av ditt filsystem och tillhandahåller ett smidigt sätt att bläddra och navigera i ditt filsystem. För att visa <guilabel>Träd</guilabel> i sidopanelen, välj <guimenuitem>Träd</guimenuitem> från rullgardinslistan på överdelen av sidopanelen."

5224

5225

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:740(para)

5226

msgid "In the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>view, open folders are represented as downwards facing arrows."

5227

msgstr "I <guilabel>Träd</guilabel>-vyn representeras öppna mappar som pilar som pekar nedåt."

5228

5229

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:742(para)

5230

msgid "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-34\"/> describes tasks you can perform with the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>, and how to do so."

5231

msgstr "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-34\"/> beskriver uppgifter som du kan genomföra med <guilabel>Träd</guilabel> och hur man gör det."

5232

5233

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:745(title)

5234

msgid "Tree Tasks"

5235

msgstr "Träduppgifter"

5236

5237

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:752(para)

5238

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1487(para)

5239

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1612(para)

5240

msgid "Task"

5241

msgstr "Uppgift"

5242

5243

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:762(para)

5244

msgid "Open the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>."

5245

msgstr "Öppna <guilabel>Träd</guilabel>."

5246

5247

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:765(para)

5248

msgid "Choose <guilabel>Tree</guilabel> from the drop-down list at the top of the side pane."

5249

msgstr "Välj <guilabel>Träd</guilabel> från rullgardinslistan på överdelen av sidopanelen."

5250

5251

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:771(para)

5252

msgid "Close the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>."

5253

msgstr "Stäng <guilabel>Träd</guilabel>."

5254

5255

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:774(para)

5256

msgid "Choose another item from the drop-down list at the top of the side pane."

5257

msgstr "Välj ett annat objekt från rullgardinslistan på överdelen av sidopanelen."

5258

5259

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:780(para)

5260

msgid "Expand a folder in the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>."

5261

msgstr "Fäll ut en mapp i <guilabel>Träd</guilabel>."

5262

5263

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:783(para)

5264

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:791(para)

5265

msgid "Click on the arrow next to the folder in the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>."

5266

msgstr "Klicka på pilen bredvid mappen i <guilabel>Träd</guilabel>."

5267

5268

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:788(para)

5269

msgid "Collapse a folder in the <guilabel> Tree</guilabel>."

5270

msgstr "Fäll in en mapp i <guilabel>Träd</guilabel>."

5271

5272

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:796(para)

5273

msgid "Display the contents of a folder in the view pane."

5274

msgstr "Visa innehållet i en mapp i vypanelen."

5275

5276

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:800(para)

5277

msgid "Select the folder in the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>."

5278

msgstr "Välj mappen i önskat <guilabel>Träd</guilabel>."

5279

5280

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:805(para)

5281

msgid "Open a file."

5282

msgstr "Öppna en fil."

5283

5284

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:808(para)

5285

msgid "Select the file in the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>."

5286

msgstr "Välj filen i <guilabel>Träd</guilabel>."

5287

5288

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:814(para)

5289

msgid "You can set your preferences so that the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel> does not display files. For more information, see <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-438\"/>."

5290

msgstr "Du kan ställa in dina inställningar så att <guilabel>Träd</guilabel> inte visar några filer. För mer information, se <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-438\"/>."

5291

5292

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:818(title)

5293

msgid "Using Your Navigation History"

5294

msgstr "Använd din navigeringshistorik"

5295

5296

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:821(secondary)

5297

msgid "navigating history list"

5298

msgstr "navigering i historiklista"

5299

5300

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:823(para)

5301

msgid "The file browser window maintains a history list of files, folders, FTP sites, and URI locations you have recently visited. You can use the history list to navigate to quickly return to these places. Your history list contains the last ten items that you viewed."

5302

msgstr "Filbläddrarfönstret underhåller en historiklista över filer, mappar, FTP-platser och URI-adresser som du tidigare besökt. Du kan använda historiklistan för att snabbt navigera till dessa platser. Din historiklista innehåller de tio senaste objekten som du besökt."

5303

5304

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:827(para)

5305

msgid "To clear your history list choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Clear History</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

5306

msgstr "För att tömma din historiklista, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Gå</guimenu><guimenuitem>Töm historik</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

5307

5308

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:829(title)

5309

msgid "Navigating Your History List Using the Go Menu"

5310

msgstr "Navigera i din historiklista med Gå-menyn"

5311

5312

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:830(para)

5313

msgid "To display a list of previously-viewed items, choose the <guimenu>Go</guimenu> menu. Your history list is displayed in the lower part of the <guimenu>Go</guimenu> menu. To open an item in your history list, simply click on the item."

5314

msgstr "För att visa en lista över tidigare visade objekt, välj menyn <guimenu>Gå</guimenu>. Din historiklista visas i den nedre delen av menyn <guimenu>Gå</guimenu>. Klicka helt enkelt på objektet i din historiklista för att öppna det."

5315

5316

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:833(title)

5317

msgid "Navigating Your History List Using the Toolbar"

5318

msgstr "Navigera i din historiklista med verktygsraden"

5319

5320

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:834(para)

5321

msgid "To use the toolbar to navigate your history list, perform one of the following actions:"

5322

msgstr "Genomför en av följande åtgärder för att använda verktygsraden för att navigiera i din historiklista:"

5323

5324

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:838(para)

5325

msgid "To open the folder or URI in your history list, click on the <guibutton>Back</guibutton> toolbar button."

5326

msgstr "För att öppna mappen eller URI:n i din historiklista, klicka på verktygsradsknappen <guibutton>Bakåt</guibutton>."

5327

5328

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:842(para)

5329

msgid "To open the folder or URI in your history list, click on the <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> toolbar button."

5330

msgstr "För att öppna mappen eller URI:n i din historiklista, klicka på verktygsradsknappen <guibutton>Framåt</guibutton>."

5331

5332

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:846(para)

5333

msgid "To display a list of previously-viewed items, click on the down arrow to the right of the <guibutton>Back</guibutton> toolbar button. To open an item from this list, click on the item."

5334

msgstr "För att visa en lista över tidigare visade objekt, klicka på nedåtpilen till höger om verktygsradsknappen <guibutton>Bakåt</guibutton>. För att öppna ett objekt från listan, klicka på objektet."

5335

5336

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:851(para)

5337

msgid "To display a list of items that you viewed after you viewed the current item, click on the down arrow to the right of the <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> toolbar button. To open an item from this list, click on the item."

5338

msgstr "För att visa en lista över objekt som du visat efter att du visade den aktuella objektet, klicka på nedåtpilen till höger om verktygsradsknappen <guibutton>Framåt</guibutton>. För att öppna ett objekt från listan, klicka på objektet."

5339

5340

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:858(title)

5341

msgid "Navigating Your History List Using History in the Side Pane"

5342

msgstr "Navigera i din historiklista med historiken i sidopanelen"

5343

5344

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:863(para)

5345

msgid "To display the <guilabel>History</guilabel> list in the side pane, choose <guilabel>History</guilabel> from the drop-down list at the top of the side pane. The <guilabel>History</guilabel> list in the side pane displays a list of your previously-viewed items."

5346

msgstr "För att visa <guilabel>Historik</guilabel>-listan i sidopanelen, välj <guilabel>Historik</guilabel> från rullgardinslistan överst i sidopanelen. <guilabel>Historik</guilabel>-listan i sidopanelen visar en lista över dina tidigare visade objekt."

5347

5348

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:865(para)

5349

msgid "To display an item from your history list in the view pane, double-click on the item in the <guilabel>History</guilabel> list."

5350

msgstr "För att visa ett objekt från din historiklista i vypanelen, dubbelklicka på objektet i <guilabel>Historik</guilabel>-listan."

5351

5352

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:874(title)

5353

msgid "Opening Files"

5354

msgstr "Öppna filer"

5355

5356

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:879(secondary)

5357

msgid "opening files"

5358

msgstr "öppna filer"

5359

5360

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:881(para)

5361

msgid "When you open a file, the file manager performs the default action for that file type."

5362

msgstr "När du öppnar en fil genomför filhanteraren standardåtgärden för den filtypen."

5363

5364

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:883(para)

5365

msgid "For example, opening a music file will play it with the default music playing application, opening a text file will allow you to read and edit it in a text editor, and opening an image file will display the image."

5366

msgstr "Till exempel när du öppnar en musikfil kommer den att spelas upp med standardprogrammet för musikuppspelning, öppning av en textfil kommer att låta dig läsa och redigera den i en textredigerare och öppning av en bildfil kommer att visa bilden."

5367

5368

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:884(para)

5369

msgid "The file manager checks the contents of a file to determine the type of a file. If the first lines do not determine the type of the file, then the file manager checks the <glossterm>file extension</glossterm>."

5370

msgstr "Filhanteraren kontrollerar innehållet för en fil för att bestämma filtypen. Om de första raderna inte bestämmer filtypen kommer filhanteraren att kontrollera <glossterm>filändelsen</glossterm>."

5371

5372

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:887(para)

5373

msgid "If you open an executable text file, that is, one that Nautilus considers can be run as a program, then you will be asked what you want to do: run it, or display it in a text editor. You can modify this behaviour in the <link linkend=\"nautilus-preferences\">File Management preferences</link>."

5374

msgstr "Om du öppnar en körbar textfil, en som Nautilus anser kan köras som ett program, kommer du att bli tillfrågad om vad du vill göra: köra den eller visa den i en textredigerare. Du kan ändra det här beteendet i <link linkend=\"nautilus-preferences\">inställningarna för filhanteraren</link>."

5375

5376

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:889(title)

5377

msgid "Executing the Default Action"

5378

msgstr "Kör standardåtgärden"

5379

5380

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:892(secondary)

5381

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1021(secondary)

5382

msgid "executing default actions for files"

5383

msgstr "kör standardåtgärder för filer"

5384

5385

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:895(para)

5386

msgid "To execute the default action for a file, double-click on the file. For example, the default action for plain text documents is to display the file in a text viewer. In this case, you can double-click on the file to display the file in a text viewer."

5387

msgstr "För att köra standardåtgärden för en fil, dubbelklicka på filen. Till exempel är standardåtgärden för vanliga textdokument att visa filen i en textvisare. I det här fallet kan du dubbelklicka på filen för att visa filen i en textvisare."

5388

5389

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:899(para)

5390

msgid "You can set your file manager preferences so that you click once on a file to execute the default action. For more information, see <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-56\"/>."

5391

msgstr "Du kan ställa in dina filhanterarinställningar så att du klickar en gång på en fil för att köra standardåtgärden. För mer information, se <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-56\"/>."

5392

5393

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:903(title)

5394

msgid "Executing Non-Default Actions"

5395

msgstr "Kör icke-standardåtgärder"

5396

5397

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:906(secondary)

5398

msgid "executing non-default actions for files"

5399

msgstr "kör icke-standardåtgärder för filer"

5400

5401

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:909(para)

5402

msgid "To execute actions other than the default action for a file, select the file that you want to perform an action on. In the <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu></menuchoice> menu you will either have \"Open with\" choices, or an <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Open With</guimenuitem></menuchoice> submenu. Select the desired option from this list."

5403

msgstr "För att köra andra åtgärder än standardåtgärden för en fil, välj filen som du vill genomföra åtgärden på. I menyn <menuchoice><guimenu>Arkiv</guimenu></menuchoice> har du antingen valen \"Öppna med\" eller undermenyn <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Öppna med</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Välj önskat alternativ från den här listan."

5404

5405

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:915(title)

5406

msgid "Adding Actions"

5407

msgstr "Lägg till åtgärder"

5408

5409

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:920(secondary)

5410

msgid "adding actions"

5411

msgstr "lägg till åtgärder"

5412

5413

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:922(para)

5414

msgid "To add actions associated with a file type, perform the following steps:"

5415

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att lägga till åtgärder associerade med en filtyp:"

5416

5417

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:926(para)

5418

msgid "In the view pane, select a file of the type to which you want to add an action."

5419

msgstr "I vypanelen, välj en fil av typen till vilken du vill lägga till en åtgärd."

5420

5421

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:930(para)

5422

msgid "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open with Other Application</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

5423

msgstr "Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Arkiv</guimenu><guimenuitem>Öppna med annat program</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

5424

5425

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:933(para)

5426

msgid "Either choose an application in the open with dialog or browse to the program with which you wish to open this type."

5427

msgstr "Välj antingen ett program i dialogrutan Öppna med eller bläddra till programmet med vilket du önskar öppna den här typen."

5428

5429

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:937(para)

5430

msgid "The action you have chosen is now added to the list of actions for that particular file type. If there was no prior action associated with the type, the newly added action is the default."

5431

msgstr "Åtgärden som du valde läggs nu till i listan över åtgärder för den specifika filtypen. Om det inte tidigare fanns någon åtgärd associerad med typen kommer den nyligen tillagda åtgärden bli standardåtgärden."

5432

5433

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:939(para)

5434

msgid "You may also add actions in the <guilabel>Open With</guilabel> tabbed section under <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

5435

msgstr "Du kan även lägga till åtgärder i fliksektionen <guilabel>Öppna med</guilabel> under <menuchoice><guimenu>Arkiv</guimenu><guimenuitem>Egenskaper</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

5436

5437

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:942(title)

5438

msgid "Modifying Actions"

5439

msgstr "Ändra åtgärder"

5440

5441

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:945(secondary)

5442

msgid "modifying actions"

5443

msgstr "ändra åtgärder"

5444

5445

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:947(para)

5446

msgid "To modify the actions associated with a file or file type, perform the following steps:"

5447

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att ändra åtgärderna associerade med en fil eller filtyp:"

5448

5449

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:951(para)

5450

msgid "In the view pane, select a file of the type to which you want to modify the action."

5451

msgstr "I vypanelen, välj en fil och typen för vilken du vill ändra åtgärden."

5452

5453

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:955(para)

5454

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2591(para)

5455

msgid "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

5456

msgstr "Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Arkiv</guimenu><guimenuitem>Egenskaper</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

5457

5458

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:958(para)

5459

msgid "Choose <guilabel>Open With</guilabel> tabbed section."

5460

msgstr "Välj fliksektionen <guilabel>Öppna med</guilabel>."

5461

5462

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:961(para)

5463

msgid "Use <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons to tailor the list of actions. Select the default action with the option to the left of the list."

5464

msgstr "Använd knapparna <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> eller <guibutton>Ta bort</guibutton> för att skräddarsy listan över åtgärder. Välj standardåtgärden med alternativet till vänster om listan."

5465

5466

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:970(title)

5467

msgid "Searching For Files"

5468

msgstr "Sök efter filer"

5469

5470

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:973(secondary)

5471

msgid "searching files"

5472

msgstr "sök filer"

5473

5474

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:975(para)

5475

msgid "The <application>Nautilus</application> file manager includes an easy and simple to use way search for your files and folders. To begin a search press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> or select the <guibutton>Search</guibutton> toolbar button. The search bar should appear as in <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-FIG-925\"/>"

5476

msgstr "Filhanteraren <application>Nautilus</application> inkluderar ett sätt att enkelt och lätt söka efter dina filer och mappar. För att påbörja en sökning, tryck på <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> eller välj verktygsradsknappen <guibutton>Sök</guibutton>. Sökraden ska visas enligt <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-FIG-925\"/>"

5477

5478

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:989(para)

5479

msgid "Enter characters present in the name or contents of the file or folder you wish to find and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. The results of your search should appear in the view pane as illustrated in <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-FIG-926\"/>"

5480

msgstr "Ange tecknen som finns i namnet eller innehållet för filen eller mappen som du önskar hitta och tryck på <keycap>Enter</keycap>. Resultatet för din sökning ska visas i vypanelen enligt illustrationen <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-FIG-926\"/>"

5481

5482

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:991(title)

5483

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:998(phrase)

5484

msgid "The result of a search."

5485

msgstr "Resultatet av en sökning."

5486

5487

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1003(para)

5488

msgid "If you are not happy with your search you can refine it by adding addition conditions. This allows you to restrict the search to a specific file type or location. To add search conditions click the <guibutton>+</guibutton> icon. <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-FIG-927\"/> shows a search which has been restricted to the users home directory and to only search for text files."

5489

msgstr "Om du inte är nöjd med din sökning kan du justera den genom att lägga till ytterligare kriterium. Det här låter dig begränsa sökningen till en specifik filtyp eller plats. För att lägga till sökkriterium, klicka på ikonen <guibutton>+</guibutton>. <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-FIG-927\"/> visar en sökning som har begränsats till användarens hemkatalog och till att endast söka efter textfiler."

5490

5491

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1005(title)

5492

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1012(phrase)

5493

msgid "Restricting a search."

5494

msgstr "Begränsa en sökning."

5495

5496

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1018(title)

5497

msgid "Saving Searches"

5498

msgstr "Spara sökningar"

5499

5500

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1024(para)

5501

msgid "Nautilus searches can also be saved for future use. Once saved, searches may be reopened later. <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-FIG-935\"/> shows a user with three saved searches, browsing one of them."

5502

msgstr "Sökningar i Nautilus kan även sparas för framtida bruk. När de har sparats kan sökningarna öppnas igen senare. <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-FIG-935\"/> visar en användare med tre sparade sökningar och bläddring i en av dem."

5503

5504

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1026(title)

5505

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1033(phrase)

5506

msgid "Browsing the results of a saved search."

5507

msgstr "Bläddring i resultaten för en sparad sökning."

5508

5509

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1038(para)

5510

msgid "Saved searches behave exactly like regular folders, for example you can open, move or delete files from within a saved search."

5511

msgstr "Sparade sökningar beter sig exakt som vanliga mappar. Du kan till exempel öppna, flytta eller ta bort filer inom en sparad sökning."

5512

5513

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1044(title)

5514

msgid "Managing Your Files and Folders"

5515

msgstr "Hantera dina filer och mappar"

5516

5517

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1047(secondary)

5518

msgid "managing files and folders"

5519

msgstr "hantera filer och mappar"

5520

5521

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1049(para)

5522

msgid "This section describes how to work with your files and folders."

5523

msgstr "Det här avsnittet beskriver hur du arbetar med dina filer och mappar."

5524

5525

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1053(title)

5526

msgid "Directories and File Systems"

5527

msgstr "Kataloger och filsystem"

5528

5529

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1054(para)

5530

msgid "Linux and Unix file systems are organised in a hierarchical, tree-like structure. The highest level of the file system is the <filename>/</filename> or <emphasis>root directory</emphasis>. In the Unix and Linux design philosophy, everything is considered a file - including hard disks, partitions and removable media. This means that all files and directories (including other disks and partitions) exist under the root directory."

5531

msgstr "Linux- och Unix-filsystem är organiserade i en hierarkisk, trädliknande struktur. Den högsta nivån av filsystemet är <filename>/</filename> eller <emphasis>rotkatalogen</emphasis>. I designfilosofin för Unix- och Linux anses allting vara en fil - inklusive hårddiskar, partitioner och flyttbara media. Det här betyder att alla filer och kataloger (inklusive andra diskar och partitioner) finns under rotkatalogen."

5532

5533

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1056(para)

5534

msgid "For example, <filename>/home/jebediah/cheeses.odt</filename> shows the correct full path to the <filename>cheeses.odt</filename> file that exists in the <filename>jebediah</filename> directory which is under the <filename>home</filename> directory, which in turn, is under the root (<filename>/</filename>) directory."

5535

msgstr "Till exempel visar <filename>/home/svante/ostar.odt</filename> den korrekt fullständiga sökvägen till filen <filename>ostar.odt</filename> som finns i katalogen <filename>svante</filename> som finns under katalogen <filename>home</filename>, vilken i sin tur finns under katalogen rotkatalogen (<filename>/</filename>)."

5536

5537

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1058(para)

5538

msgid "Underneath the root (<filename>/</filename>) directory, there is a set of important system directories that are commonly used across most Linux distributions. The following is a listing of common directories that are directly under the root (<filename>/</filename>) directory:"

5539

msgstr "Under rotkatalogen (<filename>/</filename>) finns det en uppsättning viktiga systemkataloger som vanligen används i de flesta Linux-utgåvor. Följande är en lista över vanligen förekommande katalogersom finns direkt under rotkatalogen (<filename>/</filename>):"

5540

5541

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1062(para)

5542

msgid "<filename>/bin</filename> - important <emphasis>bin</emphasis>ary applications"

5543

msgstr "<filename>/bin</filename> - viktiga <emphasis>bin</emphasis>ära program"

5544

5545

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1066(para)

5546

msgid "<filename>/boot</filename> - files that are required to <emphasis>boot</emphasis> the computer"

5547

msgstr "<filename>/boot</filename> - filer som krävs för att starta upp (<emphasis>boot</emphasis>) datorn"

5548

5549

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1070(para)

5550

msgid "<filename>/dev</filename> - the <emphasis>dev</emphasis>ice files"

5551

msgstr "<filename>/dev</filename> - enhetsfiler (<emphasis>dev</emphasis>ice)"

5552

5553

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1074(para)

5554

msgid "<filename>/etc</filename> - configuration files, startup scripts, <emphasis>etc</emphasis>..."

5555

msgstr "<filename>/etc</filename> - konfigurationsfiler, uppstartsskript, <emphasis>etc</emphasis>..."

5556

5557

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1078(para)

5558

msgid "<filename>/home</filename> - local users' <emphasis>home</emphasis> directories"

5559

msgstr "<filename>/home</filename> - lokala användares hemkataloger (<emphasis>home</emphasis>)"

5560

5561

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1082(para)

5562

msgid "<filename>/lib</filename> - system <emphasis>lib</emphasis>raries"

5563

msgstr "<filename>/lib</filename> - systembibliotek (<emphasis>lib</emphasis>raries)"

5564

5565

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1086(para)

5566

msgid "<filename>/lost+found</filename> - provides a <emphasis>lost+found</emphasis> system for files that exist under the root (<filename>/</filename>) directory"

5567

msgstr "<filename>/lost+found</filename> - tillhandahåller ett <emphasis>lost+found</emphasis>-system för filer som finns under rotkatalogen (<filename>/</filename>)"

5568

5569

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1090(para)

5570

msgid "<filename>/media</filename> - mounted (loaded) removable <emphasis>media</emphasis> such as CDs, digital cameras, etc..."

5571

msgstr "<filename>/media</filename> - monterade (inlästa) flyttbara <emphasis>media</emphasis> såsom cd-skivor, digitalkameror, etc..."

5572

5573

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1094(para)

5574

msgid "<filename>/mnt</filename> - <emphasis>m</emphasis>ou<emphasis>nt</emphasis>ed filesystems"

5575

msgstr "<filename>/mnt</filename> - monterade (<emphasis>m</emphasis>ou<emphasis>nt</emphasis>ed) filsystem"

5576

5577

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1098(para)

5578

msgid "<filename>/opt</filename> - provides a location for <emphasis>opt</emphasis>ional applications to be installed"

5579

msgstr "<filename>/opt</filename> - tillhandahåller en plats för att installera valfria (<emphasis>opt</emphasis>ional) program"

5580

5581

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1102(para)

5582

msgid "<filename>/proc</filename> - special dynamic directory that maintains information about the state of the system, including currently running <emphasis>proc</emphasis>esses"

5583

msgstr "<filename>/proc</filename> - speciell dynamisk katalog som underhåller information om tillståndet för systemet, inklusive för närvarande körande <emphasis>proc</emphasis>esser"

5584

5585

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1106(para)

5586

msgid "<filename>/root</filename> - <emphasis>root</emphasis> user home directory, pronounced 'slash-root'"

5587

msgstr "<filename>/root</filename> - <emphasis>root</emphasis>-användarens hemkatalog, uttalas \"slash-root\""

5588

5589

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1110(para)

5590

msgid "<filename>/sbin</filename> - important <emphasis>s</emphasis>ystem <emphasis>bin</emphasis>aries"

5591

msgstr "<filename>/sbin</filename> - viktiga <emphasis>s</emphasis>ystem <emphasis>bin</emphasis>ärer"

5592

5593

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1114(para)

5594

msgid "<filename>/srv</filename> - provides a location for data used by <emphasis>s</emphasis>e<emphasis>rv</emphasis>ers"

5595

msgstr "<filename>/srv</filename> - tillhandahåller en plats för data som används av <emphasis>s</emphasis>e<emphasis>rv</emphasis>rar"

5596

5597

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1117(para)

5598

msgid "<filename>/sys</filename> - contains information about the <emphasis>sys</emphasis>tem"

5599

msgstr "<filename>/sys</filename> - innehåller information om <emphasis>sys</emphasis>temet"

5600

5601

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1121(para)

5602

msgid "<filename>/tmp</filename> - <emphasis>t</emphasis>e<emphasis>mp</emphasis>orary files"

5603

msgstr "<filename>/tmp</filename> - <emphasis>t</emphasis>e<emphasis>mp</emphasis>orära filer"

5604

5605

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1125(para)

5606

msgid "<filename>/usr</filename> - applications and files that are mostly available for all <emphasis>us</emphasis>e<emphasis>r</emphasis>s to access"

5607

msgstr "<filename>/usr</filename> - program och filer som oftast är tillgängliga för alla användare (<emphasis>us</emphasis>e<emphasis>r</emphasis>s) att komma åt"

5608

5609

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1129(para)

5610

msgid "<filename>/var</filename> - <emphasis>var</emphasis>iable files such as logs and databases"

5611

msgstr "<filename>/var</filename> - <emphasis>var</emphasis>iabla filer såsom loggar och databaser"

5612

5613

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1136(title)

5614

msgid "Using Views to Display Your Files and Folders"

5615

msgstr "Använda vyer för att visa dina filer och mappar"

5616

5617

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1138(primary)

5618

msgid "viewer components"

5619

msgstr "visningskomponenter"

5620

5621

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1142(secondary)

5622

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3387(tertiary)

5623

msgid "views"

5624

msgstr "vyer"

5625

5626

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1145(para)

5627

msgid "The file manager includes views that enable you to show the contents of your folders in different ways, icon view, and list view."

5628

msgstr "Filhanteraren inkluderar vyer som låter dig visa innehållet i dina mappar på olika sätt, ikonvy och listvy."

5629

5630

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1149(para)

5631

msgid "Icon view"

5632

msgstr "Ikonvy"

5633

5634

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1152(title)

5635

msgid "The Home Folder displayed in a icon view."

5636

msgstr "Hemmappen visar i en ikonvy."

5637

5638

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1159(phrase)

5639

msgid "Your Home Folder displayed in a icon view."

5640

msgstr "Din Hemmapp visad i en ikonvy."

5641

5642

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1150(para)

5643

msgid "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-FIG-naut-icon-view\"/> Shows the items in the folder as icons. <placeholder-1/>"

5644

msgstr "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-FIG-naut-icon-view\"/> Visar objekten i mappen som ikoner. <placeholder-1/>"

5645

5646

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1166(para)

5647

msgid "List view"

5648

msgstr "Listvy"

5649

5650

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1169(title)

5651

msgid "The Home Folder displayed in a list view."

5652

msgstr "Hemmappen visad i en listvy."

5653

5654

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1176(phrase)

5655

msgid "Your Home Folder displayed in a list view."

5656

msgstr "Din Hemmapp visad i en listvy."

5657

5658

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1167(para)

5659

msgid "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-FIG-naut-list-view\"/> Shows the items in the folder as a list. <placeholder-1/>"

5660

msgstr "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-FIG-naut-list-view\"/> Visar objekten i mappen som en lista. <placeholder-1/>"

5661

5662

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1184(para)

5663

msgid "You may use the <guilabel>View</guilabel> menu, or the <guilabel>View as</guilabel> drop-down list to choose between icon or list view. You can specify how you want to arrange or sort items in the folder and modify the size of the items in the view pane. The following sections describe how to work with icon view and list view."

5664

msgstr "Du kan använda menyn <guilabel>Visa</guilabel> eller rullgardinslistan <guilabel>Visa som</guilabel> för att välja mellan ikon- eller listvy. Du kan ange hur du vill ordna eller sortera objekten i mappen och ändra storleken för objekten i vypanelen. Följande avsnitt beskriver hur man arbetar med ikon- och listvyerna."

5665

5666

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1186(title)

5667

msgid "To Arrange Your Files in Icon View"

5668

msgstr "Ordna dina filer i ikonvy"

5669

5670

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1189(secondary)

5671

msgid "icon view"

5672

msgstr "ikonvy"

5673

5674

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1190(tertiary)

5675

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1338(tertiary)

5676

msgid "arranging files in"

5677

msgstr "ordna filer i"

5678

5679

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1192(para)

5680

msgid "When you display the contents of a folder in icon view, you can specify how to arrange the items in the folder. To specify how to arrange items in icon view, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guisubmenu>Arrange Items</guisubmenu></menuchoice>. The <guisubmenu>Arrange Items</guisubmenu> submenu contains the following sections:"

5681

msgstr "När du visar innehållet i en mapp i ikonvyn kan du ange hur objekten i mappen ska ordnas. För att ange hur objekten i ikonvyn ska ordnas, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Visa</guimenu><guisubmenu>Ordna objekt</guisubmenu></menuchoice>. Undermenyn <guisubmenu>Ordna objekt</guisubmenu> innehåller följande sektioner:"

5682

5683

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1199(para)

5684

msgid "At the top is an option that enables you to arrange your files manually."

5685

msgstr "Övre sektionen innehåller ett alternativ som låter dig ordna dina filer manuellt."

5686

5687

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1203(para)

5688

msgid "The middle section contains options that enable you to sort your files automatically."

5689

msgstr "Mittensektionen innehåller alternativ som låter dig automatiskt sortera dina filer."

5690

5691

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1207(para)

5692

msgid "The bottom section contains options that enable you to modify how your files are arranged."

5693

msgstr "Nedre sektionen innehåller alternativ som låter dig ändra hur dina filer ordnas."

5694

5695

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1211(para)

5696

msgid "Choose the appropriate options from the submenu, as described in the following table:"

5697

msgstr "Välj de lämpliga alternativen från undermenyn som beskrivs i följande tabell:"

5698

5699

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1231(guilabel)

5700

msgid "Manually"

5701

msgstr "Manuellt"

5702

5703

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1235(para)

5704

msgid "Select this option to arrange the items manually. To arrange the items manually, drag the items to the location you require within the view pane."

5705

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att manuellt ordna objekten. För att ordna objekten manuellt, dra objekten till platsen som du önskar inom vypanelen."

5706

5707

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1243(guilabel)

5708

msgid "By Name"

5709

msgstr "Efter namn"

5710

5711

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1247(para)

5712

msgid "Select this option to sort the items alphabetically by name. The order of the items is not case sensitive. If the file manager is set to display hidden files, the hidden files are shown last."

5713

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att sortera objekten alfabetiskt efter namn. Ordningen för objekten är inte skiftlägeskänslig. Om filhanteraren är inställd att visa dolda filer kommer de dolda filerna att visas sist."

5714

5715

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1256(guilabel)

5716

msgid "By Size"

5717

msgstr "Efter storlek"

5718

5719

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1260(para)

5720

msgid "Select this option to sort the items by size, with the largest item first. When you sort items by size, the folders are sorted by the number of items in the folder. The folders are not sorted by the total size of the items in the folder."

5721

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att sortera objekten efter storlek, med det största objektet först. När du sorterar objekt efter storlek kommer mapparna att sorteras efter antal objekt i mappen. Mapparna sorteras inte efter den totala storleken för objekten i mappen."

5722

5723

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1269(guilabel)

5724

msgid "By Type"

5725

msgstr "Efter typ"

5726

5727

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1273(para)

5728

msgid "Select this option to sort the items alphabetically by object type. The items are sorted alphabetically by the description of their <firstterm>MIME type</firstterm>. The MIME type identifies the format of a file, and enables applications to read the file. For example, an email application can use the <literal>image/png</literal> MIME type to detect that a PNG file is attached to an email."

5729

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att sortera objekt alfabetiskt efter objekttyp. Objekten sorteras alfabetiskt efter beskrivningen för deras <firstterm>MIME-typ</firstterm>. MIME-typen identifierar formatet för en fil och låter program läsa filen. Till exempel kan ett e-postprogram använda MIME-typen <literal>image/png</literal> för att identifiera att en PNG-fil finns bifogad till ett e-postmeddelande."

5730

5731

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1284(guilabel)

5732

msgid "By Modification Date"

5733

msgstr "Efter ändringsdatum"

5734

5735

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1289(para)

5736

msgid "Select this option to sort the items by the date the items were last modified. The most recently modified item is first."

5737

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att sortera objekt efter det datum när objekten senast ändrades. Det senast ändrade objektet är först. "

5738

5739

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1296(guilabel)

5740

msgid "By Emblems"

5741

msgstr "Efter emblem"

5742

5743

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1300(para)

5744

msgid "Select this option to sort the items by any emblems that are added to the items. The items are sorted alphabetically by emblem name. Items that do not have emblems are last."

5745

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att sortera objekten efter de emblem som har lagts till i objekten. Objekten sorteras alfabetiskt efter emblemets namn. Objekten som inte har några emblem är sist."

5746

5747

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1308(guilabel)

5748

msgid "Compact Layout"

5749

msgstr "Kompakt layout"

5750

5751

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1312(para)

5752

msgid "Select this option to arrange the items so that the items are closer to each other."

5753

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att ordna objekten så att objekten är närmare varandra."

5754

5755

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1319(guilabel)

5756

msgid "Reversed Order"

5757

msgstr "Omvänd ordning"

5758

5759

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1323(para)

5760

msgid "Select this option to reverse the order of the option by which you sort the items. For example, if you sort the items by name, select the <guilabel>Reversed Order</guilabel> option to sort the items in reverse alphabetical order."

5761

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att vända ordningen för det alternativet som du sorterar objekten efter. Till exempel om du sortera objekten efter namn och väljer alternativet <guilabel>Omvänd ordning</guilabel> kommer objekten att sorteras i omvänd alfabetisk ordning."

5762

5763

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1334(title)

5764

msgid "To Arrange Your Files in List View"

5765

msgstr "Ordna dina filer i listvy"

5766

5767

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1337(secondary)

5768

msgid "list view"

5769

msgstr "listvy"

5770

5771

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1340(para)

5772

msgid "When you display the contents of a folder in list view, you can specify how to arrange the items in the folder. To specify how to arrange items in list view, click on the header of the column specifying the property by which you wish to arrange the items. To inverse the sorting order click on the same column header again."

5773

msgstr "När du visar innehållet i en mapp i listvyn kan du ange hur objekten i mappen ska ordnas. För att ange hur objekten ska ordnas i listvyn kan du klicka på kolumnhuvudet som anger egenskapen efter vilken du vill ordna objekten. För att få omvänd sorteringsordning kan du klicka på samma kolumnhuvud igen."

5774

5775

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1343(para)

5776

msgid "To add or remove columns from the list view choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guisubmenu>Visible Columns</guisubmenu></menuchoice>"

5777

msgstr "För att lägga till eller ta bort kolumner från listvyn, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Visa</guimenu><guisubmenu>Synliga kolumner</guisubmenu></menuchoice>"

5778

5779

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1344(para)

5780

msgid "The file manager remembers how you arrange the items in a particular folder. The next time that you display the folder, the items are arranged in the way that you selected. In other words, when you specify how to arrange the items in a folder, you customize the folder to display the items in that way. To return the arrangement settings of the folder to the default arrangement settings specified in your preferences, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Reset View to Defaults</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

5781

msgstr "Filhanteraren kommer ihåg hur du ordnat objekten i en specifik mapp. Nästa gång som du visar mappen kommer objekten att ordnas på det sätt som du valt. Med andra ord, när du anger hur objekten i en mapp ska ordnas anpassar du mappen till att visa objekten på det sättet. För att återställa mappordningen till de alternativ som angivits i dina standardalternativ, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Visa</guimenu><guimenuitem>Återställ vy till standardalternativ</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

5782

5783

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1352(title)

5784

msgid "To Change the Size of Items in a View"

5785

msgstr "Ändra storleken för objekt i en vy"

5786

5787

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1355(secondary)

5788

msgid "zooming in and out"

5789

msgstr "zooma in eller ut"

5790

5791

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1357(para)

5792

msgid "You can change the size of items in a view. You can change the size if the view displays a file or a folder. You can change the size of items in a view in the following ways:"

5793

msgstr "Du kan ändra storleken för objekten i en vy. Du kan ändra storleken om vyn visar en fil eller en mapp. Du kan ändra storleken för objekten i en vy på följande sätt:"

5794

5795

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1362(para)

5796

msgid "To enlarge the size of items in a view, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Zoom In</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

5797

msgstr "Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Visa</guimenu><guimenuitem>Zooma in</guimenuitem></menuchoice> för att förstora objekten i en vy."

5798

5799

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1365(para)

5800

msgid "To reduce the size of items in a view, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Zoom Out</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

5801

msgstr "Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Visa</guimenu><guimenuitem>Zooma ut</guimenuitem></menuchoice> för att förminska objekten i en vy."

5802

5803

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1368(para)

5804

msgid "To return items in a view to the normal size, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Normal Size</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

5805

msgstr "Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Visa</guimenu><guimenuitem>Normal storlek</guimenuitem></menuchoice> för att återställa objekten till normal storlek i en vy."

5806

5807

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1371(para)

5808

msgid "You can also use the zoom buttons on the location bar in a browser window to change the size of items in a view. <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-42\"/> describes how to use the zoom buttons."

5809

msgstr "Du kan även använda zoomknapparna på adressraden i ett bläddringsfönster för att ändra storleken på objekten i en vy. <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-42\"/> beskriver hur man använder zoomknapparna."

5810

5811

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1375(title)

5812

msgid "Zoom Buttons"

5813

msgstr "Zoomknappar"

5814

5815

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1383(para)

5816

msgid "Button"

5817

msgstr "Knapp"

5818

5819

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1386(para)

5820

msgid "Button Name"

5821

msgstr "Knappnamn"

5822

5823

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1402(phrase)

5824

msgid "Zoom Out button."

5825

msgstr "Zoom ut-knapp."

5826

5827

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1408(para)

5828

msgid "<guibutton>Zoom Out</guibutton> button"

5829

msgstr "<guibutton>Zooma ut</guibutton>-knapp"

5830

5831

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1411(para)

5832

msgid "Click on this button to reduce the size of items in a view."

5833

msgstr "Klicka på den här knappen för att minska storleken på objekten i en vy."

5834

5835

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1422(phrase)

5836

msgid "Normal Size button."

5837

msgstr "Normal storlek-knapp."

5838

5839

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1428(para)

5840

msgid "<guibutton>Normal Size</guibutton> button"

5841

msgstr "<guibutton>Normal storlek</guibutton>-knapp"

5842

5843

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1432(para)

5844

msgid "Click on this button to return items in a view to normal size."

5845

msgstr "Klicka på den här knappen för att objekten i en vy ska återgå till normal storlek."

5846

5847

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1444(phrase)

5848

msgid "Zoom In button."

5849

msgstr "Zooma in-knapp."

5850

5851

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1450(para)

5852

msgid "<guibutton>Zoom In</guibutton> button"

5853

msgstr "<guibutton>Zooma in</guibutton>-knapp"

5854

5855

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1453(para)

5856

msgid "Click on this button to enlarge the size of items in a view."

5857

msgstr "Klicka på den här knappen för att förstora objekten i en vy."

5858

5859

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1459(para)

5860

msgid "The file manager remembers the size of items in a particular folder. The next time that you display the folder, the items are displayed in the size that you selected. In other words, when you change the size of items in a folder, you customize the folder to display the items at that size. To return the size of the items to the default size specified in your preferences, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Reset View to Defaults</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

5861

msgstr "Filhanteraren kommer ihåg storleken på objekten i en specifik mapp. Nästa gång som du visar mappen kommer objekten att visas i den storlek som du valde. Med andra ord, när du ändrar storleken på objekten i en mapp kommer du att anpassa mappen till att visa objekten i den storleken. För att återställa objektstorleken till standardstorleken som angivits i dina inställningar, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Visa</guimenu><guimenuitem>Återställ vy till standardalternativ</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

5862

5863

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1470(title)

5864

msgid "Selecting Files and Folders"

5865

msgstr "Markera filer och mappar"

5866

5867

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1475(secondary)

5868

msgid "selecting files and folders"

5869

msgstr "markera filer och mappar"

5870

5871

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1477(para)

5872

msgid "You can select files and folders in several ways in the file manager. Typically this is achieved by clicking on the files using the mouse, as explained in <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-10\"/>. In addition <xref linkend=\"nautilus-select-pattern\"/> describes how to select a group of files matching a specific pattern."

5873

msgstr "Du kan markera filer och mappar på flera sätt i filhanteraren. Vanligtvis genomförs det genom att klicka på filerna med musen, som förklaras i <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-10\"/>. I tillägg till det beskriver <xref linkend=\"nautilus-select-pattern\"/> hur man markerar en grupp av filer som matchar ett specifikt mönster."

5874

5875

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1480(title)

5876

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1544(title)

5877

msgid "Selecting Items in the File Manager"

5878

msgstr "Markera objekt i filhanteraren"

5879

5880

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1497(para)

5881

msgid "Select an item"

5882

msgstr "Markera ett objekt"

5883

5884

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1500(para)

5885

msgid "Click on the item."

5886

msgstr "Klicka på objektet."

5887

5888

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1505(para)

5889

msgid "Select a group of contiguous items"

5890

msgstr "Markera en grupp av närliggande objekt"

5891

5892

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1509(para)

5893

msgid "In icon view, drag around the files that you want to select."

5894

msgstr "I ikonvy, dra en rektangel runt filerna som du vill markera."

5895

5896

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1511(para)

5897

msgid "In list view, click on the first item in the group. Press-and-hold <keycap>Shift</keycap>, then click on the last item in the group."

5898

msgstr "I listvy, klicka på första objektet i gruppen. Tryck och håll ned <keycap>Skift</keycap>, klicka sedan på sista objektet i gruppen."

5899

5900

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1518(para)

5901

msgid "Select multiple items"

5902

msgstr "Markera flera objekt"

5903

5904

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1521(para)

5905

msgid "Press-and-hold <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>. Click on the items that you want to select."

5906

msgstr "Tryck och håll ned <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>. Klicka på objekten som du vill markera."

5907

5908

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1523(para)

5909

msgid "Alternatively, press-and-hold <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>, then drag around the files that you want to select."

5910

msgstr "Alternativt, tryck och håll ner <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>, dra sedan en rektangel runt de filer som du vill markera."

5911

5912

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1528(para)

5913

msgid "Select all items in a folder"

5914

msgstr "Markera alla objekt i en mapp"

5915

5916

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1531(para)

5917

msgid "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Select All Files</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

5918

msgstr "Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Redigera</guimenu><guimenuitem>Markera alla filer</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

5919

5920

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1537(para)

5921

msgid "To perform the default action on an item, double-click on the item. You can set your file manager preferences so that you click once on a file to execute the default action. For more information, see <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-56\"/>."

5922

msgstr "Dubbelklicka på objektet för att genomföra standardåtgärden för objektet. Du kan ställa in din filhanterare så att du klickar en gång på en fil för att köra standardåtgärden. För mer information, se <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-56\"/>."

5923

5924

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1541(title)

5925

msgid "Selecting Files Matching a Specific Pattern"

5926

msgstr "Markera filer som matchar ett specifikt mönster"

5927

5928

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1542(para)

5929

msgid "<application>Nautilus</application> allows you to select all files matching a pattern based upon their filename and an optional number of wildcards. This can be useful if, for example, you wish to select all files which contain the phrase \"memo\" in their filename. <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-select-pattern\"/> gives some examples of possible patterns and the resulting files they would match."

5930

msgstr "<application>Nautilus</application> låter dig markera alla filer som matchar ett mönster baserat på deras filnamn och ett valfritt antal jokertecken. Det kan vara användbart, till exempel om du vill markera alla filer som innehåller frasen \"memo\" i sina filnamn. <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-select-pattern\"/> ger några exempel på möjliga mönster och de filer som de skulle matcha."

5931

5932

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1551(para)

5933

msgid "Pattern"

5934

msgstr "Mönster"

5935

5936

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1554(para)

5937

msgid "Files Matched"

5938

msgstr "Matchade filer"

5939

5940

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1561(para)

5941

msgid "note.*"

5942

msgstr "anteckning.*"

5943

5944

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1564(para)

5945

msgid "This pattern would match files called note, with any extension."

5946

msgstr "Det här mönstret skulle matcha filer som kallas för anteckning, oavsett filändelse."

5947

5948

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1569(para)

5949

msgid "*.ogg"

5950

msgstr "*.ogg"

5951

5952

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1572(para)

5953

msgid "This pattern would match all files with the .ogg extension"

5954

msgstr "Det här mönstret skulle matcha alla filer som har filändelsen .ogg"

5955

5956

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1577(para)

5957

msgid "*memo*"

5958

msgstr "*memo*"

5959

5960

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1580(para)

5961

msgid "This pattern would match all files or folders whose name contains the word memo."

5962

msgstr "Det här mönstret skulle matcha alla filer eller mappar vars namn innehåller ordet memo."

5963

5964

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1586(para)

5965

msgid "To perform the Select Pattern command Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Select Patterns</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menu. After entering the desired pattern you are left with those files or folders which matched the pattern selected. You may then do with the selected files or folders what you choose."

5966

msgstr "För att genomföra kommandot Markera mönster, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Redigera</guimenu><guimenuitem>Markera mönster</guimenuitem></menuchoice> från menyn. Efter du har angivit det önskade mönstret kommer de att se de filer eller mappar som matchar det valda mönstret. Du kan sedan göra vad du önskar med de valda filerna eller mapparna."

5967

5968

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1591(title)

5969

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1604(title)

5970

msgid "Drag-and-Drop in the File Manager"

5971

msgstr "Dra och släpp i filhanteraren"

5972

5973

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1596(secondary)

5974

msgid "drag-and-drop"

5975

msgstr "dra-och-släpp"

5976

5977

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1598(para)

5978

msgid "You can use drag-and-drop to perform several tasks in the file manager. When you drag-and-drop, the mouse pointer provides feedback about the task that you perform. <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-11\"/> describes the tasks that you can perform with drag-and-drop. The table also shows the mouse pointers that appear when you drag-and-drop."

5979

msgstr "Du kan använda dra-och-släpp för att genomföra flera uppgifter i filhanteraren. När du drar och släpper informerar muspekaren dig om uppgiften som du genomför. <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-11\"/> beskriver uppgifterna som du kan genomföra med dra och släpp. Tabellen visar är de muspekare som visas när du drar och släpper."

5980

5981

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1618(para)

5982

msgid "Mouse Pointer"

5983

msgstr "Muspekare"

5984

5985

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1625(para)

5986

msgid "Move an item"

5987

msgstr "Flytta ett objekt"

5988

5989

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1628(para)

5990

msgid "Drag the item to the new location."

5991

msgstr "Dra objektet till den nya platsen."

5992

5993

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1637(phrase)

5994

#: C/gosbasic.xml:420(phrase)

5995

msgid "Move pointer."

5996

msgstr "Flytta-pekare"

5997

5998

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1645(para)

5999

msgid "Copy an item"

6000

msgstr "Kopiera ett objekt"

6001

6002

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1648(para)

6003

msgid "Grab the item, then press-and-hold <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>. Drag the item to the location where you want the copy to reside."

6004

msgstr "Ta tag i objektet, tryck och håll sedan ned <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>. Dra objektet till den plats där du vill att kopian ska ligga."

6005

6006

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1657(phrase)

6007

#: C/gosbasic.xml:437(phrase)

6008

msgid "Copy pointer."

6009

msgstr "Kopiera-pekare"

6010

6011

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1665(para)

6012

msgid "Create a symbolic link to an item"

6013

msgstr "Skapa en symbolisk länk till ett objekt"

6014

6015

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1669(para)

6016

msgid "Grab the item, then press-and-hold <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Shift</keycap></keycombo>. Drag the item to the location where you want the symbolic link to reside."

6017

msgstr "Ta tag i objektet, tryck och håll sedan ned <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Skift</keycap></keycombo>. Dra objektet till den plats där du vill att den symboliska länken ska ligga."

6018

6019

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1680(phrase)

6020

#: C/gosbasic.xml:454(phrase)

6021

msgid "Symbolic link pointer."

6022

msgstr "Symbolisk länk-pekare"

6023

6024

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1688(para)

6025

msgid "Ask what to do with the item you drag"

6026

msgstr "Fråga vad som ska göras med objektet som du drar"

6027

6028

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1692(para)

6029

msgid "Grab the item, then press-and-hold <keycap>Alt</keycap>. You may also use the middle mouse button to perform the same operation. Drag the item to the location where you want the item to reside. Release the mouse button. A popup menu appears. Choose one of the following items from the popup menu:"

6030

msgstr "Ta tag i objektet, tryck och håll sedan ned <keycap>Alt</keycap>. Du kan även använda mittenmusknappen för att genomföra samma åtgärd. Dra objektet till den plats där du vill att objektet ska ligga. Släpp musknappen. En popupmeny kommer att visas. Välj ett av följande objekt från popupmenyn:"

6031

6032

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1698(guimenuitem)

6033

msgid "Move here"

6034

msgstr "Flytta hit"

6035

6036

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1700(para)

6037

msgid "Moves the item to the location."

6038

msgstr "Flyttar objektet till platsen."

6039

6040

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1704(guimenuitem)

6041

msgid "Copy here"

6042

msgstr "Kopiera hit"

6043

6044

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1706(para)

6045

msgid "Copies the item to the location."

6046

msgstr "Kopierar objektet till platsen."

6047

6048

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1710(guimenuitem)

6049

msgid "Link here"

6050

msgstr "Länka hit"

6051

6052

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1712(para)

6053

msgid "Creates a symbolic link to the item at the location."

6054

msgstr "Skapar en symbolisk länk till objektet på platsen."

6055

6056

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1716(guimenuitem)

6057

msgid "Set as Background"

6058

msgstr "Ställ in som bakgrund"

6059

6060

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1718(para)

6061

msgid "If the item is an image, sets the image to be the background. You can use this command to set the background of the desktop, the side pane or the view pane."

6062

msgstr "Om objektet är en bild kommer bilden att ställas in som bakgrundsbild. Du kan använda det här kommandot för att ställa in bakgrunden för skrivbordet, sidopanelen eller vypanelen."

6063

6064

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1723(guimenuitem)

6065

msgid "Cancel"

6066

msgstr "Avbryt"

6067

6068

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1725(para)

6069

msgid "Cancels the drag-and-drop operation."

6070

msgstr "Avbryter dra och släpp-åtgärden."

6071

6072

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1736(phrase)

6073

#: C/gosbasic.xml:473(phrase)

6074

msgid "Ask pointer."

6075

msgstr "Fråga-pekare."

6076

6077

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1748(title)

6078

msgid "Moving a File or Folder"

6079

msgstr "Flytta en fil eller mapp"

6080

6081

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1751(secondary)

6082

msgid "moving files and folders"

6083

msgstr "flytta filer och mappar"

6084

6085

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1753(para)

6086

msgid "You can move a file or folder by dragging it with the mouse, or with the cut and paste commands. The following sections describe these two methods."

6087

msgstr "Du kan flytta en fil eller mapp genom att dra den med musen eller med klipp ut och klistra in-kommandon. Följande avsnitt beskriver dessa två metoder."

6088

6089

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1755(title)

6090

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1798(title)

6091

msgid "Drag to the New Location"

6092

msgstr "Dra till den nya platsen"

6093

6094

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1756(para)

6095

msgid "To drag a file or folder to a new location, perform the following steps:"

6096

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att dra en fil eller mapp till en ny plats:"

6097

6098

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1759(para)

6099

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1802(para)

6100

msgid "Open two file manager windows:"

6101

msgstr "Öppna två filhanterarfönster:"

6102

6103

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1761(para)

6104

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1804(para)

6105

msgid "The window containing the item you want to move."

6106

msgstr "Fönstret som innehåller objektet som du vill flytta."

6107

6108

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1762(para)

6109

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1805(para)

6110

msgid "The window you want to move it to, or the window containing the folder you want to move it to."

6111

msgstr "Fönstret som du vill flytta det till eller fönstret som innehåller mappen som du vill flytta det till."

6112

6113

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1766(para)

6114

msgid "Drag the file or folder that you want to move to the new location. If the new location is a window, drop it anywhere in the window. If the new location is a folder icon, drop the item you are dragging on the folder."

6115

msgstr "Dra filen eller mappen som du vill flytta till den platsen. Om den nya platsen är ett fönster, släpp det någonstans i fönstret. Om den nya platsen är en mappikon, släpp objektet som du drar på mappen."

6116

6117

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1769(para)

6118

msgid "To move the file or folder to a folder that is one level below the current location, do not open a new window. Instead, drag the file or folder to the new location in the same window."

6119

msgstr "För att flytta filen eller mappen till en mapp som är en nivå under den aktuella platsen, öppna inte det nya fönstret. Dra istället filen eller mappen till den nya platsen i samma fönster."

6120

6121

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1772(para)

6122

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1816(para)

6123

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2028(para)

6124

msgid "For more on dragging items, see <xref linkend=\"nautilus-dragndrop\"/>."

6125

msgstr "För mer information om att dra objekt, se <xref linkend=\"nautilus-dragndrop\"/>."

6126

6127

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1775(title)

6128

msgid "Cut and Paste to the New Location"

6129

msgstr "Klipp ut och klistra in till den nya platsen"

6130

6131

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1776(para)

6132

msgid "You can cut a file or folder and paste the file or folder into another folder, as follows:"

6133

msgstr "Du kan klippa ut en fil eller mapp och klistra in filen eller mappen i en annan mapp, som följer:"

6134

6135

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1780(para)

6136

msgid "Select the file or folder that you want to move, then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Cut</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

6137

msgstr "Markera filen eller mappen som du vill flytta, välj sedan <menuchoice><guimenu>Redigera</guimenu><guimenuitem>Klipp ut</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

6138

6139

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1783(para)

6140

msgid "Open the folder to which you want to move the file or folder, then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Paste </guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

6141

msgstr "Öppna mappen till vilken du vill flytta filen eller mappen, välj sedan <menuchoice><guimenu>Redigera</guimenu><guimenuitem>Klistra in</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

6142

6143

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1791(title)

6144

msgid "Copying a File or Folder"

6145

msgstr "Kopiera en fil eller mapp"

6146

6147

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1794(secondary)

6148

msgid "copying files and folders"

6149

msgstr "kopiera filer och mappar"

6150

6151

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1796(para)

6152

msgid "You can copy a file or folder by dragging it with the mouse, or with the copy and paste commands. The following sections describe these two methods."

6153

msgstr "Du kan kopiera en fil eller mapp genom att dra den med musen, eller med kopierings- och klistra in-kommandon. Följande avsnitt beskriver dessa två metoder."

6154

6155

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1799(para)

6156

msgid "To copy a file or folder, perform the following steps:"

6157

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att kopiera en fil eller mapp:"

6158

6159

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1809(para)

6160

msgid "Drag the file or folder that you want to move to the new location. Press-and-hold <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> either before or during the drag. If the new location is a window, drop it anywhere in the window. If the new location is a folder icon, drop the item you are dragging on the folder."

6161

msgstr "Dra filen eller mappen som du vill flytta till den nya platsen. Tryck och håll ned <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>, antingen före eller under dragningen. Om den nya platsen är ett fönster kan du släppa det någonstans i fönstret. Om den nya platsen är en mappikon kan du släppa objektet som du drar på mappen."

6162

6163

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1812(para)

6164

msgid "To copy the file or folder to a folder that is one level below the current location, do not open a new window. Instead, grab the file or folder, then press-and-hold <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>. Drag the file or folder to the new location in the same window."

6165

msgstr "För att kopiera filen eller mappen till en mapp som finns en nivå under den aktuella platsen, öppna inte ett nytt fönster. Ta istället tag i filen eller mappen och tryck och håll sedan ned <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>. Dra filen eller mappen till den nya platsen i samma fönster."

6166

6167

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1819(title)

6168

msgid "Copy and Paste to the New Location"

6169

msgstr "Kopiera och klistra in till den nya platsen"

6170

6171

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1820(para)

6172

msgid "You can copy a file or folder and paste the file or folder into another folder, as follows:"

6173

msgstr "Så här kan du kan kopiera en fil eller mapp och klistra in filen eller mappen till en annan mapp:"

6174

6175

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1824(para)

6176

msgid "Select the file or folder that you want to copy, then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

6177

msgstr "Välj filen eller mappen som du vill kopiera, välj sedan <menuchoice><guimenu>Redigera</guimenu><guimenuitem>Kopiera</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

6178

6179

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1827(para)

6180

msgid "Open the folder to which you want to copy the file or folder, then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Paste </guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

6181

msgstr "Öppna mappen till vilken du vill kopiera filen eller mappen, välj sedan <menuchoice><guimenu>Redigera</guimenu><guimenuitem>Klistra in</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

6182

6183

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1835(title)

6184

msgid "Duplicating a File or Folder"

6185

msgstr "Gör en dubblett av en fil eller mapp"

6186

6187

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1838(secondary)

6188

msgid "duplicating files and folders"

6189

msgstr "gör dubbletter av filer och mappar"

6190

6191

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1841(para)

6192

msgid "To create a copy of a file or folder in the current folder, perform the following steps:"

6193

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att skapa en kopia av en fil eller mapp i den aktuella mappen:"

6194

6195

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1845(para)

6196

msgid "Select the file or folder that you want to duplicate."

6197

msgstr "Välj filen eller mappen som du vill duplicera."

6198

6199

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1848(para)

6200

msgid "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Duplicate</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

6201

msgstr "Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Redigera</guimenu><guimenuitem>Duplicera</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

6202

6203

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1849(para)

6204

msgid "A copy of the file or folder appears in the current folder."

6205

msgstr "En kopia av filen eller mappen dyker upp i den aktuella mappen."

6206

6207

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1854(title)

6208

msgid "Creating a Folder"

6209

msgstr "Skapa en mapp"

6210

6211

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1857(secondary)

6212

msgid "creating folders"

6213

msgstr "skapa mappar"

6214

6215

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1859(para)

6216

msgid "To create a folder, perform the following steps:"

6217

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att skapa en mapp:"

6218

6219

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1862(para)

6220

msgid "Open the folder where you want to create the new folder."

6221

msgstr "Öppna mappen där du vill skapa den nya mappen."

6222

6223

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1865(para)

6224

msgid "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Create Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternatively, right-click on the background of the window, then choose <guimenuitem>Create Folder</guimenuitem>."

6225

msgstr "Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Redigera</guimenu><guimenuitem>Skapa mapp</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternativt, högerklicka på bakgrunden i fönstret, välj sedan <guimenuitem>Skapa mapp</guimenuitem>."

6226

6227

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1867(para)

6228

msgid "An <guilabel>untitled</guilabel> folder is added to the location. The name of the folder is selected."

6229

msgstr "En <guilabel>namnlös</guilabel> mapp läggs till i platsen. Namnet på mappen är markerat."

6230

6231

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1871(para)

6232

msgid "Type a name for the folder, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>."

6233

msgstr "Ange ett namn för mappen och tryck på <keycap>Retur</keycap>."

6234

6235

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1876(title)

6236

msgid "Templates and Documents"

6237

msgstr "Mallar och dokument"

6238

6239

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1879(secondary)

6240

msgid "creating documents"

6241

msgstr "skapa dokument"

6242

6243

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1881(para)

6244

msgid "You can create templates from documents that you frequently create. For example, if you often create invoices, you can create an empty invoice document and save the document as <literal>invoice.doc</literal> in the <literal>$HOME/Templates</literal> folder."

6245

msgstr "Du kan skapa mallar från dokument som du ofta skapar. Om du till exempel ofta skapar fakturor kan du skapa ett tomt fakturadokument och spara dokumentet som <literal>faktura.doc</literal> i mappen <literal>$HOME/Templates</literal>."

6246

6247

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1885(para)

6248

msgid "You can also access the templates folder from a file browser window. Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Templates</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

6249

msgstr "Du kan även komma åt mallmappen från ett filbläddrarfönster. Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Gå</guimenu><guimenuitem>Mallar</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

6250

6251

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1887(para)

6252

msgid "The template name is displayed as a submenu item in the <guilabel>Create Document</guilabel> menu."

6253

msgstr "Mallnamnet visas som ett undermenyobjekt i menyn <guilabel>Skapa dokument</guilabel>."

6254

6255

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1889(para)

6256

msgid "You can also create subfolders in the template folder. Subfolders display as submenus in the menu."

6257

msgstr "Du kan även skapa undermappar i mallmappen. Undermappar visas som undermenyer i menyn."

6258

6259

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1891(para)

6260

msgid "You can also share templates. Create a symbolic link from the template folder to the folder containing the shared templates."

6261

msgstr "Du kan även dela mallar. Skapa en symbolisk länk från mallmappen till den mapp som innehåller de delade mallarna."

6262

6263

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1894(title)

6264

msgid "To Create a Document"

6265

msgstr "Skapa ett dokument"

6266

6267

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1895(para)

6268

msgid "If you have document templates, you can choose to create a document from one of the installed templates."

6269

msgstr "Om du har dokumentmallar kan du välja att skapa ett dokument från en av de installerade mallarna."

6270

6271

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1897(para)

6272

msgid "To create a document perform the following steps:"

6273

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att skapa ett dokument:"

6274

6275

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1900(para)

6276

msgid "Select the folder where you want to create the new document."

6277

msgstr "Välj mappen där du vill skapa det nya dokumentet."

6278

6279

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1903(para)

6280

msgid "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Create Document</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternatively, right-click on the background of the view pane, then choose <guimenuitem>Create Document</guimenuitem>."

6281

msgstr "Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Arkiv</guimenu><guimenuitem>Skapa dokument</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternativt, högerklicka på bakgrunden av vypanelen och välj sedan <guimenuitem>Skapa dokument</guimenuitem>."

6282

6283

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1905(para)

6284

msgid "The names of any available templates are displayed as submenu items from the <guilabel>Create Document</guilabel> menu."

6285

msgstr "Namnen på de tillgängliga mallarna visas som undermenyobjekt från menyn <guilabel>Skapa dokument</guilabel>."

6286

6287

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1909(para)

6288

msgid "Double-click on the template name for the document that you want to create."

6289

msgstr "Dubbelklicka på mallnamnet för dokumentet som du vill skapa."

6290

6291

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1913(para)

6292

msgid "Rename the document before saving to the appropriate folder."

6293

msgstr "Byt namn på dokumentet innan det sparas till den lämpliga mappen."

6294

6295

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1919(title)

6296

msgid "Renaming a File or Folder"

6297

msgstr "Byt namn på en fil eller mapp"

6298

6299

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1922(secondary)

6300

msgid "renaming folders"

6301

msgstr "byt namn på mappar"

6302

6303

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1924(para)

6304

msgid "To rename a file or folder perform the following steps:"

6305

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att byta namn på en fil eller mapp:"

6306

6307

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1927(para)

6308

msgid "Select the file or folder that you want to rename."

6309

msgstr "Välj filen eller mappen som du vill byta namn på."

6310

6311

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1930(para)

6312

msgid "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Rename</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternatively, right-click on the file or folder, then choose <guimenuitem>Rename</guimenuitem>."

6313

msgstr "Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Redigera</guimenu><guimenuitem>Byt namn</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternativt, högerklicka på filen eller mapp och välj sedan <guimenuitem>Byt namn</guimenuitem>."

6314

6315

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1932(para)

6316

msgid "The name of the file or folder is selected."

6317

msgstr "Namnet på filen eller mappen är markerat."

6318

6319

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1935(para)

6320

msgid "Type a new name for the file or folder, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>."

6321

msgstr "Ange ett nytt namn för filen eller mappen, tryck sedan på <keycap>Retur</keycap>."

6322

6323

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1940(title)

6324

msgid "Moving a File or Folder to Trash"

6325

msgstr "Flytta en fil eller mapp till papperskorgen"

6326

6327

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1943(secondary)

6328

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1944(see)

6329

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1947(primary)

6330

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2460(primary)

6331

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2484(primary)

6332

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2509(primary)

6333

msgid "Trash"

6334

msgstr "Papperskorg"

6335

6336

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1948(secondary)

6337

msgid "moving files or folders to"

6338

msgstr "flytta filer eller mappar till"

6339

6340

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1951(para)

6341

msgid "To move a file or folder to <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> perform the following steps:"

6342

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att flytta en fil eller mapp till <guilabel>Papperskorgen</guilabel>:"

6343

6344

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1955(para)

6345

msgid "Select the file or folder that you want to move to <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>."

6346

msgstr "Välj filen eller mappen som du vill flytta till <guilabel>Papperskorgen</guilabel>."

6347

6348

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1958(para)

6349

msgid "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Move to Trash</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternatively, right-click on the file or folder, then choose <guimenuitem>Move to Trash</guimenuitem>."

6350

msgstr "Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Redigera</guimenu><guimenuitem>Flytta till papperskorgen</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternativt, högerklicka på filen eller mappen och välj sedan <guimenuitem>Flytta till papperskorgen</guimenuitem>."

6351

6352

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1962(para)

6353

msgid "Alternatively, you can drag the file or folder to the <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> object on the desktop."

6354

msgstr "Alternativt kan du dra filen eller mappen till <guilabel>Papperskorgen</guilabel>-objektet på skrivbordet."

6355

6356

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1964(para)

6357

msgid "When you move a file or folder from a removable media to <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>, the file or folder is stored in a <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> location on the removable media. To remove the file or folder permanently from the removable media, you must empty <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>."

6358

msgstr "När du flyttar en fil eller mapp från ett flyttbart media till <guilabel>Papperskorgen</guilabel> kommer file eller mappen att lagras i en <guilabel>Papperskorg</guilabel> på det flyttbara mediet. För att ta bort filen eller mappen permanent från det flyttbara mediet måste du tömma <guilabel>Papperskorgen</guilabel>."

6359

6360

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1970(title)

6361

msgid "Deleting a File or Folder"

6362

msgstr "Ta bort en fil eller mapp"

6363

6364

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1973(secondary)

6365

msgid "deleting files or folders"

6366

msgstr "ta bort filer eller mappar"

6367

6368

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1975(para)

6369

msgid "When you delete a file or folder, the file or folder is not moved to <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>, but is deleted from your file system immediately. The <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem> menu item is only available if you select the <guilabel>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>File Management Preferences</guilabel> dialog."

6370

msgstr "När du tar bort en fil eller mapp flyttas inte filen eller mappen till <guilabel>Papperskorgen</guilabel> utan tas omedelbart bort från ditt filsystem. Menyobjektet <guimenuitem>Ta bort</guimenuitem> finns endast tillgängligt om du väljer alternativet <guilabel>Inkludera ett kommando Ta bort som förbigår papperskorgen</guilabel> i dialogrutan <guilabel>Inställningar för filhantering</guilabel>."

6371

6372

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1981(para)

6373

msgid "To delete a file or folder perform the following steps:"

6374

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att ta bort en fil eller mapp:"

6375

6376

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1984(para)

6377

msgid "Select the file or folder that you want to delete."

6378

msgstr "Markera filen eller mappen som du vill ta bort."

6379

6380

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1987(para)

6381

msgid "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternatively, right-click on the file or folder, then choose <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem>."

6382

msgstr "Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Redigera</guimenu><guimenuitem>Ta bort</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternativt, högerklicka på filen eller mappen, välj sedan <guimenuitem>Ta bort</guimenuitem>."

6383

6384

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1994(para)

6385

msgid "This shortcut is independent from the <guilabel>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</guilabel> option."

6386

msgstr "Den här genvägen är oberoende av alternativet <guilabel>Inkludera ett kommando Ta bort som förbigår papperskorgen</guilabel>."

6387

6388

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:1991(para)

6389

msgid "Alternatively, select the file or folder you want to delete, and press <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Del</keycap></keycombo>. <placeholder-1/>"

6390

msgstr "Alternativt, välj filen eller mappen som du vill ta bort och tryck på <keycombo><keycap>Skift</keycap><keycap>Del</keycap></keycombo>. <placeholder-1/>"

6391

6392

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2001(title)

6393

msgid "Creating a Symbolic Link to a File or Folder"

6394

msgstr "Skapa en symbolisk länk till en fil eller mapp"

6395

6396

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2006(secondary)

6397

msgid "creating symbolic link"

6398

msgstr "skapa symbolisk länk"

6399

6400

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2010(secondary)

6401

msgid "to file or folder, creating"

6402

msgstr "till fil eller mapp, skapa"

6403

6404

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2012(para)

6405

msgid "A symbolic link is a special type of file that points to another file or folder. When you perform an action on a symbolic link, the action is performed on the file or folder to which the symbolic link points. However, when you delete a symbolic link, you delete the link file, not the file to which the symbolic link points."

6406

msgstr "En symbolisk länk är en speciell typ av fil som pekar på en annan fil eller mapp. När du genomför en åtgärd på en symbolisk länk genomförs åtgärden på filen eller mappen på vilken den symboliska länken pekar på. Dock, när du tar bort en symbolisk länk kommer du att ta bort länkfilen, inte filen till vilken den symboliska länken pekar på."

6407

6408

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2017(para)

6409

msgid "To create a symbolic link to a file or folder, select the file or folder to which you want to create a link. Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Make Link</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. A link to the file or folder is added to the current folder."

6410

msgstr "För att skapa en symbolisk länk till en fil eller mapp, markera filen eller mappen till vilken du vill skapa en länk. Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Redigera</guimenu><guimenuitem>Skapa länk</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. En länk till filen eller mappen läggs till i den aktuella mappen."

6411

6412

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2020(para)

6413

msgid "Alternatively, grab the item to which you want to create a link, then press-and-hold <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Shift</keycap></keycombo>. Drag the item to the location where you want to place the link."

6414

msgstr "Alternativt, ta tag i objektet till vilket du vill skapa en länk och tryck och håll sedan ned <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Skift</keycap></keycombo>. Dra objektet till den plats där du vill placera länken."

6415

6416

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2023(para)

6417

msgid "By default, the file manager adds an emblem to symbolic links."

6418

msgstr "Som standard lägger filhanteraren till ett emblem till symboliska länkar."

6419

6420

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2025(para)

6421

msgid "The permissions of a symbolic link are determined by the file or folder to which a symbolic link points."

6422

msgstr "Rättigheterna för en symbolisk länk bestäms av filen eller mappen till vilken den symboliska länken pekar."

6423

6424

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2031(title)

6425

msgid "Viewing the Properties of a File or Folder"

6426

msgstr "Visa egenskaperna för en fil eller mapp"

6427

6428

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2034(secondary)

6429

msgid "viewing properties"

6430

msgstr "visa egenskaper"

6431

6432

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2036(para)

6433

msgid "To view the properties of a file or folder, perform the following steps:"

6434

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att visa egenskaperna för en fil eller mapp:"

6435

6436

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2040(para)

6437

msgid "Select the file or folder whose properties you want to view."

6438

msgstr "Välj filen eller mappen vars egenskaper du vill se."

6439

6440

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2043(para)

6441

msgid "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. A properties dialog is displayed."

6442

msgstr "Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Arkiv</guimenu><guimenuitem>Egenskaper</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. En egenskapsdialogruta visas."

6443

6444

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2046(para)

6445

msgid "Use the properties dialog to view the properties of the file or folder."

6446

msgstr "Använd egenskapsdialogrutan för att visa egenskaperna för filen eller mappen."

6447

6448

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2050(para)

6449

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2758(para)

6450

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2795(para)

6451

msgid "Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the properties dialog."

6452

msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Stäng</guibutton> för att stänga dialogrutan."

6453

6454

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2055(para)

6455

msgid "The following table lists the properties that you can view or set for files and folders, the exact information shown depends on the object type:"

6456

msgstr "Följande tabell listar egenskaperna som du kan visa eller ställa in för filer och mappar, den exakta informationen som visas beror på objekttypen:"

6457

6458

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2063(para)

6459

msgid "Property"

6460

msgstr "Egenskap"

6461

6462

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2076(para)

6463

msgid "The name of the file or folder. You can change the name here and the file or folder will be renamed when you click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton>."

6464

msgstr "Namnet på filen eller mappen. Du kan ändra namnet här och filen eller mappen kommer att byta namn när du klickar på <guibutton>Stäng</guibutton>."

6465

6466

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2084(para)

6467

msgid "The type of object, file or folder for example."

6468

msgstr "Objekttypen, till exempel en fil eller mapp."

6469

6470

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2092(para)

6471

msgid "The system path for the object. This represents where the object is situated on your computer, relative to the system root."

6472

msgstr "Systemsökvägen för objektet. Den representerar var objektet finns på din dator, relativ till systemets rot."

6473

6474

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2097(para)

6475

msgid "Volume"

6476

msgstr "Volym"

6477

6478

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2100(para)

6479

msgid "The volume on which a folder resides. This is the physical location of the folder, on which media it resides, for example which hard disk or CDROM drive."

6480

msgstr "Volymen på vilken en mapp ligger. Det här är den fysiska platsen för mappen, på vilket media den ligger, till exempel vilken hårddisk eller cd-enhet."

6481

6482

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2105(para)

6483

msgid "Free space"

6484

msgstr "Ledigt utrymme"

6485

6486

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2108(para)

6487

msgid "The amount of free space on the media upon which a folder resides. This represents the maximum amount of data you can copy to this folder."

6488

msgstr "Mängden ledigt utrymme på mediet på vilket en mapp ligger. Den representerar den maximala mängden data som du kan kopiera till den här mappen."

6489

6490

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2113(para)

6491

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3730(guilabel)

6475

#: C/nautilus-list.page:58(p)

6476

#, fuzzy

6477

#| msgid "For a file launcher, specify the location of the file."

6478

msgid "The path to the location of the file."

6479

msgstr "För en filstartare, ange platsen för filen."

6480

6481

#: C/nautilus-list.page:61(gui)

6492

6482

msgid "MIME Type"

6493

6483

msgstr "MIME-typ"

6494

6484

6495

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2116(para)

6496

msgid "The official naming of the type of file."

6497

msgstr "Den officiella namngivningen för filtypen."

6498

6499

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2121(para)

6500

msgid "Modified"

6501

msgstr "Ändrad"

6502

6503

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2124(para)

6504

msgid "The date and time at which the object was last changed."

6505

msgstr "Datum och tid när objektet sedan ändrades."

6506

6507

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2129(para)

6508

msgid "Accessed"

6509

msgstr "Åtkommen"

6510

6511

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2132(para)

6512

msgid "The date and time at which the object was last viewed."

6513

msgstr "Datum och tid när objektet senast visades."

6514

6515

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2141(title)

6516

msgid "File Permissions"

6517

msgstr "Filrättigheter"

6518

6519

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2142(para)

6520

msgid "Permissions are settings assigned to each file and folder that determine what type of access users can have to the file or folder. For example, you can determine whether other users can read and edit a file that belongs to you, or only have access to read it but not make changes to it."

6521

msgstr "Rättigheter är inställningar som tilldelas till alla filer och mappar och som bestämmer vilka typ av åtkomst som användare kan ha till dem. Till exempel kan du bestämma huruvida andra användare får läsa och redigera en fil som tillhör dig eller bara få åtkomst för att läsa den men inte göra några ändringar i den."

6522

6523

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2144(para)

6524

msgid "Each file belongs to a particular user, and is associated with a group that the owner belongs to. The super user \"root\" has the ability to access any file on the system."

6525

msgstr "Varje fil tillhör en specifik användare och är associerad med en grupp som ägaren tillhör. Superanvändaren \"root\" har möjligheten att komma åt alla filer på systemet."

6526

6527

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2145(para)

6528

msgid "You can set permissions for three categories of users:"

6529

msgstr "Du kan ställa in rättigheter för tre olika kategorier av användare:"

6530

6531

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2147(term)

6532

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3685(guilabel)

6533

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3878(guilabel)

6485

#: C/nautilus-list.page:62(p)

6486

#, fuzzy

6487

#| msgid "Choose this option to display the MIME type of the item."

6488

msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."

6489

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att visa MIME-typen för objektet."

6490

6491

#: C/nautilus-list.page:66(gui)

6492

msgid "Permissions"

6493

msgstr "Rättigheter"

6494

6495

#: C/nautilus-list.page:67(p)

6496

msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"

6497

msgstr ""

6498

6499

#: C/nautilus-list.page:70(p)

6500

msgid "The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."

6501

msgstr ""

6502

6503

#: C/nautilus-list.page:73(p)

6504

msgid "The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user who owns the file."

6505

msgstr ""

6506

6507

#: C/nautilus-list.page:76(p)

6508

msgid "The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the group that owns the file."

6509

msgstr ""

6510

6511

#: C/nautilus-list.page:79(p)

6512

msgid "The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions for all other users on the system."

6513

msgstr ""

6514

6515

#: C/nautilus-list.page:82(p)

6516

#, fuzzy

6517

#| msgid "You can modify the following settings:"

6518

msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"

6519

msgstr "Du kan ändra följande inställningar:"

6520

6521

#: C/nautilus-list.page:86(p)

6522

#, fuzzy

6523

#| msgid "No read permission"

6524

msgid "r : Read permission."

6525

msgstr "Ingen läsrättighet"

6526

6527

#: C/nautilus-list.page:87(p)

6528

#, fuzzy

6529

#| msgid "No write permission"

6530

msgid "w : Write permission."

6531

msgstr "Ingen skrivrättighet"

6532

6533

#: C/nautilus-list.page:88(p)

6534

#, fuzzy

6535

#| msgid "No write permission"

6536

msgid "x : Execute permission."

6537

msgstr "Ingen skrivrättighet"

6538

6539

#: C/nautilus-list.page:89(p)

6540

#| msgid "No read permission"

6541

msgid "- : No permission."

6542

msgstr ""

6543

6544

#: C/nautilus-list.page:94(gui)

6545

msgid "Octal Permissions"

6546

msgstr "Oktala rättigheter"

6547

6548

#: C/nautilus-list.page:95(p)

6549

msgid "Displays the file permissions in octal notation prefixed with '40' for folders and '100' for files. In the last three digits, each digit represents user class, group class and other users respectively."

6550

msgstr ""

6551

6552

#: C/nautilus-list.page:97(p)

6553

msgid "Read adds 4 to the total of each of the last three digits."

6554

msgstr ""

6555

6556

#: C/nautilus-list.page:98(p)

6557

msgid "Write adds 2 to the total."

6558

msgstr ""

6559

6560

#: C/nautilus-list.page:99(p)

6561

msgid "Execute adds 1 to the total."

6562

msgstr ""

6563

6564

#: C/nautilus-list.page:103(gui)

6534

6565

msgid "Owner"

6535

6566

msgstr "Ägare"

6536

6567

6537

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2149(para)

6538

msgid "The user that created the file or folder."

6539

msgstr "Användaren som skapade filen eller mappen."

6540

6541

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2152(term)

6542

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3696(guilabel)

6543

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3845(guilabel)

6544

msgid "Group"

6545

msgstr "Grupp"

6546

6547

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2154(para)

6548

msgid "A group of users to which the owner belongs."

6549

msgstr "En grupp användare som ägaren tillhör."

6550

6551

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2157(term)

6552

msgid "Others"

6553

msgstr "Övriga"

6554

6555

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2159(para)

6556

msgid "All other users not already included."

6557

msgstr "Alla andra användare som inte redan är inkluderade."

6558

6559

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2163(para)

6560

msgid "For each category of user, different permissions can be set. These behave differently for files and folders, as follows:"

6561

msgstr "För varje kategori användare kan olika rättigheter ställas in. Dessa uppträder olika för filer och mappar, enligt följande:"

6562

6563

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2166(term)

6564

msgid "read"

6565

msgstr "läs"

6566

6567

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2168(para)

6568

msgid "Files can be opened"

6569

msgstr "Filer kan öppnas"

6570

6571

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2169(para)

6572

msgid "Directory contents can be displayed"

6573

msgstr "Kataloginnehåll kan visas"

6574

6575

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2172(term)

6576

msgid "write"

6577

msgstr "skriv"

6578

6579

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2174(para)

6580

msgid "Files can be edited or deleted"

6581

msgstr "Filer kan redigeras eller tas bort"

6582

6583

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2175(para)

6584

msgid "Directory contents can be modified"

6585

msgstr "Kataloginnehåll kan ändras"

6586

6587

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2178(term)

6588

msgid "execute"

6589

msgstr "kör"

6590

6591

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2180(para)

6592

msgid "Executable files can be run as a program"

6593

msgstr "Körbara filer kan köras som ett program"

6594

6595

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2181(para)

6596

msgid "Directories can be entered"

6597

msgstr "Kataloger kan öppnas"

6598

6599

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2186(para)

6600

msgid "For more on changing the permissions for a file or folder, see <xref linkend=\"nautilus-permissions\"/>."

6601

msgstr "För mer information om ändring av rättigheter för en fil eller mapp, se <xref linkend=\"nautilus-permissions\"/>."

6602

6603

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2190(title)

6604

msgid "Changing Permissions"

6605

msgstr "Ändra rättigheter"

6606

6607

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2195(title)

6608

msgid "Changing Permissions for a File"

6609

msgstr "Ändra rättigheter för en fil"

6610

6611

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2199(secondary)

6612

msgid "changing permissions"

6613

msgstr "ändra rättigheter"

6614

6615

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2202(primary)

6616

msgid "permissions"

6617

msgstr "rättigheter"

6618

6619

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2203(secondary)

6620

msgid "changing file"

6621

msgstr "ändra fil"

6622

6623

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2205(para)

6624

msgid "To change the permissions of a file, perform the following steps:"

6625

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att ändra rättigheter på en fil:"

6626

6627

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2208(para)

6628

msgid "Select the file that you want to change."

6629

msgstr "Välj den fil du vill ändra."

6630

6631

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2211(para)

6632

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2254(para)

6633

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2326(para)

6634

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2746(para)

6635

msgid "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <link linkend=\"nautilus-properties\">properties window</link> for the item is displayed."

6636

msgstr "Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Arkiv</guimenu><guimenuitem>Egenskaper</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. <link linkend=\"nautilus-properties\">Egenskapsfönstret</link> för objektet visas."

6637

6638

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2214(para)

6639

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2257(para)

6640

msgid "Click on the <guilabel>Permissions</guilabel> tab."

6641

msgstr "Klicka på fliken <guilabel>Rättigheter</guilabel>."

6642

6643

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2217(para)

6644

msgid "To change the file's group, choose from the groups the user belongs to in the drop-down selector."

6645

msgstr "För att ändra filens grupp, välj från grupperna som användaren tillhör i rullgardinsväljaren."

6646

6647

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2220(para)

6648

msgid "For each of the owner, the group, and all other users, choose from these permissions for the file:"

6649

msgstr "För varje ägare, grupp och alla andra användare, välj från dessa rättigheter för filen:"

6650

6651

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2222(term)

6652

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2265(term)

6653

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3741(guilabel)

6568

#: C/nautilus-list.page:104(p)

6569

#, fuzzy

6570

#| msgid "The name of the file or folder is selected."

6571

msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."

6572

msgstr "Namnet på filen eller mappen är markerat."

6573

6574

#: C/nautilus-list.page:108(gui)

6575

msgid "SELinux Context"

6576

msgstr ""

6577

6578

#: C/nautilus-list.page:109(p)

6579

#, fuzzy

6580

#| msgid "Display the contents of a folder in the view pane."

6581

msgid "Displays the SELinux Context of the file, if applicable."

6582

msgstr "Visa innehållet i en mapp i vypanelen."

6583

6584

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9(desc)

6585

#, fuzzy

6586

#| msgid "Enables you to add notes to your files and folders."

6587

msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."

6588

msgstr "Låter dig lägga till anteckningar till dina filer och mappar."

6589

6590

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:23(title)

6591

#, fuzzy

6592

#| msgid "File Permissions"

6593

msgid "Set file permissions"

6594

msgstr "Filrättigheter"

6595

6596

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:25(p)

6597

msgid "You can use file permissions control who can view and edit files that you own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select <gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."

6598

msgstr ""

6599

6600

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:29(p)

6601

msgid "See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details on the types of permissions you can set."

6602

msgstr ""

6603

6604

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:33(title)

6605

#: C/files.page:16(title)

6606

msgid "Files"

6607

msgstr "Filer"

6608

6609

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:35(p)

6610

msgid "You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-only if you don't want to accidentally change it."

6611

msgstr ""

6612

6613

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:40(p)

6614

msgid "Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong to."

6615

msgstr ""

6616

6617

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:48(p)

6618

msgid "You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in the file's group."

6619

msgstr ""

6620

6621

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:51(p)

6622

msgid "If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more information."

6623

msgstr ""

6624

6625

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:60(p)

6626

msgid "You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, groups, and other users."

6627

msgstr ""

6628

6629

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:63(p)

6630

msgid "The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can set for a file."

6631

msgstr ""

6632

6633

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:67(gui)

6654

6634

msgid "None"

6655

6635

msgstr "Ingen"

6656

6636

6657

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2224(para)

6658

msgid "No access to the file is possible. (You can't set this for the owner.)"

6659

msgstr "Ingen åtkomst till filen är möjlig. (Du kan inte ställa in det här för ägaren.)"

6660

6661

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2227(term)

6662

msgid "Read-only"

6663

msgstr "Skrivskyddad"

6664

6665

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2229(para)

6666

msgid "The users can open a file to see its contents, but not make any changes."

6667

msgstr "Användarna kan öppna en fil för att se dess innehåll men kan inte göra några ändringar."

6668

6669

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2232(term)

6670

msgid "Read and write"

6671

msgstr "Läs och skriv"

6672

6673

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2234(para)

6674

msgid "Normal access to a file is possible: it can be opened and saved."

6675

msgstr "Normal åtkomst till en fil är möjlig: den kan öppnas och sparas."

6676

6677

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2240(para)

6678

msgid "To allow a file to be run as a program, select <guilabel>Execute</guilabel>"

6679

msgstr "För att tillåta att en fil kan köras som ett program, välj <guilabel>Kör</guilabel>"

6680

6681

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2246(title)

6682

msgid "Changing Permissions for a Folder"

6683

msgstr "Ändra rättigheter för en mapp"

6684

6685

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2248(para)

6686

msgid "To change the permissions of a folder, perform the following steps:"

6687

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att ändra rättigheterna för en mapp:"

6688

6689

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2251(para)

6690

msgid "Select the folder that you want to change."

6691

msgstr "Markera mappen som du vill ändra."

6692

6693

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2260(para)

6694

msgid "To change the folder's group, choose from the groups the user belongs to in the drop-down selector."

6695

msgstr "För att ändra mappens grupp, välj från grupperna som användaren tillhör i rullgardinsväljaren."

6696

6697

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2263(para)

6698

msgid "For each of the owner, the group, and all other users, choose from these folder access permissions:"

6699

msgstr "För varje ägare, grupp och alla andra användare, välj från dessa mappåtkomsträttigheter."

6700

6701

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2267(para)

6702

msgid "No access to the folder is possible. (You can't set this for the owner.)"

6703

msgstr "Ingen åtkomst till mappen är möjlig. (Du kan inte ställa in det här för ägaren.)"

6704

6705

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2270(term)

6637

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:68(p)

6638

msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."

6639

msgstr ""

6640

6641

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:72(gui)

6706

6642

msgid "List files only"

6707

6643

msgstr "Lista endast filer"

6708

6644

6709

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2272(para)

6710

msgid "The users can see the items in the folder, but not open any of them."

6645

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:73(p)

6646

#, fuzzy

6647

#| msgid "The users can see the items in the folder, but not open any of them."

6648

msgid "The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be able to open, create, or delete files."

6711

6649

msgstr "Användarna kan se objekten i mappen men kan inte öppna något av dem."

6712

6650

6713

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2275(term)

6651

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:77(gui)

6714

6652

msgid "Access files"

6715

6653

msgstr "Komma åt filer"

6716

6654

6717

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2277(para)

6718

msgid "Items in the folder can be opened and modified, provided their own permissions allow it."

6719

msgstr "Objekten i mappen kan öppnas och ändras, såvida deras egna rättigheter tillåter det."

6655

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:78(p)

6656

msgid "The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create new files or delete files."

6657

msgstr ""

6720

6658

6721

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2280(term)

6659

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:83(gui)

6722

6660

msgid "Create and delete files"

6723

6661

msgstr "Skapa och ta bort filer"

6724

6662

6725

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2282(para)

6726

msgid "The user can create new files and delete files in the folder, in addition to being able to access existing files."

6727

msgstr "Användaren kan skapa nya filer och ta bort filer i mappen, i tillägg till att kunna komma åt befintliga filer."

6728

6729

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2289(para)

6730

msgid "To set permissions for all the items contained in a folder, set the <guilabel>File Access</guilabel> and <guilabel>Execute</guilabel> properties and click on <guibutton>Apply permissions to enclosed files</guibutton>."

6731

msgstr "För att ställa in rättigheter för alla objekt som finns i en mapp, ställ in egenskaperna <guilabel>Filåtkomst</guilabel> och <guilabel>Kör</guilabel> och klicka på <guibutton>Verkställ rättigheterna på markerade filer</guibutton>."

6732

6733

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2295(title)

6734

msgid "Adding Notes to Files and Folders"

6735

msgstr "Lägg till anteckningar till filer och mappar"

6736

6737

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2296(para)

6738

msgid "You can add notes to files or folders. You can add notes to files or folders in the following ways:"

6739

msgstr "Du kan lägga till anteckningar till filer och mappar. Du kan lägga till anteckningar till filer eller mappar på följande sätt:"

6740

6741

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2300(para)

6742

msgid "From the properties dialog"

6743

msgstr "Från egenskapsdialogen"

6744

6745

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2303(para)

6746

msgid "From <guilabel>Notes</guilabel> in the side pane"

6747

msgstr "Från <guilabel>Anteckningar</guilabel> i sidopanelen"

6748

6749

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2307(title)

6750

msgid "To Add a Note Using the Properties Dialog"

6751

msgstr "Lägg till en anteckning med egenskapsdialogen"

6752

6753

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2311(primary)

6754

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2316(secondary)

6755

msgid "notes"

6756

msgstr "anteckningar"

6757

6758

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2312(secondary)

6759

msgid "adding to files and folders"

6760

msgstr "lägg till i filer och mappar"

6761

6762

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2319(para)

6763

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2340(para)

6764

msgid "To add a note to a file or folder, perform the following steps:"

6765

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att lägga till en anteckning till en fil eller mapp:"

6766

6767

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2323(para)

6768

msgid "Select the file or folder to which you want to add a note."

6769

msgstr "Välj filen eller mappen till vilken du vill lägga till en anteckning."

6770

6771

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2329(para)

6772

msgid "Click on the <guilabel>Notes</guilabel> tab. In the <guilabel>Notes</guilabel> tabbed section, type the note."

6773

msgstr "Klicka på fliken <guilabel>Anteckningar</guilabel>. Skriv in anteckningen i fliksektionen <guilabel>Anteckningar</guilabel>."

6774

6775

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2332(para)

6776

msgid "Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the properties dialog. A note emblem is added to the file or folder."

6777

msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Stäng</guibutton> för att stänga egenskapsdialogrutan. Ett anteckningsemblem läggs till för filen eller mappen."

6778

6779

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2336(para)

6780

msgid "<indexterm><primary>notes</primary><secondary>deleting</secondary></indexterm><indexterm><primary>file manager</primary><secondary>notes</secondary><tertiary>deleting</tertiary></indexterm>To delete a note, delete the note text from the <guilabel>Notes</guilabel> tabbed section."

6781

msgstr "<indexterm><primary>anteckningar</primary><secondary>ta bort</secondary></indexterm><indexterm><primary>filhanterare</primary><secondary>anteckningar</secondary><tertiary>tar bort</tertiary></indexterm>För att ta bort en anteckning, ta bort anteckningstexten från fliksektionen <guilabel>Anteckningar</guilabel>."

6782

6783

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2339(title)

6784

msgid "To Add a Note Using Notes in the Side Pane"

6785

msgstr "Lägg till en anteckning med anteckningar i sidopanelen"

6786

6787

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2343(para)

6788

msgid "Open the file or folder to which you want to add a note in the view pane."

6789

msgstr "Öppna filen eller mappen till vilken du vill lägga till en anteckning i vypanelen."

6790

6791

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2347(para)

6792

msgid "Choose <guilabel>Notes</guilabel> from the drop-down list at the top of the side pane. To display the side pane, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Side Pane</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

6793

msgstr "Välj <guilabel>Anteckningar</guilabel> från rullgardinslistan överst i sidopanelen. För att visa sidopanelen, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Visa</guimenu><guimenuitem>Sidopanel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

6794

6795

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2351(para)

6796

msgid "Type the note in the side pane. A note emblem is added to the file or folder in the view pane, and a note icon is added to the side pane. You can click on this icon to display the note."

6797

msgstr "Skriv in anteckningen i sidopanelen. Ett anteckningsemblem läggs till för filen eller mappen i vypanelen och en anteckningsikon läggs till i sidopanelen. Du kan klicka på den här ikonen för att visa anteckningen."

6798

6799

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2356(para)

6800

msgid "To delete a note, delete the note text from <guilabel>Notes</guilabel> in the side pane."

6801

msgstr "För att ta bort en anteckning, ta bort anteckningens text från <guilabel>Anteckningar</guilabel> i sidopanelen."

6802

6803

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2361(title)

6804

msgid "Using Bookmarks For Your Favorite Locations"

6805

msgstr "Använda bokmärken för dina favoritplatser"

6806

6807

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2366(secondary)

6808

msgid "bookmarks"

6809

msgstr "bokmärken"

6810

6811

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2368(para)

6812

msgid "You can keep a list of <firstterm>bookmarks</firstterm> in <application>Nautilus</application>: folders and other locations that you frequently need to open."

6813

msgstr "Du kan ha en lista över <firstterm>bokmärken</firstterm> i <application>Nautilus</application>: mappar och andra platser som du ofta behöver öppna."

6814

6815

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2369(para)

6816

msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the following places:"

6663

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:84(p)

6664

msgid "The user will have full access to the directory, including opening, creating, and deleting files."

6665

msgstr ""

6666

6667

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:89(p)

6668

msgid "You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the folder by using the <gui>File access</gui> drop-down lists and the <gui>Execute</gui> option. Leave the drop-down lists as <gui>---</gui> for no change, or the <gui>Execute</gui> check box in the indeterminate state (a horizontal line across it)."

6669

msgstr ""

6670

6671

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:94(p)

6672

msgid "If you click <gui>Apply Permissions to Enclosed Files</gui>, the file manager will adjust the read, write, and execute permissions of contained files based on the <gui>File access</gui> and <gui>Execute</gui> options you set. It will also change the permissions of contained folders to match the permissions of that folder. Permissions for enclosed files are applied to files in subfolders as well, to any depth."

6673

msgstr ""

6674

6675

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8(desc)

6676

msgid "View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default applications."

6677

msgstr ""

6678

6679

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:23(title)

6680

#, fuzzy

6681

#| msgid "file properties"

6682

msgid "File properties"

6683

msgstr "filegenskaper"

6684

6685

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:25(p)

6686

msgid "You can view information about a file in the file properties dialog. To view the properties for a file or folder, right-click it and select <gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press <guiseq><gui>Alt</gui><gui>Enter</gui></guiseq>."

6687

msgstr ""

6688

6689

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:30(p)

6690

msgid "The file properties dialog shows you information like the file type, size, and modification time. If you need this information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>."

6691

msgstr ""

6692

6693

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:35(p)

6694

msgid "The file properties dialog also allow you to <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">set file permissions</link> and <link xref=\"files-open\">choose applications to open files</link>."

6695

msgstr ""

6696

6697

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:39(p)

6698

msgid "For certain types of files, such as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information like the dimensions, duration, and codec."

6699

msgstr ""

6700

6701

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:45(p)

6702

msgid "This page is intentionally written to give you some overview of the other tabs, because I happen to know that in 3.0 it's the target of the Help button in the properties dialog, regardless of the tab you're on."

6703

msgstr ""

6704

6705

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:52(title)

6706

#, fuzzy

6707

#| msgid "file properties"

6708

msgid "Basic properties"

6709

msgstr "filegenskaper"

6710

6711

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55(p)

6712

msgid "The name of the file. You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."

6713

msgstr ""

6714

6715

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61(p)

6716

msgid "The type of the file, such as PDF document, OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The MIME type of the file is shown in parentheses. The file type determines which applications can open the file, among other things. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more information."

6717

msgstr ""

6718

6719

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:68(title)

6720

#| msgid "Go to Contents"

6721

msgid "Contents"

6722

msgstr "Innehåll"

6723

6724

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:69(p)

6725

msgid "This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder. It shows the number of items in the folder. If the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."

6726

msgstr ""

6727

6728

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:74(p)

6729

msgid "This field is displayed if you are looking at an item other than a folder. The size may be stated as bytes, KB, MB, or GB. In the case of the last three, the size in bytes will be stated in parentheses."

6730

msgstr ""

6731

6732

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77(p)

6733

msgid "1 KB = 1 024 bytes"

6734

msgstr "1 KB = 1 024 byte"

6735

6736

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78(p)

6737

msgid "1 MB = 1 048 576 bytes"

6738

msgstr "1 MB = 1 048 576 byte"

6739

6740

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:79(p)

6741

msgid "1 GB = 1 073 741 824 bytes"

6742

msgstr "1 GB = 1 073 741 824 byte"

6743

6744

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:86(p)

6745

msgid "The absolute path to your item."

6746

msgstr ""

6747

6748

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:90(title)

6749

msgid "Volume"

6750

msgstr "Volym"

6751

6752

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:91(p)

6753

msgid "The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you the storage medium the file is on, such as a <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">disk partition</link> on your computer, an external drive or optical disc, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</link>."

6754

msgstr ""

6755

6756

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:99(title)

6757

#| msgid "Free space"

6758

msgid "Free Space"

6759

msgstr "Ledigt utrymme"

6760

6761

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:100(p)

6762

msgid "For folders, the amount of free space left for new files on the containing volume."

6763

msgstr ""

6764

6765

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106(title)

6766

msgid "Accessed"

6767

msgstr "Åtkommen"

6768

6769

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107(p)

6770

#, fuzzy

6771

#| msgid "The date and time at which the object was last viewed."

6772

msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."

6773

msgstr "Datum och tid när objektet senast visades."

6774

6775

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:111(title)

6776

msgid "Modified"

6777

msgstr "Ändrad"

6778

6779

#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:112(p)

6780

#, fuzzy

6781

#| msgid "The date and time at which the object was last changed."

6782

msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."

6783

msgstr "Datum och tid när objektet sedan ändrades."

6784

6785

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

6786

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

6787

#: C/nautilus-display.page:30(None)

6788

#| msgid ""

6789

#| "@@image: 'figures/naut_refine_search.png'; "

6790

#| "md5=c3d58f408fd7ec2f6965a0f06e05c43e"

6791

msgid "@@image: 'figures/nautilus-icons.png'; md5=c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e"

6792

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/nautilus-icons.png'; md5=c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e"

6793

6794

#: C/nautilus-display.page:8(desc)

6795

#, fuzzy

6796

#| msgid "Contains buttons that you use to perform tasks in the file manager."

6797

msgid "Control icon captions and the date format used in the file manager."

6798

msgstr "Innehåller knappar som du kan använda för att genomföra uppgifter i filhanteraren."

6799

6800

#: C/nautilus-display.page:20(title)

6801

#, fuzzy

6802

#| msgid "file manager preferences"

6803

msgid "File manager display preferences"

6804

msgstr "inställningar för filhanterare"

6805

6806

#: C/nautilus-display.page:22(p)

6807

msgid "You can control various aspects of how the file manager displays files, including captions under icons and how dates are formatted. In any file manager window, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the <gui>Display</gui> tab."

6808

msgstr ""

6809

6810

#: C/nautilus-display.page:28(title)

6811

#, fuzzy

6812

#| msgid "icon captions"

6813

msgid "Icon captions"

6814

msgstr "ikonrubriker"

6815

6816

#: C/nautilus-display.page:31(p)

6817

#, fuzzy

6818

#| msgid "File Manager Presentation"

6819

msgid "File manager icons with captions"

6820

msgstr "Presentation av filhanteraren"

6821

6822

#: C/nautilus-display.page:33(p)

6823

msgid "When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last modified."

6824

msgstr ""

6825

6826

#: C/nautilus-display.page:37(p)

6827

msgid "As you zoom in on a folder (under the <gui>View</gui> menu), the file manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes."

6828

msgstr ""

6829

6830

#: C/nautilus-display.page:41(p)

6831

msgid "The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more information."

6832

msgstr ""

6833

6834

#: C/nautilus-display.page:44(p)

6835

msgid "If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon caption changes to take effect. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."

6836

msgstr ""

6837

6838

#: C/nautilus-display.page:50(title)

6839

#| msgid "format"

6840

msgid "Date format"

6841

msgstr "Datumformat"

6842

6843

#: C/nautilus-display.page:51(p)

6844

msgid "Access and modification times for files can be displayed in icon captions or in list view columns. You can choose the date format that is easiest for you from the <gui>Format</gui> drop-down list. Available formats include a verbose format like you might write by hand, an international standard format, and a format that uses relative phrases like today and yesterday. The drop-down list shows the formats by example, by showing the current date and time in that format."

6845

msgstr ""

6846

6847

#: C/nautilus-connect.page:7(desc)

6848

msgid "View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or WebDAV."

6849

msgstr ""

6850

6851

#: C/nautilus-connect.page:19(title)

6852

msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"

6853

msgstr ""

6854

6855

#: C/nautilus-connect.page:21(p)

6856

msgid "You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on that server, exactly as if they were on your local machine or removable device. This is a convenient way to download or upload files, or to share files with users on your local network."

6857

msgstr ""

6858

6859

#: C/nautilus-connect.page:27(p)

6860

msgid "To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."

6861

msgstr ""

6862

6863

#: C/nautilus-connect.page:30(p)

6864

msgid "Click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in the sidebar, or select <gui>Network</gui> from the <gui>Go</gui> menu. The file manager will find any computers on your local area network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're looking for, you can manually connect to a server."

6865

msgstr ""

6866

6867

#: C/nautilus-connect.page:38(title)

6868

msgid "Connect to a file server"

6869

msgstr "Anslut till en filserver"

6870

6871

#: C/nautilus-connect.page:39(p)

6872

msgid "In the file manager, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Connect to Server</gui></guiseq>."

6873

msgstr ""

6874

6875

#: C/nautilus-connect.page:41(p)

6876

msgid "Enter the server address, select the type of server, and enter any additional information as required. Then click <gui>Connect</gui>. Details on server types are listed below."

6877

msgstr ""

6878

6879

#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44(p)

6880

msgid "For servers on the internet, you can usually use the domain name. For computers on your local area network, however, you may have to use the computer's numeric IP address. If the other computer is running GNOME, see <link xref=\"net-findip\"/> to find that computer's internal IP address. Otherwise, check the help on that computer."

6881

msgstr ""

6882

6883

#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50(p)

6884

msgid "A new window will open showing you the files on the server. Browse the files and folders just as you would for local files and folders."

6885

msgstr ""

6886

6887

#: C/nautilus-connect.page:55(p)

6888

msgid "Connecting to a server will also add that server to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in the future. If you do not see the sidebar in the file manager, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>."

6889

msgstr ""

6890

6891

#: C/nautilus-connect.page:60(p)

6892

msgid "You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a user name and password. You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete files."

6893

msgstr ""

6894

6895

#: C/nautilus-connect.page:68(title)

6896

#| msgid "sound server"

6897

msgid "Types of servers"

6898

msgstr "Typ av servrar"

6899

6900

#: C/nautilus-connect.page:70(title)

6901

msgid "SSH"

6902

msgstr "SSH"

6903

6904

#: C/nautilus-connect.page:71(p)

6905

msgid "If you have a secure shell account on a server, you can connect using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in. If you use a secure shell key to log in, leave the password field blank."

6906

msgstr ""

6907

6908

#: C/nautilus-connect.page:76(p)

6909

msgid "We should have a topics on encryption keys, possibly rolling the seahorse help into gnome-help. Then link from here."

6910

msgstr ""

6911

6912

#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79(p)

6913

msgid "When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted so that other users on your network can't sniff it."

6914

msgstr ""

6915

6916

#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83(title)

6917

msgid "FTP (with login)"

6918

msgstr "FTP (med inloggning)"

6919

6920

#: C/nautilus-connect.page:84(p)

6921

msgid "FTP is a popular protocol for exchanging files on the Internet. Because data is not encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and upload files."

6922

msgstr ""

6923

6924

#: C/nautilus-connect.page:91(title)

6925

msgid "Public FTP"

6926

msgstr "Publik FTP"

6927

6928

#: C/nautilus-connect.page:92(p)

6929

msgid "Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a user name and password, and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."

6930

msgstr ""

6931

6932

#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96(p)

6933

msgid "Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public user name and password, or with a public user name using your email address as the password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and use the credentials specified by the FTP site."

6934

msgstr ""

6935

6936

#: C/nautilus-connect.page:103(title)

6937

#| msgid "Windows shares"

6938

msgid "Windows share"

6939

msgstr "Windows-utdelning"

6940

6941

#: C/nautilus-connect.page:104(p)

6942

msgid "Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into domains for organization and to better control access. If you have the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows share from the file manager."

6943

msgstr ""

6944

6945

#: C/nautilus-connect.page:111(title)

6946

msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"

6947

msgstr ""

6948

6949

#: C/nautilus-connect.page:112(p)

6950

msgid "Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so your password and data can't be sniffed."

6951

msgstr ""

6952

6953

#: C/nautilus-connect.page:119(p)

6954

msgid "Also used by gnome-user-share, but we're not talking about that in gnome-help for 3.0. Hopefully it will be better integrated in 3.2, and we can discuss it better in the help. If that happens, link from here."

6955

msgstr ""

6956

6957

#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:7(desc)

6958

#| msgid "Selecting Items in the File Manager"

6959

msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."

6960

msgstr "Lägg till, ta bort och byt namn på bokmärken i filhanteraren."

6961

6962

#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:18(title)

6963

#| msgid "Edit Bookmarks"

6964

msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"

6965

msgstr "Redigera mappbokmärken"

6966

6967

#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:19(p)

6968

#, fuzzy

6969

#| msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the following places:"

6970

msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu of the file manager."

6817

6971

msgstr "Dina bokmärken är listade på följande ställen:"

6818

6972

6819

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2371(para)

6820

msgid "The <guimenu>Places</guimenu> menu on the top panel."

6821

msgstr "Menyn <guimenu>Platser</guimenu> i överkantspanelen."

6822

6823

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2372(para)

6824

msgid "The <guimenu>Places</guimenu> menu in a folder window."

6825

msgstr "Menyn <guimenu>Platser</guimenu> i ett mappfönster."

6826

6827

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2373(para)

6828

msgid "The <guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu> menu in a <application>Nautilus</application> browser window."

6829

msgstr "Menyn <guimenu>Bokmärken</guimenu> i ett <application>Nautilus</application>-bläddrarfönster."

6830

6831

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2374(para)

6832

msgid "The side pane in the <link linkend=\"filechooser-open\"><guilabel>Open File</guilabel> dialog</link>. This allows you to quickly open a file that is in one of your bookmarked locations."

6833

msgstr "Sidopanelen i dialogrutan <link linkend=\"filechooser-open\"><guilabel>Öppna fil</guilabel></link>. Den låter dig snabbt öppna en fil som finns i en av dina bokmärkta platser."

6834

6835

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2375(para)

6836

msgid "The list of commonly used locations in the <link linkend=\"filechooser-save\"><guilabel>Save File</guilabel> dialog</link>. This allows you to quickly save a file to a location you have in your bookmarks."

6837

msgstr "Listan över ofta använda platser i dialogrutan <link linkend=\"filechooser-save\"><guilabel>Spara fil</guilabel></link>. Den låter dig snabbt spara en fil till en plats som du har i dina bokmärken."

6838

6839

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2378(para)

6840

msgid "To open an item that is in your bookmarks, choose the item from a menu."

6841

msgstr "För att öppna ett objekt som finns i dina bokmärken, välj objektet från en meny."

6842

6843

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2381(title)

6844

msgid "Adding a Bookmark"

6845

msgstr "Lägg till ett bokmärke"

6846

6847

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2382(para)

6848

msgid "To add a bookmark, open the folder or location that you want to bookmark, then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add Bookmark</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

6849

msgstr "För att lägga till ett bokmärke, öppna mappen eller platsen som du vill bokmärka och välj sedan <menuchoice><guimenu>Platser</guimenu><guimenuitem>Lägg till bokmärke</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

6850

6851

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2383(para)

6852

msgid "If you are using a <application>Nautilus</application> browser window, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add Bookmark</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

6853

msgstr "Om du använder ett <application>Nautilus</application>-bläddringsfönster, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Bokmärken</guimenu><guimenuitem>Lägg till bokmärke</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

6854

6855

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2386(title)

6856

msgid "To Edit a Bookmark"

6857

msgstr "Redigera ett bokmärke"

6858

6859

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2387(para)

6860

msgid "To edit your bookmarks perform the following steps:"

6861

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att redigera dina bokmärken:"

6862

6863

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2390(para)

6864

msgid "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</guimenu><guimenuitem>Edit Bookmarks</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or in a browser window, <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu><guimenuitem>Edit Bookmarks</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. An <guilabel>Edit Bookmarks</guilabel> dialog is displayed."

6865

msgstr "Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Platser</guimenu><guimenuitem>Redigera bokmärken</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, eller i ett bläddrarfönster, <menuchoice><guimenu>Bokmärken</guimenu><guimenuitem>Redigera bokmärken</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Dialogrutan <guilabel>Redigera bokmärken</guilabel> visas."

6866

6867

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2394(para)

6868

msgid "Select the bookmark on the left side of the <guilabel>Edit Bookmarks</guilabel> dialog. Edit the details for the bookmark on the right side of the <guilabel>Edit Bookmarks</guilabel> dialog, as follows:"

6869

msgstr "Välj bokmärket på vänster sida av dialogrutan <guilabel>Redigera bokmärken</guilabel>. Redigera detaljerna för bokmärket på höger sida om dialogrutan <guilabel>Redigera bokmärken</guilabel>, som följer:"

6870

6871

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2419(para)

6872

msgid "Use this text box to specify the name that identifies the bookmark in the menus."

6873

msgstr "Använd den här textrutan för att ange namnet som identifierar bokmärket i menyerna."

6874

6875

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2430(para)

6876

msgid "Use this field to specify the location of the bookmark."

6877

msgstr "Använd det här fältet för att ange platsen för bokmärket."

6878

6879

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2431(para)

6880

msgid "Folders on your system use the <uri>file:///</uri> URI."

6881

msgstr "Mappar på ditt system använder uri:n <uri>file:///</uri>."

6882

6883

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2439(para)

6884

msgid "To delete a bookmark, select the bookmark on the left side of the dialog. Click <guilabel>Delete</guilabel>."

6973

#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:21(title)

6974

#| msgid "Add a Bookmark"

6975

msgid "Delete a bookmark:"

6976

msgstr "Ta bort ett bokmärke:"

6977

6978

#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:22(p)

6979

#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35(p)

6980

#, fuzzy

6981

#| msgid ""

6982

#| "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu><guimenuitem>Edit "

6983

#| "Bookmarks...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

6984

msgid "Click on <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui></guiseq>."

6985

msgstr "Klicka på <menuchoice><guimenu>Bokmärken</guimenu><guimenuitem>Redigera bokmärken...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

6986

6987

#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23(p)

6988

#, fuzzy

6989

#| msgid ""

6990

#| "To delete a bookmark, select the bookmark on the left side of the dialog. "

6991

#| "Click <guilabel>Delete</guilabel>."

6992

msgid "In the <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to delete and click <gui>Remove</gui>."

6885

6993

msgstr "För att ta bort ett bokmärke, välj bokmärket på vänster sida av dialogrutan. Klicka på <guilabel>Ta bort</guilabel>."

6886

6994

6887

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2446(title)

6888

msgid "Using Trash"

6889

msgstr "Använda papperskorgen"

6890

6891

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2455(phrase)

6892

msgid "Trash icon, empty."

6893

msgstr "Papperskorgsikon, tom."

6894

6895

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2463(para)

6896

msgid "Trash is a special folder that holds files that you no longer want to keep. Files in the Trash are not deleted permanently until you empty the trash. This two-stage process is in case you change your mind, or accidentally remove the wrong file."

6897

msgstr "Papperskorgen är en specialmapp som kan hålla filer som du inte längre vill behålla. Filer i papperskorgen är inte permanent borttagna förrän du har tömt papperskorgen. Den här tvåstegsprocessen är till för om du ändrar dig eller oavsiktligt tar bort fel fil."

6898

6899

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2466(para)

6900

msgid "You can move the following items to <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>:"

6901

msgstr "Du kan flytta följande objekt till <guilabel>Papperskorgen</guilabel>:"

6902

6903

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2469(para)

6904

msgid "Files"

6905

msgstr "Filer"

6906

6907

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2475(para)

6908

msgid "Desktop objects"

6909

msgstr "Skrivbordsobjekt"

6910

6911

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2478(para)

6912

msgid "If you need to retrieve a file from <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>, you can display <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> and move the file out of <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>. When you empty <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>, you delete the contents of <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> permanently."

6913

msgstr "Om du behöver hämta en fil från <guilabel>Papperskorgen</guilabel> kan du visa <guilabel>Papperskorgen</guilabel> och flytta filen ut från <guilabel>Papperskorgen</guilabel>. När du tömmer <guilabel>Papperskorgen</guilabel> kommer du permanent att ta bort innehållet i <guilabel>Papperskorgen</guilabel>."

6914

6915

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2482(title)

6916

msgid "To Display Trash"

6917

msgstr "Visa papperskorgen"

6918

6919

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2487(para)

6920

msgid "You can display the contents of <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> in the following ways:"

6921

msgstr "Du kan visa innehållet i <guilabel>Papperskorgen</guilabel> på följande sätt:"

6922

6923

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2491(para)

6924

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2516(para)

6925

msgid "From a file browser window"

6926

msgstr "Från ett filbläddringsfönster"

6927

6928

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2492(para)

6929

msgid "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Trash</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The contents of <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> are displayed in the window."

6930

msgstr "Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Gå</guimenu><guimenuitem>Papperskorg</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Innehållet i <guilabel>Papperskorgen</guilabel> visas i fönstret."

6931

6932

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2496(para)

6933

msgid "From a spatial window"

6934

msgstr "Från ett spatialt fönster"

6935

6936

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2497(para)

6937

msgid "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</guimenu><guimenuitem>Trash</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The contents of <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> are displayed in the window."

6938

msgstr "Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Platser</guimenu><guimenuitem>Papperskorg</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Innehållet för <guilabel>Papperskorg</guilabel> visas i fönstret."

6939

6940

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2501(para)

6941

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2521(para)

6942

msgid "From the desktop"

6943

msgstr "Från skrivbordet"

6944

6945

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2502(para)

6946

msgid "Double-click on the <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> object on the desktop."

6947

msgstr "Dubbelklicka på objektet <guilabel>Papperskorg</guilabel> på skrivbordet."

6948

6949

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2507(title)

6950

msgid "To Empty Trash"

6951

msgstr "Töm papperskorgen"

6952

6953

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2510(secondary)

6954

msgid "emptying"

6955

msgstr "tömmer"

6956

6957

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2512(para)

6958

msgid "You can empty the contents of <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> in the following ways:"

6959

msgstr "Du kan tömma innehållet för <guilabel>Papperskorg</guilabel> på följande sätt:"

6960

6961

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2517(para)

6962

msgid "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Empty Trash</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

6963

msgstr "Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Arkiv</guimenu><guimenuitem>Töm papperskorgen</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

6964

6965

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2522(para)

6966

msgid "Right-click on the <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> object, then choose <guimenuitem>Empty Trash</guimenuitem>."

6967

msgstr "Högerklicka på objektet <guilabel>Papperskorg</guilabel>, välj sedan <guimenuitem>Töm papperskorgen</guimenuitem>."

6968

6969

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2526(para)

6970

msgid "When you empty trash, you destroy all files in the trash. Be sure that the trash only contains files you no longer need."

6971

msgstr "När du tömmer papperskorgen kommer alla filerna i papperskorgen att förstöras. Kontrollera att papperskorgen endast innehåller filer som du inte längre behöver."

6972

6973

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2533(title)

6974

msgid "Hidden Files"

6975

msgstr "Dolda filer"

6976

6977

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2535(primary)

6978

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2553(secondary)

6979

msgid "hidden"

6980

msgstr "dold"

6981

6982

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2536(secondary)

6983

msgid "files"

6984

msgstr "filer"

6985

6986

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2538(para)

6987

msgid "By default, <application>Nautilus</application> does not display certain system and backup files in folders. This prevents accidental modification or deletion of them, which can impair the operation of your computer, and also reduces clutter in locations such as your Home Folder. Nautilus does not display:"

6988

msgstr "Som standard visar inte <application>Nautilus</application> vissa systemfiler och säkerhetskopior i mappar. Det här förhindrar oavsiktlig ändring eller borttagning av dem vilket kan skada din dator men minskar även skräpet i platser såsom din hem-mapp. Nautilus visar inte:"

6989

6990

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2540(para)

6991

msgid "Hidden files, whose filename begins with a period (.),"

6992

msgstr "Dolda filer, vars filnamn börjar med en punkt (.),"

6993

6994

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2541(para)

6995

msgid "Backup files, whose filename ends with a tilde (~)"

6996

msgstr "Säkerhetskopior, vars filnamn slutar med en våg (~)"

6997

6998

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2542(para)

6999

msgid "Files that are listed in a particular folder's <filename>.hidden</filename> file."

7000

msgstr "Filer som är listade i filen <filename>.hidden</filename> i en specifik mapp."

7001

7002

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2545(para)

7003

msgid "You may hide or show hidden files in a particular folder by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Show Hidden Files</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

7004

msgstr "Du kan dölja eller visa dolda filer i en specifik mapp genom att välja <menuchoice><guimenu>Visa</guimenu><guimenuitem>Visa dolda filer</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

7005

7006

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2547(para)

7007

msgid "To set <application>Nautilus</application> to always show hidden files, see <xref linkend=\"nautilus-preferences\"/>."

7008

msgstr "För att ställa in <application>Nautilus</application> till att alltid visa dolda filer, se <xref linkend=\"nautilus-preferences\"/>."

7009

7010

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2550(title)

7011

msgid "Hiding a File or Folder"

7012

msgstr "Dölj en fil eller mapp"

7013

7014

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2552(primary)

7015

msgid "create"

7016

msgstr "skapa"

7017

7018

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2555(para)

7019

msgid "To hide a file or folder in <application>Nautilus</application>, either rename the file so its name begins with the period (.) character, or create a text file named <filename>.hidden</filename> in the same folder, and add its name to it, as in the example below:"

7020

msgstr "För att dölja en fil eller mapp i <application>Nautilus</application>, byt antingen namn på filen så att dess namn börjar med en punkt (.) eller skapa en textfil med namnet <filename>.hidden</filename> i samma mapp och lägg till dess namn till den, precis som i exemplet nedan:"

7021

7022

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2556(programlisting)

7023

#, no-wrap

7024

msgid ""

7025

"filename\n"

7026

"foldername"

7027

msgstr ""

7028

"filnamn\n"

7029

"mappnamn"

7030

7031

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2558(para)

7032

msgid "You may need to refresh the relevant <application>Nautilus</application> window to see the change: press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>R</keycap></keycombo>."

7033

msgstr "Du kan behöver uppdatera det relevanta <application>Nautilus</application>-fönstret för att se ändringen: tryck på <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>R</keycap></keycombo>."

7034

7035

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2565(title)

7036

msgid "Item Properties"

7037

msgstr "Objektegenskaper"

7038

7039

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2570(secondary)

7040

msgid "properties"

7041

msgstr "egenskaper"

7042

7043

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2574(secondary)

7044

msgid "file properties"

7045

msgstr "filegenskaper"

7046

7047

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2576(para)

7048

msgid "The <guilabel>Item Properties</guilabel> window shows more information about any file, folder, or other item in the file manager. With this window, you can also do the following:"

7049

msgstr "Fönstret <guilabel>Objektegenskaper</guilabel> visar mer information om filer, mappar eller andra objekt i filhanteraren. Du kan även göra följande i det här fönstret:"

7050

7051

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2579(para)

7052

msgid "Change the icon for an item: see <xref linkend=\"nautilus-icon\"/>."

7053

msgstr "Ändra ikonen för ett objekt: se <xref linkend=\"nautilus-icon\"/>."

7054

7055

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2580(para)

7056

msgid "Add or remove emblems for an item: see <xref linkend=\"nautilus-emblems\"/>."

7057

msgstr "Lägg till eller ta bort emblem för ett objekt: se <xref linkend=\"nautilus-emblems\"/>."

7058

7059

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2581(para)

7060

msgid "Change the UNIX file permissions for an item: see <xref linkend=\"nautilus-permissions\"/>."

7061

msgstr "Ändra UNIX-filrättigheterna för ett objekt: se <xref linkend=\"nautilus-permissions\"/>."

7062

7063

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2582(para)

7064

msgid "Choose which application is used to open an item, and others of the same type."

7065

msgstr "Välja vilket program som används för att öppna ett objekt, och andra av samma typ."

7066

7067

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2583(para)

7068

msgid "Add notes to an item: see <xref linkend=\"nautilus-notes\"/>."

7069

msgstr "Lägg till anteckningar till ett objekt: se <xref linkend=\"nautilus-notes\"/>."

7070

7071

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2585(para)

7072

msgid "To open the item properties window, perform the following steps:"

7073

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att öppna objektegenskapsfönstret:"

7074

7075

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2587(para)

7076

msgid "Select the item whose properties you want to examine or change. If you select more than one item, the properties window will show the properties that are in common to all items."

7077

msgstr "Markera objektet vars egenskaper du vill undersöka eller ändra. Om du markerar fler än ett objekt kommer egenskapsfönstret att visa egenskaperna som är gemensamma för alla markerade objekt."

7078

7079

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2589(para)

7080

msgid "Do one of the following:"

7081

msgstr "Gör en av följande:"

7082

7083

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2593(para)

7084

msgid "Right-click on the selected item and choose <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>."

7085

msgstr "Högerklicka på det markerade objektet och välj <guimenuitem>Egenskaper</guimenuitem>."

7086

7087

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2594(para)

7088

msgid "Press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Return</keycap></keycombo>."

7089

msgstr "Tryck <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Retur</keycap></keycombo>."

7090

7091

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2607(title)

7092

msgid "Modifying the Appearance of Files and Folders"

7093

msgstr "Ändra utseendet för filer och mappar"

7094

7095

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2610(secondary)

7096

msgid "modifying appearance of files and folders"

7097

msgstr "ändra utseendet för filer och mappar"

7098

7099

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2613(para)

7100

msgid "The <application>Nautilus</application> file manager enables you to modify the appearance of your files and folders in several ways. You may customize the way files or folders look by attaching emblems or backgrounds to them. You can also change format in which <application>Nautilus</application> displays these items to you. The following sections describe how to do so."

7101

msgstr "Filhanteraren <application>Nautilus</application> låter dig ändra utseendet för dina filer och mappar på flera sätt. Du kan anpassa sättet på vilket filer eller mappar ser ut genom att fästa emblem eller bakgrunder på dem. Du kan även ändra formatet i vilket <application>Nautilus</application> visar dessa objekt för dig. Följande avsnitt beskriver hur man gör det."

7102

7103

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2615(title)

7104

msgid "Icons and Emblems"

7105

msgstr "Ikoner och emblem"

7106

7107

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2618(secondary)

7108

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2736(secondary)

7109

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3602(secondary)

7110

msgid "icons"

7111

msgstr "ikoner"

7112

7113

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2623(secondary)

7114

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2624(see)

7115

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2627(primary)

7116

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2772(primary)

7117

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2776(primary)

7118

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2804(primary)

7119

msgid "emblems"

7120

msgstr "emblem"

7121

7122

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2630(para)

7123

msgid "The file manager displays your files and folders as icons. Depending on the type of the file the icon may be a image representative of the file type, a small thumbnail or preview showing the files contents. You can also add emblems to your file and folder icons. Such emblems appear in addition to the file icon and provide another means to manage your files. For example you can mark a file as important by adding an <guilabel>Important</guilabel> emblem to it, creating the following visual effect:"

7124

msgstr "Filhanteraren visar dina filer och mappar som ikoner. Beroende på filtypen kan ikonen vara en bild som representerar filtypen, en liten miniatyrbild eller förhandsvisning som visar filens innehåll. Du kan även lägga till emblem till dina fil- och mappikoner. Sådana emblem visas i tillägg till filens ikon och ger andra betydelser för hantering av dina filer. Till exempel kan du markera en fil som viktig genom att lägga till emblemet <guilabel>Viktig</guilabel> till den och skapa följande visuella effekt:"

7125

7126

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2637(phrase)

7127

msgid "File icon with Important emblem."

7128

msgstr "Filikon med viktigt emblem."

7129

7130

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2642(para)

7131

msgid "Notice how the file on the left is distinguished from the file on the right by the addition of the <guilabel>Important (!)</guilabel> emblem to its icon. See <xref linkend=\"nautilus-emblems\"/> for more on adding emblems."

7132

msgstr "Observera hur filen på vänster sida skiljer sig från filen på höger sida genom att emblemet <guilabel>Viktig (!)</guilabel> har lagts till på dess ikon. Se <xref linkend=\"nautilus-emblems\"/> för mer information om hur man lägger till emblem."

7133

7134

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2643(para)

7135

msgid "The file manager automatically applies emblems for the following types of files:"

7136

msgstr "Filhanteraren fäster automatiskt emblem på följande filtyper:"

7137

7138

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2646(para)

7139

msgid "Symbolic links"

7140

msgstr "Symboliska länkar"

7141

7142

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2649(para)

7143

msgid "Items for which you have the following permissions:<indexterm><primary>permissions</primary><secondary>and emblems</secondary></indexterm>"

7144

msgstr "Objekt för vilka du har följande rättigheter:<indexterm><primary>rättigheter</primary><secondary>och emblem</secondary></indexterm>"

7145

7146

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2652(para)

7147

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2725(para)

7148

msgid "No read permission"

7149

msgstr "Ingen läsrättighet"

7150

7151

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2655(para)

7152

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2708(para)

7153

msgid "No write permission"

7154

msgstr "Ingen skrivrättighet"

7155

7156

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2660(para)

7157

msgid "The following table shows the default emblems:"

7158

msgstr "Följande tabell visar standardemblemen:"

7159

7160

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2668(para)

7161

msgid "Default Emblem"

7162

msgstr "Standardemblem"

7163

7164

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2684(phrase)

7165

msgid "Symbolic link emblem."

7166

msgstr "Symbolisk länk-emblem."

7167

7168

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2690(para)

7169

msgid "<indexterm><primary>symbolic links</primary><secondary>and emblems</secondary></indexterm>Symbolic link"

7170

msgstr "<indexterm><primary>symboliska länkar</primary><secondary>och emblem</secondary></indexterm>Symbolisk länk"

7171

7172

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2702(phrase)

7173

msgid "No write permission emblem."

7174

msgstr "Emblem för ingen skrivrättighet."

7175

7176

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2719(phrase)

7177

msgid "No read permission emblem."

7178

msgstr "Emblem för ingen läsrättighet."

7179

7180

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2733(title)

7181

msgid "Changing the Icon for a File or Folder"

7182

msgstr "Ändra ikon för en fil eller mapp"

7183

7184

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2737(tertiary)

7185

msgid "changing"

7186

msgstr "ändra"

7187

7188

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2739(para)

7189

msgid "To change the icon that represents an individual file or folder, perform the following steps:"

7190

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att ändra ikonen som representerar en individuell fil eller mapp:"

7191

7192

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2743(para)

7193

msgid "Select the file or folder that you want to change."

7194

msgstr "Välj filen eller mappen som du vill ändra."

7195

7196

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2749(para)

7197

msgid "On the <guilabel>Basic</guilabel> tabbed section, click on the current <guibutton>Icon</guibutton>. A <guilabel>Select custom icon</guilabel> dialog is displayed."

7198

msgstr "På fliksektionen <guilabel>Grundläggande</guilabel>, klicka på aktuell <guibutton>Ikon</guibutton>. Dialogrutan <guilabel>Välj anpassad ikon</guilabel> kommer att visas."

7199

7200

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2754(para)

7201

msgid "Use the <guilabel>Select custom icon</guilabel> dialog to choose the icon to represent the file or folder."

7202

msgstr "Använd dialogrutan <guilabel>Välj anpassad ikon</guilabel> för att välja ikonen som ska representera filen eller mappen."

7203

7204

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2762(para)

7205

msgid "To restore an icon from a custom icon to the default icon, Select the file or folder that you want to change, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. click on the <guibutton>Icon</guibutton> button, in the <guilabel>Select custom icon</guilabel> dialog click <guibutton>Revert</guibutton>."

7206

msgstr "För att återställa en ikone från en anpassad ikon till standardikonen, markera filen eller mappen som du vill ändra och välj sedan <menuchoice><guimenu>Arkiv</guimenu><guimenuitem>Egenskaper</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Ikon</guibutton>, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Återställ</guibutton> i dialogrutan <guilabel>Välj anpassad ikon</guilabel>."

7207

7208

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2768(title)

7209

msgid "Adding an Emblem to a File or Folder"

7210

msgstr "Lägg till ett emblem till en fil eller mapp"

7211

7212

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2773(secondary)

7213

msgid "adding to file"

7214

msgstr "lägg till fil"

7215

7216

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2777(secondary)

7217

msgid "adding to folder"

7218

msgstr "lägg till mapp"

7219

7220

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2779(para)

7221

msgid "To add an emblem to an item perform the following steps:"

7222

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att lägga till ett emblem till ett objekt:"

7223

7224

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2783(para)

7225

msgid "Select the item to which you want to add an emblem."

7226

msgstr "Välj objektet till vilket du vill lägga till ett emblem."

7227

7228

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2786(para)

7229

msgid "Right-click on the item, then choose <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>. The <link linkend=\"nautilus-properties\">properties window</link> for the item is displayed."

7230

msgstr "Högerklicka på objektet, välj sedan <guimenuitem>Egenskaper</guimenuitem>. <link linkend=\"nautilus-properties\">Egenskapsfönstret</link> för objektet kommer att visas."

7231

7232

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2789(para)

7233

msgid "Click on the <guilabel>Emblems</guilabel> tab to display the <guilabel>Emblems</guilabel> tabbed section."

7234

msgstr "Klicka på fliken <guilabel>Emblem</guilabel> för att visa fliksektionen <guilabel>Emblem</guilabel>."

7235

7236

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2792(para)

7237

msgid "Select the emblem to add to the item."

7238

msgstr "Välj emblemet att lägga till på objektet."

7239

7240

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2799(para)

7241

msgid "In browser windows you may also add emblems to items by dragging them from the emblem side pane."

7242

msgstr "I bläddrarfönster kan du även lägga till emblem till objekt genom att dra dem från emblemsidopanelen."

7243

7244

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2802(title)

7245

msgid "Creating a New Emblem"

7246

msgstr "Skapa ett nytt emblem"

7247

7248

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2807(para)

7249

msgid "To Create a new emblem, perform the following steps:"

7250

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att skapa ett nytt emblem:"

7251

7252

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2810(para)

7253

msgid "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Backgrounds and Emblems</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

7254

msgstr "Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Redigera</guimenu><guimenuitem>Bakgrunder och emblem</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

7255

7256

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2813(para)

7257

msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Emblem</guibutton> button, then click on the <guibutton>Add a New Emblem</guibutton> button. A <guilabel>Create a New Emblem</guilabel> dialog is displayed."

7258

msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Emblem</guibutton>, klicka sedan på knappen <guibutton>Lägg till ett nytt emblem</guibutton>. Dialogrutan <guilabel>Skapa ett nytt emblem</guilabel> kommer att visas."

7259

7260

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2818(para)

7261

msgid "Type a name for the emblem in the <guilabel>Keyword</guilabel> text box."

7262

msgstr "Ange ett namn för emblemet i textfältet <guilabel>Nyckelord</guilabel>."

7263

7264

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2822(para)

7265

msgid "Click on the <guilabel>Image</guilabel> button. A dialog is displayed, click <guibutton>Browse</guibutton>. When you choose an emblem, click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."

7266

msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guilabel>Bild</guilabel>. En dialogruta kommer att visas, klicka på <guibutton>Bläddra</guibutton>. När du har valt ett emblem, klicka på <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."

7267

7268

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2827(para)

7269

msgid "Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> on the <guilabel>Create a New Emblem</guilabel> dialog."

7270

msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>OK</guibutton> i dialogrutan <guilabel>Skapa ett nytt emblem</guilabel>."

7271

7272

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2833(title)

7273

msgid "Changing Backgrounds"

7274

msgstr "Ändra bakgrunder"

7275

7276

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2840(secondary)

7277

msgid "changing backgrounds"

7278

msgstr "ändra bakgrunder"

7279

7280

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2843(primary)

7281

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:547(primary)

7282

msgid "backgrounds"

7283

msgstr "bakgrunder"

7284

7285

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2844(secondary)

7286

msgid "changing screen component"

7287

msgstr "ändra skärmkomponent"

7288

7289

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2846(para)

7290

msgid "The file manager includes background patterns and emblems that you can use to change the appearance of your folders. Background patterns and emblems can also be used on the desktop, on folders and certain side panes in the file browser, and on panels."

7291

msgstr "Filhanteraren inkluderar bakgrundsmönster och emblem som du kan använda för att ändra utseendet på dina mappar. Bakgrundsmönster och emblem kan även användas på skrivbordet, på mappar och vissa sidopaneler i filbläddraren, samt på paneler."

7292

7293

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2850(para)

7294

msgid "To change the background of a window, pane, or panel, perform the following steps:"

7295

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att ändra bakgrunden för ett fönster eller panel:"

7296

7297

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2854(para)

7298

msgid "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Backgrounds and Emblems</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in any file manager window. The <guilabel>Backgrounds and Emblems</guilabel> dialog is displayed."

7299

msgstr "Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Redigera</guimenu><guimenuitem>Bakgrunder och emblem</guimenuitem></menuchoice> i något filhanterarfönster. Dialogrutan <guilabel>Bakgrunder och emblem</guilabel> kommer att visas."

7300

7301

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2858(para)

7302

msgid "Click the <guibutton>Patterns</guibutton> button or the <guibutton>Colors</guibutton> button to see a list of background patterns or background colors you can use."

7303

msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Mönster</guibutton> eller knappen <guibutton>Färger</guibutton> för att se en lista över bakgrundsmönster eller bakgrundsfärger som du kan använda."

7304

7305

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2862(para)

7306

msgid "To change the background, drag a pattern or color to the desired window, pane, or panel. To reset the background, drag the <guilabel>Reset</guilabel> entry to the desired window, pane, or panel."

7307

msgstr "För att ändra bakgrunden, dra ett mönster eller färg till önskat fönster eller panel. För att återställa bakgrunden, dra objektet <guilabel>Återställ</guilabel> till önskat fönster eller panel."

7308

7309

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2868(para)

7310

msgid "You can set the background of all folders in the file manager by dragging a pattern or color with your right or middle mouse button. When you release the drag, you will see a popup menu with the option to set the pattern or color as the background for all folders."

7311

msgstr "Du kan ställa in bakgrunden för alla mappar i filhanteraren genom att dra ett mönster eller färg med höger knapp eller mittenknapp på din mus. När du släpper knappen så kommer du att få se en popupmeny med alternativet att ställa in mönstret eller färg som bakgrund för alla mappar."

7312

7313

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2872(para)

7314

msgid "You can add a new pattern to the list by clicking the <guibutton>Add a New Pattern</guibutton> button when the patterns are selected. Locate an image file in the file chooser dialog and click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>. The image file will appear in the list of patterns you can use."

7315

msgstr "Du kan lägga till ett nytt mönster till listan genom att klicka på knappen <guibutton>Lägg till ett nytt mönster</guibutton> när mönstren är valda. Leta upp en bildfil i filväljaren och klicka på <guibutton>Öppna</guibutton>. Bildfilen kommer att visas i listan över mönster som du kan använda."

7316

7317

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2876(para)

7318

msgid "You can add a new color to the list by clicking the <guibutton>Add a New Color</guibutton> button when the colors are selected. Select a color in the color chooser dialog and click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. The color will appear in the list of colors you can use."

7319

msgstr "Du kan lägga till en ny färg till listan genom att klicka på knappen <guibutton>Lägg till en ny färg</guibutton> när färgerna har valts. Välj en färg i färgväljaren och klicka på <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Färgen kommer att visas i listan över färger som du kan använda."

7320

7321

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2884(title)

7322

msgid "Using Removable Media"

7323

msgstr "Använd flyttbart media"

7324

7325

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2888(primary)

7326

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2901(primary)

7327

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2923(primary)

7328

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2944(primary)

7329

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2954(primary)

7330

msgid "removable media"

7331

msgstr "flyttbart media"

7332

7333

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2891(para)

7334

msgid "The file manager can initiate various actions when removable media appear, such as mounting it, opening a file manager window showing its contents, or running a suitable application that can handle it (for example a music player for an audio CD). See <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-61\"/> for how to configure these actions for different media formats."

7335

msgstr "Filhanteraren kan initiera olika åtgärder när flyttbart media ansluts, såsom montera det, öppna ett filhanterarfönster och visa dess innehåll, eller kör ett lämpligt program som kan hantera det (till exempel en musikspelare för en ljud-cd-skiva). Se <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-61\"/> för hur man konfigurerar dessa åtgärder för olika mediaformat."

7336

7337

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2899(title)

7338

msgid "To Mount Media"

7339

msgstr "Montera media"

7340

7341

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2902(secondary)

7342

msgid "mounting"

7343

msgstr "montering"

7344

7345

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2904(para)

7346

msgid "To <firstterm>mount</firstterm> media is to make the file system of the media available for access. When you mount media, the file system of the media is attached as a subdirectory to your file system."

7347

msgstr "För att <firstterm>montera</firstterm> ett media är att göra filsystemet på mediet tillgängligt för åtkomst. När du monterar media kommer filsystemet på mediet att anslutas som en underkatalog till ditt filsystem."

7348

7349

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2907(para)

7350

msgid "To mount media, insert the media in the appropriate device. An icon that represents the media is added to the desktop. The icon is added only if your system is configured to mount the device automatically when media is detected."

7351

msgstr "För att montera media, mata in mediet i lämplig enhet. En ikon som representerar mediet kommer att läggas till på skrivbordet. Ikonen läggs endast till om ditt system är konfigurerat att montera enheten automatiskt när media identifieras."

7352

7353

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2911(para)

7354

msgid "If your system is not configured to mount the device automatically, you must mount the device manually. Double-click on the <guilabel>Computer</guilabel> icon from the desktop. A <guilabel>Computer </guilabel> dialog is displayed. Double-click on the icon that represents the media. For example, to mount a floppy diskette, double-click on the <guilabel>Floppy</guilabel> icon. An icon that represents the media is added to the desktop."

7355

msgstr "Om ditt system inte är konfigurerat att montera enheten automatiskt så måste du montera enheten manuellt. Dubbelklicka på ikonen <guilabel>Dator</guilabel> från skrivbordet. Dialogrutan <guilabel>Dator </guilabel> kommer att visas. Dubbelklicka på ikonen som representerar mediet. För att till exempel montera en diskett, dubbelklicka på ikonen <guilabel>Diskett</guilabel>. En ikon som representerar mediet kommer att läggas till på skrivbordet."

7356

7357

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2917(para)

7358

msgid "You cannot change the name of a removable media icon."

7359

msgstr "Du kan inte ändra namnet på en ikon för ett flyttbart media."

7360

7361

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2921(title)

7362

msgid "To Display Media Contents"

7363

msgstr "Visa mediainnehåll"

7364

7365

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2924(secondary)

7366

msgid "displaying media contents"

7367

msgstr "visning av mediainnehåll"

7368

7369

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2926(para)

7370

msgid "You can display media contents in any of the following ways:"

7371

msgstr "Du kan visa mediainnehåll på något av följande sätt:"

7372

7373

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2930(para)

7374

msgid "Double-click on the icon that represents the media on the desktop."

7375

msgstr "Dubbelklicka på ikonen som representerar mediet på skrivbordet."

7376

7377

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2934(para)

7378

msgid "Right-click on the icon that represents the media on the desktop, then choose <guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem>."

7379

msgstr "Högerklicka på ikonen som representerar mediet på skrivbordet, välj sedan <guimenuitem>Öppna</guimenuitem>."

7380

7381

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2938(para)

7382

msgid "A file manager window displays the contents of the media. To reload the display, click on the <guibutton>Reload</guibutton> button."

7383

msgstr "Ett filhanterarfönster visar innehållet på mediet. För att läsa om visningen, klicka på knappen <guibutton>Läs om</guibutton>."

7384

7385

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2942(title)

7386

msgid "To Display Media Properties"

7387

msgstr "Visa mediets egenskaper"

7388

7389

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2945(secondary)

7390

msgid "displaying media properties"

7391

msgstr "visa mediets egenskaper"

7392

7393

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2947(para)

7394

msgid "To display the properties of removable media, right-click on the icon that represents the media on the desktop, then choose <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>. A dialog displays the properties of the media."

7395

msgstr "För att visa egenskaperna för flyttbara medier, högerklicka på ikonen som representerar mediet på skrivbordet och välj sedan <guimenuitem>Egenskaper</guimenuitem>. En dialogruta kommer att visa egenskaperna för mediet."

7396

7397

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2949(para)

7398

msgid "To close the properties dialog, click <guibutton>Close</guibutton>."

7399

msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Stäng</guibutton> för att stänga egenskapsdialogrutan."

7400

7401

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2952(title)

7402

msgid "To Eject Media"

7403

msgstr "Mata ut media"

7404

7405

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2955(secondary)

7406

msgid "ejecting"

7407

msgstr "mata ut"

7408

7409

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2957(para)

7410

msgid "To eject media, right-click on the media icon on the desktop, then choose <guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem>. If the drive for the media is a motorized drive, the media is ejected from the drive. If the drive for the media is not motorized, wait until the desktop icon for the media disappears, then eject the media manually."

7411

msgstr "För att mata ut medier, högerklicka på mediaikonen på skrivbordet och välj sedan <guimenuitem>Mata ut</guimenuitem>. Om enheten för mediet är en motoriserad enhet så kommer mediet att matas ut från enheten. Om enheten för mediet inte är motoriserad, vänta tills skrivbordsikonen för mediet försvinner, mata sedan ut mediet manuellt."

7412

7413

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2962(para)

7414

msgid "You cannot eject media from a motorized drive when the media is mounted. To eject media, first unmount the media. For example, to remove a USB flash drive, perform the following steps:"

7415

msgstr "Du kan inte mata ut media från en motoriserad enhet när mediet är monterat. För att mata ut mediet, avmontera först mediet. Genomför följande steg för att koppla från en USB-lagringsenhet:"

7416

7417

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2966(para)

7418

msgid "Close all file manager windows, <application>Terminal</application> windows, and any other windows that access the USB drive."

7419

msgstr "Stäng alla filhanterarfönster, <application>Terminal</application>-fönster och andra fönster som har åtkomst till USB-enheten."

7420

7421

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2970(para)

7422

msgid "Right-click on the icon that represents the drive on the desktop, then choose <guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem>. The desktop icon for the drive disappears."

7423

msgstr "Högerklicka på ikonen som representerar enheten på skrivbordet, välj sedan <guimenuitem>Mata ut</guimenuitem>. Skrivbordsikonen för enheten försvinner."

7424

7425

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2975(para)

7426

msgid "Remove the USB flash drive."

7427

msgstr "Koppla loss USB-lagringsenheten."

7428

7429

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2979(para)

7430

msgid "You must unmount removable media before ejecting. Do not remove a USB flash drive before you unmount the flash drive. If you do not unmount the media first you might lose data."

7431

msgstr "Du måste avmontera flyttbara media innan de matas ut. Koppla inte loss en USB-lagringsenhet innan du har avmonterat enheten. Om du inte först avmonterar mediet så kan du förlora data."

7432

7433

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2984(title)

7434

msgid "Writing CDs or DVDs"

7435

msgstr "Skriv cd- eller dvd-skivor"

7436

7437

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2989(secondary)

7438

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2995(primary)

7439

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2999(see)

7440

msgid "writing CDs"

7441

msgstr "skriv cd-skivor"

7442

7443

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2992(primary)

7444

msgid "CDs, writing"

7445

msgstr "Cd-skivor, skriva"

7446

7447

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:2998(primary)

7448

msgid "burning CDs"

7449

msgstr "bränna cd-skivor"

7450

7451

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3001(para)

7452

msgid "Writing to a CD or DVD may be useful for backing up your important documents. To do this, your computer must have a CD or DVD writer."

7453

msgstr "Skrivning till en cd eller dvd kan vara användbart för att säkerhetskopiera dina viktiga dokument. För att göra det här måste din dator vara utrustad med en cd- eller dvd-brännare."

7454

7455

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3003(para)

7456

msgid "A simple way to check what sort of CD or DVD drive your computer has is to choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</guimenu><guimenuitem>Computer</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the top panel menubar. If the icon for your CD drive has terms like \"CD-RW\" or \"DVD(+-)R\" in its label, then your computer is able to write discs."

7457

msgstr "Ett enkelt sätt att kontrollera vilken typ av cd- eller dvd-enhet som din dator är utrustad med är att välja <menuchoice><guimenu>Platser</guimenu><guimenuitem>Dator</guimenuitem></menuchoice> från överkantspanelens menyrad. Om ikonen för din cd-enhet innehåller ord som \"CD-RW\" eller \"DVD(+-)R\" i dess etikett, då har din dator möjlighet att bränna skivor."

7458

7459

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3005(para)

7460

msgid "You can start choosing files to burn to a disc at any time. The file manager provides a special folder for files and folders that you wish to write to a CD or DVD. From there you can easily write all of the content (which you place in this special folder) to a CD or DVD."

7461

msgstr "Du kan börja att välja filer att bränna till skivan när du vill. Filhanteraren tillhandahåller en speciell mapp för fler och mappar som du önskar bränna till en cd eller dvd. Därifrån kan du enkelt bränna allt innehåll (som du placerat i den här speciella mappen) till en cd eller dvd."

7462

7463

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3009(title)

7464

msgid "Creating Data Discs"

7465

msgstr "Skapa dataskivor"

7466

7467

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3010(para)

7468

msgid "To write a CD or DVD, perform the following steps:"

7469

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att skriva en cd- eller dvd-skiva:"

7470

7471

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3013(para)

7472

msgid "Open <menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu><guimenu>System Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>CD/DVD Creator</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The file manager opens the CD/DVD Creator folder."

7473

msgstr "Öppna <menuchoice><guimenu>Program</guimenu><guimenu>Systemverktyg</guimenu><guimenuitem>Cd/Dvd-skapare</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Filhanteraren öppnar mappen för Cd/Dvd-skaparen."

7474

7475

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3014(para)

7476

msgid "In a File Browser window, the <guimenuitem>CD/DVD Creator</guimenuitem> item is available in the <guimenu>Go</guimenu> menu."

7477

msgstr "I ett filbläddringsfönster så finns objektet <guimenuitem>Cd/Dvd-skapare</guimenuitem> tillgängligt i menyn <guimenu>Gå</guimenu>."

7478

7479

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3017(para)

7480

msgid "Drag the files and folders that you want to write to CD or DVD to the CD/DVD Creator folder."

7481

msgstr "Dra filerna och mapparna som du vill skriva till cd eller dvd till mappen för CD/DVD-skaparen."

7482

7483

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3021(para)

7484

msgid "Insert a writable CD or DVD into the CD/DVD writer device on your system."

7485

msgstr "Mata in en skrivbar cd eller dvd i din cd/dvd-skrivarenhet på ditt system."

7486

7487

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3024(para)

7488

msgid "Press the <guibutton>Write to Disc</guibutton> button, or choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Write to CD/DVD</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. A <guilabel>Write to Disc</guilabel> dialog is displayed."

7489

msgstr "Tryck på knappen <guibutton>Skriv till skiva</guibutton>, eller välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Arkiv</guimenu><guimenuitem>Skriv till cd/dvd</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Dialogrutan <guilabel>Skriv till skiva</guilabel> kommer att visas."

7490

7491

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3027(para)

7492

msgid "Use the <guilabel>Write to Disc</guilabel> dialog to specify how you want to write the CD, as follows:"

7493

msgstr "Använd dialogrutan <guilabel>Skriv till skiva</guilabel> för att ange hur du vill skriva skivan, enligt följande:"

7494

7495

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3047(guilabel)

7496

msgid "Write disc to"

7497

msgstr "Skriv skiva till"

7498

7499

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3051(para)

7500

msgid "Select the device to which you want to write the CD from the drop-down list. To create an CD image file, select the <guilabel>File image</guilabel> option. A CD image file is a normal file that contains all of the data in the same format as a CD, that you can write to a CD later."

7501

msgstr "Välj enheten till vilken du vill skriva cd-skivan från rullgardinslistan. För att skapa en cd-avbildsfil, välj alternativet <guilabel>Filavbild</guilabel>. En cd-avbildsfil är en vanlig fil som innehåller all data i samma format som en cd-skiva och som du senare kan skriva till en cd-skiva."

7502

7503

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3058(guilabel)

7504

msgid "Disc name"

7505

msgstr "Skivnamn"

7506

7507

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3062(para)

7508

msgid "Type a name for the CD in the text box."

7509

msgstr "Skriv in ett namn för cd-skivan i textrutan."

7510

7511

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3068(guilabel)

7512

msgid "Data size"

7513

msgstr "Datastorlek"

7514

7515

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3072(para)

7516

msgid "Shows the size of the data to be written to disc. The blank disk must be at least this size."

7517

msgstr "Visar storleken för det data som ska skrivas till skivan. Den tomma skivan måste ha plats för den här storleken."

7518

7519

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3079(guilabel)

7520

msgid "Write speed"

7521

msgstr "Skrivhastighet"

7522

7523

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3083(para)

7524

msgid "Select the speed at which you want to write the CD from the drop-down list."

7525

msgstr "Välj hastigheten i vilken du vill skriva cd-skivan från rullgardinslistan."

7526

7527

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3092(para)

7528

msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Write</guibutton> button."

7529

msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Skriv</guibutton>."

7530

7531

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3093(para)

7532

msgid "If you selected the <guilabel>File image</guilabel> option from the <guilabel>Target to write to</guilabel> drop-down list, a <guilabel>Choose a filename for the disc image</guilabel> dialog is displayed. Use the dialog to specify the location where you want to save the disc image file. By default, disc image files have a <filename>.iso</filename> file extension."

7533

msgstr "Om du valde alternativet <guilabel>Filavbild</guilabel> från rullgardinslistan <guilabel>Mål att skriva till</guilabel> kommer dialogrutan <guilabel>Välj ett filnamn för skivavbilden</guilabel> att visas. Använd dialogrutan för att ange platsen där du vill spara skivavbildsfilen på. Som standard har skivavbildsfiler filändelsen <filename>.iso</filename>."

7534

7535

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3097(para)

7536

msgid "A <guilabel>Writing disc</guilabel> dialog is displayed. This process takes some time. When the disc is written or when the disc image file is created, a message to indicate that the process is complete is displayed in the dialog."

7537

msgstr "Dialogrutan <guilabel>Skriver skiva</guilabel> visas. Den här processen tar lite tid. När skivan har skrivits eller när skivavbildsfilen har skapats kommer ett meddelande att visas i dialogrutan för att indikera att processen är färdig."

7538

7539

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3102(para)

7540

msgid "You can set the CD/DVD Creator folder to open automatically when you instert a blank disc. See <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-61\"/>."

7541

msgstr "Du kan ställa in att mappen för Cd/Dvd-skaparen ska öppnas automatiskt när du matar in en tom skiva. Se <xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-61\"/>."

7542

7543

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3103(para)

7544

msgid "The filesystem written to the CD will be readable with long filenames on all recent operating systems. Both the Joliet and the Rock Ridge CD-ROM filesystem extensions are used."

7545

msgstr "Filsystemet som skrivs till cd-skivan kommer att vara läsbart med långa filnamn på alla nyare operativsystem. Både filsystemstilläggen Joliet och Rock Ridge för cd-rom används."

7546

7547

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3106(title)

7548

msgid "Copying CDs or DVDs"

7549

msgstr "Kopiera cd- eller dvd-skivor"

7550

7551

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3107(para)

7552

msgid "You can create a copy of a CD or DVD, either to another disc or to an image file stored on your computer. To create a copy, perform the following steps:"

7553

msgstr "Du kan skapa en kopia av en cd eller dvd, antingen till en annan skiva eller till en avbildsfil som lagras på din dator. Genomför följande steg för att skapa en kopia:"

7554

7555

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3109(para)

7556

msgid "Insert the disc you want to copy."

7557

msgstr "Mata in den skiva du vill kopiera."

7558

7559

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3110(para)

7560

msgid "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</guimenu><guimenuitem>Computer</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the top panel menubar."

7561

msgstr "Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Platser</guimenu><guimenuitem>Dator</guimenuitem></menuchoice> från panelens menyrad."

7562

7563

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3111(para)

7564

msgid "Right-click on the CD icon, and choose <guimenuitem>Copy Disc</guimenuitem>."

7565

msgstr "Högerklicka på cd-ikonen och välj <guimenuitem>Kopiera skiva</guimenuitem>."

7566

7567

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3112(para)

7568

msgid "The <guilabel>Write to Disc</guilabel> dialog is displayed."

7569

msgstr "Dialogrutan <guilabel>Skriv till skiva</guilabel> visas."

7570

7571

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3114(para)

7572

msgid "If you have only one drive with write capabilities, the process will first create a disc image file on your computer. It will then eject the original disk, and ask you to change it for a blank disk on which to write the copy."

7573

msgstr "Om du endast har en enhet med skrivfärdigheter kommer processen först att skapa en skivavbildsfil på din dator. Den kommer sedan att mata ut originalskivan och be dig om att mata in en tom skiva till vilken den kan skiva kopian."

7574

7575

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3115(para)

7576

msgid "If you want to create more than one copy, choose the Image File option on the <guilabel>Write to Disc</guilabel> and then write the disc image: see <xref linkend=\"nautilus-cdwriter-writeimage\"/>."

7577

msgstr "Om du vill skapa fler än en kopia, välj alternativet Avbildsfil i dialogrutan <guilabel>Skriv till skiva</guilabel> och skriv sedan avbildsfilen: se <xref linkend=\"nautilus-cdwriter-writeimage\"/>."

7578

7579

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3119(title)

7580

msgid "Creating a Disc from an Image File"

7581

msgstr "Skapa en skiva från en avbildsfil"

7582

7583

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3120(para)

7584

msgid "You can write a disc image to a CD or DVD. For example, you may have downloaded a disc image from the internet, or previously created one yourself. Disc images usually have a <filename>.iso</filename> file extension and are sometimes called iso files."

7585

msgstr "Du kan skriva en skivavbild till en cd eller dvd. Till exempel har du kanske hämtat en skivavbild från Internet eller tidigare skapat en själv. Skivabilder har oftast filändelsen <filename>.iso</filename> och kallas ibland för iso-filer."

7586

7587

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3121(para)

7588

msgid "To write a disc image, right-click on the disc image file, then choose <guimenuitem>Write to Disc</guimenuitem> from the popup menu."

7589

msgstr "För att skriva en skivavbild, högerklicka på skivavbildsfilen och välj sedan <guimenuitem>Skriv till skiva</guimenuitem> från popupmenyn."

7590

7591

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3126(title)

7592

msgid "Navigating Remote Servers"

7593

msgstr "Navigera på fjärrservrar"

7594

7595

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3127(para)

7596

msgid "The <application>Nautilus</application> file manager provides an integrated access point to your files, applications, FTP sites, Windows shares, WebDav servers and SSH servers."

7597

msgstr "Filhanteraren <application>Nautilus</application> tillhandahåller en integrerad åtkomstpunkt till dina filer, program, FTP-platser, Windows-utdelningar, WebDav-servrar och SSH-servrar."

7598

7599

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3130(title)

7600

msgid "To Access a remote server"

7601

msgstr "Åtkomst till en fjärrserver"

7602

7603

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3138(secondary)

7604

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3245(secondary)

7605

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3270(secondary)

7606

msgid "accessing"

7607

msgstr "komma åt"

7608

7609

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3145(para)

7610

msgid "You can use the file manager to access a remote server, be it an FTP site, a Windows share, a WebDav server or an SSH server."

7611

msgstr "Du kan använda filhanteraren till att komma åt en fjärrserver. Det kan till exempel vara en FTP-server, en Windows-utdelning, en WebDav-server eller en SSH-server."

7612

7613

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3147(para)

7614

msgid "To access a remote server, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Connect to Server</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. You may also access this dialog from the menubar by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</guimenu><guimenuitem>Connect to Server</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

7615

msgstr "För att komma åt en fjärrserver, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Arkiv</guimenu><guimenuitem>Anslut till server</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Du kan även komma åt den här dialogrutan från menyraden genom att välja <menuchoice><guimenu>Platser</guimenu><guimenuitem>Anslut till server</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

7616

7617

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3149(para)

7618

msgid "To connect to a remote server, start by choosing the service type, then enter the server address."

7619

msgstr "För att ansluta till en fjärrserver, börja med att välja tjänstetypen och ange sedan serveradressen."

7620

7621

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3150(para)

7622

msgid "If required by your server, you may provide the following optional information :"

7623

msgstr "Om det krävs av din server kan du behöva ange följande information:"

7624

7625

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3169(guilabel)

7626

msgid "Port"

7627

msgstr "Port"

7628

7629

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3173(para)

7630

msgid "Port to connect to on the server. This should only be used if it is necessary to change the default port, you would normally leave this blank."

7631

msgstr "Port att ansluta till på servern. Det här bör endast användas om det är nödvändigt att ändra standardporten. Du bör vanligtvis lämna den här tom."

7632

7633

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3180(guilabel)

7634

msgid "Folder"

7635

msgstr "Mapp"

7636

7637

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3184(para)

7638

msgid "Folder to open upon connecting to server."

7639

msgstr "Mapp att öppna vid anslutning till servern."

7640

7641

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3190(guilabel)

7642

msgid "User Name"

7643

msgstr "Användarnamn"

7644

7645

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3194(para)

7646

#| msgid ""

7647

#| "The user name of the account used to connect to the server. This should "

7648

#| "be supplied with the connexion information if needed. The user name "

7649

#| "information is not appropriate for a public FTP connexion."

7650

msgid "The user name of the account used to connect to the server. This should be supplied with the connection information if needed. The user name information is not appropriate for a public FTP connection."

7651

msgstr "Användarnamnet för kontot som används för att ansluta till servern. Det bör anges tillsammans med anslutningsinformationen om det behövs. Information om användarnamn behövs inte för en publik FTP-anslutning."

7652

7653

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3202(guilabel)

7654

msgid "Name to use for connection"

7655

msgstr "Namn att använda för anslutningen"

7656

7657

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3206(para)

7658

#| msgid ""

7659

#| "The designation of the connexion as it will appear in the file manager."

7660

msgid "The designation of the connection as it will appear in the file manager."

7661

msgstr "Beteckningen för anslutningen som den kommer att visas i filhanteraren."

7662

7663

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3212(guilabel)

7664

msgid "Share"

7665

msgstr "Utdelning"

7666

7667

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3216(para)

7668

msgid "Name of desired windows share. This is only applicable to Windows shares."

7669

msgstr "Namnet på önskad Windows-utdelning. Det här gäller endast för Windows-utdelningar."

7670

7671

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3222(guilabel)

7672

msgid "Domain name"

7673

msgstr "Domännamn"

7674

7675

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3226(para)

7676

msgid "Windows domain. This is only applicable to Windows shares."

7677

msgstr "Windows-domän. Gäller endast för Windows-utdelningar."

7678

7679

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3232(para)

7680

msgid "If the server information is provided in the form of a URI, or you require a specialized connection, choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Custom Location</guimenuitem></menuchoice> as the service type."

7681

msgstr "Om serverinformationen tillhandahålls i formatet för en URI, eller om du kräver en specialiserad anslutning, välj <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Anpassad plats</guimenuitem></menuchoice> som typ av tjänst."

7682

7683

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3233(para)

7684

msgid "Once you have filled in the information, click on the <guibutton>Connect</guibutton> button. When the connection succeeds, the contents of the site are displayed and you may drag and drop files to and from the remote server."

7685

msgstr "När du har fyllt i informationen, klicka på knappen <guibutton>Anslut</guibutton>. När anslutningen lyckas kommer innehållet för platsen att visas och du kan dra och släppa filer till och från fjärrservern."

7686

7687

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3237(title)

7688

msgid "To Access Network Places"

7689

msgstr "Åtkomst till nätverksplatser"

7690

7691

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3244(primary)

7692

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3249(secondary)

7693

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3250(see)

7694

msgid "network places"

7695

msgstr "nätverksplatser"

7696

7697

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3252(para)

7698

msgid "If your system is configured to access places on a network, you can use the file manager to access the network places."

7699

msgstr "Om ditt system är konfigurerat till att komma åt platser på ett nätverk kan du använda filhanteraren för att komma åt nätverksplatser."

7700

7701

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3255(para)

7702

msgid "To access network places, open the file manager and choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</guimenu><guimenuitem>Network Servers</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. A window opens that displays the network places that you can access. Double-click on the network that you want to access."

7703

msgstr "För att komma åt nätverksplatser, öppna filhanteraren och välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Platser</guimenu><guimenuitem>Nätverksservrar</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Ett fönster öppnas som visar de nätverksplatser som du kan komma åt. Dubbelklicka på nätverket som du vill komma åt."

7704

7705

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3257(para)

7706

msgid "<indexterm><primary>NFS servers</primary><see>Unix network</see></indexterm>To access UNIX shares, double-click on the <guilabel>Unix Network (NFS) </guilabel> object. A list of the UNIX shares available to you is displayed in the file manager window."

7707

msgstr "<indexterm><primary>NFS-servrar</primary><see>Unix-nätverk</see></indexterm>För att komma åt UNIX-utdelningar, dubbelklicka på objektet <guilabel>Unix-nätverk (NFS) </guilabel>. En lista över UNIX-utdelningarna som är tillgängliga för dig kommer att visas i filhanterarfönstret."

7708

7709

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3261(para)

7710

msgid "<indexterm><primary>Samba servers</primary><see>Windows network</see></indexterm>To access Windows shares, double-click on the <guilabel>Windows Network (SMB) </guilabel> object. A list of the Windows shares available to you is displayed in the file manager window."

7711

msgstr "<indexterm><primary>Samba-servrar</primary><see>Windows-nätverk</see></indexterm>För att komma åt Windows-utdelningar, dubbelklicka på objektet <guilabel>Windows-nätverk (SMB) </guilabel>. En lista över Windows-utdelningarna som är tillgängliga för dig kommer att visas i filhanterarfönstret."

7712

7713

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3267(title)

7714

msgid "Accessing Special URI Locations"

7715

msgstr "Åtkomst till speciella uri-platser"

7716

7717

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3269(primary)

7718

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3274(secondary)

7719

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3279(see)

7720

msgid "special URI locations"

7721

msgstr "speciella uri-platser"

7722

7723

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3278(primary)

7724

msgid "URI, special"

7725

msgstr "URI, special"

7726

7727

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3281(para)

7728

msgid "Nautilus has certain special URI locations that enable you to access particular functions from the file manager."

7729

msgstr "Nautilus innehåller vissa speciella URI-platser som låter dig komma åt specifika funktioner från filhanteraren."

7730

7731

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3282(para)

7732

msgid "These are intended for advanced users: in most cases, an easier method of accessing the function or location exists."

7733

msgstr "Dessa är tänkta för erfarna användare: i de flesta fall finns det en enklare metod för att komma åt funktionen eller platsen."

7734

7735

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3283(para)

7736

msgid "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-479\"/> lists the special URI locations that you can use with the file manager."

7737

msgstr "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-479\"/> listar de speciella URI-platserna som du kan använda med filhanteraren."

7738

7739

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3286(title)

7740

msgid "Special URI Locations"

7741

msgstr "Speciella uri-platser"

7742

7743

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3293(para)

7744

msgid "URI Location"

7745

msgstr "Uri-plats"

7746

7747

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3304(command)

7748

msgid "burn:///"

7749

msgstr "burn:///"

7750

7751

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3308(para)

7752

msgid "This is a special location where you can copy files and folders that you want to write to a CD. From here you can write the contents of the location to a CD easily. See also <xref linkend=\"nautilus-cdwriter\"/>."

7753

msgstr "Det här är en speciell plats dit du kan kopiera filer och mappar som du vill skriva till en cd- eller dvdskiva. Härifrån kan du enkelt skriva innehållet för platsen till en skiva. Se även <xref linkend=\"nautilus-cdwriter\"/>."

7754

7755

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3315(command)

7756

msgid "network:///"

7757

msgstr "network:///"

7758

7759

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3319(para)

7760

msgid "Displays network locations to which you can connect, if your system is configured to access locations on a network. To access a network location, double-click on the network location. You can also use this URI to add network locations to your system. See also <xref linkend=\"nautilus-accessnetwork\"/>."

7761

msgstr "Visar nätverksplatser till vilka du kan ansluta om ditt system är konfigurerat för att komma åt platser på ett nätverk. För att komma åt en nätverksplats, dubbelklicka på nätverksplatsen. Du kan även använda den här URI:n för att lägga till nätverksplatser till ditt system. Se även <xref linkend=\"nautilus-accessnetwork\"/>."

7762

7763

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3335(title)

7764

msgid "Nautilus Preferences"

7765

msgstr "Inställningar för Nautilus"

7766

7767

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3344(secondary)

7768

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:98(secondary)

7769

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:961(secondary)

7770

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2895(secondary)

7771

msgid "customizing"

7772

msgstr "anpassning"

7773

7774

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3348(secondary)

7775

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3386(secondary)

7776

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3519(secondary)

7777

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3607(secondary)

7778

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3906(secondary)

7779

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2891(secondary)

7780

msgid "preferences"

7781

msgstr "inställningar"

7782

7783

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3352(primary)

7784

msgid "preferences, file manager"

7785

msgstr "inställningar, filhanterare"

7786

7787

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3354(see)

7788

msgid "file manager preferences"

7789

msgstr "inställningar för filhanterare"

7790

7791

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3356(para)

7792

msgid "Use the <guilabel>File Management Preferences</guilabel> dialog to customize the file manager to suit your requirements and preferences."

7793

msgstr "Använd dialogrutan <guilabel>Inställningar för filhantering</guilabel> för att anpassa filhanteraren till att passa dina krav och behov."

7794

7795

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3358(para)

7796

msgid "To display the <guilabel>File Management Preferences</guilabel> dialog, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. You can also access this dialog directly from the top panel Menubar by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>File Management</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

7797

msgstr "För att visa dialogrutan <guilabel>Inställningar för filhantering</guilabel>, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Redigera</guimenu><guimenuitem>Inställningar</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Du kan även komma åt den här dialogrutan direkt från överkantspanelens menyrad genom att välja <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Inställningar</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Filhantering</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

7798

7799

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3360(para)

7800

msgid "You can set preferences in the following categories:"

7801

msgstr "Du kan ställa in inställningar i följande kategorier:"

7802

7803

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3363(para)

7804

msgid "The default settings for views."

7805

msgstr "Standardinställningarna för vyer."

7806

7807

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3366(para)

7808

msgid "The behavior of files and folders, executable text files, and Trash."

6995

#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24(p)

6996

#| msgid "Click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>."

6997

msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."

6998

msgstr "Klicka på <gui>Stäng</gui>."

6999

7000

#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28(title)

7001

#| msgid "Add a Bookmark"

7002

msgid "Add a bookmark:"

7003

msgstr "Lägg till ett bokmärke:"

7004

7005

#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29(p)

7006

#, fuzzy

7007

#| msgid "Select the folder that you want to change."

7008

msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."

7009

msgstr "Markera mappen som du vill ändra."

7010

7011

#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30(p)

7012

#, fuzzy

7013

#| msgid ""

7014

#| "Click <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add Bookmark</"

7015

#| "guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

7016

msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Add Bookmark</gui></guiseq>."

7017

msgstr "Klicka på <menuchoice><guimenu>Bokmärken</guimenu><guimenuitem>Lägg till bokmärke</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

7018

7019

#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34(title)

7020

#| msgid "Adding a Bookmark"

7021

msgid "Rename a bookmark"

7022

msgstr "Byt namn på ett bokmärke"

7023

7024

#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36(p)

7025

msgid "In the <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to rename."

7026

msgstr ""

7027

7028

#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37(p)

7029

#, fuzzy

7030

#| msgid ""

7031

#| "Use the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> text box to specify a name for the new "

7032

#| "startup program."

7033

msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."

7034

msgstr "Använd textrutan <guilabel>Namn</guilabel> för att ange ett namn för det nya uppstartsprogrammet."

7035

7036

#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:39(p)

7037

msgid "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other than the name of the folder it points to."

7038

msgstr ""

7039

7040

#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8(desc)

7041

#, fuzzy

7042

#| msgid "The behavior of files and folders, executable text files, and Trash."

7043

msgid "Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify trash behavior."

7809

7044

msgstr "Beteendet för filer och mappar, körbara textfiler och Papperskorgen."

7810

7045

7811

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3370(para)

7812

msgid "The information that is displayed in icon captions and the date format."

7813

msgstr "Informationen som visas i ikontexter och datumformatet."

7814

7815

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3373(para)

7816

msgid "The columns that appear in the list view and their order."

7817

msgstr "Kolumner som visas i listvyer och dess ordning."

7818

7819

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3376(para)

7820

msgid "Preview options to improve the performance of the file manager."

7821

msgstr "Förhandsvisningsalternativ för att förbättra prestandan för filhanteraren."

7822

7823

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3379(para)

7824

msgid "How removable media and connected devices are handled."

7825

msgstr "Hur flyttbart media och anslutna enheter hanteras."

7826

7827

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3383(title)

7828

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3398(title)

7829

msgid "Views Preferences"

7830

msgstr "Inställningar för vyer"

7831

7832

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3389(para)

7833

msgid "You can specify a default view, and select sort options and display options. You can also specify default settings for icon views and list views."

7834

msgstr "Du kan ange en standardvy och välja alternativ för sortering och visning. Du kan även ange standardinställningar för ikon- och listvyer."

7835

7836

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3392(para)

7837

msgid "To specify your default view settings, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Click on the <guilabel>Views</guilabel> tab to display the <guilabel>Views</guilabel> tabbed section."

7838

msgstr "För att ange dina standardvyinställningar, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Redigera</guimenu><guimenuitem>Inställningar</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Klicka på fliken <guilabel>Vyer</guilabel> för att visa fliksektionen <guilabel>Vyer</guilabel>."

7839

7840

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3395(para)

7841

msgid "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-30\"/> lists the views preferences that you can modify."

7842

msgstr "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-30\"/> listar inställningar för vyer som du kan ändra."

7843

7844

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3416(guilabel)

7845

msgid "View new folders using"

7846

msgstr "Visa nya mappar med"

7847

7848

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3420(para)

7849

msgid "Select the default view for folders. When you open a folder, the folder is displayed in the view that you select. This can be the icon view, the list view, or the compact view, which is a variant of the icon view that is organized in columns rather than rows.."

7850

msgstr "Välj standardvyn för mappar. När du öppnar en mapp så kommer mappen att visas i den vy som du väljer. Det kan vara ikonvyn, listvyn eller den kompakta vyn, vilket är en variant av ikonvyn som är organiserad i kolumner istället för rader."

7851

7852

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3427(guilabel)

7853

msgid "Arrange items"

7854

msgstr "Ordna objekt"

7855

7856

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3431(para)

7857

msgid "Select the characteristic by which you want to sort the items in folders that are displayed in this view."

7858

msgstr "Välj den egenskap efter vilken du vill sortera objekten i mappar som visas i den här vyn."

7859

7860

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3438(guilabel)

7861

msgid "Sort folders before files"

7862

msgstr "Sortera mappar före filer"

7863

7864

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3442(para)

7865

msgid "Select this option to list folders before files when you sort a folder."

7866

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att lista mappar innan filer när du sorterar en mapp."

7867

7868

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3449(guilabel)

7869

msgid "Show hidden and backup files"

7870

msgstr "Visa dolda filer och säkerhetskopior"

7871

7872

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3454(para)

7873

msgid "Select this option to display files that are normally not shown in folders. For more on hidden files, see <xref linkend=\"nautilus-hidden-files\"/>."

7874

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att visa filer som vanligtvis inte visas i mappar. För mer information om dolda filer, se <xref linkend=\"nautilus-hidden-files\"/>."

7875

7876

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3459(para)

7877

msgid "<guilabel>Default zoom level</guilabel> in the Icon View, Compact View, or List View sections"

7878

msgstr "<guilabel>Standardzoomnivå</guilabel> i sektionerna för ikonvy, kompakt vy eller listvy"

7879

7880

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3464(para)

7881

msgid "Select the default zoom level for folders that are displayed in this view. The zoom level specifies the size of items in a view."

7882

msgstr "Välj standardzoomnivån för mappar som visas i den här vyn. Zoomnivån anger storleken på objekten i en vy."

7883

7884

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3471(guilabel)

7885

msgid "Use compact layout"

7886

msgstr "Använd kompakt layout"

7887

7888

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3475(para)

7889

msgid "Select this option to arrange the items in icon view so that the items in the folder are closer to each other."

7890

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att ordna objekten i ikonvyn så att objekten i mappen placeras närmare varandra."

7891

7892

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3483(guilabel)

7893

msgid "Text beside icons"

7894

msgstr "Text bredvid ikoner"

7895

7896

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3487(para)

7897

msgid "Select this option to place the icon captions for items beside the icon rather than under the icon."

7898

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att placera ikontexter för objekten bredvid ikonen istället för under ikonen."

7899

7900

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3494(guilabel)

7901

msgid "All columns have the same width"

7902

msgstr "Alla kolumner har samma bredd"

7903

7904

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3498(para)

7905

msgid "Select this option to make all columns in a compact view have the same width."

7906

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att alla kolumner i en kompakt vy ska få samma bredd."

7907

7908

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3504(guilabel)

7909

msgid "Show only folders"

7910

msgstr "Visa endast mappar"

7911

7912

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3508(para)

7913

msgid "Select this option to display only folders in the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel> in the side pane."

7914

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att endast visa mappar i <guilabel>Träd</guilabel> i sidopanelen."

7915

7916

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3516(title)

7917

msgid "Behavior Preferences"

7918

msgstr "Beteendeinställningar"

7919

7920

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3520(tertiary)

7921

msgid "behavior"

7922

msgstr "beteende"

7923

7924

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3522(para)

7925

msgid "To set your preferences for files and folders, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Click on the <guilabel>Behavior</guilabel> tab to display the <guilabel>Behavior</guilabel> tabbed section. You can set the following preferences:"

7926

msgstr "För att ställa in dina inställningar för filer och mappar, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Redigera</guimenu><guimenuitem>Inställningar</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Klicka på fliken <guilabel>Beteende</guilabel> för att visa fliksektionen <guilabel>Beteende</guilabel>. Du kan ställa in följande inställningar:"

7927

7928

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3528(guilabel)

7046

#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:24(title)

7047

#, fuzzy

7048

#| msgid "file manager preferences"

7049

msgid "File manager behavior preferences"

7050

msgstr "inställningar för filhanterare"

7051

7052

#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:25(p)

7053

msgid "You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, whether folders are opened in new windows, how executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. In any file manager window, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the <gui>Behavior</gui> tab."

7054

msgstr ""

7055

7056

#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32(title)

7057

msgid "Behavior"

7058

msgstr "Beteende"

7059

7060

#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:35(gui)

7929

7061

msgid "Single click to open items"

7930

7062

msgstr "Enkelklick för att öppna objekt"

7931

7063

7932

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3530(para)

7933

msgid "Select this option to perform the default action for an item when you click on the item. When this option is selected, and you point to an item, the title of the item is underlined."

7934

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att genomföra standardåtgärden för ett objekt när du klickar på objektet. När det här alternativet är valt, och du pekar på ett objekt, är titeln för objektet understruken."

7935

7936

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3536(guilabel)

7064

#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:36(gui)

7937

7065

msgid "Double click to open items"

7938

7066

msgstr "Dubbelklick för att öppna objekt"

7939

7067

7940

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3538(para)

7941

msgid "Select this option to perform the default action for an item when you double-click on the item."

7942

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att genomföra standardåtgärden för ett objekt när du dubbelklickar på objektet."

7943

7944

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3543(guilabel)

7945

msgid "Always open in browser windows"

7946

msgstr "Öppna alltid i bläddringsfönster"

7947

7948

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3545(para)

7949

msgid "Select this option to use <application>Nautilus</application> in browser mode rather than spatial mode. Selecting this lets you browse your files and folders in the same window, otherwise you will navigate your files and folders as objects."

7950

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att använda <application>Nautilus</application> i bläddringsläge istället för spatialt läge. Att välja det här låter dig bläddra bland dina filer och mappar i samma fönster, annars kommer du att navigera bland dina filer och mappar som objekt."

7951

7952

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3550(guilabel)

7953

msgid "Run executable text files when they are opened"

7954

msgstr "Kör körbara textfiler när de öppnas"

7955

7956

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3552(para)

7957

msgid "Select this option to run an text executable file when you choose the file. An executable text file is a text file that can execute, that is, a shell script."

7958

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att köra en körbar textfil när du väljer filen. En körbar textfil är en textfil som kan köras, alltså, ett skalskript."

7959

7960

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3558(guilabel)

7961

msgid "View executable text files when they are opened"

7962

msgstr "Visa körbara textfiler när de öppnas"

7963

7964

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3560(para)

7965

msgid "Select this option to display the contents of an executable text file when you choose the executable text file."

7966

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att visa innehållet för en körbar textfil när du väljer den körbara textfilen."

7967

7968

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3565(guilabel)

7969

msgid "Ask each time"

7970

msgstr "Fråga varje gång"

7971

7972

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3567(para)

7973

msgid "Select this option to display a dialog when you choose an executable text file. The dialog asks whether you want to execute the file or display the file."

7974

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att visa en dialogruta när du väljer en körbar textfil. Dialogrutan frågar huruvida du vill köra filen eller visa filen."

7975

7976

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3573(guilabel)

7068

#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:37(p)

7069

msgid "By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key while clicking to select one or more files."

7070

msgstr ""

7071

7072

#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:43(gui)

7073

#| msgid "A folder in a file browser window."

7074

msgid "Open each folder in its own window"

7075

msgstr "Öppna varje mapp i sitt egna fönster"

7076

7077

#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:44(p)

7078

msgid "When you open a folder in the file manager, it will normally open in the same window. You can right-click a folder and select <gui>Open in New Window</gui> to open any single folder in a new window. If you often do this, select this option if you would rather have each folder open in its own window by default."

7079

msgstr ""

7080

7081

#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:54(title)

7082

msgid "Executable text files"

7083

msgstr ""

7084

7085

#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:55(p)

7086

msgid "An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run (execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions#execute\">file permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The most common are Shell, Python, and Perl scripts. These have extensions .sh, .py, and .pl respectively."

7087

msgstr ""

7088

7089

#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:56(p)

7090

msgid "You can select to <gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>, <gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui> or <gui>Ask each time</gui>. If the last option is selected, a dialog box will appear asking if you wish to run or view the selected text file."

7091

msgstr ""

7092

7093

#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:63(title)

7094

#, fuzzy

7095

#| msgid "file manager preferences"

7096

msgid "File manager trash preferences"

7097

msgstr "inställningar för filhanterare"

7098

7099

#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:65(title)

7100

msgid "Trash"

7101

msgstr "Papperskorg"

7102

7103

#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:69(gui)

7977

7104

msgid "Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files"

7978

7105

msgstr "Fråga innan papperskorgen töms eller filer tas bort"

7979

7106

7980

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3575(para)

7981

msgid "Select this option to display a confirmation message before <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> is emptied, or files are deleted. Leave this selected unless you have good reason not to."

7982

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att visa ett bekräftelsemeddelande innan <guilabel>Papperskorgen</guilabel> töms, eller när filer tas bort. Lämna kvar den som vald såvida du inte har en bra anledning att inte göra det."

7107

#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:70(p)

7108

msgid "This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete files."

7109

msgstr ""

7983

7110

7984

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3579(guilabel)

7985

msgid "Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash"

7111

#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:73(gui)

7112

#, fuzzy

7113

#| msgid "Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash"

7114

msgid "Include a delete command that bypasses Trash"

7986

7115

msgstr "Inkludera ett kommando Ta bort som förbigår papperskorgen"

7987

7116

7988

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3581(para)

7989

msgid "Select this option to add a <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem> menu item to the following menus:"

7990

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att lägga till menyobjektet <guimenuitem>Ta bort</guimenuitem> till följande menyer:"

7991

7992

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3585(para)

7993

msgid "The <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu."

7994

msgstr "Menyn <guimenu>Redigera</guimenu>."

7995

7996

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3588(para)

7997

msgid "The popup menu that is displayed when you right-click on a file, folder, or desktop object."

7998

msgstr "Popupmenyn som visas när du högerklickar på en fil, mapp eller skrivbordsobjekt."

7999

8000

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3592(para)

8001

msgid "When you select an item then choose the <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem> menu item, the item is deleted from your file system immediately. There is no way to recover a deleted file. Do not select this unless you have good reason to."

7117

#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74(p)

7118

msgid "Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> menu item to the <gui>Edit</gui> menu as well as the menu that pops up when you right-click on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."

7119

msgstr ""

7120

7121

#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:76(p)

7122

#, fuzzy

7123

#| msgid ""

7124

#| "When you select an item then choose the <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem> "

7125

#| "menu item, the item is deleted from your file system immediately. There "

7126

#| "is no way to recover a deleted file. Do not select this unless you have "

7127

#| "good reason to."

7128

msgid "Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way to recover the deleted item."

8002

7129

msgstr "När du markerar ett objekt och sedan väljer menyobjektet <guimenuitem>Ta bort</guimenuitem> kommer objektet omedelbart att tas bort från ditt filsystem. Det finns inget sätt att återhämta en borttagen fil. Välj inte det här såvida du inte har en bra anledning till det."

8003

7130

8004

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3599(title)

8005

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2487(title)

8006

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2514(title)

8007

msgid "Display Preferences"

8008

msgstr "Visningsinställningar"

8009

8010

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3603(tertiary)

8011

msgid "caption preferences"

8012

msgstr "inställningar för ikonrubrik"

8013

8014

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3608(tertiary)

8015

msgid "icon captions"

8016

msgstr "ikonrubriker"

8017

8018

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3610(para)

8019

msgid "An icon caption displays the name of a file or folder in an icon view. The icon caption also includes three additional items of information on the file or folder. The additional information is displayed after the file name. Normally only one item of information is visible, but when you zoom in on an icon, more of the information is displayed. You can modify what additional information is displayed in icon captions."

8020

msgstr "En ikonrubrik visar namnet på en fil eller mapp i en ikonvy. Ikonrubriken kan även inkludera ytterligare tre sorters information om filen eller mappen. Denna extrainformation visas efter filnamnet. Vanligtvis är endast en sorts information synlig men när du zoomar in på en ikon kommer mer av informationen att visas. Du kan ändra vilken extrainformation som visas i ikonrubriken."

8021

8022

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3616(para)

8023

msgid "To set your preferences for icon captions, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Click on the <guilabel>Display</guilabel> tab to display the <guilabel>Display</guilabel> tabbed section."

8024

msgstr "För att ställa in dina inställningar för ikonrubriker, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Redigera</guimenu><guimenuitem>Inställningar</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Klicka på fliken <guilabel>Visa</guilabel> för att visa fliksektionen <guilabel>Visa</guilabel>."

8025

8026

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3618(para)

8027

msgid "Select the items of information that you want to display in the icon caption from the three drop-down lists. Select the first item from the first drop-down list, select the second item from the second drop-down list, and so on. The following table describes the items of information that you can select:"

8028

msgstr "Välj de sorters information som du vill visa i ikonrubriken från de tre rullgardinslistorna. Välj den första sorten från den första rullgardinslistan, välj den andra sorten från den andra rullgardinslistan, och så vidare. Följande tabell beskriver den information som du kan välja:"

8029

8030

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3645(para)

8031

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3804(para)

8032

msgid "Choose this option to display the size of the item."

8033

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att visa storleken för objektet."

8034

8035

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3656(para)

8036

msgid "Choose this option to display the description of the MIME type of the item."

8037

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att visa beskrivningen för MIME-typen för objektet."

8038

8039

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3663(guilabel)

8040

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3823(guilabel)

8041

msgid "Date Modified"

8042

msgstr "Ändringsdatum"

8043

8044

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3667(para)

8045

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3827(para)

8046

msgid "Choose this option to display the last modification date of the item."

8047

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att visa senaste ändringsdatumet för objektet."

8048

8049

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3674(guilabel)

8050

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3834(guilabel)

8051

msgid "Date Accessed"

8052

msgstr "Åtkomstdatum"

8053

8054

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3678(para)

8055

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3838(para)

8056

msgid "Choose this option to display the date that the item was last accessed."

8057

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att visa åtkomstdatumet för objektet."

8058

8059

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3689(para)

8060

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3882(para)

8061

msgid "Choose this option to display the owner of the item."

8062

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att visa ägaren för objektet."

8063

8064

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3700(para)

8065

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3849(para)

8066

msgid "Choose this option to display the group to which the item belongs."

8067

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att visa gruppen till vilken objektet tillhör."

8068

8069

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3707(guilabel)

8070

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3889(guilabel)

8071

msgid "Permissions"

8072

msgstr "Rättigheter"

8073

8074

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3711(para)

8075

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3893(para)

8076

msgid "<indexterm><primary>permissions</primary><secondary>displaying as characters</secondary></indexterm>Choose this option to display the permissions of the item as three sets of three characters, for example <computeroutput>-rwxrw-r--</computeroutput>."

8077

msgstr "<indexterm><primary>rättigheter</primary><secondary>visning som tecken</secondary></indexterm>Välj det här alternativet för att visa rättigheterna för objektet som tre uppsättningar med tre tecken, till exempel <computeroutput>-rwxrw-r--</computeroutput>."

8078

8079

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3719(guilabel)

8080

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3867(guilabel)

8081

msgid "Octal Permissions"

8082

msgstr "Oktala rättigheter"

8083

8084

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3723(para)

8085

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3871(para)

8086

msgid "<indexterm><primary>permissions</primary><secondary>displaying in octal notation</secondary></indexterm>Choose this option to display the permissions of the item in octal notation, for example <computeroutput>764</computeroutput>."

8087

msgstr "<indexterm><primary>rättigheter</primary><secondary>visning i oktal notation</secondary></indexterm>Välj det här alternativet för att visa rättigheterna för objektet i oktal notation, till exempel <computeroutput>764</computeroutput>."

8088

8089

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3734(para)

8090

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3860(para)

8091

msgid "Choose this option to display the MIME type of the item."

8092

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att visa MIME-typen för objektet."

8093

8094

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3745(para)

8095

msgid "Choose this option to display no information for the item."

8096

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att inte visa någon information om objekt."

8097

8098

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3752(para)

8099

msgid "The date <guilabel>Format</guilabel> option lets you choose how the date is displayed throughout Nautilus."

8100

msgstr "Alternativet <guilabel>Format</guilabel> för datum låter dig välja hur datumet visas i Nautilus."

8101

8102

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3757(title)

8103

msgid "List Columns Preferences"

8104

msgstr "Inställningar för listkolumner"

8105

8106

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3758(para)

8107

msgid "You can specify what information is displayed in list view in file manager windows. You can specify which columns are displayed in list view, and the order in which the columns are displayed."

8108

msgstr "Du kan ange vilken information som visas i listvyn i filhanterarfönster. Du kan ange vilka kolumner som visas i listvyn och ordningen i vilken kolumnerna visas."

8109

8110

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3761(para)

8111

msgid "To set your preferences for list columns, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Click on the <guilabel>List Columns</guilabel> tab to display the <guilabel>List Columns</guilabel> tabbed section."

8112

msgstr "För att ställa in dina inställningar för listkolumner, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Redigera</guimenu><guimenuitem>Inställningar</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Klicka på fliken <guilabel>Listkolumner</guilabel> för att visa fliksektionen <guilabel>Listkolumner</guilabel>."

8113

8114

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3763(para)

8115

msgid "To specify a column to display in list view, select the option that corresponds to the column, then click on the <guibutton>Show</guibutton> button. To remove a column from the list view, select the option that corresponds to the column, then click on the <guibutton>Hide</guibutton> button."

8116

msgstr "För att ange en kolumn att visa i listvy, markera alternativet som motsvarar kolumnen och klicka sedan på knappen <guibutton>Visa</guibutton>. För att ta bort en kolumn från listvyn, markera alternativet som motsvarar kolumnen och klicka sedan på knappen <guibutton>Dölj</guibutton>."

8117

8118

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3767(para)

8119

msgid "Use the <guibutton>Move Up</guibutton> and <guibutton>Move Down</guibutton> buttons to specify the position of columns in list view."

8120

msgstr "Använd knapparna <guibutton>Flytta uppåt</guibutton> och <guibutton>Flytta nedåt</guibutton> för att ange positionen för kolumner i listvyn."

8121

8122

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3769(para)

8123

msgid "To use the default columns and column positions, click on the <guibutton>Use Default</guibutton> button."

8124

msgstr "För att använda standardkolumner och kolumnpositioner, klicka på knappen <guibutton>Använd standard</guibutton>."

8125

8126

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3770(para)

8127

msgid "The following table describes the columns that you can display:"

8128

msgstr "Följande tabell beskriver kolumnerna som du kan visa:"

8129

8130

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3793(para)

8131

msgid "Choose this option to display the name of the item."

8132

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att visa namnet på objektet."

8133

8134

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3815(para)

8135

msgid "Choose this option to display the description of the MIME type of the item from the <application>File Types and Programs</application> preference tool."

8136

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att visa beskrivningen för MIME-typen för objektet från inställningsverktyget <application>Filtyper och program</application>."

8137

8138

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3903(title)

8139

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3969(title)

8140

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4124(title)

8141

msgid "Preview Preferences"

8142

msgstr "Inställningar för förhandsvisning"

8143

8144

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3907(tertiary)

8145

msgid "preview"

8146

msgstr "förhandsvisning"

8147

8148

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3909(para)

8149

msgid "The file manager include some file preview features. The preview features can affect the speed with which the file manager responds to your requests. You can modify the behavior of some of these features to improve the speed of the file manager. For each preview preference, you can select one of the options described in the following table:"

8150

msgstr "Filhanteraren inkluderar vissa funktioner för att förhandsgranska filer. Förhandsgranskningsfunktioner kan påverka hastigheten med vilken filhanteraren svarar på dina åtgärder. Du kan ändra beteendet för några av dessa funktioner för att förbättra hastigheten i filhanteraren. För varje inställning kan du välja ett av alternativen som beskrivs i följande tabell:"

8151

8152

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3933(guilabel)

8153

msgid "Always"

8154

msgstr "Alltid"

8155

8156

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3937(para)

8157

msgid "Performs the action for both local files, and files on other file systems."

8158

msgstr "Genomför åtgärden för både lokala filer och filer på andra filsystem."

8159

8160

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3944(guilabel)

8161

msgid "Local Files Only"

8162

msgstr "Endast lokala filer"

8163

8164

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3948(para)

8165

msgid "Performs the action for local files only."

8166

msgstr "Genomför åtgärden för endast lokala filer."

8167

8168

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3954(guilabel)

8169

msgid "Never"

8170

msgstr "Aldrig"

8171

8172

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3958(para)

8173

msgid "Never performs the action."

8174

msgstr "Genomför aldrig åtgärden."

8175

8176

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3964(para)

8177

msgid "To set your preview preferences, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Click on the <guilabel>Preview</guilabel> tab dialog to display the <guilabel>Preview</guilabel> tabbed section."

8178

msgstr "För att ställa in dina inställningar för förhandsgranskning, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Redigera</guimenu><guimenuitem>Inställningar</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Klicka på fliken <guilabel>Förhandsgranskning</guilabel> för att visa fliksektionen <guilabel>Förhandsgranskning</guilabel>."

8179

8180

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3966(para)

8181

msgid "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-41\"/> lists the preview preferences that you can modify."

8182

msgstr "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-41\"/> listar inställningarna för förhandsvisning som du kan ändra."

8183

8184

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3987(guilabel)

8185

msgid "Show text in icons"

8186

msgstr "Visa text i ikoner"

8187

8188

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3991(para)

8189

msgid "Select an option to specify when to preview the content of text files in the icon that represents the file."

8190

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att ange när innehållet för textfiler i ikonen som representerar filen ska förhandsvisas."

8191

8192

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:3998(guilabel)

8193

msgid "Show thumbnails"

8194

msgstr "Visa miniatyrbilder"

8195

8196

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4002(para)

8197

msgid "Select an option to specify when to show thumbnails of image files. The file manager stores the thumbnail files for each folder in a <filename>.thumbnails</filename> directory in the user's Home Folder."

8198

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att ange när miniatyrbilder för bildfiler ska visas. Filhanteraren lagrar miniatyrbildfiler för varje mapp i en <filename>.thumbnails</filename>-katalog i användarens hemmapp."

8199

8200

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4011(guilabel)

8201

msgid "Only for files smaller than"

8202

msgstr "Endast för filer mindre än"

8203

8204

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4015(para)

8205

msgid "Specify the maximum file size for files for which the file manager creates a thumbnail."

8206

msgstr "Ange den maximala filstorleken för filer för vilka filhanteraren skapar en miniatyrbild."

8207

8208

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4022(guilabel)

8209

msgid "Preview sound files"

8210

msgstr "Förhandsvisa ljudfiler"

8211

8212

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4027(para)

8213

msgid "Select an option to specify when to preview sound files."

8214

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att ange när ljudfiler ska förhandsvisas."

8215

8216

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4033(guilabel)

8217

msgid "Count number of items"

8218

msgstr "Räkna antalet objekt"

8219

8220

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4037(para)

8221

msgid "Select an option to specify when to show the number of items in folders. When in icon view, you might need to increase your zoom level to see the number of items in each folder."

8222

msgstr "Välj ett alternativ för att ange när antalet objekt i mappar ska visas. När du är i ikonvyn kan du behöva öka din zoomnivå för att se antalet objekt i varje mapp."

8223

8224

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4047(title)

8225

msgid "Media Preferences"

8226

msgstr "Mediainställningar"

8227

8228

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4048(para)

8229

msgid "You can configure how <application>Nautilus</application> handles removable media and devices that are connected to the computer, such as music players or cameras. For each media format or device type, <application>Nautilus</application> offers to run one of the applications that are known to support this format, as well as the following options:"

8230

msgstr "Du kan konfigurera hur <application>Nautilus</application> hanterar flyttbart media och enheter som ansluts till datorn, såsom musikspelare eller kameror. För varje mediaformat eller enhetstyp så erbjuder <application>Nautilus</application> att köra ett av programmen som är kända att ge stöd för detta format, såväl som följande alternativ:"

8231

8232

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4074(guilabel)

8233

msgid "Ask what to do"

8234

msgstr "Fråga vad som ska göras"

8235

8236

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4078(para)

8237

msgid "Make <application>Nautilus</application> ask for the desired action when the media or device appears."

8238

msgstr "Gör så <application>Nautilus</application> frågar efter önskad åtgärd när mediet eller enheten dyker upp."

8239

8240

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4085(guilabel)

8241

msgid "Do Nothing"

8242

msgstr "Gör ingenting"

8243

8244

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4089(para)

8245

msgid "Do nothing."

8246

msgstr "Gör ingenting."

8247

8248

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4095(guilabel)

8249

msgid "Open Folder"

8250

msgstr "Öppna mapp"

8251

8252

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4099(para)

8253

msgid "Treat the media or device like an ordinary folder and open it in a <application>Nautilus</application> window."

8254

msgstr "Behandla mediet eller enheten som en vanlig mapp och öppna den i ett <application>Nautilus</application>-fönster."

8255

8256

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4106(guilabel)

8257

msgid "Open with other Application"

8258

msgstr "Öppna med annat program"

8259

8260

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4110(para)

8261

msgid "Select an application to run with the <application>Nautilus</application> application chooser dialog. Note that applications known to handle the media or device can be chosen directly from the drop-down list."

8262

msgstr "Välj ett program att köra med programväljaren i <application>Nautilus</application>. Observera att program kända att hantera mediet eller enheten kan väljas direkt från rullgardinslistan."

8263

8264

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4119(para)

8265

msgid "The most common media formats can be configured in the <guilabel>Media Handling</guilabel> section: audio CDs, video DVDs, music players, cameras, and software cds."

8266

msgstr "De mest vanliga mediaformaten kan konfigureras i sektionen <guilabel>Mediahantering</guilabel>: ljud-cd, dvd-video, musikspelare, kameror och programvaruskivor."

8267

8268

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4120(para)

8269

msgid "To configure the handling for other media formats, first select the format in the <guilabel>Type</guilabel> drop-down list, then select the desired handling for this format in the <guilabel>Action</guilabel> drop-down list."

8270

msgstr "För att konfigurera hanteringen av övriga mediaformat, välj först formatet i rullgardinslistan <guilabel>Typ</guilabel>, välj sedan önskad hantering för detta format i rullgardinslistan <guilabel>Åtgärd</guilabel>."

8271

8272

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4121(para)

8273

msgid "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-43\"/> lists other media handling preferences that you can modify."

8274

msgstr "<xref linkend=\"gosnautilus-TBL-43\"/> listar övriga inställningar för mediahantering som du kan ändra."

8275

8276

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4142(guilabel)

8277

msgid "Never prompt or start programs on media insertion"

8278

msgstr "Fråga eller starta aldrig program vid inmatning av media"

8279

8280

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4146(para)

8281

msgid "Select this option to prevent <application>Nautilus</application> from showing dialogs or running programs when media or devices appear. When this option is selected, the preferences for the handling of specific media formats are ignored."

8282

msgstr "Välj det här alternativ för att förhindra att <application>Nautilus</application> visar dialogrutor eller kör program när media eller enheter dyker upp. När detta alternativ har valts så kommer inställningarna för hanteringen av specifika format att ignoreras."

8283

8284

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4154(guilabel)

8285

msgid "Browse media when inserted"

8286

msgstr "Bläddra i mediet vid inmatning"

8287

8288

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4158(para)

8289

msgid "When this option is selected, <application>Nautilus</application> will automatically open a folder when media is inserted. This only applies for media formats for which the handling has not been explicitly configured."

8290

msgstr "När detta alternativ har valts så kommer <application>Nautilus</application> att automatiskt öppna en mapp när mediet har matats in. Detta gäller endast för mediaformat för vilka hanteringen inte uttryckligen har konfigurerats."

8291

8292

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4173(title)

8293

msgid "Extending Nautilus"

8294

msgstr "Utökning av Nautilus"

8295

8296

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4176(secondary)

8297

msgid "running scripts"

8298

msgstr "köra skript"

8299

8300

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4179(primary)

8301

msgid "scripts, running from file manager"

8302

msgstr "skript, kör från filhanterare"

8303

8304

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4181(para)

8305

msgid "Nautilus can be extended in two main ways. Through <application>Nautilus</application> extensions, and through scrips. This section explains the difference between the two and how to install."

8306

msgstr "Nautilus kan utökas på två huvudsätt. Genom <application>Nautilus</application>-tillägg och genom skript. Det här avsnittet förklarar skillnaden mellan de två och hur man installerar dem."

8307

8308

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4183(title)

8309

msgid "Nautilus Scripts"

8310

msgstr "Nautilus-skript"

8311

8312

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4184(para)

8313

msgid "Nautilus can run scripts. Scripts are typically simpler in operation than full <application>Nautilus</application> extensions and can be written in any scripted language capable of being executed on your computer. To run a script choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Scripts</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, then choose the script that you want to run from the submenu."

8314

msgstr "Nautilus kan köra skript. Skript innehåller vanligtvis enklare åtgärder än kompletta <application>Nautilus</application>-tillägg och kan skrivas i valfritt språk som kan köras på din dator. För att köra ett skript, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Arkiv</guimenu><guimenuitem>Skript</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, välj sedan skriptet som du vill köra från undermenyn."

8315

8316

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4185(para)

8317

msgid "To run a script on a particular file, select the file in the view pane. Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Scripts</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, then choose the script that you want to run on the file from the submenu. You can also select multiple files to run your scripts on."

8318

msgstr "För att köra ett skript på en specifik fil, välj filen i visningspanelen. Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Arkiv</guimenu><guimenuitem>Skript</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, välj sedan skriptet som du vill köra på filen från undermenyn. Du kan även välja flera filer att köra dina skript på."

8319

8320

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4188(para)

8321

msgid "You may also access scripts from the context menu."

8322

msgstr "Du kan även komma åt skript från sammanhangsmenyn."

8323

8324

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4190(para)

8325

msgid "If you do not have any scripts installed, the script menu will not appear."

8326

msgstr "Om du inte har några skript installerade kommer skriptmenyn inte att visas."

8327

8328

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4193(title)

8329

msgid "Installing File Manager Scripts"

8330

msgstr "Installering av filhanterarskript"

8331

8332

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4194(para)

8333

msgid "The file manager includes a special folder where you can store your scripts. All executable files in this folder will appear in the Scripts menu. The script folder is located at $HOME/.gnome2/nautilus-scripts."

8334

msgstr "Filhanteraren inkluderar en specialmapp där du kan lagra dina skript. Alla körbara filer i den här mappen kommer att visas i Skript-menyn. Skriptmappen finns på $HOME/.gnome2/nautilus-scripts."

8335

8336

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4197(para)

8337

msgid "To install a script, simply copy the script to the script folder and give it the user executable permission."

8338

msgstr "För att installera ett skript, kopiera helt enkelt skriptet till skriptmappen och ge dig körbara rättigheter för användaren."

8339

8340

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4198(para)

8341

msgid "To view the contents of your scripts folder, if you already have scripts installed, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>Scripts</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Open Scripts Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. You will have to navigate to the scripts folder with the file manager if you do not yet have any scripts. You may need to show hidden files for this, use <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Show Hidden Files</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

8342

msgstr "För att visa innehållet i din skriptmapp, om du redan har skript installerade, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Arkiv</guimenu><guisubmenu>Skript</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Öppna skriptmapp</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Du kommer att behöva navigera till skriptmappen med filhanteraren om du inte ännu har några skript. Du kan behöva att visa dolda filer, använd <menuchoice><guimenu>Visa</guimenu><guimenuitem>Visa dolda filer</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

8343

8344

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4200(para)

8345

msgid "A good source to download <application>Nautilus</application> scripts is from the <ulink url=\"http://g-scripts.sourceforge.net\"><citetitle>G-Scripts website</citetitle></ulink>."

8346

msgstr "En bra källa att hämta <application>Nautilus</application>-skript är från webbplatsen <ulink url=\"http://g-scripts.sourceforge.net\"><citetitle>G-Scripts</citetitle></ulink>."

8347

8348

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4203(title)

8349

msgid "Writing File Manager Scripts"

8350

msgstr "Skriv filhanterarskript"

8351

8352

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4204(para)

8353

msgid "When executed from a local folder, scripts will be passed the selected file names. When executed from a remote folder (e.g. a folder showing web or ftp content), scripts will be passed no parameters."

8354

msgstr "När de körs från en lokal mapp kommer skripten att få namnen på de markerade filerna skickade till sig. När de körs från en fjärrmapp (t.ex. en mapp som visar webb- eller ftp-innehåll) får skripten inga parametrar skickade till sig."

8355

8356

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4206(para)

8357

msgid "The following table shows variables passed to the script :"

8358

msgstr "Följande tabell visar variabler skickade till skriptet:"

8359

8360

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4214(para)

8361

msgid "Environment variable"

8362

msgstr "Miljövariabel"

8363

8364

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4225(guilabel)

8365

msgid "NAUTILUS_SCRIPT_SELECTED_FILE_PATHS"

8366

msgstr "NAUTILUS_SCRIPT_SELECTED_FILE_PATHS"

8367

8368

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4229(para)

8369

msgid "newline-delimited paths for selected files (only if local)"

8370

msgstr "nyradsavgränsade sökvägar för markerade filer (endast om lokala)"

8371

8372

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4235(guilabel)

8373

msgid "NAUTILUS_SCRIPT_SELECTED_URIS"

8374

msgstr "NAUTILUS_SCRIPT_SELECTED_URIS"

8375

8376

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4239(para)

8377

msgid "newline-delimited URIs for selected files"

8378

msgstr "nyradsavgränsade URI:er för markerade filer"

8379

8380

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4245(guilabel)

8381

msgid "NAUTILUS_SCRIPT_CURRENT_URI"

8382

msgstr "NAUTILUS_SCRIPT_CURRENT_URI"

8383

8384

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4249(para)

8385

msgid "URI for current location"

8386

msgstr "URI för aktuell plats"

8387

8388

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4255(guilabel)

8389

msgid "NAUTILUS_SCRIPT_WINDOW_GEOMETRY"

8390

msgstr "NAUTILUS_SCRIPT_WINDOW_GEOMETRY"

8391

8392

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4259(para)

8393

msgid "position and size of current window"

8394

msgstr "position och storlek på aktuellt fönster"

8395

8396

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4268(title)

8397

msgid "Nautilus Extensions"

8398

msgstr "Nautilus-tillägg"

8399

8400

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4269(para)

8401

msgid "<application>Nautilus</application> extensions are far more powerful than <application>Nautilus</application> scripts, allowing more freedom where and how they extend <application>Nautilus</application>. <application>Nautilus</application> extensions are typically installed by your system administrator."

8402

msgstr "<application>Nautilus</application>-tillägg är mycket kraftfullare än <application>Nautilus</application>-skript och tillåter mer frihet var och hur de utökar <application>Nautilus</application>. <application>Nautilus</application>-tillägg är vanligtvis installerade av din systemadministratör."

8403

8404

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4273(para)

8405

msgid "nautilus-actions"

8406

msgstr "nautilus-actions"

8407

8408

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4274(para)

8409

msgid "This extension allows you to easily assign actions based on file type"

8410

msgstr "Det här tillägget låter dig enkelt tilldela åtgärder baserat på filtyp"

8411

8412

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4277(para)

8413

msgid "nautilus-send-to"

8414

msgstr "nautilus-send-to"

8415

8416

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4278(para)

8417

msgid "This extension provides a simple way to send a file or folder to another using email, instant messaging, or Bluetooth."

8418

msgstr "Det här tillägget tillhandahåller ett enkelt sätt att skicka en fil eller mapp till en annan person eller enhet genom e-post, snabbmeddelande eller blåtand."

8419

8420

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4281(para)

8421

msgid "nautilus-open-terminal."

8422

msgstr "nautilus-open-terminal."

8423

8424

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4282(para)

8425

msgid "This extension provides an easy way to open a terminal at the selected starting location."

8426

msgstr "Det här tillägget tillhandahåller ett enkelt sätt att öppna en terminal på den valda startplatsen."

8427

8428

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4270(para)

8429

msgid "Some popular <application>Nautilus</application> extensions include: <placeholder-1/>"

8430

msgstr "Några populära <application>Nautilus</application>-tillägg inkluderar: <placeholder-1/>"

8431

8432

#: C/gosnautilus.xml:4287(para)

8433

msgid "If you are looking for the <guilabel>Open Terminal</guilabel> command which used to exist in the <application>Nautilus</application> right click menu by default then you should install the <application>nautilus-open-terminal</application> extension."

8434

msgstr "Om du letar efter kommandot <guilabel>Öppna terminal</guilabel> som brukade finnas i <application>Nautilus</application> högerklicksmeny som standard ska du installera tillägget <application>nautilus-open-terminal</application>."

8435

8436

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:2(title)

8437

msgid "Using the Main Menubar"

8438

msgstr "Använda huvudmenyraden"

8439

8440

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:13(para)

8441

msgid "This chapter describes how to use the GNOME Panel Menubar."

8442

msgstr "Det här avsnittet beskriver hur man använder GNOME-panelens menyrad."

8443

8444

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:29(para)

8445

msgid "The panel menubar is your main point of access to GNOME. Use the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu to launch applications, the <guimenu>Places</guimenu> to open locations on your computer or network, and the <guimenu>System</guimenu> to customize your system, get help with GNOME, and log out of GNOME or shut down your computer."

8446

msgstr "Panelens menyrad är din huvudpunkt för åtkomst till GNOME. Använd menyn <guimenu>Program</guimenu> för att starta program, <guimenu>Platser</guimenu> för att öppna platser på din dator eller ditt nätverk, samt <guimenu>System</guimenu> för att anpassa ditt system, få hjälp med GNOME, och logga ut ur GNOME eller stänga av din dator."

8447

8448

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:30(para)

8449

msgid "The following sections describe these three menus."

8450

msgstr "Följande avsnitt beskriver dessa tre menyer."

8451

8452

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:31(para)

8453

msgid "By default, the panel menubar is on the <link linkend=\"top-panel\">Top Edge Panel</link>. But like any other panel object, you can move the menubar to another panel, or have more than one instance of the menubar in your panels. For more on this, see <xref linkend=\"panel-menus\"/>."

8454

msgstr "Som standard finns panelens menyrad på <link linkend=\"top-panel\">överkantspanelen</link>. Precis som andra panelobjekt kan du flytta menyraden till en annan panel eller ha fler än en instans av menyraden i dina paneler. För mer information om det här, se <xref linkend=\"panel-menus\"/>."

8455

8456

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:34(title)

8457

msgid "Applications Menu"

8458

msgstr "Program-menyn"

8459

8460

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:39(secondary)

8461

msgid "Applications menu"

8462

msgstr "Program-menyn"

8463

8464

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:41(para)

8465

msgid "The <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu contains a hierarchy of submenus, from which you can start the applications that are installed on your system."

8466

msgstr "Menyn <guimenu>Program</guimenu> innehåller en hierarki med undermenyer från vilka du kan starta program som är installerade på ditt system."

8467

8468

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:42(para)

8469

msgid "Each submenu correponds to a category. For example, in the <guimenu>Sound & Video</guimenu> submenu, you will find applications for playing CDs and recording sound."

8470

msgstr "Varje undermeny motsvarar en kategori. Till exempel kommer du att hitta program för att spela upp cd-skivor och spela in ljud i undermenyn <guimenu>Ljud och video</guimenu>."

8471

8472

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:43(para)

8473

msgid "To launch an application, perform the following steps:"

8474

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att starta ett program:"

8475

8476

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:45(para)

8477

msgid "Open the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu by clicking on it."

8478

msgstr "Öppna menyn <guimenu>Program</guimenu> genom att klicka på den."

8479

8480

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:46(para)

8481

msgid "Move the mouse down the menu to the category the application you want is in. Each submenu opens as your mouse passes over the category."

8482

msgstr "Flytta musen nedåt i menyn till kategorin som programmet du önskar finns i. Varje undermenyn öppnas när musen passerar över kategorin."

8483

8484

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:47(para)

8485

msgid "Click the menu item for the application."

8486

msgstr "Klicka på menyobjektet för programmet."

8487

8488

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:49(para)

8489

msgid "When you install a new application, it is automatically added to the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu in a suitable category. For example, if you install an instant messenger application, a VoIP application, or an FTP client, you will find it in the <guimenu>Internet</guimenu> submenu."

8490

msgstr "När du installerar ett nytt program kommer det automatiskt att läggas till i menyn <guimenu>Program</guimenu> i en lämplig kategori. Till exempel om du installerar en snabbmeddelandeklient, en programtelefon eller en FTP-klient, kommer du att hitta dem i undermenyn <guimenu>Internet</guimenu>."

8491

8492

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:52(title)

8493

msgid "Places Menu"

8494

msgstr "Platser-menyn"

8495

8496

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:54(primary)

8497

msgid "Places menu"

8498

msgstr "Platser-menyn"

8499

8500

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:56(para)

8501

msgid "The <guimenu>Places</guimenu> menu is a quick way to go to various locations on your computer and your local network. The <guimenu>Places</guimenu> menu allows you to open the following items:"

8502

msgstr "Menyn <guimenu>Platser</guimenu> är ett snabbt sätt att gå till olika platser på din dator och ditt lokala nätverk. Menyn <guimenu>Platser</guimenu> låter dig öppna följande objekt:"

8503

8504

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:58(para)

8505

msgid "Your Home folder<remark>Add link!</remark>"

8506

msgstr "Din hemmapp<remark>Lägg till länk!</remark>"

8507

8508

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:59(para)

8509

msgid "The Desktop folder, which corresponds to the items displays in the desktop."

8510

msgstr "Skrivbordsmappen, vilken motsvarar objekten som visas på skrivbordet."

8511

8512

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:60(para)

8513

msgid "The items in your Nautilus bookmarks. For more on this, see <xref linkend=\"nautilus-bookmarks\"/>."

8514

msgstr "Objekten i dina Nautilus-bokmärken. För mer information om det här, se <xref linkend=\"nautilus-bookmarks\"/>."

8515

8516

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:61(para)

8517

msgid "Your computer, which shows all your drives."

8518

msgstr "Din dator, som visar alla dina enheter."

8519

8520

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:62(para)

8521

msgid "The Nautilus CD/DVD Creator. For more on this, see <xref linkend=\"nautilus-cdwriter\"/>."

8522

msgstr "CD/DVD-skaparen i Nautilus. För mer information om det här, se <xref linkend=\"nautilus-cdwriter\"/>."

8523

8524

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:63(para)

8525

msgid "The local network. For more on this, see <xref linkend=\"nautilus-accessnetwork\"/>."

8526

msgstr "Det lokala nätverket. För mer information om det här, se <xref linkend=\"nautilus-accessnetwork\"/>."

8527

8528

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:66(para)

8529

msgid "The last three items on the menu perform actions rather than open locations."

8530

msgstr "De tre sista objekten på menyn genomför åtgärder istället för att öppna platser."

8531

8532

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:69(para)

8533

msgid "<guimenuitem>Connect to Server</guimenuitem> lets you choose a server on your network. For more on this, see <xref linkend=\"nautilus-server-connect\"/>."

8534

msgstr "<guimenuitem>Anslut till server</guimenuitem> låter dig välja en server på ditt nätverk. För mer information om det här, se <xref linkend=\"nautilus-server-connect\"/>."

8535

8536

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:70(para)

8537

msgid "<guimenuitem>Search for Files</guimenuitem> lets you search for files on your computer. For more on this, see the <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gnome-search-tool\">Search for Files Manual</ulink>."

8538

msgstr "<guimenuitem>Sök efter filer</guimenuitem> låter dig söka efter filer på din dator. För mer information om det här, se <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gnome-search-tool\">Handbok för Sök efter filer</ulink>."

8539

8540

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:71(para)

8541

msgid "The <guimenuitem>Recent Documents</guimenuitem> submenu lists the documents you have recently opened. The last entry in the submenu clears the list."

8542

msgstr "Undermenyn <guimenuitem>Senaste dokument</guimenuitem> listar dokumenten som du tidigare har öppnat. Den sista posten i undermenyn tömmer listan."

8543

8544

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:75(title)

8545

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:77(primary)

8546

msgid "System Menu"

8547

msgstr "System-menyn"

8548

8549

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:79(para)

8550

msgid "The <guimenu>System</guimenu> menu allows you to set your preferences for the GNOME Desktop, get help with using GNOME, and log out or shut down."

8551

msgstr "Menyn <guimenu>System</guimenu> låter dig ställa in inställningar för GNOME-skrivbordet, få hjälp med GNOME och logga ut eller stänga av datorn."

8552

8553

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:81(para)

8554

msgid "The <guimenuitem>Control Center</guimenuitem> item contains preference tools to configure your computer. For more information on using these preference tools, see <xref linkend=\"prefs\"/>."

8555

msgstr "Objektet <guimenuitem>Kontrollpanel</guimenuitem> innehåller inställningsverktyg för att konfigurera din dator. För mer information om hur man använder dessa inställningsverktyg, se <xref linkend=\"prefs\"/>."

8556

8557

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:82(para)

8558

msgid "The <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> item launches the Help Browser."

8559

msgstr "Objektet <guimenuitem>Hjälp</guimenuitem> startar hjälpbläddraren."

8560

8561

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:83(para)

8562

msgid "The <guimenuitem>About GNOME</guimenuitem> item has a brief introduction to GNOME, links to the GNOME website, and credits."

8563

msgstr "Objektet <guimenuitem>Om GNOME</guimenuitem> innehåller en kort introduktion till GNOME, länkar till GNOME-webbplatsen och en lista över bidragsgivare."

8564

8565

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:84(para)

8566

msgid "The <guimenuitem>Lock Screen</guimenuitem> command starts your screensaver, and requires your password to return to the desktop. For more on this, see <xref linkend=\"lock-screen\"/>."

8567

msgstr "Kommandot <guimenuitem>Lås skärm</guimenuitem> startar din skärmsläckare och kräver att du anger ditt lösenord för att återvända till skrivbordet. För mer information om det här, se <xref linkend=\"lock-screen\"/>."

8568

8569

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:85(para)

8570

msgid "Choose <guimenuitem>Log Out</guimenuitem> to log out of GNOME, or to switch user."

8571

msgstr "Välj <guimenuitem>Logga ut</guimenuitem> för att logga ut från GNOME, eller för att växla användare."

8572

8573

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:86(para)

8574

msgid "Choose <guimenuitem>Shut Down</guimenuitem> to end your GNOME session and turn off your computer, or restart it."

8575

msgstr "Välj <guimenuitem>Stäng av</guimenuitem> för att avsluta din GNOME-session och stänga av din dator, eller starta om den."

8576

8577

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:89(para)

8578

msgid "For more on logging out and shutting down, see <xref linkend=\"shutdown\"/>."

8579

msgstr "För mer information om utloggning och avstängning, se <xref linkend=\"shutdown\"/>."

8580

8581

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:93(title)

8582

msgid "Customizing the Panel Menubar"

8583

msgstr "Anpassa panelens menyrad"

8584

8585

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:101(para)

8586

msgid "You can modify the contents of the following menus:"

8587

msgstr "Du kan ändra innehållet för följande menyer:"

8588

8589

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:104(para)

8590

msgid "<guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu"

8591

msgstr "<guimenu>Program</guimenu>-menyn"

8592

8593

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:107(para)

8594

msgid "<menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu></menuchoice> submenu"

8595

msgstr "Undermenyn <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Inställningar</guisubmenu></menuchoice>"

8596

8597

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:110(para)

8598

msgid "<menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Administration</guisubmenu></menuchoice> submenu"

8599

msgstr "Undermenyn <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Administration</guisubmenu></menuchoice>"

8600

8601

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:114(para)

8602

msgid "To edit the items in these menus, right-click on the panel menubar, and choose <guimenuitem>Edit Menus</guimenuitem>. The <guilabel>Menu Layout</guilabel> window opens."

8603

msgstr "För att redigera objekten i dessa menyer, högerklicka på panelens menyrad och välj <guimenuitem>Redigera menyer</guimenuitem>. Fönstret <guilabel>Menylayout</guilabel> öppnas."

8604

8605

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:115(para)

8606

msgid "The <guilabel>Menu Layout</guilabel> window lists the menus in the left pane. Click on the expander arrows to show or hide submenus. Choose a menu in the left pane to see its items listed in the right pane."

8607

msgstr "Fönstret <guilabel>Menylayout</guilabel> listar menyerna i vänstra panelen. Klicka på expanderarpilarna för att visa eller dölja undermenyer. Välj en meny i vänstra panelen för att lista dess objekt i högra panelen."

8608

8609

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:116(para)

8610

msgid "To remove an item from a menu, deselect it in the list. The item can be added back to the menu by selecting it once again."

8611

msgstr "För att ta bort ett objekt från en meny, avmarkera det i listan. Objektet kan läggas tillbaka till menyn genom att markera det än en gång."

8612

8613

#: C/goseditmainmenu.xml:118(para)

8614

msgid "The <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:system-admin-guide?menustructure-0\">System Administration Guide</ulink> has more information on how GNOME implements menus and how administrators can customize them."

8615

msgstr "<ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:system-admin-guide?menustructure-0\">Systemadministrationsguiden</ulink> innehåller mer information om hur GNOME implementerar menyer och hur administratörer kan anpassa dem."

8616

8617

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2(title)

8618

msgid "Configuring Your Desktop"

8619

msgstr "Konfigurera ditt skrivbord"

8620

8621

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:18(para)

8622

msgid "This chapter describes how to use the preference tools to customize the GNOME Desktop."

8623

msgstr "Det här avsnittet beskriver hur man använder inställningsverktygen för att anpassa GNOME-skrivbordet."

8624

8625

#. move the following to its own section, "Using Pref Tools"?

8626

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:22(para)

8627

msgid "A preference tool is a small application that allows you to change settings in the GNOME Desktop. Each preference tool covers a particular aspect of your computer. For example, with the <application>Mouse</application> preference tool you can set your mouse to left-handed or right-handed use, or change the speed of the pointer on the screen. With the <application>Windows</application> preference tool you can set behaviour common to all windows such as the way in which you select them with the mouse."

8628

msgstr "Ett inställningsverktyg är ett litet program som låter dig ändra inställningar i GNOME-skrivbordet. Varje inställningsverktyg täcker in en specifik funktion för din dator. Till exempel kan du med inställningsverktyget <application>Mus</application> ställa in din mus för användning med vänster- eller högerhanden eller ändra hastigheten för muspekaren på skärmen. Med inställningsverktyget <application>Fönster</application> kan du ställa in beteendet som gäller för alla fönster såsom det sätt du markerar dem med musen."

8629

8630

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:23(para)

8631

msgid "To open a preference tool, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu></menuchoice> in the top panel. Choose the tool that you require from the submenu."

8632

msgstr "För att öppna ett inställningsverktyg, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Inställningar</guisubmenu></menuchoice> i överkantspanelen. Klicka på verktyget som du önskar i undermenyn."

8633

8634

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:24(para)

8635

msgid "With a few exceptions, the changes you make to settings in a preference tool take effect immediately, without needing to close the preference tool. You can keep the preference tool window open while you try the changes, and make further changes if you wish."

8636

msgstr "Med ett fåtal undantag börjar de ändringar som gör med inställningarna i ett inställningsverktyg att gälla omedelbart, utan att behöva stänga inställningsverktyget. Du kan behålla inställningsverktygets fönster öppet under tiden du provar ändringarna och gör ytterligare ändringar om du så önskar."

8637

8638

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:25(para)

8639

msgid "Some applications or system components may add their own preference tools to the menu."

8640

msgstr "Vissa program eller systemkomponenter kan lägga till sina egna inställningsverktyg i menyn."

8641

8642

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:26(para)

8643

msgid "Some preference tools let you modify essential parts of your system, and therefore require administrative access. When you open the preference tool, a dialog box will prompt you for your password. These are in the <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Administration</guisubmenu></menuchoice> submenu. This menu also contains more complex utility applications for managing and updating your system."

8644

msgstr "Vissa inställningsverktyg låter dig ändra systemkritiska delar av ditt system och kräver därför administrativ behörighet. När du öppnar inställningsverktyget kommer en dialogruta att fråga dig efter ditt lösenord. Dessa finns i undermenyn <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Administration</guisubmenu></menuchoice>. Den här menyn innehåller även mer komplexa verktygsprogram för att hantera och uppdatera ditt system."

8645

8646

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:30(title)

8647

msgid "Personal"

8648

msgstr "Personligt"

8649

8650

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:35(title)

8651

msgid "Assistive Technologies Preferences"

8652

msgstr "Inställningar för hjälpmedelsteknik"

8653

8654

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:37(primary)

8655

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1735(primary)

8656

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1789(primary)

8657

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1817(primary)

8658

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1844(primary)

8659

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1923(primary)

8660

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2011(primary)

8661

msgid "accessibility"

8662

msgstr "hjälpmedel"

8663

8664

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:38(secondary)

8665

msgid "setting assistive technology preferences"

8666

msgstr "ställa in inställningar för hjälpmedelsteknik"

8667

8668

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:43(secondary)

8669

msgid "Assistive Technologies"

8670

msgstr "Hjälpmedelsteknik"

8671

8672

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:45(para)

8673

msgid "Use the <application>Assistive Technologies</application> preference tool to enable assistive technologies in the GNOME Desktop. You can also use the <application>Assistive Technology</application> preference tool to open other preference tools which contain preferences related to assistive technologies."

8674

msgstr "Använd inställningsverktyget <application>Hjälpmedelsteknik</application> för att aktivera hjälpmedelsteknik i GNOME-skrivbordet. Du kan även använda inställningsverktyget <application>Hjälpmedelsteknik</application> för att öppna andra inställningsverktyg som innehåller inställningar relaterade till hjälpmedelsteknik."

8675

8676

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:49(para)

8677

msgid "<guibutton>Preferred Applications</guibutton> lets you specify assistive technology applications to start automatically when you log in. See <xref linkend=\"prefs-preferredapps\"/>"

8678

msgstr "<guibutton>Föredragna program</guibutton> låter dig ange hjälpmedelsprogram att starta automatiskt när du loggar in. Se <xref linkend=\"prefs-preferredapps\"/>"

8679

8680

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:52(para)

8681

msgid "<guibutton>Keyboard Accessibility</guibutton> lets you configure keyboard accessibility features such as sticky keys, slow keys or bounce keys. See <xref linkend=\"prefs-keyboard-a11y\"/>"

8682

msgstr "<guibutton>Tangentbordshjälpmedel</guibutton> låter dig konfigurera hjälpmedelsfunktioner för tangentbordet såsom klistriga tangenter, tröga tangenter eller studsande tangenter. Se <xref linkend=\"prefs-keyboard-a11y\"/>"

8683

8684

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:56(para)

8685

msgid "<guibutton>Mouse Accessibility</guibutton> lets you configure mouse accessibility features such as dwell clicking. See <xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-53\"/>"

8686

msgstr "<guibutton>Mushjälpmedel</guibutton> låter dig konfigurera hjälpmedelsfunktioner för musen såsom upphållsklick. Se <xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-53\"/>"

8687

8688

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:59(para)

8689

msgid "<xref linkend=\"goscustaccess-TBL-14\"/> lists the assistive technology preferences that you can modify."

8690

msgstr "<xref linkend=\"goscustaccess-TBL-14\"/> listar inställningar för hjälpmedelsteknik som du kan ändra."

8691

8692

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:62(title)

8693

msgid "Assistive Technology Preferences"

8694

msgstr "Inställningar för hjälpmedelsteknik"

8695

8696

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:80(guilabel)

8697

msgid "Enable assistive technologies"

8698

msgstr "Aktivera hjälpmedelsteknik"

8699

8700

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:84(para)

8701

msgid "Select this option to enable assistive technologies in the GNOME Desktop."

8702

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att aktivera hjälpmedelsteknik i GNOME-skrivbordet."

8703

8704

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:86(para)

8705

msgid "Note that for technical reasons, you have to log in again after enabling this option for it to be fully effective."

8706

msgstr "Observera att av tekniska skäl så måste du logga in igen efter att du har aktiverat detta alternativ för att funktionen ska bli aktiverad."

8707

8708

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:96(title)

8709

msgid "Keyboard Shortcuts Preferences"

8710

msgstr "Inställningar för tangentbordsgenvägar"

8711

8712

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:102(secondary)

8713

msgid "Keyboard Shortcuts"

8714

msgstr "Tangentbordsgenvägar"

8715

8716

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:107(secondary)

8717

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:111(secondary)

8718

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2143(secondary)

8719

msgid "configuring"

8720

msgstr "konfigurering"

8721

8722

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:110(primary)

8723

msgid "keyboard shortcuts"

8724

msgstr "tangentbordsgenvägar"

8725

8726

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:113(para)

8727

msgid "Use the <application>Keyboard Shortcuts</application> preference tool to customize the default keyboard shortcuts to your requirements."

8728

msgstr "Använd inställningsverktyget <application>Tangentbordsgenvägar</application> för att anpassa standardtangentbordsgenvägarna till dina behov."

8729

8730

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:115(para)

8731

msgid "A <firstterm>keyboard shortcut</firstterm> is a key or combination of keys that provides an alternative to standard ways of performing an action. For more on keyboard shortcuts, and a list of the default shortcuts in GNOME, see <xref linkend=\"keyboard-skills\"/>."

8732

msgstr "En <firstterm>tangentbordsgenväg</firstterm> är en tangent eller kombination av tangenter som tillhandahåller ett alternativ till standardsätten för att genomföra en åtgärd. För mer information om tangentbordsgenvägar, och en lista över standardgenvägar i GNOME, se <xref linkend=\"keyboard-skills\"/>."

8733

8734

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:118(para)

8735

msgid "To edit a keyboard shortcut, perform the following steps:"

8736

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att redigera en tangentbordsgenväg:"

8737

8738

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:120(para)

8739

msgid "Click the action in the list. If you are using the the keyboard, use the arrow keys to select the shortcut and press <keycap>Return</keycap>."

8740

msgstr "Klicka åtgärden i listan. Om du använder tangentbordet, använd piltangenterna för att välja genvägen och tryck sedan på <keycap>Retur</keycap>."

8741

8742

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:123(para)

8743

msgid "Press the new key or key combination you want to assign to the action."

8744

msgstr "Tryck den nya tangenten eller tangentkombinationen som du vill tilldela åtgärden."

8745

8746

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:124(para)

8747

msgid "To clear a shortcut, press <keycap>Backspace</keycap>. The action is now marked as <guilabel>Disabled</guilabel>."

8748

msgstr "För att tömma en genväg, tryck på <keycap>Backsteg</keycap>. Åtgärden är nu markerad som <guilabel>Inaktiverad</guilabel>."

8749

8750

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:128(para)

8751

msgid "To cancel assigning a shortcut, click elsewhere in the window or press <keycap>Escape</keycap>."

8752

msgstr "För att avbryta tilldelning av en genväg, klicka någonstans i fönstret eller tryck på <keycap>Esc</keycap>."

8753

8754

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:130(para)

8755

msgid "The shortcuts you can customize are grouped as follows:"

8756

msgstr "Genvägarna som du kan anpassa är grupperade som följer:"

8757

8758

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:134(para)

8759

msgid "These are general shortcuts for the whole desktop, such as logging out, <link linkend=\"lock-screen\">locking the screen</link>, opening the <link linkend=\"menubar\">panel menubar</link>, or launching a web browser."

8760

msgstr "Dessa är allmänna genvägar för hela skrivbordet, såsom logga ut, <link linkend=\"lock-screen\">låsa skärmen</link>, öppna <link linkend=\"menubar\">panelens menyrad</link> eller starta en webbläsare."

8761

8762

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:136(term)

8763

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2613(secondary)

8764

msgid "Sound"

8765

msgstr "Ljud"

8766

8767

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:137(para)

8768

msgid "Shortcuts for controlling your music player and the system volume."

8769

msgstr "Genvägar för att styra din musikspelare och systemvolymen."

8770

8771

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:139(term)

8772

msgid "Window Management"

8773

msgstr "Fönsterhantering"

8774

8775

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:140(para)

8776

msgid "Shortcuts for working with windows and workspaces, such as maximizing or moving the current window, and switching to another workspace. For more information on these kinds of actions, see <xref linkend=\"windows-manipulating\"/> and <xref linkend=\"overview-workspaces\"/>."

8777

msgstr "Genvägar för att arbeta med fönster och arbetsytor, såsom maximera och flytta det aktuella fönstret, och växla till en annan arbetsyta. För mer information om dessa typer av åtgärder, se <xref linkend=\"windows-manipulating\"/> och <xref linkend=\"overview-workspaces\"/>."

8778

8779

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:142(term)

8780

msgid "Accessibility"

8781

msgstr "Hjälpmedel"

8782

8783

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:143(para)

8784

msgid "Shortcuts for starting assistive technologies, such as a screen reader, a magnifier or an on-screen keyboard."

8785

msgstr "Genvägar för att starta olika hjälpmedelstekniker, såsom en skärmläsare, en skärmförstorare eller ett skärmtangentbord."

8786

8787

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:146(term)

8788

msgid "Custom Shortcuts"

8789

msgstr "Anpassade genvägar"

8790

8791

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:147(para)

8792

msgid "Custom shortcuts that have been added with the <guilabel>Add</guilabel> button. This section will not be shown if there are no custom shortcuts."

8793

msgstr "Anpassad genvägar som har lagts till med knappen <guilabel>Lägg till</guilabel>. Denna sektion kommer inte att visas om det inte finns några anpassade genvägar."

8794

8795

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:150(para)

8796

msgid "To add a custom shortcut, use the <guilabel>Add</guilabel> button in the action area. You have to provide a name and a command for the new shortcut. The new custom shortcut will appear in the list of shortcuts and can be edited in the same way as the predefined shortcuts."

8797

msgstr "Använd knappen <guilabel>Lägg till</guilabel> i åtgärdsytan för att lägga till en anpassad genväg. Du behöver ange ett namn och ett kommando för den nya genvägen. Den nya anpassade genvägen kommer att visas i listan över genvägar och kan redigerare på samma sätt som fördefinierade genvägar."

8798

8799

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:153(para)

8800

msgid "To remove a custom shortcut, use the <guilabel>Remove</guilabel> button."

8801

msgstr "Använd knappen <guilabel>Ta bort</guilabel> för att ta bort en anpassad genväg."

8802

8803

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:159(title)

8804

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:164(secondary)

8805

msgid "Preferred Applications"

8806

msgstr "Föredragna program"

8807

8808

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:167(primary)

8809

msgid "default applications"

8810

msgstr "standardprogram"

8811

8812

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:168(see)

8813

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:210(primary)

8814

msgid "preferred applications"

8815

msgstr "föredragna program"

8816

8817

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:170(para)

8818

msgid "Use the <application>Preferred Applications</application> preference tool to specify the applications that you want the GNOME Desktop to use when the GNOME Desktop starts an application for you. For example, you can specify the web browser application (<application>Epiphany </application>, <application>Mozilla Firefox</application>, <application>Opera</application> ...) to launch when you click on a link in other applications such as email clients or document viewers."

8819

msgstr "Använd inställningsverktyget <application>Föredragna program</application> för att ange programmen som du vill att GNOME-skrivbordet ska använda när GNOME-skrivbordet startar ett program åt dig. Till exempel så kan du ange att webbläsarprogrammet (<application>Epiphany </application>, <application>Mozilla Firefox</application>, <application>Opera</application> ...) ska starta när du klickar på en länk i ett annat program, såsom en e-postklient eller dokumentvisare."

8820

8821

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:178(para)

8822

msgid "<application>Preferred Applications</application> can be found by going to <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Preferred Applications</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

8823

msgstr "<application>Föredragna program</application> kan hittas genom att gå till <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Inställningar</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Föredragna program</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

8824

8825

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:180(para)

8826

msgid "You can customize the preferences for the <application>Preferred Applications</application> preference tool in the following functional areas."

8827

msgstr "Du kan anpassa inställningarna för inställningsverktyget <application>Föredragna program</application> i följande funktionsområden:"

8828

8829

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:183(para)

8830

msgid "<guilabel>Internet</guilabel> (Web, Mail)"

8831

msgstr "<guilabel>Internet</guilabel> (Webbläsare, e-postläsare)"

8832

8833

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:188(para)

8834

msgid "<guilabel>Multimedia</guilabel> (Multimedia Player)"

8835

msgstr "<guilabel>Multimedia</guilabel> (Multimediaspelare)"

8836

8837

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:193(para)

8838

msgid "<guilabel>System</guilabel> (Terminal)"

8839

msgstr "<guilabel>System</guilabel> (Terminalemulator)"

8840

8841

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:198(para)

8842

msgid "<guilabel>Accessibility</guilabel> (Visual, Mobility)"

8843

msgstr "<guilabel>Hjälpmedel</guilabel> (Visuell, rörlighet)"

8844

8845

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:204(para)

8846

msgid "For each preferred application category, a drop-down menu contains a list of possible applications you can choose from. The list depends on the applications installed on your computer."

8847

msgstr "För varje kategori för föredragna program finns en rullgardinsmeny innehållandes en lista över möjliga program som du kan välja från. Listan är beroende av de program som finns installerade på din dator."

8848

8849

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:205(para)

8850

msgid "In each category, the last item in the menu (<guimenuitem>Custom</guimenuitem>) permits you to customize the command used by the system when the specific launch action occurs."

8851

msgstr "I varje kategori finns även det sista menyobjektet (<guimenuitem>Anpassat</guimenuitem>) som låter dig anpassa kommandot som används av systemet vid start av åtgärden."

8852

8853

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:208(title)

8854

msgid "Custom Command Options"

8855

msgstr "Alternativ för anpassat kommando"

8856

8857

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:211(secondary)

8858

msgid "custom command"

8859

msgstr "anpassat kommando"

8860

8861

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:213(para)

8862

msgid "The following table summarizes the various options you can choose from when you select <guimenuitem>Custom</guimenuitem> in the drop-down application menu."

8863

msgstr "Följande tabell summerar de olika alternativen som du kan välja från när du väljer <guimenuitem>Anpassat</guimenuitem> i rullgardinsmenyn för program."

8864

8865

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:216(title)

8866

msgid "Custom command options"

8867

msgstr "Alternativ för anpassat kommando"

8868

8869

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:238(para)

8870

msgid "Enter the command to execute to start the custom application. For the <application>Web Browser</application> and the <application>Mail Reader</application> applications, you can include a <literal>%s</literal> after the command to tell the application to use the URL or Email address you clicked on. The exact command arguments may depend on the specific application."

8871

msgstr "Ange kommandot att köra för att starta det anpassade programmet. För programmen <application>Webbläsare</application> och <application>E-postläsare</application> så kan du inkludera ett <literal>%s</literal> efter kommandot för att tala om för programmet att använda URL:en eller e-postadressen du klickade på. De exakta kommandoargumenten kan bero på det specifika programmet."

8872

8873

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:247(guilabel)

8874

msgid "Run in terminal"

8875

msgstr "Kör i terminal"

8876

8877

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:251(para)

8878

msgid "Select this option to run the command in a terminal window. Select this option for an application that does not create a window in which to run."

8879

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att köra kommandot i ett terminalfönster. Välj det här alternativet för ett program som inte skapar ett fönster i vilket det kör."

8880

8881

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:258(guilabel)

8882

msgid "Execute flag (Terminal only)"

8883

msgstr "Execute-flagga (endast terminal)"

8884

8885

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:262(para)

8886

msgid "Most terminal applications have an option that cause them to treat the remaining command line options as commands to run (<option>-x</option> for <application>gnome-terminal</application>). Enter this option here. For example, this is used when executing a command of a launcher for which the chosen type is Application in Terminal."

8887

msgstr "De flesta terminalprogram har en flagga som låter dem behandla återstående delen av kommandoradsflaggorna som kommandon att köra (<option>-x</option> för <application>gnome-terminal</application>). Ange denna flagga här. Till exempel kan detta användas när ett kommando körs för en programstartare för vilken den valda typen är Program i terminal."

8888

8889

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:270(guilabel)

8890

msgid "Run at start (Accessibility only)"

8891

msgstr "Kör vid start (Endast hjälpmedelsfunktioner)"

8892

8893

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:274(para)

8894

msgid "Select this option to run the command as soon as your session begins. For more accessibility options, see <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gnome-access-guide?index\"><citetitle>GNOME Desktop Accessibility Guide</citetitle></ulink>."

8895

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att köra kommandot så snart som din session påbörjas. För fler hjälpmedelsalternativ, se <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gnome-access-guide?index\"><citetitle>Hjälpmedelsguide för GNOME-skrivbordet</citetitle></ulink>."

8896

8897

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:286(title)

8898

msgid "Look and Feel"

8899

msgstr "Utseende och känsla"

8900

8901

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:289(title)

8902

msgid "Appearance Preferences"

8903

msgstr "Inställningar för utseende"

8904

8905

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:290(para)

8906

msgid "The <application>Appearance</application> preference tool lets you configure various aspects of how your desktop looks:"

8907

msgstr "Inställningsverktyget <application>Utseende</application> låter dig konfigurera utseendet för ditt skrivbord i olika aspekter:"

8908

8909

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:294(para)

8910

msgid "Theme,"

8911

msgstr "Tema,"

8912

8913

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:297(para)

8914

msgid "Desktop Background,"

8915

msgstr "Skrivbordsbakgrund,"

8916

8917

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:300(para)

8918

msgid "Fonts,"

8919

msgstr "Typsnitt,"

8920

8921

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:303(para)

8922

msgid "User Interface."

8923

msgstr "Användargränssnitt."

8924

8925

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:307(title)

8926

msgid "Theme Preferences"

8927

msgstr "Temainställningar"

8928

8929

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:313(primary)

8930

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:317(primary)

8931

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:322(primary)

8932

msgid "themes"

8933

msgstr "teman"

8934

8935

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:314(secondary)

8936

msgid "setting controls options"

8937

msgstr "ställ in kontrolleralternativ"

8938

8939

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:318(secondary)

8940

msgid "setting window frame options"

8941

msgstr "ställ in fönsterramalternativ"

8942

8943

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:323(secondary)

8944

msgid "setting icons options"

8945

msgstr "ställ in ikonalternativ"

8946

8947

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:327(secondary)

8948

msgid "setting frame theme options"

8949

msgstr "ställ in ramtemaalternativ"

8950

8951

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:331(secondary)

8952

msgid "Theme"

8953

msgstr "Tema"

8954

8955

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:334(para)

8956

msgid "A theme is a group of coordinated settings that specifies the visual appearance of a part of the GNOME Desktop. You can choose themes to change the appearance of the GNOME Desktop. Use the <application>Theme</application> tabbed section to select a theme. You can choose from a list of available themes. The list of available themes includes several themes for users with accessibility requirements."

8957

msgstr "Ett tema är en grupp av koordinerade inställningar som anger det visuella utseendet för en del av GNOME-skrivbordet. Du kan välja teman för att ändra utseendet på GNOME-skrivbordet. Använd inställningsverktyget <application>Tema</application> för att välja ett tema. Du kan välja från en lista över tillgängliga teman. Listan över tillgängliga teman inkluderar flera teman för användare med hjälpmedelskrav."

8958

8959

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:339(para)

8960

msgid "A theme contains settings that affect different parts of the GNOME Desktop, as follows:"

8961

msgstr "Ett tema innehåller inställningar som påverkar olika delar av GNOME-skrivbordet:"

8962

8963

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:343(term)

8964

msgid "Controls"

8965

msgstr "Kontroller"

8966

8967

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:345(para)

8968

msgid "<indexterm><primary>GTK+ themes</primary><see>themes, controls options</see></indexterm><indexterm><primary>themes</primary><secondary>controls options</secondary><tertiary>introduction</tertiary></indexterm>The controls setting for a theme determines the visual appearance of windows, panels, and applets. The controls setting also determines the visual appearance of the GNOME-compliant interface items that appear on windows, panels, and applets, such as menus, icons, and buttons. Some of the controls setting options that are available are designed for special accessibility needs. You can choose an option for the controls setting from the <guilabel>Controls</guilabel> tabbed section in the <guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> window."

8969

msgstr "<indexterm><primary>GTK+-teman</primary><see>teman, kontrolleralternativ</see></indexterm><indexterm><primary>teman</primary><secondary>kontrolleralternativ</secondary><tertiary>introduktion</tertiary></indexterm>Kontrollerinställningen för ett tema bestämmer det visuella utseendet på fönster, paneler och panelprogram. Kontrollerinställningarna bestämmer även det visuella utseendet för GNOME-standardiserade gränssnittsobjekt som visas i fönster, paneler och panelprogram, såsom menyer, ikoner och knappar. Några av de tillgängliga kontrolleralternativen är designade för speciella hjälpmedelsbehov. Du kan välja ett alternativ för kontrollerinställningen från fliksektionen <guilabel>Kontroller</guilabel> i <guilabel>Temadetaljer</guilabel>."

8970

8971

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:356(term)

8972

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:658(guilabel)

8973

msgid "Colors"

8974

msgstr "Färger"

8975

8976

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:358(para)

8977

#| msgid ""

8978

#| "<indexterm><primary>themes</primary><secondary>color options</"

8979

#| "secondary><tertiary>introduction</tertiary></"

8980

#| "indexterm><indexterm><primary>color themes</primary><see>themes, color "

8981

#| "options</see></indexterm>The color setting for a theme determines the "

8982

#| "color of various user interface elements. You can choose several pairs of "

8983

#| "colors fromt he <guilabel>Colors</guilabel> tabbed section in the "

8984

#| "<guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> window."

8985

msgid "<indexterm><primary>themes</primary><secondary>color options</secondary><tertiary>introduction</tertiary></indexterm><indexterm><primary>color themes</primary><see>themes, color options</see></indexterm>The color setting for a theme determines the color of various user interface elements. You can choose several pairs of colors from the <guilabel>Colors</guilabel> tabbed section in the <guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> window."

8986

msgstr "<indexterm><primary>teman</primary><secondary>färgalternativ</secondary><tertiary>introduktion</tertiary></indexterm><indexterm><primary>färgteman</primary><see>teman, färgalternativ</see></indexterm>Färginställningen för ett tema bestämmer färgen för olika element i användargränssnitt. Du kan välja flera färgpar från fliksektionen <guilabel>Färger</guilabel> i fönstret <guilabel>Anpassa tema</guilabel>."

8987

8988

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:360(para)

8989

msgid "It is important to choose pairs of colors that have a good contrast with each other, otherwise text may become hard to read."

8990

msgstr "Det är viktigt att välja färgpar som har en bra kontrast med varandra, annars kan texter bli svåra att läsa."

8991

8992

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:365(term)

8993

msgid "Window frame"

8994

msgstr "Fönsterram"

8995

8996

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:367(para)

8997

msgid "<indexterm><primary>themes</primary><secondary>window frame options</secondary><tertiary>introduction</tertiary></indexterm><indexterm><primary>Metacity themes</primary><see>themes, window frame options</see></indexterm>The window frame setting for a theme determines the appearance of the frames around windows only. You can choose an option for the window frame setting from the <guilabel>Window Border</guilabel> tabbed section in the <guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> window."

8998

msgstr "<indexterm><primary>teman</primary><secondary>fönsterramsalternativ</secondary><tertiary>introduktion</tertiary></indexterm><indexterm><primary>Metacity-teman</primary><see>teman, fönsterramsalternativ</see></indexterm>Fönsterramsinställningen för ett tema bestämmer endast utseendet för ramarna runt fönster. Du kan välja ett alternativ för fönsterramsinställningen från fliksektionen <guilabel>Fönsterram</guilabel> i fönstret <guilabel>Anpassa tema</guilabel>."

8999

9000

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:373(term)

9001

msgid "Icons"

9002

msgstr "Ikoner"

9003

9004

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:375(para)

9005

msgid "<indexterm><primary>themes</primary><secondary>icons options</secondary><tertiary>introduction</tertiary></indexterm><indexterm><primary>icon themes</primary><see>themes, icons options</see></indexterm>The icon setting for a theme determines the appearance of the icons on panels and the desktop background. You can choose an option for the icon setting from the <guilabel>Icons</guilabel> tabbed section in the <guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> window."

9006

msgstr "<indexterm><primary>teman</primary><secondary>ikonalternativ</secondary><tertiary>introduktion</tertiary></indexterm><indexterm><primary>ikonteman</primary><see>teman, ikonalternativ</see></indexterm>Ikoninställningen för ett tema bestämmer utseendet för ikoner på paneler och skrivbordsbakgrunden. Du kan välja ett alternativ för ikoninställningen från fliksektionen <guilabel>Ikoner</guilabel> i fönstret <guilabel>Anpassa tema</guilabel>."

9007

9008

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:381(term)

9009

msgid "Pointer"

9010

msgstr "Pekare"

9011

9012

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:383(para)

9013

#| msgid ""

9014

#| "<indexterm><primary>themes</primary><secondary>pointer options</"

9015

#| "secondary><tertiary>introduction</tertiary></"

9016

#| "indexterm><indexterm><primary>pointer themes</primary><see>themes, "

9017

#| "pointer options</see></indexterm>The pointer setting for a theme "

9018

#| "determines the appearance of and sice of the mouse pointer. You can "

9019

#| "choose an options for the pointer setting fromthe <guilabel>Pointer</"

9020

#| "guilabel> tabbed section in the the <guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> "

9021

#| "window."

9022

msgid "<indexterm><primary>themes</primary><secondary>pointer options</secondary><tertiary>introduction</tertiary></indexterm><indexterm><primary>pointer themes</primary><see>themes, pointer options</see></indexterm>The pointer setting for a theme determines the appearance of and sice of the mouse pointer. You can choose an options for the pointer setting fromthe <guilabel>Pointer</guilabel> tabbed section in the <guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> window."

9023

msgstr "<indexterm><primary>teman</primary><secondary>pekaralternativ</secondary><tertiary>introduktion</tertiary></indexterm><indexterm><primary>pekarteman</primary><see>teman, pekaralternativ</see></indexterm>Pekarinställningen för ett tema bestämmer utseendet för och storleken för muspekaren. Du kan välja alternativ för pekarinställningen från fliksektionen <guilabel>Pekare</guilabel> i fönstret <guilabel>Anpassa tema</guilabel>."

9024

9025

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:389(title)

9026

msgid "To Create a Custom Theme"

9027

msgstr "Skapa ett anpassat tema"

9028

9029

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:390(para)

9030

msgid "The themes that are listed in the <guilabel>Theme</guilabel> tabbed section are different combinations of controls options, window frame options, and icon options. You can create a custom theme that uses different combinations of controls options, window frame options, and icon options."

9031

msgstr "Teman som listas i fliksektionen <guilabel>Tema</guilabel> är olika kombinationer av kontrolleralternativ, fönsterramsalternativ och ikonalternativ. Du kan skapa ett anpassat tema som använder olika kombinationer av kontrolleralternativ, fönsterramsalternativ och ikonalternativ."

9032

9033

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:394(para)

9034

msgid "To create a custom theme, perform the following steps:"

9035

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att skapa ett anpassat tema:"

9036

9037

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:397(para)

9038

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:447(para)

9039

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:508(para)

9040

msgid "Start the <application>Appearance</application> preference tool. Open the <guilabel>Theme</guilabel> tabbed section."

9041

msgstr "Starta inställningsverktyget <application>Utseende</application>. Öppna fliksektionen <guilabel>Tema</guilabel>."

9042

9043

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:401(para)

9044

msgid "Select a theme in the list of themes."

9045

msgstr "Välj ett tema i temalistan."

9046

9047

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:404(para)

9048

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:512(para)

9049

msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Customize</guibutton> button. A <guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> dialog is displayed."

9050

msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Anpassa</guibutton>. Dialogrutan <guilabel>Anpassa tema</guilabel> kommer att visas."

9051

9052

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:407(para)

9053

msgid "Select the controls option that you want to use in the custom theme from the list in the <guilabel>Controls</guilabel> tabbed section. The list of available controls options includes several options for users with accessibility requirements."

9054

msgstr "Välj kontrolleralternativet som du vill använda i det anpassade temat från listan i fliksektionen <guilabel>Kontroller</guilabel>. Listan över tillgängliga kontrolleralternativ inkluderar flera alternativ för användare med hjälpmedelskrav."

9055

9056

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:413(para)

9057

msgid "Click on the <guilabel>Window Border</guilabel> tab to display the <guilabel>Window Border</guilabel> tabbed section. Select the window frame option that you want to use in the custom theme from the list of available options. The list of available window frame options includes several options for users with accessibility requirements."

9058

msgstr "Klicka på fliken <guilabel>Fönsterram</guilabel> för att visa fliksektionen <guilabel>Fönsterram</guilabel>. Välj fönsterramalternativet som du vill använda i det anpassade temat från listan över tillgängliga alternativ. Listan över tillgängliga fönsterramalternativ inkluderar flera alternativ för användare med hjälpmedelskrav."

9059

9060

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:420(para)

9061

msgid "Click on the <guilabel>Icons</guilabel> tab to display the <guilabel>Icons</guilabel> tabbed section. Select the icons option that you want to use in the custom theme from the list of available options. The list of available icons options includes several options for users with accessibility requirements."

9062

msgstr "Klicka på fliken <guilabel>Ikoner</guilabel> för att visa fliksektionen <guilabel>Ikoner</guilabel>. Välj ikonalternativet som du vill använda i det anpassade temat från listan över tillgängliga alternativ. Listan över tillgängliga ikonalternativ inkluderar flera alternativ för användare med hjälpmedelskrav."

9063

9064

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:425(para)

9065

msgid "Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> dialog."

9066

msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Stäng</guibutton> för att stänga dialogrutan <guilabel>Anpassa tema</guilabel>."

9067

9068

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:428(para)

9069

msgid "On the <application>Appearance</application> preferences tool, click on the <guibutton>Save As</guibutton> button. A <guilabel>Save Theme As</guilabel> dialog is displayed."

9070

msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Spara som</guibutton> i inställningsverktyget <application>Utseende</application>. Dialogrutan <guilabel>Spara tema som</guilabel> kommer att visas."

9071

9072

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:433(para)

9073

msgid "Type a name and a short description for the custom theme in the dialog, then click <guibutton>Save</guibutton>. The custom theme now appears in your list of available themes."

9074

msgstr "Skriv in ett namn och en kort beskrivning för det anpassade temat i dialogrutan, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Spara</guibutton>. Det anpassade temat kommer nu att visas i din lista över tillgängliga teman."

9075

9076

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:440(title)

9077

msgid "To Install a New Theme"

9078

msgstr "Installera ett nytt tema"

9079

9080

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:441(para)

9081

msgid "You can add a theme to the list of available themes. The new theme must be an archive file that is tarred and zipped. That is, the new theme must be a <filename>.tar.gz</filename> file."

9082

msgstr "Du kan lägga till ett tema till listan över tillgängliga teman. Det nya temat måste vara en arkivfil som har arkiverats med tar och gzip. Alltså, det nya temat måste vara en <filename>.tar.gz</filename>-fil."

9083

9084

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:444(para)

9085

msgid "To install a new theme, perform the following steps:"

9086

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att installera ett nytt tema:"

9087

9088

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:451(para)

9089

msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Install</guibutton> button. A file chooser dialog is displayed."

9090

msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Installera</guibutton>. En filväljardialog kommer att visas."

9091

9092

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:455(para)

9093

msgid "Enter the location of the theme archive file in the location entry. Alternatively, select the theme archive file in the file list. When you have selected the file, click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>."

9094

msgstr "Ange platsen för temaarkivfilen i platsfältet. Alternativt, välj temaarkivfilen i fillistan. När du har valt filen, klicka på <guibutton>Öppna</guibutton>."

9095

9096

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:459(para)

9097

msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Install</guibutton> button to install the new theme."

9098

msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Installera</guibutton> för att installera det nya temat."

9099

9100

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:502(title)

9101

msgid "To Delete a Theme Option"

9102

msgstr "Ta bort ett temaalternativ"

9103

9104

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:503(para)

9105

msgid "You can delete controls options, window frame options, or icons options."

9106

msgstr "Du kan ta bort kontrolleralternativ, fönsterramalternativ eller ikonalternativ."

9107

9108

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:504(para)

9109

msgid "To delete a controls option, window frame option, or icons option, perform the following steps:"

9110

msgstr "Genomför följande steg för att ta bort ett kontrolleralternativ, fönsterramalternativ eller ikonalternativ:"

9111

9112

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:516(para)

9113

msgid "Click on the tab for the type of option that you want to delete."

9114

msgstr "Klicka på fliken för den typ av alternativ som du vill ta bort."

9115

9116

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:519(para)

9117

msgid "Select the theme option you want to delete."

9118

msgstr "Välj temaalternativet som du vill ta bort."

9119

9120

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:522(para)

9121

msgid "Use the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button to delete the selected option. Note that you can not delete system-wide theme options."

9122

msgstr "Använd knappen <guibutton>Ta bort</guibutton> för att ta bort det markerade alternativet. Observera att du inte kan ta bort systembreda temaalternativ."

9123

9124

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:531(title)

9125

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:571(title)

9126

msgid "Desktop Background Preferences"

9127

msgstr "Inställningar för skrivbordsbakgrund"

9128

9129

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:536(secondary)

9130

msgid "customizing background"

9131

msgstr "anpassning av bakgrunden"

9132

9133

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:539(primary)

9134

msgid "GNOME Desktop preference tools"

9135

msgstr "Inställningsverktyg för GNOME-skrivbordet"

9136

9137

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:544(secondary)

9138

msgid "Background"

9139

msgstr "Bakgrund"

9140

9141

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:548(secondary)

9142

msgid "customizing desktop background"

9143

msgstr "anpassa skrivbordsbakgrunden"

9144

9145

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:550(para)

9146

msgid "The <link linkend=\"overview-desktop\">desktop</link> background is the image or color that is applied to your desktop. You can open <guilabel>Background</guilabel> tabbed section in the <application>Appearance</application> preference tool by right-clicking on the desktop and choosing <guimenuitem>Change Desktop Background</guimenuitem>, as well as from the <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu></menuchoice> menu."

9147

msgstr "<link linkend=\"overview-desktop\">Skrivbord</link>sbakgrunden är den bild eller färg som tillämpats på ditt skrivbord. Du kan öppna fliksektionen <guilabel>Bakgrund</guilabel> i inställningsverktyget <application>Utseende</application> genom att högerklicka på skrivbordet och välja <guimenuitem>Byt skrivbordsbakgrund</guimenuitem>, såväl som från menyn <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Inställningar</guisubmenu></menuchoice>."

9148

9149

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:552(para)

9150

msgid "You can customize the desktop background in the following ways:"

9151

msgstr "Du kan anpassa skrivbordsbakgrunden på följande sätt:"

9152

9153

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:555(para)

9154

msgid "Select an image for the desktop background. The image is superimposed on the desktop background color. The desktop background color is visible if you select a transparent image, or if the image does not cover the entire desktop."

9155

msgstr "Välj en bild för skrivbordsbakgrunden. Bilden läggs ovanpå skrivbordets bakgrundsfärg. Skrivbordets bakgrundsfärg är synlig om du väljer en genomskinlig bild eller om bilden inte täcker hela skrivbordet."

9156

9157

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:561(para)

9158

msgid "Select a color for the desktop background. You can select a solid color, or create a gradient effect with two colors. A gradient effect is a visual effect where one color blends gradually into another color."

9159

msgstr "Välj en färg för skrivbordsbakgrunden. Du kan välja en enda färg eller skapa en gradient effekt med två färger. En gradient effekt är en visuell effekt där en färg tonas gradvis till en annan färg."

9160

9161

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:566(para)

9162

msgid "You can also drag a color or a pattern to the desktop from the <link linkend=\"nautilus-backgrounds-and-emblems\"><guilabel>Backgrounds and Emblems</guilabel> dialog</link> in the <application>Nautilus</application> file manager."

9163

msgstr "Du kan även dra en färg eller ett mönster till skrivbordet från dialogrutan <link linkend=\"nautilus-backgrounds-and-emblems\"><guilabel>Bakgrunder och emblem</guilabel></link> i filhanteraren <application>Nautilus</application>."

9164

9165

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:568(para)

9166

msgid "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-14\"/> lists the background preferences that you can modify."

9167

msgstr "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-14\"/> listar bakgrundsinställningarna som du kan ändra."

9168

9169

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:589(guibutton)

9170

msgid "Desktop Background"

9171

msgstr "Skrivbordsbakgrund"

9172

9173

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:593(para)

9174

msgid "Choose an image from the list. Alternately, you can use the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button to choose any image on your computer."

9175

msgstr "Välj en bild från listan. Alternativt kan du använda knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> för att välja en bild på din dator."

9176

9177

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:600(guilabel)

9178

msgid "Style"

9179

msgstr "Stil"

9180

9181

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:604(para)

9182

msgid "To specify how to display the image, select one of the following options from the <guilabel>Style</guilabel> drop-down list:"

9183

msgstr "Välj ett av följande alternativ från rullgardinslistan <guilabel>Stil</guilabel> för att ange hur bilden ska visas:"

9184

9185

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:608(para)

9186

msgid "<guilabel>Centered</guilabel>: Displays the image in the middle of the desktop, respecting the image's original size."

9187

msgstr "<guilabel>Centrerad</guilabel>: Visar bilden i mitten av skrivbordet och respekterar bildens originalstorlek."

9188

9189

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:612(para)

9190

msgid "<guilabel>Fill Screen</guilabel>: Enlarges the image to cover the desktop, altering its proportions if needed."

9191

msgstr "<guilabel>Fyll skärmen</guilabel>: Förstorar bilden så den täcker skrivbordet och ändrar dess proportioner vid behov."

9192

9193

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:616(para)

9194

msgid "<guilabel>Scaled</guilabel>: Enlarges the image until the image meets the screen edges, and maintains the proportions of the image."

9195

msgstr "<guilabel>Skalad</guilabel>: Förstorar bilden tills bilden möter skärmkanterna och upprätthåller proportionerna för bilden."

9196

9197

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:620(para)

9198

msgid "<guilabel>Zoom</guilabel>: Enlarges the smaller dimension of the image until it meets the screen edges; the image may be cropped in the other dimension."

9199

msgstr "<guilabel>Zoomad</guilabel>: Förstorar den mindre dimensionen för bilden tills den möter skärmkanterna; bilden kan beskäras."

9200

9201

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:624(para)

9202

msgid "<guilabel>Tiled</guilabel>: Duplicates the original-sized image as often as necessary and print the images next to another so as they entirely cover the desktop."

9203

msgstr "<guilabel>Sida-vid-sida</guilabel>: Duplicerar ursprungsbilden flera gånger visar bilderna bredvid varandra så att de täcker hela skrivbordet."

9204

9205

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:633(guilabel)

9206

msgid "Add"

9207

msgstr "Lägg till"

9208

9209

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:638(para)

9210

msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> to browse for an image on your computer. A standard file selector will be presented. Choose the image you want and click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>."

9211

msgstr "Klicka på <guilabel>Lägg till</guilabel> för att bläddra efter en bild på din dator. En standardfilväljare kommer att visas. Välj bilden som du vill använda och klicka på <guibutton>Öppna</guibutton>."

9212

9213

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:650(para)

9214

msgid "Choose the image that you want to remove, then click <guilabel>Remove</guilabel>. This removes the image from the list of available wallpapers; however, it does not delete the image from your computer."

9215

msgstr "Välj den bild som du vill ta bort, klicka sedan på <guilabel>Ta bort</guilabel>. Detta tar bort bilden från listan över tillgängliga bakgrundsbilder; dock kommer det inte att ta bort bilden från din dator."

9216

9217

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:662(para)

9218

msgid "To specify a color scheme, use the options in the <guilabel>Style</guilabel> drop-down list, and the color selector buttons."

9219

msgstr "För att ange ett färgschema, använd alternativen i rullgardinslistan <guilabel>Stil</guilabel> och färgväljarknapparna."

9220

9221

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:665(para)

9222

msgid "You can specify a color scheme in one of the following ways:"

9223

msgstr "Du kan ange ett färgschema på ett av följande sätt:"

9224

9225

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:669(para)

9226

msgid "Choose <guilabel>Solid color</guilabel> from the <guilabel>Background Style</guilabel> drop-down list to specify a single color for the desktop background."

9227

msgstr "Välj <guilabel>Enfärgad</guilabel> från rullgardinslistan <guilabel>Bakgrundsstil</guilabel> för att ange en enda färg för skrivbordsbakgrunden."

9228

9229

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:671(para)

9230

msgid "To choose the color that you require, click on the <guibutton>Color</guibutton> button. The <guilabel>Pick a Color</guilabel> dialog is displayed. Choose a color, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."

9231

msgstr "För att välja den färg som du önskar, klicka på knappen <guibutton>Färg</guibutton>. Dialogrutan <guilabel>Välj en färg</guilabel> visas. Välj en färg och klicka på <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."

9232

9233

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:675(para)

9234

msgid "Choose <guilabel>Horizontal gradient</guilabel> from the <guilabel>Background Style</guilabel> drop-down list. This option creates a gradient effect from the left screen edge to the right screen edge."

9235

msgstr "Välj <guilabel>Vågrät toning</guilabel> från rullgardinslistan <guilabel>Bakgrundsstil</guilabel>. Det här alternativet skapar en toningseffekt från vänsterkanten till högerkanten av skärmen."

9236

9237

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:677(para)

9238

msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Left Color</guibutton> button to display the <guilabel>Pick a Color</guilabel> dialog. Choose the color that you want to appear at the left edge."

9239

msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Vänster färg</guibutton> för att visa dialogrutan <guilabel>Välj en färg</guilabel>. Välj den färg som du vill ska visas på vänsterkanten."

9240

9241

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:679(para)

9242

msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Right Color</guibutton> button. Choose the color that you want to appear at the right edge."

9243

msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Höger färg</guibutton>. Välj den färg som du vill ska visa på högerkanten."

9244

9245

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:683(para)

9246

msgid "Choose <guilabel>Vertical gradient</guilabel> from the <guilabel>Background Style</guilabel> drop-down list. This creates a gradient effect from the top screen edge to the bottom screen edge."

9247

msgstr "Välj <guilabel>Lodrät toning</guilabel> från rullgardinslistan <guilabel>Bakgrundsstil</guilabel>. Den här skapar en toningseffekt från överkanten till nederkanten av skärmen."

9248

9249

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:685(para)

9250

msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Top Color</guibutton> button to display the <guilabel>Pick a Color</guilabel> dialog. Choose the color that you want to appear at the top edge."

9251

msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Övre färg</guibutton> för att visa dialogrutan <guilabel>Välj en färg</guilabel>. Välj den färg som du vill ska visas i överkanten."

9252

9253

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:687(para)

9254

msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Bottom Color</guibutton> button. Choose the color that you want to appear at the bottom edge."

9255

msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Nedre färg</guibutton>. Välj den färg som du vill ska visas i nederkanten."

9256

9257

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:699(title)

9258

msgid "Font Preferences"

9259

msgstr "Typsnittsinställningar"

9260

9261

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:706(secondary)

9262

msgid "Font"

9263

msgstr "Typsnitt"

9264

9265

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:709(primary)

9266

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:713(primary)

9267

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:717(primary)

9268

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:721(primary)

9269

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:725(primary)

9270

msgid "fonts"

9271

msgstr "typsnitt"

9272

9273

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:718(secondary)

9274

msgid "window title"

9275

msgstr "fönstertitel"

9276

9277

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:722(secondary)

9278

msgid "terminal"

9279

msgstr "terminal"

9280

9281

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:726(secondary)

9282

msgid "rendering"

9283

msgstr "rendering"

9284

9285

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:728(para)

9286

msgid "Use the <guilabel>Fonts</guilabel> tabbed section in the <application>Appearance</application> preference tool to choose which fonts are used in different parts of the desktop, and the way in which fonts are displayed on the screen."

9287

msgstr "Använd fliksektionen <guilabel>Typsnitt</guilabel> i inställningsverktyget <application>Utseende</application> för att välja vilka typsnitt som används i olika delar av skrivbordet och sättet för vilka typsnitten visas på skärmen."

9288

9289

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:732(title)

9290

msgid "Choosing Fonts"

9291

msgstr "Välja typsnitt"

9292

9293

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:733(para)

9294

msgid "The font selector button shows the name of the font and its point size. The name is also shown in bold, italic, or regular type."

9295

msgstr "Typsnittsväljarknappen visar namnet på typsnittet och dess punktstorlek. Namnet visas även i fet, kursiv eller vanlig sättning."

9296

9297

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:734(para)

9298

msgid "To change the font, click the font selector button. The font picker dialog opens. Select the font family, style, and point size from the lists. The preview area shows your current choice. Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to accept the change and update the desktop."

9299

msgstr "För att byta typsnittet, klicka på typsnittsväljarknappen. Typsnittsväljardialogen öppnas. Välj typsnittsfamilj, stil och punktstorlek från listorna. Förhandsvisningsrutan visar ditt aktuella val. Klicka på <guibutton>OK</guibutton> för att godta ändringen och uppdatera skrivbordet."

9300

9301

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:735(para)

9302

msgid "You can choose fonts for the following parts of the desktop:"

9303

msgstr "Du kan välja typsnitt för följande delar av skrivbordet:"

9304

9305

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:739(guilabel)

9306

msgid "Application font"

9307

msgstr "Programtypsnitt"

9308

9309

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:741(para)

9310

msgid "This font is used in the menus, toolbars, and dialog boxes of applications."

9311

msgstr "Det här typsnittet används i menyer, verktygsrader och dialogrutor för program."

9312

9313

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:745(guilabel)

9314

msgid "Document font"

9315

msgstr "Dokumenttypsnitt"

9316

9317

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:747(para)

9318

msgid "This font is used to display documents in applications."

9319

msgstr "Det här typsnittet används för att visa dokument i program."

9320

9321

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:748(para)

9322

msgid "In some applications, you can override this choice in the application's preferences dialog."

9323

msgstr "I vissa program kan du åsidosätta det här valet i programmets inställningsdialogruta."

9324

9325

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:752(guilabel)

9326

msgid "Desktop font"

9327

msgstr "Skrivbordstypsnitt"

9328

9329

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:754(para)

9330

msgid "This font is used in icon labels on the desktop."

9331

msgstr "Det här typsnittet används i ikonetiketter på skrivbordet."

9332

9333

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:758(guilabel)

9334

msgid "Window title font"

9335

msgstr "Fönstertiteltypsnitt"

9336

9337

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:760(para)

9338

msgid "This font is used in the titlebars of windows."

9339

msgstr "Det här typsnittet används i titellisterna för fönster."

9340

9341

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:764(guilabel)

9342

msgid "Fixed width font"

9343

msgstr "Typsnitt med fast bredd"

9344

9345

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:766(para)

9346

msgid "This font is used in the <application>Terminal</application> application and applications to do with programming."

9347

msgstr "Det här typsnittet används i programmet <application>Terminal</application> och program som har att göra med programmering."

9348

9349

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:773(title)

9350

msgid "Font Rendering"

9351

msgstr "Typsnittsrendering"

9352

9353

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:774(para)

9354

msgid "You can set the following options relating to how fonts are displayed on the screen:"

9355

msgstr "Du kan ställa in följande alternativ som relaterar till hur typsnitt visas på skärmen:"

9356

9357

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:778(guilabel)

9358

msgid "Rendering"

9359

msgstr "Rendering"

9360

9361

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:780(para)

9362

msgid "To specify how to render fonts on your screen, select one of the following options:"

9363

msgstr "Välj ett av följande alternativ för att ange hur typsnitt renderas på din skärm:"

9364

9365

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:784(para)

9366

msgid "<guilabel>Monochrome</guilabel>: Renders fonts in black and white only. The edges of characters might appear jagged in some cases because the characters are not antialiased. <firstterm>Antialiasing</firstterm> is an effect that is applied to the edges of characters to make the characters look smoother."

9367

msgstr "<guilabel>Enfärgad</guilabel>: Renderar typsnitt endast i svart och vitt. Kanterna för tecknen kan bli naggade i vissa fall därför att tecknen inte kantutjämnas. <firstterm>Kantutjämning</firstterm> är en effekt som utförs på teckenkanterna för att tecknen ska se mjukare ut."

9368

9369

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:791(para)

9370

msgid "<guilabel>Best shapes</guilabel>: Antialiases fonts where possible. Use this option for standard Cathode Ray Tube (CRT) monitors."

9371

msgstr "<guilabel>Bästa former</guilabel>: Kantutjämnar typsnitt där det är möjligt. Använd det här alternativet för standardskärmar av typen Cathode Ray Tube (CRT)."

9372

9373

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:795(para)

9374

msgid "<guilabel>Best contrast</guilabel>: Adjusts fonts to give the sharpest possible contrast, and also antialiases fonts, so that characters have smooth edges. This option might enhance the accessibility of the GNOME Desktop to users with visual impairments."

9375

msgstr "<guilabel>Bästa kontrast</guilabel>: Justerar typsnitt för att ge den skarpaste möjliga kontrasten och kantutjämnar även typsnitten så att tecknen får mjukare kanter. Det här alternativet kan förbättra hjälpmedlen för GNOME-skrivbordet för användare med nedsatt syn."

9376

9377

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:801(para)

9378

msgid "<guilabel>Subpixel smoothing (LCDs)</guilabel>: Uses techniques that exploit the shape of individual Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) pixels to render fonts smoothly. Use this option for LCD or flat-screen displays."

9379

msgstr "<guilabel>Delbildpunktsutjämning (LCD-skärmar)</guilabel>: Använder olika teknik som utnyttjar formen för individuella bildpunkter för Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) för att rendera typsnitt på ett mjukt sätt. Använd det här alternativet för LCD- eller platta skärmar."

9380

9381

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:809(guibutton)

9382

msgid "Details"

9383

msgstr "Detaljer"

9384

9385

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:811(para)

9386

msgid "Click on this button to specify further details of how to render fonts on your screen."

9387

msgstr "Klicka på den här knapen för att ange ytterligare detaljer för hur typsnitten ska renderas på din skärm."

9388

9389

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:815(para)

9390

msgid "<guilabel>Resolution (dots per inch)</guilabel>: Use the spin box to specify the resolution to use when your screen renders fonts."

9391

msgstr "<guilabel>Upplösning (punkter per tum)</guilabel>: Använd snurrväljaren för att ange upplösningen att använda vid typsnittsrendering på din skärm."

9392

9393

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:819(para)

9394

msgid "<guilabel>Smoothing</guilabel>: Select one of the options to specify how to antialias fonts."

9395

msgstr "<guilabel>Utjämning</guilabel>: Välj ett av alternativen för att ange hur typsnitt ska utjämnas."

9396

9397

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:823(para)

9398

msgid "<guilabel>Hinting</guilabel>: <firstterm>Hinting</firstterm> is a font-rendering technique that improves the quality of fonts at small sizes and an at low screen resolutions. Select one of the options to specify how to apply hinting your fonts."

9399

msgstr "<guilabel>Hintning</guilabel>: <firstterm>Hintning</firstterm> är en teknik för typsnittsrendering som förbättrar kvaliteten för typsnitt med små storlekar som används med låga skärmupplösningar. Välj ett av alternativen för att ange hur hintning ska utföras på dina typsnitt."

9400

9401

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:829(para)

9402

msgid "<guilabel>Subpixel order</guilabel>: Select one of the options to specify the subpixel color order for your fonts. Use this option for LCD or flat-screen displays."

9403

msgstr "<guilabel>Delbildpunktsordning</guilabel>: Välj ett av alternativen för att ange delbildpunktsfärgordningen för dina typsnitt. Använd det här alternativet för LCD eller platta skärmar."

9404

9405

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:886(title)

9406

msgid "Interface Preferences"

9407

msgstr "Gränssnittsinställningar"

9408

9409

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:890(primary)

9410

msgid "toolbars, customizing appearance"

9411

msgstr "verktygsrader, anpassa utseendet"

9412

9413

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:894(secondary)

9414

msgid "Menus & Toolbars"

9415

msgstr "Menyer & verktygsrader"

9416

9417

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:898(secondary)

9418

msgid "in applications, customizing appearance"

9419

msgstr "i program, anpassning av utseendet"

9420

9421

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:901(para)

9422

msgid "You can use the <guilabel>Interface</guilabel> tabbed section in the <application>Appearance</application> preference tool to customize the appearance of menus, menubars, and toolbars for applications that are part of GNOME."

9423

msgstr "Du kan använda fliksektionen <guilabel>Gränssnitt</guilabel> i inställningsverktyget <application>Utseende</application> för att anpassa utseendet för menyer, menyrader och verktygsrader för program som är en del av GNOME."

9424

9425

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:903(para)

9426

msgid "As you make changes to the settings, the preview display in the window updates. This allows you to see the changes if no application windows are currently open."

9427

msgstr "När du gör ändringar i inställningarna kommer förhandsvisningsrutan i fönstret att uppdateras. Det låter dig se ändringarna om inga programfönster är öppnade för närvarande."

9428

9429

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:906(guilabel)

9430

msgid "Show icons in menus"

9431

msgstr "Visa ikoner i menyer"

9432

9433

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:908(para)

9434

msgid "Select this option to display an icon beside items in application menus and the panel menu. Not all menu items have an icon."

9435

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att visa en ikon bredvid objekten i program- och panelmenyerna. Inte alla menyobjekt har en ikon."

9436

9437

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:913(guilabel)

9438

msgid "Editable menu shortcut keys"

9439

msgstr "Redigerbara menysnabbtangenter"

9440

9441

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:914(para)

9442

msgid "Selecting this option allows you to define new keyboard shortcuts for menu items."

9443

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att definiera nya tangentbordsgenvägar för menyobjekt."

9444

9445

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:915(para)

9446

msgid "To change an application shortcut key, open the menu, and with the mouse pointer on the menu item you wish to change, press the new combination of keys. To remove a shortcut key, press <keycap>Backspace</keycap> or <keycap>Delete</keycap>."

9447

msgstr "För att ändra en genvägstangent för ett program, öppna menyn och tryck den nya tangentkombinationen med muspekaren på menyobjektet som du vill ändra. För att ta bort en genvägstangent, tryck på <keycap>Backsteg</keycap> eller <keycap>Delete</keycap>."

9448

9449

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:917(para)

9450

msgid "When using this feature, you will not be warned if assigning a new shortcut key to a command also removes it from another command."

9451

msgstr "När du använder den här funktionen kommer du inte att bli varnad om du tilldelar en ny genvägstangent till ett kommando som även tar bort den från ett annant kommando."

9452

9453

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:918(para)

9454

msgid "There is no way to restore the original, default keyboard shortcut for a command."

9455

msgstr "Det finns inget sätt att återställa den ursprungliga standardtangentgenvägen för ett kommando."

9456

9457

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:919(para)

9458

msgid "This feature does not maintain shortcuts that are normally common to all applications, such as <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>C</keycap></keycombo> for Copy. This may lead to inconsistencies in your GNOME applications."

9459

msgstr "Den här funktionen tillhandahåller inte genvägar som är allmänna för alla program, såsom <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>C</keycap></keycombo> för att kopiera. Det här kan leda till inkonsistens i dina GNOME-program."

9460

9461

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:924(guilabel)

9462

msgid "Toolbar button labels"

9463

msgstr "Etiketter för verktygsradsknappar"

9464

9465

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:926(para)

9466

msgid "Choose one of the following options to specify what to display on the toolbars in your GNOME-compliant applications:"

9467

msgstr "Välj ett av följande alternativ för att ange vad som ska visas på verktygsraderna i dina GNOME-godkända program:"

9468

9469

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:930(para)

9470

msgid "<guilabel>Text Below Icons</guilabel>: Select this option to display toolbars with text as well as an icon on each button."

9471

msgstr "<guilabel>Text under ikoner</guilabel>: Välj det här alternativet för att visa verktygsrader med text såväl som en ikon på varje knapp."

9472

9473

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:934(para)

9474

msgid "<guilabel>Text Beside Icons</guilabel>: Select this option to display toolbars with an icon only on each button, and with text on the most important buttons."

9475

msgstr "<guilabel>Text bredvid ikoner</guilabel>: Välj det här alternativet för att visa verktygsrader med endast en ikon på varje knapp och med text på de mest viktiga knapparna."

9476

9477

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:939(para)

9478

msgid "<guilabel>Icons Only</guilabel>: Select this option to display toolbars with an icon only on each button."

9479

msgstr "<guilabel>Endast ikoner</guilabel>: Välj det här alternativet för att visa verktygsrader med endast en ikon på varje knapp."

9480

9481

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:943(para)

9482

msgid "<guilabel>Text Only</guilabel>: Select this option to display toolbars with text only on each button."

9483

msgstr "<guilabel>Endast text</guilabel>: Välj det här alternativet för att visa verktygsrader med endast text på varje knapp."

9484

9485

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:954(title)

9486

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:972(title)

9487

msgid "Windows Preferences"

9488

msgstr "Fönsterinställningar"

9489

9490

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:960(primary)

9491

msgid "window manager"

9492

msgstr "fönsterhanterare"

9493

9494

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:967(para)

9495

msgid "Use the <application>Windows</application> preference tool to customize window behavior for the GNOME Desktop."

9496

msgstr "Använd inställningsverktyget <application>Fönster</application> för att anpassa fönsterbeteendet för GNOME-skrivbordet."

9497

9498

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:969(para)

9499

msgid "<xref linkend=\"goscustwindows-TBL-14\"/> lists the windows preferences that you can modify."

9500

msgstr "<xref linkend=\"goscustwindows-TBL-14\"/> listar fönsterinställningarna som du kan ändra."

9501

9502

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:990(guilabel)

9503

msgid "Select windows when the mouse moves over them"

9504

msgstr "Markera fönster när muspekaren rör sig över dem"

9505

9506

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:994(para)

9507

msgid "Select this option to give focus to a window when you point to the window. The window retains focus until you point to another window."

9508

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att ge fokus till ett fönster när du pekar på fönstret. Fönstret har kvar fokus tills du pekar på ett annat fönster."

9509

9510

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1002(guilabel)

9511

msgid "Raise selected windows after an interval"

9512

msgstr "Hög markerade fönster efter en fördröjning"

9513

9514

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1006(para)

9515

msgid "Select this option to raise windows a short time after the window receives focus."

9516

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att höja fönstren en kort tid efter att fönstret tar emot fokus."

9517

9518

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1013(guilabel)

9519

msgid "Interval before raising"

9520

msgstr "Fördröjning innan upphöjning"

9521

9522

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1017(para)

9523

msgid "Specify the interval to wait before raising a window that has received focus."

9524

msgstr "Ange tidsintervallet att vänta innan ett fönster höjs som har tagit emot fokus."

9525

9526

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1024(guilabel)

9527

msgid "Double-click titlebar to perform this action"

9528

msgstr "Dubbelklicka på titelraden för att utföra denna åtgärd"

9529

9530

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1028(para)

9531

msgid "Select the behavior that you want to occur when you double-click on a window titlebar. Select one of the following options:"

9532

msgstr "Välj beteendet som du vill ska ske när du dubbelklicka på titelraden för ett fönster. Välj ett av följande alternativ:"

9533

9534

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1033(para)

9535

msgid "<guilabel>Maximize</guilabel>: Maximizes the window."

9536

msgstr "<guilabel>Maximera</guilabel>: Maximerar fönstret."

9537

9538

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1036(para)

9539

msgid "<guilabel>Maximize Vertically</guilabel>: Maximizes the window vertically without changing its width."

9540

msgstr "<guilabel>Maximera vertikalt</guilabel>: Maximerar fönstret vertikalt utan att ändra dess bredd."

9541

9542

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1039(para)

9543

msgid "<guilabel>Maximize Horizontally</guilabel>: Maximizes the window horizontally without changing its height."

9544

msgstr "<guilabel>Maximera horisontellt</guilabel>: Maximerar fönstret horisontellt utan att ändra dess höjd."

9545

9546

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1042(para)

9547

msgid "<guilabel>Minimize</guilabel>: Minimizes the window."

9548

msgstr "<guilabel>Minimera</guilabel>: Minimerar fönstret."

9549

9550

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1045(para)

9551

msgid "<guilabel>Roll up</guilabel>: Roll up the window."

9552

msgstr "<guilabel>Rulla upp</guilabel>: Rulla upp fönstret."

9553

9554

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1048(para)

9555

msgid "<guilabel>None</guilabel>: Do nothing."

9556

msgstr "<guilabel>Inget</guilabel>: Gör ingenting."

9557

9558

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1051(para)

9559

msgid "If a window is already maximized or rolled up, double-clicking on the titlebar will return it to its normal state."

9560

msgstr "Om ett fönster redan är maximerat eller upprullat så kommer ett dubbelklick på titellisten att återställa det till sitt vanliga tillstånd."

9561

9562

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1058(guilabel)

9563

msgid "To move a window, press-and-hold this key then grab the window"

9564

msgstr "För att flytta ett fönster tryck du på och håller ned denna tangent och tar sedan tag i fönstret"

9565

9566

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1062(para)

9567

msgid "Select the key to press-and-hold when you drag a window to move the window."

9568

msgstr "Välj tangenten för att trycka och hålla ned när du drar ett fönster för att flytta fönstret."

9569

9570

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1070(para)

9571

msgid "The position of the Control, Alt and Super keys on the keyboard can be modified in the Keyboard Layout Options dialog, see <xref linkend=\"prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\"/>."

9572

msgstr "Positionen för tangenterna Control, Alt och Super på tangentbordet kan ändras i dialogrutan Alternativ för tangentbordslayout, se <xref linkend=\"prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\"/>."

9573

9574

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1077(title)

9575

msgid "Screensaver Preferences"

9576

msgstr "Inställningar för skärmsläckare"

9577

9578

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1080(secondary)

9579

msgid "screensaver"

9580

msgstr "skärmsläckare"

9581

9582

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1082(para)

9583

msgid "A <firstterm>screensaver</firstterm> displays moving images on your screen when your computer is not being used. Screensavers also help prevent older monitors being damaged by the same image being displayed for long periods of time. To stop the screensaver and return to the desktop, move the mouse or press a key on the keyboard."

9584

msgstr "En <firstterm>skärmsläckare</firstterm> visar rörliga bilder på din skärm när din dator inte används. Skärmsläckare hjälper även till att förhindra att äldre skärmar blir skadade när samma bild visas under längre tidsperioder. Rör på musen eller tryck på en tangent på tangentbordet för att stoppa skärmsläckaren och återvända till skrivbordet."

9585

9586

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1083(para)

9587

msgid "Use the <application>Screensaver</application> preference tool to set the type of screensaver, the time before the screensaver starts, and whether to require a password to return to the desktop."

9588

msgstr "Använd inställningsverktyget <application>Skärmsläckare</application> för att ställa in skärmsläckartypen, tiden innan skärmsläckaren startar och huruvida ett lösenord krävs för att återvända till skrivbordet."

9589

9590

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1084(para)

9591

msgid "You can modify the following settings:"

9592

msgstr "Du kan ändra följande inställningar:"

9593

9594

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1087(term)

9595

msgid "Screensaver"

9596

msgstr "Skärmsläckare"

9597

9598

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1088(para)

9599

msgid "Select the <guilabel>Screensaver theme</guilabel> from the list. A reduced version of the selected screensaver theme is shown. Press <guibutton>Preview</guibutton> to show the selected theme on the whole screen. During preview, use the arrow buttons at the top of the screen to go through the list of screensaver themes."

9600

msgstr "Välj <guilabel>Skärmsläckartema</guilabel> från listan. En förminskad version av det markerade skärmsläckartemat visas. Tryck på <guibutton>Förhandsgranska</guibutton> för att visa det markerade temat på hela skärmen. Under förhandsvisningen kan du använda piltangenterna i överkanten av skärmen för att gå igenom listan av skärmsläckarteman."

9601

9602

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1090(para)

9603

msgid "The <guilabel>Blank screen</guilabel> theme displays no image and only shows a black screen."

9604

msgstr "Temat <guilabel>Blank skärm</guilabel> visar ingen bild utan endast en svart skärm."

9605

9606

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1091(para)

9607

msgid "The <guilabel>Random</guilabel> theme selects a screensaver to display from the list at random."

9608

msgstr "Temat <guilabel>Slumpmässigt</guilabel> väljer slumpmässigt en skärmsläckare att visa från listan."

9609

9610

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1093(para)

9611

msgid "Which screensavers are shown in the remainder of the list depends on your distributor or vendor."

9612

msgstr "Vilka skärmsläckare som visas i resten av listan beror på din distributör eller leverantör."

9613

9614

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1096(term)

9615

msgid "Regard the computer as idle after..."

9616

msgstr "Anse datorn som inaktiv efter..."

9617

9618

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1097(para)

9619

msgid "Your computer becomes idle after this amount of time has passed with no input from you, such as moving the mouse or typing. This may affect power management (the monitor may power down for example) or instant messaging (chat applications may set your status as \"away\"). Use the slider to set the length of time in minutes or hours."

9620

msgstr "Din dator blir inaktiv när den här tidsperioden har förflutit utan inmatning från dig, när du inte rört musen eller tangentbordet. Det här kan påverka strömhanteringen (skärmen kan till exempel stängas av) eller snabbmeddelanden (chattprogram kan ställa in din status till \"frånvarande\"). Använd draglisten för att ställa in tidsperioden i minuter eller timmar."

9621

9622

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1100(term)

9623

msgid "Activate screensaver when computer is idle"

9624

msgstr "Aktivera skärmsläckaren när datorn är inaktiv"

9625

9626

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1101(para)

9627

msgid "Select this option to have the screensaver start after the set length of time."

9628

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att få skärmsläckaren att starta efter den inställda tidsperioden."

9629

9630

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1104(term)

9631

msgid "Lock screen when screensaver is active"

9632

msgstr "Lås skärmen när skärmsläckaren är aktiv"

9633

9634

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1105(para)

9635

msgid "When this option is selected, the screensaver will prompt you for your password when you try to return to the desktop. For more on locking your screen, see <xref linkend=\"lock-screen\"/>."

9636

msgstr "När det här alternativet har valts kommer skärmsläckaren att fråga dig efter ditt lösenord när du försöker återvända till skrivbordet. För mer information om låsning av skärmen, se <xref linkend=\"lock-screen\"/>."

9637

9638

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1113(title)

9639

msgid "Internet and Network"

9640

msgstr "Internet och nätverk"

9641

9642

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1116(title)

9643

msgid "Network Settings"

9644

msgstr "Nätverksinställningar"

9645

9646

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1118(para)

9647

msgid "The <application>Network Settings</application> allows you to specify the way your system connects to other computers and to internet."

9648

msgstr "<application>Nätverksinställningar</application> låter dig ange sättet för vilket ditt system ansluter till andra datorer och till Internet."

9649

9650

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1119(para)

9651

msgid "You will be prompted for the administrator password when you start <application>Network Settings</application>. This is because the changes done with this tool will affect the whole system."

9652

msgstr "När du startar <application>Nätverksinställningar</application> kommer du att bli tillfrågad om att ange administratörslösenordet, det här är nödvändigt därför att ändringar som görs med det här verktyget påverkar hela systemet."

9653

9654

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1122(title)

9655

msgid "Getting started"

9656

msgstr "Komma igång"

9657

9658

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1126(para)

9659

msgid "The <application>Network Settings</application> main window contains four tabbed sections:"

9660

msgstr "Huvudfönstret i <application>Nätverksinställningar</application> innehåller fyra flikade sektioner:"

9661

9662

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1130(guilabel)

9663

msgid "Connections"

9664

msgstr "Anslutningar"

9665

9666

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1132(para)

9667

msgid "Shows all network interfaces, it also allows you to modify their settings."

9668

msgstr "Visar alla nätverksgränssnitt och låter dig även ändra deras inställningar."

9669

9670

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1137(guilabel)

9671

msgid "General"

9672

msgstr "Allmänt"

9673

9674

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1139(para)

9675

msgid "Allows you to modify your system host name and domain name."

9676

msgstr "Låter dig ändra värdnamnet och domännamnet för ditt system."

9677

9678

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1144(guilabel)

9679

msgid "DNS"

9680

msgstr "DNS"

9681

9682

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1146(para)

9683

msgid "Contains two sections, the <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are what your computer use for resolving the IP addresses from the domain names. The <guilabel>search domains</guilabel> are the default domains in which your system will search any host when no domain is specified."

9684

msgstr "Innehåller två sektioner, <guilabel>DNS-servrar</guilabel> är vad din dator använder för att slå upp IP-adresser från domännamnen. <guilabel>Sökdomäner</guilabel> är standarddomäner i vilka ditt system kommer att söka efter värdar när ingen domän har angivits."

9685

9686

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1151(guilabel)

9687

msgid "Hosts"

9688

msgstr "Värdar"

9689

9690

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1153(para)

9691

msgid "Shows the list of aliases for accessing other computers."

9692

msgstr "Visar listan över alias för åtkomst till andra datorer."

9693

9694

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1163(title)

9695

msgid "To modify a connection settings"

9696

msgstr "Ändra inställningar för en anslutning"

9697

9698

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1164(para)

9699

msgid "In the <guilabel>Connections</guilabel> section, select the interface you want to modify and press the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> button, depending on the interface type you will be able to modify different data."

9700

msgstr "I sektionen <guilabel>Anslutningar</guilabel>, välj gränssnittet som du vill ändra och tryck på knappen <guilabel>Egenskaper</guilabel>, beroende på gränssnittstypen kommer du att kunna ändra olika data."

9701

9702

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1168(term)

9703

msgid "Ethernet and IRLAN interfaces"

9704

msgstr "Ethernet och IRLAN-gränssnitt"

9705

9706

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1170(para)

9707

msgid "You can modify the way the interface is configured (DHCP or manually), if the interface is configured manually, you can also modify the interface IP address, netmask and gateway."

9708

msgstr "Du kan ändra sättet på vilket gränssnittet är konfigurerat (DHCP eller manuellt), om gränssnittet är manuellt konfigurerat kan du även ändra gränssnittets IP-adress, nätmask och gateway."

9709

9710

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1175(term)

9711

msgid "Wireless interfaces"

9712

msgstr "Trådlösa gränssnitt"

9713

9714

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1177(para)

9715

msgid "You can modify the way the interface is configured (DHCP or manually), if the interface is configured manually, you can also modify the interface IP address, netmask and gateway, you can also modify the network name (ESSID) for this interface."

9716

9717

9718

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1182(term)

9719

msgid "Parallel line interfaces"

9720

msgstr "Parallel line-gränssnitt"

9721

9722

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1184(para)

9723

msgid "You can modify the interface IP address, as well as the remote IP address."

9724

msgstr "Du kan ändra gränssnittets IP-adress, såväl som fjärr-IP-adressen."

9725

9726

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1189(term)

9727

msgid "PPP/Modem interfaces"

9728

msgstr "PPP/Modem-gränssnitt"

9729

9730

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1191(para)

9731

msgid "You can modify the modem device, whether you want it to dial using tones or pulses, the modem volume, the phone number, the username and password that your ISP provided and other advanced settings for PPP."

9732

msgstr "Du kan ändra modemenheten, huruvida du vill att det ska ringa med toner eller pulser, modemets volym, telefonnumret, användarnamn och lösenord som din Internetleverantör har gett dig och andra avancerade inställningar för PPP."

9733

9734

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1198(title)

9735

msgid "To activate or deactivate an interface"

9736

msgstr "Aktivera eller inaktivera ett gränssnitt"

9737

9738

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1199(para)

9739

msgid "In the <guilabel>Connections</guilabel> section, enable or disable the checkbox beside the interface."

9740

msgstr "I sektionen <guilabel>Anslutningar</guilabel>, aktivera eller inaktivera kryssrutan bredvid gränssnittet."

9741

9742

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1203(title)

9743

msgid "To change your host name and domain name"

9744

msgstr "Ändra ditt värdnamn och domännamn"

9745

9746

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1204(para)

9747

msgid "In the <guilabel>General</guilabel> section, change the hostname or domain name text boxes."

9748

msgstr "I sektionen <guilabel>Allmänt</guilabel>, ändra värdnamnet eller domännamnet i textrutorna."

9749

9750

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1208(title)

9751

msgid "To add a new domain name server"

9752

msgstr "Lägg till en ny domännamnsserver"

9753

9754

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1209(para)

9755

msgid "In the <guilabel>DNS Servers</guilabel> section, press the <guilabel>Add</guilabel> button and fill in the new list row with the new domain name server."

9756

msgstr "I sektionen <guilabel>DNS-servrar</guilabel>, tryck på knappen <guilabel>Lägg till</guilabel> och fyll i den nya listraden med den nya domännamnsservern."

9757

9758

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1213(title)

9759

msgid "To delete a domain name server"

9760

msgstr "Ta bort en domännamnsserver"

9761

9762

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1214(para)

9763

msgid "In the <guilabel>DNS Servers</guilabel> section, select a DNS IP address from the list and press the <guilabel>Delete</guilabel> button."

9764

msgstr "I sektionen <guilabel>DNS-servrar</guilabel>, välj en DNS IP-adress från listan och tryck på knappen <guilabel>Ta bort</guilabel>."

9765

9766

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1218(title)

9767

msgid "To add a new search domain"

9768

msgstr "Lägg till en ny sökdomän"

9769

9770

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1219(para)

9771

msgid "In the <guilabel>Search Domains</guilabel> section, press the <guilabel>Add</guilabel> button and fill in the new list row with the new search domain."

9772

msgstr "I sektionen <guilabel>Sökdomäner</guilabel>, tryck på knappen <guilabel>Lägg till</guilabel> och fyll i den nya listraden med den nya sökdomänen."

9773

9774

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1223(title)

9775

msgid "To delete a search domain"

9776

msgstr "Ta bort en sökdomän"

9777

9778

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1224(para)

9779

msgid "In the <guilabel>Search Domains</guilabel> section, select a search domain from the list and press the <guilabel>Delete</guilabel> button."

9780

msgstr "I sektionen <guilabel>Sökdomäner</guilabel>, välj en sökdomän från listan och tryck på knappen <guilabel>Ta bort</guilabel>."

9781

9782

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1228(title)

9783

msgid "To add a new host alias"

9784

msgstr "Lägg till ett nytt värdalias"

9785

9786

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1229(para)

9787

msgid "In the <guilabel>Hosts</guilabel> section, press the <guilabel>Add</guilabel> button and type an IP address and the aliases that will point to in the window that pops up."

9788

msgstr "I sektionen <guilabel>Värdar</guilabel>, tryck på knappen <guilabel>Lägg till</guilabel> och ange en IP-adress och det alias som ska pekas till i fönstret som visas."

9789

9790

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1233(title)

9791

msgid "To modify a host alias"

9792

msgstr "Ändra ett värdalias"

9793

9794

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1234(para)

9795

msgid "In the <guilabel>Hosts</guilabel> section, select an alias, press the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> button from the list and modify the alias settings in the window that pops up."

9796

msgstr "I sektionen <guilabel>Värdar</guilabel>, välj ett alias, tryck på knappen <guilabel>Egenskaper</guilabel> från listan och ändra aliasinställningarna i fönstret som visas."

9797

9798

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1238(title)

9799

msgid "To delete a host alias"

9800

msgstr "Ta bort ett värdalias"

9801

9802

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1239(para)

9803

msgid "In the <guilabel>Hosts</guilabel> section, select an alias from the list and press the <guilabel>Delete</guilabel> button."

9804

msgstr "I sektionen <guilabel>Värdar</guilabel>, välj ett alias från listan och tryck på knappen <guilabel>Ta bort</guilabel>."

9805

9806

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1243(title)

9807

msgid "To save your current network configuration as a \"Location\""

9808

msgstr "Spara din aktuella nätverkskonfiguration som en \"Plats\""

9809

9810

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1244(para)

9811

msgid "Press the <guilabel>Add</guilabel> button besides the <guilabel>Locations</guilabel> menu, specify the location name in the window that pops up."

9812

msgstr "Tryck på knappen <guilabel>Lägg till</guilabel> bredvid menyn <guilabel>Platser</guilabel> och ange platsens namn i fönstret som visas."

9813

9814

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1248(title)

9815

msgid "To delete a location"

9816

msgstr "Ta bort en plats"

9817

9818

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1249(para)

9819

msgid "Press the <guilabel>Remove</guilabel> button besides the <guilabel>Locations</guilabel> menu, the selected profile will be deleted."

9820

msgstr "Tryck på knappen <guilabel>Ta bort</guilabel> bredvid menyn <guilabel>Platser</guilabel> och den markerade profilen kommer att tas bort."

9821

9822

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1253(title)

9823

msgid "To switch to a location"

9824

msgstr "Växla till en plats"

9825

9826

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1254(para)

9827

msgid "Select one location from the <guilabel>Locations</guilabel> menu, all the configuration will be switched automatically to the chosen location."

9828

msgstr "Välj en plats från menyn <guilabel>Platser</guilabel> och all konfiguration kommer automatiskt att växas över till den valda platsen."

9829

9830

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1261(title)

9831

msgid "Network Proxy Preferences"

9832

msgstr "Inställningar för nätverksproxy"

9833

9834

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1267(secondary)

9835

msgid "Network Proxy"

9836

msgstr "Nätverksproxy"

9837

9838

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1270(primary)

9839

msgid "network proxy"

9840

msgstr "nätverksproxy"

9841

9842

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1271(secondary)

9843

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1279(secondary)

9844

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2617(secondary)

9845

msgid "setting preferences"

9846

msgstr "ställ in inställningar"

9847

9848

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1274(primary)

9849

msgid "Internet"

9850

msgstr "Internet"

9851

9852

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1275(secondary)

9853

msgid "configuring connection"

9854

msgstr "konfigurera anslutning"

9855

9856

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1278(primary)

9857

msgid "proxy"

9858

msgstr "proxy"

9859

9860

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1281(para)

9861

msgid "The <application>Network Proxy Preferences</application> enables you to configure how your system connects to the Internet."

9862

msgstr "<application>Inställningar för nätverksproxyserver</application> låter dig konfigurera hur ditt system ansluter till Internet."

9863

9864

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1283(para)

9865

msgid "You can configure the GNOME Desktop to connect to a <firstterm>proxy server</firstterm>, and specify the details of the proxy server. A proxy server is a server that intercepts requests to another server, and fulfills the request itself, if it can. You can enter the domain name or the Internet Protocol (IP) address of the proxy server. A <firstterm>domain name</firstterm> is a unique alphabetic identifier for a computer on a network. An <firstterm>IP address</firstterm> is a unique numeric identifier for a computer on a network."

9866

msgstr "Du kan konfigurera GNOME-skrivbordet till att ansluta till en <firstterm>proxyserver</firstterm> och ange detaljerna för proxyservern. En proxyserver är en server som fångar upp begäran till en annan server och, om den kan, fullföljer begäran själv. Du kan ange domännamnet eller IP-adressen för proxyservern. Ett <firstterm>domännamn</firstterm> är en unik alfabetisk identifierare för en dator på ett nätverk. En <firstterm>IP-adress</firstterm> är en unik numerisk identifierare för en dator på ett nätverk."

9867

9868

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1289(remark)

9869

msgid "Why would one want to use a proxy? This description makes it sounds like it's a user preference, rather than being dictated by the network you're on. We should make this more clear."

9870

msgstr "Varför skulle man vilja använda en proxyserver? Denna beskrivning gör att det låter som om det en användarinställning, istället för att fastställas av nätverket som du sitter på. VI ska försöka göra detta lite klarare."

9871

9872

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1292(para)

9873

msgid "Since it is possible that you need to use a different proxy configuration in different places, <application>Network Proxy Preferences</application> allows you to define separate proxy configurations and switch between them using the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> drop-down box at the top of the window. Choose <guilabel>New Location</guilabel> to create a proxy configuration for a new location. Locations can be removed using the <guilabel>Delete Location</guilabel> button at the bottom of the window."

9874

msgstr "Eftersom det är möjligt att du behöver använda en annan proxykonfiguration på olika platser så låter <application>Inställningar för nätverksproxyserver</application> dig att definiera olika proxykonfigurationer och växla mellan dem med hjälp av rullgardingslistan <guilabel>Plats</guilabel> längst upp i fönstret. Välj <guilabel>Ny plats</guilabel> för att skapa en proxykonfiguration för en ny plats. Platser kan tas bort med knappen <guilabel>Ta bort plats</guilabel> längst ner i fönstret."

9875

9876

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1300(guilabel)

9877

msgid "Direct internet connection"

9878

msgstr "Direkt Internetanslutning"

9879

9880

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1301(para)

9881

msgid "Select this option to connect to the Internet without a proxy server."

9882

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att ansluta till Internet utan en proxyserver."

9883

9884

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1305(guilabel)

9885

msgid "Manual proxy configuration"

9886

msgstr "Manuell proxykonfiguration"

9887

9888

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1306(para)

9889

msgid "Select this option to connect to the Internet through a proxy server and configure the proxy settings manually."

9890

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att ansluta till Internet genom en proxyserver och konfigurera proxyinställningarna manuellt."

9891

9892

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1311(guilabel)

9893

msgid "HTTP proxy"

9894

msgstr "HTTP-proxyserver"

9895

9896

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1313(para)

9897

msgid "Enter the domain name or IP address of the proxy server to use when you request an HTTP service. Enter the port number of the HTTP service on the proxy server in the <guilabel>Port</guilabel> field."

9898

msgstr "Ange domännamnet eller IP-adressen för proxyservern som ska användas när du begär en HTTP-tjänst. Ange portnumret för HTTP-tjänsten på proxyservern i fältet <guilabel>Port</guilabel>."

9899

9900

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1316(para)

9901

msgid "If the HTTP proxy server requires authentication, click the <guibutton>Details</guibutton> button to enter your username and password."

9902

msgstr "Om HTTP-proxyservern kräver autentisering, klicka på knappen <guibutton>Detaljer</guibutton> för att ange ditt användarnamn och lösenord."

9903

9904

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1321(guilabel)

9905

msgid "Secure HTTP proxy"

9906

msgstr "Proxyserver för säker HTTP"

9907

9908

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1322(para)

9909

msgid "Enter the domain name or IP address of the proxy server to use when you request a secure HTTP service. Enter the port number of the secure HTTP service on the proxy server in the <guilabel>Port</guilabel> field."

9910

msgstr "Ange domännamnet eller IP-adressen för proxyservern som ska användas när du begär en säker HTTP-tjänst. Ange portnumret för säkra HTTP-tjänsten på proxyservern i fältet <guilabel>Port</guilabel>."

9911

9912

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1327(guilabel)

9913

msgid "FTP proxy"

9914

msgstr "FTP-proxyserver"

9915

9916

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1328(para)

9917

msgid "Enter the domain name or IP address of the proxy server to use when you request an FTP service. Enter the port number of the FTP service on the proxy server in the <guilabel>Port</guilabel> field."

9918

msgstr "Ange domännamnet eller IP-adressen för proxyservern som ska användas när du begär en FTP-tjänst. Ange portnumret för FTP-tjänsten på proxyservern i fältet <guilabel>Port</guilabel>."

9919

9920

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1333(guilabel)

9921

msgid "Socks host"

9922

msgstr "Socks-värd"

9923

9924

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1334(para)

9925

msgid "Enter the domain name or IP address of the Socks host to use. Enter the port number for the Socks protocol on the proxy server in the <guilabel>Port</guilabel> field."

9926

msgstr "Ange domännamnet eller IP-adressen för Socks-värden som ska användas. Ange portnumret för Socks-protokollet på proxyservern i fältet <guilabel>Port</guilabel>."

9927

9928

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1339(guilabel)

9929

msgid "Automatic proxy configuration"

9930

msgstr "Automatisk proxykonfiguration"

9931

9932

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1340(para)

9933

msgid "Select this option if you want to connect to the Internet through a proxy server, and you want to configure the proxy server automatically."

9934

msgstr "Välj det här alternatiet om du vill ansluta till Internet genom en proxyserver och du vill konfigurera proxyservern automatiskt."

9935

9936

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1342(para)

9937

msgid "Automatic proxy configuration works by means of a so-called PAC file, which your browser downloads from a web server. If you don't specify the URL for a PAC file in the <guilabel>Autoconfiguration URL</guilabel> entry, your browser will try to locate one automatically."

9938

msgstr "Automatisk proxykonfiguration fungerar genom en så kallad PAC-fil som din webbläsare hämtar från en webbserver. Om du inte anger URL:en för en PAC-fil i fältet <guilabel>URL för automatisk konfiguration</guilabel> så kommer din webbläsare att försöka att hitta en automatiskt."

9939

9940

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1345(guilabel)

9941

msgid "Autoconfiguration URL"

9942

msgstr "URL för automatisk konfiguration"

9943

9944

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1346(para)

9945

msgid "Enter the URL of a PAC file that contains the information required to configure the proxy server automatically."

9946

msgstr "Ange url:en för en PAC-fil som innehåller informationen som krävs för att konfigurera proxyservern automatiskt."

9947

9948

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1351(para)

9949

msgid "Set which hosts should not use the proxy in the <guilabel>Ignore Host List</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Ignored Hosts</guilabel> tabbed section. When you access these hosts, you will connect to the Internet directly without a proxy."

9950

msgstr "Ställ in vilka värdar som inte ska använda proxyservern i <guilabel>Ignorera värdlista</guilabel> i fliksektionen <guilabel>Ignorerade värdar</guilabel>. När du vill komma åt dessa värdar så kommer du att ansluta till Internet direkt utan en proxyserver."

9951

9952

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1356(title)

9953

msgid "Remote Desktop Preferences"

9954

msgstr "Inställningar för fjärrskrivbord"

9955

9956

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1360(primary)

9957

msgid "setting session sharing preferences"

9958

msgstr "ställa in sessionsdelning"

9959

9960

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1362(para)

9961

msgid "The <application>Remote Desktop</application> preference tool enables you to share a GNOME Desktop session between multiple users, and to set session-sharing preferences."

9962

msgstr "Inställningsverktyget <application>Fjärrskrivbord</application> låter dig dela en GNOME-skrivbordssession mellan flera användare och för att ställa in inställningar för sessionsdelning."

9963

9964

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1364(para)

9965

msgid "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-91\"/> lists the session-sharing preferences that you can set. These preferences have a direct impact on the security of your system."

9966

msgstr "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-91\"/> listar de inställningar för sessionsdelning som du kan ställa in. Dessa inställningar har en direkt påverkan på säkerheten för ditt system."

9967

9968

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1368(title)

9969

msgid "Session Sharing Preferences"

9970

msgstr "Inställningar för sessionsdelning"

9971

9972

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1386(guilabel)

9973

msgid "Allow other users to view your desktop"

9974

msgstr "Tillåt andra användare att se ditt skrivbord"

9975

9976

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1391(para)

9977

msgid "Select this option to enable remote users to view your session. All keyboard, pointer, and clipboard events from the remote user are ignored."

9978

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att låta fjärranvändare se din session. Alla händelser för tangentbord och urklipp från fjärranvändaren ignoreras."

9979

9980

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1399(guilabel)

9981

msgid "Allow other users to control your desktop"

9982

msgstr "Tillåt andra användare att styra ditt skrivbord"

9983

9984

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1404(para)

9985

msgid "Select this option to enable other to access and control your session from a remote location."

9986

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att låta andra komma åt och styra din session från en fjärrplats."

9987

9988

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1426(guilabel)

9989

msgid "When a user tries to view or control your desktop"

9990

msgstr "När en användare försöker se eller styra ditt skrivbord"

9991

9992

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1432(para)

9993

msgid "<guilabel>Ask you for confirmation:</guilabel> Select this option if you want remote users to ask you for confirmation when they want to share your session. This option enables you to be aware of other users who connect to your session. You can also decide what time is suitable for the remote user to connect to your session."

9994

msgstr "<guilabel>Fråga dig för bekräftelse:</guilabel> Välj det här alternativet om du vill att fjärranvändare ska fråga dig om att bekräfta när du vill dela din session. Det här alternativet låter dig bli informerad när andra användare vill ansluta till din session. Du kan även bestämma vilken tid som är lämplig för fjärranvändaren att ansluta till din session."

9995

9996

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1436(para)

9997

msgid "<guilabel>Require the user to enter this password:</guilabel> Select this option to authenticate the remote user if authentication is used. This option provides an extra level of security."

9998

msgstr "<guilabel>Kräv att användaren anger detta lösenord:</guilabel> Välj det här alternativet för att autentisera fjärranvändaren om autentisering används. Det här alternativet ger en ökad säkerhet."

9999

10000

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1431(para)

10001

msgid "Select the following security considerations when a user tries to view or control your session:<placeholder-1/>"

10002

msgstr "Välj följande säkerhetsåtgärder när en användare försöker se eller styra din session:<placeholder-1/>"

10003

10004

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1444(guilabel)

10005

msgid "Password"

10006

msgstr "Lösenord"

10007

10008

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1448(para)

10009

msgid "Enter the password that the client who attempts to view or control your session must enter."

10010

msgstr "Ange lösenordet som den klient som försöker se eller styra din session måste ange. "

10011

10012

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1461(title)

10013

msgid "Hardware"

10014

msgstr "Hårdvara"

10015

10016

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1464(title)

10017

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1508(title)

10018

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1514(title)

10019

msgid "Keyboard Preferences"

10020

msgstr "Tangentbordsinställningar"

10021

10022

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1469(secondary)

10023

msgid "Keyboard"

10024

msgstr "Tangentbord"

10025

10026

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1472(primary)

10027

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1730(primary)

10028

#: C/gosbasic.xml:548(primary)

10029

msgid "keyboard"

10030

msgstr "tangentbord"

10031

10032

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1473(secondary)

10033

msgid "configuring general preferences"

10034

msgstr "konfigurera allmänna inställningar"

10035

10036

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1476(para)

10037

msgid "Use the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool to modify the autorepeat preferences for your keyboard, and to configure typing break settings."

10038

msgstr "Använd inställningsverktyget <application>Tangentbord</application> för att ändra inställningar för repetering för ditt tangentbord och för att konfigurera inställningar för skrivpauser."

10039

10040

#. adds no information until each tab can be briefly summarized.

10041

10042

#. <para>You can set the preferences for the <application>Keyboard</application>

10043

#. preference tool in the following functional areas:</para>

10044

#. <itemizedlist>

10045

#. <listitem>

10046

#. <para>

10047

#. <guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>

10048

#. </para>

10049

#. </listitem>

10050

#. <listitem>

10051

#. <para>

10052

#. <guilabel>Typing Break</guilabel>

10053

#. </para>

10054

#. </listitem>

10055

#. <listitem>

10056

#. <para>

10057

#. <guilabel>Layouts</guilabel>

10058

#. </para>

10059

#. </listitem>

10060

#. <listitem>

10061

#. <para>

10062

#. <guilabel>Layout Options</guilabel>

10063

#. </para>

10064

#. </listitem>

10065

#. </itemizedlist>

10066

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1506(para)

10067

msgid "To open the <link linkend=\"prefs-keyboard-a11y\"><application>Keyboard <emphasis>Accessibility</emphasis></application> preference tool</link>, click the <guibutton>Accessibility</guibutton> button."

10068

msgstr "För att öppna inställningsverktyget <link linkend=\"prefs-keyboard-a11y\"><application>Tangentbord <emphasis>Hjälpmedel</emphasis></application></link>, klicka på knappen <guibutton>Hjälpmedel</guibutton>."

10069

10070

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1509(para)

10071

msgid "Use the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tabbed section to set general keyboard preferences."

10072

msgstr "Använd fliksektionen <guilabel>Allmänt</guilabel> för att ställa in allmänna tangentbordsinställningar."

10073

10074

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1511(para)

10075

msgid "<xref linkend=\"goscustperiph-TBL-3\"/> lists the keyboard preferences that you can modify."

10076

msgstr "<xref linkend=\"goscustperiph-TBL-3\"/> listar tangentbordsinställningarna som du kan ändra."

10077

10078

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1532(guilabel)

10079

msgid "Key presses repeat when key is held down"

10080

msgstr "Tangenttryckningar upprepar då tangent hålls ned"

10081

10082

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1537(para)

10083

msgid "Select this option to enable keyboard repeat. If keyboard repeat is enabled, when you press-and-hold a key, the action associated with the key is performed repeatedly. For example, if you press-and-hold a character key, the character is typed repeatedly."

10084

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att aktivera tangentbordsrepetering. Om tangentbordsrepetering är aktiverad kommer åtgärden som är associerad med tangenten att repeteras när du trycker ned och håller kvar en tangent. Till exempel om du trycker ned och håller kvar en teckentangent kommer utskriften av tecknet att repeteras."

10085

10086

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1546(guilabel)

10087

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1829(guilabel)

10088

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1856(guilabel)

10089

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2044(guilabel)

10090

msgid "Delay"

10091

msgstr "Fördröjning"

10092

10093

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1550(para)

10094

msgid "Select the delay from the time you press a key to the time that the action repeats."

10095

msgstr "Välj fördröjningen från den tid du trycker ned en tangent till tiden när åtgärden repeteras."

10096

10097

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1557(guilabel)

10098

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1578(guilabel)

10099

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2032(guilabel)

10100

msgid "Speed"

10101

msgstr "Hastighet"

10102

10103

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1561(para)

10104

msgid "Select the speed at which the action is repeated."

10105

msgstr "Välj hastigheten i vilken åtgärden repeteras."

10106

10107

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1567(guilabel)

10108

msgid "Cursor blinks in text boxes and fields"

10109

msgstr "Markören blinkar i textrutor och textfält"

10110

10111

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1571(para)

10112

msgid "Select this option to enable the cursor to blink in fields and text boxes."

10113

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att aktivera markörblinkning i fält och textrutor."

10114

10115

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1582(para)

10116

msgid "Use the slider to specify the speed at which the cursor blinks in fields and text boxes."

10117

msgstr "Använd draglisten för att ange hastigheten i vilken markören blinkar i fält och textrutor."

10118

10119

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1589(guilabel)

10120

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1867(guilabel)

10121

msgid "Type to test settings"

10122

msgstr "Skriv för att testa inställningarna"

10123

10124

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1594(para)

10125

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1871(para)

10126

msgid "The test area is an interactive interface so you can see how the keyboard settings affect the display as you type. Type text in the test area to test the effect of your settings."

10127

msgstr "Testrutan är ett interaktivt gränssnitt så att du kan se hur tangentbordsinställningarna påverkas när du skriver. Skriv in text i testrutan för att testa effekterna för dina inställningar."

10128

10129

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1604(title)

10130

msgid "Keyboard Layouts Preferences"

10131

msgstr "Inställningar för tangentbordslayouter"

10132

10133

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1607(para)

10134

msgid "Use the <guilabel>Layouts</guilabel> tabbed section to set your keyboard's language, and also the make and model of keyboard you are using."

10135

msgstr "Använd fliksektionen <guilabel>Layouter</guilabel> för att ställa in språket för ditt tangentbord samt även tillverkare och modell för det tangentbord som du använder."

10136

10137

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1608(para)

10138

msgid "This will allow GNOME to make use of special media keys on your keyboard, and to show the correct characters for your keyboard's language."

10139

msgstr "Det här gör att GNOME kan använda speciella medietangenter på ditt tangentbord och för att visa de korrekta tecknen för språket för ditt tangentbord."

10140

10141

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1612(guilabel)

10142

msgid "Keyboard model"

10143

msgstr "Tangentbordsmodell"

10144

10145

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1613(para)

10146

msgid "Use the browse button (labelled with the currently selected keyboard model) to choose another keyboard make and model."

10147

msgstr "Använd bläddringsknappen (märkt med den aktuella tangentbordsmodellen) för att välja ett annat tangentbordsmärke och modell."

10148

10149

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1616(guilabel)

10150

msgid "Separate layout for each window"

10151

msgstr "Separat layout för varje fönster"

10152

10153

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1617(para)

10154

msgid "When this option is selected, each window has its own keyboard layout. Changing to a different layout will only affect the current window."

10155

msgstr "När det här alternativet är valt kommer varje fönster att ha sin egna tangentbordslayout. Ändring till en annan layout kommer endast att påverka det aktuella fönstret."

10156

10157

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1619(para)

10158

msgid "This allows you to to type with a Russian keyboard layout in a word processor, then switch to your web browser and type with an English keyboard layout, for example."

10159

msgstr "Det här låter dig skriva med en rysk tangentbordslayout i en ordbehandlare och sedan till exempel växla till din webbläsare och skriva med en engelsk tangentbordslayout."

10160

10161

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1622(guilabel)

10162

msgid "Selected Layouts"

10163

msgstr "Valda layouter"

10164

10165

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1623(para)

10166

msgid "You can switch between selected layouts to change the characters your keyboard produces when you type. To add a layout, click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. You can have up to four layouts. To remove a layout, select it and press <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>."

10167

msgstr "Du kan växla mellan valda layouter för att ändra tecknen som ditt tangentbord producerar när du skriver. För att lägga till en layout, klicka på <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton>. Du kan ha upp till fyra layouter. För att ta bort en layout, markera den och tryck på <guibutton>Ta bort</guibutton>."

10168

10169

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1624(para)

10170

msgid "To switch between keyboard layouts, use the <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gswitchit\"><application>Keyboard Indicator</application> panel applet</ulink>."

10171

msgstr "För att växla mellan tangentbordslayouter, använd panelprogrammet <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gswitchit\"><application>Tangentbordsindikator</application></ulink>."

10172

10173

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1625(para)

10174

msgid "To add a layout to the list of selected layouts, click the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button. It opens a layout chooser dialog, which lets you select a layout by country or by language."

10175

msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> för att lägga till en layout till listan över valda layouter. Den öppnar en dialogruta med en layoutväljare som låter dig välja en layout efter land eller efter språk."

10176

10177

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1630(para)

10178

msgid "Click <guibutton>Reset to Defaults</guibutton> to restore all keyboard layout settings to their initial state for your system and locale."

10179

msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Återställ till standardvärden</guibutton> för att återställa alla inställningar för tangentbordslayout till sina ursprungliga inställningar för ditt system och lokalanpassning."

10180

10181

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1632(para)

10182

msgid "Click the <guibutton>Layout Options</guibutton> button to open the <guilabel>Keyboard Layout Options</guilabel> dialog."

10183

msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Layoutalternativ</guibutton> för att öppna dialogrutan <guilabel>Alternativ för tangentbordslayout</guilabel>."

10184

10185

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1636(title)

10186

msgid "Keyboard Layout Options"

10187

msgstr "Alternativ för tangentbordslayouter"

10188

10189

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1639(para)

10190

msgid "The <guilabel>Keyboard Layout Options</guilabel> dialog has options for the behaviour of keyboard modifier keys and certain shortcut options."

10191

msgstr "Dialogrutan <guilabel>Alternativ för tangentbordslayout</guilabel> innehåller alternativ för beteendet för tangentbordets modifierartangenter och vissa genvägsalternativ."

10192

10193

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1640(para)

10194

msgid "Expand each group label to show the available options. A label in boldface indicates that the options in the group have been changed from the default setting."

10195

msgstr "Fäll ut varje gruppetikett för att visa de tillgängliga alternativen. En etikett i fet text indikerar att alternativen i gruppen har ändrats från standardinställningen."

10196

10197

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1641(para)

10198

msgid "The options shown in this dialog depend on the X windowing system you are using. Not all the following options might be listed on your system, and not all the options shown might work on your system."

10199

msgstr "Alternativen som visas i den här dialogrutan är beroende av X-fönstersystemet som du använder. Det är inte säkert att alla alternativ listas på ditt system och alla alternativ kanske inte fungerar på ditt system."

10200

10201

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1649(guilabel)

10202

msgid "Adding the EuroSign to certain keys"

10203

msgstr "Lägger till Eurotecknet till vissa tangenter"

10204

10205

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1651(para)

10206

msgid "Use these options to add the Euro currency symbol € to a key as a third-level character. To access this symbol, you must assign a <guilabel>third level chooser</guilabel>."

10207

msgstr "Använd dessa alternativ för att lägga till eurovalutasymbolen € till en tangent som ett tredjenivåtecken. För att komma åt den här symbolen så måste du tilldela den en <guilabel>tredjenivåväljare</guilabel>."

10208

10209

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1655(guilabel)

10210

msgid "Alt/Win key behavior"

10211

msgstr "Alt/Win-tangentbeteende"

10212

10213

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1656(para)

10214

msgid "This group of options allows you to assign the behaviour of Unix modifier keys Super, Meta, and Hyper to the <keycap>Alt</keycap> and <keycap>Windows</keycap> keys on your keyboard."

10215

msgstr "Den här gruppen av alternativ låter dig tilldela beteendet för Unix-modifierartangenterna Super, Meta och Hyper till tangenterna <keycap>Alt</keycap> och <keycap>Windows</keycap> på ditt tangentbord."

10216

10217

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1661(guilabel)

10218

msgid "CapsLock key behavior"

10219

msgstr "Beteende för CapsLock-tangenten"

10220

10221

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1662(para)

10222

msgid "This group has several options for the <keycap>Caps Lock</keycap> key."

10223

msgstr "Den här gruppen innehåller flera alternativ för <keycap>Caps Lock</keycap>-tangenten."

10224

10225

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1667(guilabel)

10226

msgid "Compose key position"

10227

msgstr "Position för Compose-tangenten"

10228

10229

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1669(para)

10230

msgid "The Compose key allows you to combine two keypresses to make a single character. This is used to create an accented character that might not be on your keyboard layout. For example, press the Compose key, then <keycap>'</keycap>, then <keycap>e</keycap> to obtain e-acute character."

10231

msgstr "Compose-tangenten låter dig kombinera två tangenttryckningar för att få fram ett enda tecken. Det används för att skapa ett specialtecken som kanske inte finns i din tangentbordslayout. Tryck till exempel på Compose-tangenten, sedan på <keycap>'</keycap> och sedan på <keycap>e</keycap> för att få tecknet e-acute."

10232

10233

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1673(guilabel)

10234

msgid "Control key position"

10235

msgstr "Position för Control-tangenten"

10236

10237

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1674(para)

10238

msgid "Use this group of options to set the location of the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key to match the layout on older keyboards."

10239

msgstr "Använd den här gruppen av alternativ för att ställa in platsen för <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>-tangenten för att matcha layouten på äldre tangentbord."

10240

10241

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1679(guilabel)

10242

msgid "Group Shift/Lock behavior"

10243

msgstr "Gruppbeteende för Skift/Lock"

10244

10245

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1680(para)

10246

msgid "Select keys or key combinations to switch your keyboard layout when pressed."

10247

msgstr "Välj tangenterna eller tangentkombinationerna för att växla din tangentbordslayout."

10248

10249

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1686(guilabel)

10250

msgid "Miscellaneous compatibility options"

10251

msgstr "Diverse kompatibilitetsalternativ"

10252

10253

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1690(guilabel)

10254

msgid "Shift with numpad keys works as in MS Windows."

10255

msgstr "Skift med tangenter på numeriska tangentbordet fungerar som i MS Windows."

10256

10257

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1692(para)

10258

msgid "With this option selected, using <keycap>Shift</keycap> with keys on the numerical pad when <keycap>NumLock</keycap> is off extends the current selection."

10259

msgstr "Med det här alternativet vald kommer användningen av <keycap>Skift</keycap> med tangenter på det numeriska tangentbordet när <keycap>NumLock</keycap> är inaktiverad att utöka den aktuella markeringen."

10260

10261

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1693(para)

10262

msgid "With this option unselected, use <keycap>Shift</keycap> with keys on the numerical pad to obtain the reverse of the current behaviour for that key. For example, when <keycap>NumLock</keycap> is off, the <keycap>8</keycap> key acts as an up-arrow. Press <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>8</keycap></keycombo> to type an '8'."

10263

msgstr "När det här alternativet inte är valt kommer användning av <keycap>Skift</keycap> med tangenter på det numeriska tangentbordet att få fram den omvända av det aktuella beteendet för den tangenten. Till exempel när <keycap>NumLock</keycap> är inaktiverad kommer tangenten <keycap>8</keycap> att fungera som en uppåtpil. Tryck på <keycombo><keycap>Skift</keycap><keycap>8</keycap></keycombo> för att skriva en \"8\"."

10264

10265

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1695(guilabel)

10266

msgid "Special keys (Ctrl+Alt+<key>) handled in a server."

10267

msgstr "Specialtangenter (Ctrl+Alt+<tangent>) hanteras i en server."

10268

10269

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1696(para)

10270

msgid "Select this option to have certain keyboard shortcuts passed to the X windowing system instead of being handled by GNOME."

10271

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att få vissa tangentbordsgenvägar skickade till X-fönstersystemet istället för att hanteras av GNOME."

10272

10273

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1702(guilabel)

10274

msgid "Third level choosers"

10275

msgstr "Tredjenivåsväljare"

10276

10277

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1704(para)

10278

msgid "A <firstterm>third level</firstterm> key allows you to obtain a third character from a key, in the same way that pressing <keycap>Shift</keycap> with a key produces a different character to pressing the key alone."

10279

msgstr "En <firstterm>tredjenivå</firstterm>-tangent låter dig få tillgång till ett tredje tecken från en tangent, på samma sätt som att trycka på <keycap>Skift</keycap> med en tangent producerar ett annat tecken än att bara trycka på tangenten."

10280

10281

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1705(para)

10282

msgid "Use this group to select a key you want to act as a third level modifier key."

10283

msgstr "Använd den här gruppen för att välja en tangent som du vill ska fungera som en tredjenivåmodifierartangent."

10284

10285

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1706(para)

10286

msgid "Pressing the third-level key and <keycap>Shift</keycap> produces a fourth character from a key."

10287

msgstr "Tryck på tredjenivåtangenten och <keycap>Skift</keycap> producerar ett fjärde tecken från en tangent."

10288

10289

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1707(para)

10290

msgid "The third and fourth level characters for your keyboard layout are shown in the <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gswitchit\"><application>Keyboard Indicator</application></ulink> Layout View Window."

10291

msgstr "Tredje- och fjärdenivåtecken för din tangentbordslayout visas i layoutvyfönstret i <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gswitchit\"><application>Tangentbordsindikator</application></ulink>."

10292

10293

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1712(guilabel)

10294

msgid "Use keyboard LED to show alternative group."

10295

msgstr "Använd tangentbordslampa för att visa alternativ grupp."

10296

10297

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1714(para)

10298

msgid "Use this option to specify that one of the light indicators on your keyboard should indicate when an alternative keyboard layout is in use."

10299

msgstr "Använd det här alternativet för att ange att en av lampindikatorerna på ditt tangentbord ska indikera när en alternativ tangentbordslayout används."

10300

10301

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1715(para)

10302

msgid "The selected keyboard light will no longer indicate its standard function. For example, the Caps Lock light will not react to the <keycap>Caps Lock key</keycap>."

10303

msgstr "Den valda tangentbordslampan kommer inte längre att indikera dess standardfunktion. Till exempel kommer Caps Lock-lampan inte längre att reagera på <keycap>Caps Lock</keycap>-tangenten."

10304

10305

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1723(title)

10306

msgid "Keyboard Accessibility Preferences"

10307

msgstr "Inställningar för tangentbordshjälpmedel"

10308

10309

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1726(primary)

10310

msgid "AccessX"

10311

msgstr "AccessX"

10312

10313

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1727(see)

10314

msgid "preference tools, Keyboard Accessibility"

10315

msgstr "inställningsverktyg, Tangentbordshjälpmedel"

10316

10317

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1731(secondary)

10318

msgid "configuring accessibility options"

10319

msgstr "konfigurera hjälpmedelsalternativ"

10320

10321

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1736(secondary)

10322

msgid "configuring keyboard"

10323

msgstr "konfigurera tangentbord"

10324

10325

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1740(secondary)

10326

msgid "Keyboard Accessibility"

10327

msgstr "Tangentbordshjälpmedel"

10328

10329

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1748(para)

10330

msgid "The <guilabel>Accessibility</guilabel> tabbed section allows you to set options such as filtering out accidental keypresses and using shortcut keys without having to hold down several keys at once. These features are also known as AccessX."

10331

msgstr "Fliksektionen <guilabel>Hjälpmedel</guilabel> låter dig ställa in alternativ såsom att filtrera bort oavsiktliga tangenttryckningar och använda genvägstangenter utan att hålla ner flera tangenter samtidigt. Dessa funktioner är även kända som AccessX."

10332

10333

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1750(para)

10334

msgid "This section describes each of the preferences you can set. For a more task-oriented description of keyboard accessibility, see the <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gnome-access-guide?index\"><citetitle>GNOME Desktop Accessibility Guide</citetitle></ulink>."

10335

msgstr "Det här avsnittet beskriver de inställningar som du kan ställa in. För en mer uppgiftsorienterad beskrivning av tangentbordshjälpmedel, se <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gnome-access-guide?index\"><citetitle>Hjälpmedelsguide för GNOME-skrivbordet</citetitle></ulink>."

10336

10337

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1752(para)

10338

msgid "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-85\"/> lists the accessibility preferences that you can modify."

10339

msgstr "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-85\"/> listar de hjälpmedelsinställningar som du kan ändra."

10340

10341

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1755(title)

10342

msgid "Accessibility Preferences"

10343

msgstr "Inställningar för hjälpmedelsfunktioner"

10344

10345

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1773(guilabel)

10346

msgid "Accessibility features can be toggled with keyboard shortcuts"

10347

msgstr "Hjälpmedelsfunktioner kan växlas på och av med tangentbordsgenvägar"

10348

10349

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1777(para)

10350

msgid "Select this option to show an icon in the notification area that offers quick access to accessibility features."

10351

msgstr "Välj detta alternativ för att visa en ikon i notifieringsytan som erbjuder snabb åtkomst till hjälpmedelsfunktioner."

10352

10353

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1786(guilabel)

10354

msgid "Simulate simultaneous keypresses"

10355

msgstr "Simulera samtidiga tangenttryckningar"

10356

10357

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1790(secondary)

10358

msgid "sticky keys"

10359

msgstr "klistriga tangenter"

10360

10361

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1794(para)

10362

msgid "Select this option to perform multiple simultaneous keypress operations by pressing the keys in sequence. Alternatively, to enable the sticky keys feature, press <keycap>Shift</keycap> five times."

10363

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att genomföra flera samtidiga tangenttryckningar genom att trycka tangenterna i sekvens. Alternativt, för att aktivera funktionen klistriga tangenter, tryck på <keycap>Skift</keycap> fem gånger."

10364

10365

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1802(guilabel)

10366

msgid "Disable sticky keys if two keys are pressed together"

10367

msgstr "Inaktivera klistriga tangenter om två tangenter trycks ned samtidigt"

10368

10369

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1806(para)

10370

msgid "Select this option to specify that when you press two keys simultaneously, you can no longer press keys in sequence to perform multiple simultaneous keypresses."

10371

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att ange att när du trycker ned två tangenter samtidigt så kan du inte längre trycka tangenter i följd för att genomföra flera samtidiga tangenttryckningar."

10372

10373

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1814(guilabel)

10374

msgid "Only accept long keypresses"

10375

msgstr "Acceptera endast långa tangenttryckningar"

10376

10377

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1818(secondary)

10378

msgid "slow keys"

10379

msgstr "tröga tangenter"

10380

10381

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1822(para)

10382

msgid "Select this option to control the period of time that you must press-and-hold a key before acceptance. Alternatively, to enable the slow keys feature, press-and-hold <keycap>Shift</keycap> for eight seconds."

10383

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att kontrollera tidsperioden som du måste trycka och hålla nere en tangent för att den ska accepteras. Alternativt, för att aktivera funktionen för tröga tangenter, tryck och håll ned <keycap>Skift</keycap> i åtta sekunder."

10384

10385

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1833(para)

10386

msgid "Use the slider to specify the period of time that you must press-and-hold a key before acceptance."

10387

msgstr "Använd draglisten för att ange tidsperioden som du måste trycka och hålla ner en tangent för att den ska accepteras."

10388

10389

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1841(guilabel)

10390

msgid "Ignore fast duplicate keypresses"

10391

msgstr "Ignorera snabba dublettangenttryckningar"

10392

10393

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1845(secondary)

10394

msgid "bounce keys"

10395

msgstr "studstangenter"

10396

10397

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1849(para)

10398

msgid "Select this option to accept a key input and to control the key repeat characteristics of the keyboard."

10399

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att acceptera en tangentinmatning och för att kontrollera tangentbordets egenskaper för tangentrepeteringar."

10400

10401

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1860(para)

10402

msgid "Use the slider to specify the interval to wait after the first keypress before the automatic repeat of a pressed key."

10403

msgstr "Använd draglisten för att ange tidsintervallet att vänta efter den första tangenttryckningen innan tangenten automatiskt repeteras."

10404

10405

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1880(para)

10406

msgid "To configure audio feedback for keyboard accessibility features, click the <guibutton>Audio Feedback</guibutton> button. It opens the <guilabel>Keyboard Accessibility Audio Feedback</guilabel> window."

10407

msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Ljudåterkoppling</guibutton> för att konfigurera ljudåterkoppling för tangentbordshjälpmedel. Den öppnar fönstret <guilabel>Ljudåterkoppling för tangentbordshjälpmedel</guilabel>."

10408

10409

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1886(title)

10410

msgid "Keyboard Accessibility Audio Feedback"

10411

msgstr "Ljudåterkoppling för tangentbordshjälpmedel"

10412

10413

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1887(para)

10414

msgid "Configure audio feedback for keyboard accessibility features."

10415

msgstr "Konfigurera ljudåterkoppling för tangentbordshjälpmedel."

10416

10417

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1888(para)

10418

msgid "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-86\"/> lists the audio feedback preferences that you can modify."

10419

msgstr "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-86\"/> listar inställningarna för ljudåterkoppling som du kan ändra."

10420

10421

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1891(title)

10422

msgid "Audio Feedback Preferences"

10423

msgstr "Inställningar för ljudåterkoppling"

10424

10425

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1909(guilabel)

10426

msgid "Beep when accessibility features are turned on or off"

10427

msgstr "Pip när hjälpmedelsfunktioner slås på eller av"

10428

10429

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1913(para)

10430

msgid "Select this option for an audible indication when a feature such as sticky keys or slow keys is activated, or deactivated."

10431

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att få en ljudindikation när en funktion såsom klistriga eller tröga tangenter aktiveras, eller inaktiveras."

10432

10433

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1920(guilabel)

10434

msgid "Beep when a toggle key is pressed"

10435

msgstr "Pip när en växlingstangent trycks ned"

10436

10437

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1924(secondary)

10438

msgid "toggle keys"

10439

msgstr "växlingstangenter"

10440

10441

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1928(para)

10442

msgid "Select this option for an audible indication of a toggle keypress. You hear one beep when a toggle key is turned on. You hear two beeps when a toggle key is turned off."

10443

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att få en ljudindikation när en växlingsknapp trycks ner. Du hör ett pip när en växlingsknapp aktiveras och två pip när en växlingsknapp inaktiveras."

10444

10445

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1936(guilabel)

10446

msgid "Beep when a modifier key is pressed"

10447

msgstr "Pip när en modifierartangent trycks ned"

10448

10449

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1940(para)

10450

msgid "Select this option for an audible indication when you press a modifier key."

10451

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att få en ljudindikation när du trycker ned en modifierartangent."

10452

10453

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1947(guilabel)

10454

msgid "Beep when a key is pressed"

10455

msgstr "Pip när en tangent trycks ned"

10456

10457

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1951(para)

10458

msgid "Select this option for an audible indication when a key is pressed."

10459

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att få en ljudindikation när en tangent trycks ned."

10460

10461

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1958(guilabel)

10462

msgid "Beep when a key is accepted"

10463

msgstr "Pip när tangent accepteras"

10464

10465

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1962(para)

10466

msgid "Select this option for an audible indication when a key is accepted."

10467

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att få en ljudindikation när en tangent accepteras."

10468

10469

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1969(guilabel)

10470

msgid "Beep when a key is rejected"

10471

msgstr "Pip när tangent förkastas"

10472

10473

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1973(para)

10474

msgid "Select this option for an audible indication when a key is rejected."

10475

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att få en ljudindikation när en tangent förkastas."

10476

10477

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1983(title)

10478

msgid "Mouse Keys Preferences"

10479

msgstr "Inställningar för mustangenter"

10480

10481

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1985(para)

10482

msgid "The options in the <guilabel>Mouse Keys</guilabel> tabbed section let you configure the keyboard as a substitute for the mouse."

10483

msgstr "Alternativen i fliksektionen <guilabel>Mustangenter</guilabel> låter dig konfigurera tangentbordet som en ersättning för musen."

10484

10485

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1987(para)

10486

msgid "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-88\"/> lists the mouse keys preferences that you can modify."

10487

msgstr "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-88\"/> listar de inställningar för mustangenter som du kan ändra."

10488

10489

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:1990(title)

10490

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2058(title)

10491

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2063(title)

10492

msgid "Typing Break Preferences"

10493

msgstr "Inställningar för skrivpauser"

10494

10495

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2008(guilabel)

10496

msgid "Pointer can be controlled using the keypad"

10497

msgstr "Tillåt styrning av muspekaren med tangentbordet"

10498

10499

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2012(secondary)

10500

msgid "mouse keys"

10501

msgstr "mustangenter"

10502

10503

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2016(para)

10504

msgid "Select this option to make the numeric keypad emulate mouse actions. The list of keys and their equivalences is in the <citetitle>GNOME Desktop Accessibility Guide</citetitle> under the heading <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gnome-access-guide?dtconfig-14\"><citetitle>To Enable the Keyboard to Emulate the Mouse</citetitle></ulink>."

10505

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att göra att det numeriska tangentbordet emulerar musåtgärder. Listan över tangenter och deras motsvarigheter finns i <citetitle>Hjälpmedelsguide för GNOME-skrivbordet</citetitle> under rubriken <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gnome-access-guide?dtconfig-14\"><citetitle>Aktivera tangentbordet för att emulera musen</citetitle></ulink>."

10506

10507

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2022(guilabel)

10508

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2228(guilabel)

10509

msgid "Acceleration"

10510

msgstr "Accelerering"

10511

10512

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2026(para)

10513

msgid "Use the slider to specify how long it takes the pointer to accelerate to maximum speed."

10514

msgstr "Använd draglisten för att ange hur lång tid det tar för att pekaren ska accelerera till maximal hastighet."

10515

10516

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2036(para)

10517

msgid "Use the slider to specify the maximum speed that the pointer moves across the screen."

10518

msgstr "Använd draglisten för att ange maximal hastighet för pekaren när den rör sig på skärmen."

10519

10520

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2048(para)

10521

msgid "Use the slider to specify the period of time that must pass after a keypress before the pointer moves."

10522

msgstr "Använd draglisten för att ange tidsperioden som måste passera efter en tangenttryckning tills pekaren förflyttas."

10523

10524

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2059(para)

10525

msgid "Configure the Typing Break Preferences to make GNOME remind you to rest after you have been using the keyboard and mouse for a long time. During a Typing Break, the screen will be locked."

10526

msgstr "Konfigurera inställningarna för skrivpauser för att låta GNOME påminna dig om att ta en paus efter att du har använt tangentbordet och musen under en längre tid. Under en skrivpaus kommer skärmen att vara låst."

10527

10528

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2060(para)

10529

msgid "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-87\"/> lists the typing break preferences that you can modify."

10530

msgstr "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-87\"/> listar inställningar för skrivpauser som du kan ändra."

10531

10532

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2081(guilabel)

10533

msgid "Lock screen to enforce typing break"

10534

msgstr "Lås skärmen för att tvinga fram paus i skrivandet"

10535

10536

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2085(para)

10537

msgid "Select this option to lock the screen when you are due a typing break."

10538

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att låsa skärmen när det är tid för en skrivpaus."

10539

10540

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2092(guilabel)

10541

msgid "Work interval lasts"

10542

msgstr "Arbetsintervallet varar"

10543

10544

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2096(para)

10545

msgid "Use the spin box to specify how long you can work before a typing break occurs."

10546

msgstr "Använd snurrväljaren för att ange hur länge du kan arbeta innan en skrivpaus ska inträffa."

10547

10548

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2103(guilabel)

10549

msgid "Break interval lasts"

10550

msgstr "Pausen varar"

10551

10552

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2107(para)

10553

msgid "Use the spin box to specify the length of your typing breaks."

10554

msgstr "Använd snurrväljaren för att ange längden för dina skrivpauser."

10555

10556

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2114(guilabel)

10557

msgid "Allow postponing of breaks"

10558

msgstr "Tillåt uppskjutning av pauser"

10559

10560

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2118(para)

10561

msgid "Select this option if you want to be able to postpone typing breaks."

10562

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet om du vill kunna skjuta upp skrivpauser."

10563

10564

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2125(para)

10565

msgid "If you stop using the keyboard and mouse for a length of time equal to the <guilabel>Break interval</guilabel> setting, the current work interval will be reset."

10566

msgstr "Om du slutar använda tangentbordet och musen för en tidsperiod som är likvärdig med inställningen <guilabel>Paus</guilabel> kommer det aktuella arbetsintervallet att nollställas."

10567

10568

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2134(title)

10569

msgid "Mouse Preferences"

10570

msgstr "Musinställningar"

10571

10572

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2139(secondary)

7131

#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:16(desc)

7132

msgid "Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's an audio player."

7133

msgstr ""

7134

7135

#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20(title)

7136

msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"

7137

msgstr ""

7138

7139

#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22(p)

7140

msgid "If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been properly recognized as an audio player."

7141

msgstr ""

7142

7143

#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24(p)

7144

msgid "Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't help, open the File Manager. You should see the player listed under <gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the audio player. Now, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Document</gui><gui>Empty Document</gui></guiseq>, type <input>.is_audio_player</input> and press <key>Enter</key> (the period and underscores are important, and it should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the device as an audio player."

7145

msgstr ""

7146

7147

#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:26(p)

7148

msgid "Now, find the audio player in the File Manager sidebar and eject it (right-click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."

7149

msgstr ""

7150

7151

#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:29(p)

7152

msgid "These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They should work if your player is a USB Mass Storage device, though; it should say in its manual if it is."

7153

msgstr ""

7154

7155

#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:33(p)

7156

msgid "When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the <input>.is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the file's name tells the File Manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>."

7157

msgstr ""

7158

7159

#: C/music-player-newipod.page:15(desc)

7160

msgid "Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can use them."

7161

msgstr ""

7162

7163

#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19(title)

7164

msgid "My new iPod won't work"

7165

msgstr "Min nya iPod fungerar inte"

7166

7167

#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21(p)

7168

msgid "If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. This is because iPods need to be set-up and updated using the <app>iTunes</app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS."

7169

msgstr ""

7170

7171

#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23(p)

7172

msgid "To set-up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. When asked for the <gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> or similar. The other format does not work as well with Linux."

7173

msgstr ""

7174

7175

#: C/music-player-newipod.page:25(p)

7176

msgid "Once you have finished set-up, the iPod should work normally when you plug it into a Linux computer."

7177

msgstr ""

7178

7179

#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:15(desc)

7180

msgid "Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."

7181

msgstr ""

7182

7183

#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19(title)

7184

msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"

7185

msgstr ""

7186

7187

#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21(p)

7188

msgid "When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview). You must copy songs onto the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right location. iPods have a special location for storing songs which music player applications know how to get to but the file manager does not."

7189

msgstr ""

7190

7191

#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23(p)

7192

msgid "You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref=\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that all of the songs have been copied across properly."

7193

msgstr ""

7194

7195

#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:25(p)

7196

msgid "A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the music player application you're using does not support converting the songs from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis (.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software (also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the software installer for an appropriate codec."

7197

msgstr ""

7198

7199

#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:15(desc)

7200

msgid "Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be \"copy protected\"."

7201

msgstr ""

7202

7203

#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19(title)

7204

msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"

7205

msgstr ""

7206

7207

#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21(p)

7208

msgid "If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS computer and then copied it over."

7209

msgstr ""

7210

7211

#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23(p)

7212

msgid "This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for that format so that you can play it."

7213

msgstr ""

7214

7215

#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25(p)

7216

msgid "If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't play it, the song might be copy protected (also known as being DRM restricted). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but few of these are supported on Linux."

7217

msgstr ""

7218

7219

#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:27(p)

7220

msgid "You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."

7221

msgstr ""

7222

7223

#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:7(desc)

7224

msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."

7225

msgstr ""

7226

7227

#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:18(title)

7228

msgid "Mouse has a delay before it will work"

7229

msgstr ""

7230

7231

#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:20(p)

7232

msgid "Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to \"wake up\" before they will work. They automatically go to sleep when not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad you can click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."

7233

msgstr ""

7234

7235

#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:23(p)

7236

msgid "Laptop touchpads sometimes have a delay after you stop typing before they will start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-disabletouchpad\"/> for details."

7237

msgstr ""

7238

7239

#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7(desc)

7240

msgid "Click or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."

7241

msgstr ""

7242

7243

#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:18(title)

7244

msgid "Click or scroll with the touchpad"

7245

msgstr ""

7246

7247

#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:20(p)

7248

msgid "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons. Access these features in the mouse and touchpad settings."

7249

msgstr ""

7250

7251

#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:26(p)

7252

#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:37(p)

7253

#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29(p)

7254

#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:31(p)

7255

#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:34(p)

7256

#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:29(p)

7257

msgid "Click <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui>."

7258

msgstr ""

7259

7260

#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:27(p)

7261

msgid "Select the <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab."

7262

msgstr ""

7263

7264

#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30(p)

7265

msgid "To click, double-click, and drag with your touchpad, select <gui>Enable mouse clicks with the touchpad</gui>. To click, tap on the touchpad. To double-click, tap twice. If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, you can right-click by tapping with two fingers at once. To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop. You still need to use hardware buttons to right-click."

7266

msgstr ""

7267

7268

#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39(p)

7269

msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using either the edges of the touchpad or using two fingers."

7270

msgstr ""

7271

7272

#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42(p)

7273

msgid "Select <gui>Edge scrolling</gui> under <gui>Scrolling</gui> to scroll using the edge of your touchpad. When this is selected, dragging your finger up and down along the right side of your touchpad will scroll vertically. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, dragging your finger left and right along the bottom of your touchpad will scroll horizontally."

7274

msgstr ""

7275

7276

#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49(p)

7277

msgid "Select <gui>Two-finger scrolling</gui> under <gui>Scrolling</gui> to scroll with two fingers. When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your touchpad."

7278

msgstr ""

7279

7280

#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59(p)

7281

msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."

7282

msgstr ""

7283

7284

#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:9(desc)

7285

msgid "Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."

7286

msgstr ""

7287

7288

#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:29(title)

7289

msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"

7290

msgstr ""

7291

7292

#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:31(p)

7293

msgid "If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your touchpad, you can adjust the pointer sensitivity and acceleration for these devices."

7294

msgstr ""

7295

7296

#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38(p)

7297

msgid "Adjust the <gui>Acceleration</gui> and <gui>Sensitivity</gui> sliders until the pointer motion is comfortable for you. Sensitivity is how much your pointer initially moves when you move your mouse. The father you move your mouse, the faster and faster the pointer moves relative to your movement. This helps you get the pointer across the screen without lifting your hand, while still letting you point and click accurately. Acceleration controls this behavior."

7298

msgstr ""

7299

7300

#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:48(p)

7301

msgid "You can set the sensitivity and acceleration differently for your mouse and touchpad. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the <gui>Mouse</gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> tabs."

7302

msgstr ""

7303

7304

#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:7(desc)

7305

msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."

7306

msgstr ""

7307

7308

#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:20(title)

7309

#| msgid "Mouse Pointer"

7310

msgid "Mouse pointer not moving"

7311

msgstr "Muspekaren rör sig inte"

7312

7313

#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:25(title)

7314

msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"

7315

msgstr ""

7316

7317

#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:26(p)

7318

msgid "If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your computer."

7319

msgstr ""

7320

7321

#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:30(p)

7322

msgid "If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer if it was not plugged in."

7323

msgstr ""

7324

7325

#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:40(title)

7326

msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"

7327

msgstr ""

7328

7329

#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:43(p)

7330

msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Alt</gui><gui>F2</gui></guiseq>."

7331

msgstr ""

7332

7333

#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:47(p)

7334

msgid "Type <input>gnome-terminal</input>. A terminal window will open."

7335

msgstr ""

7336

7337

#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:51(p)

7338

msgid "In the terminal window, at the prompt (the $), type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."

7339

msgstr ""

7340

7341

#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:57(p)

7342

msgid "A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> items has the name of the mouse to the left of it."

7343

msgstr ""

7344

7345

#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:62(p)

7346

msgid "If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"#plugged-in\">plugged</link> in and in <link xref=\"#broken\">working condition</link>."

7347

msgstr ""

7348

7349

#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:67(p)

7350

msgid "If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse."

7351

msgstr ""

7352

7353

#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:73(p)

7354

msgid "It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been detected properly."

7355

msgstr ""

7356

7357

#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:81(p)

7358

#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:144(p)

7359

msgid "Should provide some useful advice rather than just saying \"you might need to perform extra steps\"."

7360

msgstr ""

7361

7362

#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:89(title)

7363

msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"

7364

msgstr ""

7365

7366

#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:90(p)

7367

msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."

7368

msgstr ""

7369

7370

#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:94(p)

7371

msgid "If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be broken."

7372

msgstr ""

7373

7374

#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:101(title)

7375

msgid "Checking wireless mice"

7376

msgstr ""

7377

7378

#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:105(p)

7379

msgid "Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button."

7380

msgstr ""

7381

7382

#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:111(p)

7383

msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."

7384

msgstr ""

7385

7386

#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:116(p)

7387

msgid "Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."

7388

msgstr ""

7389

7390

#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:121(p)

7391

msgid "If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make sure that they are both set to the same channel."

7392

msgstr ""

7393

7394

#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127(p)

7395

msgid "You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if this is the case."

7396

msgstr ""

7397

7398

#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:135(p)

7399

msgid "Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse."

7400

msgstr ""

7401

7402

#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:9(desc)

7403

msgid "How to enable <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> to click and move mouse pointer with keypad."

7404

msgstr ""

7405

7406

#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:26(title)

7407

msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using keypad"

7408

msgstr ""

7409

7410

#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:28(p)

7411

msgid "If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard."

7412

msgstr ""

7413

7414

#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:34(p)

7415

#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:34(p)

7416

#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:40(p)

7417

#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:38(p)

7418

#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:38(p)

7419

msgid "Click <gui>Universal Access</gui>."

7420

msgstr "Klicka på <gui>Allmän åtkomst</gui>."

7421

7422

#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:35(p)

7423

msgid "Select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab."

7424

msgstr ""

7425

7426

#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:36(p)

7427

msgid "Switch <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> on."

7428

msgstr ""

7429

7430

#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38(p)

7431

msgid "Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to move the mouse pointer using the keypad."

7432

msgstr ""

7433

7434

#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:45(p)

7435

#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40(p)

7436

#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:46(p)

7437

#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44(p)

7438

#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:44(p)

7439

msgid "You can quickly turn this feature on and off from the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">universal access menu</link>."

7440

msgstr ""

7441

7442

#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:48(p)

7443

msgid "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."

7444

msgstr ""

7445

7446

#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:56(p)

7447

msgid "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing <key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, or quickly press it twice to double-click. Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is."

7448

msgstr ""

7449

7450

#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:66(p)

7451

msgid "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while Mouse Keys is enabled, turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."

7452

msgstr ""

7453

7454

#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:73(p)

7455

msgid "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."

7456

msgstr ""

7457

7458

#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6(desc)

7459

msgid "Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and more."

7460

msgstr ""

7461

7462

#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:24(title)

7463

msgid "Middle-click"

7464

msgstr "Mittenklick"

7465

7466

#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:26(p)

7467

msgid "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."

7468

msgstr ""

7469

7470

#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32(p)

7471

msgid "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."

7472

msgstr ""

7473

7474

#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37(p)

7475

msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."

7476

msgstr ""

7477

7478

#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40(p)

7479

msgid "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at the mouse position."

7480

msgstr ""

7481

7482

#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:44(p)

7483

msgid "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button."

7484

msgstr ""

7485

7486

#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49(p)

7487

msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for an application in its own new workspace with middle-click. Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the applications overview."

7488

msgstr ""

7489

7490

#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:54(p)

7491

msgid "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the <app>Firefox</app> web browser, though. In <app>Firefox</app>, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed <key>Enter</key>."

7492

msgstr ""

7493

7494

#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:61(p)

7495

msgid "In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you had double-clicked."

7496

msgstr ""

7497

7498

#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:67(p)

7499

msgid "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or middle mouse button."

7500

msgstr ""

7501

7502

#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:7(desc)

7503

#, fuzzy

7504

#| msgid "Press and release the right mouse button, without moving the mouse."

7505

msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."

7506

msgstr "Tryck och släpp höger musknapp, utan att förflytta musen."

7507

7508

#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:22(title)

7509

msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"

7510

msgstr ""

7511

7512

#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:24(p)

7513

msgid "You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."

7514

msgstr ""

7515

7516

#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:30(p)

7517

msgid "On the <gui>Mouse</gui> tab, select <gui>Left-handed</gui>. This settings will affect both your mouse and touchpad."

7518

msgstr ""

7519

7520

#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:15(desc)

7521

msgid "Change how far you have to move your mouse pointer to start dragging."

7522

msgstr ""

7523

7524

#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:20(title)

7525

msgid "Adjust the mouse drag threshold"

7526

msgstr ""

7527

7528

#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:22(p)

7529

msgid "When you click something, it's not uncommon for your hand to move a little between the time you press the mouse button and the time you release it. For this reason, dragging only starts if you move the pointer past a certain threshold, so that you don't accidentally start dragging every time you click. You can control the minimum distance required to start dragging."

7530

msgstr ""

7531

7532

#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:32(p)

7533

msgid "Under <gui>Drag and Drop</gui>, adjust the <gui>Threshold</gui> slider to a value you find comfortable. Try moving the settings window by dragging the titlebar to test the current value."

7534

msgstr ""

7535

7536

#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:9(desc)

7537

msgid "Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to double-click."

7538

msgstr ""

7539

7540

#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:25(title)

7541

msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"

7542

msgstr ""

7543

7544

#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:27(p)

7545

msgid "Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the mouse button so quickly, you should increase the timeout."

7546

msgstr ""

7547

7548

#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:35(p)

7549

msgid "Under <gui>Double-Click Timeout</gui>, adjust the <gui>Timeout</gui> slider to a value you find comfortable. Use the smiley face under the slider to test your settings. A single click will make it smile. A double-click will give it an ear-to-ear grin."

7550

msgstr ""

7551

7552

#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42(p)

7553

msgid "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it still has the same problem."

7554

msgstr ""

7555

7556

#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:9(desc)

7557

msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."

7558

msgstr ""

7559

7560

#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:20(title)

7561

msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"

7562

msgstr ""

7563

7564

#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:22(p)

7565

msgid "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time after your last key stroke."

7566

msgstr ""

7567

7568

#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:30(p)

7569

msgid "On the <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab, select <gui>Disable touchpad while typing</gui>."

7570

msgstr ""

7571

7572

#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:36(p)

7573

msgid "I repurposed this page. It used to just be how to disable your touchpad entirely. Phil had some instructions on how to do this in gconf-editor, as well as how to trigger an auto-disable when you plugged in your mouse. GConf instructions are outdated for GNOME 3. We could resurrect and make current the old stuff, but as maybe a tip or advanced topics. Check git history."

7574

msgstr ""

7575

7576

#: C/mouse.page:7(desc)

7577

msgid "<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>..."

7578

msgstr ""

7579

7580

#: C/mouse.page:22(title)

10573

7581

msgid "Mouse"

10574

7582

msgstr "Mus"

10575

7583

10576

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2142(primary)

10577

#: C/gosbasic.xml:26(primary)

10578

#: C/gosbasic.xml:56(primary)

10579

#: C/gosbasic.xml:112(primary)

10580

#: C/gosbasic.xml:116(primary)

10581

#: C/gosbasic.xml:233(primary)

10582

#: C/gosbasic.xml:304(primary)

10583

msgid "mouse"

10584

msgstr "mus"

10585

10586

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2146(para)

10587

msgid "With the <application>Mouse</application> preference tool you can:"

10588

msgstr "Med inställningsverktyget <application>Mus</application> kan du göra följande:"

10589

10590

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2150(para)

10591

msgid "configure your mouse for right-hand use or for left-hand use,"

10592

msgstr "konfigurera din mus för högerhänt eller vänsterhänt användning, "

10593

10594

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2153(para)

10595

msgid "specify the speed and sensitivity of mouse movement,"

10596

msgstr "ange hastigheten och känsligheten för musrörelser,"

10597

10598

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2156(para)

10599

msgid "configure mouse accessibility features."

10600

msgstr "konfigurera hjälpmedelsfunktioner för mus."

10601

10602

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2162(title)

10603

msgid "General Mouse Preferences"

10604

msgstr "Allmänna musinställningar"

10605

10606

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2163(para)

10607

msgid "Use the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tabbed section to specify whether the mouse buttons are configured for left-hand or right-hand use and configure the speed and sensitivity of your mouse."

10608

msgstr "Använd fliksektionen <guilabel>Allmänt</guilabel> för att ange huruvida musknapparna är konfigurerade för vänsterhänt eller högerhänt användning och konfigurera hastighet och känslighet för din mus."

10609

10610

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2166(para)

10611

msgid "<xref linkend=\"goscustperiph-TBL-6\"/> lists the general mouse preferences that you can modify."

10612

msgstr "<xref linkend=\"goscustperiph-TBL-6\"/> listar de allmänna musinställningarna som du kan ändra."

10613

10614

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2171(title)

10615

msgid "Mouse Button Preferences"

10616

msgstr "Inställningar för musknapp"

10617

10618

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2189(guilabel)

10619

msgid "Right-handed"

10620

msgstr "Högerhänt"

10621

10622

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2193(para)

10623

msgid "Select this option to configure your mouse for right-hand use. When you configure your mouse for right-hand use, the left mouse button is the primary button and the right mouse button is the secondary button."

10624

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att konfigurera din mus för högerhänt användning. När du konfigurerar din mus för högerhänt användning kommer vänstra musknappen att vara primära knappen och högra musknappen är den sekundära knappen."

10625

10626

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2199(guilabel)

10627

msgid "Left-handed"

10628

msgstr "Vänsterhänt"

10629

10630

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2203(para)

10631

msgid "Select this option to configure your mouse for left-hand use. When you configure your mouse for left-hand use, the functions of the left mouse button and the right mouse button are swapped."

10632

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att konfigurera din mus för vänsterhänt användning. När du konfigurerar din mus för vänsterhänt användning kommer funktionerna för vänstra och högra musknappen att växlas."

10633

10634

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2211(guilabel)

10635

msgid "Show position of pointer when the Control key is pressed"

10636

msgstr "Visa position för pekare när Control-tangenten trycks ned"

10637

10638

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2215(para)

10639

msgid "Select this option to enable a mouse pointer animation when you press and release the Control key. This feature can assist you to locate the mouse pointer."

10640

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att aktivera en muspekaranimering när du trycker ned och släpper Control-tangenten. Den här funktionen kan hjälpa dig att hitta muspekaren."

10641

10642

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2219(para)

10643

msgid "The position of the Control key on the keyboard can be modified in the Keyboard Layout Options dialog, see <xref linkend=\"prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\"/>."

10644

msgstr "Positionen för Control-tangenten på tangentbordet kan ändras i dialogrutan Alternativ för tangentbordslayout, se <xref linkend=\"prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\"/>."

10645

10646

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2232(para)

10647

msgid "Use the slider to specify the speed at which your mouse pointer moves on your screen when you move your mouse."

10648

msgstr "Använd draglisten för att ange hastigheten i vilken din muspekare flyttar sig på din skärm när du rör din mus."

10649

10650

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2239(guilabel)

10651

msgid "Sensitivity"

10652

msgstr "Känslighet"

10653

10654

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2243(para)

10655

msgid "Use the slider to specify how sensitive your mouse pointer is to movements of your mouse."

10656

msgstr "Använd draglisten för att ange hur känslig din muspekare är för rörelser med musen."

10657

10658

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2250(guilabel)

10659

msgid "Threshold"

10660

msgstr "Tröskelvärde"

10661

10662

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2254(para)

10663

msgid "Use the slider to specify the distance that you must move an item before the move action is interpreted as a drag-and-drop action."

10664

msgstr "Använd draglisten för att ange avståndet som du måste flytta ett objekt innan flyttningsåtgärden tolkas som en dra-och-släpp-åtgärd."

10665

10666

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2262(guilabel)

10667

msgid "Timeout"

10668

msgstr "Tidsgräns"

10669

10670

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2266(para)

10671

msgid "Use the slider to specify the amount of time that can pass between clicks when you double-click. If the interval between the first and second clicks exceeds the time that is specified here, the action is not interpreted as a double-click."

10672

msgstr "Använd draglisten för ange mängden tid som kan passera mellan klicken när du dubbelklickar. Om intervallet mellan första och andra klicket överstiger tiden som är angiven här kommer åtgärden inte att tolkas som ett dubbelklick."

10673

10674

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2271(para)

10675

msgid "Use the light bulb icon to check double-click sensitivity: the light will light up briefly for a click, but stay lit for a double-click."

10676

msgstr "Använd glödlampsikonen för att testa känsligheten för dubbelklick: lampan kommer att blinka vid en klickning och lyser hela tiden vid en dubbelklickning."

10677

10678

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2280(title)

10679

msgid "Mouse Accessibility Preferences"

10680

msgstr "Inställningar för mushjälpmedel"

10681

10682

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2281(para)

10683

msgid "Use the <guilabel>Accessibility</guilabel> tabbed section to configure accessibility features that can help people who have difficulty with exact positioning of the pointer or with pressing the mouse buttons:"

10684

msgstr "Använd fliksektionen <guilabel>Hjälpmedel</guilabel> för att konfigurera hjälpmedelsfunktioner som kan hjälpa personer som har det svårt med den exakta positionen för muspekaren eller med att trycka ner musknapparna:"

10685

10686

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2285(para)

10687

msgid "Open a contextual menu by clicking and holding the primary mouse button; this is useful for users that can manipulate only one button."

10688

msgstr "Öppna en sammanhangsmeny genom att klicka och hålla ner den primära musknappen; detta är användbart för användare som endast kan använda en knapp."

10689

10690

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2294(term)

10691

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2435(guilabel)

10692

msgid "Single click"

10693

msgstr "Enkelklick"

10694

10695

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2296(para)

10696

msgid "A single click of the primary mouse button"

10697

msgstr "Ett enkelklick på primära musknappen"

10698

10699

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2302(term)

10700

msgid "Double click"

10701

msgstr "Dubbelklick"

10702

10703

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2304(para)

10704

msgid "A double click of the primary mouse button"

10705

msgstr "Ett dubbelklick på primära musknappen"

10706

10707

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2310(term)

10708

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2459(guilabel)

10709

msgid "Drag click"

10710

msgstr "Dragklick"

10711

10712

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2312(para)

10713

msgid "A click that begins a drag operation"

10714

msgstr "Ett klick som påbörjar en dragåtgärd"

10715

10716

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2318(term)

10717

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2471(guilabel)

10718

msgid "Secondary click"

10719

msgstr "Sekundärklick"

10720

10721

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2320(para)

10722

msgid "A single click of the secondary mouse button"

10723

msgstr "Ett enkelklick på sekundära musknappen"

10724

10725

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2290(para)

10726

msgid "Perform different types of mouse button click by software; this useful for users that are not able to manipulate any buttons. The types of click that can be performed are: <placeholder-1/>"

10727

msgstr "Genomför olika typer av musknappsklick med programvara; detta är användbart för användare som inte kan använda några knappar. Klicktyperna som kan genomföras är: <placeholder-1/>"

10728

10729

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2329(para)

10730

msgid "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-47\"/> lists the mouse accessibility preferences that you can modify:"

10731

msgstr "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-47\"/> listar de inställningar för mushjälpmedel som du kan ändra:"

10732

10733

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2332(title)

10734

msgid "Mouse Motion Preferences"

10735

msgstr "Inställningar för musrörelser"

10736

10737

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2350(guilabel)

10738

msgid "Trigger secondary click by holding down the primary button"

10739

msgstr "Aktivera sekundärklick genom att hålla ned primärknappen"

10740

10741

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2354(para)

10742

msgid "Select this option to enable simulated secondary clicks by pressing the primary mouse button for an extended time."

10743

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att aktivera simulerade sekundärklick genom att trycka på primära musknappen en längre tid."

10744

10745

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2359(para)

10746

msgid "<guilabel>Delay</guilabel> slider in the <guilabel>Simulated Secondary Click</guilabel> section"

10747

msgstr "<guilabel>Fördröjning</guilabel>-draglisten i sektionen <guilabel>Simulerat sekundärklick</guilabel>"

10748

10749

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2364(para)

10750

msgid "Use the slider to specify how long the primary button must be pressed to simulate a secondary click."

10751

msgstr "Använd draglisten för att ange hur länge den primära knappen måste hållas ned för att simulera ett sekundärklick."

10752

10753

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2370(guilabel)

10754

msgid "Initiate click when stopping pointer movement"

10755

msgstr "Initiera klick när pekaren stannar"

10756

10757

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2374(para)

10758

msgid "Select this option to enable automatic clicks when the mouse stops. Use the additional preferences in the <guilabel>Dwell Click</guilabel> section to configure how the type of click is chosen."

10759

msgstr "Välj detta alternativ för att aktivera automatiska klick när muspekaren stoppas. Använd ytterligare inställningar i sektionen <guilabel>Uppehållsklick</guilabel> för att konfigurera hur klicktypen ska väljas."

10760

10761

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2379(para)

10762

msgid "<guilabel>Delay</guilabel> slider in the <guilabel>Dwell Click</guilabel> section"

10763

msgstr "<guilabel>Fördröjning</guilabel>-draglisten i sektionen <guilabel>Uppehållsklick</guilabel>"

10764

10765

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2384(para)

10766

msgid "Use the slider to specify how long the pointer must remain at rest before an automatic click will be triggered."

10767

msgstr "Använd draglisten för att ange hur länge pekaren måste hållas still innan ett automatiskt klick kommer att utlösas."

10768

10769

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2389(para)

10770

msgid "<guilabel>Motion threshold</guilabel> slider"

10771

msgstr "<guilabel>Tröskelvärde för rörelse</guilabel>-draglist"

10772

10773

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2394(para)

10774

msgid "Use the slider to specify how much the pointer may move to still be considered at rest."

10775

msgstr "Använd draglisten för att ange hur mycket muspekaren får förflytta sig för att fortfarande anses vara still."

10776

10777

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2400(guilabel)

10778

msgid "Choose type of click beforehand"

10779

msgstr "Välj typ av förhandsklick"

10780

10781

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2404(para)

10782

msgid "Select this option to pick the type of click to perform from a window or panel applet."

10783

msgstr "Välj detta alternativ för att välja klicktypen som ska genomföras från ett fönster eller panelprogram."

10784

10785

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2411(guilabel)

10786

msgid "Show click type window"

10787

msgstr "Visa klicktypsfönster"

10788

10789

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2415(para)

10790

msgid "When this option is enabled, the different types of click (single click, double click, drag click or secondary click) can be selected in a window."

10791

msgstr "När detta alternativ är aktiverat kan olika typer av klick (enkelklick, dubbelklick, dragklick eller sekundärklick) väljas i ett fönster."

10792

10793

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2417(para)

10794

msgid "The <guilabel>Dwell Click</guilabel> panel applet can be used instead of the window."

10795

msgstr "Panelprogrammet <guilabel>Uppehållsklick</guilabel> kan användas istället för fönstret."

10796

10797

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2424(guilabel)

10798

msgid "Choose type of click with mouse gestures"

10799

msgstr "Välj typ av klick med musgester"

10800

10801

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2428(para)

10802

msgid "Select this option to pick the type of click by moving the mouse in a certain direction. The four combo boxes below this option allow to assign directions to the different types of click. Note that each direction can be used only for one type of click."

10803

msgstr "Välj detta alternativ för att välja typen av klick genom att flytta musen i en viss riktning. De fyra kombinationsrutorna under detta alternativ tillåter att riktningar tilldelas till de olika typerna av klick. Observera att varje riktning endast kan användas för en typ av klick."

10804

10805

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2439(para)

10806

msgid "Choose the direction to trigger a single click."

10807

msgstr "Välj riktningen för att utlösa ett enkelklick."

10808

10809

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2447(guilabel)

10810

msgid "Dpuble click"

10811

msgstr "Dubbelklick"

10812

10813

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2451(para)

10814

msgid "Choose the direction to trigger a double click."

10815

msgstr "Välj riktningen för att utlösa ett dubbelklick."

10816

10817

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2463(para)

10818

msgid "Choose the direction to trigger a drag click."

10819

msgstr "Välj riktningen för att utlösa ett dragklick."

10820

10821

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2475(para)

10822

msgid "Choose the direction to trigger a secondary click."

10823

msgstr "Välj riktningen för att utlösa ett sekundärklick."

10824

10825

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2490(secondary)

10826

msgid "Display"

10827

msgstr "Skärm"

10828

10829

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2492(para)

10830

msgid "Use the <application>Display</application> preference tool to configure the monitors that your computer uses."

10831

msgstr "Använd inställningsverktyget <application>Skärm</application> för att konfigurera skärmarna som din dator använder."

10832

10833

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2494(para)

10834

msgid "On most laptop keyboards, you can use the key combination <keycombo><keycap>Fn</keycap><keycap>F7</keycap></keycombo> to cycle between several typical monitor configurations without starting the <application>Display</application> preference tool."

10835

msgstr "På de flesta tangentbord för bärbara datorer så kan du använda tangentkombinationen <keycombo><keycap>Fn</keycap><keycap>F7</keycap></keycombo> för att växla mellan flera vanliga skärmkonfigurationer utan att starta inställningsverktyget <application>Skärm</application>."

10836

10837

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2498(para)

10838

msgid "You can drag and move the graphical representations of the monitors in the upper part of the window to arrange how they are connected to form your desktop area. Note that the application displays small 'stickers' in the top left corner of each monitor to help you identify which rectangle corresponds to which monitor."

10839

msgstr "Du kan dra och förflytta de grafiska representationerna för skärmarna i den övre delen av fönstret för att arrangera hur de är anslutna för att forma din skrivbordsyta. Observera att programmet visar små \"klistermärken\" i övre vänstra hörnet av varje skärm för att hjälpa dig att identifiera vilken rektangel som motsvarar vilken skärm."

10840

10841

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2503(para)

10842

msgid "In contrast to most other preference tools, changes you make in the <application>Display</application> preference tool don't take effect until you click the <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> button, and will revert to their previous settings unless you confirm the changes. This is a precaution to prevent bad display settings from rendering your computer unusable."

10843

msgstr "Till skillnad mot de flesta andra inställningsverktyg så blir inte ändringarna som du gör i inställningsverktyget <application>Skärm</application> aktiverade förrän du klickar på knappen <guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton>, och kommer att återgå till sina tidigare inställningar om du inte bekräftar ändringarna. Detta är en försiktighetsåtgärd för att förhindra att felaktiga skärminställningar gör att din dator inte går att använda."

10844

10845

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2508(para)

10846

msgid "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-72\"/> lists the display preferences that you can modify for the currently selected monitor. The currently selected monitor is the one whose graphical representation has a bold black outline. It is also indicated by the background color of the section label."

10847

msgstr "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-72\"/> listar skärminställningarna som du kan ändra för den aktuella skärmen. Den aktuella skärmen är den vars grafiska representation har en tjock svar kontur. Den indikeras också av bakgrundsfärgen i sektionsetiketten."

10848

10849

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2532(guilabel)

10850

msgid "Mirror Screens"

10851

msgstr "Spegla skärmar"

10852

10853

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2536(para)

10854

msgid "Select this option to have all monitors show the whole desktop."

10855

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att få alla skärmar att visa hela skrivbordet."

10856

10857

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2542(guibutton)

10858

msgid "Detect Monitors"

10859

msgstr "Detektera skärmar"

10860

10861

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2546(para)

10862

msgid "Use this button to make your desktop notice newly plugged in or unplugged monitors. This is necessary, since it would cost too much energy to constantly check for these changes."

10863

msgstr "Använd denna knapp för att göra att ditt skrivbord upptäcker nyligen anslutna eller frånkopplade skärmar. Detta är nödvändigt eftersom det skulle kosta för mycket ström för att konstant kontrollera dessa ändringar."

10864

10865

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2555(guilabel)

7584

#: C/mouse.page:27(p)

7585

msgid "Maybe some topic grouping work. We could also topic link to mouse-middleclick, but only if we have a tips group/section."

7586

msgstr ""

7587

7588

#: C/mouse.page:33(title)

7589

#| msgid "Common Features"

7590

msgid "Common mouse problems"

7591

msgstr "Vanliga musproblem"

7592

7593

#: C/mouse.page:34(title)

7594

#: C/mouse.page:36(title)

7595

#: C/files-rename.page:51(title)

7596

#| msgid "Common Features"

7597

msgid "Common problems"

7598

msgstr "Vanliga problem"

7599

7600

#: C/more-help.page:20(desc)

7601

msgid "Can't find your answer? <link xref=\"get-involved\">Found a problem?</link><link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>..."

7602

msgstr "Kan du inte hitta något svar? <link xref=\"get-involved\">Hittat ett problem?</link><link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips om hur man använder denna guide</link>..."

7603

7604

#: C/more-help.page:24(title)

7605

#| msgid "Get Help"

7606

msgid "Get more help"

7607

msgstr "Få mer hjälp"

7608

7609

#: C/media.page:15(desc)

7610

msgid "<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref=\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing photos</link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>..."

7611

msgstr "<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digitalkameror</link>, <link xref=\"media#music\">iPod-enheter</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">redigera foton</link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">spela upp videor</link>..."

7612

7613

#: C/media.page:24(title)

7614

msgid "Sound, video & pictures"

7615

msgstr "Ljud, video och bilder"

7616

7617

#: C/media.page:28(title)

7618

#: C/media.page:29(title)

7619

msgid "Sound"

7620

msgstr "Ljud"

7621

7622

#: C/media.page:30(desc)

7623

msgid "<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usemic\">microphones</link>..."

7624

msgstr "<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volym</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers\">högtalare och hörlurar</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usemic\">mikrofoner</link>..."

7625

7626

#: C/media.page:37(title)

7627

#| msgid "Background"

7628

msgid "Basic sound"

7629

msgstr "Grundläggande ljud"

7630

7631

#: C/media.page:41(title)

7632

msgid "Music and players"

7633

msgstr "Musik och spelare"

7634

7635

#: C/media.page:42(title)

7636

msgid "Music and portable audio players"

7637

msgstr "Musik och bärbara ljudspelare"

7638

7639

#: C/media.page:46(title)

7640

#| msgid "Port"

7641

msgid "Photos"

7642

msgstr "Foton"

7643

7644

#: C/media.page:47(title)

7645

msgid "Photos and digital cameras"

7646

msgstr "Foton och digitalkameror"

7647

7648

#: C/media.page:51(title)

7649

#| msgid "Windows"

7650

msgid "Videos"

7651

msgstr "Videor"

7652

7653

#: C/media.page:52(title)

7654

msgid "Videos and video cameras"

7655

msgstr "Videor och videokameror"

7656

7657

#: C/look-resolution.page:10(desc)

7658

msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."

7659

msgstr ""

7660

7661

#: C/look-resolution.page:18(name)

7662

#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:16(name)

7663

#: C/look-background.page:22(name)

7664

#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15(name)

7665

#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:16(name)

7666

#: C/display-dimscreen.page:18(name)

7667

#: C/disk-check.page:15(name)

7668

#: C/disk-capacity.page:15(name)

7669

#: C/disk-benchmark.page:15(name)

7670

msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"

7671

msgstr "Natalia Ruz Leiva"

7672

7673

#: C/look-resolution.page:24(title)

7674

msgid "Change the size/rotation of the screen"

7675

msgstr ""

7676

7677

#: C/look-resolution.page:26(p)

7678

msgid "You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by changing the screen resolution. You can change which way up things appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the rotation."

7679

msgstr ""

7680

7681

#: C/look-resolution.page:28(p)

7682

msgid "To change either of these options, click on your name on the top bar and choose <gui>System Settings</gui>. Go to the Hardware section and open <gui>Displays</gui>."

7683

msgstr ""

7684

7685

#: C/look-resolution.page:31(p)

7686

msgid "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect Displays</gui>."

7687

msgstr ""

7688

7689

#: C/look-resolution.page:35(title)

10866

7690

msgid "Resolution"

10867

7691

msgstr "Upplösning"

10868

7692

10869

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2559(para)

10870

msgid "Select the resolution to use for the currently selected monitor from the drop-down list. <emphasis>Resolution</emphasis> refers to the pixel dimensions of the screen. A larger resolution means that more things fit on the screen, but everything will be smaller."

10871

msgstr "Välj upplösningen att använda för den aktuella skärmen från rullgardinslistan. <emphasis>Upplösning</emphasis> refererar till bildpunktsproportionerna för skärmen. En större upplösning betyder att fler saker får plats på skärmen men allting blir mindre."

10872

10873

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2570(guilabel)

10874

msgid "Refresh rate"

10875

msgstr "Uppdateringsfrekvens"

10876

10877

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2574(para)

10878

msgid "Select the refresh rate to use for the currently selected monitor from the drop-down list. The <emphasis>refresh rate</emphasis> determines how often the computer redraws the screen. A too low refresh rate (below 60) makes the monitor flicker and can cause discomfort to your eyes. This is less of a problem on lcd displays."

10879

msgstr "Välj uppdateringsfrekvensen att använda för den aktuella skärmen från rullgardinslistan. <emphasis>Uppdateringsfrekvensen</emphasis> bestämmer hur ofta som datorn ritar om skärmen. En för låg uppdateringsfrekvens (under 60) gör att skärmen flimrar och kan göra det arbetssamt för dina ögon att se på. Detta är ett mindre problem på lcd-skärmar."

10880

10881

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2586(guilabel)

7693

#: C/look-resolution.page:36(p)

7694

msgid "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each direction that can be displayed."

7695

msgstr ""

7696

7697

#: C/look-resolution.page:37(p)

7698

msgid "You can choose the one you prefer from the options in the drop-down menu. Notice that if you choose one that is not the right for your screen it may <link xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."

7699

msgstr ""

7700

7701

#: C/look-resolution.page:39(p)

7702

msgid "To save the changes, click <gui>Apply</gui>. If the screen goes blank, wait for a minute and the settings will be returned to their previous values. Otherwise, click <gui>Keep Settings</gui> in the window that appears."

7703

msgstr ""

7704

7705

#: C/look-resolution.page:43(title)

10882

7706

msgid "Rotation"

10883

7707

msgstr "Rotation"

10884

7708

10885

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2590(para)

10886

msgid "Select the rotation for the currently selected monitor. This option may not be supported on all graphics cards."

10887

msgstr "Välj rotationen för den aktuella skärmen. Detta alternativ kanske inte stöds på alla grafikkort."

10888

10889

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2596(guilabel)

10890

msgid "Show displays in panel"

10891

msgstr "Visa skärmar i panelen"

10892

10893

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2600(para)

10894

msgid "Select this option to show an icon in the notification area that allows you to quickly change the rotation."

10895

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att visa en ikon i notifieringsytan som låter dig snabbt ändra roteringen."

10896

10897

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2610(title)

10898

msgid "Sound Preferences"

10899

msgstr "Ljudinställningar"

10900

10901

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2616(primary)

10902

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2620(primary)

10903

msgid "sound"

10904

msgstr "ljud"

10905

10906

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2621(secondary)

10907

msgid "associating events with sounds"

10908

msgstr "associera händelser med ljud"

10909

10910

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2625(primary)

10911

msgid "events, associating sounds with"

10912

msgstr "händelser, associera ljud med"

10913

10914

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2629(primary)

10915

#| msgid "Volume"

10916

msgid "volume"

10917

msgstr "volym"

10918

10919

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2631(para)

10920

#| msgid ""

10921

#| "The <application>Sound</application> preference tool enables you to "

10922

#| "control when the GNOME sound server starts. You can also specify which "

10923

#| "sounds to play when particular events occur."

10924

msgid "The <application>Sound</application> preference tool enables you to control devices and volume for sound input and output. You can also specify which sounds to play when particular events occur."

10925

msgstr "Inställningsverktyget <application>Ljud</application> låter dig kontrollera enheter och volymen för ljudingång och -utgång. Du kan även ange vilka ljud som ska spelas upp när specifika händelser sker."

10926

10927

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2634(para)

10928

msgid "You can customize the settings for the <application>Sound</application> preference tool in the following functional areas:"

10929

msgstr "Du kan anpassa inställningarna för inställningsverktyget <application>Ljud</application> i följande funktionella områden:"

10930

10931

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2639(guilabel)

10932

msgid "Sound Events"

10933

msgstr "Ljudhändelser"

10934

10935

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2644(guilabel)

10936

msgid "Input"

10937

msgstr "Ingång"

10938

10939

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2649(guilabel)

10940

msgid "Output"

10941

msgstr "Utgång"

10942

10943

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2653(para)

10944

msgid "You can change the overall output volume using the <guilabel>Output volume</guilabel> slider at the top of the window. The <guilabel>Mute</guilabel> checkbox allows to temporarily suppress all output without disturbing the current volume."

10945

msgstr "Du kan ändra den övergripande utgångsvolymen med draglisten <guilabel>Utgångsvolym</guilabel> längst upp i fönstret. Kryssrutan <guilabel>Tyst</guilabel> låter dig temporärt stänga av allt ljud utan att störa den aktuella volyminställningen."

10946

10947

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2655(title)

10948

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2660(title)

10949

#| msgid "Sound Event Preferences"

10950

msgid "Sound Effects Preferences"

10951

msgstr "Inställningar för ljudeffekter"

10952

10953

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2656(para)

10954

msgid "A sound theme is collection of sound effects that are associated to various events, such as opening a dialog, clicking a button or selecting an item in a menu. One of the most prominent event sounds is the <emphasis>System Bell</emphasis> sound that often played to indicate a keyboard input error. Use the <guilabel>Sound Effects</guilabel> tabbed section of the <application>Sound</application> preference tool to choose a sound theme and modify the bell sound."

10955

msgstr "Ett ljudtema är en samling av ljudeffekter som är associerade med olika händelser, såsom öppning av en dialogruta, klicka på en knapp eller välja ett objekt i en meny. En av de mest framträdande händelseljuden är <emphasis>Systemsignalen</emphasis> som ofta spelas för att indikera ett tangentinmatningsfel. Använd fliksektionen <guilabel>Ljudeffekter</guilabel> i inställningsverktyget <application>Ljud</application> för att välja ett ljudtema och ändra ljudet för systemsignalen."

10956

10957

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2657(para)

10958

#| msgid ""

10959

#| "<xref linkend=\"goscustmulti-TBL-6\"/> lists the sound events preferences "

10960

#| "that you can modify."

10961

msgid "<xref linkend=\"goscustmulti-TBL-6\"/> lists the sound effects preferences that you can modify."

10962

msgstr "<xref linkend=\"goscustmulti-TBL-6\"/> listar inställningar för ljudeffekter som du kan ändra."

10963

10964

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2677(para)

10965

#| msgid "<guilabel>Motion threshold</guilabel> slider"

10966

msgid "<guilabel>Alert Volume</guilabel> slider"

10967

msgstr "Draglisten <guilabel>Larmvolym</guilabel>"

10968

10969

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2680(para)

10970

#| msgid ""

10971

#| "Use the <guilabel>Select custom icon</guilabel> dialog to choose the icon "

10972

#| "to represent the file or folder."

10973

msgid "Use the <guilabel>Alert Volume</guilabel> slider to control the volume for event sounds."

10974

msgstr "Använd draglisten <guilabel>Larmvolym</guilabel> för att kontrollera volymen för händelseljud."

10975

10976

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2682(para)

10977

msgid "The <guilabel>Mute</guilabel> checkbox allows to temporarily suppress event sounds without modifying the current volume."

10978

msgstr "Kryssrutan <guilabel>Tyst</guilabel> låter dig temporärt stänga av händelseljud utan att ändra den aktuella ljudinställningen."

10979

10980

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2690(guilabel)

10981

#| msgid "Pointer Theme"

10982

msgid "Sound Theme"

10983

msgstr "Ljudtema"

10984

10985

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2694(para)

10986

msgid "Use this combobox to select a different sound theme."

10987

msgstr "Använd denna kombinationsruta för att välja ett annat ljudtema."

10988

10989

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2695(para)

7709

#: C/look-resolution.page:44(p)

7710

msgid "There are some laptops that can rotate physically their screens in many directions, so it is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the rotation you want for your screen from the drop-down menu."

7711

msgstr ""

7712

7713

#: C/look-resolution.page:46(p)

7714

msgid "When you've selected the one you prefer, click <gui>Apply</gui>."

7715

msgstr ""

7716

7717

#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8(desc)

7718

msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."

7719

msgstr ""

7720

7721

#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:26(title)

7722

msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"

7723

msgstr ""

7724

7725

#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:28(p)

7726

msgid "This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not the right one for your screen."

7727

msgstr ""

7728

7729

#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:30(p)

7730

msgid "To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>System Settings</gui>. In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the <gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the screen look better."

7731

msgstr ""

7732

7733

#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:34(p)

7734

msgid "Would like a little more explanation on native resolution, which is generally only applicable on LCDs. There's a stub for using two monitors. Link from section below when it's added."

7735

msgstr ""

7736

7737

#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:40(title)

7738

msgid "When multiple displays are connected"

7739

msgstr ""

7740

7741

#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:42(p)

7742

msgid "If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."

7743

msgstr ""

7744

7745

#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:44(p)

7746

msgid "You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same window on both screens at once."

7747

msgstr ""

7748

7749

#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46(p)

7750

msgid "To set-up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"

7751

msgstr ""

7752

7753

#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:50(p)

7754

msgid "Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>System Settings</gui>. Open <gui>Displays</gui>."

7755

msgstr ""

7756

7757

#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:54(p)

7758

msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."

7759

msgstr ""

7760

7761

#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:58(p)

7762

msgid "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the <gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that display looks right."

7763

msgstr ""

7764

7765

#: C/look-background.page:9(desc)

7766

msgid "How to set an image as your desktop background."

7767

msgstr ""

7768

7769

#: C/look-background.page:18(name)

7770

msgid "April Gonzales"

7771

msgstr "April Gonzales"

7772

7773

#: C/look-background.page:19(email)

7774

msgid "loonycookie@gmail.com"

7775

msgstr "loonycookie@gmail.com"

7776

7777

#: C/look-background.page:32(title)

7778

#| msgid "desktop background"

7779

msgid "Change the desktop background"

7780

msgstr "Ändra skrivbordsbakgrunden"

7781

7782

#: C/look-background.page:34(p)

7783

msgid "You can change the image used on your desktop background, or set it to a simple color or gradient."

7784

msgstr ""

7785

7786

#: C/look-background.page:39(p)

7787

#| msgid "Click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>."

7788

msgid "Click <gui>Background</gui>."

7789

msgstr "Klicka på <gui>Bakgrund</gui>."

7790

7791

#: C/look-background.page:40(p)

7792

msgid "Select an image or color. The settings are applied immediately. <link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> to view your entire desktop."

7793

msgstr ""

7794

7795

#: C/look-background.page:45(p)

7796

#, fuzzy

7797

#| msgid "Select a theme in the list of themes."

7798

msgid "There are three choices in the drop-down list on the left."

7799

msgstr "Välj ett tema i temalistan."

7800

7801

#: C/look-background.page:48(p)

7802

msgid "Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially transparent and allow a background color to show through. For these wallpapers, there will be a color selector button in the bottom right."

7803

msgstr ""

7804

7805

#: C/look-background.page:52(p)

7806

msgid "Select <gui>Pictures Folder</gui> to use one of your own photos from your Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos there."

7807

msgstr ""

7808

7809

#: C/look-background.page:55(p)

7810

msgid "You can also select <gui>Colors & Gradients</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient. Color selector buttons will appear in the bottom right corner."

7811

msgstr ""

7812

7813

#: C/look-background.page:60(p)

7814

msgid "You can also browse for any picture on your computer by clicking the <gui>+</gui> button. Any picture you add this way will show up under <gui>Pictures Folder</gui>. You can remove it from the list by selecting it and clicking the <gui>-</gui> button."

7815

msgstr ""

7816

7817

#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:18(desc)

7818

msgid "Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the delay and speed of repeat keys."

7819

msgstr ""

7820

7821

#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23(title)

7822

#, fuzzy

7823

#| msgid "Ignore fast duplicate keypresses"

7824

msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"

7825

msgstr "Ignorera snabba dublettangenttryckningar"

7826

7827

#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:25(p)

7828

msgid "By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change how long it takes before key presses start repeating."

7829

msgstr ""

7830

7831

#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33(p)

7832

#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:29(p)

7833

#| msgid "Click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>."

7834

msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."

7835

msgstr "Klicka på <gui>Tangentbord</gui>."

7836

7837

#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:34(p)

7838

msgid "On the <gui>General</gui> tab, turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable repeated keys entirely. Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."

7839

msgstr ""

7840

7841

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

7842

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

7843

#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:37(None)

7844

#| msgid ""

7845

#| "@@image: 'figures/busy_pointer.png'; md5=99db6994613731ca7687bd700c471b2d"

7846

msgid "@@image: 'figures/system-run.png'; md5=9dadf4c82c1b531d67de67e4e628846e"

7847

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/system-run.png'; md5=9dadf4c82c1b531d67de67e4e628846e"

7848

7849

#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15(desc)

7850

msgid "Make your keyboard behave like a keyboard for another language."

7851

msgstr ""

7852

7853

#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19(title)

7854

msgid "Use alternate keyboard layouts"

7855

msgstr ""

7856

7857

#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:21(p)

7858

msgid "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple languages."

7859

msgstr ""

7860

7861

#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31(p)

7862

#| msgid "Selected Layouts"

7863

msgid "Select the <gui>Layouts</gui> tab."

7864

msgstr "Välj fliken <gui>Layouter</gui>."

7865

7866

#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:32(p)

7867

msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>."

7868

msgstr ""

7869

7870

#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36(p)

7871

msgid "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/system-run.png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>, or by clicking <gui>Preview</gui> in the pop-up window when adding a layout."

7872

msgstr ""

7873

7874

#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41(p)

7875

msgid "When you add multiple layouts, you can quickly switch between them using the keyboard layout icon in the top bar. The top bar will display a short string identifying the current layout, such as <gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator and select the layout you want to use from the menu."

7876

msgstr ""

7877

7878

#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47(p)

7879

msgid "When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will be remembered for each window as you switch between windows."

7880

msgstr ""

7881

7882

#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53(p)

7883

msgid "By default, new windows will use the default keyboard layout. You can instead choose to have them use the layout of the window you were last using. The default layout is the layout at the top of the list. Use the <gui>↑</gui> and <gui>↓</gui> buttons to move layouts up and down in the list."

7884

msgstr ""

7885

7886

#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:9(desc)

7887

msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."

7888

msgstr ""

7889

7890

#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22(title)

7891

msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"

7892

msgstr ""

7893

7894

#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:24(p)

7895

msgid "You could lose the keyboard cursor in a text field, but if the keyboard cursor blinks, it is easier to find it. To make the cursor blink and to adjust the speed of it:"

7896

msgstr ""

7897

7898

#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:30(p)

7899

#, fuzzy

7900

#| msgid "Cursor blinks in text boxes and fields"

7901

msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."

7902

msgstr "Markören blinkar i textrutor och textfält"

7903

7904

#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31(p)

7905

msgid "Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."

7906

msgstr ""

7907

7908

#: C/keyboard.page:11(desc)

7909

msgid "<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>..."

7910

msgstr ""

7911

7912

#: C/keyboard.page:25(title)

7913

msgid "Keyboard"

7914

msgstr "Tangentbord"

7915

7916

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

7917

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

7918

#: C/index.page:10(None)

7919

#| msgid ""

7920

#| "@@image: 'figures/openwindows_menu.png'; "

7921

#| "md5=5de74eda192636868298a97043530d75"

7922

msgid "@@image: 'figures/gnome.png'; md5=85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05"

7923

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/gnome.png'; md5=85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05"

7924

7925

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

7926

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

7927

#: C/index.page:17(None)

7928

#| msgid ""

7929

#| "@@image: 'figures/yelp_window.png'; md5=c7138987ae131fe2c57846a281245d31"

7930

msgid "@@image: 'figures/yelp-icon-big.png'; md5=292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f"

7931

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/yelp-icon-big.png'; md5=292c209957ac50bb031fcec6cddfa47f"

7932

7933

#: C/index.page:6(desc)

7934

#: C/index.page:8(title)

7935

#: C/index.page:9(title)

7936

#| msgid "Desktop"

7937

msgid "Desktop Help"

7938

msgstr "Skrivbordshjälp"

7939

7940

#: C/index.page:10(media)

7941

msgid "Help"

7942

msgstr "Hjälp"

7943

7944

#: C/index.page:17(title)

7945

msgid "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp logo</media> Desktop Help"

7946

msgstr "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/yelp-icon-big.png\">Yelp-logotyp</media> Skrivbordshjälp"

7947

7948

#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:15(desc)

7949

msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."

7950

msgstr ""

7951

7952

#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21(title)

7953

msgid "Screen problems"

7954

msgstr "Skärmproblem"

7955

7956

#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:23(p)

7957

msgid "Most problems with the display are caused by graphics drivers that aren't working properly or the wrong settings being used. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"

7958

msgstr ""

7959

7960

#: C/hardware-problems-bluetooth.page:15(desc)

7961

msgid "Troubleshoot problems with connecting your Bluetooth device."

7962

msgstr ""

7963

7964

#: C/hardware-problems-bluetooth.page:21(title)

7965

msgid "Bluetooth problems"

7966

msgstr ""

7967

7968

#: C/hardware-problems-bluetooth.page:23(p)

7969

msgid "Bluetooth devices sometimes have problems connecting, or transferring files. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"

7970

msgstr ""

7971

7972

#: C/hardware.page:15(title)

7973

msgid "Hardware"

7974

msgstr "Hårdvara"

7975

7976

#: C/hardware.page:17(desc)

7977

msgid "<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref=\"hardware#printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"hardware#scanning\">scanners</link>, <link xref=\"hardware#graphics\">graphics cards</link>, <link xref=\"hardware#power\">power settings</link>, <link xref=\"hardware#bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"hardware#disk\">disk</link>..."

7978

msgstr "<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Maskinvaruproblem</link>, <link xref=\"hardware#printing\">skrivare</link>, <link xref=\"hardware#scanning\">bildinläsare</link>, <link xref=\"hardware#graphics\">grafikkort</link>, <link xref=\"hardware#power\">ströminställningar</link>, <link xref=\"hardware#bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"hardware#disk\">disk</link>..."

7979

7980

#: C/hardware.page:29(title)

7981

msgid "Hardware & drivers"

7982

msgstr "Maskinvara och drivrutiner"

7983

7984

#: C/hardware.page:32(title)

7985

#| msgid "Drawers"

7986

msgid "Drivers"

7987

msgstr "Drivrutiner"

7988

7989

#: C/hardware.page:36(title)

7990

msgid "Other topic groups"

7991

msgstr ""

7992

7993

#: C/hardware.page:43(title)

7994

msgid "Troubleshooting hardware problems"

7995

msgstr ""

7996

7997

#: C/hardware.page:62(title)

7998

#| msgid "Port"

7999

msgid "Power"

8000

msgstr "Ström"

8001

8002

#: C/hardware.page:64(title)

8003

msgid "Power and batteries"

8004

msgstr "Ström och batterier"

8005

8006

#: C/hardware.page:68(title)

8007

msgid "Bluetooth"

8008

msgstr "Bluetooth"

8009

8010

#: C/hardware.page:72(title)

8011

msgid "Disks"

8012

msgstr "Hårddiskar"

8013

8014

#: C/hardware.page:73(title)

8015

msgid "Hard disks and other storage devices"

8016

msgstr "Hårddiskar och andra lagringsenheter"

8017

8018

#: C/hardware.page:77(title)

8019

msgid "Smart cards and fingerprint readers"

8020

msgstr "Smartkort och fingeravtrycksläsare"

8021

8022

#: C/hardware-driver.page:8(desc)

8023

msgid "A hardware/device driver is something that allows your computer to use devices that are attached to it."

8024

msgstr ""

8025

8026

#: C/hardware-driver.page:20(title)

8027

msgid "What is a driver?"

8028

msgstr "Vad är en drivrutin?"

8029

8030

#: C/hardware-driver.page:22(p)

8031

msgid "There are lots of different devices that can be attached to your computer. These can include things that are attached to it externally, like printers and monitors, to things that are inside the computer itself, like graphics cards and sound cards."

8032

msgstr ""

8033

8034

#: C/hardware-driver.page:24(p)

8035

msgid "In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a device driver."

8036

msgstr ""

8037

8038

#: C/hardware-driver.page:26(p)

8039

msgid "When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug-in a printer but the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. Normally, different makes and models of device have different drivers, so you can't use the driver for one device to try and get a different device to work."

8040

msgstr ""

8041

8042

#: C/hardware-driver.page:28(p)

8043

msgid "On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so everything should just work when you plug it in. Some devices don't have drivers, however, so may not work. You might need to install the correct driver yourself, or the correct driver may not even be available!"

8044

msgstr ""

8045

8046

#: C/hardware-driver.page:30(p)

8047

msgid "In addition, some drivers are incomplete or don't work properly. In this case, some of the features of your device may not work; for example, you might find that your printer can't do double-sided printing."

8048

msgstr ""

8049

8050

#: C/get-involved.page:7(desc)

8051

msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."

8052

msgstr ""

8053

8054

#: C/get-involved.page:18(title)

8055

msgid "Noticed a problem with the help?"

8056

msgstr ""

8057

8058

#: C/get-involved.page:19(p)

8059

msgid "If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can file a bug report. To file a bug, go to <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/\">bugzilla.gnome.org</link>."

8060

msgstr ""

8061

8062

#: C/get-involved.page:20(p)

8063

msgid "You need to register so you can file a bug and receive updates by e-mail about its status. If you don't already have an account, just click on the <gui>New</gui> link to create one."

8064

msgstr ""

8065

8066

#: C/get-involved.page:23(p)

8067

msgid "Once you have an account, log in, click on <guiseq><gui>File a Bug</gui><gui>Desktop</gui><gui>gnome-user-docs</gui></guiseq>. Before reporting a bug, please read the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-writing.html\">bug writing guidelines</link>, and please <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/browse.cgi?product=gnome-user-docs\">browse</link> for the bug to see if something similar already exists."

8068

msgstr ""

8069

8070

#: C/get-involved.page:27(p)

8071

msgid "To file your bug, choose the component in the <gui>Component</gui> menu. If you are not sure which component your bug pertains to, choose <gui>general</gui>."

8072

msgstr ""

8073

8074

#: C/get-involved.page:30(p)

8075

msgid "If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, choose <gui>enhancement</gui> in the <gui>Severity</gui> menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click <gui>Commit</gui>."

8076

msgstr ""

8077

8078

#: C/get-involved.page:34(p)

8079

msgid "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make the GNOME Help better!"

8080

msgstr ""

8081

8082

#: C/files-tilde.page:7(desc)

8083

msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."

8084

msgstr "Detta är säkerhetskopior. De är dolda som standard."

8085

8086

#: C/files-tilde.page:18(title)

8087

msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"

8088

msgstr ""

8089

8090

#: C/files-tilde.page:21(p)

8091

msgid "Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, <file>example.txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in the <app>Gedit</app> text editor, as well as in other applications. It is normally safe to delete them, but there really is no need to."

8092

msgstr ""

8093

8094

#: C/files-tilde.page:23(p)

8095

msgid "These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because you either selected <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can hide them again by repeating one of these steps."

8096

msgstr ""

8097

8098

#: C/files-tilde.page:26(p)

8099

msgid "These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."

8100

msgstr ""

8101

8102

#: C/files-sort.page:7(desc)

8103

msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."

8104

msgstr ""

8105

8106

#: C/files-sort.page:18(title)

8107

#| msgid "moving files and folders"

8108

msgid "Sort files and folders"

8109

msgstr "Sortera filer och mappar"

8110

8111

#: C/files-sort.page:20(p)

8112

msgid "You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a list of common ways to sort files."

8113

msgstr ""

8114

8115

#: C/files-sort.page:22(p)

8116

msgid "The way that you can sort files depends on the folder view that you are using. You can change the current view using the <gui>View</gui> menu."

8117

msgstr ""

8118

8119

#: C/files-sort.page:25(p)

8120

msgid "When you change how items are sorted in a folder, it only affects that folder. The file manager will remember your sorting choice for that folder, but use the default sort order for other folders. See <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for information on how to change the default sort order."

8121

msgstr ""

8122

8123

#: C/files-sort.page:31(title)

8124

msgid "Icon view"

8125

msgstr "Ikonvy"

8126

8127

#: C/files-sort.page:32(p)

8128

msgid "To sort files in a different order, right-click a blank space in the folder and choose an option from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu. Alternatively, use the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></guiseq> menu."

8129

msgstr ""

8130

8131

#: C/files-sort.page:33(p)

8132

msgid "As an example, if you select <gui>Sort by Name</gui> from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other options."

8133

msgstr ""

8134

8135

#: C/files-sort.page:34(p)

8136

msgid "You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu."

8137

msgstr ""

8138

8139

#: C/files-sort.page:35(p)

8140

msgid "For complete control over the order and position of files in the folder, right-click a blank space in the folder and select <guiseq><gui>Arrange Items</gui><gui>Manually</gui></guiseq>. You can then rearrange the files by dragging them around in the folder. Manual sorting only works in icon view."

8141

msgstr ""

8142

8143

#: C/files-sort.page:36(p)

8144

msgid "The <gui>Compact Layout</gui> option in the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu arranges the files so they take up as little space as possible. This is useful if you want to have lots of files visible at once in a folder."

8145

msgstr ""

8146

8147

#: C/files-sort.page:40(title)

8148

msgid "List view"

8149

msgstr "Listvy"

8150

8151

#: C/files-sort.page:41(p)

8152

msgid "To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."

8153

msgstr ""

8154

8155

#: C/files-sort.page:42(p)

8156

msgid "In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those columns. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Visible Columns</gui></guiseq> and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions of available columns."

8157

msgstr ""

8158

8159

#: C/files-sort.page:46(title)

8160

#| msgid "Compact Layout"

8161

msgid "Compact view"

8162

msgstr "Kompakt vy"

8163

8164

#: C/files-sort.page:47(p)

8165

msgid "You can sort files in Compact view in the same way that you can sort them in the Icon view. The only difference is that you can't manually position the files anywhere you want; they are always organized as a list in this view."

8166

msgstr ""

8167

8168

#: C/files-sort.page:51(title)

8169

#| msgid "searching files"

8170

msgid "Ways of sorting files"

8171

msgstr "Olika sätt att sortera filer"

8172

8173

#: C/files-sort.page:54(title)

8174

msgid "By Name"

8175

msgstr "Efter namn"

8176

8177

#: C/files-sort.page:55(p)

8178

#, fuzzy

8179

#| msgid "Choose this option to display the name of the item."

8180

msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."

8181

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att visa namnet på objektet."

8182

8183

#: C/files-sort.page:58(title)

8184

msgid "By Size"

8185

msgstr "Efter storlek"

8186

8187

#: C/files-sort.page:59(p)

8188

msgid "Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from smallest to largest by default."

8189

msgstr ""

8190

8191

#: C/files-sort.page:62(title)

8192

msgid "By Type"

8193

msgstr "Efter typ"

8194

8195

#: C/files-sort.page:63(p)

8196

msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped together, then sorted by name."

8197

msgstr ""

8198

8199

#: C/files-sort.page:66(title)

8200

msgid "By Modification Date"

8201

msgstr "Efter ändringsdatum"

8202

8203

#: C/files-sort.page:67(p)

8204

msgid "Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest to newest by default."

8205

msgstr ""

8206

8207

#: C/files-share.page:9(desc)

8208

msgid "Easily transfer files to your contacts and devices from the file manager."

8209

msgstr ""

8210

8211

#: C/files-share.page:21(title)

8212

#| msgid "Search and manage your files"

8213

msgid "Share and transfer files"

8214

msgstr "Dela ut och överför filer"

8215

8216

#: C/files-share.page:25(p)

8217

msgid "If we get gnome-user-share integrated nicely in 3.2, we should discuss or link that here."

8218

msgstr ""

8219

8220

#: C/files-share.page:29(p)

8221

msgid "You can easily share files with your contacts or transfer them to external devices or <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network shares</link> directly from the file manager."

8222

msgstr ""

8223

8224

#: C/files-share.page:34(p)

8225

#: C/files-search.page:38(p)

8226

#: C/files-recover.page:26(p)

8227

msgid "Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."

8228

msgstr ""

8229

8230

#: C/files-share.page:36(p)

8231

#, fuzzy

8232

#| msgid "Select the file that you want to change."

8233

msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."

8234

msgstr "Välj den fil du vill ändra."

8235

8236

#: C/files-share.page:37(p)

8237

#, fuzzy

8238

#| msgid ""

8239

#| "Right-click on the CD icon, and choose <guimenuitem>Copy Disc</"

8240

#| "guimenuitem>."

8241

msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>."

8242

msgstr "Högerklicka på cd-ikonen och välj <guimenuitem>Kopiera skiva</guimenuitem>."

8243

8244

#: C/files-share.page:38(p)

8245

msgid "The <gui>Send To</gui> window will appear. Choose where you want to send the file and click <gui>Send</gui>. See the list of destinations below for more information."

8246

msgstr ""

8247

8248

#: C/files-share.page:44(p)

8249

msgid "You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down <key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file. You can have the files automatically packed into a tar or zip archive."

8250

msgstr ""

8251

8252

#: C/files-share.page:50(title)

8253

#, fuzzy

8254

#| msgid "Definition"

8255

msgid "Destinations"

8256

msgstr "Definition"

8257

8258

#: C/files-share.page:51(p)

8259

msgid "To email the file, select <gui>Email</gui> and enter the recipient's email address."

8260

msgstr ""

8261

8262

#: C/files-share.page:53(p)

8263

msgid "To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select <gui>Instant Message</gui>, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant messaging application may need to be started for this to work."

8264

msgstr ""

8265

8266

#: C/files-share.page:57(p)

8267

msgid "To write the file to a CD or DVD, select <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. See <link xref=\"files-disc-write\"/> to learn more."

8268

msgstr ""

8269

8270

#: C/files-share.page:59(p)

8271

msgid "To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select <gui>Bluetooth (OBEX Push)</gui>. See <link xref=\"hardware#bluetooth\"/> for more information."

8272

msgstr ""

8273

8274

#: C/files-share.page:62(p)

8275

msgid "To copy the file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload it to a server you've connected to, select <gui>Removable disks and shares</gui>, then select the device or server you want to copy the file to."

8276

msgstr ""

8277

8278

#: C/files-select.page:14(desc)

8279

msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files which have similar names."

8280

msgstr ""

8281

8282

#: C/files-select.page:18(title)

8283

#| msgid "Selecting Files Matching a Specific Pattern"

8284

msgid "Select files by pattern"

8285

msgstr "Markera filer efter mönster"

8286

8287

#: C/files-select.page:20(p)

8288

msgid "You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters available:"

8289

msgstr ""

8290

8291

#: C/files-select.page:27(p)

8292

msgid "<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at all."

8293

msgstr ""

8294

8295

#: C/files-select.page:29(p)

8296

msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."

8297

msgstr ""

8298

8299

#: C/files-select.page:32(p)

8300

msgid "For example:"

8301

msgstr "Till exempel:"

8302

8303

#: C/files-select.page:35(p)

8304

msgid "If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the pattern"

8305

msgstr ""

8306

8307

#: C/files-select.page:38(file)

8308

#, fuzzy

8309

#| msgid "note.*"

8310

msgid "Invoice.*"

8311

msgstr "anteckning.*"

8312

8313

#: C/files-select.page:40(p)

8314

msgid "If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them all with the pattern"

8315

msgstr ""

8316

8317

#: C/files-select.page:43(file)

8318

msgid "Vacation-???.jpg"

8319

msgstr ""

8320

8321

#: C/files-select.page:45(p)

8322

msgid "If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added <file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've edited, select the edited photos with"

8323

msgstr ""

8324

8325

#: C/files-select.page:48(file)

8326

msgid "Vacation-???-edited.jpg"

8327

msgstr ""

8328

8329

#: C/files-search.page:9(desc)

8330

msgid "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."

8331

msgstr ""

8332

8333

#: C/files-search.page:24(title)

8334

#| msgid "Searching For Files"

8335

msgid "Search for files"

8336

msgstr "Sök efter filer"

8337

8338

#: C/files-search.page:26(p)

8339

msgid "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as special folders in your home folder."

8340

msgstr ""

8341

8342

#: C/files-search.page:31(title)

8343

#, fuzzy

8344

#| msgid "startup applications"

8345

msgid "Other search applications"

8346

msgstr "uppstartsprogram"

8347

8348

#: C/files-search.page:37(title)

8349

msgid "Search"

8350

msgstr "Sök"

8351

8352

#: C/files-search.page:40(p)

8353

msgid "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that folder."

8354

msgstr ""

8355

8356

#: C/files-search.page:42(p)

8357

#, fuzzy

8358

#| msgid ""

8359

#| "Select the folder, and press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>O</"

8360

#| "keycap></keycombo>."

8361

msgid "Click <gui>Search</gui> in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."

8362

msgstr "Välj mappen och tryck på <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>O</keycap></keycombo>."

8363

8364

#: C/files-search.page:44(p)

8365

msgid "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name and press enter. For example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type <input>invoice</input>. Words are matched regardless of case."

8366

msgstr ""

8367

8368

#: C/files-search.page:48(p)

8369

msgid "You can narrow your results by selecting a different starting folder in <gui>Location</gui>. Or click <gui>Location</gui> and select <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list to narrow your results based on file type. Click the <gui>+</gui> button to add multiple filters if you want to narrow based on location and file type. When you make changes, click <gui>Reload</gui> to search again."

8370

msgstr ""

8371

8372

#: C/files-search.page:55(p)

8373

msgid "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."

8374

msgstr ""

8375

8376

#: C/files-search.page:58(p)

8377

msgid "Click <gui>Search</gui> in the toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder."

8378

msgstr ""

8379

8380

#: C/files-search.page:62(p)

8381

msgid "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them quickly."

8382

msgstr ""

8383

8384

#: C/files-search.page:66(title)

8385

#| msgid "Saving Searches"

8386

msgid "Save a search"

8387

msgstr "Spara en sökning"

8388

8389

#: C/files-search.page:67(p)

8390

msgid "Start a search as above."

8391

msgstr ""

8392

8393

#: C/files-search.page:68(p)

8394

msgid "When you're happy with the search parameters, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Save Search As</gui></guiseq>."

8395

msgstr ""

8396

8397

#: C/files-search.page:70(p)

8398

msgid "Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."

8399

msgstr ""

8400

8401

#: C/files-rename.page:7(desc)

8402

#| msgid "moving files or folders to"

8403

msgid "Change file or folder name."

8404

msgstr "Byt namn på fil eller mapp."

8405

8406

#: C/files-rename.page:21(title)

8407

#| msgid "Renaming a File or Folder"

8408

msgid "Rename a file or folder"

8409

msgstr "Byt namn på en fil eller mapp"

8410

8411

#: C/files-rename.page:24(p)

8412

msgid "Right-click on a file or folder and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and press <key>F2</key>."

8413

msgstr ""

8414

8415

#: C/files-rename.page:26(p)

8416

#| msgid "Type a name for the folder, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>."

8417

msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."

8418

msgstr "Ange det nya namnet och tryck på <key>Retur</key>."

8419

8420

#: C/files-rename.page:29(p)

8421

msgid "You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-basic#rename\">properties</link> window."

8422

msgstr ""

8423

8424

#: C/files-rename.page:32(p)

8425

msgid "When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. <file>file.pdf</file> is a PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to change the extension as well, select it with your mouse, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq> to select the entire file name."

8426

msgstr ""

8427

8428

#: C/files-rename.page:35(title)

8429

msgid "Valid characters for file names"

8430

msgstr "Giltiga tecken för filnamn"

8431

8432

#: C/files-rename.page:36(p)

8433

msgid "You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file names. Some devices, however, use a file system that has more restrictions on file names. For example, USB flash drives are often formatted with the FAT32 file system. On these devices, or if you intend to share files with people who use another operating system, you should avoid the following characters: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, <key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key><</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, <key>></key>, <key>/</key>."

8434

msgstr ""

8435

8436

#: C/files-rename.page:45(p)

8437

msgid "If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link>."

8438

msgstr ""

8439

8440

#: C/files-rename.page:54(title)

8441

msgid "The name is already used"

8442

msgstr "Namnet används redan"

8443

8444

#: C/files-rename.page:55(p)

8445

msgid "You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you are working in, the file manager will not allow it. Use a different name."

8446

msgstr ""

8447

8448

#: C/files-rename.page:58(p)

8449

msgid "File and folder names are case sensitive. For example, <file>File.txt</file> and <file>file.txt</file> are different names. This is allowed, though it's not always a good idea."

8450

msgstr ""

8451

8452

#: C/files-rename.page:63(title)

8453

#| msgid "File Management"

8454

msgid "File name too long"

8455

msgstr "Filnamnet är för långt"

8456

8457

#: C/files-rename.page:64(p)

8458

msgid "On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in their names. Use a shorter name."

8459

msgstr ""

8460

8461

#: C/files-rename.page:67(title)

8462

msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"

8463

msgstr ""

8464

8465

#: C/files-rename.page:68(p)

8466

msgid "If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the file. Generally, if you do not have the correct permissions to rename a file, you should not be renaming it. See <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/>."

8467

msgstr ""

8468

8469

#: C/files-removedrive.page:14(desc)

8470

msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."

8471

msgstr ""

8472

8473

#: C/files-removedrive.page:18(title)

8474

msgid "Safely remove an external drive"

8475

msgstr ""

8476

8477

#: C/files-removedrive.page:20(p)

8478

msgid "When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it, which could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc from your computer."

8479

msgstr ""

8480

8481

#: C/files-removedrive.page:28(p)

8482

msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, open <app>Files</app>."

8483

msgstr ""

8484

8485

#: C/files-removedrive.page:29(p)

8486

msgid "Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."

8487

msgstr ""

8488

8489

#: C/files-removedrive.page:34(p)

8490

msgid "Alternatively, you can right-click the device and select either <gui>Eject</gui> or <gui>Safely Remove Drive</gui>. USB drives can't be physically ejected, so for these devices, there is no difference between <gui>Eject</gui> and <gui>Safely Remove Drive</gui>."

8491

msgstr ""

8492

8493

#: C/files-removedrive.page:39(p)

8494

msgid "If you have any files stored on the device open in any applications, you will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a window telling you that \"the volume is busy\", and listing all the open files on the device. Once you close all the files on the device, the device will automatically be safely removed (so you can unplug or eject it)."

8495

msgstr ""

8496

8497

#: C/files-removedrive.page:45(p)

8498

msgid "You can also choose <gui>Unmount Anyway</gui> to remove the device without closing the files. This can cause errors in applications that have those files open."

8499

msgstr ""

8500

8501

#: C/files-removedrive.page:49(p)

8502

msgid "If you can't close one of the files, for example if the application using the file is locked up, you can right-click the file in the <gui>Volume is busy</gui> window and select <gui>End Process</gui>. This will force the entire locked up application to close, which could close other files you have open with that application."

8503

msgstr ""

8504

8505

#: C/files-recover.page:8(desc)

8506

msgid "When you delete a file, they are normally sent to the Trash. You can get them back from the Trash."

8507

msgstr ""

8508

8509

#: C/files-recover.page:20(title)

8510

msgid "Recover a file that you deleted"

8511

msgstr ""

8512

8513

#: C/files-recover.page:21(p)

8514

msgid "If you deleted a file in the <gui>File Manager</gui> by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> or clicking the <gui>Move to Trash</gui> option in the right-click menu, the file should be in the Trash. To access the Trash:"

8515

msgstr ""

8516

8517

#: C/files-recover.page:29(p)

8518

msgid "In the <gui>Places</gui> menu in the sidebar, click <gui>Trash</gui>."

8519

msgstr ""

8520

8521

#: C/files-recover.page:32(p)

8522

msgid "If your deleted file is there, right-click on it and select <gui>Restore</gui>. It will be restored to the folder it was deleted from."

8523

msgstr ""

8524

8525

#: C/files-recover.page:37(p)

8526

msgid "If you deleted the file using <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>delete</key></keyseq>, or from the command line, the file can't be recovered using this method because it has been permanently deleted."

8527

msgstr ""

8528

8529

#: C/files-recover.page:39(p)

8530

msgid "There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to recover files that were permanently deleted. They are generally not very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can recover it."

8531

msgstr ""

8532

8533

#: C/files-preview-music.page:9(desc)

8534

msgid "Move the mouse pointer over a music file and it will start playing."

8535

msgstr ""

8536

8537

#: C/files-preview-music.page:20(title)

8538

#, fuzzy

8539

#| msgid "Preview sound files"

8540

msgid "Quickly preview music/sound files"

8541

msgstr "Förhandsvisa ljudfiler"

8542

8543

#: C/files-preview-music.page:22(p)

8544

msgid "Move your mouse pointer over a music file (or other sound file). A musical note icon will appear and the song will start playing. Move the mouse away from the file and the song will stop playing."

8545

msgstr ""

8546

8547

#: C/files-preview-music.page:24(p)

8548

msgid "Only music files which are in a supported format can be played in this way."

8549

msgstr ""

8550

8551

#: C/files-preview-music.page:26(p)

8552

msgid "Music files on network shares cannot be previewed in this way by default. To change this, see <link xref=\"nautilus-preview\"/>."

8553

msgstr ""

8554

8555

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

8556

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

8557

#: C/files.page:29(None)

8558

#| msgid ""

8559

#| "@@image: 'figures/naut_refine_search.png'; "

8560

#| "md5=c3d58f408fd7ec2f6965a0f06e05c43e"

8561

msgid "@@image: 'figures/nautilus.png'; md5=cbc3bbf0d998ed7a6567eb3b0c402195"

8562

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/nautilus.png'; md5=cbc3bbf0d998ed7a6567eb3b0c402195"

8563

8564

#: C/files.page:18(desc)

8565

msgid "<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete\">deleted files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>..."

8566

msgstr "<link xref=\"files-search\">Sökning</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete\">borttagna filer</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">säkerhetskopiering</link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">flyttbara enheter</link>..."

8567

8568

#: C/files.page:27(title)

8569

msgid "Files, folders & search"

8570

msgstr "Filer, mappar och sökning"

8571

8572

#: C/files.page:30(p)

8573

msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"

8574

msgstr ""

8575

8576

#: C/files.page:34(title)

8577

#, fuzzy

8578

#| msgid "Common Features"

8579

msgid "Common tasks"

8580

msgstr "Gemensamma funktioner"

8581

8582

#: C/files.page:38(title)

8583

#| msgid "Help Topics"

8584

msgid "More topics"

8585

msgstr "Fler ämnen"

8586

8587

#: C/files.page:42(title)

8588

msgid "Removable drives and external disks"

8589

msgstr "Flyttbara enheter och externa diskar"

8590

8591

#: C/files.page:47(title)

8592

#| msgid "Background"

8593

msgid "Backing up"

8594

msgstr "Säkerhetskopiering"

8595

8596

#: C/files.page:52(title)

8597

msgid "Tips and questions"

8598

msgstr "Tips och frågor"

8599

8600

#: C/files-open.page:8(desc)

8601

msgid "Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of file. You can change the default too."

8602

msgstr ""

8603

8604

#: C/files-open.page:13(name)

8605

#: C/files-delete.page:13(name)

8606

#: C/files-copy.page:12(name)

8607

msgid "Cristopher Thomas"

8608

msgstr "Cristopher Thomas"

8609

8610

#: C/files-open.page:14(email)

8611

#: C/files-delete.page:14(email)

8612

#: C/files-copy.page:13(email)

8613

msgid "crisnoh@gmail.com"

8614

msgstr "crisnoh@gmail.com"

8615

8616

#: C/files-open.page:23(title)

8617

#, fuzzy

8618

#| msgid "Open with other Application"

8619

msgid "Open files with other applications"

8620

msgstr "Öppna med annat program"

8621

8622

#: C/files-open.page:25(p)

8623

msgid "When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the default application for that file type. You can open it in a different application, search online for applications, or set the default application for all files of the same type."

8624

msgstr ""

8625

8626

#: C/files-open.page:30(p)

8627

msgid "To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you don't see the application you want, click <gui>Open With Other Application</gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."

8628

msgstr ""

8629

8630

#: C/files-open.page:37(p)

8631

msgid "If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file manager will search online for packages containing applications that are known to handle files of that type."

8632

msgstr ""

8633

8634

#: C/files-open.page:43(title)

8635

#, fuzzy

8636

#| msgid "default applications"

8637

msgid "Change the default application"

8638

msgstr "standardprogram"

8639

8640

#: C/files-open.page:44(p)

8641

msgid "You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player to open when you double-click an MP3 file."

8642

msgstr ""

8643

8644

#: C/files-open.page:50(p)

8645

msgid "Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a <file>.mp3</file> file."

8646

msgstr ""

8647

8648

#: C/files-open.page:53(p)

8649

#, fuzzy

8650

#| msgid ""

8651

#| "Right-click on the selected item and choose <guimenuitem>Properties</"

8652

#| "guimenuitem>."

8653

msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."

8654

msgstr "Högerklicka på det markerade objektet och välj <guimenuitem>Egenskaper</guimenuitem>."

8655

8656

#: C/files-open.page:54(p)

10990

8657

#| msgid "Choose <guilabel>Open With</guilabel> tabbed section."

10991

msgid "Choose <guilabel>No sounds</guilabel> to turn off all event sounds."

10992

msgstr "Välj <guilabel>Inga ljud</guilabel> för att stänga av alla händelseljud."

10993

10994

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2700(para)

10995

#| msgid "<guilabel>Motion threshold</guilabel> slider"

10996

msgid "<guilabel>Choose an alert sound </guilabel> list"

10997

msgstr "Listan <guilabel>Välj ett larmljud </guilabel>"

10998

10999

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2703(para)

11000

msgid "Choose an alternative sound for the System Bell from this list."

11001

msgstr "Välj ett alternativt ljud för systemsignalen från denna lista."

11002

11003

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2705(para)

8658

msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."

8659

msgstr "Välj fliken <gui>Öppna med</gui>."

8660

8661

#: C/files-open.page:55(p)

8662

msgid "Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."

8663

msgstr ""

8664

8665

#: C/files-open.page:59(p)

8666

msgid "If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended Applications</gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the file and selecting it from the list."

8667

msgstr ""

8668

8669

#: C/files-open.page:66(p)

8670

msgid "This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for all files with the same type."

8671

msgstr ""

8672

8673

#: C/files-lost.page:8(desc)

8674

msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."

8675

msgstr ""

8676

8677

#: C/files-lost.page:25(title)

8678

#| msgid "adding to file"

8679

msgid "Find a lost file"

8680

msgstr "Hitta en förlorad fil"

8681

8682

#: C/files-lost.page:27(p)

8683

msgid "If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these tips."

8684

msgstr ""

8685

8686

#: C/files-lost.page:31(p)

8687

msgid "If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link xref=\"files-search\"/> to learn how."

8688

msgstr ""

8689

8690

#: C/files-lost.page:35(p)

8691

msgid "If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically saved it to a common folder. Check the <file>Desktop</file> and <file>Downloads</file> folders in your home folder."

8692

msgstr ""

8693

8694

#: C/files-lost.page:40(p)

8695

msgid "You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."

8696

msgstr ""

8697

8698

#: C/files-lost.page:45(p)

8699

msgid "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in the file manager. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> in the file manager. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to learn more."

8700

msgstr ""

8701

8702

#: C/files-hidden.page:6(desc)

8703

msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."

8704

msgstr ""

8705

8706

#: C/files-hidden.page:17(title)

8707

#| msgid "Open a file."

8708

msgid "Hide a file"

8709

msgstr "Dölj en fil"

8710

8711

#: C/files-hidden.page:19(p)

8712

msgid "You can hide files by renaming them with a <key>.</key> at the beginning of their name. Hidden files are invisible by default; they are not displayed in the file manager, but they are still there in the folder."

8713

msgstr ""

8714

8715

#: C/files-hidden.page:21(p)

8716

msgid "To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a \".\" at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file <file>example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."

8717

msgstr ""

8718

8719

#: C/files-hidden.page:24(p)

8720

msgid "You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Rename the folder with a \".\" at the beginning of its name."

8721

msgstr ""

8722

8723

#: C/files-hidden.page:28(title)

8724

#| msgid "Showing hidden files"

8725

msgid "Show all hidden files"

8726

msgstr "Visa alla dolda filer"

8727

8728

#: C/files-hidden.page:29(p)

8729

msgid "If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. All hidden files will be shown along with the files that were not hidden."

8730

msgstr ""

8731

8732

#: C/files-hidden.page:32(p)

8733

msgid "Some hidden files will have a \".\" at the beginning of their name. Others might have a \"~\" at the end of their name instead (see <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/>)."

8734

msgstr ""

8735

8736

#: C/files-hidden.page:35(p)

8737

msgid "To hide these files again, either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> again."

8738

msgstr ""

8739

8740

#: C/files-hidden.page:38(p)

8741

msgid "Hidden files will only be shown in the current window, until you turn the option for that window off. To show hidden files in all file manager windows, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."

8742

msgstr ""

8743

8744

#: C/files-hidden.page:44(title)

8745

#, fuzzy

8746

#| msgid "Open a file."

8747

msgid "Unhide a file"

8748

msgstr "Öppna en fil."

8749

8750

#: C/files-hidden.page:45(p)

8751

msgid "To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>. Then, find the hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a \".\" in front of its name."

8752

msgstr ""

8753

8754

#: C/files-hidden.page:48(p)

8755

msgid "For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."

8756

msgstr ""

8757

8758

#: C/files-hidden.page:51(p)

8759

msgid "Once you have renamed the file, you can either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."

8760

msgstr ""

8761

8762

#: C/files-disc-write.page:10(name)

8763

msgid "Michael Hill"

8764

msgstr "Michael Hill"

8765

8766

#: C/files-disc-write.page:11(email)

8767

msgid "mdhillca@gmail.com"

8768

msgstr "mdhillca@gmail.com"

8769

8770

#: C/files-disc-write.page:14(desc)

8771

msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."

8772

msgstr ""

8773

8774

#: C/files-disc-write.page:18(title)

8775

#| msgid "Write data to a CD or DVD"

8776

msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"

8777

msgstr "Skriv filer till en cd eller dvd-skiva"

8778

8779

#: C/files-disc-write.page:20(p)

8780

msgid "The <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> in the file manager makes it easy to transfer files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"

8781

msgstr ""

8782

8783

#: C/files-disc-write.page:23(p)

8784

msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."

8785

msgstr ""

8786

8787

#: C/files-disc-write.page:25(p)

8788

msgid "In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> window that appears, select <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> and click <gui>OK</gui>. The <gui>CD/DVD Creator Folder</gui> window will open."

8789

msgstr ""

8790

8791

#: C/files-disc-write.page:26(p)

8792

msgid "(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"

8793

msgstr ""

8794

8795

#: C/files-disc-write.page:28(p)

8796

msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."

8797

msgstr ""

8798

8799

#: C/files-disc-write.page:29(p)

8800

msgid "Drag or <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy</link> the desired files into the window."

8801

msgstr ""

8802

8803

#: C/files-disc-write.page:31(p)

8804

msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."

8805

msgstr ""

8806

8807

#: C/files-disc-write.page:32(p)

8808

msgid "(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in a disc image, which will be saved on your computer. You can then burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"

8809

msgstr ""

8810

8811

#: C/files-disc-write.page:34(p)

8812

msgid "Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should be fine."

8813

msgstr ""

8814

8815

#: C/files-disc-write.page:36(p)

8816

#, fuzzy

8817

#| msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Home</guibutton> toolbar button."

8818

msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."

8819

msgstr "Klicka på verktygsradsknappen <guibutton>Hem</guibutton>."

8820

8821

#: C/files-disc-write.page:37(p)

8822

msgid "If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for additional discs."

8823

msgstr ""

8824

8825

#: C/files-disc-write.page:39(p)

8826

msgid "When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose <gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."

8827

msgstr ""

8828

8829

#: C/files-disc-write.page:43(title)

8830

msgid "The disc wasn't burned properly!"

8831

msgstr ""

8832

8833

#: C/files-disc-write.page:44(p)

8834

msgid "Sometimes, discs aren't burned correctly and you won't be able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a computer."

8835

msgstr ""

8836

8837

#: C/files-disc-write.page:46(p)

8838

msgid "In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. 12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the <gui>CD/DVD Creator Folder</gui> window."

8839

msgstr ""

8840

8841

#: C/files-delete.page:8(desc)

8842

#| msgid "moving files or folders to"

8843

msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."

8844

msgstr "Ta bort filer eller mappar som du inte längre behöver."

8845

8846

#: C/files-delete.page:23(title)

8847

#| msgid "selecting files and folders"

8848

msgid "Delete files and folders"

8849

msgstr "Ta bort filer och mappar"

8850

8851

#: C/files-delete.page:25(p)

8852

#, fuzzy

8853

#| msgid "Select the file or folder that you want to delete."

8854

msgid "If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it."

8855

msgstr "Markera filen eller mappen som du vill ta bort."

8856

8857

#: C/files-delete.page:29(p)

8858

msgid "When you delete an item it is moved to the Trash folder, where it is stored until you empty the trash. Items stored in the Trash folder can be restored to their original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted."

8859

msgstr ""

8860

8861

#: C/files-delete.page:34(p)

8862

#, fuzzy

8863

#| msgid "Select the theme option you want to delete."

8864

msgid "Select the item you want to delete by clicking it once."

8865

msgstr "Välj temaalternativet som du vill ta bort."

8866

8867

#: C/files-delete.page:35(p)

8868

msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."

8869

msgstr ""

8870

8871

#: C/files-delete.page:39(p)

8872

msgid "To delete files permanently, and to free up disk space on your computer, you need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>. Alternatively, you can permanently delete individual items in the trash by navigating to the trash from the sidebar or the <gui>Go</gui> menu. Select files you want to delete permanently and press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard, or right-click and select <gui>Delete Permanently</gui>."

8873

msgstr ""

8874

8875

#: C/files-delete.page:48(p)

8876

msgid "If you move files to the trash on a removable device such as a USB flash drive and do not empty the trash when you <link xref=\"files-removedrive\">remove the device</link>, you may not be able to see the deleted files in the trash on other operating systems, such as Windows or Mac OS. The files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back into your computer."

8877

msgstr ""

8878

8879

#: C/files-delete.page:57(title)

8880

#, fuzzy

8881

#| msgid "Create and delete files"

8882

msgid "Permanently delete a file"

8883

msgstr "Skapa och ta bort filer"

8884

8885

#: C/files-delete.page:58(p)

8886

msgid "You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to the trash first."

8887

msgstr ""

8888

8889

#: C/files-delete.page:62(p)

8890

#| msgid "Select the theme option you want to delete."

8891

msgid "Select the item you want to delete."

8892

msgstr "Markera objektet som du vill ta bort."

8893

8894

#: C/files-delete.page:63(p)

8895

msgid "Press and hold the <gui>Shift</gui> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> key on your keyboard."

8896

msgstr ""

8897

8898

#: C/files-delete.page:64(p)

8899

msgid "Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to delete the file or folder."

8900

msgstr ""

8901

8902

#: C/files-delete.page:68(p)

8903

msgid "If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the <gui>Behavior</gui> tab. Select <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>."

8904

msgstr ""

8905

8906

#: C/files-copy.page:7(desc)

8907

msgid "Copy or move items to a new directory."

8908

msgstr ""

8909

8910

#: C/files-copy.page:22(title)

8911

#| msgid "moving files and folders"

8912

msgid "Copy or move files and folders"

8913

msgstr "Kopiera eller flytta filer och mappar"

8914

8915

#: C/files-copy.page:24(p)

8916

msgid "A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using keyboard shortcuts."

8917

msgstr ""

8918

8919

#: C/files-copy.page:27(p)

8920

msgid "As an example, copying files can be useful when creating a folder which contains files to email to a friend or coworker, or when <link xref=\"files#backup\">backing up</link> individual files to an external disk."

8921

msgstr ""

8922

8923

#: C/files-copy.page:32(title)

8924

msgid "Drag files to copy or move"

8925

msgstr "Dra filer för att kopiera eller flytta"

8926

8927

#: C/files-copy.page:33(p)

8928

msgid "<link xref=\"files-browse\">Open the file manager</link> to the folder containing the item you want to copy."

8929

msgstr ""

8930

8931

#: C/files-copy.page:34(p)

8932

msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Window</gui></guiseq> (or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. Navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the item in the new window."

8933

msgstr ""

8934

8935

#: C/files-copy.page:35(p)

8936

msgid "Click and drag the item from one window to another. By default, dragging an item will move it if the destination is on the same device (i.e. if both folders are on the same hard disk on your computer)."

8937

msgstr ""

8938

8939

#: C/files-copy.page:36(p)

8940

msgid "Dragging will copy it if the destination is on a difference device, such as a USB storage device, however. You can override this:"

8941

msgstr ""

8942

8943

#: C/files-copy.page:38(p)

8944

msgid "To force the file to be copied, hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key while dragging."

8945

msgstr ""

8946

8947

#: C/files-copy.page:39(p)

8948

msgid "To force the file to be moved, hold down the <key>Shift</key> key while dragging."

8949

msgstr ""

8950

8951

#: C/files-copy.page:44(title)

8952

#| msgid "Create and delete files"

8953

msgid "Copy and paste files"

8954

msgstr "Kopiera och klistra in filer"

8955

8956

#: C/files-copy.page:45(p)

8957

#, fuzzy

8958

#| msgid "Select the file that you want to change."

8959

msgid "Select the item you want to copy by clicking on it once."

8960

msgstr "Välj den fil du vill ändra."

8961

8962

#: C/files-copy.page:46(p)

8963

msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Copy</gui></guiseq>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>."

8964

msgstr ""

8965

8966

#: C/files-copy.page:47(p)

8967

#, fuzzy

8968

#| msgid "Select the folder where you want to create the new document."

8969

msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the item."

8970

msgstr "Välj mappen där du vill skapa det nya dokumentet."

8971

8972

#: C/files-copy.page:48(p)

8973

msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Paste</gui></guiseq> to finish copying the item, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder."

8974

msgstr ""

8975

8976

#: C/files-copy.page:52(title)

8977

msgid "Cut and paste files (to move them)"

8978

msgstr ""

8979

8980

#: C/files-copy.page:53(p)

8981

#, fuzzy

8982

#| msgid "Select the theme option you want to delete."

8983

msgid "Select the item you want to move by clicking on it once."

8984

msgstr "Välj temaalternativet som du vill ta bort."

8985

8986

#: C/files-copy.page:54(p)

8987

msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Cut</gui></guiseq>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."

8988

msgstr ""

8989

8990

#: C/files-copy.page:55(p)

8991

#, fuzzy

8992

#| msgid "Select the folder where you want to create the new document."

8993

msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the item."

8994

msgstr "Välj mappen där du vill skapa det nya dokumentet."

8995

8996

#: C/files-copy.page:56(p)

8997

msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Paste</gui></guiseq> to finish moving the item, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."

8998

msgstr ""

8999

9000

#: C/files-copy.page:60(title)

9001

msgid "Why can't I copy/move a file?"

9002

msgstr "Varför kan jag inte kopiera/flytta en fil?"

9003

9004

#: C/files-copy.page:61(p)

9005

msgid "You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is read-only. Some folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. You can change things from being read-only by <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">changing file permissions</link>."

9006

msgstr ""

9007

9008

#: C/files-browse.page:8(desc)

9009

#| msgid "Use this editor to open text files in the file manager"

9010

msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."

9011

msgstr "Hantera och organisera filer med filhanteraren."

9012

9013

#: C/files-browse.page:23(title)

9014

#| msgid "moving files and folders"

9015

msgid "Browse files and folders"

9016

msgstr "Bläddra bland filer och mappar"

9017

9018

#: C/files-browse.page:25(p)

9019

msgid "Use the <app>Files</app> application to browse the files in your home folder, on external devices, on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file servers</link>, and across your computer's file system."

9020

msgstr ""

9021

9022

#: C/files-browse.page:30(p)

9023

msgid "Browse files by selecting the <app>Files</app> application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Or, search for folders and devices in the overview the same way you would <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">search for applications</link>. They will appear under the heading <gui>Places and Devices</gui>."

9024

msgstr ""

9025

9026

#: C/files-browse.page:36(p)

9027

msgid "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window. In list view, you can also click the expander next to a folder to show its contents in a tree."

9028

msgstr ""

9029

9030

#: C/files-browse.page:42(p)

9031

msgid "The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which folder you're viewing, including the parent folders up to your home directory, the root of a removable device, or the root of your file system. Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, or access its properties."

9032

msgstr ""

9033

9034

#: C/files-browse.page:49(p)

9035

msgid "You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do not see the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>. You can add bookmarks to folders you use often, and they will appear in the sidebar."

9036

msgstr ""

9037

9038

#: C/files-browse.page:54(p)

9039

msgid "If you frequently move files between nested folders, you might find it more useful to show a tree in the sidebar instead. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Tree</gui></guiseq> to enable the tree sidebar. Click the expander next to a folder to show its child folders in the tree, or click a folder to open it in the window."

9040

msgstr ""

9041

9042

#: C/files-autorun.page:9(desc)

9043

msgid "Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and other devices and media."

9044

msgstr ""

9045

9046

#: C/files-autorun.page:22(title)

9047

msgid "Open an application when you plug in a device"

9048

msgstr ""

9049

9050

#: C/files-autorun.page:24(p)

9051

msgid "You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device. For example, you might want your photo organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."

9052

msgstr ""

9053

9054

#: C/files-autorun.page:26(p)

9055

msgid "To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"

9056

msgstr ""

9057

9058

#: C/files-autorun.page:34(p)

9059

msgid "Open <gui>Removable Media</gui> and change the options under <gui>Select how media should be handled</gui>."

9060

msgstr ""

9061

9062

#: C/files-autorun.page:35(p)

9063

msgid "Instead of simply starting an application, you can also set it so that:"

9064

msgstr ""

9065

9066

#: C/files-autorun.page:37(p)

9067

msgid "The device will be shown in the File Manager (choose <gui>Open folder</gui>)"

9068

msgstr ""

9069

9070

#: C/files-autorun.page:38(p)

9071

msgid "You will be asked what to open (<gui>Ask what to do</gui>)"

9072

msgstr ""

9073

9074

#: C/files-autorun.page:39(p)

9075

msgid "Nothing at all will happen (<gui>Do nothing</gui>)."

9076

msgstr ""

9077

9078

#: C/files-autorun.page:44(p)

9079

msgid "The <gui>Software</gui> option is slightly different from the others - if the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it can try to automatically run the software if you like. This is good if you have an application installed on a CD and want it to start when the disc is inserted (for example, a slideshow)."

9080

msgstr ""

9081

9082

#: C/files-autorun.page:48(p)

9083

msgid "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> to see a more detailed list of devices."

9084

msgstr ""

9085

9086

#: C/files-autorun.page:53(title)

9087

msgid "Don't open any applications automatically"

9088

msgstr ""

9089

9090

#: C/files-autorun.page:54(p)

9091

msgid "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you plug in, check <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> at the bottom of the Removable Media window."

9092

msgstr ""

9093

9094

#: C/fallback-mode.page:8(desc)

9095

msgid "If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more basic version of the desktop will be started."

9096

msgstr ""

9097

9098

#: C/fallback-mode.page:19(title)

9099

msgid "What is fallback mode?"

9100

msgstr ""

9101

9102

#: C/fallback-mode.page:21(p)

9103

msgid "If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more basic version of the desktop will be displayed and you will see a message telling you what happened. This is called fallback mode, and it allows you to use GNOME on your computer without some of its more advanced features."

9104

msgstr ""

9105

9106

#: C/fallback-mode.page:23(p)

9107

msgid "Most of the features that are missing in fallback mode are related to organizing windows and starting applications. For example, instead of having an activities overview, you will have an <gui>Applications menu</gui> at the top of the screen which you can use to start apps, and a list of open windows at the bottom of the screen. Running in fallback mode doesn't affect which applications you can run - it only changes the way that the desktop looks."

9108

msgstr ""

9109

9110

#: C/fallback-mode.page:25(p)

9111

msgid "Starting in fallback mode doesn't necessarily mean that your graphics card isn't good enough to run GNOME - it might just mean that you don't have the right drivers installed for your graphics card. If you can find better graphics card drivers for your computer, you may be able to run the full version of GNOME."

9112

msgstr ""

9113

9114

#: C/display-lock.page:10(desc)

9115

msgid "Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your computer."

9116

msgstr ""

9117

9118

#: C/display-lock.page:21(title)

9119

#| msgid "Automatically save changes to session"

9120

msgid "Automatically lock your screen"

9121

msgstr "Lås automatiskt din skärm"

9122

9123

#: C/display-lock.page:23(p)

9124

msgid "When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your desktop and accessing your files. You will still be logged in and all your applications will keep running, but you will have to enter your password to use your computer again. You can lock the screen manually, but you can also have the screen lock automatically."

9125

msgstr ""

9126

9127

#: C/display-lock.page:34(p)

9128

msgid "Make sure <gui>Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a timeout from the drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select <gui>Screen turns off</gui> to lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled with the <gui>Turn off after</gui> drop-down list above."

9129

msgstr ""

9130

9131

#: C/display-dimscreen.page:9(desc)

9132

msgid "Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more readable in bright light."

9133

msgstr ""

9134

9135

#: C/display-dimscreen.page:28(title)

9136

#| msgid "Set Preferences"

9137

msgid "Set screen brightness"

9138

msgstr "Ställ in skärmens ljusstyrka"

9139

9140

#: C/display-dimscreen.page:30(p)

9141

msgid "You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or make the screen more readable in bright light. You can also have the screen dim automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically when not in use."

9142

msgstr ""

9143

9144

#: C/display-dimscreen.page:36(title)

9145

msgid "Set the brightness"

9146

msgstr ""

9147

9148

#: C/display-dimscreen.page:39(p)

9149

msgid "Adjust the <gui>Brightness</gui> slider to a comfortable value."

9150

msgstr ""

9151

9152

#: C/display-dimscreen.page:40(p)

9153

msgid "Many laptop keyboards have special keys on the keyboard to adjust the brightness. These are usually located on the <key>F8</key> and <key>F9</key> keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key to use these keys."

9154

msgstr ""

9155

9156

#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45(p)

9157

msgid "Select <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui> to have the brightness automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long your battery will last before it needs to be recharged."

9158

msgstr ""

9159

9160

#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50(p)

9161

msgid "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the <gui>Turn off after</gui> drop-down list."

9162

msgstr ""

9163

9164

#: C/disk-partitions.page:15(desc)

9165

msgid "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility application."

9166

msgstr ""

9167

9168

#: C/disk-partitions.page:20(title)

9169

#| msgid "Launcher Commands and Locations"

9170

msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"

9171

msgstr "Hantera volymer och partitioner"

9172

9173

#: C/disk-partitions.page:22(p)

9174

msgid "The word volume is used to describe areas of storage that your computer has made available for your use. The computer makes this storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as mounting. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, SD cards, and other media."

9175

msgstr ""

9176

9177

#: C/disk-partitions.page:24(p)

9178

msgid "Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not identical. \"Partition\" refers to one or more physical areas of storage on a single drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can be called a volume. You can think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional “back rooms” of partitions and drives."

9179

msgstr ""

9180

9181

#: C/disk-partitions.page:27(title)

9182

msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using <app>Disk Utility</app>"

9183

msgstr ""

9184

9185

#: C/disk-partitions.page:29(p)

9186

#: C/disk-check.page:35(p)

9187

msgid "Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start the <app>Disk Utility</app>."

9188

msgstr ""

9189

9190

#: C/disk-partitions.page:32(p)

9191

msgid "In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click on a device of interest."

9192

msgstr ""

9193

9194

#: C/disk-partitions.page:35(p)

9195

msgid "In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes. Be careful, it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with these utilities."

9196

msgstr ""

9197

9198

#: C/disk-partitions.page:39(p)

9199

msgid "Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a single swap partition. The swap partition is used by your operating system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. These files can be distributed among multiple partitions for security or convenience."

9200

msgstr ""

9201

9202

#: C/disk-partitions.page:41(p)

9203

msgid "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look for <gui>Partition Flags</gui> in <gui>Disk Utility</gui>. External media such as USB drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume."

9204

msgstr ""

9205

9206

#: C/disk-format.page:15(desc)

9207

msgid "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash drive by formatting it."

9208

msgstr ""

9209

9210

#: C/disk-format.page:19(title)

9211

msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"

9212

msgstr ""

9213

9214

#: C/disk-format.page:21(p)

9215

msgid "If you have a removable disk like a USB memory stick or an external hard disk, you may wish to completely remove all of the files you have on there. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."

9216

msgstr ""

9217

9218

#: C/disk-format.page:25(p)

9219

msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open the <app>Disk Utility</app>."

9220

msgstr ""

9221

9222

#: C/disk-format.page:29(p)

9223

msgid "Find the disk you want to wipe in the list on the left side of the window and click to select it."

9224

msgstr ""

9225

9226

#: C/disk-format.page:30(p)

9227

msgid "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"

9228

msgstr ""

9229

9230

#: C/disk-format.page:34(p)

9231

msgid "In the window that pops up, choose a <gui>Type</gui> for the disk. This chooses what is known as the file system type."

9232

msgstr ""

9233

9234

#: C/disk-format.page:35(p)

9235

msgid "If you want to use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers as well as Linux, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only want to use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</gui> may be a better option."

9236

msgstr ""

9237

9238

#: C/disk-format.page:39(p)

9239

msgid "Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."

9240

msgstr ""

9241

9242

#: C/disk-format.page:43(p)

9243

msgid "Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It should now be blank and ready to use again."

9244

msgstr ""

9245

9246

#: C/disk-format.page:48(title)

9247

msgid "Formatting permanently deletes your files"

9248

msgstr ""

9249

9250

#: C/disk-format.page:49(p)

9251

msgid "Once the drive has been formatted, the files on it will have been completely removed, so you can't get them back. It is possible that special recovery software could retrieve the files, so formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping a disk."

9252

msgstr ""

9253

9254

#: C/disk-check.page:19(desc)

9255

msgid "You can test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."

9256

msgstr ""

9257

9258

#: C/disk-check.page:23(title)

9259

msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"

9260

msgstr ""

9261

9262

#: C/disk-check.page:27(p)

9263

#: C/disk-capacity.page:29(p)

9264

msgid "Rewrite steps to use common simple form in 3.0.1"

9265

msgstr ""

9266

9267

#: C/disk-check.page:30(title)

9268

msgid "Checking the hard disk"

9269

msgstr ""

9270

9271

#: C/disk-check.page:31(p)

9272

msgid "Hard disks have a built-in health-check called SMART. This continually checks for potential problems, and can warn you if the disk is about to fail. This is useful for avoiding future loss of important data."

9273

msgstr ""

9274

9275

#: C/disk-check.page:32(p)

9276

msgid "To check your disk's health status:"

9277

msgstr ""

9278

9279

#: C/disk-check.page:38(p)

9280

msgid "Select your hard drive in the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. Information will appear about the disk and its status under <gui>Drive</gui>."

9281

msgstr ""

9282

9283

#: C/disk-check.page:41(p)

9284

msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."

9285

msgstr ""

9286

9287

#: C/disk-check.page:44(p)

9288

msgid "To see details of the data and tests applied, click on the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button located below <gui>SMART Status</gui>."

9289

msgstr ""

9290

9291

#: C/disk-check.page:51(title)

9292

msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"

9293

msgstr ""

9294

9295

#: C/disk-check.page:52(p)

9296

msgid "Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk isn't healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss. You may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a professional for further diagnosis and repair."

9297

msgstr ""

9298

9299

#: C/disk-check.page:53(p)

9300

msgid "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link xref=\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."

9301

msgstr ""

9302

9303

#: C/disk-check.page:56(p)

9304

msgid "Use palimpsest to check the hard disk for errors. Why might you want to do this? What should you do if it finds errors? Also discuss the SMART data in palimpsest."

9305

msgstr ""

9306

9307

#: C/disk-capacity.page:19(desc)

9308

msgid "With <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui>."

9309

msgstr ""

9310

9311

#: C/disk-capacity.page:23(title)

9312

msgid "Check how much disk space is left"

9313

msgstr "Kontrollera hur mycket diskutrymme som finns kvar"

9314

9315

#: C/disk-capacity.page:24(title)

9316

msgid "With Disk Usage Analyzer"

9317

msgstr ""

9318

9319

#: C/disk-capacity.page:25(p)

9320

msgid "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui>:"

9321

msgstr ""

9322

9323

#: C/disk-capacity.page:33(p)

9324

#: C/disk-capacity.page:45(p)

9325

msgid "Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen."

9326

msgstr ""

9327

9328

#: C/disk-capacity.page:34(p)

9329

msgid "Start typing 'Disk Usage Analyzer'."

9330

msgstr ""

9331

9332

#: C/disk-capacity.page:35(p)

9333

msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> or click on the <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> icon."

9334

msgstr ""

9335

9336

#: C/disk-capacity.page:37(p)

9337

msgid "<gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> can also be run by pressing <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, typing 'baobab' (without the single-quotes) and pressing <key>Enter</key>."

9338

msgstr ""

9339

9340

#: C/disk-capacity.page:39(p)

9341

msgid "The <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> window will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> and <gui>Total file system usage</gui>, in percentage and gigabytes. Click on <gui>View as Rings Chart</gui> to change the display to <gui>View as Treemap Chart</gui>."

9342

msgstr ""

9343

9344

#: C/disk-capacity.page:41(title)

9345

#, fuzzy

9346

#| msgid "System Menu"

9347

msgid "With System Monitor"

9348

msgstr "System-menyn"

9349

9350

#: C/disk-capacity.page:43(p)

9351

msgid "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <gui>System Monitor</gui>:"

9352

msgstr ""

9353

9354

#: C/disk-capacity.page:46(p)

9355

msgid "Start typing 'System Monitor'."

9356

msgstr ""

9357

9358

#: C/disk-capacity.page:47(p)

9359

msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> or click on the <gui>System Monitor</gui> icon."

9360

msgstr ""

9361

9362

#: C/disk-capacity.page:48(p)

9363

#| msgid "Click on the <guilabel>Permissions</guilabel> tab."

9364

msgid "Click on the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab."

9365

msgstr "Klicka på fliken <gui>Filsystem</gui>."

9366

9367

#: C/disk-capacity.page:50(p)

9368

msgid "For each device, the <gui>System Monitor</gui> window displays the Total, Free, Available and Used space."

9369

msgstr ""

9370

9371

#: C/disk-capacity.page:53(title)

9372

msgid "What if the disk is too full?"

9373

msgstr ""

9374

9375

#: C/disk-capacity.page:54(p)

9376

msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"

9377

msgstr ""

9378

9379

#: C/disk-capacity.page:56(p)

9380

#, fuzzy

9381

#| msgid "Select the file or folder that you want to rename."

9382

msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."

9383

msgstr "Välj filen eller mappen som du vill byta namn på."

9384

9385

#: C/disk-capacity.page:57(p)

9386

msgid "Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."

9387

msgstr ""

9388

9389

#: C/disk-capacity.page:62(p)

9390

msgid "Check disk capacity. Explain what you can do if the disk is too full. May wish to use palimpsest (advanced), gnome-system-monitor (easy)."

9391

msgstr ""

9392

9393

#: C/disk-benchmark.page:19(desc)

9394

msgid "You can run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."

9395

msgstr ""

9396

9397

#: C/disk-benchmark.page:23(title)

9398

msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"

9399

msgstr ""

9400

9401

#: C/disk-benchmark.page:25(p)

9402

msgid "To test the performance of the hard disk, go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open the <gui>Disk Utility</gui>."

9403

msgstr ""

9404

9405

#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27(p)

9406

msgid "To run a benchmark in <gui>Disk Utility</gui>:"

9407

msgstr ""

9408

9409

#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29(p)

9410

msgid "Click on the hard disk in the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. Information will appear about the disk and its status under <gui>Drive</gui>."

9411

msgstr ""

9412

9413

#: C/disk-benchmark.page:30(p)

9414

msgid "Choose <gui>Benchmark</gui>."

9415

msgstr ""

9416

9417

#: C/disk-benchmark.page:32(p)

9418

msgid "Click <gui>Start Read-Only Benchmark</gui> or <gui>Start Read/Write Benchmark</gui>."

9419

msgstr ""

9420

9421

#: C/disk-benchmark.page:33(p)

9422

msgid "The read-only benchmark will only test how fast data can be read off the disk. The read/write benchmark will also test how fast data can be put onto the disk, so it will take longer to complete."

9423

msgstr ""

9424

9425

#: C/disk-benchmark.page:37(p)

9426

msgid "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph."

9427

msgstr ""

9428

9429

#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40(p)

9430

msgid "It would be really really great if somebody could write something about the results and the charts, I can't do that... I don't really know what does it mean. thanks."

9431

msgstr ""

9432

9433

#: C/clock-timezone.page:7(desc)

9434

msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."

9435

msgstr ""

9436

9437

#: C/clock-timezone.page:18(title)

9438

msgid "Change your timezone"

9439

msgstr "Ändra din tidszon"

9440

9441

#: C/clock-timezone.page:19(p)

9442

msgid "If you want to know what time it is in different cities around the world, you can add additional timezones to the clock."

9443

msgstr ""

9444

9445

#: C/clock-timezone.page:20(p)

9446

msgid "Change timezones by choosing a different geographical location:"

9447

msgstr ""

9448

9449

#: C/clock-timezone.page:22(p)

9450

msgid "Click on the clock located in the center of top bar."

9451

msgstr ""

9452

9453

#: C/clock-timezone.page:23(p)

9454

msgid "Select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."

9455

msgstr ""

9456

9457

#: C/clock-timezone.page:24(p)

9458

msgid "Click on your current continent, then select your current city from the drop-down menu."

9459

msgstr ""

9460

9461

#: C/clock-timezone.page:27(p)

9462

msgid "The time shown on the clock will not update automatically when you select a different location; it needs to be <link xref=\"clock-set\">set manually</link>."

9463

msgstr ""

9464

9465

#: C/clock-set.page:7(desc)

9466

msgid "Update the time/date displayed at the top of the screen."

9467

msgstr ""

9468

9469

#: C/clock-set.page:18(title)

9470

msgid "Change the time and date"

9471

msgstr "Ändra tid och datum"

9472

9473

#: C/clock-set.page:19(p)

9474

msgid "To adjust the time and date, click on the clock located in the center of the top bar and select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."

9475

msgstr ""

9476

9477

#: C/clock-set.page:20(p)

9478

msgid "Now, click on <gui>Unlock</gui> and type your password to be able to:"

9479

msgstr ""

9480

9481

#: C/clock-set.page:22(p)

9482

msgid "Set the time manually by clicking on the arrows for the hour and minute hands."

9483

msgstr ""

9484

9485

#: C/clock-set.page:23(p)

9486

msgid "Set the date manually by clicking on the drop-down menu."

9487

msgstr ""

9488

9489

#: C/clock-set.page:25(p)

9490

msgid "Have the clock update itself automatically by turning the <gui>Network Time</gui> ON."

9491

msgstr ""

9492

9493

#: C/clock-set.page:26(p)

9494

msgid "When network time is turned on, the computer will periodically synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to the internet."

9495

msgstr ""

9496

9497

#: C/clock-set.page:30(p)

9498

msgid "You can also change the hour format display by turning the 24-hour format ON or OFF."

9499

msgstr ""

9500

9501

#: C/clock-calendar.page:9(desc)

9502

msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."

9503

msgstr ""

9504

9505

#: C/clock-calendar.page:21(title)

9506

msgid "View appointments in your calendar"

9507

msgstr ""

9508

9509

#: C/clock-calendar.page:23(p)

9510

msgid "You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock on the top bar, if you're using a mail and calendar application called <app>Evolution</app>."

9511

msgstr ""

9512

9513

#: C/clock-calendar.page:24(p)

9514

msgid "If you have already set up Evolution, click on the clock and then click on various dates in the <gui>Calendar</gui> on the left to display existing appointments on the right. As appointments are added in Evolution, they will appear in the clock's appointment list."

9515

msgstr ""

9516

9517

#: C/clock-calendar.page:25(p)

9518

msgid "To quickly get to the full Evolution calendar, click on the clock and click <gui>Open Calendar</gui>."

9519

msgstr ""

9520

9521

#: C/clock-calendar.page:32(p)

9522

msgid "This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. Otherwise, a <link xref=\"app-evolution-setup\">window</link> will appear with the necessary steps for adding your first account."

9523

msgstr ""

9524

9525

#: C/clock-calendar.page:36(p)

9526

msgid "Should have some information or link to \"how to add a mail account to Evolution\", and possibly an image (but maybe a screenshot is too big)."

9527

msgstr ""

9528

9529

#: C/clock.page:10(desc)

9530

msgid "<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and appointments</link>..."

9531

msgstr ""

9532

9533

#: C/clock.page:24(title)

9534

msgid "Date & time"

9535

msgstr "Datum och tid"

9536

9537

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

9538

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

9539

#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26(None)

9540

#| msgid ""

9541

#| "@@image: 'figures/naut_go_to_location.png'; "

9542

#| "md5=f5731ef77db819a54be69cab8806529a"

9543

msgid "@@image: 'figures/bluetooth-menu.png'; md5=42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1"

9544

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/bluetooth-menu.png'; md5=42c7614ce7079d3fe15019ae1ab5f8a1"

9545

9546

#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:7(desc)

9547

msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."

9548

msgstr ""

9549

9550

#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18(title)

9551

msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"

9552

msgstr ""

9553

9554

#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:20(p)

9555

msgid "You can turn <app>Bluetooth</app> on to send and receive files, but turn it off to conserve power."

9556

msgstr ""

9557

9558

#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:25(desc)

9559

msgid "The Bluetooth icon and menu can be found on the top bar."

9560

msgstr ""

9561

9562

#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:29(p)

9563

msgid "To turn <app>Bluetooth</app> on, click the <app>Bluetooth</app> icon in the top bar, then toggle the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> switch so that it reads as <gui>ON</gui>."

9564

msgstr ""

9565

9566

#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:33(p)

9567

msgid "Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the <key>Fn</key> key."

9568

msgstr ""

9569

9570

#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:39(p)

9571

msgid "If you are connecting to another <app>Bluetooth</app> device for the first time, set the <gui>Visibility</gui> switch to <gui>ON</gui>. This allows your device to be seen by other <app>Bluetooth</app> devices."

9572

msgstr ""

9573

9574

#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:41(p)

9575

msgid "To turn <app>Bluetooth</app> off, change the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> switch to the <gui>OFF</gui> position."

9576

msgstr ""

9577

9578

#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:7(desc)

9579

msgid "Share files between Bluetooth-enabled devices, like your computer and your phone."

9580

msgstr ""

9581

9582

#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:22(title)

9583

msgid "Send a file to another Bluetooth device"

9584

msgstr ""

9585

9586

#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:23(p)

9587

msgid "You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files."

9588

msgstr ""

9589

9590

#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:27(p)

9591

msgid "If you have not done so already, <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">create a connection</link> to the Bluetooth device."

9592

msgstr ""

9593

9594

#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:30(p)

9595

msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon in the top bar and click <gui>Send Files to Device</gui>."

9596

msgstr ""

9597

9598

#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:33(p)

9599

msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."

9600

msgstr ""

9601

9602

#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:34(p)

9603

msgid "(To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you select each file.)"

9604

msgstr ""

9605

9606

#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:37(p)

9607

#, fuzzy

9608

#| msgid ""

9609

#| "Select the speed at which you want to write the CD from the drop-down "

9610

#| "list."

9611

msgid "Select the device which you want to send the files to from the list and then click <gui>Send</gui>."

9612

msgstr "Välj hastigheten i vilken du vill skriva cd-skivan från rullgardinslistan."

9613

9614

#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:38(p)

9615

msgid "You can limit the list to only specific device types using the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down control. You can also filter the list by whether the devices are paired and whether they are trusted."

9616

msgstr ""

9617

9618

#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:41(p)

9619

msgid "The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file transfer will be shown on your screen."

9620

msgstr ""

9621

9622

#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:7(desc)

9623

#, fuzzy

11004

9624

#| msgid "Select a theme in the list of themes."

11005

msgid "Selecting a list element plays the sound."

11006

msgstr "Välja ett listelement spelar upp ljudet."

11007

11008

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2710(para)

11009

msgid "<guilabel>Enable window and button sounds </guilabel> checkbox"

11010

msgstr "Kryssrutan <guilabel>Aktivera ljud för fönster och knappar </guilabel>"

11011

11012

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2713(para)

11013

msgid "Uncheck this option if you don't want to hear sounds for window-related events (such as a dialog or a menu appearing) and button clicks."

11014

msgstr "Kryssa bort detta alternativ om du inte vill höra ljud för fönsterrelaterade händelser (såsom när en dialogruta eller en meny visas) och knapptryck."

11015

11016

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2724(title)

11017

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2730(title)

11018

#| msgid "Sound Event Preferences"

11019

msgid "Sound Input Preferences"

11020

msgstr "Inställningar för ljudingång"

11021

11022

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2725(para)

11023

#| msgid ""

11024

#| "Use the <guilabel>Motion</guilabel> tabbed section to set your "

11025

#| "preferences for mouse movement."

11026

msgid "Use the <guilabel>Input</guilabel> tabbed section to set your preferences for sound input."

11027

msgstr "Använd fliksektionen <guilabel>Ingång</guilabel> för att ställa in dina inställningar för ljudingång."

11028

11029

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2727(para)

11030

#| msgid ""

11031

#| "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-14\"/> lists the background preferences "

11032

#| "that you can modify."

11033

msgid "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-1\"/> lists the sound input preferences that you can modify."

11034

msgstr "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-1\"/> listar inställningar för ljudingång som du kan ändra."

11035

11036

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2747(para)

11037

#| msgid "<guilabel>Motion threshold</guilabel> slider"

11038

msgid "<guilabel>Input volume </guilabel> slider"

11039

msgstr "Draglisten <guilabel>Ingångsvolym </guilabel>"

11040

11041

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2752(para)

11042

msgid "Use the input volume slider to control the input level."

11043

msgstr "Använd draglisten för ingångsvolym för att kontrollera ingångsnivån."

11044

11045

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2753(para)

11046

msgid "The <guilabel>Mute </guilabel> checkbox allows to temporarily suppress all input without disturbing the current input level."

11047

msgstr "Kryssrutan <guilabel>Tyst </guilabel> låter dig temporärt stänga av allt ingångsljud utan att störa den aktuella inställningen för ingångsnivå."

11048

11049

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2759(guilabel)

11050

msgid "Input level"

11051

msgstr "Ingångsnivå"

11052

11053

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2763(para)

11054

msgid "The <guilabel>Input level</guilabel> display provides visual feedback that helps to select a suitable input volume."

11055

msgstr "<guilabel>Ingångsnivå</guilabel> tillhandahåller visuell återkoppling som hjälper till att välja en lämplig ingångsvolym."

11056

11057

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2769(para)

11058

#| msgid "<guilabel>Motion threshold</guilabel> slider"

11059

msgid "<guilabel>Choose a device for sound input </guilabel> list"

11060

msgstr "Listan <guilabel>Välj en enhet för ljudingång </guilabel>"

11061

11062

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2774(para)

11063

msgid "Choose the device that you want to receive sound input from."

11064

msgstr "Välj den enhet som du vill ska ta emot ljudindata."

11065

11066

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2781(para)

11067

msgid "Note that the input volume can also be controlled with the microphone icon that is shown in the notification area of the panel when an application is listening for sound input."

11068

msgstr "Observera att ingångsvolymen även kan kontrolleras med mikrofonikonen som visas i notifieringsytan i panelen när ett program lyssnar efter ljudindata."

11069

11070

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2786(title)

11071

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2792(title)

11072

#| msgid "Sound Preferences"

11073

msgid "Sound Output Preferences"

11074

msgstr "Inställningar för ljudutgång"

11075

11076

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2787(para)

11077

#| msgid ""

11078

#| "Use the <guilabel>Motion</guilabel> tabbed section to set your "

11079

#| "preferences for mouse movement."

11080

msgid "Use the <guilabel>Output</guilabel> tabbed section to set your preferences for sound output."

11081

msgstr "Använd fliksektionen <guilabel>Utgång</guilabel> för att ställa in dina inställningar för ljudutgång."

11082

11083

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2789(para)

11084

#| msgid ""

11085

#| "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-14\"/> lists the background preferences "

11086

#| "that you can modify."

11087

msgid "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-2\"/> lists the sound output preferences that you can modify."

11088

msgstr "<xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-2\"/> listar inställningar för ljudutgång som du kan ändra."

11089

11090

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2809(para)

11091

#| msgid "<guilabel>Motion threshold</guilabel> slider"

11092

msgid "<guilabel>Output volume </guilabel> slider"

11093

msgstr "Draglisten <guilabel>Utgångsvolym </guilabel>"

11094

11095

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2814(para)

11096

msgid "Use the output volume slider to control the overall output volume."

11097

msgstr "Använd draglisten för utgångsvolym för att kontrollera den övergripande utgångsvolymen."

11098

11099

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2815(para)

11100

msgid "The <guilabel>Mute </guilabel> checkbox allows to temporarily suppress all output without disturbing the current volume."

11101

msgstr "Kryssrutan <guilabel>Tyst </guilabel> låter dig temporärt stänga av all ljudutdata utan att störa aktuell volyminställning."

11102

11103

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2816(para)

11104

#| msgid ""

11105

#| "An <guilabel>untitled</guilabel> folder is added to the location. The "

11106

#| "name of the folder is selected."

11107

msgid "Note that the <guilabel>Output volume</guilabel> slider is located above the tabbed section at the top of the window."

11108

msgstr "Observera att draglisten <guilabel>Utgångsvolym</guilabel> finns ovanför fliksektionen i överkant av fönstret."

11109

11110

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2822(para)

11111

#| msgid "<guilabel>Motion threshold</guilabel> slider"

11112

msgid "<guilabel>Choose a device for sound output </guilabel> list"

11113

msgstr "Listan <guilabel>Välj en enhet för ljudutgång </guilabel>"

11114

11115

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2827(para)

11116

#| msgid "Select the file that you want to change."

11117

msgid "Choose the device that you want to hear sound output from."

11118

msgstr "Välj den enhet som du vill höra ljudutdata från."

11119

11120

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2833(para)

11121

#| msgid "<guilabel>Motion threshold</guilabel> slider"

11122

msgid "<guilabel>Balance </guilabel> slider"

11123

msgstr "Draglisten <guilabel>Balans </guilabel>"

11124

11125

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2838(para)

11126

msgid "Use the <guilabel>Balance</guilabel> slider to control the left/right balance of an output device that has more than one channel (e.g. stereo or 5.1)."

11127

msgstr "Använd draglisten <guilabel>Balans</guilabel> för att styra balansen mellan vänster/höger högtalare för en utgångsenhet som har fler än en kanal (t.ex. stereo eller 5.1)."

11128

11129

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2846(para)

11130

msgid "Note that the output volume can also be controlled with the speaker icon that is shown in the notification area of the panel."

11131

msgstr "Observera att utgångsvolymen även kan kontrolleras med högtalarikonen som visas i notifieringsytan i panelen."

11132

11133

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2850(title)

11134

#| msgid "Sound Preferences"

11135

msgid "Application Sound Preferences"

11136

msgstr "Ljudinställningar för program"

11137

11138

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2851(para)

11139

#| msgid ""

11140

#| "Use the <guilabel>Motion</guilabel> tabbed section to set your "

11141

#| "preferences for mouse movement."

11142

msgid "Use the <guilabel>Applications</guilabel> tabbed section to control the volume of sound played by individual applications."

11143

msgstr "Använd fliksektionen <guilabel>Program</guilabel> för att kontrollera volymen för ljud som spelas upp av individuella program."

11144

11145

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2853(para)

11146

msgid "Each application that is currently playing sound is identified by its name and icon."

11147

msgstr "Varje program som för närvarande spelar upp ljud identifieras med dess namn och ikon."

11148

11149

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2871(title)

11150

msgid "System"

11151

msgstr "System"

11152

11153

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2875(title)

11154

msgid "Multimedia Systems Selector"

11155

msgstr "Multimediasystemväljare"

11156

11157

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2876(para)

11158

msgid "See the <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gstreamer-properties\">GStreamer Properties Manual</ulink>."

11159

msgstr "Se <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gstreamer-properties\">GStreamer Properties Manual</ulink>."

11160

11161

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2880(title)

11162

msgid "Sessions Preferences"

11163

msgstr "Sessionsinställningar"

11164

11165

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2894(primary)

11166

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2951(primary)

11167

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2970(primary)

11168

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2988(primary)

11169

msgid "startup applications"

11170

msgstr "uppstartsprogram"

11171

11172

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2897(para)

11173

msgid "The <application>Sessions</application> preference tool enables you to manage your sessions. You can set session preferences, and specify which applications to start when you start a session. You can configure sessions to save the state of applications in the GNOME Desktop, and to restore the state when you start another session. You can also use this preference tool to manage multiple GNOME sessions."

11174

msgstr "Inställningsverktyget <application>Sessioner</application> låter dig hantera dina sessioner. Du kan ställa in sessionsinställningar och ange vilka program som ska startas när du startar en session. Du kan konfigurera sessioner till att spara tillståndet för program på GNOME-skrivbordet och till att återställa tillståndet när du startar en annan session. Du kan även använda det här inställningsverktyget till att hantera multipla GNOME-sessioner."

11175

11176

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2903(para)

11177

msgid "You can customize the settings for sessions and startup applications in the following functional areas:"

11178

msgstr "Du kan anpassa inställningarna för sessioner och uppstartsprogram i följande funktionsområden:"

11179

11180

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2908(guilabel)

11181

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2928(title)

11182

msgid "Session Options"

11183

msgstr "Sessionsalternativ"

11184

11185

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2913(guilabel)

11186

msgid "Startup Programs"

11187

msgstr "Uppstartsprogram"

11188

11189

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2918(title)

11190

msgid "Setting Session Preferences"

11191

msgstr "Ställa in sessionsinställningar"

11192

11193

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2921(secondary)

11194

msgid "setting options"

11195

msgstr "ställa in alternativ"

11196

11197

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2923(para)

11198

msgid "Use the <guilabel>Session Options</guilabel> tabbed section to manage multiple sessions, and to set preferences for the current session."

11199

msgstr "Använd fliksektionen <guilabel>Sessionsalternativ</guilabel> för att hantera multipla sessioner och för att ställa in inställningar för den aktuella sessionen."

11200

11201

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2925(para)

11202

msgid "<xref linkend=\"goscustsession-TBL-11\"/> lists the session options that you can modify."

11203

msgstr "<xref linkend=\"goscustsession-TBL-11\"/> listar sessionsalternativen som du kan ändra."

11204

11205

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2946(guilabel)

11206

msgid "Automatically remember running applications when logging out"

11207

msgstr "Kom automatiskt ihåg körande program vid utloggning"

11208

11209

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2952(secondary)

11210

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2971(secondary)

11211

msgid "session-managed"

11212

msgstr "sessionshanterade"

11213

11214

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2954(para)

11215

#| msgid ""

11216

#| "Select this option if you want the session manager to save the current "

11217

#| "state of your session. The session manager saves the session-managed "

11218

#| "applications that are open, and the settings associated with the session-"

11219

#| "managed applications. The next time that you start a session, the "

11220

#| "applications start automatically, with the saved settings."

11221

msgid "Select this option if you want the session manager to save the state of your session when logging out. The session manager saves the session-managed applications that are open, and the settings associated with the session-managed applications when you log out. The next time that you start a session, the applications start automatically, with the saved settings."

11222

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet om du vill att sessionshanteraren ska spara tillståndet för din session när du loggar ut. Sessionshanteraren sparar sessionshanterade program som är öppnade och inställningarna som är associerade med de sessionshanterade programmen när du loggar ut. Nästa gång som du startar en session så kommer programmen att startas automatiskt med de sparade inställningarna."

11223

11224

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2965(guilabel)

11225

#| msgid "Running Applications"

11226

msgid "Remember currently running applications"

11227

msgstr "Kom ihåg för närvarande körande program"

11228

11229

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2973(para)

11230

msgid "Select this option if you want the session manager to save the current state of your session. The session manager saves the session-managed applications that are open, and the settings associated with the session-managed applications. The next time that you start a session, the applications start automatically, with the saved settings."

11231

msgstr "Välj det här alternativet om du vill att sessionshanteraren ska spara det aktuella tillståndet för din session. Sessionshanteraren sparar sessionshanterade program som är öppnade och inställningarna som är associerade med de sessionshanterade programmen. Nästa gång som du startar en session kommer programmen att starta automatiskt med de sparade inställningarna."

11232

11233

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2986(title)

11234

msgid "Configuring Startup Applications"

11235

msgstr "Konfigurera uppstartsprogram"

11236

11237

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2989(secondary)

11238

msgid "non-session-managed"

11239

msgstr "inte sessionshanterade"

11240

11241

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2991(para)

11242

msgid "Use the <guilabel>Startup Programs</guilabel> tabbed section of the <application>Sessions</application> preference tool to specify non-session-managed <firstterm>startup applications</firstterm>. Startup applications are applications that start automatically when you start a session. You specify the commands that run the non-session-managed applications in the <guilabel>Startup Programs</guilabel> tabbed section. The commands execute automatically when you log in."

11243

msgstr "Använd fliksektionen <guilabel>Uppstartsprogram</guilabel> i inställningsverktyget <application>Sessioner</application> för att ange icke-sessionshanterade <firstterm>uppstartsprogram</firstterm>. Uppstartsprogram är program som startas automatiskt när du startar en session. Du anger de kommandon som kör de icke-sessionshanterade programmen i fliksektionen <guilabel>Uppstartsprogram</guilabel>. Dessa kommandon körs automatiskt när du loggar in."

11244

11245

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:2998(para)

11246

msgid "You can also start session-managed applications automatically. For more information, see <xref linkend=\"goscustsession-16\"/>."

11247

msgstr "Du kan även starta sessionshanterade program automatiskt. För mer information, se <xref linkend=\"goscustsession-16\"/>."

11248

11249

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:3000(para)

11250

msgid "<xref linkend=\"goscustsession-TBL-19\"/> lists the startup applications preferences that you can modify."

11251

msgstr "<xref linkend=\"goscustsession-TBL-19\"/> listar inställningar för uppstartsprogrammen som du kan ändra."

11252

11253

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:3003(title)

11254

msgid "Startup Programs Preferences"

11255

msgstr "Inställningar för uppstartsprogram"

11256

11257

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:3021(guilabel)

11258

msgid "Additional startup programs"

11259

msgstr "Ytterligare uppstartsprogram"

11260

11261

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:3025(para)

11262

msgid "Use this table to manage non-session-managed startup applications as follows:"

11263

msgstr "Använd den här tabellen för att hantera icke-sessionshanterade uppstartsprogram:"

11264

11265

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:3029(para)

11266

#| msgid ""

11267

#| "To add a startup application, click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> "

11268

#| "button. The <guilabel>Add Startup Program</guilabel> dialog is displayed. "

11269

#| "Enter the command to start the application in the <guilabel>Startup "

11270

#| "Command</guilabel> field."

11271

msgid "To add a startup application, click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button. The <guilabel>New Startup Program</guilabel> dialog is displayed. Enter the name of the appplication in the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> field. Then enter the command to start the application in the <guilabel>Command</guilabel> field. you can also specify a comment in the <guilabel>Comment</guilabel> field"

11272

msgstr "För att lägga till ett uppstartsprogram, klicka på knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton>. Dialogrutan <guilabel>Nytt uppstartprogram</guilabel> visas. Ange namnet på programmet i fältet <guilabel>Namn</guilabel>. Ange sedan kommandot för att starta programmet i fältet <guilabel>Kommando</guilabel>. Du kan även ange en kommentar i fältet <guilabel>Kommentar</guilabel>."

11273

11274

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:3032(para)

11275

msgid "To edit a startup application, select the startup application, then click on the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button. The <guilabel>Edit Startup Program</guilabel> dialog is displayed. Use the dialog to modify the command and the startup order for the startup application."

11276

msgstr "För att redigera ett uppstartsprogram, markera uppstartsprogrammet och klicka sedan på knappen <guibutton>Redigera</guibutton>. Dialogrutan <guilabel>Redigera uppstartsprogram</guilabel> visas. Använd dialogrutan för att ändra kommandot och startordningen för uppstartsprogrammet."

11277

11278

#: C/goscustdesk.xml:3038(para)

11279

#| msgid ""

11280

#| "To delete a startup application, select the startup application, then "

11281

#| "click on the <guilabel>Delete</guilabel> button."

11282

msgid "To delete a startup application, select the startup application, then click on the <guilabel>Remove</guilabel> button."

11283

msgstr "För att ta bort ett uppstartsprogram, markera uppstartsprogrammet och klicka sedan på knappen <guilabel>Ta bort</guilabel>."

11284

11285

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

11286

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

11287

#: C/gosbasic.xml:327(None)

11288

msgid "@@image: 'figures/normal_pointer.png'; md5=47960823c1883b50400d4fb7be857c72"

11289

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/normal_pointer.png'; md5=47960823c1883b50400d4fb7be857c72"

11290

11291

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

11292

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

11293

#: C/gosbasic.xml:343(None)

11294

msgid "@@image: 'figures/busy_pointer.png'; md5=99db6994613731ca7687bd700c471b2d"

11295

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/busy_pointer.png'; md5=99db6994613731ca7687bd700c471b2d"

11296

11297

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

11298

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

11299

#: C/gosbasic.xml:358(None)

11300

msgid "@@image: 'figures/resize_pointer.png'; md5=43e8186584e1879ba078caedf0a9f33f"

11301

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/resize_pointer.png'; md5=43e8186584e1879ba078caedf0a9f33f"

11302

11303

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

11304

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

11305

#: C/gosbasic.xml:376(None)

11306

msgid "@@image: 'figures/hyperlink_pointer.png'; md5=41030ede726c6f3d9f1bd1f05456f3f6"

11307

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/hyperlink_pointer.png'; md5=41030ede726c6f3d9f1bd1f05456f3f6"

11308

11309

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

11310

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

11311

#: C/gosbasic.xml:394(None)

11312

msgid "@@image: 'figures/ibeam_pointer.png'; md5=77aa93e74d640173c96801747bf564d1"

11313

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/ibeam_pointer.png'; md5=77aa93e74d640173c96801747bf564d1"

11314

11315

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

11316

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

11317

#: C/gosbasic.xml:488(None)

11318

msgid "@@image: 'figures/not_available_pointer.png'; md5=19601aaf360da25b8a0d1d18b45ed99e"

11319

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/not_available_pointer.png'; md5=19601aaf360da25b8a0d1d18b45ed99e"

11320

11321

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

11322

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

11323

#: C/gosbasic.xml:504(None)

11324

msgid "@@image: 'figures/move_panel_object_pointer.png'; md5=e4244fb77b0df2b0c451328dce6fa175"

11325

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/move_panel_object_pointer.png'; md5=e4244fb77b0df2b0c451328dce6fa175"

11326

11327

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

11328

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

11329

#: C/gosbasic.xml:521(None)

11330

msgid "@@image: 'figures/movewindow_pointer.png'; md5=8496a1d62cbfbe5272f8f5fa6f173c4c"

11331

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/movewindow_pointer.png'; md5=8496a1d62cbfbe5272f8f5fa6f173c4c"

11332

11333

#: C/gosbasic.xml:3(title)

11334

msgid "Basic Skills"

11335

msgstr "Grundläggande färdigheter"

11336

11337

#: C/gosbasic.xml:11(para)

11338

msgid "This chapter introduces you to the basic skills that you need to work with the GNOME Desktop."

11339

msgstr "Det här kapitlet introducerar de grundläggande färdigheterna som du behöver för att arbeta med GNOME-skrivbordet."

11340

11341

#: C/gosbasic.xml:16(title)

11342

msgid "Mouse Skills"

11343

msgstr "Musfärdigheter"

11344

11345

#: C/gosbasic.xml:22(primary)

11346

#: C/gosbasic.xml:27(secondary)

11347

#: C/gosbasic.xml:544(primary)

11348

#: C/gosbasic.xml:549(secondary)

11349

msgid "basic skills"

11350

msgstr "grundläggande färdigheter"

11351

11352

#: C/gosbasic.xml:23(secondary)

11353

msgid "mouse skills"

11354

msgstr "musfärdigheter"

11355

11356

#. Notes for future development of the mouse section

11357

#. Contents list:

11358

#. * buttons

11359

#. * click, drag, etc

11360

#. * what you actually do with those: the concept of focus, selection, etc.

11361

#. basically, an introduction to the 'noun, verb' grammar of GUIs

11362

#. * pointers

11363

#: C/gosbasic.xml:39(para)

11364

msgid "This section describes what the mouse buttons do, and what the different pointers mean."

11365

msgstr "Det här avsnittet beskriver vad musknapparna gör och vad de olika muspekarna betyder."

11366

11367

#: C/gosbasic.xml:43(para)

11368

msgid "A mouse is a pointing device that lets you move the mouse pointer on the screen. The mouse pointer is usually a small arrow with which you point to objects on your screen. Pressing a mouse button will perform a particular action on the object over which your mouse pointer is situated, depending on which button you press."

11369

msgstr "En mus är ett pekdon som låter dig flytta muspekaren på skärmen. Muspekaren är normalt sett en liten pil som du pekar med på objekt på din skärm. Trycka ned en musknapp kommer att genomföra en specifik åtgärd på det objekt som muspekaren har placerats över, beroende på vilken knapp du trycker ned."

11370

11371

#: C/gosbasic.xml:49(title)

11372

msgid "Mouse Button Conventions"

11373

msgstr "Musknappsstandarder"

11374

11375

#: C/gosbasic.xml:57(secondary)

11376

msgid "button conventions"

11377

msgstr "knappstandarder"

11378

11379

#: C/gosbasic.xml:60(para)

11380

msgid "The instructions in this manual are for three buttoned, right handed mouse devices, the most common type. If you use another type of mouse or pointing device, you should take care to locate the corresponding buttons on your mouse. If you use a left-handed mouse see the paragraph on setting mouse orientation below."

11381

msgstr "Instruktionerna i den här handboken är för treknappade, högerhänta musenheter, den mest vanliga typen. Om du använder en annan typ av mus eller pekdon bör du hitta motsvarande knappar på din mus. Om du använder en vänsterhänt mus, se avsnittet om hur man ställer in musorienteringen här nedan."

11382

11383

#: C/gosbasic.xml:65(para)

11384

msgid "If you set your mouse device to be left handed, you should reverse the mouse button conventions used in this manual. This is normally also implied in most documentation and in many applications."

11385

msgstr "Om du ställer in din musenhet till att vara vänsterhänt så bör du tänka omvänt för de musknappsstandarder som används i den här handboken. Det här gäller vanligtvis även i större delen av dokumentationen och i många program."

11386

11387

#: C/gosbasic.xml:69(para)

11388

msgid "Some mice lack a middle button. If you have a two-button mouse device, then your system may be configured to use <firstterm>chording</firstterm> to allow middle button simulation. If chording is activated, you press the left and right mouse buttons simultaneously, to simulate the the middle mouse button. A middle mouse button is by no means necessary to use GNOME."

11389

msgstr "Vissa möss saknar en mittenknapp. Om du har en tvåknappars musenhet kan ditt system konfigureras till att använda <firstterm>chording</firstterm> för att tillåta simulering av mittenknappen. Om \"chording\" är aktiverad kan du trycka på vänster och höger musknapp samtidigt för att simulera den mittersta musknappen. En mittenmusknapp är på inga sätt nödvändig för att använda GNOME."

11390

11391

#: C/gosbasic.xml:74(para)

11392

msgid "The mouse button conventions used in this manual are as follows:"

11393

msgstr "Musknappsstandarderna som används i den här handboken är som följer:"

11394

11395

#: C/gosbasic.xml:78(term)

11396

#: C/gosbasic.xml:246(term)

11397

msgid "Left mouse button"

11398

msgstr "Vänster musknapp"

11399

11400

#: C/gosbasic.xml:79(para)

11401

msgid "The button on the left side of a mouse device. This is the main mouse button, used for selecting, activating, pressing buttons etc... When you are told to \"click\" it is implied that you should click with the left button, unless specifically stated."

11402

msgstr "Knappen på vänstra sidan av en musenhet. Det här är huvudmusknappen som används för att markera, aktivera, trycka på knappar etc... När du instrueras att \"klicka\" är det menat att du ska klicka med vänstra knappen, såvida inte något annat har sagts."

11403

11404

#: C/gosbasic.xml:85(term)

11405

#: C/gosbasic.xml:257(term)

11406

msgid "Middle mouse button"

11407

msgstr "Mittenmusknapp"

11408

11409

#: C/gosbasic.xml:86(para)

11410

msgid "The middle button of a mouse device. On many mice with a scroll wheel, the scroll wheel can be pushed down for a middle mouse button click."

11411

msgstr "Mittenknappen på en musenhet. På många möss med ett rullhjul kan rullhjulet tryckas ned direkt för ett mittenmusknappsklick."

11412

11413

#: C/gosbasic.xml:91(term)

11414

#: C/gosbasic.xml:267(term)

11415

msgid "Right mouse button"

11416

msgstr "Höger musknapp"

11417

11418

#: C/gosbasic.xml:92(para)

11419

msgid "The button on the right side of a mouse device. Often, this button displays a context menu for the object under the pointer."

11420

msgstr "Knappen på höger sida av musenheten. Ofta visar den här knappen en sammanhangsmeny för objektet under pekaren."

11421

11422

#: C/gosbasic.xml:97(para)

11423

msgid "Use <application>Mouse Preferences</application> to reverse the orientation of your mouse device. You will then need to reverse the mouse button conventions used in this manual and other GNOME documentation. See <xref linkend=\"prefs-mouse\"/> for more information about setting your mouse preferences."

11424

msgstr "Använd <application>Musinställningar</application> för omvänd orientering för din musenhet. Du kommer att behöva vända om musknappsstandarderna som används i den här handboken och annan GNOME-dokumentation. Se <xref linkend=\"prefs-mouse\"/> för mer information om hur du ställer in dina musinställningar."

11425

11426

#: C/gosbasic.xml:104(title)

11427

msgid "Mouse Actions"

11428

msgstr "Musåtgärder"

11429

11430

#: C/gosbasic.xml:105(titleabbrev)

11431

msgid "Actions"

11432

msgstr "Åtgärder"

11433

11434

#: C/gosbasic.xml:113(secondary)

11435

msgid "action conventions"

11436

msgstr "åtgärdsstandarder"

11437

11438

#: C/gosbasic.xml:117(secondary)

11439

msgid "action terminology"

11440

msgstr "åtgärdsterminologi"

11441

11442

#: C/gosbasic.xml:120(para)

11443

msgid "The following conventions are used in this manual to describe actions that you take with the mouse:"

11444

msgstr "Följande standarder används i den här handboken för att beskriva åtgärder som du gör med musen:"

11445

11446

#: C/gosbasic.xml:134(para)

11447

msgid "Definition"

11448

msgstr "Definition"

11449

11450

#: C/gosbasic.xml:141(para)

11451

msgid "Click"

11452

msgstr "Klicka"

11453

11454

#: C/gosbasic.xml:144(para)

11455

msgid "Press and release the left mouse button, without moving the mouse."

11456

msgstr "Tryck och släpp vänster musknapp, utan att förflytta musen."

11457

11458

#: C/gosbasic.xml:153(para)

11459

msgid "Same as <emphasis>click</emphasis>. The term 'left-click' is used where there might be confusion with <emphasis>right-click</emphasis>."

11460

msgstr "Samma som <emphasis>klicka</emphasis>. Termen \"vänsterklick\" används där det kan förväxlas med <emphasis>högerklick</emphasis>."

11461

11462

#: C/gosbasic.xml:163(para)

11463

msgid "Press and release the middle mouse button, without moving the mouse."

11464

msgstr "Tryck och släpp mittenmusknappen, utan att förflytta musen."

11465

11466

#: C/gosbasic.xml:172(para)

11467

msgid "Press and release the right mouse button, without moving the mouse."

11468

msgstr "Tryck och släpp höger musknapp, utan att förflytta musen."

11469

11470

#: C/gosbasic.xml:178(para)

11471

msgid "Double-click"

11472

msgstr "Dubbelklicka"

11473

11474

#: C/gosbasic.xml:181(para)

11475

msgid "Press and release the left mouse button twice in rapid succession without moving the mouse. You can configure the sensitivity to double-clicks by changing the <emphasis>Double-click Timeout</emphasis> setting: see <xref linkend=\"prefs-mouse\"/> for more information."

11476

msgstr "Tryck och släpp vänstra musknappen två gånger snabbt utan att förflytta musen. Du kan konfigurera känsligheten för dubbelklick genom att ändra inställningen <emphasis>Tidsgräns för dubbelklick</emphasis>: se <xref linkend=\"prefs-mouse\"/> för mer information."

11477

11478

#: C/gosbasic.xml:190(para)

11479

#| msgid "Click-and-hold"

11480

msgid "Click-and-drag"

9625

msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."

9626

msgstr "Välj ett tema i temalistan."

9627

9628

#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:22(title)

9629

msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"

9630

msgstr ""

9631

9632

#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:23(p)

9633

msgid "If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device any more, remove the connection:"

9634

msgstr ""

9635

9636

#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27(p)

9637

msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon in the top bar, and choose <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."

9638

msgstr ""

9639

9640

#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:30(p)

9641

msgid "Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, and then click the <gui>-</gui> icon underneath the list."

9642

msgstr ""

9643

9644

#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:33(p)

9645

#| msgid "Click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>."

9646

msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."

9647

msgstr "Klicka på <gui>Ta bort</gui>."

9648

9649

#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:37(p)

9650

msgid "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth device</link> later if desired."

9651

msgstr ""

9652

9653

#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:10(desc)

9654

msgid "The adapter could be turned off or doesn't have drivers, or Bluetooth might be disabled or blocked."

9655

msgstr ""

9656

9657

#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21(title)

9658

msgid "Why can't I connect my Bluetooth device?"

9659

msgstr ""

9660

9661

#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23(p)

9662

msgid "There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a Bluetooth device (like a phone or headset):"

9663

msgstr ""

9664

9665

#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:27(p)

9666

msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"

9667

msgstr ""

9668

9669

#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28(p)

9670

msgid "Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device is set-up to allow connections."

9671

msgstr ""

9672

9673

#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:32(p)

9674

msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"

9675

msgstr ""

9676

9677

#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:33(p)

9678

msgid "Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. This could be because drivers for the adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, and so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter."

9679

msgstr ""

9680

9681

#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:37(p)

9682

msgid "Adapter not switched on"

9683

msgstr ""

9684

9685

#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:38(p)

9686

msgid "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and check that it's not disabled."

9687

msgstr ""

9688

9689

#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42(p)

9690

msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"

9691

msgstr ""

9692

9693

#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:43(p)

9694

msgid "Check that Bluetooth is turned-on on the device you're trying to connect to. For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not in airplane mode"

9695

msgstr ""

9696

9697

#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:7(desc)

9698

msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."

9699

msgstr ""

9700

9701

#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:22(title)

9702

msgid "Connect your computer to another Bluetooth device"

9703

msgstr ""

9704

9705

#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:24(p)

9706

msgid "Before you can transfer files between Bluetooth-enabled devices, you first need to connect them. This is also called, \"pairing\" Bluetooth devices."

9707

msgstr ""

9708

9709

#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:28(p)

9710

msgid "<link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">Turn on</link> your computer's Bluetooth device."

9711

msgstr ""

9712

9713

#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:31(p)

9714

msgid "Select the Bluetooth icon in the top-bar, and select <gui>Setup a New Device...</gui>."

9715

msgstr ""

9716

9717

#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:34(p)

9718

msgid "Make the other Bluetooth device discoverable or visible, and place it within 10 meters of your computer. Then select <gui>Forward</gui>. Your computer will begin searching for devices."

9719

msgstr ""

9720

9721

#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:37(p)

9722

msgid "If there are too many devices listed, select the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down bar to display only a single type of device in the list."

9723

msgstr ""

9724

9725

#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:40(p)

9726

msgid "Select <gui>PIN options...</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other device."

9727

msgstr ""

9728

9729

#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:42(p)

9730

msgid "The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the proper setting."

9731

msgstr ""

9732

9733

#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:44(p)

9734

msgid "Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, and then select <gui>Close</gui>."

9735

msgstr ""

9736

9737

#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:47(p)

9738

msgid "Select <gui>Forward</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, the PIN will be displayed on the screen."

9739

msgstr ""

9740

9741

#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50(p)

9742

msgid "Enter the PIN code on your other device, if required. You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device list and start again."

9743

msgstr ""

9744

9745

#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:53(p)

9746

msgid "A message appears when the connection successfully completes. If the device offers other capabilities, such as Personal Area Networking (PAN) on a mobile phone, you can enable them using checkboxes. Then select <gui>Close</gui>."

9747

msgstr ""

9748

9749

#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:57(p)

9750

msgid "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth connection</link> later if desired."

9751

msgstr ""

9752

9753

#: C/backup-why.page:7(desc)

9754

msgid "<link xref=\"backup-why\">Why</link>, <link xref=\"backup-what\">what</link>, <link xref=\"backup-where\">where</link> and <link xref=\"backup-how\">how</link> of backups."

9755

msgstr ""

9756

9757

#: C/backup-why.page:16(title)

9758

#| msgid "Back"

9759

msgid "Backups"

9760

msgstr "Säkerhetskopiering"

9761

9762

#: C/backup-why.page:25(title)

9763

msgid "Back up your important files"

9764

msgstr "Säkerhetskopiera dina viktiga filer"

9765

9766

#: C/backup-why.page:26(p)

9767

msgid "Backing up your files simply means making a copy of your files for safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."

9768

msgstr ""

9769

9770

#: C/backup-why.page:30(p)

9771

msgid "The best way to back up up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies off-site and encrypted."

9772

msgstr ""

9773

9774

#: C/backup-where.page:6(desc)

9775

msgid "Advice on where to store your backups and what storage device to use."

9776

msgstr ""

9777

9778

#: C/backup-where.page:7(title)

9779

#, fuzzy

9780

#| msgid "%c"

9781

msgid "c"

9782

msgstr "%c"

9783

9784

#: C/backup-where.page:21(title)

9785

msgid "Where to store your backup"

9786

msgstr ""

9787

9788

#: C/backup-where.page:22(p)

9789

msgid "You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your computer (on an external hard disk, for example). An important consideration when choosing the backup medium is capacity. This will depend on how much data you need to back up."

9790

msgstr ""

9791

9792

#: C/backup-where.page:27(title)

9793

msgid "Local and remote storage options"

9794

msgstr ""

9795

9796

#: C/backup-where.page:29(p)

9797

msgid "A USB memory key (low capacity)"

9798

msgstr ""

9799

9800

#: C/backup-where.page:32(p)

9801

msgid "An internal disk drive (higher capacity)"

9802

msgstr ""

9803

9804

#: C/backup-where.page:35(p)

9805

msgid "An external USB drive (variable capacity, but can be very high)"

9806

msgstr ""

9807

9808

#: C/backup-where.page:38(p)

9809

msgid "A network drive (high capacity)"

9810

msgstr ""

9811

9812

#: C/backup-where.page:41(p)

9813

msgid "A file/backup server"

9814

msgstr ""

9815

9816

#: C/backup-where.page:44(p)

9817

#, fuzzy

9818

#| msgid "Writing CDs or DVDs"

9819

msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs"

9820

msgstr "Skriv cd- eller dvd-skivor"

9821

9822

#: C/backup-where.page:47(p)

9823

msgid "An online backup service like <link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link> (stores your data off-site for a small fee)"

9824

msgstr ""

9825

9826

#: C/backup-where.page:50(p)

9827

msgid "Some of these would allow for a backup of every file on your system, also known as a complete system backup."

9828

msgstr ""

9829

9830

#: C/backup-where.page:2(page)

9831

msgid "<info><placeholder-1/><placeholder-2/><placeholder-3/><revision pkgversion=\"3.0\" date=\"2011-04-03\" status=\"final\"/><revision pkgversion=\"3.0\" version=\"3.0.1\" date=\"2011-04-06\" status=\"outdated\"/><credit type=\"author\"><placeholder-4/><placeholder-5/></credit><credit type=\"author\"><placeholder-6/><placeholder-7/></credit><include href=\"legal.xml\"/></info><placeholder-8/> x <placeholder-9/><list><placeholder-10/><placeholder-11/><placeholder-12/><placeholder-13/><placeholder-14/><placeholder-15/><placeholder-16/><placeholder-17/></list><placeholder-18/>"

9832

msgstr ""

9833

9834

#: C/backup-what.page:6(desc)

9835

msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."

9836

msgstr ""

9837

9838

#: C/backup-what.page:21(title)

9839

msgid "What to back up"

9840

msgstr ""

9841

9842

#: C/backup-what.page:23(p)

9843

msgid "Your priority should be to backup your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult to recreate. An example of most important to least important:"

9844

msgstr ""

9845

9846

#: C/backup-what.page:29(title)

9847

#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:49(p)

9848

#| msgid "opening files"

9849

msgid "Your personal files"

9850

msgstr "Dina personliga filer"

9851

9852

#: C/backup-what.page:30(p)

9853

msgid "Documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, financial data, family photos, anything that you made that has importance to you. These are clearly the most important as they may be irreplaceable."

9854

msgstr ""

9855

9856

#: C/backup-what.page:34(title)

9857

#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:53(p)

9858

#| msgid "To Save Session Settings"

9859

msgid "Your personal settings"

9860

msgstr "Dina personliga inställningar"

9861

9862

#: C/backup-what.page:35(p)

9863

msgid "This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a while to recreate."

9864

msgstr ""

9865

9866

#: C/backup-what.page:40(p)

9867

msgid "Most people never change the settings that are created during installation. If you do customize your system, you may wish to backup these settings."

9868

msgstr ""

9869

9870

#: C/backup-what.page:45(title)

9871

msgid "Installed software (and everything else)."

9872

msgstr ""

9873

9874

#: C/backup-what.page:46(p)

9875

msgid "Such software can usually be restored by reinstalling it."

9876

msgstr ""

9877

9878

#: C/backup-what.page:50(p)

9879

msgid "In general, you will want to backup files that are irreplaceable and files that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk space by having backups of them."

9880

msgstr ""

9881

9882

#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:6(desc)

9883

msgid "A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you may want to back up."

9884

msgstr ""

9885

9886

#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:22(title)

9887

msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"

9888

msgstr ""

9889

9890

#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:24(p)

9891

msgid "Deciding what files to backup and finding where they all are is the most difficult step when attempting to perform a backup. Below is a list of where most of your important files should be, so you can find them more easily."

9892

msgstr ""

9893

9894

#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30(title)

9895

msgid "Your personal files and settings"

9896

msgstr "Dina personliga filer och inställningar"

9897

9898

#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:31(p)

9899

msgid "These are usually stored in your Home folder (<cmd>/home/your_name</cmd>). They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music, Videos and/or .evolution (for email). If your backup medium has sufficient space, consider backing up the entire <cmd>/home</cmd> folder. This is the simplest way."

9900

msgstr ""

9901

9902

#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:33(p)

9903

msgid "If you are not able to backup all of <cmd>/home</cmd>, see below for a list of some subfolders of the <cmd>/home</cmd> folder to check for important files."

9904

msgstr ""

9905

9906

#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:38(p)

9907

msgid "<cmd>~/</cmd> represents your home folder <cmd>/home/your_name</cmd>"

9908

msgstr ""

9909

9910

#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40(p)

9911

msgid "Any file or folder name that starts with a period is hidden by default. To view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>."

9912

msgstr ""

9913

9914

#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:49(p)

9915

msgid "<cmd>~/</cmd>, <cmd>~/Desktop</cmd>, <cmd>~/Documents</cmd>, <cmd>~/Pictures</cmd>, <cmd>~/Music</cmd>, <cmd>Videos</cmd>, <cmd>~/bin</cmd>, and others"

9916

msgstr "<cmd>~/</cmd>, <cmd>~/Skrivbord</cmd>, <cmd>~/Dokument</cmd>, <cmd>~/Bilder</cmd>, <cmd>~/Musik</cmd>, <cmd>Videor</cmd>, <cmd>~/bin</cmd> och andra"

9917

9918

#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:49(p)

9919

msgid "Contain files you actively created."

9920

msgstr ""

9921

9922

#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:53(p)

9923

msgid "<cmd>~/.config</cmd>, <cmd>~/.gconf</cmd>, <cmd>~/.gnome3</cmd>, <cmd>~/.local</cmd>"

9924

msgstr ""

9925

9926

#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:54(p)

9927

msgid "Contain settings you set for your desktop and some applications."

9928

msgstr ""

9929

9930

#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:57(p)

9931

msgid "<cmd>/etc</cmd> located in the File System outside of your Home folder."

9932

msgstr ""

9933

9934

#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58(p)

9935

msgid "Your system settings. In general, you don't need to go outside of your Home folder."

9936

msgstr ""

9937

9938

#: C/backup-restore.page:6(desc)

9939

msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."

9940

msgstr ""

9941

9942

#: C/backup-restore.page:21(title)

9943

msgid "Restore a backup"

9944

msgstr "Återställ en säkerhetskopia"

9945

9946

#: C/backup-restore.page:23(p)

9947

msgid "If something went wrong and you lost some files and documents, you can restore from a recent backup (if you have one)."

9948

msgstr ""

9949

9950

#: C/backup-restore.page:25(p)

9951

msgid "If you simply copied your files to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the network or a USB drive, you can <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."

9952

msgstr ""

9953

9954

#: C/backup-restore.page:28(p)

9955

msgid "If you used <app>Déjà Dup</app> (or some other backup application) to perform your backup, you should use <app>Déjà Dup</app> to restore your data from backup too. See the help for Déjà Dup for more information."

9956

msgstr ""

9957

9958

#: C/backup-how.page:7(desc)

9959

msgid "Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your valuable files and settings to protect against loss."

9960

msgstr ""

9961

9962

#: C/backup-how.page:21(title)

9963

msgid "How to back up"

9964

msgstr "Hur man skapar en säkerhetskopia"

9965

9966

#: C/backup-how.page:23(p)

9967

msgid "The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup applications are available, for example <app>Déjà Dup</app>."

9968

msgstr ""

9969

9970

#: C/backup-how.page:25(p)

9971

msgid "The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data if something goes wrong."

9972

msgstr ""

9973

9974

#: C/backup-how.page:27(p)

9975

msgid "An alternative option is to just <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">personal files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy them from there."

9976

msgstr ""

9977

9978

#: C/backup-how.page:29(p)

9979

msgid "The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"

9980

msgstr ""

9981

9982

#: C/backup-how.page:32(p)

9983

msgid "Files that you have copied from a CD, DVD, or other removable media, since it would be faster to copy them again than to restore them from backup."

9984

msgstr ""

9985

9986

#: C/backup-how.page:33(p)

9987

msgid "Files that you can regenerate easily. For example, PDFs that can be generated from TeX files, or object files that can be made with the Make utility. Just ensure the source is backed up."

9988

msgstr ""

9989

9990

#: C/backup-how.page:34(p)

9991

msgid "Your trashed files, which can be found in <cmd>~/.local/share/Trash</cmd> (the Trash folder)."

9992

msgstr ""

9993

9994

#: C/backup-frequency.page:7(desc)

9995

#, fuzzy

9996

#| msgid "Show hidden and backup files"

9997

msgid "How often and when to backup your files."

9998

msgstr "Visa dolda filer och säkerhetskopior"

9999

10000

#: C/backup-frequency.page:21(title)

10001

msgid "Frequency of backups"

10002

msgstr "Frekvens för säkerhetskopiering"

10003

10004

#: C/backup-frequency.page:23(p)

10005

msgid "How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."

10006

msgstr ""

10007

10008

#: C/backup-frequency.page:25(p)

10009

msgid "On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then you may need to factor in a few things, such as:"

10010

msgstr ""

10011

10012

#: C/backup-frequency.page:30(p)

10013

msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."

10014

msgstr ""

10015

10016

#: C/backup-frequency.page:31(p)

10017

msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."

10018

msgstr ""

10019

10020

#: C/backup-frequency.page:34(p)

10021

msgid "If it is just some music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."

10022

msgstr ""

10023

10024

#: C/backup-frequency.page:38(p)

10025

msgid "As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more than the amount of time you could stand to spend re-doing any lost work. For example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, you should back up at least once per week."

10026

msgstr ""

10027

10028

#: C/backup-check.page:7(desc)

10029

msgid "Verify your backup was successful."

10030

msgstr ""

10031

10032

#: C/backup-check.page:17(title)

10033

msgid "Check your backup"

10034

msgstr "Kontrollera din säkerhetskopia"

10035

10036

#: C/backup-check.page:18(p)

10037

msgid "After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup was successful."

10038

msgstr ""

10039

10040

#: C/backup-check.page:21(p)

10041

msgid "A file integrity check is not done on a copy/move operation. This means if you are copying files to other drives/media, it is not easy to verify data integrity or to single out files that have failed."

10042

msgstr ""

10043

10044

#: C/backup-check.page:24(p)

10045

msgid "You can do a check by looking through the copied files and directories in the destination media. By opening and checking the copied files, you can see whether the files you check copied successfully."

10046

msgstr ""

10047

10048

#: C/backup-check.page:28(p)

10049

msgid "If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying and pasting data."

10050

msgstr ""

10051

10052

#: C/backup-check.page:32(p)

10053

msgid "Explain why backups should be tested."

10054

msgstr ""

10055

10056

#: C/backup-check.page:33(p)

10057

msgid "Give methods for checking backups, like MD5sum."

10058

msgstr ""

10059

10060

#: C/about-this-guide.page:8(desc)

10061

msgid "A few tips about using the desktop help guide."

10062

msgstr ""

10063

10064

#: C/about-this-guide.page:19(title)

10065

#| msgid "About This Document"

10066

msgid "About this guide"

10067

msgstr "Om denna handbok"

10068

10069

#: C/about-this-guide.page:20(p)

10070

msgid "This guide is designed to describe the features of your desktop, answer your computing-related questions, and provide tips on using your computer more effectively."

10071

msgstr ""

10072

10073

#: C/about-this-guide.page:21(p)

10074

msgid "There are several features of the guide that we think make it easy to use."

10075

msgstr ""

10076

10077

#: C/about-this-guide.page:24(p)

10078

msgid "The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the answer to your questions."

10079

msgstr ""

10080

10081

#: C/about-this-guide.page:25(p)

10082

msgid "Related-items are linked together. \"See-also\" links at the bottom of some pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar topics that might help you perform a certain task."

10083

msgstr ""

10084

10085

#: C/about-this-guide.page:26(p)

10086

msgid "It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a search bar, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as you start typing."

10087

msgstr ""

10088

10089

#: C/about-this-guide.page:27(p)

10090

msgid "The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things more helpful, though."

10091

msgstr ""

10092

10093

#: C/about-this-guide.page:30(p)

10094

msgid "Thank you for taking the time to read the Desktop Help Guide. We sincerely hope that you will never have to use it."

10095

msgstr ""

10096

10097

#: C/about-this-guide.page:32(p)

10098

#| msgid "GNOME Documentation Team"

10099

msgid "-- The GNOME documentation team"

10100

msgstr "-- GNOME-dokumentationsteam"

10101

10102

#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:16(desc)

10103

msgid "Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is played."

10104

msgstr ""

10105

10106

#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:21(title)

10107

msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"

10108

msgstr ""

10109

10110

#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:23(p)

10111

msgid "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the alert sound is played."

10112

msgstr ""

10113

10114

#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:28(p)

10115

msgid "This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."

10116

msgstr ""

10117

10118

#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:35(p)

10119

msgid "On the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab, switch on <gui>Visual Alerts</gui>. Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current window to flash."

10120

msgstr ""

10121

10122

#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:21(desc)

10123

msgid "Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once."

10124

msgstr ""

10125

10126

#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:25(title)

10127

#| msgid "Enable Sticky Keys"

10128

msgid "Turn on Sticky Keys"

10129

msgstr "Aktivera klistriga tangenter"

10130

10131

#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:29(p)

10132

#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:29(p)

10133

#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:29(p)

10134

msgid "Turn on from the keyboard?! How do I turn these features on from the keyboard then? Used to be there were odd shortcuts. I think 5x Shift turned one of them on. Fix for 3.2"

10135

msgstr ""

10136

10137

#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:34(p)

10138

msgid "Sticky Keys allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press <key>Alt</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."

10139

msgstr ""

10140

10141

#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:36(p)

10142

msgid "You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down several keys at once."

10143

msgstr ""

10144

10145

#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:41(p)

10146

#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39(p)

10147

#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39(p)

10148

#, fuzzy

10149

#| msgid "Select the file in the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>."

10150

msgid "Select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."

10151

msgstr "Välj filen i <guilabel>Träd</guilabel>."

10152

10153

#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42(p)

10154

#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:40(p)

10155

#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:40(p)

10156

msgid "Select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui>."

10157

msgstr ""

10158

10159

#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:43(p)

10160

msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."

10161

msgstr ""

10162

10163

#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50(p)

10164

msgid "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the \"standard\" way."

10165

msgstr ""

10166

10167

#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:51(p)

10168

msgid "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Alt</key> and <key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press another key if you had this option turned on. It would wait if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close together), but not others."

10169

msgstr ""

10170

10171

#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:52(p)

10172

#, fuzzy

10173

#| msgid "Disable sticky keys if two keys are pressed together"

10174

msgid "Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."

10175

msgstr "Inaktivera klistriga tangenter om två tangenter trycks ned samtidigt"

10176

10177

#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54(p)

10178

msgid "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."

10179

msgstr ""

10180

10181

#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:21(desc)

10182

msgid "Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the screen."

10183

msgstr ""

10184

10185

#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:25(title)

10186

#| msgid "Enable Slow Keys"

10187

msgid "Turn on Slow Keys"

10188

msgstr "Aktivera tröga tangenter"

10189

10190

#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:34(p)

10191

msgid "Turn on slow keys if you would like there to be a delay between pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on the keyboard first time."

10192

msgstr ""

10193

10194

#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:41(p)

10195

msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."

10196

msgstr ""

10197

10198

#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:47(p)

10199

msgid "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to hold a key down for it to register."

10200

msgstr ""

10201

10202

#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50(p)

10203

msgid "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold the key down long enough."

10204

msgstr ""

10205

10206

#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:15(desc)

10207

msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."

10208

msgstr ""

10209

10210

#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:19(title)

10211

msgid "Read screen aloud"

10212

msgstr ""

10213

10214

#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:21(p)

10215

msgid "GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"ghelp:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."

10216

msgstr ""

10217

10218

#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:29(p)

10219

#: C/a11y-braille.page:30(p)

10220

msgid "I'd like this page to have more on how to start Orca, then pass off to the Orca help for more information."

10221

msgstr ""

10222

10223

#: C/a11y-right-click.page:20(desc)

10224

#, fuzzy

10225

#| msgid "Press and do not release the left mouse button."

10226

msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."

10227

msgstr "Tryck och släpp inte vänster musknapp."

10228

10229

#: C/a11y-right-click.page:24(title)

10230

msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"

10231

msgstr ""

10232

10233

#: C/a11y-right-click.page:26(p)

10234

msgid "You can make it so that, instead of clicking the right mouse button, you can just hold-down the left mouse button for a while to do the same thing. This is useful if you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if you have a specialized mouse."

10235

msgstr ""

10236

10237

#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28(p)

10238

msgid "To switch this feature on, click your name on the top panel, select <gui>System Settings</gui> and open <gui>Universal Access</gui>. Then, go to the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab and switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."

10239

msgstr ""

10240

10241

#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30(p)

10242

msgid "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button for before it is registered as a right click. In the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab, change the <gui>acceptance delay</gui> under <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui>."

10243

msgstr ""

10244

10245

#: C/a11y.page:15(desc)

10246

msgid "<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">screen magnifier</link>..."

10247

msgstr "<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Se</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">höra</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobilitet</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-braille\">punktskrift</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">skärmförstorare</link>..."

10248

10249

#: C/a11y.page:25(title)

10250

msgid "Universal access"

10251

msgstr "Allmän åtkomst"

10252

10253

#: C/a11y.page:27(p)

10254

msgid "The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility menu in the top bar."

10255

msgstr ""

10256

10257

#: C/a11y.page:33(title)

10258

msgid "Visual impairments"

10259

msgstr "Nedsatt syn"

10260

10261

#: C/a11y.page:36(title)

10262

msgid "Blindness"

10263

msgstr "Blindhet"

10264

10265

#: C/a11y.page:39(title)

10266

#, fuzzy

10267

#| msgid "to session"

10268

msgid "Low vision"

10269

msgstr "till session"

10270

10271

#: C/a11y.page:42(title)

10272

msgid "Color-blindness"

10273

msgstr "Färgblindhet"

10274

10275

#: C/a11y.page:45(title)

10276

#: C/a11y.page:67(title)

10277

#| msgid "Others"

10278

msgid "Other topics"

10279

msgstr "Övriga ämnen"

10280

10281

#: C/a11y.page:50(title)

10282

msgid "Hearing impairments"

10283

msgstr "Nedsatt hörsel"

10284

10285

#: C/a11y.page:55(title)

10286

msgid "Mobility impairments"

10287

msgstr ""

10288

10289

#: C/a11y.page:58(title)

10290

#| msgid "Push movement"

10291

msgid "Mouse movement"

10292

msgstr "Musförflyttning"

10293

10294

#: C/a11y.page:61(title)

10295

#| msgid "Click-and-drag"

10296

msgid "Clicking and dragging"

11481

10297

msgstr "Klicka och dra"

11482

10298

11483

#: C/gosbasic.xml:193(para)

11484

msgid "Press and do not release the left mouse button, and then move the mouse with the button still held down, and finally release the button."

11485

msgstr "Tryck och släpp inte vänster musknapp, rör sedan musen med knappen fortfarande nere, och släpp till slut knappen."

11486

11487

#: C/gosbasic.xml:198(para)

11488

#| msgid ""

11489

#| "Dragging with the mouse is used in many different contexts. This moves an "

11490

#| "object around the screen with the mouse. The object is <emphasis>dropped</"

11491

#| "emphasis> at the location where the mouse button is released. This action "

11492

#| "is also called <emphasis>drag-and-drop</emphasis>. Clicking on an element "

11493

#| "of the interface to move it is sometimes called a <emphasis>grab</"

11494

#| "emphasis>. Click and drag"

11495

msgid "Dragging with the mouse is used in many different contexts. This moves an object around the screen with the mouse. The object is <emphasis>dropped</emphasis> at the location where the mouse button is released. This action is also called <emphasis>drag-and-drop</emphasis>. Clicking on an element of the interface to move it is sometimes called a <emphasis>grab</emphasis>."

11496

msgstr "Dra med musen används i många olika sammanhang. Detta flyttar ett objekt runt på skärmen med musen. Objektet <emphasis>släpps</emphasis> på den plats där musknappen släpps upp. Den här åtgärden kallas även för <emphasis>dra-och-släpp</emphasis>. Klicka på ett element i gränssnittet för att flytta det kallas ibland för att <emphasis>fånga</emphasis>."

11497

11498

#: C/gosbasic.xml:209(para)

11499

msgid "For example, you can change the position of a window by dragging on its title bar, or move a file by dragging its icon from one window and dropping it on another."

11500

msgstr "Till exempel kan du ändra positionen för ett fönster genom att dra på dess titelrad, eller flytta en fil genom att dra dess ikon från ett fönster och släppa det på ett annat."

11501

11502

#: C/gosbasic.xml:213(para)

11503

msgid "The left mouse buttons is usually used to perform drag actions, although the middle mouse button is sometimes used for an alternate drag action."

11504

msgstr "Vänstra musknapparna används vanligtvis för att genomföra dra-åtgärder, även om mittenmusknappen ibland används för en alternativ dra-åtgärd."

11505

11506

#: C/gosbasic.xml:221(para)

11507

msgid "Click-and-hold"

11508

msgstr "Klicka och håll kvar"

11509

11510

#: C/gosbasic.xml:224(para)

11511

msgid "Press and do not release the left mouse button."

11512

msgstr "Tryck och släpp inte vänster musknapp."

11513

11514

#: C/gosbasic.xml:234(secondary)

11515

msgid "actions"

11516

msgstr "åtgärder"

11517

11518

#: C/gosbasic.xml:237(para)

11519

msgid "You can perform the following actions with the mouse:"

11520

msgstr "Du kan genomföra följande åtgärder med musen:"

11521

11522

#: C/gosbasic.xml:249(para)

11523

msgid "Select text."

11524

msgstr "Markera text."

11525

11526

#: C/gosbasic.xml:250(para)

11527

msgid "Select items."

11528

msgstr "Välj objekt."

11529

11530

#: C/gosbasic.xml:251(para)

11531

msgid "Drag items."

11532

msgstr "Dra objekt."

11533

11534

#: C/gosbasic.xml:252(para)

11535

msgid "Activate items."

11536

msgstr "Aktivera objekt."

11537

11538

#: C/gosbasic.xml:260(para)

11539

msgid "Paste text."

11540

msgstr "Klistra in text."

11541

11542

#: C/gosbasic.xml:261(para)

11543

msgid "Move items."

11544

msgstr "Flytta objekt."

11545

11546

#: C/gosbasic.xml:262(para)

11547

msgid "Move windows to the back."

11548

msgstr "Flytta fönster bakåt."

11549

11550

#: C/gosbasic.xml:268(para)

11551

msgid "Use the right mouse button to open a context menu for an item, if a menu applies. For most items, you can also use the <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo> keyboard shortcut to open the context menu once the item has been selected."

11552

msgstr "Använd höger musknapp för att öppna en sammanhangsmeny för ett objekt, om en meny finns. För de flest objekt kan du även använda tangentbordsgenvägen <keycombo><keycap>Skift</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo> för att öppna sammanhangsmenyn när objektet har markerats."

11553

11554

#: C/gosbasic.xml:276(para)

11555

msgid "For example, when viewing files in the file manager, you select a file by clicking with the left mouse button and open a file by double-clicking with the left mouse button. Clicking with the right mouse button will bring up a context menu for that file."

11556

msgstr "Till exempel, när du visar filer i filhanteraren kan du markera en fil genom att klicka på den med vänstra musknappen och öppna en fil genom att dubbelklicka på den med vänster musknapp. Klicka på den med högra musknappen kommer att ta fram sammanhangsmenyn för filen."

11557

11558

#: C/gosbasic.xml:281(para)

11559

msgid "In most applications, you can select text with your left mouse button and paste it in another application using the middle mouse button. This is called primary selection paste, and works separately from your normal clipboard operations."

11560

msgstr "I de flesta program kan du markera text med din vänstra musknapp och klistra in den i ett annat program med mittenmusknappen. Det här kallas för inklistring av primär markering, och fungerar separat från dina normala urklippsåtgärder. "

11561

11562

#: C/gosbasic.xml:286(para)

11563

msgid "To select more than one item, you can hold the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key to select multiple items, or hold the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key to select a contiguous range of items. You can also drag a <firstterm>bounding box</firstterm> to select several items by starting the drag in the empty space around items and dragging out a rectangle."

11564

msgstr "För att markera fler än ett objekt kan du hålla ner tangenten <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> för att markera flera objekt, eller hålla ner tangenten <keycap>Skift</keycap> för att markera ett stort antal objekt. Du kan även dra en <firstterm>markeringsruta</firstterm> för att markera flera objekt genom att börja dra i det tomma utrymmet runt objekten och dra ut en rektangel."

11565

11566

#: C/gosbasic.xml:297(title)

11567

msgid "Mouse Pointers"

11568

msgstr "Muspekare"

11569

11570

#: C/gosbasic.xml:298(titleabbrev)

11571

msgid "Pointers"

11572

msgstr "Pekare"

11573

11574

#: C/gosbasic.xml:305(secondary)

11575

#: C/gosbasic.xml:308(primary)

11576

msgid "pointers"

11577

msgstr "pekare"

11578

11579

#: C/gosbasic.xml:309(see)

11580

msgid "mouse pointers"

11581

msgstr "muspekare"

11582

11583

#: C/gosbasic.xml:312(para)

11584

msgid "As you use the mouse, the appearance of the mouse pointer can change. The appearance of the pointer provides feedback about a particular operation, location, or state."

11585

msgstr "När du använder musen kan utseendet för muspekaren ändras. Utseendet för pekaren tillhandahåller information om en specifik operation, plats eller tillstånd."

11586

11587

#: C/gosbasic.xml:316(para)

11588

msgid "The following mouse pointers are shown as your mouse passes over different elements of the screen:"

11589

msgstr "Följande muspekare visas när din mus passerar över olika element på skärmen: "

11590

11591

#: C/gosbasic.xml:319(para)

11592

msgid "Your mouse pointers will differ from those shown here if you are using a different <link linkend=\"prefs-mouse\">pointer theme</link>. Your distributor or vendor may have set a different default theme."

11593

msgstr "Dina muspekare kommer att vara annorlunda än de som visas här om du använder ett annat <link linkend=\"prefs-mouse\">muspekartema</link>. Din leverantör eller tillverkare kan ha ställt in ett annat standardtema."

11594

11595

#: C/gosbasic.xml:330(phrase)

11596

msgid "Normal pointer."

11597

msgstr "Normal pekare."

11598

11599

#: C/gosbasic.xml:323(term)

11600

msgid "<placeholder-1/> Normal pointer"

11601

msgstr "<placeholder-1/> Normal pekare"

11602

11603

#: C/gosbasic.xml:335(para)

11604

msgid "This pointer appears during normal use of the mouse."

11605

msgstr "Den här pekaren visas under normal användning av musen."

11606

11607

#: C/gosbasic.xml:346(phrase)

11608

msgid "Busy pointer."

11609

msgstr "Upptagen-pekare."

11610

11611

#: C/gosbasic.xml:339(term)

11612

msgid "<placeholder-1/> Busy pointer"

11613

msgstr "<placeholder-1/> Upptagen-pekare"

11614

11615

#: C/gosbasic.xml:351(para)

11616

msgid "This pointer appears over a window that is busy performing a task. You cannot use the mouse to give this window any input, but you can move to another window and work with that."

11617

msgstr "Den här pekaren visas över ett fönster som är upptaget med att genomföra en uppgift. Du kan inte använda musen för att mata in någonting i det här fönstret, men du kan flytta till ett annat fönster och arbeta med det."

11618

11619

#: C/gosbasic.xml:361(phrase)

11620

msgid "Resize pointer."

11621

msgstr "Ändra storlek-pekare."

11622

11623

#: C/gosbasic.xml:354(term)

11624

msgid "<placeholder-1/> Resize pointer"

11625

msgstr "<placeholder-1/> Ändra storlek-pekare"

11626

11627

#: C/gosbasic.xml:366(para)

11628

msgid "This pointer indicates that you can grab the control to resize parts of the interface. This appears over the borders of windows and over resize handles between panes in a window. The direction of the arrows indicates in which direction you can resize."

11629

msgstr "Den här pekaren indikerar att du kan ta kontroll över förstoringsdelen av gränssnittet. Den här visas över ramen på fönster och över förstoringshandtag mellan paneler i ett fönster. Riktningen på pilarna indikerar i vilken riktning som du kan ändra storleken för fönstret."

11630

11631

#: C/gosbasic.xml:379(phrase)

11632

msgid "Hand pointer"

11633

msgstr "Hand-pekare"

11634

11635

#: C/gosbasic.xml:372(term)

11636

msgid "<placeholder-1/> Hand pointer"

11637

msgstr "<placeholder-1/> Hand-pekare"

11638

11639

#: C/gosbasic.xml:384(para)

11640

msgid "This pointer appears when you hover over a <glossterm>hypertext link</glossterm>, in a web page for example. This pointer indicates that you can click on the link to load a new document or perform an action."

11641

msgstr "Den här pekaren visas när du svävar över en <glossterm>hypertextlänk</glossterm>, på en webbsida till exempel. Den här pekaren indikerar att du kan klicka på länken för att läsa in ett nytt dokument eller genomföra en åtgärd."

11642

11643

#: C/gosbasic.xml:397(phrase)

11644

msgid "I-beam pointer"

11645

msgstr "I-pekare"

11646

11647

#: C/gosbasic.xml:390(term)

11648

msgid "<placeholder-1/> I-beam pointer"

11649

msgstr "<placeholder-1/> I-pekare"

11650

11651

#: C/gosbasic.xml:402(para)

11652

msgid "This pointer is shown when the mouse is over text that you can select or edit. Click to place the cursor where you want to type text, or drag to select text."

11653

msgstr "Den här pekaren visas när musen är över en text som du kan markera eller redigera. Klicka för att placera markören där du vill skriva in text eller dra för att markera text."

11654

11655

#: C/gosbasic.xml:407(para)

11656

msgid "The following mouse pointers are shown when dragging an item such as a file, or a piece of text. They indicate the result of releasing the mouse button to drop the object being moved."

11657

msgstr "Följande muspekare visas när man drar ett objekt, såsom en fil eller en del av en text. De indikerar resultatet av att släppa musknappen för att släppa objektet som flyttas."

11658

11659

#: C/gosbasic.xml:413(term)

11660

msgid "<placeholder-1/> Move pointer"

11661

msgstr "<placeholder-1/> Flyttningspekare"

11662

11663

#: C/gosbasic.xml:425(para)

11664

msgid "This pointer indicates that when you drop the object, the object is moved from the old location to the new location."

11665

msgstr "Den här pekaren indikerar att när du drar objektet kommer objektet flyttas från den gamla platsen till den nya platsen."

11666

11667

#: C/gosbasic.xml:430(term)

11668

msgid "<placeholder-1/> Copy pointer"

11669

msgstr "<placeholder-1/> Kopieringspekare"

11670

11671

#: C/gosbasic.xml:442(para)

11672

msgid "This pointer indicates that when you drop the object, a copy of the object is created where you drop it."

11673

msgstr "Den här pekaren indikerar att när du drar objektet kommer en kopia av objektet skapas där du släpper det."

11674

11675

#: C/gosbasic.xml:447(term)

11676

msgid "<placeholder-1/> Symbolic link pointer"

11677

msgstr "<placeholder-1/> Symbolisk länk-pekare"

11678

11679

#: C/gosbasic.xml:459(para)

11680

msgid "This pointer indicates that when you drop the object, a <firstterm>symbolic link</firstterm> to the object is created where you drop the object. A symbolic link is a special type of file that points to another file or folder. For more on this, see <xref linkend=\"nautilus-symlink\"/>."

11681

msgstr "Den här pekaren indikerar att när du släpper objektet kommer en <firstterm>symbolisk länk</firstterm> t objektet att skapas där du släpper objektet. En symbolisk länk är en speciell typ av fil som pekar till en annan fil eller mapp. För mer information om det här, se <xref linkend=\"nautilus-symlink\"/>."

11682

11683

#: C/gosbasic.xml:466(term)

11684

msgid "<placeholder-1/> Ask pointer"

11685

msgstr "<placeholder-1/> Fråga-pekare"

11686

11687

#: C/gosbasic.xml:478(para)

11688

msgid "This pointer indicates that when you drop the object, you will be given a choice of what to do. A menu will open to allow you to choose which operation you would like to perform. For instance, you may be able to move, copy, or create a symbolic link."

11689

msgstr "Den här pekaren indikerar att när du släpper objektet kommer du att bli tillfrågad vad som ska göras. En meny kommer att öppnas där du kan välja vilken åtgärd du vill genomföra. Till exempel kan du flytta, kopiera, eller skapa en symbolisk länk."

11690

11691

#: C/gosbasic.xml:491(phrase)

11692

msgid "Not available pointer."

11693

msgstr "Inte tillgänglig-pekare"

11694

11695

#: C/gosbasic.xml:484(term)

11696

msgid "<placeholder-1/> Not available pointer"

11697

msgstr "<placeholder-1/> Inte tillgänglig-pekare"

11698

11699

#: C/gosbasic.xml:496(para)

11700

msgid "This pointer indicates that you cannot drop the object at the current location. Releasing the mouse button now will have no effect: the dragged object will be returned to its starting location."

11701

msgstr "Den här pekaren indikerar att du inte kan släppa objektet på den aktuella platsen. Släpper du musknappen nu kommer det inte få någon effekt: objektet som dras kommer att återvända till dess utgångspunkt."

11702

11703

#: C/gosbasic.xml:507(phrase)

11704

msgid "Move panel object pointer."

11705

msgstr "Flytta panelobjekt-pekare"

11706

11707

#: C/gosbasic.xml:500(term)

11708

msgid "<placeholder-1/> Move panel object pointer"

11709

msgstr "<placeholder-1/> Flytta panelobjekt-pekare"

11710

11711

#: C/gosbasic.xml:512(para)

11712

msgid "This pointer appears when you drag a panel or a panel object with the middle mouse button. See <xref linkend=\"panels\"/> for more information on panels."

11713

msgstr "Den här pekaren visas när du drar en panel eller ett panelobjekt med mittenmusknappen. Se <xref linkend=\"panels\"/> för mer information om paneler."

11714

11715

#: C/gosbasic.xml:524(phrase)

11716

msgid "Move window pointer."

11717

msgstr "Flytta fönster-pekare."

11718

11719

#: C/gosbasic.xml:517(term)

11720

msgid "<placeholder-1/> Move window pointer"

11721

msgstr "<placeholder-1/> Flytta fönster-pekare"

11722

11723

#: C/gosbasic.xml:529(para)

11724

msgid "This pointer appears when you drag a window to move it. See <xref linkend=\"windows-manipulating\"/> for more information on moving windows."

11725

msgstr "Den här pekaren visas när du drar ett fönster för att flytta det. Se <xref linkend=\"windows-manipulating\"/> för mer information om flyttning av fönster."

11726

11727

#: C/gosbasic.xml:538(title)

11728

msgid "Keyboard Skills"

11729

msgstr "Tangentbordsfärdigheter"

11730

11731

#: C/gosbasic.xml:545(secondary)

11732

msgid "keyboard skills"

11733

msgstr "tangentbordsfärdigheter"

11734

11735

#: C/gosbasic.xml:552(para)

11736

msgid "For almost every task that you can perform with the mouse, you can use the keyboard to perform the same task. <firstterm>Shortcut keys</firstterm> are keys that provide you with a quick way to perform a task."

11737

msgstr "För nästan alla uppgifter du kan genomföra med musen kan du använda tangentbordet till samma uppgift. <firstterm>Snabbtangenter</firstterm> är tangenter som ger dig ett snabbt sätt att genomföra en uppgift."

11738

11739

#: C/gosbasic.xml:556(para)

11740

msgid "You can use shortcut keys to perform general GNOME Desktop tasks and to work with interface items such as panels and windows. You can also use shortcut keys in applications. To customize your shortcut keys, use the <application>Keyboard Shortcuts</application> preference tool. See <xref linkend=\"prefs-keyboard-shortcuts\"/> for more information about configuring keyboard shortcuts."

11741

msgstr "Du kan använda genvägstangenter för att genomföra allmänna uppgifter på GNOME-skrivbordet och för att arbeta med gränssnitt såsom paneler och fönster. Du kan även använda snabbtangenter i program. För att anpassa dina genvägar, använd inställningsverktyget <application>Tangentbordsgenvägar</application>. Se <xref linkend=\"prefs-keyboard-shortcuts\"/> för mer information om hur man konfigurerar tangentbordsgenvägar."

11742

11743

#: C/gosbasic.xml:563(para)

11744

msgid "Many PC keyboards come with two special keys for the Windows operating system: a key with a Microsoft Windows™ logo and a key for accessing context menus."

11745

msgstr "Många PC-tangentbord inkluderar två specialtangenter för operativsystemet Windows: en tangent med en Microsoft Windows™-logotyp och en tangent för att komma åt sammanhangsmenyer."

11746

11747

#: C/gosbasic.xml:564(para)

11748

msgid "In GNOME, the Windows key is often configured to act as an additional modifier key, called the <firstterm>Super key</firstterm>. The context menu key can be used to access the context menu of the selected item, just as the <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo> keyboard shortcut can."

11749

msgstr "I GNOME används ofta Windows-tangenten för att fungera som en extra modifieringstangent, kallad <firstterm>Super</firstterm>-tangenten. Tangenten för sammanhangsmenyn kan användas för att komma åt sammanhangsmenyn för det valda objektet, precis som tangentbordsgenvägen <keycombo><keycap>Skift</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo> gör."

11750

11751

#: C/gosbasic.xml:570(para)

11752

msgid "You can also modify the GNOME Desktop preferences to use keyboard accessibility features. See <xref linkend=\"prefs-keyboard-a11y\"/> for more information about the keyboard accessibility features."

11753

msgstr "Du kan även ändra inställningarna för GNOME-skrivbordet till att använda funktioner för tangentbordshjälpmedel. Se <xref linkend=\"prefs-keyboard-a11y\"/> för mer information om funktioner för tangentbordshjälpmedel."

11754

11755

#: C/gosbasic.xml:574(para)

11756

msgid "The following sections describe the shortcut keys that you can use throughout the desktop and applications."

11757

msgstr "Följande avsnitt beskriver tangentgenvägar som du kan använda på skrivbordet och i program."

11758

11759

#: C/gosbasic.xml:578(title)

11760

msgid "Global Shortcut Keys"

11761

msgstr "Globala genvägar"

11762

11763

#: C/gosbasic.xml:585(secondary)

11764

msgid "global"

11765

msgstr "global"

11766

11767

#: C/gosbasic.xml:588(para)

11768

msgid "Global shortcut keys enable you to use the keyboard to perform tasks related to your desktop, rather than tasks on the currently selected window or application. The following table lists some global shortcut keys:"

11769

msgstr "Globala tangentgenvägar låter dig använda tangentbordet för att genomföra uppgifter relaterade till ditt skrivbord, istället för uppgifter på det för närvarande valda fönstret eller programmet. Följande tabell listar några tangentgenvägar:"

11770

11771

#: C/gosbasic.xml:599(para)

11772

#: C/gosbasic.xml:728(para)

11773

#: C/gosbasic.xml:869(para)

11774

msgid "Shortcut Key"

11775

msgstr "Tangentgenväg"

11776

11777

#: C/gosbasic.xml:610(keycap)

11778

#: C/gosbasic.xml:940(keycap)

11779

msgid "F1"

11780

msgstr "F1"

11781

11782

#: C/gosbasic.xml:614(para)

11783

msgid "Open the <guimenu>Applications Menu</guimenu>."

11784

msgstr "Öppnar <guimenu>Program</guimenu>-menyn."

11785

11786

#: C/gosbasic.xml:620(keycap)

11787

msgid "F2"

11788

msgstr "F2"

11789

11790

#: C/gosbasic.xml:624(para)

11791

msgid "Display the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog. See <xref linkend=\"tools-run-app\"/> for more information."

11792

msgstr "Visa dialogrutan <guilabel>Kör program</guilabel>. Se <xref linkend=\"tools-run-app\"/> för mer information."

11793

11794

#: C/gosbasic.xml:636(para)

11795

msgid "Take a screenshot of the entire desktop. See <xref linkend=\"tools-screenshot\"/> for more information."

11796

msgstr "Ta en skärmbild på hela skrivbordet. Se <xref linkend=\"tools-screenshot\"/> för mer information."

11797

11798

#: C/gosbasic.xml:647(para)

11799

msgid "Take a screenshot of the currently focused window."

11800

msgstr "Ta en skärmbild på det för närvarande fokuserade fönstret."

11801

11802

#: C/gosbasic.xml:653(keycap)

11803

#: C/gosbasic.xml:666(keycap)

11804

#: C/gosbasic.xml:690(keycap)

11805

#: C/gosbasic.xml:830(keycap)

11806

#: C/gosbasic.xml:880(keycap)

11807

#: C/gosbasic.xml:890(keycap)

11808

#: C/gosbasic.xml:901(keycap)

11809

#: C/gosbasic.xml:911(keycap)

11810

#: C/gosbasic.xml:921(keycap)

11811

#: C/gosbasic.xml:931(keycap)

11812

msgid "Ctrl"

11813

msgstr "Ctrl"

11814

11815

#: C/gosbasic.xml:654(keycap)

11816

#: C/gosbasic.xml:831(keycap)

11817

msgid "Arrow keys"

11818

msgstr "Piltangenter"

11819

11820

#: C/gosbasic.xml:658(para)

11821

msgid "Switch to the workspace to the specified direction of the current workspace. See <xref linkend=\"overview-workspaces\"/> for more information on working with multiple workspaces."

11822

msgstr "Byt arbetsytan till den i angiven riktningen för den aktuella arbetsytan. Se <xref linkend=\"overview-workspaces\"/> för mer information om hur man arbetar med flera arbetsytor."

11823

11824

#: C/gosbasic.xml:667(keycap)

11825

msgid "D"

11826

msgstr "D"

11827

11828

#: C/gosbasic.xml:671(para)

11829

msgid "Minimize all windows and give focus to the desktop."

11830

msgstr "Minimera alla fönster och ge fokus till skrivbordet."

11831

11832

#: C/gosbasic.xml:677(keycap)

11833

#: C/gosbasic.xml:691(keycap)

11834

#: C/gosbasic.xml:739(keycap)

11835

msgid "Tab"

11836

msgstr "Tab"

11837

11838

#: C/gosbasic.xml:681(para)

11839

#: C/gosbasic.xml:743(para)

11840

msgid "Switch between windows. A list of windows that you can select is displayed. Release the keys to select a window. You can press the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key to cycle through the windows in reverse order."

11841

msgstr "Växla mellan fönster. En lista över fönster som du kan välja visas. Släpp tangenterna för att välja ett fönster. Du kan trycka på <keycap>Skift</keycap>-tangenten för att växla mellan fönstren i omvänd ordning."

11842

11843

#: C/gosbasic.xml:695(para)

11844

msgid "Switch the focus between the panels and the desktop. A list of items that you can select is displayed. Release the keys to select an item. You can press the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key to cycle through the items in reverse order."

11845

msgstr "Växla fokus mellan panelerna och skrivbordet. En lista över objekt som du kan välja visas. Släpp tangenterna för att välja ett objekt. Du kan trycka på <keycap>Skift</keycap>-tangenten för att växla genom objekten i omvänd ordning."

11846

11847

#: C/gosbasic.xml:707(title)

11848

msgid "Window Shortcut Keys"

11849

msgstr "Fönstergenvägar"

11850

11851

#: C/gosbasic.xml:714(secondary)

11852

msgid "window"

11853

msgstr "fönster"

11854

11855

#: C/gosbasic.xml:717(para)

11856

msgid "Window shortcut keys allow you to use the keyboard to perform tasks on the currently focused window. The following table lists some window shortcut keys:"

11857

msgstr "Fönstergenvägar låter dig använda tangentbordet för att genomföra uppgifter på det för närvarande fokuserade fönstret. Följnde tabell listar några fönstergenvägar:"

11858

11859

#: C/gosbasic.xml:752(keycap)

11860

msgid "F4"

11861

msgstr "F4"

11862

11863

#: C/gosbasic.xml:756(para)

11864

msgid "Close the currently focused window."

11865

msgstr "Stäng det för närvarande fokuserade fönstret."

11866

11867

#: C/gosbasic.xml:762(keycap)

11868

msgid "F5"

11869

msgstr "F5"

11870

11871

#: C/gosbasic.xml:766(para)

11872

msgid "Unmaximize the current window, if it is maximized."

11873

msgstr "Avmaximera aktuellt fönster, om det är maximerat."

11874

11875

#: C/gosbasic.xml:772(keycap)

11876

msgid "F7"

11877

msgstr "F7"

11878

11879

#: C/gosbasic.xml:776(para)

11880

msgid "Move the currently focused window. After pressing this shortcut, you can move the window using either the mouse or the arrow keys. To finish the move, click the mouse or press any key on the keyboard."

11881

msgstr "Flytta det för närvarande fokuserad fönstret. Efter att du har tryckt på den här genvägen kan du flytta fönstret med antingen musen eller piltangenterna. För att avsluta flyttningen, klicka med musen eller tryck på någon tangent på tangentbordet."

11882

11883

#: C/gosbasic.xml:785(keycap)

11884

msgid "F8"

11885

msgstr "F8"

11886

11887

#: C/gosbasic.xml:789(para)

11888

msgid "Resize the currently focused window. After pressing this shortcut, you can resize the window using either the mouse or the arrow keys. To finish the resize, click the mouse or press any key on the keyboard."

11889

msgstr "Ändra storlek på det för närvarande fokuserade fönstret. Efter att du har tryckt på den genväg kan du ändra storlek på fönstret med antingen musen eller piltangenterna. För att avsluta storleksändringen, klicka på musen eller tryck på någon tangent på tangentbordet."

11890

11891

#: C/gosbasic.xml:798(keycap)

11892

msgid "F9"

11893

msgstr "F9"

11894

11895

#: C/gosbasic.xml:802(para)

11896

msgid "Minimize the current window."

11897

msgstr "Minimera aktuellt fönster."

11898

11899

#: C/gosbasic.xml:808(keycap)

11900

#: C/gosbasic.xml:989(keycap)

11901

#: C/gosbasic.xml:998(keycap)

11902

msgid "F10"

11903

msgstr "F10"

11904

11905

#: C/gosbasic.xml:812(para)

11906

msgid "Maximize the current window."

11907

msgstr "Maximera aktuellt fönster."

11908

11909

#: C/gosbasic.xml:818(keycap)

11910

msgid "spacebar"

11911

msgstr "blanksteg"

11912

11913

#: C/gosbasic.xml:822(para)

11914

msgid "Open the window menu for the currently selected window. The window menu allows you to perform actions on the window, such as minimizing, moving between workspaces, and closing."

11915

msgstr "Öppna fönstermenyn för det för närvarande valda fönstret. Fönstermenyn låter dig genomföra åtgärder på fönstret, såsom minimering, flytta mellan arbetsytor och stänga det."

11916

11917

#: C/gosbasic.xml:830(keycap)

11918

#: C/gosbasic.xml:998(keycap)

11919

msgid "Shift"

11920

msgstr "Skift"

11921

11922

#: C/gosbasic.xml:835(para)

11923

msgid "Move the current window to another workspace in the specified direction. See <xref linkend=\"overview-workspaces\"/> for more information on working with multiple workspaces."

11924

msgstr "Flytta det aktuella fönstret till en annan arbetsyta i den angivna riktningen. Se <xref linkend=\"overview-workspaces\"/> för mer information om hur man arbetar med flera arbetsytor."

11925

11926

#: C/gosbasic.xml:846(title)

11927

msgid "Application Keys"

11928

msgstr "Programtangenter"

11929

11930

#: C/gosbasic.xml:854(secondary)

11931

msgid "application"

11932

msgstr "program"

11933

11934

#: C/gosbasic.xml:857(para)

11935

msgid "Application shortcut keys enable you to perform application tasks. You can use shortcut keys to perform application tasks more quickly than if you use a mouse. The following table lists some common application shortcut keys:"

11936

msgstr "Tangentgenvägar för program låter dig genomföra programuppgifter. Du kan använda tangentgenvägar för att genomföra programuppgifter snabbare än om du använder en mus. Följande tabell listar några vanliga tangentgenvägar för program:"

11937

11938

#: C/gosbasic.xml:880(keycap)

11939

msgid "N"

11940

msgstr "N"

11941

11942

#: C/gosbasic.xml:884(para)

11943

msgid "Create a new document or window."

11944

msgstr "Skapa ett nytt dokument eller fönster."

11945

11946

#: C/gosbasic.xml:890(keycap)

11947

msgid "X"

11948

msgstr "X"

11949

11950

#: C/gosbasic.xml:894(para)

11951

msgid "Cut the selected text or region and place it on the clipboard."

11952

msgstr "Klipp ut markerad text eller område och placera det i urklipp."

11953

11954

#: C/gosbasic.xml:901(keycap)

11955

msgid "C"

11956

msgstr "C"

11957

11958

#: C/gosbasic.xml:905(para)

11959

msgid "Copy the selected text or region onto the clipboard."

11960

msgstr "Kopiera markerad text eller område till urklipp."

11961

11962

#: C/gosbasic.xml:911(keycap)

11963

msgid "V"

11964

msgstr "V"

11965

11966

#: C/gosbasic.xml:915(para)

11967

msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."

11968

msgstr "Klistra in innehållet i urklipp."

11969

11970

#: C/gosbasic.xml:921(keycap)

11971

msgid "Z"

11972

msgstr "Z"

11973

11974

#: C/gosbasic.xml:925(para)

11975

msgid "Undo the last action."

11976

msgstr "Ångra senaste åtgärden."

11977

11978

#: C/gosbasic.xml:931(keycap)

11979

msgid "S"

11980

msgstr "S"

11981

11982

#: C/gosbasic.xml:935(para)

11983

msgid "Save the current document to disk."

11984

msgstr "Spara aktuellt dokument till disk."

11985

11986

#: C/gosbasic.xml:943(para)

11987

msgid "Load the online help document for the application."

11988

msgstr "Läs in hjälpdokumentationen för programmet."

11989

11990

#: C/gosbasic.xml:950(para)

11991

msgid "In addition to these shortcut keys, all applications support a set of keys to navigate and work with the user interface. These keys allow you to perform operations that you might normally perform with a mouse. The following table describes some interface control keys:"

11992

msgstr "I tillägg till dess genvägstangenter har alla program stöd för en uppsättning tangenter för att navigera och arbeta med användargränssnittet. Dessa tangenter låter dig genomföra åtgärder som du kanske vanligtvis genomför med en mus. Följande tabell beskriver några av gränssnittets kontrolltangenter:"

11993

11994

#: C/gosbasic.xml:962(para)

11995

msgid "Keys"

11996

msgstr "Tangenter"

11997

11998

#: C/gosbasic.xml:972(para)

11999

msgid "Arrow keys or <keycap>Tab</keycap>"

12000

msgstr "Piltangenterna eller <keycap>Tab</keycap>"

12001

12002

#: C/gosbasic.xml:975(para)

12003

msgid "Move between controls in the interface or items in a list."

12004

msgstr "Flytta mellan kontroller i gränssnittet eller objekt i en lista."

12005

12006

#: C/gosbasic.xml:981(para)

12007

msgid "<keycap>Enter</keycap> or <keycap>spacebar</keycap>"

12008

msgstr "<keycap>Enter</keycap> eller <keycap>mellanslag</keycap>"

12009

12010

#: C/gosbasic.xml:984(para)

12011

msgid "Activate or choose the selected item."

12012

msgstr "Aktivera eller välj det markerade objektet."

12013

12014

#: C/gosbasic.xml:992(para)

12015

msgid "Activate the left-most menu of the application window."

12016

msgstr "Aktivera den vänstra menyn i programfönstret."

12017

12018

#: C/gosbasic.xml:1002(para)

12019

msgid "Activate the context menu for the selected item."

12020

msgstr "Aktivera sammanhangsmenyn för det markerade objektet."

12021

12022

#: C/gosbasic.xml:1007(keycap)

12023

msgid "Esc"

12024

msgstr "Esc"

12025

12026

#: C/gosbasic.xml:1010(para)

12027

msgid "Close a menu without selecting a menu item, or cancel a drag operation."

12028

msgstr "Stäng en meny utan att välja ett menyobjekt, eller avbryt en dragåtgärd."

12029

12030

#: C/gosbasic.xml:1020(title)

12031

msgid "Access Keys"

12032

msgstr "Snabbtangenter"

12033

12034

#: C/gosbasic.xml:1026(primary)

12035

msgid "access keys"

12036

msgstr "snabbtangenter"

12037

12038

#: C/gosbasic.xml:1029(para)

12039

msgid "A <firstterm>menubar</firstterm> is a bar at the top of a window that contains the menus for the application. An <firstterm>access key</firstterm> is an underlined letter in a menubar, menu, or dialog that you can use to perform an action. On a menubar, the access key for each menu is underlined."

12040

msgstr "En <firstterm>menyrad</firstterm> är en rad på övre delen av ett fönster som innehåller menyerna för programmet. En <firstterm>snabbtangent</firstterm> är en understruken bokstav i en menyrad, meny eller en dialogruta som du kan använda för att genomföra en åtgärd. På en menyrad är snabbtangenten för varje meny understruken."

12041

12042

#: C/gosbasic.xml:1035(para)

12043

msgid "To open a menu, hold the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key, then press the access key. In the menu, the access key for each menu item is underlined. To choose a menu item when a menu is displayed, you can simply press the access key for the menu item."

12044

msgstr "För att öppna en meny, håll nere <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangenten, tryck sedan på snabbtangenten. I menyn är snabbtangenten för varje menyobjekt understruken. För att välja ett menyobjekt när en meny visas kan du helt enkelt tryck på snabbtangenten för menyobjektet."

12045

12046

#: C/gosbasic.xml:1040(para)

12047

msgid "For example, to open a new window in the <application>Help</application> application, press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> to open the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu, then press <keycap>N</keycap> to activate the <guimenuitem>New Window</guimenuitem> menu item."

12048

msgstr "För att till exempel öppna ett nytt fönster i programmet <application>Yelp</application>, tryck på <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>A</keycap></keycombo> för att öppna menyn <guimenu>Arkiv</guimenu>, tryck sedan <keycap>N</keycap> för att aktivera menyobjektet <guimenuitem>Nytt fönster</guimenuitem>."

12049

12050

#: C/gosbasic.xml:1045(para)

12051

msgid "You can also use access keys to access elements in a dialog. In a dialog, one letter in most dialog elements is underlined. To access a particular dialog element, hold <keycap>Alt</keycap>, then press the access key."

12052

msgstr "Du kan även använda snabbtangenter för att komma åt element i en dialogruta. I en dialogruta är en bokstav i de flesta dialogelement understruken. För att komma åt ett specifikt dialogelement, håll nere <keycap>Alt</keycap> och tryck på snabbtangenten."

12053

12054

#: C/user-guide.xml:10(title)

12055

msgid "Desktop User Guide"

12056

msgstr "Användarguide för skrivbordet"

12057

12058

#: C/user-guide.xml:13(para)

12059

msgid "The GNOME User Guide is a collection of documentation which details general use of the GNOME Desktop environment. Topics covered include sessions, panels, menus, file management, and preferences."

12060

msgstr "Användarguide för GNOME-skrivbordet är en samling dokumentation som i detalj beskriver allmän användning av skrivbordsmiljön GNOME. Områden som täcks in inkluderar sessioner, paneler, menyer, filhantering och inställningar."

12061

12062

#: C/user-guide.xml:18(year)

12063

msgid "2005"

12064

msgstr "2005"

12065

12066

#: C/user-guide.xml:19(holder)

12067

#: C/user-guide.xml:146(para)

12068

msgid "Shaun McCance"

12069

msgstr "Shaun McCance"

12070

12071

#: C/user-guide.xml:22(year)

12072

msgid "2004"

12073

msgstr "2004"

12074

12075

#: C/user-guide.xml:23(holder)

12076

#: C/user-guide.xml:27(holder)

12077

#: C/user-guide.xml:46(orgname)

12078

#: C/user-guide.xml:161(para)

12079

#: C/user-guide.xml:169(para)

12080

#: C/user-guide.xml:177(para)

12081

#: C/user-guide.xml:185(para)

12082

#: C/user-guide.xml:193(para)

12083

#: C/user-guide.xml:201(para)

12084

#: C/user-guide.xml:209(para)

12085

#: C/user-guide.xml:217(para)

12086

msgid "Sun Microsystems"

12087

msgstr "Sun Microsystems"

12088

12089

#: C/user-guide.xml:26(year)

12090

msgid "2003"

12091

msgstr "2003"

12092

12093

#: C/user-guide.xml:36(publishername)

12094

#: C/user-guide.xml:53(orgname)

12095

#: C/user-guide.xml:60(orgname)

12096

#: C/user-guide.xml:68(orgname)

12097

#: C/user-guide.xml:76(orgname)

12098

#: C/user-guide.xml:84(orgname)

12099

#: C/user-guide.xml:92(orgname)

12100

#: C/user-guide.xml:100(orgname)

12101

#: C/user-guide.xml:108(orgname)

12102

#: C/user-guide.xml:139(para)

12103

#: C/user-guide.xml:147(para)

12104

#: C/user-guide.xml:154(para)

12105

#: C/user-guide.xml:162(para)

12106

#: C/user-guide.xml:170(para)

12107

#: C/user-guide.xml:178(para)

12108

#: C/user-guide.xml:186(para)

12109

#: C/user-guide.xml:194(para)

12110

#: C/user-guide.xml:202(para)

12111

#: C/user-guide.xml:210(para)

12112

#: C/user-guide.xml:218(para)

12113

msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"

12114

msgstr "Dokumentationsprojekt för GNOME"

12115

12116

#: C/user-guide.xml:2(para)

12117

msgid "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">link</ulink> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual."

12118

msgstr "Tillstånd att kopiera, distribuera och/eller modifiera detta dokument ges under villkoren i GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), version 1.1 eller senare, utgivet av Free Software Foundation utan standardavsnitt och omslagstexter. En kopia av GFDL finns att hämta på denna <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">länk</ulink> eller i filen COPYING-DOCS som medföljer denna handbok."

12119

12120

#: C/user-guide.xml:12(para)

12121

msgid "This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license."

12122

msgstr "Denna handbok utgör en av flera GNOME-handböcker som distribueras under villkoren i GFDL. Om du vill distribuera denna handbok separat från övriga handböcker kan du göra detta genom att lägga till en kopia av licensavtalet i handboken enligt instruktionerna i avsnitt 6 i licensavtalet."

12123

12124

#: C/user-guide.xml:19(para)

12125

msgid "Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters."

12126

msgstr "Flera namn på produkter och tjänster är registrerade varumärken. I de fall dessa namn förekommer i GNOME-dokumentation - och medlemmarna i GNOME-dokumentationsprojektet är medvetna om dessa varumärken - är de skrivna med versaler eller med inledande versal."

12127

12128

#: C/user-guide.xml:35(para)

12129

msgid "DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND"

12130

msgstr "DOKUMENTET TILLHANDAHÅLLS I \"BEFINTLIGT SKICK\" UTAN NÅGRA SOM HELST GARANTIER, VARE SIG UTTRYCKLIGA ELLER UNDERFÖRSTÅDDA, INKLUSIVE, MEN INTE BEGRÄNSAT TILL, GARANTIER ATT DOKUMENTET ELLER EN MODIFIERAD VERSION AV DOKUMENTET INTE INNEHÅLLER NÅGRA FELAKTIGHETER, ÄR LÄMPLIGT FÖR ETT VISST ÄNDAMÅL ELLER INTE STRIDER MOT LAG. HELA RISKEN VAD GÄLLER KVALITET, EXAKTHET OCH UTFÖRANDE AV DOKUMENTET OCH MODIFIERADE VERSIONER AV DOKUMENTET LIGGER HELT OCH HÅLLET PÅ ANVÄNDAREN. OM ETT DOKUMENT ELLER EN MODIFIERAD VERSION AV ETT DOKUMENT SKULLE VISA SIG INNEHÅLLA FELAKTIGHETER I NÅGOT HÄNSEENDE ÄR DET DU (INTE DEN URSPRUNGLIGA SKRIBENTEN, FÖRFATTAREN ELLER NÅGON ANNAN MEDARBETARE) SOM FÅR STÅ FÖR ALLA EVENTUELLA KOSTNADER FÖR SERVICE, REPARATIONER ELLER KORRIGERINGAR. DENNA GARANTIFRISKRIVNING UTGÖR EN VÄSENTLIG DEL AV DETTA LICENSAVTAL. DETTA INNEBÄR ATT ALL ANVÄNDNING AV ETT DOKUMENT ELLER EN MODIFIERAD VERSION AV ETT DOKUMENT BEVILJAS ENDAST UNDER DENNA ANSVARSFRISKRIVNING;"

12131

12132

#: C/user-guide.xml:55(para)

12133

msgid "UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."

12134

msgstr "UNDER INGA OMSTÄNDIGHETER ELLER INOM RAMEN FÖR NÅGON LAGSTIFTNING, OAVSETT OM DET GÄLLER KRÄNKNING (INKLUSIVE VÅRDSLÖSHET), KONTRAKT ELLER DYLIKT, SKA FÖRFATTAREN, DEN URSPRUNGLIGA SKRIBENTEN ELLER ANNAN MEDARBETARE ELLER ÅTERFÖRSÄLJARE AV DOKUMENTET ELLER AV EN MODIFIERAD VERSION AV DOKUMENTET ELLER NÅGON LEVERANTÖR TILL NÅGON AV NÄMNDA PARTER STÄLLAS ANSVARIG GENTEMOT NÅGON FÖR NÅGRA DIREKTA, INDIREKTA, SÄRSKILDA ELLER OFÖRUTSEDDA SKADOR ELLER FÖLJDSKADOR AV NÅGOT SLAG, INKLUSIVE, MEN INTE BEGRÄNSAT TILL, SKADOR BETRÄFFANDE FÖRLORAD GOODWILL, HINDER I ARBETET, DATORHAVERI ELLER NÅGRA ANDRA TÄNKBARA SKADOR ELLER FÖRLUSTER SOM KAN UPPKOMMA PÅ GRUND AV ELLER RELATERAT TILL ANVÄNDNINGEN AV DOKUMENTET ELLER MODIFIERADE VERSIONER AV DOKUMENTET, ÄVEN OM PART SKA HA BLIVIT INFORMERAD OM MÖJLIGHETEN TILL SÅDANA SKADOR."

12135

12136

#: C/user-guide.xml:28(para)

12137

msgid "DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: <placeholder-1/>"

12138

msgstr "DOKUMENTET OCH MODIFIERADE VERSIONER AV DOKUMENTET TILLHANDAHÅLLS UNDER VILLKOREN I GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE ENDAST UNDER FÖLJANDE FÖRUTSÄTTNINGAR: <placeholder-1/>"

12139

12140

#: C/user-guide.xml:43(firstname)

12141

msgid "Sun"

12142

msgstr "Suns"

12143

12144

#: C/user-guide.xml:44(surname)

12145

msgid "GNOME Documentation Team"

12146

msgstr "GNOME-dokumentationsteam"

12147

12148

#: C/user-guide.xml:50(firstname)

12149

msgid "Shaun"

12150

msgstr "Shaun"

12151

12152

#: C/user-guide.xml:51(surname)

12153

msgid "McCance"

12154

msgstr "McCance"

12155

12156

#: C/user-guide.xml:55(email)

12157

msgid "shaunm@gnome.org"

12158

msgstr "shaunm@gnome.org"

12159

12160

#: C/user-guide.xml:58(surname)

12161

#: C/user-guide.xml:138(para)

12162

msgid "Karderio"

12163

msgstr "Karderio"

12164

12165

#: C/user-guide.xml:62(email)

12166

msgid "karderio at gmail dot com"

12167

msgstr "karderio at gmail punkt com"

12168

12169

#: C/user-guide.xml:65(firstname)

12170

msgid "Joachim"

12171

msgstr "Joachim"

12172

12173

#: C/user-guide.xml:66(surname)

12174

msgid "Noreiko"

12175

msgstr "Noreiko"

12176

12177

#: C/user-guide.xml:70(email)

12178

msgid "jnoreiko at yahoo dot com"

12179

msgstr "jnoreiko at yahoo punkt com"

12180

12181

#: C/user-guide.xml:73(firstname)

12182

msgid "Daniel"

12183

msgstr "Daniel"

12184

12185

#: C/user-guide.xml:74(surname)

12186

msgid "Espinosa Ortiz"

12187

msgstr "Espinosa Ortiz"

12188

12189

#: C/user-guide.xml:78(email)

12190

msgid "esodan at gmail dot com"

12191

msgstr "esodan at gmail punkt com"

12192

12193

#: C/user-guide.xml:81(firstname)

12194

msgid "Brent"

12195

msgstr "Brent"

12196

12197

#: C/user-guide.xml:82(surname)

12198

msgid "Smith"

12199

msgstr "Smith"

12200

12201

#: C/user-guide.xml:86(email)

12202

msgid "gnome at nextreality dot net"

12203

msgstr "gnome at nextreality punkt net"

12204

12205

#: C/user-guide.xml:89(firstname)

12206

msgid "Tim"

12207

msgstr "Tim"

12208

12209

#: C/user-guide.xml:90(surname)

12210

msgid "Littlemore"

12211

msgstr "Littlemore"

12212

12213

#: C/user-guide.xml:94(email)

12214

msgid "tim at tjl2 dot com"

12215

msgstr "tim at tjl2 punkt com"

12216

12217

#: C/user-guide.xml:97(firstname)

12218

msgid "John"

12219

msgstr "John"

12220

12221

#: C/user-guide.xml:98(surname)

12222

msgid "Stowers"

12223

msgstr "Stowers"

12224

12225

#: C/user-guide.xml:102(email)

12226

msgid "john dot stowers at gmail dot com"

12227

msgstr "john punkt stowers at gmail punkt com"

12228

12229

#: C/user-guide.xml:105(firstname)

12230

msgid "Nigel"

12231

msgstr "Nigel"

12232

12233

#: C/user-guide.xml:106(surname)

12234

msgid "Tao"

12235

msgstr "Tao"

12236

12237

#: C/user-guide.xml:110(email)

12238

msgid "nigel dot tao at myrealbox dot com"

12239

msgstr "nigel punkt tao at myrealbox punkt com"

12240

12241

#: C/user-guide.xml:113(firstname)

12242

msgid "Matthew"

12243

msgstr "Matthew"

12244

12245

#: C/user-guide.xml:114(surname)

12246

msgid "East"

12247

msgstr "East"

12248

12249

#: C/user-guide.xml:116(orgname)

12250

msgid "Ubuntu Documentation Project"

12251

msgstr "Dokumentationsprojekt för Ubuntu"

12252

12253

#: C/user-guide.xml:118(email)

12254

msgid "mdke at ubuntu dot com"

12255

msgstr "mdke at ubuntu punkt com"

12256

12257

#: C/user-guide.xml:121(firstname)

12258

msgid "Carlos"

12259

msgstr "Carlos"

12260

12261

#: C/user-guide.xml:122(surname)

12262

msgid "Garnacho Parro"

12263

msgstr "Garnacho Parro"

12264

12265

#: C/user-guide.xml:124(orgname)

12266

msgid "GNOME Project"

12267

msgstr "GNOME-projektet"

12268

12269

#: C/user-guide.xml:126(email)

12270

msgid "carlosg@gnome.org"

12271

msgstr "carlosg@gnome.org"

12272

12273

#: C/user-guide.xml:135(revnumber)

12274

msgid "2.14"

12275

msgstr "2.14"

12276

12277

#: C/user-guide.xml:136(date)

12278

msgid "2006-02-03"

12279

msgstr "2006-02-03"

12280

12281

#: C/user-guide.xml:143(revnumber)

12282

msgid "2.10"

12283

msgstr "2.10"

12284

12285

#: C/user-guide.xml:144(date)

12286

msgid "2005-03-08"

12287

msgstr "2005-03-08"

12288

12289

#: C/user-guide.xml:151(revnumber)

12290

msgid "GNOME 2.8 Desktop User Guide V2.8"

12291

msgstr "Användarguide för GNOME-skrivbordet 2.8 v2.8"

12292

12293

#: C/user-guide.xml:152(date)

12294

msgid "September 2004"

12295

msgstr "September 2004"

12296

12297

#: C/user-guide.xml:158(revnumber)

12298

msgid "GNOME 2.4 Desktop User Guide V2.7"

12299

msgstr "Användarguide för GNOME-skrivbordet 2.4 v2.7"

12300

12301

#: C/user-guide.xml:159(date)

12302

msgid "September 2003"

12303

msgstr "September 2003"

12304

12305

#: C/user-guide.xml:166(revnumber)

12306

msgid "GNOME 2.4 Desktop User Guide V2.6"

12307

msgstr "Användarguide för GNOME-skrivbordet 2.4 v2.6"

12308

12309

#: C/user-guide.xml:167(date)

12310

msgid "August 2003"

12311

msgstr "Augusti 2003"

12312

12313

#: C/user-guide.xml:174(revnumber)

12314

msgid "GNOME 2.2.1 Desktop User Guide V2.5"

12315

msgstr "Användarguide för GNOME-skrivbordet 2.2.1 v2.5"

12316

12317

#: C/user-guide.xml:175(date)

12318

msgid "March 2003"

12319

msgstr "Mars 2003"

12320

12321

#: C/user-guide.xml:182(revnumber)

12322

msgid "GNOME 2.2 Desktop User Guide V2.4"

12323

msgstr "Användarguide för GNOME-skrivbordet 2.2 v2.4"

12324

12325

#: C/user-guide.xml:183(date)

12326

msgid "January 2003"

12327

msgstr "Januari 2003"

12328

12329

#: C/user-guide.xml:190(revnumber)

12330

msgid "GNOME 2.0 Desktop User Guide V2.3"

12331

msgstr "Användarguide för GNOME-skrivbordet 2.0 v2.3"

12332

12333

#: C/user-guide.xml:191(date)

12334

msgid "October 2002"

12335

msgstr "Oktober 2002"

12336

12337

#: C/user-guide.xml:198(revnumber)

12338

msgid "GNOME 2.0 Desktop User Guide V2.2"

12339

msgstr "Användarguide för GNOME-skrivbordet 2.0 v2.2"

12340

12341

#: C/user-guide.xml:199(date)

12342

#: C/user-guide.xml:207(date)

12343

msgid "August 2002"

12344

msgstr "Augusti 2002"

12345

12346

#: C/user-guide.xml:206(revnumber)

12347

msgid "GNOME 2.0 Desktop User Guide V2.1"

12348

msgstr "Användarguide för GNOME-skrivbordet 2.0 v2.1"

12349

12350

#: C/user-guide.xml:214(revnumber)

12351

msgid "GNOME 2.0 Desktop User Guide V1.0"

12352

msgstr "Användarguide för GNOME-skrivbordet 2.0 v1.0"

12353

12354

#: C/user-guide.xml:215(date)

12355

msgid "May 2002"

12356

msgstr "Maj 2002"

12357

12358

#: C/user-guide.xml:223(releaseinfo)

12359

msgid "This manual describes version 2.14 of the GNOME desktop."

12360

msgstr "Denna handbok beskriver version 2.14 av GNOME-skrivbordet."

12361

12362

#: C/user-guide.xml:228(para)

12363

msgid "To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the GNOME desktop or this manual, follow the directions in the <link linkend=\"feedback\">GNOME Feedback Page</link>."

12364

msgstr "För att rapportera ett fel eller komma med ett förslag angående GNOME-skrivbordet eller denna handbok, följ instruktionerna på <link linkend=\"feedback\">GNOME:s återkopplingssida</ulink>."

12365

12366

#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2.

12367

#: C/user-guide.xml:0(None)

10299

#: C/a11y.page:64(title)

10300

#, fuzzy

10301

#| msgid "Keyboard"

10302

msgid "Keyboard use"

10303

msgstr "Tangentbord"

10304

10305

#: C/a11y-mag.page:15(desc)

10306

msgid "Zoom in on your screen so it's easier to see things."

10307

msgstr ""

10308

10309

#: C/a11y-mag.page:19(title)

10310

msgid "Magnify the screen area"

10311

msgstr ""

10312

10313

#: C/a11y-mag.page:21(p)

10314

msgid "Magnifying the screen is not just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-font-size\">text size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying glass, allowing you to move around by zooming in on parts of the screen."

10315

msgstr ""

10316

10317

#: C/a11y-mag.page:24(p)

10318

#: C/a11y-font-size.page:26(p)

10319

msgid "Click on the universal access icon in the top panel."

10320

msgstr ""

10321

10322

#: C/a11y-mag.page:25(p)

10323

msgid "Turn <gui>Zoom</gui><gui>ON</gui>."

10324

msgstr ""

10325

10326

#: C/a11y-mag.page:26(p)

10327

msgid "Part of the screen will immediately become magnified."

10328

msgstr ""

10329

10330

#: C/a11y-mag.page:27(p)

10331

msgid "You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, allowing you to view your area of choice."

10332

msgstr ""

10333

10334

#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:16(desc)

10335

msgid "Pressing <key>Ctrl</key> can find your mouse pointer."

10336

msgstr ""

10337

10338

#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:20(title)

10339

msgid "Quickly locate the pointer"

10340

msgstr ""

10341

10342

#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:23(p)

10343

msgid "If you have trouble seeing where the mouse pointer is on your screen, you can make it so that simply pressing the <key>Ctrl</key> key will locate your pointer. Once this is set up, pressing <key>Ctrl</key> will cause an animation to appear briefly at the location of your pointer."

10344

msgstr ""

10345

10346

#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:26(p)

10347

msgid "Click your name on the top panel and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."

10348

msgstr ""

10349

10350

#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:27(p)

10351

msgid "Open <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui> and select the <gui>Mouse</gui> tab."

10352

msgstr ""

10353

10354

#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:28(p)

10355

#, fuzzy

10356

#| msgid "Show position of pointer when the Control key is pressed"

10357

msgid "Check <gui>Show position of pointer when the Control key is pressed</gui>."

10358

msgstr "Visa position för pekare när Control-tangenten trycks ned"

10359

10360

#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:31(p)

10361

msgid "Your <key>Ctrl</key> keys will now locate the pointer when pressed."

10362

msgstr ""

10363

10364

#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.

10365

#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.

10366

#: C/a11y-icon.page:25(None)

10367

#| msgid ""

10368

#| "@@image: 'figures/naut_noread_emblem.png'; "

10369

#| "md5=e54419d1a042a072d0a56effcc13278a"

10370

msgid "@@image: 'figures/universal-access-menu.png'; md5=0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86"

10371

msgstr "@@image: 'figures/universal-access-menu.png'; md5=0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86"

10372

10373

#: C/a11y-icon.page:15(desc)

10374

msgid "The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a man."

10375

msgstr ""

10376

10377

#: C/a11y-icon.page:19(title)

10378

msgid "Find the universal access menu"

10379

msgstr ""

10380

10381

#: C/a11y-icon.page:21(p)

10382

msgid "The universal access menu is where you can turn on various accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which looks like a man surrounded by a circle on the top bar."

10383

msgstr ""

10384

10385

#: C/a11y-icon.page:24(desc)

10386

#, fuzzy

10387

#| msgid "The <guimenu>Places</guimenu> menu on the top panel."

10388

msgid "The universal access menu can be found on the top bar."

10389

msgstr "Menyn <guimenu>Platser</guimenu> i överkantspanelen."

10390

10391

#: C/a11y-icon.page:28(p)

10392

msgid "To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the keyboard focus to the top bar. A white line will appear underneath the <gui>Activities</gui> button - this tells you which item on the top bar is selected. Use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the white line under the universal access menu icon and then press <key>Enter</key> to open it. You can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the menu."

10393

msgstr ""

10394

10395

#: C/a11y-font-size.page:15(desc)

10396

msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."

10397

msgstr "Använd större typsnitt för att göra texten enklare att läsa."

10398

10399

#: C/a11y-font-size.page:19(title)

10400

msgid "Change text size on the screen"

10401

msgstr "Ändra textstorlek på skärmen"

10402

10403

#: C/a11y-font-size.page:21(p)

10404

msgid "You can quickly adjust the text size by clicking on the universal access icon in the top panel, and selecting <gui>ON</gui> or <gui>OFF</gui> for <gui>Large Text</gui>."

10405

msgstr ""

10406

10407

#: C/a11y-font-size.page:23(p)

10408

#, fuzzy

10409

#| msgid ""

10410

#| "Alternatively, you can use the panel object popup menu to move an object, "

10411

#| "as follows:"

10412

msgid "Alternatively, you can increase the size of the text by following these steps:"

10413

msgstr "Alternativt kan du använda popupmenyn för panelobjekt för att flytta ett objekt:"

10414

10415

#: C/a11y-font-size.page:27(p)

10416

#, fuzzy

10417

#| msgid "Click on <guibutton>Details</guibutton>."

10418

msgid "Click on <gui>Universal Access</gui>."

10419

msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Detaljer</guibutton>."

10420

10421

#: C/a11y-font-size.page:28(p)

10422

#, fuzzy

10423

#| msgid "Close the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>."

10424

msgid "Select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."

10425

msgstr "Stäng <guilabel>Träd</guilabel>."

10426

10427

#: C/a11y-font-size.page:29(p)

10428

msgid "Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Text size</gui> that is big enough for you. It will adjust immediately."

10429

msgstr ""

10430

10431

#: C/a11y-font-size.page:34(p)

10432

msgid "You can increase the text size at any time by clicking <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>=</key></keyseq>."

10433

msgstr ""

10434

10435

#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:20(desc)

10436

msgid "The Dwell Click (Hover Click) feature allows you to click by holding the mouse still."

10437

msgstr ""

10438

10439

#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:24(title)

10440

msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"

10441

msgstr ""

10442

10443

#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:26(p)

10444

msgid "You can make it so that buttons are clicked when you hover the mouse pointer over them (hover click). This is useful if you find it difficult to move the mouse and click the mouse button at the same time. When hover click is turned on you can move your mouse pointer over a button, let go of the mouse and then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you."

10445

msgstr ""

10446

10447

#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28(p)

10448

msgid "To turn on hover click, click your name on the top bar, select <gui>System Settings</gui> and open <gui>Universal Access</gui>. Then, go to the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab and switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."

10449

msgstr ""

10450

10451

#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30(p)

10452

msgid "The <gui>Dwell Click-Type</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen when you hover over a button. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary Click</gui>, the mouse will right-click when you hover over a button for a few seconds."

10453

msgstr ""

10454

10455

#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:32(p)

10456

msgid "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be clicked."

10457

msgstr ""

10458

10459

#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:34(p)

10460

msgid "Hover click will click anywhere that your mouse pointer is hovering over, not just on buttons."

10461

msgstr ""

10462

10463

#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:37(title)

10464

msgid "Change how long to wait before the button is clicked"

10465

msgstr ""

10466

10467

#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:38(p)

10468

msgid "You can change how long the delay should be between hovering the mouse pointer over a button and that button being pressed. To do this, go to the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab (see above) and change the <gui>Delay</gui> in the <gui>Hover Click</gui> section."

10469

msgstr ""

10470

10471

#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:42(title)

10472

msgid "Change how much the mouse is allowed to move/wiggle when hovering"

10473

msgstr ""

10474

10475

#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:43(p)

10476

msgid "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering over a button to click it - the pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen."

10477

msgstr ""

10478

10479

#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:44(p)

10480

msgid "You can change how much the pointer is allowed to move but still be considered \"still enough\" to click the button. Go to the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab (see above) and change the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> in the <gui>Hover Click</gui> section; a large motion threshold will allow the pointer to move quite a lot but will still register the click."

10481

msgstr ""

10482

10483

#: C/a11y-contrast.page:16(desc)

10484

msgid "Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're easier to see."

10485

msgstr ""

10486

10487

#: C/a11y-contrast.page:20(title)

10488

msgid "Adjust the contrast"

10489

msgstr "Justera kontrasten"

10490

10491

#: C/a11y-contrast.page:22(p)

10492

msgid "You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to see. This is not the same as <link xref=\"power-brighter\">changing the brightness of the whole screen</link>; only parts of the user interface will change."

10493

msgstr ""

10494

10495

#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25(p)

10496

msgid "Click on the accessibility icon in the top panel."

10497

msgstr ""

10498

10499

#: C/a11y-contrast.page:26(p)

10500

msgid "Click on <gui>Universal Access Settings</gui>. The <gui>Universal Access</gui> window will open."

10501

msgstr ""

10502

10503

#: C/a11y-contrast.page:27(p)

10504

msgid "Select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab. Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Contrast</gui> that best suits your needs. <gui>Low</gui> will make things less vivid, for example."

10505

msgstr ""

10506

10507

#: C/a11y-contrast.page:30(p)

10508

msgid "Once you have adjusted the setting in the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab to your preferred contrast, you can quickly turn the contrast <gui>ON</gui> and <gui>OFF</gui> by clicking on the accessibility icon in the top panel and then clicking on <gui>High Contrast</gui>."

10509

msgstr ""

10510

10511

#: C/a11y-braille.page:16(desc)

10512

msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."

10513

msgstr ""

10514

10515

#: C/a11y-braille.page:20(title)

10516

msgid "Read screen in Braille"

10517

msgstr ""

10518

10519

#: C/a11y-braille.page:22(p)

10520

msgid "GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"ghelp:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."

10521

msgstr ""

10522

10523

#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:21(desc)

10524

msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated keypresses of the same key."

10525

msgstr ""

10526

10527

#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:25(title)

10528

#| msgid "Enable Bounce Keys"

10529

msgid "Turn on Bounce Keys"

10530

msgstr "Aktivera studsande tangenter"

10531

10532

#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:34(p)

10533

msgid "Turn on bounce keys to ignore keypresses that are rapidly repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on bounce keys."

10534

msgstr ""

10535

10536

#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41(p)

10537

msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."

10538

msgstr ""

10539

10540

#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47(p)

10541

msgid "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if you want the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it happened too soon after the previous key press."

10542

msgstr ""

10543

10544

#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2

10545

#: C/index.page:0(None)

12368

10546

msgid "translator-credits"

12369

10547

msgstr ""

12370

10548

"Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009\n"

12371

10549

"Robin Sonefors <ozamosi@dory.nu>, 2006"

12372

10550

12373

#~ msgid "Takes a screenshot of the window to which the mouse points."

12374

#~ msgstr "Tar en skärmbild av fönstret som musen pekar på."

12375

#~ msgid ""

12376

#~ "For more on this, see the <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:workspace-"

12377

#~ "switcher\">Workspace Switcher Applet Manual</ulink>."

12378

#~ msgstr ""

12379

#~ "För mer information om det här, se <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:"

12380

#~ "workspace-switcher\">Handbok för Arbetsyteväxlare</ulink>."

12381

#~ msgid ""

12382

#~ "In the <guilabel>Connect to Server</guilabel> dialog, you may click on "

12383

#~ "the <guibutton>Browse network</guibutton> button to close this dialog and "

12384

#~ "view services available on your network in a <application>Nautilus</"

12385

#~ "application> window."

12386

#~ msgstr ""

12387

#~ "I dialogrutan <guilabel>Anslut till server</guilabel> kan du klicka på "

12388

#~ "knappen <guibutton>Bläddra i nätverket</guibutton> för att stänga den här "

12389

#~ "dialogrutan och visa tjänster som finns tillgängliga på ditt nätverk i "

12390

#~ "ett <application>Nautilus</application>-fönster."

12391

#~ msgid "sound server"

12392

#~ msgstr "ljudserver"

12393

#~ msgid "System Bell"

12394

#~ msgstr "Systemsignal"

12395

#~ msgid "General Sound Preferences"

12396

#~ msgstr "Allmänna ljudinställningar"

12397

#~ msgid ""

12398

#~ "Use the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tabbed section of the "

12399

#~ "<application>Sound</application> preference tool to specify when to "

12400

#~ "launch the GNOME sound server. You can also enable sound event functions."

12401

#~ msgstr ""

12402

#~ "Använd fliksektionen <guilabel>Allmänt</guilabel> i inställningsverktyget "

12403

#~ "<application>Ljud</application> för att ange när GNOME-ljudservern ska "

12404

#~ "starta. Du kan även aktivera funktioner för ljudhändelser."

12405

#~ msgid ""

12406

#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustmulti-TBL-4\"/> lists the general sound "

12407

#~ "preferences that you can modify."

12408

#~ msgstr ""

12409

#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustmulti-TBL-4\"/> listar de allmänna inställningarna "

12410

#~ "för ljud som du kan ändra."

12411

#~ msgid "Enable sound server startup"

12412

#~ msgstr "Aktivera start av ljudserver"

12413

#~ msgid ""

12414

#~ "Select this option to start the GNOME sound server when you start a GNOME "

12415

#~ "session. When the sound server is active, the GNOME Desktop can play "

12416

#~ "sounds."

12417

#~ msgstr ""

12418

#~ "Välj det här alternativet för att starta GNOME-ljudservern när du startar "

12419

#~ "en GNOME-session. När ljudservern är aktiv kan GNOME-skrivbordet spela "

12420

#~ "upp ljud."

12421

#~ msgid "Sounds for events"

12422

#~ msgstr "Ljud för händelser"

12423

#~ msgid ""

12424

#~ "Select this option to play sounds when particular events occur in the "

12425

#~ "GNOME Desktop. You can select this option only if the <guilabel>Enable "

12426

#~ "sound server startup</guilabel> option is selected."

12427

#~ msgstr ""

12428

#~ "Välj det här alternativet för att spela upp ljud när specifika händelser "

12429

#~ "inträffar i GNOME-skrivbordet. Du kan endast välja det här alternativet "

12430

#~ "om alternativet <guilabel>Aktivera start av ljudserver</guilabel> har "

12431

#~ "valts."

12432

#~ msgid ""

12433

#~ "Use the <guilabel>Sound Events</guilabel> tabbed section of the "

12434

#~ "<application>Sound</application> preference tool to associate particular "

12435

#~ "sounds with particular events."

12436

#~ msgstr ""

12437

#~ "Använd fliksektionen <guilabel>Ljudhändelser</guilabel> i "

12438

#~ "inställningsverktyget <application>Ljud</application> för att associera "

12439

#~ "specifika ljud med specifika händelser."

12440

#~ msgid ""

12441

#~ "You must select the <guilabel>Enable sound server startup</guilabel> "

12442

#~ "option, and the <guilabel>Sounds for events</guilabel> option before you "

12443

#~ "can access the <guilabel>Sound Events</guilabel> tabbed section."

12444

#~ msgstr ""

12445

#~ "Du måste välja alternativet <guilabel>Aktivera start av ljudserver</"

12446

#~ "guilabel> och alternativet <guilabel>Ljud för händelser</guilabel> innan "

12447

#~ "du kan komma åt fliksektionen <guilabel>Ljudhändelser</guilabel>."

12448

#~ msgid "<guilabel>Sounds</guilabel> table"

12449

#~ msgstr "<guilabel>Ljud</guilabel>-tabellen"

12450

#~ msgid ""

12451

#~ "Use the <guilabel>Sounds</guilabel> table to associate particular sounds "

12452

#~ "with particular events."

12453

#~ msgstr ""

12454

#~ "Använd tabellen <guilabel>Ljud</guilabel> för att associera specifika "

12455

#~ "ljud med specifika händelser."

12456

#~ msgid ""

12457

#~ "The <guilabel>Event</guilabel> column displays a hierarchical list of "

12458

#~ "events that can occur. To expand a category of events, click on the right "

12459

#~ "arrow beside a category of events."

12460

#~ msgstr ""

12461

#~ "Kolumnen <guilabel>Händelse</guilabel> visar en hierarkisk lista över "

12462

#~ "händelser som kan inträffa. För att expandera en händelsekategori, klicka "

12463

#~ "på den högra pilen bredvid en händelsekategori."

12464

#~ msgid ""

12465

#~ "The <guilabel>File to play</guilabel> column lists the sound file that "

12466

#~ "plays when the event occurs."

12467

#~ msgstr ""

12468

#~ "Kolumnen <guilabel>Fil att spela</guilabel> listar ljudfilen som spelas "

12469

#~ "upp när händelsen inträffar."

12470

#~ msgid "Play"

12471

#~ msgstr "Spela"

12472

#~ msgid ""

12473

#~ "Click on this button to play the sound file that is associated with the "

12474

#~ "selected event."

12475

#~ msgstr ""

12476

#~ "Klicka på den här knappen för att spela upp ljudfilen som är associerad "

12477

#~ "med den valda händelsen."

12478

#~ msgid "Sound file drop-down combination box, <guibutton>Browse </guibutton>"

12479

#~ msgstr "Kombinationslistan för ljudfil, <guibutton>Bläddra </guibutton>"

12480

#~ msgid ""

12481

#~ "To associate a sound with an event, select the event in the "

12482

#~ "<guilabel>Sounds</guilabel> table. Enter the name of the sound file that "

12483

#~ "you want to associate with the selected event in the drop-down "

12484

#~ "combination box. Alternatively, click <guibutton>Browse </guibutton> to "

12485

#~ "display a <guilabel>Select sound file</guilabel> dialog. Use the dialog "

12486

#~ "to specify the sound file that you want to associate with the selected "

12487

#~ "event."

12488

#~ msgstr ""

12489

#~ "För att associera ett ljud med en händelse, markera händelsen i tabellen "

12490

#~ "<guilabel>Ljud</guilabel>. Ange namnet på ljudfilen som du vill associera "

12491

#~ "med den valda händesen i kombinationslistan. Alternativt, klicka på "

12492

#~ "<guibutton>Bläddra </guibutton> för att visa dialogrutan <guilabel>Välj "

12493

#~ "ljudfil</guilabel>. Använd dialogrutan för att ange ljudfilen som du vill "

12494

#~ "associera med den valda händelsen."

12495

#~ msgid ""

12496

#~ "You can only associate sound files in <filename>.wav</filename> format "

12497

#~ "with events."

12498

#~ msgstr ""

12499

#~ "Du kan endast associera ljudfiler i <filename>.wav</filename>-formatet "

12500

#~ "med händelser."

12501

#~ msgid "System Bell Settings"

12502

#~ msgstr "Inställningar för systemsignal"

12503

#~ msgid "configuring sound preferences"

12504

#~ msgstr "konfigurera ljudinställningar"

12505

#~ msgid "configuring system bell preferences"

12506

#~ msgstr "konfiguration av systemsignal"

12507

#~ msgid "system bell"

12508

#~ msgstr "systemsignal"

12509

#~ msgid "configuring preferences"

12510

#~ msgstr "konfigurera inställningar"

12511

#~ msgid ""

12512

#~ "Use the <guilabel>System Bell</guilabel> tabbed section to set your "

12513

#~ "preferences for the system bell."

12514

#~ msgstr ""

12515

#~ "Använd fliksektionen <guilabel>Systemsignal</guilabel> för att ställa in "

12516

#~ "dina inställningar för systemsignalen."

12517

#~ msgid ""

12518

#~ "Some applications play a bell sound to indicate a keyboard input error. "

12519

#~ "Use the preferences in the <guilabel>System Bell</guilabel> tabbed "

12520

#~ "section to configure the bell sound. <xref linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-1\"/"

12521

#~ "> lists the system bell preferences that you can modify."

12522

#~ msgstr ""

12523

#~ "Vissa program spelar upp en signal för att indikera ett "

12524

#~ "tangentinmatningsfel. Använd inställningarna i fliksektionen "

12525

#~ "<guilabel>Systemsignal</guilabel> för att konfigurera signalljudet. <xref "

12526

#~ "linkend=\"goscustdesk-TBL-1\"/> listar inställningarna för systemsignalen "

12527

#~ "som du kan ändra."

12528

#~ msgid "System Bell Preferences"

12529

#~ msgstr "Inställningar för systemsignal"

12530

#~ msgid "Sound an audible bell"

12531

#~ msgstr "Aktivera systemsignal"

12532

#~ msgid "Select this option to enable the system bell."

12533

#~ msgstr "Välj det här alternativet för att aktivera systemsignalen."

12534

#~ msgid "Visual feedback"

12535

#~ msgstr "Visuell systemsignal"

12536

#~ msgid ""

12537

#~ "Select this option to enable visual feedback to indicate input errors."

12538

#~ msgstr ""

12539

#~ "Välj det här alternativet för att aktivera visuell systemsignal för att "

12540

#~ "indikera inmatningsfel."

12541

#~ msgid "Flash window titlebar"

12542

#~ msgstr "Blink fönstertitelrad"

12543

#~ msgid ""

12544

#~ "Select this option if you want window titlebars to flash to indicate an "

12545

#~ "input error."

12546

#~ msgstr ""

12547

#~ "Välj det här alternativet om du vill att fönstrens titelrader ska blinka "

12548

#~ "för att indikera ett inmatningsfel."

12549

#~ msgid "Flash entire screen"

12550

#~ msgstr "Blinka hela skärmen"

12551

#~ msgid ""

12552

#~ "Select this option if you want the entire screen to flash to indicate an "

12553

#~ "input error."

12554

#~ msgstr ""

12555

#~ "Välj det här alternativet om du vill att hela skärmen ska blinka för att "

12556

#~ "indikera ett inmatningsfel."

12557

#~ msgid "Current Session"

12558

#~ msgstr "Aktuell session"

12559

#~ msgid "Show splash screen on login"

12560

#~ msgstr "Visa startbild vid inloggning"

12561

#~ msgid ""

12562

#~ "Select this option to display a splash screen when you start a session."

12563

#~ msgstr ""

12564

#~ "Välj det här alternativet för att visa en startbild när du startar en "

12565

#~ "session."

12566

#~ msgid "Prompt on logout"

12567

#~ msgstr "Fråga vid utloggning"

12568

#~ msgid ""

12569

#~ "Select this option to display a confirmation dialog when you end a "

12570

#~ "session."

12571

#~ msgstr ""

12572

#~ "Välj det här alternativet för att visa en bekräftelsedialogruta när du "

12573

#~ "avslutar en session."

12574

#~ msgid "Automatically save changes to session"

12575

#~ msgstr "Spara automatiskt ändringar i sessionen"

12576

#~ msgid ""

12577

#~ "If you do not select this option, when you end your session the "

12578

#~ "<guilabel>Logout Confirmation</guilabel> dialog displays a <guilabel>Save "

12579

#~ "current setup</guilabel> option."

12580

#~ msgstr ""

12581

#~ "Om du inte väljer det här alternativet och du avslutar din sessionen "

12582

#~ "kommer dialogrutan <guilabel>Utloggningsbekräftelse</guilabel> att visa "

12583

#~ "alternativet <guilabel>Spara aktuell konfiguration</guilabel>."

12584

#~ msgid ""

12585

#~ "Use this area of the dialog to manage multiple sessions in the GNOME "

12586

#~ "Desktop, as follows:"

12587

#~ msgstr ""

12588

#~ "Använd den här delen av dialogrutan för att hantera multipla sessioner i "

12589

#~ "GNOME-skrivbordet:"

12590

#~ msgid ""

12591

#~ "To create a new session, click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button. "

12592

#~ "The <guilabel>Add a new session</guilabel> dialog is displayed. Use this "

12593

#~ "dialog to specify a name for your session."

12594

#~ msgstr ""

12595

#~ "För att skapa en ny session, klicka på knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</"

12596

#~ "guibutton>. Dialogrutan <guilabel>Lägg till en ny session</guilabel> "

12597

#~ "visas. Använd den här dialogrutan för att ange ett namn för din session."

12598

#~ msgid ""

12599

#~ "To change the name of a session, select the session in the "

12600

#~ "<guilabel>Sessions</guilabel> table. Click on the <guibutton>Edit</"

12601

#~ "guibutton> button. The <guilabel>Edit session name</guilabel> dialog is "

12602

#~ "displayed. Type a new name for your session."

12603

#~ msgstr ""

12604

#~ "För att ändra namnet på en session, markera sessionen i tabellen "

12605

#~ "<guilabel>Sessioner</guilabel>. Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Redigera</"

12606

#~ "guibutton>. Dialogrutan <guilabel>Redigera sessionsnamnet</guilabel> "

12607

#~ "visas. Ange ett nytt namn för din session."

12608

#~ msgid ""

12609

#~ "To delete a session, select the session in the <guilabel>Sessions</"

12610

#~ "guilabel> table. Click on the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button."

12611

#~ msgstr ""

12612

#~ "För att ta bort en session, markera sessionen i tabellen "

12613

#~ "<guilabel>Sessioner</guilabel>. Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Ta bort</"

12614

#~ "guibutton>."

12615

#~ msgid ""

12616

#~ "When you log in on GDM, you choose a session. When you choose a session, "

12617

#~ "you can select which of the multiple sessions to use."

12618

#~ msgstr ""

12619

#~ "När du loggar in med GDM kan du välja en session. När du väljer en "

12620

#~ "session kan du välja vilken av de multipla sessionerna du vill använda."

12621

#~ msgid "Setting Session Properties"

12622

#~ msgstr "Ställa in sessionsegenskaper"

12623

#~ msgid "setting properties"

12624

#~ msgstr "ställa in egenskaper"

12625

#~ msgid ""

12626

#~ "Use the <guilabel>Current Session</guilabel> tabbed section to specify "

12627

#~ "startup order values, and to choose restart styles for the session-"

12628

#~ "managed applications in your current session."

12629

#~ msgstr ""

12630

#~ "Använd fliksektionen <guilabel>Nuvarande session</guilabel> för att ange "

12631

#~ "värden för uppstartsordning och för att välja omstartsstilar för "

12632

#~ "sessionshanterade program i din nuvarande session."

12633

#~ msgid ""

12634

#~ "<xref linkend=\"sessprop01\"/> lists the session properties that you can "

12635

#~ "configure."

12636

#~ msgstr ""

12637

#~ "<xref linkend=\"sessprop01\"/> listar sessionsegenskaperna som du kan "

12638

#~ "konfigurera."

12639

#~ msgid "Session Properties"

12640

#~ msgstr "Sessionsegenskaper"

12641

#~ msgid "Order"

12642

#~ msgstr "Ordning"

12643

#~ msgid ""

12644

#~ "The <guilabel>Order</guilabel> property specifies the order in which the "

12645

#~ "session manager starts session-managed startup applications. The session "

12646

#~ "manager starts applications with lower order values first. The default "

12647

#~ "value is 50."

12648

#~ msgstr ""

12649

#~ "Egenskapen <guilabel>Ordning</guilabel> anger ordningen i vilken "

12650

#~ "sessionshanteraren startar sessionshanterade uppstartsprogram. "

12651

#~ "Sessionshanteraren startar program med lägre värden först. Standardvärdet "

12652

#~ "är 50."

12653

#~ msgid ""

12654

#~ "To specify the startup order of an application, select the application in "

12655

#~ "the table. Use the <guilabel>Order</guilabel> spin box to specify the "

12656

#~ "startup order value."

12657

#~ msgstr ""

12658

#~ "För att ange startordningen för ett program, markera programmet i "

12659

#~ "tabellen. Använd snurrväljaren <guilabel>Ordning</guilabel> för att ange "

12660

#~ "värdet för startordningen."

12661

#~ msgid ""

12662

#~ "The <guilabel>Style</guilabel> property determines the restart style of "

12663

#~ "an application. To select a restart style for an application, select the "

12664

#~ "application in the table, then choose one of the following styles:"

12665

#~ msgstr ""

12666

#~ "Egenskapen <guilabel>Stil</guilabel> bestämmer omstartsstilen för ett "

12667

#~ "program. För att välja en omstartsstil för ett program, markera "

12668

#~ "programmet i tabellen och välj sedan en av följande stilar:"

12669

#~ msgid "Normal"

12670

#~ msgstr "Normal"

12671

#~ msgid "Starts automatically when you start a GNOME session."

12672

#~ msgstr "Startar automatiskt när du startar en GNOME-session."

12673

#~ msgid "Restart"

12674

#~ msgstr "Starta om"

12675

#~ msgid ""

12676

#~ "Restarts automatically whenever you close or terminate the application. "

12677

#~ "Choose this style for an application if the application must run "

12678

#~ "continuously during your session."

12679

#~ msgstr ""

12680

#~ "Startar om automatiskt när du stänger eller terminerar programmet. Välj "

12681

#~ "den här stilen för ett program om programmet måste köra kontinuerligt "

12682

#~ "under din session."

12683

#~ msgid "Does not start when you start a GNOME session."

12684

#~ msgstr "Startar inte när du startar en GNOME-session."

12685

#~ msgid "Settings"

12686

#~ msgstr "Inställningar"

12687

#~ msgid ""

12688

#~ "Starts automatically when you start a session. Applications with this "

12689

#~ "style usually have a low startup order, and store your configuration "

12690

#~ "settings for GNOME and session-managed applications."

12691

#~ msgstr ""

12692

#~ "Startar automatiskt när du startar en session. Program med den här stilen "

12693

#~ "har vanligtvis en lägre startordning och lagrar dina "

12694

#~ "konfigurationsinställningar för GNOME och sessionshanterade program."

12695

#~ msgid ""

12696

#~ "Click on the <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> button to delete the selected "

12697

#~ "application from the list. The application is removed from the session "

12698

#~ "manager, and closed. If you save the session after doing this any deleted "

12699

#~ "applications will not start the next time you start a session."

12700

#~ msgstr ""

12701

#~ "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Ta bort</guibutton> för att ta bort det "

12702

#~ "markerade programmet från listan. Programmet tas bort från "

12703

#~ "sessionshanteraren och stängs. Om du sparar sessionen efter att du har "

12704

#~ "gjort det här kommer alla borttagna program inte att starta nästa gång du "

12705

#~ "startar en session."

12706

#~ msgid "Apply"

12707

#~ msgstr "Verkställ"

12708

#~ msgid ""

12709

#~ "Click on the <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> button to apply changes to the "

12710

#~ "startup order and the restart style."

12711

#~ msgstr ""

12712

#~ "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton> för att verkställa "

12713

#~ "ändringar i startordningen och omstartsstilen."

12714

#~ msgid ""

12715

#~ "If you specify more than one startup application, use the "

12716

#~ "<guilabel>Priority</guilabel> spin box to specify the startup order of "

12717

#~ "the each application. The startup order is the order in which you want "

12718

#~ "the startup applications to start."

12719

#~ msgstr ""

12720

#~ "Om du ange fler än ett uppstartsprogram, använd snurrväljaren "

12721

#~ "<guilabel>Prioritet</guilabel> för att ange startordningen för varje "

12722

#~ "program. Startordningen är den ordning i vilken du vill att "

12723

#~ "uppstartsprogrammen ska starta."

12724

#~ msgid "Drag"

12725

#~ msgstr "Dra"

12726

#~ msgid ""

12727

#~ "The file manager supports all removable media that have the following "

12728

#~ "characteristics:"

12729

#~ msgstr ""

12730

#~ "Filhanteraren har stöd för alla flyttbara media som har följande "

12731

#~ "egenskaper:"

12732

#~ msgid ""

12733

#~ "The removable media has an entry in the <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> "

12734

#~ "file. The <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> file describes the file systems "

12735

#~ "that the computer uses."

12736

#~ msgstr ""

12737

#~ "Det flyttbara mediet har en post i filen <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. "

12738

#~ "Filen <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> beskriver filsystemen som datorn "

12739

#~ "använder."

12740

#~ msgid ""

12741

#~ "The <literal>user</literal> option is specified in the entry for the "

12742

#~ "removable media in the <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> file."

12743

#~ msgstr ""

12744

#~ "Alternativet <literal>user</literal> har angivits i posten för det "

12745

#~ "flyttbara mediet i filen <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."

12746

#~ msgid "To Format a Floppy Disk"

12747

#~ msgstr "Formatera en diskett"

12748

#~ msgid "formatting floppy diskette"

12749

#~ msgstr "formatera diskett"

12750

#~ msgid ""

12751

#~ "To <firstterm>format</firstterm> media is to prepare the media for use. "

12752

#~ "You can use the file manager to format floppy disks."

12753

#~ msgstr ""

12754

#~ "<firstterm>Formatera</firstterm> ett media innebär att mediet förbereds "

12755

#~ "för användning. Du kan använda filhanteraren för att formatera disketter."

12756

#~ msgid "Warning"

12757

#~ msgstr "Varning"

12758

#~ msgid ""

12759

#~ "When you format, you destroy all files on your floppy disk. Do not format "

12760

#~ "floppies containing files you wish to keep."

12761

#~ msgstr ""

12762

#~ "När du formaterar kommer du att förstöra alla filer på din diskett. "

12763

#~ "Formatera inte disketter som innehåller filer som du vill behålla."

12764

#~ msgid ""

12765

#~ "To format a floppy disk, right-click on the object that represents the "

12766

#~ "floppy on the desktop, then choose <guimenuitem>Format</guimenuitem>. A "

12767

#~ "<guilabel>Floppy Formatter</guilabel> dialog is displayed. See the <ulink "

12768

#~ "type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gfloppy?usage\">Floppy Formatter</ulink> "

12769

#~ "documentation for more details."

12770

#~ msgstr ""

12771

#~ "För att formatera en diskett, högerklicka på objektet som representerar "

12772

#~ "disketten på skrivbordet och välj sedan <guimenuitem>Formatera</"

12773

#~ "guimenuitem>. Dialogrutan <guilabel>Diskettformaterare</guilabel> kommer "

12774

#~ "att visas. Se dokumentationen för <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:"

12775

#~ "gfloppy?usage\">Diskettformaterare</ulink> för mer information."

12776

#~ msgid "Eject the diskette from the drive."

12777

#~ msgstr "Mata ut disketten från enheten."

12778

#~ msgid "fonts:///"

12779

#~ msgstr "fonts:///"

12780

#~ msgid ""

12781

#~ "Displays all the fonts that are available in your system. To preview a "

12782

#~ "font, double-click on the font. You can also use this location to add "

12783

#~ "fonts to the GNOME Desktop."

12784

#~ msgstr ""

12785

#~ "Visar alla typsnitt som finns tillgängliga på ditt system. Dubbelklicka "

12786

#~ "på ett typsnitt för att förhandsvisa det. Du kan även använda den här "

12787

#~ "platsen för att lägga till typsnitt till GNOME-skrivbordet."

12788

#~ msgid "themes:///"

12789

#~ msgstr "themes:///"

12790

#~ msgid ""

12791

#~ "Displays all the themes that are available in the GNOME Desktop. To apply "

12792

#~ "a theme to the GNOME Desktop, double-click on the theme. You can also use "

12793

#~ "this location to add themes to the GNOME Desktop."

12794

#~ msgstr ""

12795

#~ "Visar alla teman som finns tillgängliga i GNOME-skrivbordet. För att "

12796

#~ "tillämpa ett tema till GNOME-skrivbordet, dubbelklick på temat. Du kan "

12797

#~ "även använda den här platsen för att lägga till teman till GNOME-"

10551

#~ msgid "Glossary"

10552

#~ msgstr "Ordlista"

10553

10554

#~ msgid "applet"

10555

#~ msgstr "panelprogram"

10556

10557

#~ msgid ""

10558

#~ "An applet is a small, interactive application that resides within a "

10559

#~ "panel, for example the <application>Volume Control</application>. Each "

10560

#~ "applet has a simple user interface that you can operate with the mouse or "

10561

#~ "keyboard."

10562

#~ msgstr ""

10563

#~ "Ett panelprogram är ett litet interaktivt program som bor i en panel, "

10564

#~ "till exempel <application>Volymkontroll</application>. Varje panelprogram "

10565

#~ "har ett enkelt användargränssnitt som du kan styra med musen eller "

10566

#~ "tangentbordet."

10567

10568

#~ msgid "desktop"

10569

#~ msgstr "skrivbord"

10570

10571

#~ msgid ""

10572

#~ "The part of the GNOME Desktop where there are no interface graphical "

10573

#~ "items, such as panels and windows."

10574

#~ msgstr ""

10575

#~ "Delen av GNOME-skrivbordet där det inte finns några grafiska "

10576

#~ "gränssnittsverktyg, såsom paneler och fönster."

10577

10578

#~ msgid "The image or color that is applied to your desktop."

10579

#~ msgstr "Den bild eller färg ditt skrivbord har."

10580

10581

#~ msgid "desktop object"

10582

#~ msgstr "skrivbordsobjekt"

10583

10584

#~ msgid ""

10585

#~ "An icon on your desktop that you can use to open your files, folders, and "

10586

#~ "applications. You can use desktop objects to provide convenient access to "

10587

#~ "files, folders, and applications that you use frequently."

10588

#~ msgstr ""

10589

#~ "En ikon på ditt skrivbord som du kan använda för att öppna dina filer, "

10590

#~ "mappar och program. Du kan använda skrivbordsobjekt för att enkelt kunna "

10591

#~ "komma åt filer, mappar och program som du använder ofta."

10592

10593

#~ msgid "DNS name"

10594

#~ msgstr "DNS-namn"

10595

10596

#~ msgid "A unique alphabetic identifier for a computer on a network."

10597

#~ msgstr "En unik alfabetisk identifierare för en dator på ett nätverk."

10598

10599

#~ msgid "drawer"

10600

#~ msgstr "låda"

10601

10602

#~ msgid ""

10603

#~ "A drawer is a sliding extension to a panel that you can open or close "

10604

#~ "from a drawer icon."

10605

#~ msgstr ""

10606

#~ "En låda är ett glidande tillägg till en panel som du kan öppna eller "

10607

#~ "stänga från en lådikon."

10608

10609

#~ msgid "file extension"

10610

#~ msgstr "filändelse"

10611

10612

#~ msgid ""

10613

#~ "The final portion of a file's name, after the last period (.) in the "

10614

#~ "name. For example, the file extension of the file <filename>picture.jpeg</"

10615

#~ "filename> is <filename>jpeg</filename>."

10616

#~ msgstr ""

10617

#~ "Den sista delen i filens namn, efter den sista punkten (.) i namnet. Till "

10618

#~ "exempel, för filen <filename>bild.jpeg</filename> är filändelsen "

10619

#~ "<filename>jpeg</filename>."

10620

10621

#~ msgid ""

10622

#~ "The file extension can identify the type of a file. "

10623

#~ "<application>Nautilus</application> file manager uses this information "

10624

#~ "when to determine what to do when you open a file. For more on this, see "

10625

#~ "<xref linkend=\"nautilus-open-file\"/>."

10626

#~ msgstr ""

10627

#~ "Filändelsen kan visa vilken filtyp det är. Filhanteraren "

10628

#~ "<application>Nautilus</application> använder den här informationen för "

10629

#~ "att avgöra vad den ska göra när du öppnar en fil. Läs <xref linkend="

10630

#~ "\"nautilus-open-file\"/> för mer information om det här."

10631

10632

#~ msgid ""

10633

#~ "To format media is to prepare the media for use with a particular file "

10634

#~ "system. When you format media, you overwrite any existing information on "

10635

#~ "the media."

10636

#~ msgstr ""

10637

#~ "Formatera ett media innebär att man förbereder mediet för att användas "

10638

#~ "med ett speciellt filsystem. När du formaterar media skriver du över all "

10639

#~ "information som fanns innan på mediet."

10640

10641

#~ msgid "GNOME-compliant application"

10642

#~ msgstr "GNOME-anpassat program"

10643

10644

#~ msgid ""

10645

#~ "An application that uses the standard GNOME programming libraries is "

10646

#~ "called a GNOME-compliant application. For example, <application>Nautilus</"

10647

#~ "application> file manager and <application>gedit</application> text "

10648

#~ "editor are GNOME-compliant applications."

10649

#~ msgstr ""

10650

#~ "Ett program som använder de programmeringsbibliotek som är standard i "

10651

#~ "GNOME sägs vara ett GNOME-anpassat program. Till exempel är filhanteraren "

10652

#~ "<application>Nautilus</application> och textredigeraren "

10653

#~ "<application>gedit</application> GNOME-anpassade program."

10654

10655

#~ msgid "A unique numeric identifier for a computer on a network."

10656

#~ msgstr "En unik sifferidentitet för en dator på ett nätverk."

10657

10658

#~ msgid "keyboard shortcut"

10659

#~ msgstr "tangentbordsgenväg"

10660

10661

#~ msgid ""

10662

#~ "A <firstterm>keyboard shortcut</firstterm> is a key or combination of "

10663

#~ "keys that provides an alternative to standard ways of performing an "

10664

#~ "action."

10665

#~ msgstr ""

10666

#~ "En <firstterm>tangentbordsgenväg</firstterm> är en tangent eller en "

10667

#~ "kombination av tangenter som ger dig ett alternativt sätt för att "

10668

#~ "genomföra en åtgärd."

10669

10670

#~ msgid "launcher"

10671

#~ msgstr "programstartare"

10672

10673

#~ msgid ""

10674

#~ "A launcher starts a particular application, executes a command, or opens "

10675

#~ "a file. A launcher can reside in a panel or in a menu."

10676

#~ msgstr ""

10677

#~ "En programstartare startar ett speciellt program, kör ett kommando, eller "

10678

#~ "öppnar en fil. En programstartare kan ligga i en panel eller i en meny."

10679

10680

#~ msgid "menubar"

10681

#~ msgstr "menyrad"

10682

10683

#~ msgid ""

10684

#~ "A menubar is a bar at the top of an application window that contains the "

10685

#~ "menus for the application."

10686

#~ msgstr ""

10687

#~ "En menyrad är en rad överst i ett programfönster som innehåller menyer "

10688

#~ "för programmet."

10689

10690

#~ msgid "MIME type"

10691

#~ msgstr "MIME-typ"

10692

10693

#~ msgid ""

10694

#~ "A Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension (MIME) type identifies the format "

10695

#~ "of a file. The MIME type enables applications to read the file. For "

10696

#~ "example, an email application can use the <literal>image/png</literal> "

10697

#~ "MIME type to detect that a Portable Networks Graphic (PNG) file is "

10698

#~ "attached to an email."

10699

#~ msgstr ""

10700

#~ "En MIME-typ (Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension) tar reda på i vilket "

10701

#~ "format en fil är. MIME-typen gör så att program kan läsa filen. Till "

10702

#~ "exempel kan ett e-postprogram använda MIME-typen <literal>image/png</"

10703

#~ "literal> för att avgöra att en PNG-fil (Portable Networks Graphic) är "

10704

#~ "bifogad i ett e-postmeddelande."

10705

10706

#~ msgid "mount"

10707

#~ msgstr "montera"

10708

10709

#~ msgid ""

10710

#~ "To mount is to make a file system available for access. When you mount a "

10711

#~ "file system, the file system is attached as a subdirectory to your file "

10712

#~ "system."

10713

#~ msgstr ""

10714

#~ "Montera innebär att ett filsystem blir tillgängligt för åtkomst. När du "

10715

#~ "monterar ett filsystem görs filsystemet till en underkatalog i ditt "

10716

#~ "filsystem."

10717

10718

#~ msgid "pane"

10719

#~ msgstr "panel"

10720

10721

#~ msgid ""

10722

#~ "A pane is a subdivision of a window. For example, the "

10723

#~ "<application>Nautilus</application> window contains a side pane and a "

10724

#~ "view pane."

10725

#~ msgstr ""

10726

#~ "En panel är en underdel av ett fönster. Till exempel har "

10727

#~ "<application>Nautilus</application>-fönstret en sidopanel och en vypanel."

10728

10729

#~ msgid "preference tool"

10730

#~ msgstr "inställningsverktyg"

10731

10732

#~ msgid ""

10733

#~ "A dedicated software tool that controls a particular part of the behavior "

10734

#~ "of the GNOME Desktop."

10735

#~ msgstr ""

10736

#~ "Ett program som inte gör något annat än att kontrollera en speciell del "

10737

#~ "av GNOME-skrivbordet."

10738

10739

#~ msgid "shortcut keys"

10740

#~ msgstr "tangentgenvägar"

10741

10742

#~ msgid ""

10743

#~ "Shortcut keys are keystrokes that provide a quick way to perform an "

10744

#~ "action."

10745

#~ msgstr ""

10746

#~ "Tangentgenvägar är tangenttryckningar som ger dig ett snabbt sätt att "

10747

#~ "genomföra en åtgärd."

10748

10749

#~ msgid "stacking order"

10750

#~ msgstr "lagerordning"

10751

10752

#~ msgid ""

10753

#~ "The stacking order is the order in which windows are stacked on top of "

10754

#~ "each other on your screen."

10755

#~ msgstr ""

10756

#~ "Lagerordningen är den ordning som fönstrena placeras ovanpå varandra på "

10757

#~ "din skärm."

10758

10759

#~ msgid "statusbar"

10760

#~ msgstr "statusrad"

10761

10762

#~ msgid ""

10763

#~ "A statusbar is a bar at the bottom of a window that provides information "

10764

#~ "about the current state of what you are viewing in the window."

10765

#~ msgstr ""

10766

#~ "En statusrad är en rad nederst i ett fönster som ger information om det "

10767

#~ "aktuella tillståndet för det du tittar på i fönstret."

10768

10769

#~ msgid "symbolic link"

10770

#~ msgstr "symbolisk länk"

10771

10772

#~ msgid ""

10773

#~ "A special type of file that points to another file or folder. When you "

10774

#~ "perform an action on a symbolic link, the action is performed on the file "

10775

#~ "or folder to which the symbolic link points."

10776

#~ msgstr ""

10777

#~ "En speciell typ av fil som pekar till en annan fil eller mapp. När du "

10778

#~ "genomför en åtgärd på en symbolisk länk utförs den handlingen på filen "

10779

#~ "eller mappen som den symboliska länken pekar på."

10780

10781

#~ msgid "toolbar"

10782

#~ msgstr "verktygsrad"

10783

10784

#~ msgid ""

10785

#~ "A toolbar is a bar that contains buttons for the most commonly-used "

10786

#~ "commands in an application. Typically, a toolbar appears under a menubar."

10787

#~ msgstr ""

10788

#~ "En verktygsrad är en panel som innehåller knappar för de vanligaste "

10789

#~ "kommandona i ett program. Vanligtvis hittar du verktygsraden precis under "

10790

#~ "en menyrad."

10791

10792

#~ msgid "Uniform Resource Identifier"

10793

#~ msgstr "Uniform Resource Identifier (URI)"

10794

10795

#~ msgid ""

10796

#~ "A Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) is a string that identifies a "

10797

#~ "particular location in a file system or on the Web. For example, the "

10798

#~ "address of a web page is a URI."

10799

#~ msgstr ""

10800

#~ "En URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) är en sträng som identifierar en "

10801

#~ "speciell plats i ett filsystem eller på internet. Till exempel är "

10802

#~ "adressen till en webbsida en uri."

10803

10804

#~ msgid "Uniform Resource Locator"

10805

#~ msgstr "Uniform Resource Locator (URL)"

10806

10807

#~ msgid ""

10808

#~ "A Uniform Resource Locator (URL) is the address of a particular location "

10809

#~ "on the Web."

10810

#~ msgstr ""

10811

#~ "En URL (Uniform Resource Locator) är adressen till en speciell plats på "

10812

#~ "internet."

10813

10814

#~ msgid "view"

10815

#~ msgstr "vy"

10816

10817

#~ msgid ""

10818

#~ "A <application>Nautilus</application> component that enables you to "

10819

#~ "display a folder in a particular way. For example, <application>Nautilus</"

10820

#~ "application> contains an icon view which enables you to display the "

10821

#~ "contents of a folder as icons. <application>Nautilus</application> also "

10822

#~ "contains a list view which enables you to display the contents of a "

10823

#~ "folder as a list."

10824

#~ msgstr ""

10825

#~ "En <application>Nautilus</application>-komponent som låter dig visa en "

10826

#~ "mapp på ett speciellt sätt. Till exempel innehåller "

10827

#~ "<application>Nautilus</application> en vy som låter dig visa innehållet i "

10828

#~ "en mapp som ikoner. <application>Nautilus</application> innehåller även "

10829

#~ "en listvy som låter dig visa innehållet i en mapp som en lista."

10830

10831

#~ msgid ""

10832

#~ "A workspace is a discrete area in the GNOME Desktop in which you can work."

10833

#~ msgstr ""

10834

#~ "En arbetsyta är ett avskilt område på GNOME-skrivbordet där du kan arbeta."

10835

10836

#~ msgid "Feedback"

10837

#~ msgstr "Återkoppling"

10838

10839

#~ msgid ""

10840

#~ "This section contains information on reporting bugs in GNOME, making "

10841

#~ "suggestions and comments about GNOME applications or documentation, and "

10842

#~ "ways in which you can help GNOME."

10843

#~ msgstr ""

10844

#~ "Det här avsnittet innehåller information om hur man rapporterar fel i "

10845

#~ "GNOME, skickar in förslag och kommentarer om GNOME-program eller "

10846

#~ "dokumentation, och på vilka sätt som du kan hjälpa GNOME."

10847

10848

#~ msgid "Reporting Bugs"

10849

#~ msgstr "Rapportera fel"

10850

10851

#~ msgid ""

10852

#~ "If you have found a bug in one of GNOME applications, please report it! "

10853

#~ "Developers do read all the bug reports and try to fix these bugs. Please "

10854

#~ "try to be as specific as possible when describing the circumstances under "

10855

#~ "which the bug shows (what commands did you enter? which buttons did you "

10856

#~ "click?). If there were any error messages, be sure to include them, too."

10857

#~ msgstr ""

10858

#~ "Om du har hittat ett fel i ett av GNOME-programmen, rapportera det! "

10859

#~ "Utvecklarna läser alla felrapporter och försöker rätta till dessa fel. "

10860

#~ "Försök vara så specifik som möjligt när du beskriver de förhållanden som "

10861

#~ "felet uppstod under (vilka kommandon angav du? vilka knappar klickade du "

10862

#~ "på?). Om det visades några felmeddelanden bör du även inkludera dem. "

10863

10864

#~ msgid ""

10865

#~ "The easiest way to report bugs is by using <application>Bug Buddy</"

10866

#~ "application>, GNOME's built-in bug reporting tool. This will launch "

10867

#~ "automatically in the event that an application crashes. The details GNOME "

10868

#~ "developers need are automatically collected, but you can further help by "

10869

#~ "giving information about what you were doing when the crash took place."

10870

#~ msgstr ""

10871

#~ "Det enklaste sättet att rapporera fel på är att använda <application>Bug "

10872

#~ "Buddy</application>, GNOME:s inbyggda felrapporteringsverktyg. Det kommer "

10873

#~ "att startas automatiskt när det händer att ett program kraschar. "

10874

#~ "Detaljerna som GNOME-utvecklarna behöver samlas automatiskt in, men du "

10875

#~ "kan ge ytterligare information om vad du gjorde när kraschen inträffade."

10876

10877

#~ msgid ""

10878

#~ "You can also submit bugs and browse the list of known bugs by connecting "

10879

#~ "to the <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://bugzilla.gnome.org/\">GNOME bug "

10880

#~ "tracking database</ulink>. You will need to register before you can "

10881

#~ "submit any bugs this way — and do not forget to read <ulink type=\"http\" "

10882

#~ "url=\"http://bugzilla.gnome.org/bugwritinghelp.html\">Bug Writing "

10883

#~ "Guidelines</ulink>."

10884

#~ msgstr ""

10885

#~ "Du kan även skicka in fel och bläddra i listan över kända fel genom att "

10886

#~ "ansluta till <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://bugzilla.gnome.org/"

10887

#~ "\">GNOME:s felbevakningsdatabas</ulink>. Du behöver registrera dig innan "

10888

#~ "du kan skicka in fel på det här sättet — och glöm inte att läsa <ulink "

10889

#~ "type=\"http\" url=\"http://bugzilla.gnome.org/bugwritinghelp.html"

10890

#~ "\">riktlinjerna för felrapportering</ulink>."

10891

10892

#~ msgid ""

10893

#~ "Please note that some of GNOME applications are developed outside of "

10894

#~ "GNOME, or by commercial companies (these products are still free "

10895

#~ "software). For example, <application>Inkscape</application>, a vector "

10896

#~ "graphics application, is developed at <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://"

10897

#~ "sourceforge.net/projects/inkscape/\">SourceForge</ulink>. Bugs reports "

10898

#~ "and comments about these products should be directed to the respective "

10899

#~ "organization or company. If you are using <application>Bug Report Tool</"

10900

#~ "application>, it will automatically send bug reports to the correct "

10901

#~ "database."

10902

#~ msgstr ""

10903

#~ "Observera att vissa GNOME-program utvecklas utanför GNOME, eller av "

10904

#~ "kommersiella företag (dessa produkter är fortfarande fri programvara). "

10905

#~ "Till exempel, <application>Inkscape</application>, ett "

10906

#~ "vektorgrafikprogram, utvecklas på <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://"

10907

#~ "sourceforge.net/projects/inkscape/\">SourceForge</ulink>. Felrapporter "

10908

#~ "och kommentarer om de här produkterna bör skickas till respektive "

10909

#~ "organisation eller företag. Om du använder "

10910

#~ "<application>felrapporteringsverktyget</application>, kommer det "

10911

#~ "automatiskt att skicka felrapporten till den korrekta databasen."

10912

10913

#~ msgid "Suggestions and Comments"

10914

#~ msgstr "Förslag och kommentarer"

10915

10916

#~ msgid ""

10917

#~ "If you have a suggestion or want to request a new feature for one of the "

10918

#~ "applications, it can also be done using the bug tracking database. Submit "

10919

#~ "your suggestion as a bug report as described in <xref linkend=\"feedback-"

10920

#~ "bugs\"/> and at the appropriate step select <guilabel>Severity: "

10921

#~ "Enhancement</guilabel>."

10922

#~ msgstr ""

10923

#~ "Om du har förslag eller vill önska en specifik funktion för ett av "

10924

#~ "programmen kan detta även göras via felhanteringsdatabasen. Skicka in "

10925

#~ "ditt förslag som en felrapport som beskrivs i <xref linkend=\"feedback-"

10926

#~ "bugs\"/> och välj <guilabel>Allvarlighetsgrad: Enhancement</guilabel> på "

10927

#~ "lämpligt ställe."

10928

10929

#~ msgid "Documentation Comments"

10930

#~ msgstr "Dokumentationskommentarer"

10931

10932

#~ msgid ""

10933

#~ "If you found an inaccuracy or misprint in one of GNOME documents, or have "

10934

#~ "any comments or suggestions about documentation, please let us know! The "

10935

#~ "easiest way of doing so is by submitting a bug report as explained before "

10936

#~ "and selecting <guilabel>Component: docs</guilabel> at appropriate steps "

10937

#~ "(or <guilabel>general</guilabel> if there is no <guilabel>docs</guilabel> "

10938

#~ "component). If your comment is about general GNOME documentation (such as "

10939

#~ "<citetitle>GNOME Users Guide</citetitle>) rather than specific "

10940

#~ "application manual, select <guilabel>Product: gnome-user-docs</guilabel>."

10941

#~ msgstr ""

10942

#~ "Om du hittat en felaktighet eller felskrivning i ett av GNOME-dokumenten, "

10943

#~ "eller har kommentarer eller förslag om dokumentationen, låt oss få veta! "

10944

#~ "Det enklaste sättet att göra detta är att skicka in en felrapport som "

10945

#~ "förklarats tidigare och välja <guilabel>Komponent: docs</guilabel> på "

10946

#~ "lämpliga ställen (eller <guilabel>general</guilabel> om det inte finns "

10947

#~ "någon komponent som kallas <guilabel>docs</guilabel>). Om din kommentar "

10948

#~ "gäller allmänna GNOME-dokumentationen (såsom <citetitle>Användarguide för "

10949

#~ "GNOME-skrivbordet</citetitle>) istället för någon programmanual, välj "

10950

#~ "<guilabel>Produkt: gnome-user-docs</guilabel>."

10951

10952

#~ msgid ""

10953

#~ "Alternatively, you can just send your comments by email to the <ulink "

10954

#~ "type=\"http\" url=\"http://live.gnome.org/DocumentationProject\">GNOME "

10955

#~ "Documentation Project</ulink> mailing list; our address is <email>gnome-"

10956

#~ "doc-list@gnome.org</email>. And by the way: if you are not a developer "

10957

#~ "but want to help GNOME — <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://live.gnome.org/"

10958

#~ "DocumentationProject/Join\">join the GDP</ulink> and help us improve "

10959

#~ "GNOME documentation."

10960

#~ msgstr ""

10961

#~ "Alternativt kan du helt enkelt skicka dina kommentarer via e-post till "

10962

#~ "sändlistan för <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://live.gnome.org/"

10963

#~ "DocumentationProject\">Dokumentationsprojekt för GNOME</ulink>; vår "

10964

#~ "adress är <email>gnome-doc-list@gnome.org</email>. Förresten: om du inte "

10965

#~ "är en utvecklare men vill hjälpa GNOME — <ulink type=\"http\" url="

10966

#~ "\"http://live.gnome.org/DocumentationProject/Join\">gå med i GDP</ulink> "

10967

#~ "och hjälp oss förbättra GNOME-dokumentationen."

10968

10969

#~ msgid "Joining the GNOME Project"

10970

#~ msgstr "Gå med i GNOME-projektet"

10971

10972

#~ msgid ""

10973

#~ "We hope you enjoy using GNOME and that you find working with GNOME "

10974

#~ "productive. However, there is always room for improvement."

10975

#~ msgstr ""

10976

#~ "Vi hoppas att du tycker om GNOME och att du känner dig produktiv när du "

10977

#~ "arbetar med GNOME. Dock finns det alltid utrymme för förbättringar. "

10978

10979

#~ msgid ""

10980

#~ "GNOME invites you to join our free software community if you have some "

10981

#~ "spare time. There are many different fields. GNOME needs programmers, but "

10982

#~ "it also needs translators, documentation writers, testers, artists, "

10983

#~ "writers, and more."

10984

#~ msgstr ""

10985

#~ "GNOME bjuder in dig att gå med i vår fria programvarugemenskap om du har "

10986

#~ "tid över. Det finns många olika områden. GNOME behöver programmerare, men "

10987

#~ "även översättare, dokumentationsförfattare, testare, grafiker, författare "

10988

#~ "och mer."

10989

10990

#~ msgid ""

10991

#~ "For more information on joining GNOME, please visit <ulink type=\"http\" "

10992

#~ "url=\"http://live.gnome.org/JoinGnome\">http://live.gnome.org/JoinGnome</"

10993

#~ "ulink>."

10994

#~ msgstr ""

10995

#~ "För mer information om hur man går med i GNOME, besök <ulink type=\"http"

10996

#~ "\" url=\"http://live.gnome.org/JoinGnome\">http://live.gnome.org/"

10997

#~ "JoinGnome</ulink>."

10998

10999

#~ msgid ""

11000

#~ "For more information on giving feedback on GNOME, such as bug reports, "

11001

#~ "suggestions, and corrections to documentation, see <xref linkend="

11002

#~ "\"feedback-bugs\"/>."

11003

#~ msgstr ""

11004

#~ "För mer information om hur man ger återkoppling till GNOME, såsom "

11005

#~ "felrapporter, förslag, och rättningar till dokumentationen, se <xref "

11006

#~ "linkend=\"feedback-bugs\"/>."

11007

11008

#~ msgid ""

11009

#~ "@@image: 'figures/yelp_preferences.png'; "

11010

#~ "md5=b8beb6c866957938b5e39bc7f72611ec"

11011

#~ msgstr ""

11012

#~ "@@image: 'figures/yelp_preferences.png'; "

11013

#~ "md5=b8beb6c866957938b5e39bc7f72611ec"

11014

11015

#~ msgid ""

11016

#~ "@@image: 'figures/yelp_add_bookmark.png'; "

11017

#~ "md5=562a62662f47655337c9bf341ef69f6e"

11018

#~ msgstr ""

11019

#~ "@@image: 'figures/yelp_add_bookmark.png'; "

11020

#~ "md5=562a62662f47655337c9bf341ef69f6e"

11021

11022

#~ msgid "Tools and Utilities"

11023

#~ msgstr "Verktyg"

11024

11025

#~ msgid ""

11026

#~ "This section describes some of the tools and utilities in the GNOME "

11027

#~ "Desktop."

11028

#~ msgstr ""

11029

#~ "Det här avsnittet beskriver några av de verktyg som finns på GNOME-"

12798

11030

#~ "skrivbordet."

12799

#~ msgid ""

12800

#~ "Alternatively, set a theme with the <link linkend=\"prefs-theme"

12801

#~ "\"><application>Theme</application> preference tool</link>."

12802

#~ msgstr ""

12803

#~ "Alternativt, ställ in ett tema med inställningsverktyget <link linkend="

12804

#~ "\"prefs-theme\"><application>Tema</application></link>."

12805

#~ msgid "Screen Resolution Preferences"

12806

#~ msgstr "Inställningar för skärmupplösning"

12807

#~ msgid "Screen Resolution"

12808

#~ msgstr "Skärmupplösning"

12809

#~ msgid ""

12810

#~ "Use the <application>Screen Resolution</application> preference tool to "

12811

#~ "specify the resolution settings for your screen. <xref linkend="

12812

#~ "\"goscustdesk-TBL-72\"/> lists the screen resolution preferences that you "

12813

#~ "can modify."

12814

#~ msgstr ""

12815

#~ "Använd inställningsverktyget <application>Skärmupplösning</application> "

12816

#~ "för att ange upplösningsinställningarna för din skärm. <xref linkend="

12817

#~ "\"goscustdesk-TBL-72\"/> listar inställningarna för skärmen som du kan "

12818

#~ "ändra."

12819

#~ msgid "Select the resolution to use for the screen from the drop-down list."

12820

#~ msgstr ""

12821

#~ "Välj upplösningen som du vill använda för skärmen från rullgardinslistan."

12822

#~ msgid ""

12823

#~ "Select the screen refresh rate to use for the screen from the drop-down "

12824

#~ "list."

12825

#~ msgstr "Välj skärmuppdateringsfrekvens för skärmen från rullgardinslistan."

12826

#~ msgid "Make default for this computer only"

12827

#~ msgstr "Gör till standard endast för denna dator"

12828

#~ msgid ""

12829

#~ "Select this option to make these settings the defaults only for the "

12830

#~ "system that you are logged in to."

12831

#~ msgstr ""

12832

#~ "Välj det här alternativet för att göra dessa inställningar till "

12833

#~ "standardvärden endast för systemet som du är inloggad på."

12834

#~ msgid "Login Photo Preferences"

12835

#~ msgstr "Inställningar för inloggningsfoto"

12836

#~ msgid "login photo"

12837

#~ msgstr "inloggningsfoto"

12838

#~ msgid "Login Photo"

12839

#~ msgstr "Inloggningsfoto"

12840

#~ msgid ""

12841

#~ "From the <guilabel>Login Photo</guilabel> preference tool, select an "

12842

#~ "image to display in your login screen. Type the path for the folder from "

12843

#~ "where you want to select your image. Alternatively, click "

12844

#~ "<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> to display a dialog from which you can "

12845

#~ "select an image to display as your photograph and click <guibutton>OK</"

12846

#~ "guibutton>."

12847

#~ msgstr ""

12848

#~ "Från inställningsverktyget <guilabel>Inloggningsfoto</guilabel>, välj en "

12849

#~ "bild att visa på din inloggningsskärm. Ange sökvägen för mappen från "

12850

#~ "vilken du vill välja din bild. Alternativt, klicka på <guibutton>Bläddra</"

12851

#~ "guibutton> för att visa en dialogruta från vilken du kan välja en bild "

12852

#~ "att visa som ditt fotografi och klicka på <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."

12853

#~ msgid "Screenreader"

12854

#~ msgstr "Skärmläsare"

12855

#~ msgid ""

12856

#~ "Select this option to start the <application>Screenreader</application> "

12857

#~ "application automatically when you log in."

12858

#~ msgstr ""

12859

#~ "Välj det här alternativet för att automatiskt starta programmet "

12860

#~ "<application>Skärmläsare</application> när du loggar in."

12861

#~ msgid "Magnifier"

12862

#~ msgstr "Förstorare"

12863

#~ msgid ""

12864

#~ "Select this option to start the <application>Magnifier</application> "

12865

#~ "application automatically when you log in."

12866

#~ msgstr ""

12867

#~ "Välj det här alternativet för att automatiskt starta programmet "

12868

#~ "<application>Förstorare</application> när du loggar in."

12869

#~ msgid "On-screen keyboard"

12870

#~ msgstr "Skärmtangentbord"

12871

#~ msgid ""

12872

#~ "Select this option to start the <application>On-screen keyboard</"

12873

#~ "application> application automatically when you log in."

12874

#~ msgstr ""

12875

#~ "Välj det här alternativet för att automatiskt starta programmet "

12876

#~ "<application>Skärmtangentbord</application> när du loggar in."

12877

#~ msgid ""

12878

#~ "To open the <application>Keyboard Accessibility</application> preference "

12879

#~ "tool, do one of the following:"

12880

#~ msgstr ""

12881

#~ "Gör ett av följande för att öppna inställningsverktyget "

12882

#~ "<application>Tangentbordshjälpmedel</application>:"

12883

#~ msgid ""

12884

#~ "From the <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu>, choose "

12885

#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</"

12886

#~ "guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Accessibility</"

12887

#~ "guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Keyboard</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

12888

#~ msgstr ""

12889

#~ "Från <guimenu>Huvudmeny</guimenu>, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>System</"

12890

#~ "guimenu><guimenuitem>Inställningar</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Hjälpmedel</"

12891

#~ "guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Tangentbord</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

12892

#~ msgid ""

12893

#~ "You can customize the preferences for the keyboard accessibility in the "

12894

#~ "following functional areas:"

12895

#~ msgstr ""

12896

#~ "Du kan anpassa inställningarna för tangentbordshjälpmedel i följande "

12897

#~ "funktionsområden:"

12898

#~ msgid "Basic"

12899

#~ msgstr "Grundläggande"

12900

#~ msgid "Filters"

12901

#~ msgstr "Filter"

12902

#~ msgid "Basic Preferences"

12903

#~ msgstr "Grundläggande inställningar"

12904

#~ msgid ""

12905

#~ "Select this option to enable keyboard accessibility features. When you "

12906

#~ "select this option, the other options in the preference tool become "

12907

#~ "available."

12908

#~ msgstr ""

12909

#~ "Välj det här alternativet för att aktivera funktioner för "

12910

#~ "tangentbordshjälpmedel. När du väljer det här alternativet kommer de "

12911

#~ "andra alternativen i inställningsverktyget att bli tillgängliga."

12912

#~ msgid "Disable if unused for"

12913

#~ msgstr "Inaktivera om oanvänd i"

12914

#~ msgid ""

12915

#~ "Select this option to deactivate keyboard accessibility preferences if "

12916

#~ "the keyboard is not used for a specified period of time. Use the slider "

12917

#~ "to specify the number of seconds of keyboard idle time required before "

12918

#~ "the system disables the keyboard accessibility preferences. When the "

12919

#~ "specified number of seconds elapses, the following keyboard accessibility "

12920

#~ "preferences are disabled:"

12921

#~ msgstr ""

12922

#~ "Välj det här alternativet för att inaktivera inställningar för "

12923

#~ "tangentbordshjälpmedel om tangentbordet inte används under en angiven "

12924

#~ "tidsperiod. Använd draglisten för att ange antalet sekunder som krävs för "

12925

#~ "att systemet ska inaktivera inställningarna för tangentbordshjälpmedel. "

12926

#~ "När den angivna tidsperioden har nåtts kommer följande inställningar att "

12927

#~ "inaktiveras:"

12928

#~ msgid "Bounce keys"

12929

#~ msgstr "Studsande tangenter"

12930

#~ msgid "Mouse keys"

12931

#~ msgstr "Mustangenter"

12932

#~ msgid "Slow keys"

12933

#~ msgstr "Tröga tangenter"

12934

#~ msgid "Sticky keys"

12935

#~ msgstr "Klistriga tangenter"

12936

#~ msgid "Toggle keys"

12937

#~ msgstr "Växlingsknappar"

12938

#~ msgid "Import Feature Settings"

12939

#~ msgstr "Importera funktionsinställningar"

12940

#~ msgid ""

12941

#~ "Click on this button to import an <application>AccessX</application> "

12942

#~ "configuration file."

12943

#~ msgstr ""

12944

#~ "Klicka på den här knappen för att importera en <application>AccessX</"

12945

#~ "application>-konfigurationsfil."

12946

#~ msgid "Enable Sticky Keys"

12947

#~ msgstr "Aktivera klistriga tangenter"

12948

#~ msgid "You can set the following sticky keys preferences:"

12949

#~ msgstr "Du kan ställa in följande inställningar för klistriga tangenter:"

12950

#~ msgid "Enable Repeat Keys"

12951

#~ msgstr "Aktivera repeteringstangenter"

12952

#~ msgid "repeat keys"

12953

#~ msgstr "repeteringstangenter"

12954

#~ msgid ""

12955

#~ "Select this option to enable the autorepeat settings for your keyboard. "

12956

#~ "You can set the following autorepeat preferences:"

12957

#~ msgstr ""

12958

#~ "Välj det här alternativet för att aktivera repeteringsinställningar för "

12959

#~ "ditt tangentbord. Du kan ställa in följande inställningar:"

12960

#~ msgid ""

12961

#~ "<guilabel>Speed</guilabel>: Use the slider or the spin box to specify the "

12962

#~ "number of characters per second to enter."

12963

#~ msgstr ""

12964

#~ "<guilabel>Hastighet</guilabel>: Använd draglisten eller snurrväljaren för "

12965

#~ "att ange antalet tecken per sekund som matas in."

12966

#~ msgid ""

12967

#~ "For more information on configuring keyboard accessibility preferences, "

12968

#~ "see the <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gnome-access-guide?index"

12969

#~ "\"><citetitle>GNOME Desktop Accessibility Guide</citetitle></ulink>."

12970

#~ msgstr ""

12971

#~ "För mer information om hur man konfigurerar tangentbordshjälpmedel, se "

12972

#~ "<ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:gnome-access-guide?index"

12973

#~ "\"><citetitle>Hjälpmedelsguide för GNOME-skrivbordet</citetitle></ulink>."

12974

#~ msgid "Filter Preferences"

12975

#~ msgstr "Filterinställningar"

12976

#~ msgid ""

12977

#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustaccess-TBL-11\"/> lists the filter preferences "

12978

#~ "that you can modify."

12979

#~ msgstr ""

12980

#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustaccess-TBL-11\"/> listar filterinställningarna som "

12981

#~ "du kan ändra."

12982

#~ msgid "Enable Slow Keys"

12983

#~ msgstr "Aktivera tröga tangenter"

12984

#~ msgid "You can set the following slow keys preferences:"

12985

#~ msgstr "Du kan ställa in följande inställningar för tröga tangenter:"

12986

#~ msgid ""

12987

#~ "<guilabel>Beep when key is</guilabel>: Select the appropriate option or "

12988

#~ "options for an audible indication when a key is pressed, accepted, or "

12989

#~ "rejected."

12990

#~ msgstr ""

12991

#~ "<guilabel>Pip när tangenten är</guilabel>: Välj det lämpliga alternativet "

12992

#~ "eller alternativen för att få en ljudindikation när en tangent trycks "

12993

#~ "ned, godtas eller förkastas."

12994

#~ msgid "Enable Bounce Keys"

12995

#~ msgstr "Aktivera studsande tangenter"

12996

#~ msgid ""

12997

#~ "<guilabel>Ignore duplicate keypresses within</guilabel>: Use the slider "

12998

#~ "or the spin box to specify the interval to wait after the first keypress "

12999

#~ "before the automatic repeat of a pressed key."

13000

#~ msgstr ""

13001

#~ "<guilabel>Ignorera dublettangenttryckningar inom</guilabel>: Använd "

13002

#~ "draglisten eller snurrväljaren för att ange tidsintervallet att vänta "

13003

#~ "efter första tangenttryckningen innan tangenten automatiskt repeteras."

13004

#~ msgid ""

13005

#~ "<guilabel>Beep if key is rejected</guilabel>: Select this option for an "

13006

#~ "audible indication of key rejection."

13007

#~ msgstr ""

13008

#~ "<guilabel>Pip om tangenten förkastas</guilabel>: Välj det här "

13009

#~ "alternativet för att få en ljudindikation om tangenten förkastats."

13010

#~ msgid "Enable Toggle Keys"

13011

#~ msgstr "Aktivera växlingsknappar"

13012

#~ msgid ""

13013

#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustaccess-TBL-12\"/> lists the mouse preferences that "

13014

#~ "you can modify."

13015

#~ msgstr ""

13016

#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustaccess-TBL-12\"/> listar de musinställningar som "

13017

#~ "du kan ändra."

13018

#~ msgid "Enable Mouse Keys"

13019

#~ msgstr "Aktivera mustangenter"

13020

#~ msgid "You can set the following mouse key preferences:"

13021

#~ msgstr "Du kan ställa in följande musknappsinställningar:"

13022

#~ msgid ""

13023

#~ "<guilabel>Time to accelerate to maximum speed</guilabel>: Use the slider "

13024

#~ "or the spin box to specify the duration of the acceleration time of the "

13025

#~ "pointer."

13026

#~ msgstr ""

13027

#~ "<guilabel>Tid att accelerera till maximal hastighet</guilabel>: Använd "

13028

#~ "draglisten eller snurrväljaren för att ange accelerationstiden för "

13029

#~ "pekaren."

13030

#~ msgid ""

13031

#~ "Click on this button to open the <application>Mouse</application> "

13032

#~ "preference tool."

13033

#~ msgstr ""

13034

#~ "Klicka på den här knappen för att öppna inställningsverktyget "

13035

#~ "<application>Mus</application>."

13036

#~ msgid "Desktop Wallpaper"

13037

#~ msgstr "Skrivbordsbakgrund"

13038

#~ msgid "Add Wallpaper"

13039

#~ msgstr "Lägg till skrivbordsbakgrund"

13040

#~ msgid "Desktop Colors"

13041

#~ msgstr "Skrivbordsfärger"

13042

#~ msgid "Go to font folder"

13043

#~ msgstr "Gå till typsnittsmapp"

13044

#~ msgid "Click on this button to open the <guilabel>Fonts</guilabel> folder."

13045

#~ msgstr ""

13046

#~ "Klicka på den här knappen för att öppna mappen <guilabel>Typsnitt</"

13047

#~ "guilabel>."

13048

#~ msgid "Previewing a Font"

13049

#~ msgstr "Förhandsvisa ett typsnitt"

13050

#~ msgid "previewing"

13051

#~ msgstr "förhandsvisning"

13052

#~ msgid ""

13053

#~ "A preview of a font shows the characters of a font at different sizes, as "

13054

#~ "well as copyright and technical information. To preview a font, perform "

13055

#~ "the following steps:"

13056

#~ msgstr ""

13057

#~ "En förhandsgranskning av ett typsnitt visar tecknen för ett typsnitt i "

13058

#~ "olika storlekar såväl som information om copyright och teknisk "

13059

#~ "information. Genomför följande steg för att förhandsgranska ett typsnitt:"

13060

#~ msgid ""

13061

#~ "Open the <application>Font</application> preference tool by choosing "

13062

#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</"

13063

#~ "guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Font</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the top panel."

13064

#~ msgstr ""

13065

#~ "Öppna inställningsverktyget <application>Typsnitt</application> genom att "

13066

#~ "välja <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Inställningar</"

13067

#~ "guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Typsnitt</guimenuitem></menuchoice> i övre "

13068

#~ "panelen."

13069

#~ msgid "Click on <guibutton>Details</guibutton>."

13070

#~ msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Detaljer</guibutton>."

13071

#~ msgid ""

13072

#~ "Click on <guibutton>Go to font folder</guibutton>. The <guilabel>Fonts</"

13073

#~ "guilabel> folder opens."

13074

#~ msgstr ""

13075

#~ "Klicka på <guibutton>Gå till typsnittsmappen</guibutton>. Mappen "

13076

#~ "<guilabel>Typsnitt</guilabel> öppnas."

13077

#~ msgid "Open a font to display a preview."

13078

#~ msgstr "Öppna ett typsnitt för att visa en förhandsvisning."

13079

#~ msgid "Adding a TrueType Font"

13080

#~ msgstr "Lägg till ett TrueType-typsnitt"

13081

#~ msgid "To add a TrueType font to your system, perform the following steps:"

13082

#~ msgstr ""

13083

#~ "Genomför följande steg för att lägga till ett TrueType-typsnitt till ditt "

13084

#~ "system:"

13085

#~ msgid ""

13086

#~ "Open the <application>Font</application> preference tool by choosing "

13087

#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</"

13088

#~ "guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Font</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the panel "

13089

#~ "menubar."

13090

#~ msgstr ""

13091

#~ "Öppna inställningsverktyget <application>Typsnitt</application> genom att "

13092

#~ "välja <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Inställningar</"

13093

#~ "guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Typsnitt</guimenuitem></menuchoice> i panelens "

13094

#~ "menyrad."

13095

#~ msgid ""

13096

#~ "Open a file manager window and select the TrueType font that you want to "

13097

#~ "add."

13098

#~ msgstr ""

13099

#~ "Öppna ett filhanterarfönster och välj det TrueType-typsnitt som du vill "

13100

#~ "lägga till."

13101

#~ msgid ""

13102

#~ "Copy the TrueType font file that you want to add to the <guilabel>Fonts</"

13103

#~ "guilabel> folder."

13104

#~ msgstr ""

13105

#~ "Kopiera TrueType-typsnittsfilen som du vill lägga till till mappen "

13106

#~ "<guilabel>Typsnitt</guilabel>."

13107

#~ msgid ""

13108

#~ "The new font will not appear in the <guilabel>Fonts</guilabel> folder "

13109

#~ "until you next log in. You will need to relaunch applications for them to "

13110

#~ "have access to the new font. These are known bugs in Gnome."

13111

#~ msgstr ""

13112

#~ "Det nya typsnittet kommer inte visas i mappen <guilabel>Typsnitt</"

13113

#~ "guilabel> tills nästa gång du loggar in. Du kommer att behöva starta om "

13114

#~ "program för att de ska få åtkomst till det nya typsnittet. Dessa "

13115

#~ "felaktigheter är kända i Gnome."

13116

#~ msgid ""

13117

#~ "You can also open the <guilabel>Fonts</guilabel> folder by typing the "

13118

#~ "following URI into <application>Nautilus</application> file manager's "

13119

#~ "<link linkend=\"nautilus-open-location\">Open Location dialog</link>: "

13120

#~ "<command>fonts:///</command>."

13121

#~ msgstr ""

13122

#~ "Du kan även öppna mappen <guilabel>Typsnitt</guilabel> genom att ange "

13123

#~ "följande URI i dialogrutan <link linkend=\"nautilus-open-location\">Öppna "

13124

#~ "plats</link> i filhanteraren <application>Nautilus</application>: "

13125

#~ "<command>fonts:///</command>."

13126

#~ msgid "Menus & Toolbars Preferences"

13127

#~ msgstr "Inställningar för menyer och verktygsrader"

13128

#~ msgid "Editable menu accelerators"

13129

#~ msgstr "Redigerbara menysnabbtangenter"

13130

#~ msgid "Detachable toolbars"

13131

#~ msgstr "Löstagbara verktygsrader"

13132

#~ msgid ""

13133

#~ "Selecting this option allows you to move toolbars from application "

13134

#~ "windows to any location on the screen. A handle is displayed on the left "

13135

#~ "side of the toolbars in your applications. To move a toolbar, click-and-"

13136

#~ "hold on the handle, then drag the toolbar to the new location."

13137

#~ msgstr ""

13138

#~ "Välj det här alternativet om du vill flytta verktygsraden från "

13139

#~ "programfönster till valfri plats på skärmen. Ett handtag visas på vänstra "

13140

#~ "sidan av verktygsraderna i dina program. För att flytta en verktygsrad, "

13141

#~ "klicka och håll kvar på handtaget, dra sedan verktygsraden till den nya "

13142

#~ "platsen."

13143

#~ msgid "Start the <application>Theme</application> preference tool."

13144

#~ msgstr "Starta inställningsverktyget <application>Tema</application>."

13145

#~ msgid "To Install a New Theme Option"

13146

#~ msgstr "Installera ett nytt temaalternativ"

13147

#~ msgid ""

13148

#~ "You can install new controls options, window frame options, or icons "

13149

#~ "options. You can find many controls options on the Internet."

13150

#~ msgstr ""

13151

#~ "Du kan installera nya kontrolleralternativ, fönsterramalternativ eller "

13152

#~ "ikonalternativ. Du kan hitta många kontrolleralternativ på Internet."

13153

#~ msgid ""

13154

#~ "To install a new controls option, window frame option, or icons option, "

13155

#~ "perform the following steps:"

13156

#~ msgstr ""

13157

#~ "Genomför följande steg för att installera ett nytt kontrolleralternativ, "

13158

#~ "fönsterramalternativ eller ikonalternativ:"

13159

#~ msgid ""

13160

#~ "Click on the <guibutton>Theme Details</guibutton> button. An "

13161

#~ "<guilabel>Theme Details</guilabel> dialog is displayed."

13162

#~ msgstr ""

13163

#~ "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Temadetaljer</guibutton>. Dialogrutan "

13164

#~ "<guilabel>Temadetaljer</guilabel> kommer att visas."

13165

#~ msgid ""

13166

#~ "Click on the tab for the type of theme that you want to install. For "

13167

#~ "example, to install an icons option, click on the <guilabel>Icons</"

13168

#~ "guilabel> tab."

13169

#~ msgstr ""

13170

#~ "Klicka på fliken för typen av tema som du vill installera. Till exempel, "

13171

#~ "för att installera ett ikonalternativ, klicka på fliken <guilabel>Ikoner</"

13172

#~ "guilabel>."

13173

#~ msgid ""

13174

#~ "Enter the location of the option archive file in the drop-down "

13175

#~ "combination box. Alternatively, to browse for the file, click on the "

13176

#~ "<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button. When you have selected the file, "

13177

#~ "click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."

13178

#~ msgstr ""

13179

#~ "Ange platsen för arkivfilen i rullgardinsrutan. Alternativt, bläddra "

13180

#~ "efter filen genom att klicka på knappen <guibutton>Bläddra</guibutton>. "

13181

#~ "När du har markerat filen, klicka på <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."

13182

#~ msgid ""

13183

#~ "Click on the <guibutton>Install</guibutton> button to install the new "

13184

#~ "option."

13185

#~ msgstr ""

13186

#~ "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Installera</guibutton> för att installera "

13187

#~ "det nya alternativet."

13188

#~ msgid ""

13189

#~ "Click on the <guibutton>Go To Theme Folder</guibutton> button. A file "

13190

#~ "manager window opens on the default option folder."

13191

#~ msgstr ""

13192

#~ "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Gå till temamapp</guibutton>. Ett "

13193

#~ "filhanterarfönster kommer att öppnas för mappen."

13194

#~ msgid "Use the file manager window to delete the option."

13195

#~ msgstr "Använd filhanterarfönstret för att ta bort alternativet."

13196

#~ msgid "Previewing Themes"

13197

#~ msgstr "Förhandsvisa teman"

13198

#~ msgid ""

13199

#~ "As well as the Theme preference tool, you can also use the file manager "

13200

#~ "to change themes. To change themes, perform the following steps:"

13201

#~ msgstr ""

13202

#~ "Du kan förutom inställningsverktyget Tema även använda filhanteraren för "

13203

#~ "att ändra teman. Genomför följande ändringar för att ändra teman:"

13204

#~ msgid ""

13205

#~ "Use the file manager to access the <command>themes:///</command> URI. The "

13206

#~ "themes are displayed as icons."

13207

#~ msgstr ""

13208

#~ "Använd filhanteraren för att komma åt uri:n <command>themes:///</"

13209

#~ "command>. Teman visas som ikoner."

13210

#~ msgid "Double-click on a theme to change the theme."

13211

#~ msgstr "Dubbelklicka på ett tema för att ändra temat."

13212

#~ msgid ""

13213

#~ "Use the <guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel> tabbed section to set general "

13214

#~ "keyboard preferences. To start the <application>Keyboard</"

13215

#~ "application><emphasis>accessibility</emphasis> preference tool, that is, "

13216

#~ "<application>AccessX</application>, click on the "

13217

#~ "<guibutton>Accessibility</guibutton> button."

13218

#~ msgstr ""

13219

#~ "Använd fliksektionen <guilabel>Tangentbord</guilabel> för att ställa in "

13220

#~ "allmänna tangentbordsinställningar. För att starta inställningsverktyget "

13221

#~ "<application>Tangentbords</application><emphasis>hjälpmedel</emphasis>, "

13222

#~ "alltså, <application>AccessX</application>, klicka på knappen "

13223

#~ "<guibutton>Hjälpmedel</guibutton>."

13224

#~ msgid "Buttons Preferences"

13225

#~ msgstr "Inställningar för knappar"

13226

#~ msgid "Mouse Pointer Preferences"

13227

#~ msgstr "Inställningar för muspekaren"

13228

#~ msgid "Select the mouse pointer theme that you require from the list box."

13229

#~ msgstr "Välj muspekartemat som du önskar från listrutan."

13230

#~ msgid "Highlight the pointer when you press Ctrl"

13231

#~ msgstr "Markera muspekaren när du trycker Ctrl"

13232

#~ msgid "Motion Preferences"

13233

#~ msgstr "Rörelseinställningar"

13234

#~ msgid "Icon View Default zoom level"

13235

#~ msgstr "Standardzoomnivå för ikonvyn"

13236

#~ msgid "Date modified"

13237

#~ msgstr "Ändringsdatum"

13238

#~ msgid "Date accessed"

13239

#~ msgstr "Åtkomstdatum"

13240

#~ msgid "Octal permissions"

13241

#~ msgstr "Oktala rättigheter"

13242

#~ msgid ""

13243

#~ "The file manager includes backgrounds that you can use to change the look-"

13244

#~ "and-feel of the following screen components:"

13245

#~ msgstr ""

13246

#~ "Filhanteraren inkluderar bakgrunder som du kan använda för att ändra "

13247

#~ "utseendet och känslan för följande skärmkomponenter:"

13248

#~ msgid "Side pane and view pane of a file browser window"

13249

#~ msgstr "Sidopanelen och vypanelen för ett filbläddrarfönster"

13250

#~ msgid "Spatial mode windows"

13251

#~ msgstr "Fönster i spatialt läge"

13252

#~ msgid ""

13253

#~ "To display a list of patterns that you can use on the background, click "

13254

#~ "on the <guibutton>Patterns</guibutton> button. To display a list of the "

13255

#~ "colors that you can use on the background, click on the "

13256

#~ "<guibutton>Colors</guibutton> button."

13257

#~ msgstr ""

13258

#~ "För att visa en lista över mönster som du kan använda på bakgrunden, "

13259

#~ "klicka på knappen <guibutton>Mönster</guibutton>. För att visa en lista "

13260

#~ "över färgerna som du kan använda på bakgrunden, klicka på knappen "

13261

#~ "<guibutton>Färger</guibutton>."

13262

#~ msgid "Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the dialog."

13263

#~ msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Stäng</guibutton> för att stänga dialogrutan."

13264

#~ msgid ""

13265

#~ "To reset the background of the view pane or side pane to the default "

13266

#~ "background, right-click on the background of the pane, then choose "

13267

#~ "<guimenuitem>Use Default Background</guimenuitem>."

13268

#~ msgstr ""

13269

#~ "För att återställa bakgrunden i vypanelen eller sidopanelen till "

13270

#~ "standardbakgrunden, högerklicka på bakgrunden för panelen och välj sedan "

13271

#~ "<guimenuitem>Använd standardbakgrund</guimenuitem>."

13272

#~ msgid "To Add a Pattern"

13273

#~ msgstr "Lägg till ett mönster"

13274

#~ msgid "adding patterns"

13275

#~ msgstr "lägg till mönster"

13276

#~ msgid ""

13277

#~ "To add a pattern to the patterns that you can use on your screen "

13278

#~ "components, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</"

13279

#~ "guimenu><guimenuitem>Backgrounds and Emblems</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. "

13280

#~ "Click on the <guibutton>Patterns</guibutton> button, then click on the "

13281

#~ "<guibutton>Add a New Pattern</guibutton> button. A dialog is displayed. "

13282

#~ "Use the dialog to find the new pattern. Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "

13283

#~ "to add the new pattern to the <guilabel>Backgrounds and Emblems</"

13284

#~ "guilabel> dialog."

13285

#~ msgstr ""

13286

#~ "För att lägga till ett mönster till mönstren som du kan använda på dina "

13287

#~ "skärmkomponenter, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Redigera</"

13288

#~ "guimenu><guimenuitem>Bakgrunder och emblem</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. "

13289

#~ "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Mönster</guibutton>, klicka sedan på knappen "

13290

#~ "<guibutton>Lägg till ett nytt mönster</guibutton>. En dialogruta kommer "

13291

#~ "att visas. Använd dialogrutan för att hitta det nya mönstret. Klicka på "

13292

#~ "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> för att lägga till det nya mönstret till "

13293

#~ "dialogrutan <guilabel>Bakgrunder och emblem</guilabel>."

13294

#~ msgid "To Add a Color"

13295

#~ msgstr "Lägg till en färg"

13296

#~ msgid "adding colors"

13297

#~ msgstr "lägg till färger"

13298

#~ msgid ""

13299

#~ "To add a color to the colors that you can use on your screen components, "

13300

#~ "choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Backgrounds and "

13301

#~ "Emblems</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Click on the <guibutton>Colors</"

13302

#~ "guibutton> button, then click on the <guibutton>Add a New Color</"

13303

#~ "guibutton> button. A color selector dialog is displayed. Use the color "

13304

#~ "wheel or the sliders to choose the color. Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "

13305

#~ "to add the new color to the <guilabel>Backgrounds and Emblems</guilabel> "

13306

#~ "dialog."

13307

#~ msgstr ""

13308

#~ "För att lägga till en färg till färgerna som du kan använda på dina "

13309

#~ "skärmkomponenter, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Redigera</"

13310

#~ "guimenu><guimenuitem>Bakgrunder och emblem</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. "

13311

#~ "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Färger</guibutton>, klicka sedan på knappen "

13312

#~ "<guibutton>Lägg till en ny färg</guibutton>. En färgväljardialog kommer "

13313

#~ "att visas. Använd färghjulet eller draglisterna för att välja färgen. "

13314

#~ "Klicka på <guibutton>OK</guibutton> för att lägga till den nya färgen "

13315

#~ "till dialogrutan <guilabel>Bakgrunder och emblem</guilabel>."

13316

#~ msgid "Web Browser"

13317

#~ msgstr "Webbläsare"

13318

#~ msgid "Mail Reader"

13319

#~ msgstr "E-postläsare"

13320

#~ msgid "Terminal"

13321

#~ msgstr "Terminal"

13322

#~ msgid "Web Browser Preferences"

13323

#~ msgstr "Inställningar för webbläsare"

13324

#~ msgid "web browser"

13325

#~ msgstr "webbläsare"

13326

#~ msgid "web browser, preferred application"

13327

#~ msgstr "webbläsare, föredraget program"

13328

#~ msgid ""

13329

#~ "Use the <application>Web Browser</application> section under the "

13330

#~ "<guilabel>Internet</guilabel> tab to select your preferred web browser. "

13331

#~ "The preferred web browser opens when you click on a URL. For example, the "

13332

#~ "preferred web browser opens when you select a URL in an application, or "

13333

#~ "when you select a URL launcher on the desktop."

13334

#~ msgstr ""

13335

#~ "Använd sektionen <application>Webbläsare</application> under fliken "

13336

#~ "<guilabel>Internet</guilabel> för att välja din föredragna webbläsare. "

13337

#~ "Den föredragna webbläsaren öppnas när du klickar på en URL. Till exempel "

13338

#~ "öppnas den föredragna webbläsaren när du väljer en URL i ett program "

13339

#~ "eller när du väljer en URL-startare på skrivbordet."

13340

#~ msgid ""

13341

#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustlookandfeel-TBL-37\"/> lists the preferred web "

13342

#~ "browser preferences that you can modify."

13343

#~ msgstr ""

13344

#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustlookandfeel-TBL-37\"/> listar inställningar för "

13345

#~ "den föredragna webbläsaren som du kan ändra."

13346

#~ msgid "Preferred Web Browser Preferences"

13347

#~ msgstr "Inställningar för föredragen webbläsare"

13348

#~ msgid "Select a Web Browser"

13349

#~ msgstr "Välj en webbläsare"

13350

#~ msgid ""

13351

#~ "Select this option if you want to use a standard web browser. Use the "

13352

#~ "drop-down combination box to select your preferred web browser."

13353

#~ msgstr ""

13354

#~ "Välj det här alternativet om du vill använda en standardwebbläsare. "

13355

#~ "Använd rullgardinslistan för att välja din föredragna webbläsare."

13356

#~ msgid "Custom Web Browser"

13357

#~ msgstr "Anpassad webbläsare"

13358

#~ msgid "Select this option if you want to use a custom web browser."

13359

#~ msgstr ""

13360

#~ "Välj det här alternativet om du vill använda en anpassad webbläsare."

13361

#~ msgid ""

13362

#~ "Enter the command to execute to start the custom web browser. To enable "

13363

#~ "the browser to display a URL that you click on, include <command>\"%s\"</"

13364

#~ "command> after the command."

13365

#~ msgstr ""

13366

#~ "Ange kommandot som ska köras för att starta den anpassade webbläsaren. "

13367

#~ "För att aktivera webbläsaren så den kan visa en URL som du klickar på, "

13368

#~ "inkludera <command>\"%s\"</command> efter kommandot."

13369

#~ msgid "Start in Terminal"

13370

#~ msgstr "Kör i en terminal"

13371

#~ msgid ""

13372

#~ "Select this option to run the command in a terminal window. Select this "

13373

#~ "option for a browser that does not create a window in which to run."

13374

#~ msgstr ""

13375

#~ "Välj det här alternativet för att köra kommandot i ett terminalfönster. "

13376

#~ "Välj det här alternativet för en webbläsare som inte skapar ett fönster i "

13377

#~ "vilket den kör."

13378

#~ msgid "Email Client Preferences"

13379

#~ msgstr "Inställningar för e-postklient"

13380

#~ msgid "email client"

13381

#~ msgstr "e-postklient"

13382

#~ msgid "email client, preferred application"

13383

#~ msgstr "e-postklient, föredraget program"

13384

#~ msgid ""

13385

#~ "Use the <application>Mail Reader</application> section under the "

13386

#~ "<guilabel>Internet</guilabel> tab to configure your preferred email "

13387

#~ "client. The email client selected here will be opened when you click on "

13388

#~ "an email address link in a document or web browser."

13389

#~ msgstr ""

13390

#~ "Använd sektionen <application>E-postläsare</application> under fliken "

13391

#~ "<guilabel>Internet</guilabel> för att konfigurera din föredragna e-"

13392

#~ "postklient. E-postklienten som väljs här kommer att öppnas när du klickar "

13393

#~ "på en länk till en e-postadress i ett dokument eller en webbläsare."

13394

#~ msgid ""

13395

#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustlookandfeel-TBL-43\"/> lists the preferred email "

13396

#~ "client preferences that you can modify."

13397

#~ msgstr ""

13398

#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustlookandfeel-TBL-43\"/> listar inställningar för "

13399

#~ "den föredragna e-postklienten som du kan ändra."

13400

#~ msgid "Preferred Email Client Preferences"

13401

#~ msgstr "Inställningar för föredragen e-postklient"

13402

#~ msgid "Select a Mail Reader"

13403

#~ msgstr "Välj en e-postläsare"

13404

#~ msgid ""

13405

#~ "Select this option if you want to use a standard email client. Use the "

13406

#~ "drop-down combination box to select your preferred email client."

13407

#~ msgstr ""

13408

#~ "Välj det här alternativet om du vill använda en standardklient för e-"

13409

#~ "post. Använd rullgardinslistan för att välja din föredragna e-postklient."

13410

#~ msgid "Custom Mail Reader"

13411

#~ msgstr "Anpassad e-postläsare"

13412

#~ msgid "Select this option if you want to use a custom email client."

13413

#~ msgstr ""

13414

#~ "Välj det här alternativet om du vill använda en anpassad e-postklient."

13415

#~ msgid "Enter the command to execute to start the custom email client."

13416

#~ msgstr ""

13417

#~ "Ange kommandot att köra för att starta den anpassade e-postklienten."

13418

#~ msgid "Terminal Preferences"

13419

#~ msgstr "Inställningar för terminal"

13420

#~ msgid "terminal, preferred application"

13421

#~ msgstr "terminal, föredraget program"

13422

#~ msgid ""

13423

#~ "Use the <guilabel>Terminal Emulator</guilabel> section under the "

13424

#~ "<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab to configure your preferred terminal."

13425

#~ msgstr ""

13426

#~ "Använd sektionen <application>Terminalemulator</application> under fliken "

13427

#~ "<guilabel>System</guilabel> för att konfigurera din föredragna terminal."

13428

#~ msgid ""

13429

#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustlookandfeel-TBL-35\"/> lists the preferred "

13430

#~ "terminal preferences that you can modify."

13431

#~ msgstr ""

13432

#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustlookandfeel-TBL-35\"/> listar inställningar för "

13433

#~ "den föredragna terminalen som du kan ändra."

13434

#~ msgid "Preferred Terminal Preferences"

13435

#~ msgstr "Inställningar för föredragen terminal"

13436

#~ msgid ""

13437

#~ "Select this option if you want to use a standard terminal. Use the drop-"

13438

#~ "down combination box to specify your preferred terminal."

13439

#~ msgstr ""

13440

#~ "Välj det här alternativet om du vill använda en standardterminal. Använd "

13441

#~ "rullgardinslistan för att välja din föredragna terminal."

13442

#~ msgid "Custom Terminal"

13443

#~ msgstr "Anpassad terminal"

13444

#~ msgid "Select this option if you want to use a custom terminal."

13445

#~ msgstr "Välj det här alternativet om du vill använda en anpassad terminal."

13446

#~ msgid "Enter the command to execute to start the custom terminal."

13447

#~ msgstr "Ange kommandot att köra för att starta den anpassade terminalen."

13448

#~ msgid "Exec Flag"

13449

#~ msgstr "Exec-flagga"

13450

#~ msgid "Enter the <command>exec</command> option to use with the command."

13451

#~ msgstr "Ange <command>exec</command>-flaggan att använda med kommandot."

13452

#~ msgid "Managing the Session"

13453

#~ msgstr "Hantera sessionen"

13454

#~ msgid ""

13455

#~ "To configure the session management of the GNOME Desktop, use the "

13456

#~ "<application>Sessions</application> preference tool. The "

13457

#~ "<application>Sessions</application> preference tool recognizes the "

13458

#~ "following types of application:"

13459

#~ msgstr ""

13460

#~ "För att konfigurera sessionshanteringen på GNOME-skrivbordet använder du "

13461

#~ "inställningsverktyget <application>Sessioner</application>. "

13462

#~ "Inställningsverktyget <application>Sessioner</application> klarar av "

13463

#~ "följande programtyper:"

13464

#~ msgid ""

13465

#~ "Applications that are session-managed. When you save the settings for "

13466

#~ "your session, the session manager saves all of the session-managed "

13467

#~ "applications. If you log out, then log in again, the session manager "

13468

#~ "automatically starts the session-managed applications."

13469

#~ msgstr ""

13470

#~ "Program som är sessionshanterade. När du sparar inställningarna för din "

13471

#~ "session kommer sessionshanteraren att spara alla sessionshanterade "

13472

#~ "program. Om du loggar ut, och sedan in igen, kommer sessionshanteraren "

13473

#~ "att automatiskt starta de sessionshanterade programmen."

13474

#~ msgid ""

13475

#~ "Applications that are not session-managed. When you save the settings for "

13476

#~ "your session, the session manager does not save any applications that are "

13477

#~ "not session-managed. If you log out, then log in again, the session "

13478

#~ "manager does not start non-session-managed applications. You must start "

13479

#~ "the application manually. Alternatively, you can use the "

13480

#~ "<application>Sessions</application> preference tool to specify non-"

13481

#~ "session-managed applications that you want to automatically start."

13482

#~ msgstr ""

13483

#~ "Program som inte är sessionshanterade. När du sparar inställningarna för "

13484

#~ "din session kommer sessionshanteraren inte att spara några program som "

13485

#~ "inte är sessionshanterade. Om du loggar ut och sedan in igen kommer inte "

13486

#~ "sessionshanteraren att starta program som inte är sessionshanterade. Du "

13487

#~ "måste starta programmet manuellt. Du kan även använda "

13488

#~ "inställningsverktyget <application>Sessioner</application> för att ange "

13489

#~ "de program som inte är sessionshanterade och som du vill ska starta "

13490

#~ "automatiskt."

13491

#~ msgid "Defining Session Behavior When You Log In and Log Out"

13492

#~ msgstr "Definiera sessionsbeteende när du loggar in och ut"

13493

#~ msgid "login behavior"

13494

#~ msgstr "inloggningsbeteende"

13495

#~ msgid "logout behavior"

13496

#~ msgstr "utloggningsbeteende"

13497

#~ msgid ""

13498

#~ "To set how a session behaves when you log in and log out, use "

13499

#~ "<application>Sessions</application> preference tool. Make the changes you "

13500

#~ "require in the <guilabel>Session Options</guilabel> tabbed section. For "

13501

#~ "example, you can select to display a splash screen when you log in."

13502

#~ msgstr ""

13503

#~ "För att ställa in hur en session beteer sig när du loggar in och ut "

13504

#~ "använder du inställningsverktyget <application>Sessioner</application>. "

13505

#~ "Gör ändringarna du vill under fliken <guilabel>Sessionsalternativ</"

13506

#~ "guilabel>. Till exempel kan du välja om du vill visa en startbild vid "

13507

#~ "inloggning."

13508

#~ msgid "To Use Startup Applications"

13509

#~ msgstr "Användning av startprogram"

13510

#~ msgid "startup programs"

13511

#~ msgstr "uppstartsprogram"

13512

#~ msgid "using startup applications"

13513

#~ msgstr "användning av uppstartsprogram"

13514

#~ msgid ""

13515

#~ "You can configure your sessions to start with applications that are not "

13516

#~ "session-managed. To configure non-session-managed startup applications, "

13517

#~ "use the <application>Sessions</application> preference tool. Use the "

13518

#~ "<guilabel>Startup Programs</guilabel> tabbed section to add, edit, and "

13519

#~ "delete applications. If you save your settings and log out, the next time "

13520

#~ "that you log in, the startup applications start automatically."

13521

#~ msgstr ""

13522

#~ "Du kan konfigurera dina sessioner så att också program som inte är "

13523

#~ "sessionshanterade startar. För att konfigurera startprogram som inte är "

13524

#~ "sessionshanterade, använd inställningsverktyget <application>Sessioner</"

13525

#~ "application>. Gå till fliken <guilabel>Startprogram</guilabel> och lägg "

13526

#~ "till, redigera och ta bort program. Om du sparar dina inställningar och "

13527

#~ "loggar ut kommer uppstartsprogrammen automatiskt att startas nästa gång "

13528

#~ "du loggar in."

13529

#~ msgid "To Browse Applications in the Current Session"

13530

#~ msgstr "Bläddra bland programmen i aktuella sessionen"

13531

#~ msgid "browsing applications"

13532

#~ msgstr "bläddra bland program"

13533

#~ msgid ""

13534

#~ "To browse the applications in the current session, use the "

13535

#~ "<application>Sessions</application> preference tool. The "

13536

#~ "<guilabel>Current Session</guilabel> tabbed section lists the following:"

13537

#~ msgstr ""

13538

#~ "För att bläddra bland programmen i den nuvarande sessionen använder du "

13539

#~ "inställningsverktyget <application>Sessioner</application>. Under fliken "

13540

#~ "<guilabel>Nuvarande session</guilabel> kan du se följande:"

13541

#~ msgid ""

13542

#~ "All GNOME applications that are currently running, that can connect to "

13543

#~ "the session manager, and that can save the state of the application."

13544

#~ msgstr ""

13545

#~ "Alla GNOME-program som körs för stunden, som kan ansluta till "

13546

#~ "sessionshanteraren, och som kan spara sitt tillstånd."

13547

#~ msgid ""

13548

#~ "All preference tools that can connect to the session manager, and that "

13549

#~ "can save the state of the tool."

13550

#~ msgstr ""

13551

#~ "Alla inställningsverktyg som kan ansluta till sessionshanteraren, och som "

13552

#~ "kan spara sitt tillstånd."

13553

#~ msgid ""

13554

#~ "You can use the <guilabel>Current Session</guilabel> tabbed section to "

13555

#~ "perform a limited number of actions on the session properties of an "

13556

#~ "application or preference tool. For example, you can edit the startup "

13557

#~ "order, and restart style of any GNOME application or preference tool that "

13558

#~ "is in the list."

13559

#~ msgstr ""

13560

#~ "Du kan använda fliken <guilabel>Nuvarande session</guilabel> för att "

13561

#~ "ändra ett begränsat antal sessionsegenskaper för ett program eller ett "

13562

#~ "inställningsverktyg. Till exempel kan du ändra uppstartsordningen, och "

13563

#~ "omstartstypen för alla GNOME-program eller -inställningsverktyg som står "

13564

#~ "med i listan."

13565

#~ msgid "To Save Session Settings"

13566

#~ msgstr "Spara sessionsinställningar"

13567

#~ msgid "saving settings"

13568

#~ msgstr "spara inställningar"

13569

#~ msgid "To save your session settings, perform the following steps:"

13570

#~ msgstr ""

13571

#~ "För att spara dina sessionsinställningar kan du genomföra följande steg:"

13572

#~ msgid ""

13573

#~ "Configure your session to automatically save settings when you end the "

13574

#~ "session. To configure your session, use the <application>Sessions</"

13575

#~ "application> preference tool. The <application>Sessions</application> "

13576

#~ "preference tool starts. Select the <guilabel>Automatically save changes "

13577

#~ "to session</guilabel> option on the <guilabel>Session Options</guilabel> "

13578

#~ "tabbed section."

13579

#~ msgstr ""

13580

#~ "Konfigurera din session så att den automatiskt sparar inställningarna när "

13581

#~ "du avslutar den. För att konfigurera din session använder du "

13582

#~ "inställningsverktyget <application>Sessioner</application>. "

13583

#~ "Inställningsverktyget application>Sessioner</application> startas. Välj "

13584

#~ "alternativet <guilabel>Spara ändringar i sessionen automatiskt</guilabel> "

13585

#~ "under fliken <guilabel>Sessionsalternativ</guilabel>."

13586

#~ msgid "End your session."

13587

#~ msgstr "Avsluta din session."

13588

#~ msgid ""

13589

#~ "@@image: 'figures/screenshot_button.png'; "

13590

#~ "md5=87de8a33a8e6058c0ba95b7f8c75fc5a"

13591

#~ msgstr ""

13592

#~ "@@image: 'figures/screenshot_button.png'; "

13593

#~ "md5=87de8a33a8e6058c0ba95b7f8c75fc5a"

13594

#~ msgid ""

13595

#~ "Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to apply the changes, then close the "

13596

#~ "<guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialog."

13597

#~ msgstr ""

13598

#~ "Klicka på <guibutton>OK</guibutton> för att verkställa ändringarna, stäng "

13599

#~ "sedan dialogrutan <guilabel>Egenskaper</guilabel>."

13600

#~ msgid "For a file launcher, specify the location of the file."

13601

#~ msgstr "För en filstartare, ange platsen för filen."

13602

#~ msgid "Sample Link Command"

13603

#~ msgstr "Exempelkommando för länk"

13604

#~ msgid ""

13605

#~ "The command can contain the following special codes which will be "

13606

#~ "replaced with the value specified in the following table:"

13607

#~ msgstr ""

13608

#~ "Kommandot kan innehålla följande specialkoder som kommer att ersättas med "

13609

#~ "värdet som anges i följande tabell:"

13610

#~ msgid "Code"

13611

#~ msgstr "Kod"

13612

#~ msgid "Meaning"

13613

#~ msgstr "Betydelse"

13614

#~ msgid "%f"

13615

#~ msgstr "%f"

13616

#~ msgid ""

13617

#~ "A single file name, even if multiple files are selected. If the program "

13618

#~ "in question cannot handle multiple file arguments, the system reading the "

13619

#~ "desktop entry will probably spawn and execute multiple copies of the "

13620

#~ "program for each selected file."

13621

#~ msgstr ""

13622

#~ "Ett enstaka filnamn, även om flera filer markerats. Om programmet i fråga "

13623

#~ "inte kan hantera flera filargument kommer systemet som läser desktop-"

13624

#~ "posten att antagligen startas upp och köra flera kopior av programmet för "

13625

#~ "varje markerad fil."

13626

#~ msgid ""

13627

#~ "If files are not on the local file system (i.e. are on HTTP or FTP "

13628

#~ "locations), the files will be copied to the local file system and %f will "

13629

#~ "be expanded to point at the temporary file. Used for programs that do not "

13630

#~ "understand the URL syntax."

13631

#~ msgstr ""

13632

#~ "Om filer inte finns på det lokala filsystemet (t.ex. finns på HTTP- eller "

13633

#~ "FTP-platser) kommer filerna att kopieras till det lokala filsystemet och %"

13634

#~ "f kommer att expanderas till att peka på den temporära filen. Används för "

13635

#~ "program som inte förstår URL-syntaxen."

13636

#~ msgid "%F"

13637

#~ msgstr "%F"

13638

#~ msgid ""

13639

#~ "A list of files. Use for applications that can open several local files "

13640

#~ "at once. Each file is passed as a separate argument to the executable "

13641

#~ "program."

13642

#~ msgstr ""

13643

#~ "En lista över filer. Använd för program som kan öppna flera lokala filer "

13644

#~ "samtidigt. Varje fil skickas som ett separat argument till det program "

13645

#~ "som startas."

13646

#~ msgid "%u"

13647

#~ msgstr "%u"

13648

#~ msgid ""

13649

#~ "A single URL. Local files may either be passed as file: URLs or as file "

13650

#~ "path."

13651

#~ msgstr ""

13652

#~ "En enstaka URL. Lokala filer kan antingen skickas som URL:er med file: "

13653

#~ "eller som filsökväg."

13654

#~ msgid "%U"

13655

#~ msgstr "%U"

13656

#~ msgid ""

13657

#~ "A list of URLs. Each URL is passed as a separate argument to the "

13658

#~ "executable program. Local files may either be passed as file: URLs or as "

13659

#~ "file path."

13660

#~ msgstr ""

13661

#~ "En lista över URL:er. Varje URL skickas som ett separat argument till det "

13662

#~ "körbara programmet. Lokala filer kan antingen skickas som URL:er med "

13663

#~ "file: eller som filsökväg."

13664

#~ msgid "%i"

13665

#~ msgstr "%i"

13666

#~ msgid ""

13667

#~ "The Icon key of the desktop entry expanded as two arguments, first --icon "

13668

#~ "and then the value of the Icon key. It does not expand to any arguments "

13669

#~ "if the Icon key is empty or missing."

13670

#~ msgstr ""

13671

#~ "Icon-nyckeln för desktop-posten expanderad som två parametrar, först --"

13672

#~ "icon och sedan värdet för Icon-nyckeln. Ska inte expanderas till några "

13673

#~ "parametrar om Icon-nyckeln är tom eller saknas."

13674

#~ msgid "%c"

13675

#~ msgstr "%c"

13676

#~ msgid ""

13677

#~ "The translated name of the application as listed in the appropriate Name "

13678

#~ "key in the desktop entry."

13679

#~ msgstr ""

13680

#~ "Det översatta namnet för programmet som listas i den lämpliga Name-"

13681

#~ "nyckeln i desktop-posten."

13682

#~ msgid "%k"

13683

#~ msgstr "%k"

13684

#~ msgid ""

13685

#~ "The location of the desktop file as either a URI (if for example gotten "

13686

#~ "from the vfolder system) or a local filename or empty if no location is "

13687

#~ "known."

13688

#~ msgstr ""

13689

#~ "Platsen för .desktop-filen som antingen en URI (om till exempel den "

13690

#~ "hämtats från vfolder-systemet) eller ett lokalt filnamn eller tom om "

13691

#~ "ingen plats är känd."

13692

#~ msgid ""

13693

#~ "These are as defined by freedesktop.org's <ulink type=\"http\" url="

13694

#~ "\"http://standards.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/desktop-entry-spec-"

13695

#~ "latest.html\">Desktop Entry Specification</ulink>."

13696

#~ msgstr ""

13697

#~ "Dessa har definierats av <ulink type=\"http\" url=\"http://standards."

13698

#~ "freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/desktop-entry-spec-latest.html"

13699

#~ "\">Desktop Entry Specification</ulink> från freedesktop.org."

13700

#~ msgid ""

13701

#~ "To add a <guibutton>Log Out</guibutton> button to a panel, right-click on "

13702

#~ "any vacant space on the panel. Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Add to Panel</"

13703

#~ "guimenu><guisubmenu>Actions</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Log Out</"

13704

#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice>. To log out of your session or shut down your "

13705

#~ "system, click on the <guibutton>Log Out</guibutton> button."

13706

#~ msgstr ""

13707

#~ "För att lägga till knappen <guibutton>Logga ut</guibutton> till en panel, "

13708

#~ "högerklicka på ett ledigt utrymme på panelen. Välj "

13709

#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>Lägg till i panel</guimenu><guisubmenu>Åtgärder</"

13710

#~ "guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Logga ut</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. För att "

13711

#~ "logga ut från din session eller stänga ner ditt system, klicka på knappen "

13712

#~ "<guibutton>Logga ut</guibutton>."

13713

#~ msgid ""

13714

#~ "You can use the <guibutton>Run</guibutton> button to open the "

11031

11032

#~ msgid "Running Applications"

11033

#~ msgstr "Kör program"

11034

11035

#~ msgid "Run Application dialog, using"

11036

#~ msgstr "Kör program-dialogen, använda"

11037

11038

#~ msgid ""

11039

#~ "The <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog gives you access to the "

11040

#~ "command line. When you run a command in the <guilabel>Run Application</"

11041

#~ "guilabel> dialog, you cannot receive output from the command."

11042

#~ msgstr ""

11043

#~ "Dialogen <guilabel>Kör program</guilabel> ger dig tillgång till "

11044

#~ "kommandoraden. När du kör ett kommando med dialogen <guilabel>Kör "

11045

#~ "program</guilabel> kan du inte få utdata från kommandot."

11046

11047

#~ msgid "To run a command from the command line perform the following steps:"

11048

#~ msgstr ""

11049

#~ "Genomför följande steg för att köra ett kommando från kommandoraden:"

11050

11051

#~ msgid "From a panel"

11052

#~ msgstr "Från en panel"

11053

11054

#~ msgid ""

11055

#~ "You can add the <application>Run Application</application> button to any "

11056

#~ "panel. See <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/>. Click on the "

11057

#~ "<guibutton>Run Application</guibutton> panel button to open the "

13715

11058

#~ "<guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog."

13716

11059

#~ msgstr ""

13717

#~ "Du kan använda knappen <guibutton>Kör</guibutton> för att öppna "

13718

#~ "dialogrutan <guilabel>Kör program</guilabel>."

13719

#~ msgid ""

13720

#~ "To add a <guibutton>Run</guibutton> button to a panel, right-click on any "

13721

#~ "vacant space on the panel. Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Add to Panel</"

13722

#~ "guimenu><guisubmenu>Actions</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Run</guimenuitem></"

13723

#~ "menuchoice>. To open the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog, "

13724

#~ "click on the <guibutton>Run</guibutton> button."

13725

#~ msgstr ""

13726

#~ "För att lägga till knappen <guibutton>Kör</guibutton> till en panel, "

13727

#~ "högerklicka på ett ledigt utrymme i panelen. Välj "

13728

#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>Lägg till i panel</guimenu><guisubmenu>Åtgärder</"

13729

#~ "guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Kör</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. För att öppna "

13730

#~ "dialogrutan <guilabel>Kör program</guilabel>, klicka på knappen "

13731

#~ "<guibutton>Kör</guibutton>."

13732

#~ msgid "Screenshot Button"

13733

#~ msgstr "Skärmbild-knappen"

13734

#~ msgid "Screenshot icon."

13735

#~ msgstr "Skärmbildsikon."

13736

#~ msgid "Screenshot"

13737

#~ msgstr "Skärmbild"

13738

#~ msgid "Screenshot button"

13739

#~ msgstr "Skärmbild-knappen"

13740

#~ msgid ""

13741

#~ "You can use the <guibutton>Screenshot</guibutton> button to take a "

13742

#~ "screenshot of your screen."

13743

#~ msgstr ""

13744

#~ "Du kan använda knappen <guibutton>Skärmbild</guibutton> för att ta en "

13745

#~ "skärmbild på din skärm."

13746

#~ msgid ""

13747

#~ "To add a <guibutton>Screenshot</guibutton> button to a panel, right-click "

13748

#~ "on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Add to "

13749

#~ "Panel</guimenu><guisubmenu>Actions</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Screenshot</"

13750

#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice>. To take a screenshot of your screen, click on "

13751

#~ "the <guibutton>Screenshot</guibutton> button."

13752

#~ msgstr ""

13753

#~ "För att lägga till knappen <guibutton>Skärmbild</guibutton> till en "

13754

#~ "panel, högerklicka på ett ledigt utrymme i panelen. Välj "

13755

#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>Lägg till i panel</guimenu><guisubmenu>Åtgärder</"

13756

#~ "guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Skärmbild</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. För att ta "

13757

#~ "en skärmbild av din skärm, klicka på knappen <guibutton>Skärmbild</"

13758

#~ "guibutton>."

13759

#~ msgid ""

13760

#~ "For more information on how to take screenshots, see <citetitle>Working "

13761

#~ "With Menus</citetitle>."

13762

#~ msgstr ""

13763

#~ "För mer information om hur man tar skärmbilder, se <citetitle>Arbeta med "

13764

#~ "menyer</citetitle>."

13765

#~ msgid ""

13766

#~ "To add a <guibutton>Search</guibutton> button to a panel, right-click on "

13767

#~ "any vacant space on the panel. Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Add to Panel</"

13768

#~ "guimenu><guisubmenu>Actions</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Search</"

13769

#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice>. To open the <application>Search Tool</"

13770

#~ "application>, click on the <guibutton>Search</guibutton> button."

13771

#~ msgstr ""

13772

#~ "För att lägga till knappen <guibutton>Sök</guibutton> till en panel, "

13773

#~ "högerklicka på ett ledigt utrymme i panelen. Välj "

13774

#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>Lägg till i panel</guimenu><guisubmenu>Åtgärder</"

13775

#~ "guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Sök</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. För att öppna "

13776

#~ "<application>Sökverktyg</application>, klicka på knappen <guibutton>Sök</"

13777

#~ "guibutton>."

13778

#~ msgid ""

13779

#~ "To add a <guibutton>Show Desktop</guibutton> button to a panel, right-"

13780

#~ "click on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Add "

13781

#~ "to Panel</guimenu><guisubmenu>Actions</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Show "

13782

#~ "Desktop</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. To minimize all windows and show the "

13783

#~ "desktop, click on the <guibutton>Show Desktop</guibutton> button."

13784

#~ msgstr ""

13785

#~ "För att lägga till en <guibutton>Visa skrivbord</guibutton>-knapp till "

13786

#~ "panelen, högerklicka på ett ledigt utrymme på panelen. Välj "

13787

#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>Lägg till i panelen</guimenu><guisubmenu>Åtgärder</"

13788

#~ "guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Visa skrivbord</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. För "

13789

#~ "att minimera alla fönster och visa skrivbordet, klicka på knappen "

13790

#~ "<guibutton>Visa skrivbord</guibutton>."

13791

#~ msgid ""

13792

#~ "<application>Menu Bar</application>: You can access almost all of the "

13793

#~ "standard applications, commands, and configuration options from the menus "

13794

#~ "in the <application>Menu Bar</application>. The <application>Menu Bar</"

13795

#~ "application> contains the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu and the "

13796

#~ "<guimenu>Actions</guimenu> menu. To add a <application>Menu Bar</"

13797

#~ "application> to a panel, right-click on any vacant space on the panel, "

13798

#~ "then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu><guimenuitem>Menu "

13799

#~ "Bar</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. You can add as many <application>Menu "

13800

#~ "Bar</application> objects to your panels as you want."

13801

#~ msgstr ""

13802

#~ "<application>Menyrad</application>: Du kan komma åt nästan alla "

13803

#~ "standardprogram, kommandon, och konfigurationsalternativ från menyerna i "

13804

#~ "<application>Menyrad</application>. <application>Menyrad</application> "

13805

#~ "innehåller menyn <guimenu>Program</guimenu> och menyn <guimenu>Åtgärder</"

13806

#~ "guimenu>. För att lägga till en <application>Menyrad</application> till "

13807

#~ "en panel, högerklicka på ett ledigt utrymme på panelen, välj sedan "

13808

#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>Lägg till i panel</guimenu><guimenuitem>Menyrad</"

13809

#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Du kan lägga till så många "

13810

#~ "<application>Menyrad</application> till dina paneler som du vill."

13811

#~ msgid ""

13812

#~ "System menus: System menus contain the standard applications and tools "

13813

#~ "that you can use in the GNOME Desktop. The <guimenu>Applications</"

13814

#~ "guimenu> menu and <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> menu are system menus. To "

13815

#~ "add a system menu to a panel, right-click on a launcher in the menu, then "

13816

#~ "choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Entire menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add this as "

13817

#~ "menu to panel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

13818

#~ msgstr ""

13819

#~ "Systemmenyer: Systemmenyer innehåller standardprogram och verktyg som du "

13820

#~ "kan använda på GNOME-skrivbordet. Menyn <guimenu>Program</guimenu> och "

13821

#~ "menyn <guimenu>Åtgärder</guimenu> är systemmenyer. För att lägga till en "

13822

#~ "systemmeny till en panel, högerklicka på en programstartare i menyn, välj "

13823

#~ "sedan <menuchoice><guimenu>Hela menyn</guimenu><guimenuitem>Lägg till "

13824

#~ "detta som en meny på panelen</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

13825

#~ msgid ""

13826

#~ "Type a name for the panel. When you use shortcut keys to switch between "

13827

#~ "your panels and the desktop, this panel name is displayed."

13828

#~ msgstr ""

13829

#~ "Ange ett namn för panelen. När du använder snabbtangenter för att växla "

13830

#~ "mellan dina paneler och skrivbordet kommer det här panelnamnet att visas."

13831

#~ msgid "Select the size of the panel."

13832

#~ msgstr "Välj storleken på panelen."

13833

#~ msgid ""

13834

#~ "To add a <application>Notification Area</application> applet to a panel, "

13835

#~ "right-click on any vacant space on the panel. Choose "

13836

#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu><guisubmenu>Utility</"

13837

#~ "guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Notification Area</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

13838

#~ msgstr ""

13839

#~ "För att lägga till panelprogrammet <application>Notifieringsyta</"

13840

#~ "application> till en panel, högerklicka på ett ledigt utrymme på panelen. "

13841

#~ "Välj sedan <menuchoice><guimenu>Lägg till i panelen</"

13842

#~ "guimenu><guisubmenu>Verktyg</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Notifieringsyta</"

13843

#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

13844

#~ msgid "Main Menu panel object"

13845

#~ msgstr "Panelobjektet Huvudmeny"

13846

#~ msgid "Main Menu"

13847

#~ msgstr "Huvudmeny"

13848

#~ msgid ""

13849

#~ "The <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> provides access to the "

13850

#~ "<guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu and many of the items in the "

13851

#~ "<guimenu>System</guimenu> menu. You can access almost all of the standard "

13852

#~ "applications, commands, and configuration options from the <guimenu>Main "

13853

#~ "Menu</guimenu>."

13854

#~ msgstr ""

13855

#~ "<guimenu>Huvudmeny</guimenu> tillhandahåller åtkomst till menyn "

13856

#~ "<guimenu>Program</guimenu> och många av objekten i menyn <guimenu>System</"

13857

#~ "guimenu>. Du kan komma åt nästan alla standardprogram, kommandon och "

13858

#~ "konfigurationsalternativ från <guimenu>Huvudmeny</guimenu>."

13859

#~ msgid ""

13860

#~ "You can add <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> buttons to your panels. Click on "

13861

#~ "the <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> button to open the <guimenu>Main Menu</"

13862

#~ "guimenu>."

13863

#~ msgstr ""

13864

#~ "Du kan lägga till <guimenu>Huvudmeny</guimenu>-knappar till dina paneler. "

13865

#~ "Klicka på knappen <guimenu>Huvudmeny</guimenu> för att öppna "

13866

#~ "<guimenu>Huvudmeny</guimenu>."

13867

#~ msgid "To Add a Main Menu to a Panel"

13868

#~ msgstr "Lägg till en huvudmeny till en panel"

13869

#~ msgid ""

13870

#~ "You can add as many <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> buttons as you want to "

13871

#~ "your panels. To add a <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> to a panel, right-"

13872

#~ "click on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</"

13873

#~ "guimenuitem> and choose <guilabel>Main Menu</guilabel> from the <link "

13874

#~ "linkend=\"panels-addobject\"><guilabel>Add to Panel</guilabel></link> "

13875

#~ "dialog."

13876

#~ msgstr ""

13877

#~ "Du kan lägga till så många <guimenu>Huvudmeny</guimenu>-knappar som du "

13878

#~ "vill till dina paneler. För att lägga till en <guimenu>Huvudmeny</"

13879

#~ "guimenu> till en panel, högerklicka på ett ledigt utrymme på panelen. "

13880

#~ "Välj sedan <guimenuitem>Lägg till i panelen</guimenuitem> och välj "

13881

#~ "<guilabel>Huvudmeny</guilabel> från dialogrutan <link linkend=\"panels-"

13882

#~ "addobject\"><guilabel>Lägg till i panel</guilabel></link>."

13883

#~ msgid "Menu Bar panel object"

13884

#~ msgstr "Panelobjektet Menyrad"

13885

#~ msgid "To Add a Menu Bar to a Panel"

13886

#~ msgstr "Lägg till en menyrad till en panel"

13887

#~ msgid ""

13888

#~ "You can add as many <application>Menu Bar</application> applets as you "

13889

#~ "want to your panels. To add a <application>Menu Bar</application> to a "

13890

#~ "panel, right-click on any vacant space on the panel. Choose "

13891

#~ "<guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem> and choose <guilabel>Menu Bar</"

13892

#~ "guilabel> from the <link linkend=\"panels-addobject\"><guilabel>Add to "

13893

#~ "Panel</guilabel></link> dialog."

13894

#~ msgstr ""

13895

#~ "Du kan lägga till så många av <application>Menyrad</application> som du "

13896

#~ "vill ha till dina paneler. För att lägga till en <application>Menyrad</"

13897

#~ "application> till en panel, högerklicka på ett ledigt utrymme på panelen. "

13898

#~ "Välj sedan <guimenuitem>Lägg till i panelen</guimenuitem> och välj "

13899

#~ "<guilabel>Menyrad</guilabel> från dialogrutan <link linkend=\"panels-"

13900

#~ "addobject\"><guilabel>Lägg till i panel</guilabel></link>."

13901

#~ msgid "The button appears faded."

13902

#~ msgstr "Knappen visas som uttonad."

13903

#~ msgid "Behavior"

13904

#~ msgstr "Beteende"

13905

#~ msgid "Window List Size"

13906

#~ msgstr "Fönsterlistestorlek"

13907

#~ msgid ""

13908

#~ "The size of the <application>Window List</application> applet varies "

13909

#~ "depending on the size of the panel in which the applet resides. Use the "

13910

#~ "following spin boxes to set limitations on the size of the applet:"

13911

#~ msgstr ""

13912

#~ "Storleken på panelprogrammet <application>Fönsterlista</application> "

13913

#~ "varierar beroende på storleken på panelen som panelprogrammet finns på. "

13914

#~ "Använd följande snurrväljaren för att ställa in storleksgränsen för "

13915

#~ "panelprogrammet:"

13916

#~ msgid "Minimum size ... pixels"

13917

#~ msgstr "Minsta storlek ... bildpunkter"

13918

#~ msgid ""

13919

#~ "Use the spin box to specify the minimum size of the applet. If the panel "

13920

#~ "is smaller than the minimum size specified, the panel adjusts in size to "

13921

#~ "fit the applet."

13922

#~ msgstr ""

13923

#~ "Använd snurrväljaren för att ange minsta storleken för panelprogrammet. "

13924

#~ "Om panelen är mindre än den minsta angivna storleken kommer panelen att "

13925

#~ "justeras i storlek för att passa panelprogrammet."

13926

#~ msgid "Maximum size ... pixels"

13927

#~ msgstr "Största storlek ... bildpunkter"

13928

#~ msgid "Use the spin box to specify the maximum size of the applet."

13929

#~ msgstr ""

13930

#~ "Använd snurrväljaren för att ange största storleken för panelprogrammet."

13931

#~ msgid ""

13932

#~ "GNOME provides libraries in addition to the libraries provided by your "

13933

#~ "operating system. The libraries enable GNOME to run your existing "

13934

#~ "applications as well as GNOME-compliant applications. For example, if "

13935

#~ "your operating system is UNIX-based, you can run your current X11 "

13936

#~ "applications and Motif applications from the GNOME Desktop."

13937

#~ msgstr ""

13938

#~ "GNOME tillhandahåller bibliotek i tillägg till de bibliotek som "

13939

#~ "tillhandahålls av ditt operativsystem. Biblioteken låter GNOME köra "

13940

#~ "befintliga program såväl som GNOME-godkända program. Om till exempel ditt "

13941

#~ "operativsystem är UNIX-baserat kan du köra dina befintliga X11 och Motif-"

13942

#~ "program från GNOME-skrivbordet."

13943

#~ msgid "<placeholder-1/> preference tool"

13944

#~ msgstr "Inställningsverktyget <placeholder-1/>"

13945

#~ msgid ""

13946

#~ "You can choose to make the toolbars in GNOME-compliant applications "

13947

#~ "<firstterm>detachable</firstterm>. That is, the toolbar can be removed "

13948

#~ "from within the window and placed anywhere on the screen. When this "

13949

#~ "option is enabled, each toolbar has a handle that you can grab then drag "

13950

#~ "the bar to another location. You can drag the bar to snap to another side "

13951

#~ "of the window, or to another part of the screen."

13952

#~ msgstr ""

13953

#~ "Du kan välja att <firstterm>frigöra</firstterm> verktygsraderna i GNOME-"

13954

#~ "godkända program. Verktygsraden kan alltså flyttas ut från fönstret och "

13955

#~ "placeras på valfri plats på skärmen. När det här alternativet är "

13956

#~ "aktiverat kommer varje verktygsrad att ha ett handtag som du kan ta tag i "

13957

#~ "och dra raden till en annan plats. Du kan dra raden till att fästa mot en "

13958

#~ "annan sida av fönstret eller till en annan del av skärmen."

13959

#~ msgid ""

13960

#~ "GNOME-compliant applications use the same shortcut keys to perform the "

13961

#~ "same actions. For example, to quit a GNOME-compliant application, press "

13962

#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo>. To undo an "

13963

#~ "action in a GNOME-compliant application, press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</"

13964

#~ "keycap><keycap>Z</keycap></keycombo>."

13965

#~ msgstr ""

13966

#~ "GNOME-godkända program använder samma genvägstangenter för att genomföra "

13967

#~ "samma åtgärder. Till exempel trycker du <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</"

13968

#~ "keycap><keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> för att avsluta ett GNOME-godkänt "

13969

#~ "program. För att ångra en åtgärd i ett GNOME-godkänt program trycker du "

13970

#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Z</keycap></keycombo>."

13971

#~ msgid ""

13972

#~ "GNOME-compliant applications provide consistent feedback when you drag-"

13973

#~ "and-drop items, and interoperate in a sophisticated manner."

13974

#~ msgstr ""

13975

#~ "GNOME-godkända program tillhandahåller en enhetlig känsla när du drar och "

13976

#~ "släpper objekt och interagerar på ett sofistikerat sätt."

13977

#~ msgid ""

13978

#~ "You can type a full or relative path to the file you want to open. Begin "

13979

#~ "typing a full path starting with <filename>/</filename> to open the "

13980

#~ "<guilabel>Open Location</guilabel> dialog. Otherwise, to open the "

13981

#~ "<guilabel>Open Location</guilabel> dialog either press "

13982

#~ "<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo> or right-"

13983

#~ "click in the right-hand pane and choose <guimenuitem>Open Location</"

13984

#~ "guimenuitem>."

13985

#~ msgstr ""

13986

#~ "Du kan ange en fullständig eller relativ sökväg till filen som du vill "

13987

#~ "öppna. Börja skriv in en fullständig sökväg som börjar med <filename>/</"

13988

#~ "filename> för att öppna dialogrutan <guilabel>Öppna plats</guilabel>. Du "

13989

#~ "kan även öppna dialogrutan <guilabel>Öppna plats</guilabel> genom att "

13990

#~ "antingen trycka på <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></"

13991

#~ "keycombo> eller högerklicka i högra panelen och välja <guimenuitem>Öppna "

13992

#~ "plats</guimenuitem>."

13993

#~ msgid "Printing Preferences"

13994

#~ msgstr "Inställningar för utskrifter"

13995

#~ msgid ""

13996

#~ "To set up a new printer, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</"

13997

#~ "guimenu><guisubmenu>Administration</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Printing</"

13998

#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the top panel menubar. The "

13999

#~ "<guilabel>Printers</guilabel> window opens."

14000

#~ msgstr ""

14001

#~ "För att konfigurera en ny skrivare, välj <menuchoice><guimenu>System</"

14002

#~ "guimenu><guisubmenu>Administration</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Utskrift</"

14003

#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice> i överkantspanelens menyrad. Fönstret "

14004

#~ "<guilabel>Skrivare</guilabel> kommer att öppnas."

14005

#~ msgid ""

14006

#~ "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Printer</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add Printer</"

14007

#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <application>Add a Printer</application> "

14008

#~ "assistant opens. This guides you through the process of setting up the "

14009

#~ "printer."

14010

#~ msgstr ""

14011

#~ "Välj <menuchoice><guimenu>Skrivare</guimenu><guimenuitem>Lägg till "

14012

#~ "skrivare</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Guiden <application>Lägg till en "

14013

#~ "skrivare</application> kommer att öppnas. Den här guiden hjälper dig "

14014

#~ "genom processen för att ställa in skrivaren."

14015

#~ msgid ""

14016

#~ "You can also use the <guilabel>Printers</guilabel> window to check the "

14017

#~ "status of print jobs, and remove or alter the properties of printers that "

14018

#~ "are already set up."

14019

#~ msgstr ""

14020

#~ "Du kan även använda fönstret <guilabel>Skrivare</guilabel> för att "

14021

#~ "kontrollera statusen för utskriftsjobb, och ta bort eller ändra "

14022

#~ "egenskaperna för skrivare som redan är konfigurerade."

14023

#~ msgid ""

14024

#~ "<application>CD Player</application>: Enables you to control the compact "

14025

#~ "disc player on your system."

14026

#~ msgstr ""

14027

#~ "<application>Cd-spelare</application>: Låter dig styra cd-spelaren på "

14028

#~ "ditt system."

14029

#~ msgid ""

14030

#~ "A single file name, even if multiple files are selected. The system "

14031

#~ "reading the desktop entry should recognize that the program in question "

14032

#~ "cannot handle multiple file arguments, and it should should probably "

14033

#~ "spawn and execute multiple copies of a program for each selected file if "

14034

#~ "the program is not able to handle additional file arguments. If files are "

14035

#~ "not on the local file system (i.e. are on HTTP or FTP locations), the "

14036

#~ "files will be copied to the local file system and %f will be expanded to "

14037

#~ "point at the temporary file. Used for programs that do not understand the "

14038

#~ "URL syntax."

14039

#~ msgstr ""

14040

#~ "Ett enda filnamn även om flera filer har valts. Systemet som läser ."

14041

#~ "desktop-posten ska känna igen om programmet i fråga inte kan hantera "

14042

#~ "flera filargument och det bör antagligen starta flera kopior av ett "

14043

#~ "program för varje vald fil om programmet inte kan hantera ytterligare "

14044

#~ "filargument. Om filer inte finns på det lokala filsystemet (alltså finns "

14045

#~ "på HTTP eller FTP-servrar) kommer filerna att kopieras till det lokala "

14046

#~ "filsystemet och %f kommer att expanderas till att peka på den temporära "

14047

#~ "filen. Används för program som inte förstår URL-syntaxen."

14048

#~ msgid "A single URL."

14049

#~ msgstr "En enda url."

14050

#~ msgid "A list of URLs."

14051

#~ msgstr "En lista av url:er."

14052

#~ msgid "%d"

14053

#~ msgstr "%d"

14054

#~ msgid "Directory containing the file that would be passed in a %f field."

14055

#~ msgstr "Katalogen som innehåller filen som ska skickas i ett %f-fält."

14056

#~ msgid "%D"

14057

#~ msgstr "%D"

14058

#~ msgid ""

14059

#~ "List of directories containing the files that would be passed in to a %F "

14060

#~ "field."

14061

#~ msgstr ""

14062

#~ "Lista över kataloger som innehåller filerna som skulle skickas in till "

14063

#~ "ett %F-fält."

14064

#~ msgid "%n"

14065

#~ msgstr "%n"

14066

#~ msgid "A single filename (without path)."

14067

#~ msgstr "Ett enda filnamn (utan sökväg)."

14068

#~ msgid "%N"

14069

#~ msgstr "%N"

14070

#~ msgid "A list of filenames (without paths)."

14071

#~ msgstr "En lista med filnamn (utan sökvägar)."

14072

#~ msgid "%v"

14073

#~ msgstr "%v"

14074

#~ msgid "The name of the Device entry in the desktop file."

14075

#~ msgstr "Namnet på Device-posten i .desktop-filen."

14076

#~ msgid "Web Browser Launcher"

14077

#~ msgstr "Programstartare för webbläsare"

14078

#~ msgid "Click on this launcher to open the web browser."

14079

#~ msgstr "Klicka på den här programstartaren för att öppna webbläsaren."

14080

#~ msgid "Text Editor"

14081

#~ msgstr "Textredigerare"

14082

#~ msgid ""

14083

#~ "Use the <application>Mail Reader</application> tabbed section to "

14084

#~ "configure your preferred email client."

14085

#~ msgstr ""

14086

#~ "Använd fliksektionen <application>E-postläsare</application> för att "

14087

#~ "konfigurera din föredragna e-postklient."

14088

#~ msgid "Text Editor Preferences"

14089

#~ msgstr "Inställningar för textredigerare"

14090

#~ msgid "text editor"

14091

#~ msgstr "textredigerare"

14092

#~ msgid "text editor, preferred application"

14093

#~ msgstr "textredigerare, föredraget program"

14094

#~ msgid ""

14095

#~ "Use the <application>Text Editor</application> tabbed section to "

14096

#~ "configure your preferred text editor."

14097

#~ msgstr ""

14098

#~ "Använd fliksektionen <application>Textredigerare</application> för att "

14099

#~ "konfigurera din föredragna textredigerare."

14100

#~ msgid ""

14101

#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustdoc-TBL-1\"/> lists the preferred text editor "

14102

#~ "preferences that you can modify."

14103

#~ msgstr ""

14104

#~ "<xref linkend=\"goscustdoc-TBL-1\"/> listar inställningar för den "

14105

#~ "föredragna textredigeraren som du kan ändra."

14106

#~ msgid "Preferred Text Editor Preferences"

14107

#~ msgstr "Inställningar för föredragen textredigerare"

14108

#~ msgid ""

14109

#~ "Select this option if you want to use a standard text editor. Use the "

14110

#~ "drop-down combination box to specify your preferred text editor."

14111

#~ msgstr ""

14112

#~ "Välj det här alternativet om du vill använda en standardtextredigerare. "

14113

#~ "Använd rullgardinslistan för att välja din föredragna textredigerare."

14114

#~ msgid "Custom Editor"

14115

#~ msgstr "Anpassad redigerare"

14116

#~ msgid ""

14117

#~ "Select this option if you want to use a custom text editor. A "

14118

#~ "<guilabel>Custom Editor Properties</guilabel> dialog is displayed."

14119

#~ msgstr ""

14120

#~ "Välj det här alternativet om du vill använda en anpassad textredigerare. "

14121

#~ "Dialogrutan <guilabel>Egenskaper för anpassad redigerare</guilabel> visas."

14122

#~ msgid ""

14123

#~ "<guilabel>Command</guilabel>: Enter the command to start the custom text "

14124

#~ "editor."

14125

#~ msgstr ""

14126

#~ "<guilabel>Kommando</guilabel>: Ange kommandot för att köra den anpassade "

14127

#~ "textredigeraren."

14128

#~ msgid ""

14129

#~ "<guilabel>This application can open multiple files</guilabel>: Select "

14130

#~ "this option if the default text editor can open multiple files."

14131

#~ msgstr ""

14132

#~ "<guilabel>Det här programmet kan öppna flera filer</guilabel>: Välj det "

14133

#~ "här alternativet om standardtextredigeraren kan öppna flera filer."

14134

#~ msgid ""

14135

#~ "<guilabel>This application needs to be run in a shell</guilabel>: Select "

14136

#~ "this option to run the command in a terminal window. Select this option "

14137

#~ "for an editor that does not create a window in which to run."

14138

#~ msgstr ""

14139

#~ "<guilabel>Det här programmet behöver köras i ett skal</guilabel>: Välj "

14140

#~ "det här alternativet för att köra kommandot i ett terminalfönster. Välj "

14141

#~ "det här alternativet för en redigerare som inte skapar ett fönster i "

14142

#~ "vilket det kör."

14143

#~ msgid ""

14144

#~ "After you specify a custom text editor, you can click on the "

14145

#~ "<guibutton>Properties</guibutton> button to display the <guilabel>Custom "

14146

#~ "Editor Properties</guilabel> dialog. You can use the dialog to modify the "

14147

#~ "properties of the custom text editor."

14148

#~ msgstr ""

14149

#~ "Efter att du har angett en anpassad textredigerare kan du klicka på "

14150

#~ "knappen <guibutton>Egenskaper</guibutton> för att visa dialogrutan "

14151

#~ "<guilabel>Egenskaper för anpassad redigerare</guilabel>. Du kan använda "

14152

#~ "dialogrutan för att ändra egenskaperna för den anpassade textredigeraren."

14153

#~ msgid "Use this editor to open text files in the file manager"

14154

#~ msgstr "Använd den här redigeraren för att öppna textfiler i filhanteraren"

14155

#~ msgid ""

14156

#~ "Select this option if you want the file manager to start the custom text "

14157

#~ "editor to display text files."

14158

#~ msgstr ""

14159

#~ "Välj det här alternativet om du vill att filhanteraren ska starta den "

14160

#~ "anpassade textredigeraren för att visa textfiler."

14161

#~ msgid ""

14162

#~ "The <application>Control Center</application> allows you to change the "

14163

#~ "settings for your computer. The settings are organized into small "

14164

#~ "applications called <firstterm>preference tools</firstterm>."

14165

#~ msgstr ""

14166

#~ "<application>Kontrollpanel</application> låter dig ändra inställningarna "

14167

#~ "för din dator. Inställningarna är organiserade i mindre program kallade "

14168

#~ "<firstterm>inställningsverktyg</firstterm>."

14169

#~ msgid "Setting up a Printer"

14170

#~ msgstr "Ställ in en skrivare"

14171

#~ msgid ""

14172

#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_zoom_in_button.png'; "

14173

#~ "md5=fdd5dadc0daa1dc7ed3a1455676482e9"

14174

#~ msgstr ""

14175

#~ "@@image: 'figures/naut_zoom_in_button.png'; "

14176

#~ "md5=fdd5dadc0daa1dc7ed3a1455676482e9"

14177

#~ msgid "@@image: 'figures/network-tool.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"

14178

#~ msgstr "@@image: 'figures/network-tool.png'; md5=THIS FILE DOESN'T EXIST"

14179

#~ msgid "Some tools require administrator access."

14180

#~ msgstr "Vissa verktyg kräver administratörsbehörighet."

14181

#~ msgid ""

14182

#~ "To start <application>Network Settings</application>, choose "

14183

#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guimenuitem>Control Center</"

14184

#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the top panel menubar. Click the tool that "

14185

#~ "you require from Control Center."

14186

#~ msgstr ""

14187

#~ "För att starta <application>Nätverksinställningar</application>, välj "

14188

#~ "<menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guimenuitem>Kontrollpanel</"

14189

#~ "guimenuitem></menuchoice> i överkantspanelens menyrad. Klicka på "

14190

#~ "verktyget som du önskar från Kontrollpanelen."

14191

#~ msgid ""

14192

#~ "Alternatively, in a terminal you can execute the following command: "

14193

#~ "<command>network-admin</command>."

14194

#~ msgstr ""

14195

#~ "Alternativt kan du köra följande kommando i en terminal: <command>network-"

14196

#~ "admin</command>."

14197

#~ msgid ""

14198

#~ "After entering the administrator password, the following window is "

14199

#~ "displayed."

14200

#~ msgstr ""

14201

#~ "Följande fönster visas efter att administratörslösenordet har matats in."

14202

#~ msgid "Network Settings main window"

14203

#~ msgstr "Huvudfönstret för Nätverksinställningar"

14204

#~ msgid "Shows Network Settings main window."

14205

#~ msgstr "Visar huvudfönstret i Nätverksinställningar."

14206

#~ msgid ""

14207

#~ "Alternatively, select the <guilabel>Show list of known applications</"

14208

#~ "guilabel> option to display a list of available applications."

14209

#~ msgstr ""

14210

#~ "Du kan även klicka på alternativet <guilabel>Visa lista med kända "

14211

#~ "program</guilabel> för att visa en lista över tillgängliga program."

14212

#~ msgid "About Permissions"

14213

#~ msgstr "Om rättigheter"

14214

#~ msgid "Panel Menubar"

14215

#~ msgstr "Panelens menyrad"

14216

#~ msgid "CD Database Preferences"

14217

#~ msgstr "Inställningar för cd-databas"

14218

#~ msgid "CD Database"

14219

#~ msgstr "Cd-databas"

14220

#~ msgid "Send no information"

14221

#~ msgstr "Skicka ingen information"

14222

#~ msgid "Send real information"

14223

#~ msgstr "Skicka riktig information"

14224

#~ msgid "Send other information"

14225

#~ msgstr "Skicka annan information"

14226

#~ msgid "Update Server List"

14227

#~ msgstr "Uppdatera serverlista"

14228

#~ msgid "File Management Preferences"

14229

#~ msgstr "Inställningar för filhantering"

14230

#~ msgid "File Management"

14231

#~ msgstr "Filhantering"

14232

11060

#~ "Du kan lägga till knappen <application>Kör program</application> till "

11061

#~ "valfri panel. Se <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/>. Klicka på "

11062

#~ "panelknappen <guibutton>Kör program</guibutton> för att öppna dialogrutan "

11063

#~ "<guilabel>Kör program</guilabel>."

11064

11065

#~ msgid ""

11066

#~ "Press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>. You "

11067

#~ "can change the shortcut keys that display the <guilabel>Run Application</"

11068

#~ "guilabel> dialog in the <link linkend=\"prefs-keyboard-shortcuts"

11069

#~ "\"><application>Keyboard Shortcuts</application> preference tool</link>."

11070

#~ msgstr ""

11071

#~ "Tryck <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>. Du "

11072

#~ "kan ändra tangentgenvägen som visar dialogrutan <guilabel>Kör program</"

11073

#~ "guilabel> i inställningsverktyget <link linkend=\"prefs-keyboard-shortcuts"

11074

#~ "\"><application>Tangentbordsgenvägar</application></link>."

11075

11076

#~ msgid ""

11077

#~ "Open the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog in any of the "

11078

#~ "following ways: <placeholder-1/>"

11079

#~ msgstr ""

11080

#~ "Öppna dialogrutan <guilabel>Kör program</guilabel> på något av följande "

11081

#~ "sätt: <placeholder-1/>"

11082

11083

#~ msgid "The <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog is displayed."

11084

#~ msgstr "Dialogen <guilabel>Kör program</guilabel> visas."

11085

11086

#~ msgid ""

11087

#~ "Enter the command that you want to run in the blank field, or choose from "

11088

#~ "the list of known applications."

11089

#~ msgstr ""

11090

#~ "Ange kommandot som du vill köra i det tomma fältet, eller välj från "

11091

#~ "listan över kända program."

11092

11093

#~ msgid ""

11094

#~ "If you enter only the location of a file, an appropriate application will "

11095

#~ "launch to open it. If you enter a web page address, your default web "

11096

#~ "browser will open the page. Prefix the web page address with http://, as "

11097

#~ "in http://www.gnome.org."

11098

#~ msgstr ""

11099

#~ "Om du endast anger platsen för en fil kommer ett lämpligt program att "

11100

#~ "startas för att öppna den. Om du anger adressen till en webbsida kommer "

11101

#~ "din standardwebbläsare att öppna sidan. Inled webbsidans adress med "

11102

#~ "http://, som i http://www.gnome.org."

11103

11104

#~ msgid ""

11105

#~ "To choose a command that you ran previously, click the down arrow button "

11106

#~ "beside the command field, then choose the command to run."

11107

#~ msgstr ""

11108

#~ "För att välja ett kommando som du tidigare har kört, klicka på nedåtpilen "

11109

#~ "bredvid kommandofältet, välj sedan kommandot som ska köras."

11110

11111

#~ msgid ""

11112

#~ "You can also use the <guibutton>Run with file</guibutton> button to "

11113

#~ "choose a file to append to the command line. For example, you can enter "

11114

#~ "<application>emacs</application> as the command, then choose a file to "

11115

#~ "edit."

11116

#~ msgstr ""

11117

#~ "En annan möjlighet är att använda knappen <guibutton>Kör med fil...</"

11118

#~ "guibutton> för att välja en fil som ska läggas till till kommandoraden. "

11119

#~ "Du kan till exempel skriva <application>emacs</application> som "

11120

#~ "kommandot, och sedan välja vilken fil som ska redigeras."

11121

11122

#~ msgid ""

11123

#~ "Select the <guilabel>Run in terminal</guilabel> option to run the "

11124

#~ "application or command in a terminal window. Choose this option for an "

11125

#~ "application or command that does not create a window in which to run."

11126

#~ msgstr ""

11127

#~ "Välj alternativet <guilabel>Kör i terminal</guilabel> för att öra "

11128

#~ "programmet eller kommandot i ett terminalfönster. Välj det här "

11129

#~ "alternativet för program eller kommandon som inte skapar fönster att "

11130

#~ "köras i."

11131

11132

#~ msgid ""

11133

#~ "Click on the <guibutton>Run</guibutton> button on the <guilabel>Run "

11134

#~ "Application</guilabel> dialog."

11135

#~ msgstr ""

11136

#~ "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Kör</guibutton> i dialogen <guilabel>Kör "

11137

#~ "program</guilabel>."

11138

11139

#~ msgid "screenshots, taking"

11140

#~ msgstr "skärmbilder, ta"

11141

11142

#~ msgid "You can take a screenshot in any of the following ways:"

11143

#~ msgstr "Du kan ta en skärmbild på något av följande sätt:"

11144

11145

#~ msgid "From any panel"

11146

#~ msgstr "Från en panel"

11147

11148

#~ msgid ""

11149

#~ "You can add a <guibutton>Take Screenshot</guibutton> button to any panel. "

11150

#~ "For instructions on how to do this, see <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject"

11151

#~ "\"/>. Click on the <guibutton>Take Screenshot</guibutton> button to take "

11152

#~ "a screenshot of the entire screen."

11153

#~ msgstr ""

11154

#~ "Du kan lägga till en <guibutton>Ta skärmbild</guibutton>-knapp till "

11155

#~ "valfri panel. Läs <xref linkend=\"panels-addobject\"/> för instruktioner "

11156

#~ "om hur du gör det. Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Ta en skärmbild</"

11157

#~ "guibutton> för att ta en skärmbild av hela skärmen."

11158

11159

#~ msgid "Use shortcut keys"

11160

#~ msgstr "Med tangentgenvägar"

11161

11162

#~ msgid "To take a screenshot, use the following shortcut keys:"

11163

#~ msgstr "Använd följande tangentgenväg för att ta en skärmbild:"

11164

11165

#~ msgid "Default Shortcut Keys"

11166

#~ msgstr "Standardtangenter"

11167

11168

#~ msgid "Function"

11169

#~ msgstr "Funktion"

11170

11171

#~ msgid "Print Screen"

11172

#~ msgstr "Print Screen"

Older »